（CNI）加载项使用。本练习使用的是 [Flannel][7] CNI。你选择的 CIDR 不应该与你的家庭网络中当前使用的任何 CIDR 重叠，也不应该与你的路由器或 DHCP 服务器管理的 CIDR 重叠。确保使用一个比你预期需要的更大的子网：**总是**有比你最初计划的更多的 Pod！在这个例子中，我将使用 CIDR 地址 `10.244.0.0/16`，但你可以选择一个适合你的。
+
+有了这些决定，你就可以初始化控制平面节点了。用 SSH 或其他方式登录到你为控制平面指定的节点。
+
+#### 初始化控制平面
+
+Kubernetes 使用一个引导令牌来验证被加入集群的节点。当初始化控制平面节点时，需要将此令牌传递给 `kubeadm init` 命令。用 `kubeadm token generate` 命令生成一个令牌：
+
+```
+# 生成一个引导令牌来验证加入集群的节点
+$ TOKEN=$(sudo kubeadm token generate)
+$ echo $TOKEN
+d584xg.xupvwv7wllcpmwjy
+```
+
+现在你可以使用 `kubeadm init` 命令来初始化控制平面了：
+
+```
+# 初始化控制平面
+#（输出略）
+$ sudo kubeadm init --token=${TOKEN} --kubernetes-version=v1.18.2 --pod-network-cidr=10.244.0.0/16
+```
+
+如果一切顺利，你应该在输出的最后看到类似这样的东西：
+
+```
+Your Kubernetes control-plane has initialized successfully!
+
+To start using your cluster, you need to run the following as a regular user:
+
+ mkdir -p $HOME/.kube
+ sudo cp -i /etc/kubernetes/admin.conf $HOME/.kube/config
+ sudo chown $(id -u):$(id -g) $HOME/.kube/config
+
+You should now deploy a pod network to the cluster.
+Run "kubectl apply -f [podnetwork].yaml" with one of the options listed at:
+ https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/addons/
+
+Then you can join any number of worker nodes by running the following on each as root:
+
+kubeadm join 192.168.2.114:6443 --token zqqoy7.9oi8dpkfmqkop2p5 \
+ --discovery-token-ca-cert-hash sha256:71270ea137214422221319c1bdb9ba6d4b76abfa2506753703ed654a90c4982b
+```
+
+注意两点：第一，Kubernetes 的 `kubectl` 连接信息已经写入到 `/etc/kubernetes/admin.conf`。这个 kubeconfig 文件可以复制到用户的 `~/.kube/config` 中，可以是主节点上的 root 用户或普通用户，也可以是远程机器。这样你就可以用 `kubectl` 命令来控制你的集群。
+
+其次，输出中以 `kubernetes join` 开头的最后一行是你可以运行的命令，你可以运行这些命令加入更多的节点到集群中。
+
+将新的 kubeconfig 复制到你的用户可以使用的地方后，你可以用 `kubectl get nodes` 命令来验证控制平面是否已经安装：
+
+```
+# 显示 Kubernetes 集群中的节点
+# 你的节点名称会有所不同
+$ kubectl get nodes
+NAME STATUS ROLES AGE VERSION
+elderberry Ready master 7m32s v1.18.2
+```
+
+#### 安装 CNI 加载项
+
+CNI 加载项负责 Pod 网络的配置和清理。如前所述，这个练习使用的是 Flannel CNI 加载项，在已经设置好 `podCIDR` 值的情况下，你只需下载 Flannel YAML 并使用 `kubectl apply` 将其安装到集群中。这可以用 `kubectl apply -f -` 从标准输入中获取数据，用一行命令完成。这将创建管理 Pod 网络所需的 ClusterRoles、ServiceAccounts 和 DaemonSets 等。
+
+下载并应用 Flannel YAML 数据到集群中：
+
+```
+# 下载 Flannel YAML 数据并应用它
+# （输出略）
+$ curl -sSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/coreos/flannel/v0.12.0/Documentation/kube-flannel.yml | kubectl apply -f -
+```
+
+#### 将计算节点加入到集群中
+
+有了 CNI 加载项，现在是时候将计算节点添加到集群中了。加入计算节点只需运行 `kube init` 命令末尾提供的 `kubeadm join` 命令来初始化控制平面节点。对于你想加入集群的其他树莓派，登录主机，运行命令即可：
+
+```
+# 加入节点到集群，你的令牌和 ca-cert-hash 应各有不同
+$ sudo kubeadm join 192.168.2.114:6443 --token zqqoy7.9oi8dpkfmqkop2p5 \
+ --discovery-token-ca-cert-hash sha256:71270ea137214422221319c1bdb9ba6d4b76abfa2506753703ed654a90c4982b
+```
+
+一旦你完成了每个节点的加入，你应该能够在 `kubectl get nodes` 的输出中看到新节点：
+
+```
+# 显示 Kubernetes 集群中的节点
+# 你的节点名称会有所不同
+$ kubectl get nodes
+NAME STATUS ROLES AGE VERSION
+elderberry Ready master 7m32s v1.18.2
+gooseberry Ready <none> 2m39s v1.18.2
+huckleberry Ready <none> 17s v1.18.2
+```
+
+#### 验证集群
+
+此时，你已经拥有了一个完全正常工作的 Kubernetes 集群。你可以运行 Pod、创建部署和作业等。你可以使用[服务][8]从集群中的任何一个节点访问集群中运行的应用程序。你可以通过 NodePort 服务或入口控制器实现外部访问。
+
+要验证集群正在运行，请创建一个新的命名空间、部署和服务，并检查在部署中运行的 Pod 是否按预期响应。此部署使用 `quay.io/clcollins/kube-verify:01` 镜像，这是一个监听请求的 Nginx 容器（实际上，与文章《[使用 Cloud-init 将节点添加到你的私有云][9]》中使用的镜像相同）。你可以在[这里][10]查看镜像的容器文件。
+
+为部署创建一个名为 `kube-verify` 的命名空间：
+
+```
+# 创建一个新的命名空间
+$ kubectl create namespace kube-verify
+# 列出命名空间
+$ kubectl get namespaces
+NAME STATUS AGE
+default Active 63m
+kube-node-lease Active 63m
+kube-public Active 63m
+kube-system Active 63m
+kube-verify Active 19s
+```
+
+现在，在新的命名空间创建一个部署：
+
+```
+# 创建一个新的部署
+$ cat <
+
+
+
+```
+
+成功了！你的服务正在运行，容器内的 Nginx 正在响应你的请求。你的服务正在运行，容器内的 Nginx 正在响应你的请求。
+
+此时，你的树莓派上有一个正在运行的 Kubernetes 集群，安装了一个 CNI 加载项（Flannel），并有一个运行 Nginx Web 服务器的测试部署和服务。在大型公有云中，Kubernetes 有不同的入口控制器来与不同的解决方案交互，比如最近报道的 [Skipper][12] 项目。同样，私有云也有与硬件负载均衡器设备（如 F5 Networks 的负载均衡器）交互的入口控制器，或用于处理进入节点的流量的 Nginx 和 HAProxy 控制器。
+
+在以后的文章中，我将通过安装自己的入口控制器来解决将集群中的服务暴露给外界的问题。我还将研究动态存储供应器和 StorageClasses，以便为应用程序分配持久性存储，包括利用你在上一篇文章《[将树莓派家庭实验室变成网络文件系统][13]》中设置的 NFS 服务器来为你的 Pod 创建按需存储。
+
+### 去吧，Kubernetes
+
+“Kubernetes”（κυβερνήτης）在希腊语中是飞行员的意思 —— 但这是否意味着驾驶船只以及引导船只的人？诶，不是。“Kubernan”（κυβερνάω）是希腊语“驾驶”或“引导”的意思，因此，去吧，Kubernan，如果你在会议上或其它什么活动上看到我，请试着给我一个动词或名词的通行证，以另一种语言 —— 我不会说的语言。
+
+免责声明：如前所述，我不会读也不会讲希腊语，尤其是古希腊语，所以我选择相信我在网上读到的东西。你知道那是怎么一回事。我对此有所保留，放过我吧，因为我没有开“对我来说都是希腊语”这种玩笑。然而，只是提一下，虽然我可以开玩笑，但是实际上没有，所以我要么偷偷摸摸，要么聪明，要么两者兼而有之。或者，两者都不是。我并没有说这是个好笑话。
+
+所以，去吧，像专业人员一样在你的家庭私有云中用自己的 Kubernetes 容器服务来试运行你的容器吧！当你越来越得心应手时，你可以修改你的 Kubernetes 集群，尝试不同的选项，比如前面提到的入口控制器和用于持久卷的动态 StorageClasses。
+
+这种持续学习是 [DevOps][14] 的核心，持续集成和新服务交付反映了敏捷方法论，当我们学会了处理云实现的大规模扩容，并发现我们的传统做法无法跟上步伐时，我们就接受了这两种方法论。
+
+你看，技术、策略、哲学、一小段希腊语和一个可怕的原始笑话，都汇聚在一篇文章当中。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/kubernetes-raspberry-pi
+
+作者：[Chris Collins][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clcollins
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/raspberrypi_cartoon.png?itok=m3TcBONJ (Cartoon graphic of Raspberry Pi board)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes
+[3]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/
+[4]: https://linux.cn/article-12277-1.html
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cgroups
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing
+[7]: https://github.com/coreos/flannel
+[8]: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/
+[9]: https://linux.cn/article-12407-1.html
+[10]: https://github.com/clcollins/homelabCloudInit/blob/master/simpleCloudInitService/data/Containerfile
+[11]: http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/http-kubernetes-skipper
+[13]: https://linux.cn/article-12413-1.html
+[14]: https://opensource.com/tags/devops
diff --git a/published/202007/20200608 How to Create Curve Text in GIMP in 5 Simple Steps -GIMP Beginner-s Tutorial.md b/published/202007/20200608 How to Create Curve Text in GIMP in 5 Simple Steps -GIMP Beginner-s Tutorial.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a6c0a44d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200608 How to Create Curve Text in GIMP in 5 Simple Steps -GIMP Beginner-s Tutorial.md
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12396-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Create Curve Text in GIMP in 5 Simple Steps [GIMP Beginner’s Tutorial])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/curve-text-gimp/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+GIMP 教程：如何在 GIMP 中创建曲线文本
+======
+
+当你在 GIMP 中制作一个徽章、海报或其它任何作品时，你需要扭曲或弯曲一些文本。多功能的 [GIMP][1] 工具提供了一些创建弯曲文本的方法。取决于你将如何使用它和你想给予文本的弧度，有一些适合不同情况的方法。
+
+在本篇教程中，我将向你展示我最喜欢的创建曲线文本的方法。
+
+### 如何在 GIMP 中创建曲线文本
+
+![][2]
+
+请确保你已经在你的系统上安装了 GIMP。
+
+#### 步骤 1: 创建一个你想要的匹配曲线的路径
+
+创建一个新的图像或打开一个现有的图像。选择 “工具 -> 路径”，然后大致考虑曲线文本的位置，通过分别单击路径点的开始点和结束点来创建路径。
+
+![创建一个路径][3]
+
+**然后给你的路径一个曲率。**首先向上或向下拖动中间的直线，然后通过移动调整点进行微调。这将给予它一个拱形结构。
+
+![弯曲路径][4]
+
+#### 步骤 2: 创建你想弯曲的文本
+
+当你对自己的曲线路径满意时，你可以移动到接下来的步骤，并 **创建你的文本**。
+
+你可能想更改字体及其大小。我的选择只是为了演示用途。
+
+![创建一个文本][5]
+
+#### 步骤 3: 创建一个新的图层
+
+我强烈建议分割 GIMP 图像中的每个不同的元素到不同的图层中，以便很容易地控制它们，像移动，打开/关闭一个元素等等。
+
+遵循这一规则，我们要弯曲的文本将被放置到一个新的图层中。建议使用像 “Curved Text” 一样的名字来命名你的新的图层，或者一些类似的东西来很容易地识别它。
+
+![为弯曲的文本创建一个新的图层][6]
+
+#### 步骤 4: 弯曲文本
+
+现在你需要在你的文本图层上单击，接下来在其上右击，并单击“文字对齐路径”来折弯你的文本。弯曲的文本将被放置到新创建的图层。
+
+![文字对齐路径][7]
+
+你把文本弯曲了！让我们使用颜色填充文本来使其更令人满意。
+
+### 步骤 5: 最后的修饰和导出
+
+单击弯曲的文本图层，然后转到路径选项卡来选择文本边界。
+
+![路径选择][8]
+
+最后，选择油漆桶工具，选择一种颜色，并如下应用你的选择区。
+
+![][9]
+
+随着最后一步的到来，打开不需要的层的可见性，只保留曲线文本。接下来，需要导出你的文件为你喜欢的图像格式。
+
+![][10]
+
+#### 额外提示：创建阴影效果
+
+我还有一个作为一次挑战的额外的步骤，如果你想更进一步的话。让我们在 [GIMP 中勾勒文本][11]以创建一个弯曲文本的阴影效果。
+
+我将给予你一些提示:
+
+ * 重新启用所有图层
+ * 单击弯曲文本图层，并使用移动工具来到处移动文本
+ * 创建另一个图层，并使用黑色来重复油漆桶填充程序
+ * 以一种模拟一种阴影位置的方式覆盖图层（你可能需要更改图层顺序）
+ * 关闭辅助图层
+
+最终结果：
+
+![][12]
+
+让我在评论区知道你们对这篇 GIMP 教程的想法，以及有多少人尝试了这一额外的步骤。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/curve-text-gimp/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.gimp.org/
+[2]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Curve-text-in-GIMP.jpg?ssl=1
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/1image-1.png?fit=800%2C508&ssl=1
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/2.png?fit=800%2C500&ssl=1
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/3.png?fit=800%2C503&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/new-layer.png?fit=800%2C637&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/text-along-path.png?fit=800%2C625&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/path-to-selection.png?ssl=1
+[9]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/6.png?fit=800%2C539&ssl=1
+[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/4.png-copy.png?ssl=1
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/gimp-text-outline/
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/its-foss-curved.jpg?fit=800%2C409&ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/subscribe-to-newsletter/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200611 Stop debugging Go with Println and use Delve instead.md b/published/202007/20200611 Stop debugging Go with Println and use Delve instead.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed93db45b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200611 Stop debugging Go with Println and use Delve instead.md
@@ -0,0 +1,552 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (lxbwolf)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12400-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Stop debugging Go with Println and use Delve instead)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/debug-go-delve)
+[#]: author: (Gaurav Kamathe https://opensource.com/users/gkamathe)
+
+使用 Delve 代替 Println 来调试 Go 程序
+======
+
+> Delve 是能让调试变成轻而易举的事的万能工具包。
+
+
+
+你上次尝试去学习一种新的编程语言时什么时候？你有没有持之以恒，你是那些在新事物发布的第一时间就勇敢地去尝试的一员吗？不管怎样，学习一种新的语言也许非常有用，也会有很多乐趣。
+
+你尝试着写简单的 “Hello, world!”，然后写一些示例代码并执行，继续做一些小的修改，之后继续前进。我敢保证我们都有过这个经历，不论我们使用哪种技术。假如你尝试用一段时间一种语言，并且你希望能够精通它，那么有一些事物能在你的进取之路上帮助你。
+
+其中之一就是调试器。有些人喜欢在代码中用简单的 “print” 语句进行调试，这种方式很适合代码量少的简单程序；然而，如果你处理的是有多个开发者和几千行代码的大型项目，你应该使用调试器。
+
+最近我开始学习 Go 编程语言了，在本文中，我们将探讨一种名为 Delve 的调试器。Delve 是专门用来调试 Go 程序的工具，我们会借助一些 Go 示例代码来了解下它的一些功能。不要担心这里展示的 Go 示例代码；即使你之前没有写过 Go 代码也能看懂。Go 的目标之一是简单，因此代码是始终如一的，理解和解释起来都很容易。
+
+### Delve 介绍
+
+Delve 是托管在 [GitHub][2] 上的一个开源项目。
+
+它自己的文档中写道：
+
+> Delve 是 Go 编程语言的调试器。该项目的目标是为 Go 提供一个简单、全功能的调试工具。Delve 应该是易于调用和易于使用的。当你使用调试器时，事情可能不会按你的思路运行。如果你这样想，那么你不适合用 Delve。
+
+让我们来近距离看一下。
+
+我的测试系统是运行着 Fedora Linux 的笔记本电脑，Go 编译器版本如下：
+
+```
+$ cat /etc/fedora-release
+Fedora release 30 (Thirty)
+$
+$ go version
+go version go1.12.17 linux/amd64
+$
+```
+
+### Golang 安装
+
+如果你没有安装 Go，你可以运行下面的命令，很轻松地就可以从配置的仓库中获取。
+
+```
+$ dnf install golang.x86_64
+```
+
+或者，你可以在[安装页面][3]找到适合你的操作系统的其他安装版本。
+
+在开始之前，请先确认已经设置好了 Go 工具依赖的下列各个路径。如果这些路径没有设置，有些示例可能不能正常运行。你可以在 SHELL 的 RC 文件中轻松设置这些环境变量，我的机器上是在 `$HOME/bashrc` 文件中设置的。
+
+```
+$ go env | grep GOPATH
+GOPATH="/home/user/go"
+$
+$ go env | grep GOBIN
+GOBIN="/home/user/go/gobin"
+$
+```
+
+### Delve 安装
+
+你可以像下面那样，通过运行一个简单的 `go get` 命令来安装 Delve。`go get` 是 Golang 从外部源下载和安装需要的包的方式。如果你安装过程中遇到了问题，可以查看 [Delve 安装教程][4]。
+
+```
+$ go get -u github.com/go-delve/delve/cmd/dlv
+$
+```
+
+运行上面的命令，就会把 Delve 下载到你的 `$GOPATH` 的位置，如果你没有把 `$GOPATH` 设置成其他值，那么默认情况下 `$GOPATH` 和 `$HOME/go` 是同一个路径。
+
+你可以进入 `go/` 目录，你可以在 `bin/` 目录下看到 `dlv`。
+
+```
+$ ls -l $HOME/go
+total 8
+drwxrwxr-x. 2 user user 4096 May 25 19:11 bin
+drwxrwxr-x. 4 user user 4096 May 25 19:21 src
+$
+$ ls -l ~/go/bin/
+total 19596
+-rwxrwxr-x. 1 user user 20062654 May 25 19:17 dlv
+$
+```
+
+因为你把 Delve 安装到了 `$GOPATH`，所以你可以像运行普通的 shell 命令一样运行它，即每次运行时你不必先进入它所在的目录。你可以通过 `version` 选项来验证 `dlv` 是否正确安装。示例中安装的版本是 1.4.1。
+
+```
+$ which dlv
+~/go/bin/dlv
+$
+$ dlv version
+Delve Debugger
+Version: 1.4.1
+Build: $Id: bda606147ff48b58bde39e20b9e11378eaa4db46 $
+$
+```
+
+现在，我们一起在 Go 程序中使用 Delve 来理解下它的功能以及如何使用它们。我们先来写一个 `hello.go`，简单地打印一条 `Hello, world!` 信息。
+
+记着，我把这些示例程序放到了 `$GOBIN` 目录下。
+
+```
+$ pwd
+/home/user/go/gobin
+$
+$ cat hello.go
+package main
+
+import "fmt"
+
+func main() {
+ fmt.Println("Hello, world!")
+}
+$
+```
+
+运行 `build` 命令来编译一个 Go 程序，它的输入是 `.go` 后缀的文件。如果程序没有语法错误，Go 编译器把它编译成一个二进制可执行文件。这个文件可以被直接运行，运行后我们会在屏幕上看到 `Hello, world!` 信息。
+
+```
+$ go build hello.go
+$
+$ ls -l hello
+-rwxrwxr-x. 1 user user 1997284 May 26 12:13 hello
+$
+$ ./hello
+Hello, world!
+$
+```
+
+### 在 Delve 中加载程序
+
+把一个程序加载进 Delve 调试器有两种方式。
+
+#### 在源码编译成二进制文件之前使用 debug 参数
+
+第一种方式是在需要时对源码使用 `debug` 命令。Delve 会为你编译出一个名为 `__debug_bin` 的二进制文件，并把它加载进调试器。
+
+在这个例子中，你可以进入 `hello.go` 所在的目录，然后运行 `dlv debug` 命令。如果目录中有多个源文件且每个文件都有自己的主函数，Delve 则可能抛出错误，它期望的是单个程序或从单个项目构建成单个二进制文件。如果出现了这种错误，那么你就应该用下面展示的第二种方式。
+
+```
+$ ls -l
+total 4
+-rw-rw-r--. 1 user user 74 Jun 4 11:48 hello.go
+$
+$ dlv debug
+Type 'help' for list of commands.
+(dlv)
+```
+
+现在打开另一个终端，列出目录下的文件。你可以看到一个多出来的 `__debug_bin` 二进制文件，这个文件是由源码编译生成的，并会加载进调试器。你现在可以回到 `dlv` 提示框继续使用 Delve。
+
+```
+$ ls -l
+total 2036
+-rwxrwxr-x. 1 user user 2077085 Jun 4 11:48 __debug_bin
+-rw-rw-r--. 1 user user 74 Jun 4 11:48 hello.go
+$
+```
+
+#### 使用 exec 参数
+
+如果你已经有提前编译好的 Go 程序或者已经用 `go build` 命令编译完成了，不想再用 Delve 编译出 `__debug_bin` 二进制文件，那么第二种把程序加载进 Delve 的方法在这些情况下会很有用。在上述情况下，你可以使用 `exec` 命令来把整个目录加载进 Delve 调试器。
+
+```
+$ ls -l
+total 4
+-rw-rw-r--. 1 user user 74 Jun 4 11:48 hello.go
+$
+$ go build hello.go
+$
+$ ls -l
+total 1956
+-rwxrwxr-x. 1 user user 1997284 Jun 4 11:54 hello
+-rw-rw-r--. 1 user user 74 Jun 4 11:48 hello.go
+$
+$ dlv exec ./hello
+Type 'help' for list of commands.
+(dlv)
+```
+
+### 查看 delve 帮助信息
+
+在 `dlv` 提示符中，你可以运行 `help` 来查看 Delve 提供的多种帮助选项。命令列表相当长，这里我们只列举一些重要的功能。下面是 Delve 的功能概览。
+
+```
+(dlv) help
+The following commands are available:
+
+Running the program:
+
+Manipulating breakpoints:
+
+Viewing program variables and memory:
+
+Listing and switching between threads and goroutines:
+
+Viewing the call stack and selecting frames:
+
+Other commands:
+
+Type help followed by a command for full documentation.
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 设置断点
+
+现在我们已经把 hello.go 程序加载进了 Delve 调试器，我们在主函数处设置断点，稍后来确认它。在 Go 中，主程序从 `main.main` 处开始执行，因此你需要给这个名字提供个 `break` 命令。之后，我们可以用 `breakpoints` 命令来检查断点是否正确设置了。
+
+不要忘了你还可以用命令简写，因此你可以用 `b main.main` 来代替 `break main.main`，两者效果相同，`bp` 和 `breakpoints` 同理。你可以通过运行 `help` 命令查看帮助信息来找到你想要的命令简写。
+
+```
+(dlv) break main.main
+Breakpoint 1 set at 0x4a228f for main.main() ./hello.go:5
+(dlv) breakpoints
+Breakpoint runtime-fatal-throw at 0x42c410 for runtime.fatalthrow() /usr/lib/golang/src/runtime/panic.go:663 (0)
+Breakpoint unrecovered-panic at 0x42c480 for runtime.fatalpanic() /usr/lib/golang/src/runtime/panic.go:690 (0)
+ print runtime.curg._panic.arg
+Breakpoint 1 at 0x4a228f for main.main() ./hello.go:5 (0)
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 程序继续执行
+
+现在，我们用 `continue` 来继续运行程序。它会运行到断点处中止，在我们的例子中，会运行到主函数的 `main.main` 处中止。从这里开始，我们可以用 `next` 命令来逐行执行程序。请注意，当我们运行到 `fmt.Println("Hello, world!")` 处时，即使我们还在调试器里，我们也能看到打印到屏幕的 `Hello, world!`。
+
+```
+(dlv) continue
+> main.main() ./hello.go:5 (hits goroutine(1):1 total:1) (PC: 0x4a228f)
+ 1: package main
+ 2:
+ 3: import "fmt"
+ 4:
+=> 5: func main() {
+ 6: fmt.Println("Hello, world!")
+ 7: }
+(dlv) next
+> main.main() ./hello.go:6 (PC: 0x4a229d)
+ 1: package main
+ 2:
+ 3: import "fmt"
+ 4:
+ 5: func main() {
+=> 6: fmt.Println("Hello, world!")
+ 7: }
+(dlv) next
+Hello, world!
+> main.main() ./hello.go:7 (PC: 0x4a22ff)
+ 2:
+ 3: import "fmt"
+ 4:
+ 5: func main() {
+ 6: fmt.Println("Hello, world!")
+=> 7: }
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 退出 Delve
+
+你随时可以运行 `quit` 命令来退出调试器，退出之后你会回到 shell 提示符。相当简单，对吗？
+
+```
+(dlv) quit
+$
+```
+
+### Delve 的其他功能
+
+我们用其他的 Go 程序来探索下 Delve 的其他功能。这次，我们从 [golang 教程][5] 中找了一个程序。如果你要学习 Go 语言，那么 Golang 教程应该是你的第一站。
+
+下面的程序，`functions.go` 中简单展示了 Go 程序中是怎样定义和调用函数的。这里，我们有一个简单的把两数相加并返回和值的 `add()` 函数。你可以像下面那样构建程序并运行它。
+
+```
+$ cat functions.go
+package main
+
+import "fmt"
+
+func add(x int, y int) int {
+ return x + y
+}
+
+func main() {
+ fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+}
+$
+```
+
+你可以像下面那样构建和运行程序。
+
+```
+$ go build functions.go && ./functions
+55
+$
+```
+
+#### 进入函数
+
+跟前面展示的一样，我们用前面提到的一个选项来把二进制文件加载进 Delve 调试器，再一次在 `main.main` 处设置断点，继续运行程序直到断点处。然后执行 `next` 直到 `fmt.Println(add(42, 13))` 处；这里我们调用了 `add()` 函数。我们可以像下面展示的那样，用 Delve 的 `step` 命令从 `main` 函数进入 `add()` 函数。
+
+```
+$ dlv debug
+Type 'help' for list of commands.
+(dlv) break main.main
+Breakpoint 1 set at 0x4a22b3 for main.main() ./functions.go:9
+(dlv) c
+> main.main() ./functions.go:9 (hits goroutine(1):1 total:1) (PC: 0x4a22b3)
+ 4:
+ 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+=> 9: func main() {
+ 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+ 11: }
+(dlv) next
+> main.main() ./functions.go:10 (PC: 0x4a22c1)
+ 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+ 9: func main() {
+=> 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+ 11: }
+(dlv) step
+> main.add() ./functions.go:5 (PC: 0x4a2280)
+ 1: package main
+ 2:
+ 3: import "fmt"
+ 4:
+=> 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+ 9: func main() {
+ 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 使用`文件名:行号`来设置断点
+
+上面的例子中，我们经过 `main` 函数进入了 `add()` 函数，但是你也可以在你想加断点的地方直接使用“文件名:行号”的组合。下面是在 `add()` 函数开始处加断点的另一种方式。
+
+```
+(dlv) break functions.go:5
+Breakpoint 1 set at 0x4a2280 for main.add() ./functions.go:5
+(dlv) continue
+> main.add() ./functions.go:5 (hits goroutine(1):1 total:1) (PC: 0x4a2280)
+ 1: package main
+ 2:
+ 3: import "fmt"
+ 4:
+=> 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+ 9: func main() {
+ 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 查看当前的栈信息
+
+现在我们运行到了 `add()` 函数，我们可以在 Delve 中用 `stack` 命令查看当前栈的内容。这里在 `0` 位置展示了栈顶的函数 `add()` ，紧接着在 `1` 位置展示了调用 `add()` 函数的 `main.main`。在 `main.main` 下面的函数属于 Go 运行时，是用来处理加载和执行该程序的。
+
+```
+(dlv) stack
+0 0x00000000004a2280 in main.add
+ at ./functions.go:5
+1 0x00000000004a22d7 in main.main
+ at ./functions.go:10
+2 0x000000000042dd1f in runtime.main
+ at /usr/lib/golang/src/runtime/proc.go:200
+3 0x0000000000458171 in runtime.goexit
+ at /usr/lib/golang/src/runtime/asm_amd64.s:1337
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 在帧之间跳转
+
+在 Delve 中我们可以用 `frame` 命令实现帧之间的跳转。在下面的例子中，我们用 `frame` 实现了从 `add()` 帧跳到 `main.main` 帧，以此类推。
+
+```
+(dlv) frame 0
+> main.add() ./functions.go:5 (hits goroutine(1):1 total:1) (PC: 0x4a2280)
+Frame 0: ./functions.go:5 (PC: 4a2280)
+ 1: package main
+ 2:
+ 3: import "fmt"
+ 4:
+=> 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+ 9: func main() {
+ 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+(dlv) frame 1
+> main.add() ./functions.go:5 (hits goroutine(1):1 total:1) (PC: 0x4a2280)
+Frame 1: ./functions.go:10 (PC: 4a22d7)
+ 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+ 9: func main() {
+=> 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+ 11: }
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 打印函数参数
+
+一个函数通常会接收多个参数。在 `add()` 函数中，它的入参是两个整型。Delve 有个便捷的 `args` 命令，它能打印出命令行传给函数的参数。
+
+```
+(dlv) args
+x = 42
+y = 13
+~r2 = 824633786832
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 查看反汇编码
+
+由于我们是调试编译出的二进制文件，因此如果我们能查看编译器生成的汇编语言指令将会非常有用。Delve 提供了一个 `disassemble` 命令来查看这些指令。在下面的例子中，我们用它来查看 `add()` 函数的汇编指令。
+
+```
+(dlv) step
+> main.add() ./functions.go:5 (PC: 0x4a2280)
+ 1: package main
+ 2:
+ 3: import "fmt"
+ 4:
+=> 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+ 9: func main() {
+ 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+(dlv) disassemble
+TEXT main.add(SB) /home/user/go/gobin/functions.go
+=> functions.go:5 0x4a2280 48c744241800000000 mov qword ptr [rsp+0x18], 0x0
+ functions.go:6 0x4a2289 488b442408 mov rax, qword ptr [rsp+0x8]
+ functions.go:6 0x4a228e 4803442410 add rax, qword ptr [rsp+0x10]
+ functions.go:6 0x4a2293 4889442418 mov qword ptr [rsp+0x18], rax
+ functions.go:6 0x4a2298 c3 ret
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 单步退出函数
+
+另一个功能是 `stepout`，这个功能可以让我们跳回到函数被调用的地方。在我们的例子中，如果我们想回到 `main.main` 函数，我们只需要简单地运行 `stepout` 命令，它就会把我们带回去。在我们调试大型代码库时，这个功能会是一个非常便捷的工具。
+
+```
+(dlv) stepout
+> main.main() ./functions.go:10 (PC: 0x4a22d7)
+Values returned:
+ ~r2: 55
+
+ 5: func add(x int, y int) int {
+ 6: return x + y
+ 7: }
+ 8:
+ 9: func main() {
+=> 10: fmt.Println(add(42, 13))
+ 11: }
+(dlv)
+```
+
+#### 打印变量信息
+
+我们一起通过 [Go 教程][6] 的另一个示例程序来看下 Delve 是怎么处理 Go 中的变量的。下面的示例程序定义和初始化了一些不同类型的变量。你可以构建和运行程序。
+
+```
+$ cat variables.go
+package main
+
+import "fmt"
+
+var i, j int = 1, 2
+
+func main() {
+ var c, python, java = true, false, "no!"
+ fmt.Println(i, j, c, python, java)
+}
+$
+
+$ go build variables.go &&; ./variables
+1 2 true false no!
+$
+```
+
+像前面说过的那样，用 `delve debug` 在调试器中加载程序。你可以在 Delve 中用 `print` 命令通过变量名来展示他们当前的值。
+
+```
+(dlv) print c
+true
+(dlv) print java
+"no!"
+(dlv)
+```
+
+或者，你还可以用 `locals` 命令来打印函数内所有的局部变量。
+
+```
+(dlv) locals
+python = false
+c = true
+java = "no!"
+(dlv)
+```
+
+如果你不知道变量的类型，你可以用 `whatis` 命令来通过变量名来打印它的类型。
+
+```
+(dlv) whatis python
+bool
+(dlv) whatis c
+bool
+(dlv) whatis java
+string
+(dlv)
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+现在我们只是了解了 Delve 所有功能的皮毛。你可以自己去查看帮助内容，尝试下其它的命令。你还可以把 Delve 绑定到运行中的 Go 程序上（守护进程！），如果你安装了 Go 源码库，你甚至可以用 Delve 导出 Golang 库内部的信息。勇敢去探索吧！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/debug-go-delve
+
+作者：[Gaurav Kamathe][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[lxbwolf](https://github.com/lxbwolf)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/gkamathe
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bug_software_issue_tracking_computer_screen.jpg?itok=6qfIHR5y (Bug tracking magnifying glass on computer screen)
+[2]: https://github.com/go-delve/delve
+[3]: https://golang.org/doc/install
+[4]: https://github.com/go-delve/delve/blob/master/Documentation/installation/linux/install.md
+[5]: https://tour.golang.org/basics/4
+[6]: https://tour.golang.org/basics/9
diff --git a/published/202007/20200616 How to know if you-re ready to switch from Mac to Linux.md b/published/202007/20200616 How to know if you-re ready to switch from Mac to Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..271caf1707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200616 How to know if you-re ready to switch from Mac to Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (nophDog)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12375-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to know if you're ready to switch from Mac to Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/mac-to-linux)
+[#]: author: (Marko Saric https://opensource.com/users/markosaric)
+
+你是否已经准备好从 Mac 切换到 Linux 了？
+======
+
+> 你几乎可以在 Linux 上做任何你在 Mac 上可以做的事情 —— 这是你拥有一个开源操作系统的自由。
+
+
+
+我[从 Mac 转到 Linux][2] 已经两年了。在使用 Linux 之前，我用的 Apple 的系统用了 15 年，而当我在 2018 年安装第一个 Linux 发行版时，还只是一个纯粹的新手。
+
+这些日子以来，我只用 Linux，我可以用它完成任何任务。浏览网页、观看 Netflix 影片、写作以及编辑我的 Wordpress [博客][3]，甚至还在上面跑我的[开源网页分析项目][4]。
+
+我甚至还不是一个开发者！Linux 被认为不适合日常使用，对非技术人员也不够友好的日子已经一去不返了。
+
+最近有很多关于 Mac 的讨论，越来越多的人已经在考虑转到 Linux。我打算分享我的切换过程中的一些经验，帮助其它新手也能从容转移。
+
+### 你该不该换？
+
+在换系统之前，最好想清楚，因为有时候 Linux 可能跟你预期不一样。如果你仍希望跟 Apple Watch 无缝配对、可以用 FaceTime 给朋友打电话、或者你想打开 iMovie 看视频，那最好还是不要换了。这些都是 Apple 的专有产品，你只能在 Apple 的“围墙花园”里面使用。如果离不开 Apple 的生态系统，那么 Linux 可能不太适合你。
+
+我对 Apple 生态没有太多挂念，我不用 iPhone，所以跟手机的协作没那么必要。我也不用 iCloud、FaceTime，当然也包括 Siri。我早就对开源充满兴趣，只是一直没有行动。
+
+### 检查你的必备软件清单
+
+我还在使用 Mac 的时候，就已经开始探索开源软件，我发现大部分在 Mac 上使用的软件，在 Linux 也可以运行。
+
+很熟悉用火狐浏览网页吗？在 Linux 上它也可以运行。想用 VLC 看视频？它也有 Linux 版本。喜欢用 Audacity 录制、编辑音频？它正在 Linux 上等着你呢。你用 OBS Studio 直播？在 Linux 直接下载安装吧。一直用 Telegram 跟朋友和家人保持联系吗？Linux 上当然少不了它。
+
+此外，Linux 不仅仅意味着开源软件。你最喜欢的大部分（也可能是所有）非 Apple 专有软件，都能在 Linux 见到它们的身影。Spotify、Slack、Zoom、Stream、Discord、Skype、Chrome 以及很多闭源软件，都可以使用。而且，在你 Mac 浏览器里面运行的任何东西，同样能够运行在 Linux 浏览器。
+
+你能在 Linux 找到你的必备软件，或者更好的替代品吗？请再三确认，做到有备无患。用你最常用的搜索引擎，在网上检索一下。搜索“软件名 + Linux” 或者“软件名 + Linux 替代品”，然后再去 [Flathub][5] 网站查看你能在 Linux 用 Flatpak 安装的专有软件有哪些。
+
+### 请牢记：Linux 不等于 Mac
+
+如果你希望能够从 Mac 轻松转移到 Linux，我相信有一点很重要，你需要保持包容的思想以及愿意学习新操作系统的心态。Linux 并不等于 Mac，所以你需要给自己一些时间去接触并了解它。
+
+如果你想让 Linux 用起来、看起来跟你习惯的 macOS 一模一样，那么 Linux 可能也不适合你。尽管你可以通过各种方法[把 Linux 桌面环境打造得跟 macOS 相似][14]，但我觉得要想成功转移到 Linux，最好的办法是从拥抱 Linux 开始。
+
+试试新的工作流，该怎么用就怎么用。不要总想着把 Linux 变成其它东西。你会跟我一样，像享受 Mac 一样享受 Linux，甚至能有更好的体验感。
+
+还记得你第一次使用 Mac 吧：你肯定花了不少时间去习惯它的用法。那么请给 Linux 同样多的时间和关怀。
+
+### 选择一个 Linux 发行版
+
+有别于 Windows 和 macOS，Linux 不止一个单一的操作系统。不同的 Linux 操作系统被称作发行版，开始使用 Linux 之后，我尝试过好几个不同的发行版。我也用过不同的桌面环境，或者图形界面。在美观度、易用性、工作流以及集成软件上，它们有很大差异。
+
+尽管作为 Mac 的替代品，被提及最多的是 [ElementaryOS][6] 和 [Pop!_OS][7]，但我仍建议从 [Fedora 工作站][8] 开始，理由如下：
+
+- 使用 [Fedora 介质写入器][9]，容易安装
+- 几乎可以支持你所有的硬件，开箱即用
+- 支持最新的 Linux 软件
+- 运行原生无改动的 GNOME 桌面环境
+- 有一个大型开发团队以及一个庞大的社区在背后支持
+
+在我看来，对从 macOS 过来的新手来说，[GNOME][10] 是易用性、一致性、流畅性和用户体验最好的桌面环境。它拥有 Linux 世界中最多的开发资源和用户基数，所以你的使用体验会很好。
+
+Fedora 可以为你打开一扇 Linux 的大门，当你适应之后，就可以开始进一步探索各个发行版、桌面环境，甚至窗口管理器之类的玩意了。
+
+### 熟悉 GNOME
+
+GNOME 是 Fedora 和许多其它 Linux 发行版的默认窗口管理器。它最近 [升级到 GNOME 3.36][11]，带来了 Mac 用户会喜欢的现代设计。
+
+一定要做好心理准备，Linux、Fedora 工作站和 GNOME 并不是 Apple 和 macOS。GNOME 非常干净、简约、现代、独创。它不会分散你的注意力，没有桌面图标，没有可见的坞站，窗口上甚至没有最小化和最大化按钮。但是不要慌张，如果你去尝试，它会证明这是你用过最好、最有生产力的操作系统。
+
+GNOME 不会给你带来困扰。启动之后，你唯一能看到的东西只有顶栏和背景图片。顶栏由这几样东西组成，“活动”在左边，时间和日期在中间（这也是你的通知中心），右边是网络、蓝牙、VPN、声音、亮度、电池等托盘图标之类的东西。
+
+#### 为什么 GNOME 像 Mac
+
+你会注意到一些跟 macOS 的相似之处，例如窗口吸附、空格预览（用起来跟 “Quick Look” 一模一样）。
+
+如果你把鼠标光标移动到左上角，点击顶栏的“活动”，或者按下键盘上超级键（`Super` 键，也就是 Mac 上的 `ஐ` 键），你会看到“活动概览”。它有点像 macOS 系统上“调度中心”和“聚焦搜索”的结合体。它会在屏幕中间展示已打开软件和窗口的概览。在左手边，你可以看到坞站，上面有你打开的软件和常用软件。所有打开的软件下面会有一个指示标志，在右手边，你可以看到不同的工作区。
+
+在顶栏中间，有一个搜索框。只要你开始输入，焦点就会转移到搜索框。它能搜索你已经安装的软件和文件内容，可以在软件中心搜索指定的软件、进行计算、向你展示时间或者天气，当然它能做的还有很多。它就像“聚焦”一样。只需开始输入你要搜索的内容，按下回车就可以打开软件或者文件。
+
+你也能看到一列安装好的软件（更像 Mac 上的“启动台”），点击坞站中的“显示应用”图标，或者按 `Super + A` 就行。
+
+总体来说，Linux 是一个轻量级的系统，即使在很老的硬件上也能跑得很顺畅，跟 macOS 比起来仅仅占用很少的磁盘空间。并且不像 macOS，你可以删除任何你不想要或不需要的预装软件。
+
+#### 自定义你的 GNOME 设置
+
+浏览一下 GNOME 设置，熟悉它的选项，做一些更改，让它用起来更舒服。下面是一些我装好 GNOME 必做的事情。
+
+- 在“鼠标和触摸板”中，我禁用“自然滚动”、启用“轻触点击”。
+- 在“显示”中，我打开“夜光”功能，在晚上，屏幕会让颜色变暖，减少眼睛疲劳。
+- 我也安装了 [GNOME 优化][12]，因为它可以更改额外的设置选项。
+- 在“GNOME 优化”中，我启用了 “Over-Amplification” 设置，这样就能获得更高的音量。
+- 在“GNOME 优化”中，相比默认的亮色主题，我更喜欢 “Adwaita Dark” 主题。
+
+#### 习惯使用键盘操作
+
+GNOME 是以一个极度以键盘为中心的操作系统，所以尽量多使用键盘。在 GNOME 设置中的“键盘快捷键”部分，你可以找到各个快捷键。
+
+你也可以根据自己的理想工作流程来设置键盘快捷键。我将我最常用的应用程序设置为使用超级键打开。比如说，`Super + B` 打开我的浏览器，`Super + F` 打开“文件”，`Super + T` 打开终端。我还把 `Ctrl + Q` 设置成关闭窗口。
+
+我使用 `Super + Tab` 在打开的应用程序之间切换，`Super + H` 隐藏一个窗口，`F11` 全屏打开软件，`Super + Left` 把窗口吸附到屏幕左边，`Super + Right` 把窗口吸附到屏幕左边，等等。
+
+### 在 Mac 上尝试 Linux 之后再做决定
+
+在完全安装 Linux 之前，在你的 Mac 上先尝试 Fedora。从 [Fefora 官网][9]下载 ISO 镜像。使用 [Etcher][13] 将 ISO 镜像写入 USB 驱动器，然后在启动时点击 `Option` 键，这样你就可以在即用模式下尝试了。
+
+现在您无需在 Mac 上安装任何东西就可以探索 Fedora 工作站了。试试各种东西，能否正常工作：能不能连接 WiFi？触控板是否正常？有没有声音？等等。
+
+也记得花时间来尝试 GNOME。测试我上面提到的不同功能。打开一些安装好的软件。如果一切看起来都还不错，如果你喜欢这样的 Fedora 工作站和 GNOME，并且很肯定这就是你想要的，那么把它安装到你的 Mac 吧。
+
+尽情探索 Linux 世界吧！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/mac-to-linux
+
+作者：[Marko Saric][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[nophDog](https://github.com/nophDog)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/markosaric
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_browser_web_desktop.png?itok=Bw8ykZMA (Digital images of a computer desktop)
+[2]: https://markosaric.com/linux/
+[3]: https://markosaric.com/how-start-blog/
+[4]: https://plausible.io/open-source-website-analytics
+[5]: https://flathub.org/apps
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/20/2/macbook-linux-elementary
+[7]: https://support.system76.com/articles/pop-basics/
+[8]: https://getfedora.org/
+[9]: https://getfedora.org/en/workstation/download/
+[10]: https://www.gnome.org/
+[11]: https://www.gnome.org/news/2020/03/gnome-3-36-released/
+[12]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Tweaks
+[13]: https://www.balena.io/etcher/
+[14]: https://linux.cn/article-12361-1.html
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202007/20200616 How to loop forever in bash on Linux.md b/published/202007/20200616 How to loop forever in bash on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..756836f72f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200616 How to loop forever in bash on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12368-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to loop forever in bash on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3562576/how-to-loop-forever-in-bash-on-linux.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+如何在 Linux 的 bash 中永远循环
+======
+
+![tine ivanic][1]
+
+在 Linux 中有很多永远循环（或直到你决定停止）的方法，你可以在命令行或脚本中执行此操作。
+
+`for` 和 `while` 命令使这件事非常容易。关于相应的语法和策略，只有几件事要牢记。
+
+### 使用 while
+
+最简单的永远循环之一是使用 `while` 命令，后面跟上条件 `true`。 你不必使用诸如 `while [ 1 -eq 1 ]` 之类的逻辑或类似的测试。 `while true` 测试表示循环将一直运行，直到你使用 `CTRL-C` 停止循环、关闭终端窗口或注销为止。这是一个例子：
+
+```
+$ while true
+> do
+> echo Keep running
+> sleep 3
+> done
+Keep running
+Keep running
+Keep running
+^C
+```
+
+你也可以使用 `while :` 做同样的事情。这里的关键是 `:` 总是返回成功，因此就像 `while true` 一样，此测试永远不会失败，并且循环会继续运行：
+
+```
+$ while :
+> do
+> echo Keep running
+> sleep 3
+> done
+Keep running
+Keep running
+^C
+```
+
+如果你在脚本中插入了无限循环，并想提醒使用它的人如何退出脚本，那么可以使用 `echo` 命令添加提示：
+
+```
+while :
+do
+ echo Keep running
+ echo "Press CTRL+C to exit"
+ sleep 1
+done
+```
+
+### 使用 for
+
+`for` 命令还提供了一种永远循环的简便方法。虽然不如 `while true` 明显，但语法相当简单。你只需要在有界循环中替换参数即可，它通常类似于 “c 从等于 1 开始递增，直到 5”：
+
+```
+$ for (( c=1; c<=5; c++ ))
+```
+
+不指定任何参数的情况下：
+
+```
+$ for (( ; ; ))
+```
+
+没有起始值、增量或退出测试，此循环将永远运行或被强制停止：
+
+```
+$ for (( ; ; ))
+> do
+> echo Keep running
+> echo “Press CTRL+C to exit”
+> sleep 2
+> done
+Keep your spirits up
+Keep your spirits up
+Keep your spirits up
+```
+
+### 为什么要永远循环？
+
+在现实中，你不会想永远循环下去，但一直运行直到想要回家、工作完成或者遇到问题才退出并不罕见。任何构造为无限循环的循环都可以设置为根据各种情况退出。
+
+该脚本将一直处理数据直到下午 5 点，或者说检查发现第一次超过 5 点的时间：
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+while true
+do
+ if [ `date +%H` -ge 17 ]; then
+ exit # exit script
+ fi
+ echo keep running
+ ~/bin/process_data # do some work
+done
+```
+
+如果要退出循环而不是退出脚本，请使用 `break` 命令而不是 `exit`。
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+while true
+do
+ if [ `date +%H` -ge 17 ]; then
+ break # exit loop
+ fi
+ echo keep running
+ ~/bin/process_data
+done
+… run other commands here …
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+永远循环很容易。指定要停止循环的条件却需要花费一些额外的精力。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3562576/how-to-loop-forever-in-bash-on-linux.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2020/06/nw_circular-staircase_loop_infinity_nautilus_by-tine-ivanic-via-unsplash-100848725-large.jpg
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3242170/linux/invaluable-tips-and-tricks-for-troubleshooting-linux.html
+[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202007/20200617 4 essential tools to set up your Python environment for success.md b/published/202007/20200617 4 essential tools to set up your Python environment for success.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26309e20ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200617 4 essential tools to set up your Python environment for success.md
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12369-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (4 essential tools to set up your Python environment for success)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/python-tools)
+[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
+
+建立成功的 Python 环境的 4 个基本工具
+======
+
+> 选择的这些工具将简化你的 Python 环境，以实现顺畅和一致的开发实践。
+
+
+
+Python 是一门出色的通用编程语言，经常作为第一门编程语言来教授。二十年来，我为它撰写了很多本书，而它仍然是[我的首选语言][2]。虽然通常来说这门语言是简洁明了的，但是（正如 [xkcd][3] 讽刺的），从来没有人说过配置 Python 环境也是一样的简单。
+
+![xkcd python illustration][4]
+
+*一个复杂的Python环境。 [xkcd][3]*
+
+在日常生活中有很多使用 Python 的方法。我将解释我是如何使用这些 Python 生态系统工具的。但坦诚的说，我仍在寻找更好的替代品。
+
+### 使用 pyenv 来管理 Python 版本
+
+我发现在机器上运行一个特定版本的 Python 的最好方法是使用 `pyenv`。这个软件可以在 Linux、Mac OS X 和 WSL2 上工作：这是我通常关心的三个 “类 UNIX” 环境。
+
+安装 `pyenv` 本身有时会有点棘手。一种方法是使用专用的 [pyenv 安装程序][5]，它使用 `curl | bash` 方法来进行（详见其说明）。
+
+如果你是在 Mac 上（或者你运行 Homebrew 的其他系统），你可以按照[这里][6]的说明来安装和使用 `pyenv`。
+
+按照说明安装和设置了 `pyenv` 之后，你可以使用 `pyenv global` 来设置一个 “默认的” Python 版本。一般来说，你会选择你的 “首选” 版本。这通常是最新的稳定版本，但如果有其他考虑因素也可能做出不同的选择。
+
+### 使用 virtualenvwrapper 让虚拟环境更简单
+
+使用 `pyenv` 安装 Python 的一个好处是，你所有后继安装的 Python 解释器环境都是你自己的，而不是操作系统层面的。
+
+虽然在 Python 本身内部安装东西通常不是最好的选择，但有一个例外：在上面选择的 “首选” Python 中，安装并配置 `virtualenvwrapper`。这样你就可以瞬间创建和切换到虚拟环境。
+
+我在[这篇文章中][7]具体介绍了如何安装和使用 `virtualenvwrapper`。
+
+这里我推荐一个独特的工作流程：你可以制作一个可以大量重复运行的虚拟环境，用来做运行器。在这个环境中，可以安装你最喜欢的运行器 —— 也就是你会经常用来运行其他软件的软件。就目前而言，我的首选是 `tox`。
+
+### 使用 tox 作为 Python 运行器
+
+[tox][8] 是一个很好的工具，可以让你的 Python 测试自动化。在每个 Python 环境中，我都会创建一个 `tox.ini` 文件。无论我使用什么系统做持续集成，都可以运行它，我可以用上面文章中描述的 `virtualenvwrapper` 的 `workon` 语法在本地运行同样的东西：
+
+```
+$ workon runner
+$ tox
+```
+
+这个工作流程之所以重要，是因为我要在多个版本的 Python 和多个版本的依赖库中测试我的代码。这意味着在 `tox` 运行器中会有多个环境。一些会尝试在最新的依赖关系中运行，一些会尝试在冻结的依赖关系中运行（接下来会有更多的介绍），我也可能会用 `pip-compile` 在本地生成这些环境。
+
+附注：我目前正在[研究使用 nox][9] 作为 `tox` 的替代品。原因超出了本文的范畴，但值得一试。
+
+### 使用 pip-compile 进行 Python 依赖性管理
+
+Python 是一种动态编程语言，这意味着它在每次执行代码时都会加载其依赖关系。能否确切了解每个依赖项的具体运行版本可能意味着是平稳运行代码还是意外崩溃。这意味着我们必须考虑依赖管理工具。
+
+对于每个新项目，我都会包含一个 `requirements.in` 文件，（通常）只有以下内容：
+
+```
+.
+```
+
+是的，没错。只有一个点的单行。我在 `setup.py` 文件中记录了 “宽松” 的依赖关系，比如 `Twisted>=17.5`。这与 `Twisted==18.1` 这样的确切依赖关系形成了鲜明对比，后者在需要一个特性或错误修复时，难以升级到新版本的库。
+
+`.` 的意思是 “当前目录”，它使用当前目录下的 `setup.py` 作为依赖关系的来源。
+
+这意味着使用 `pip-compile requirements.in > requirements.txt` 会创建一个冻结的依赖文件。你可以在 `virtualenvwrapper` 创建的虚拟环境中或者 `tox.ini` 中使用这个依赖文件。
+
+有时，也可以从 `requirements-dev.in`（内容：`.[dev]`）生成 `requirements-dev.txt`，或从 `requirements-test.in`（内容：`.[test]`）生成 `requirements-test.txt`。
+
+我正在研究在这个流程中是否应该用 [dephell][10] 代替 `pip-compile`。`dephell` 工具有许多有趣的功能，比如使用异步 HTTP 请求来下载依赖项。
+
+### 结论
+
+Python 的功能既强大又赏心悦目。为了编写这些代码，我依靠了一个对我来说很有效的特定工具链。工具 `pyenv`、`virtualenvwrapper`、`tox` 和 `pip-compile` 都是独立的。但是，它们各有各的作用，没有重叠，它们一起打造了一个强大的 Python 工作流。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/python-tools
+
+作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/python_programming_question.png?itok=cOeJW-8r (Python programming language logo with question marks)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/10/why-love-python
+[3]: https://xkcd.com/1987/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/python_environment_xkcd_1.png (xkcd python illustration)
+[5]: https://github.com/pyenv/pyenv-installer
+[6]: https://linux.cn/article-12241-1.html
+[7]: https://linux.cn/article-11086-1.html
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/python-tox
+[9]: https://nox.thea.codes/en/stable/
+[10]: https://github.com/dephell/dephell
diff --git a/published/202007/20200622 7 open source alternatives to VS Code.md b/published/202007/20200622 7 open source alternatives to VS Code.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6526252de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200622 7 open source alternatives to VS Code.md
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (nophDog)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12382-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (7 open source alternatives to VS Code)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/open-source-alternatives-vs-code)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+VS Code 的 7 个开源替代品
+======
+
+> 为了避免使用微软版本的 VS Code，我们需要另行选择一个开源的代码编辑器。
+
+
+
+Visual Studio Code，也叫 VS Code，是一个跨平台代码编辑器，通用于 Linux、Windows 以及 macOS。它既能编辑简单文本，也能像集成开发环境（IDE）一样管理整个代码库。它可以通过插件进行扩展，并且已经被证明是一个可靠的文本编辑器，很轻松地就击败了非开源的强大竞品编辑器。
+
+微软以开源的方式发布了 VS Code，但是你从微软下载的版本其实并不是开源的。然而，你仍有办法以开源的方式使用 VS Code，或者直接选择其它的开源替代品。
+
+### 以开源的方式构建 VS Code
+
+你可以在 [GitHub][2] 获得 VS Code 的源代码。然而当你 [从微软][3] 下载 VS Code 时，你会发现它是基于 [微软软件许可证][4] 授权的。这并不是一个开源许可证。其区别在于构建过程。
+
+Chris Dias 是微软 VS Code 项目开发者之一，他对 VS Code [作了一个对比][5]，就像 Chrome 浏览器和其开源的“上游”项目 [Chromium][6] 一样。VS Code 确实是基于开源代码库构建的。微软官方发布的版本带有一些与微软相关的功能，包括一项商标、一个插件库、一个 C# 调试器以及遥测。但如果你克隆仓库然后自行编译，这些东西都不会被加入，所以你会得到一个名为 Code - OSS 的“干净”版本（OSS 代表开源软件）。
+
+实际上，VS Code 与 Code - OSS 之间的差异很小。最值得注意的是，VS Code 包含遥测功能，它会记录使用数据。微软不可能监控你的一举一动，而且目前越来越多软件都在收集使用数据。是否在乎 VS Code 的遥测功能，完全取决于你自己。如果你不希望它追踪你的使用情况，这里有一些很棒的 VS Code（开源）替代品。
+
+### VSCodium
+
+![Code OSS screenshot][7]
+
+最简单的替代方案就是构建不带微软附属功能的 VS Code 版本。[VSCodium][9] 项目提供了可下载的 Code-OSS 可执行文件，它基于 VS Code 代码库编译，没有配置微软的 `product.json` 中的改变。VSCodium 的开发者还竭尽全力禁用了所有难以寻找的遥测选项，除非你自行编译，否则这已经是你能找到的最干净的 VS Code 版本了。
+
+VSCodium 提醒说，VS Code 悄悄地包含了一些专有工具，这些工具无法与开源版本一起提供。这包括一个 C# 调试器和部分插件。如果你需要它们，可以在 [文档中] 找到解决办法。假如你依赖 VS Code 中某些特定的功能，你应该验证它在 VSCodium 中是否可以发挥功用。
+
+此外，你还应该验证是否已禁用所有的遥测功能。
+
+### Code - OSS
+
+如果不想用 VSCodium 的版本，你可以自己 [从头编译 VS Code][12]，得到一样的版本。可执行文件叫做 `Code - OSS`，而不是 `VSCode`，适用于 VSCodium 的许可证限制也适用于你的构建，而工作方式也是一样。
+
+如果通过编译源码构建应用，首次启动时你要确保 [所有遥测都已经被禁用]。
+
+### Atom
+
+![Atom screenshot][13]
+
+[Atom][14] 是一个类似于 IDE 的文本编辑器，当微软收购 Github 的同时也收购了它。和 VS Code 一样，你可以使用插件，扩展 Atom 编辑器，此外，你还能通过自己的工具和主题实现定制。它开源且与 Github 集成。简而言之，只要你能找到你想用的插件，或者你愿意自己动手写，那么 Atom 几乎可以满足你的一切需求。
+
+跟 VS Code 一样，Atom 也 [默认包含遥测][15]。你可以禁用这个功能，而且跟 VS Code 不同的是，使用插件不受任何限制，所以不必再因为隐私改变你的工作流。对写代码的人来说，毫无疑问 Atom 是很有用的工具，而对于 [使用电脑的任何人][16]，它同样会是一个很赞的编辑器。如果你需要一个顺手的通用文本编辑器，请试试 Atom。
+
+### GNOME Builder
+
+![GNOME Builder screenshot][17]
+
+为 GNOME 桌面而开发的 IDE，[GNOME Builder][18] 是一个 Linux 平台的代码编辑器，专门用于构建 GNOME 应用。如果你为 Linux 构建应用程序，希望轻松解决兼容性问题，那么 Builder 就是最简单的选择。从 [Flathub.org][19] 安装 Builder；当你开启一个新项目，如果没有安装 GNOME SDK，它会提醒你。这意味着当维护你的应用时，你不必刻意关注 GNOME 的状态，因为 Builder 在替你做这件事。
+
+然而，Builder 不仅能构建 GNOME 程序。它还支持各种各样的编程语言，包括 Python、Rust、C/C++、Java、Go、JavaScript、TypeScript、VB.NET、Markdown 和几种标记语言等等。它对部分语言有全面的支持，包括自动补全以及弹出式函数定义，但是其它语言仅仅含有一些比较方便的功能，例如语法高亮跟自动匹配括号。不管你是不是一个专门的程序员，或者你只想要一个给力的 HTML 和 CSS 编辑器，这个 IDE 都能让你舒心使用。
+
+### Geany
+
+![Geany screenshot][20]
+
+[Geany][21] 是一个强大、稳定而轻量级的编辑器，它有很多有用的特性，能帮你写 Bash、Python、Lua、XML、HTML、LaTex，当然远不止这些。对 50 种各种编程及脚本语言、标记语言和各种文件类型（比如 .diff 和 .po），Geany 都有很好的支持。退一万步讲，Geany 还有括号匹配和语法高亮 —— 通常来说，它包含更多功能。
+
+Geany 是一个小型编辑器，但是通过插件，你可以为它添加特性，例如项目视图面板、文件系统树、调试、终端等，直到它看起来像一个 IDE。当然，萝卜白菜各有所爱，你也可以尽量使它保持简洁易用。如果因为电脑 CPU 或者内存的限制而无法使用 VS Code，那么很明显 Geany 可以作为你的选择。它只占用少量内存，而且启动迅速。即便跟运行在终端里的 Vim 相比，Geany 稍显笨重，但就算在树莓派，它也能做到快速、灵活。
+
+### Brackets
+
+![Brackets screenshot][22]
+
+[Brackets][23] 是一款面向网页开发者的文本编辑器和 IDE。对于 HTML、CSS、JavaScript、PHP 甚至 Python，它都有很强大的支持。而且跟 VS Code 一样，它也有一个很丰富的插件生态，所以你可以最大限度地扩展它，以适应你所有编程语言的工作。
+
+有的插件用于辅助解析语言、运行脚本，甚至编译执行代码。Brackets 有一个传统的界面，不管你是否熟悉 IDE 或者像记事本一样简单的文本编辑器，都能驾轻就熟。如果稍微花点时间，添加几个相关插件，然后熟悉它们，你会发现 Brackets 真的是一个很精妙、很有用的编辑器，不管你输入什么，它都能通过自动补全、提示帮你避免低级错误。假如你是程序员，它能帮你加快测验和调试周期。
+
+### Che
+
+![Che screenshot][24]
+
+如果你喜欢新技术，那你应当尝试 [Che][25] 编辑器。这是一个基于云的 IDE，所以它默认以软件即服务（SaaS）的形式运行，但它是完全开源的，如果你有 Kubernetes 实例，那就可以运行为*你自己的* SaaS。
+
+Che 不仅是一个在线 IDE，而且是一个为云开发而构建的 IDE。在 Che 的概念里，用户无需查看本地文件系统。由于它在云端工作，所以你也可以这么做。事实上，如果你有一台 Git 服务器，那就可以直接把它当作你的文件系统，在它的仓库中完成你的项目。当然，你也可以下载所有文件做本地备份。
+
+但 Che 的主要特点，也是云开发者最为兴奋的一点，它是一个功能全面、带有 Kubernetes 感知功能的开源 IDE。如果你正在为云构建应用、网站或容器（或三者的组合），那么 Che 是一个你需要尝试的编辑器。
+
+### 那么你的选择是？
+
+你有没有在使用这些 VS Code 替代品中的某一个呢？想不想挑一个试试呢？欢迎在评论中分享你的见解。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/open-source-alternatives-vs-code
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[nophDog](https://github.com/nophDog)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/laptop_screen_desk_work_chat_text.png?itok=UXqIDRDD (Person using a laptop)
+[2]: https://github.com/microsoft/vscode
+[3]: https://code.visualstudio.com/
+[4]: https://code.visualstudio.com/license
+[5]: https://github.com/Microsoft/vscode/issues/60#issuecomment-161792005
+[6]: https://www.chromium.org/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/code-oss.png (Code OSS screenshot)
+[8]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[9]: https://vscodium.com/
+[10]: https://github.com/VSCodium/vscodium/blob/master/DOCS.md
+[11]: https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/supporting/faq#_how-to-disable-telemetry-reporting
+[12]: https://github.com/Microsoft/vscode/wiki/How-to-Contribute#build-and-run
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/atom.jpg (Atom screenshot)
+[14]: http://atom.io
+[15]: https://discuss.atom.io/t/how-do-i-disable-the-metrics-or-tracking/24520
+[16]: https://opensource.com/article/19/4/write-git
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/builder.png (GNOME Builder screenshot)
+[18]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Builder
+[19]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/org.gnome.Builder
+[20]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/geany.png (Geany screenshot)
+[21]: https://www.geany.org/
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/brackets.jpg (Brackets screenshot)
+[23]: http://brackets.io/
+[24]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/che-cpp.jpg (Che screenshot)
+[25]: https://www.eclipse.org/che/extend/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200622 Linux tools for improving your time management.md b/published/202007/20200622 Linux tools for improving your time management.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af35552fa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200622 Linux tools for improving your time management.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12388-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Linux tools for improving your time management)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/linux-time-management)
+[#]: author: (Sudeshna Sur https://opensource.com/users/sudeshna-sur)
+
+时间管理专家的 Linux 工具
+======
+
+> 无论你是需要帮助来保持专注、保持及时性，还是为了找到避免重复的捷径，这些 Linux 工具能够帮助你。
+
+
+
+生产力是一个主观术语，但从本质上讲，它是衡量特定任务完成效率的标准。每个人都有不同的方式来提高他们的生产力：有些人需要帮助专注于任务里、有些人需要特殊的工作环境、有些人需要警报和提醒以避免错过截止日期，还有些人需要协助处理重复的手工活。幸运的是，有多种工具和技术可为你提供所需的特定支持。特别地，如果你是 Linux 用户，有一些调整可以帮助你提高生产力。这是我经常使用的两个。
+
+### 剪贴板指示器
+
+你是否在日常使用中，在多个文档之间的大量使用复制和粘贴？如果是这样，那么 [剪贴板指示器][2] 应该成为你的首选方案之一。将剪贴板指示器作为 GNOME 扩展安装到 Linux 发行版中。以我的经验，它对 GNOME Shell 的性能影响很小，至少比我尝试过的其他方案要小。
+
+该工具添加了一个指示器菜单到顶部面板，并缓存剪贴板历史。你可以设置历史记录大小、要预览的字符数量。它可以在复制时显示通知，并充当保存任意复制内容的临时空间。
+
+![Clipboard indicator menu on GNOME desktop][3]
+
+安装扩展程序和连接器的最简单方法是使用发行版的包管理器。
+
+对于 Fedora、CentOS 或 RHEL，请使用：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install chrome-gnome-shell
+```
+
+在 Ubuntu 或 Debian 上，请改用 `apt install`。
+
+安装完成后，进入 并查看已安装的扩展。
+
+如果你使用的是 Firefox，请使用 Firefox 浏览器附加组件并安装 “GNOME Shell integration”。你将在 Firefox 工具栏中看到一个很小的脚印图标，它将带你进入“扩展”页面。在该页面上，搜索 “Clipboard Indicator” 扩展并启用它。
+
+现在，按照提示下载 GNOME 扩展并激活它。你可以查看 `~/.local/share/gnome-shell/extensions` 来浏览你的扩展。
+
+好了！你将在 GNOME 桌面的右上角看到一个新图标。复制任意内容并尝试其设置。
+
+也可以使用以下命令通过 Git 进行快速安装：将仓库克隆到本地的 gnome-shell 扩展目录中：
+
+```
+$ git clone https://github.com/Tudmotu/gnome-shell-extension-clipboard-indicator.git ~/.local/share/gnome-shell/extensions/clipboard-indicator@tudmotu.com
+```
+
+进入 GNOME Tweaks 工具，然后从“扩展”页面激活它。
+
+### 番茄计时器（Pomodoro）
+
+![Using the pomodoro timer on GNOME][4]
+
+Pomodoro 技术是一种时间管理理念，旨在为用户提供最大注意力。每个 25 分钟的工作时间称为“pomodoro”（意大利语的“番茄”）；每个番茄之后，你需要休息五分钟。每四个番茄时间，即每 100 分钟，你就要休息 15 至 20 分钟。如果你有大量的待办事项，那么使用 Pomodoro 技术可以通过强迫你遵守严格的时间安排来帮助你更快地完成项目。
+
+可以通过 GNOME Tweaks 网页 （extensions.gnome.org）或通过命令行来管理安装过程。对于后者，请根据你的 Linux 发行版和版本，并使用以下命令进行安装：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install gnome-shell-extension-pomodoro
+```
+
+或者，如果你希望从源代码构建：
+
+```
+$ git clone -b gnome-3.34 https://github.com/codito/gnome-pomodoro.git
+$ cd gnome-pomodoro
+```
+
+源码有许多依赖关系，其中许多可能已经安装。为了确保这点，请安装以下内容。
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install autoconf-archive gettext vala vala-tools pkg-config desktop-file-utils glib2-devel gtk3-devel libappstream-glib-devel libappindicator-gtk3-devel libcanberra-devel libpeas-devel sqlite-devel gom-devel gobject-introspection-devel gsettings-desktop-schemas-devel gstreamer1-devel
+```
+
+在源代码的解压目录中，完成构建。
+
+```
+$ ./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --datadir=/usr/share
+$ make
+$ sudo make install
+```
+
+不管是怎么安装的，请进入 GNOME Tweaks 并打开番茄计时器。如果你还没有 GNOME Tweaks，请通过包管理器或所选的软件安装程序进行安装。例如，在 Fedora 上：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install gnome-tweaks
+```
+
+在 Ubuntu 或 Debian上，请改用 `apt install`。
+
+Pomodoro 桌面集成当前可在 GNOME Shell 中使用，并且它们计划在将来支持更多桌面。 查看 获取有关该项目的最新信息。同时，对于 KDE 用户，还有一个名为 [Fokus][5] 的替代品。
+
+### Linux 上的生产力
+
+生产力是个人的，但这是我们所有人都在以某种方式追求的东西。这些工具中的每一个要么节省了我的时间，要么使我的工作效率提高了，它们可以与 Linux 快速集成。
+
+你是否有喜欢的生产力工具？请在评论中分享！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/linux-time-management
+
+作者：[Sudeshna Sur][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sudeshna-sur
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lenovo-thinkpad-laptop-concentration-focus-windows-office.png?itok=-8E2ihcF (Woman using laptop concentrating)
+[2]: https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/779/clipboard-indicator/
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gnome-tweaks-productivity_0.png (Clipboard indicator menu on GNOME desktop)
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pomodoro-timer-fedora-opensourcecom.png (Using the pomodoro timer on GNOME)
+[5]: https://store.kde.org/p/1308861/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200622 Missing Photoshop on Linux- Use PhotoGIMP and Convert GIMP into Photoshop.md b/published/202007/20200622 Missing Photoshop on Linux- Use PhotoGIMP and Convert GIMP into Photoshop.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b75d249c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200622 Missing Photoshop on Linux- Use PhotoGIMP and Convert GIMP into Photoshop.md
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12373-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Missing Photoshop on Linux? Use PhotoGIMP and Convert GIMP into Photoshop)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/photogimp/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+在 Linux 上缺少 Photoshop？使用 PhotoGIMP 将 GIMP 变为 Photoshop
+======
+
+[Adobe Photoshop][1] 不适用于桌面 Linux。GIMP 是 [Linux 上 Adobe Photoshop 的最佳替代品][2]。
+
+如果你使用过 Photoshop，那么你会注意到 [GIMP][3] 和 Photoshop 相比有不同的设置、键盘快捷键和布局。
+
+这没有错。毕竟，它们都是两种不同的软件，而且它们不必看起来相同。
+
+但是，习惯了 Photoshop 的人们发现在切换到 GIMP 的时很难忘记他们反复学习的肌肉记忆。这可能会使某些人感到沮丧，因为使用新的界面意味着要学习大量的键盘快捷键，并花时间在查找工具位于何处。
+
+为了帮助从 Photoshop 切换到 GIMP 的人，[Diolinux][4] 推出了一个在 GIMP 中模仿 Adobe Photoshop 的工具。
+
+### PhotoGIMP：在 Linux 中为 GIMP 提供 Adobe Photoshop 的外观
+
+![][5]
+
+[PhotoGIMP][6] 不是独立的图形软件。它是 GIMP 2.10 的补丁。你需要在系统上安装 GIMP 才能使用 PhotoGIMP。
+
+当你应用 PhotoGIMP 补丁时，它将更改 GIMP 布局以模仿 Adobe Photoshop。
+
+ * 默认安装数百种新字体
+ * 安装新的 Python 过滤器，例如 “heal selection”
+ * 添加新的启动画面
+ * 添加新的默认设置以最大化画布空间
+ * 添加类似于 Adobe Photoshop 的键盘快捷键
+
+PhotoGIMP 还在自定义 `.desktop` 文件中添加新的图标和名称。让我们看看如何使用它。
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 PhotoGIMP （适合中级到专业用户）
+
+PhotoGIMP 本质是一个补丁。在 Linux 中下载并[解压 zip 文件][7]。你将在解压的文件夹中找到以下隐藏的文件夹：
+
+ * `.icons`：其中包含新的 PhotoGIMP 图标
+ * `.local`：包含个性化的 `.desktop` 文件，以便你在系统菜单中看到的是 PhotoGIMP 而不是 GIMP
+ * `.var`：包含 GIMP 补丁的主文件夹
+
+你应该[使用 Ctrl+H 快捷键在 Ubuntu 中显示隐藏文件][8]。
+
+警告：建议你备份 GIMP 配置文件，以便在不喜欢 PhotoGIMP 时可以还原。只需将 GIMP 配置文件复制到其他位置即可备份。
+
+目前，PhotoGIMP 主要与通过 [Flatpak][9] 安装的 GIMP 兼容。如果你使用 Flatpak 安装了 GIMP，那么只需将这些隐藏的文件夹复制粘贴到家目录中，它将 GIMP 转换为 Adobe Photoshop 类似的设置。
+
+但是，如果你通过 apt、snap 或发行版的包管理器安装了 GIMP，那么必须找到 GIMP 的配置文件夹，然后粘贴 PhotoGIMP 的 `.var` 目录的内容。当出现询问时，请选择合并选项并替换同名的现有文件。
+
+我[使用 apt 在 Ubuntu 20.04 中安装了 GIMP][10]。对我来说，GIMP 配置文件在 `~/.config/GIMP/2.10`。我复制了 `.var/app/org.gimp.GIMP/config/GIMP/2.10` 目录，并启动 GIMP 查看 PhotoGIMP 的启动页。
+
+这是打了 PhotoGIMP 补丁后的 GIMP 界面：
+
+![][11]
+
+我尝试了几个 Photoshop 快捷键来检查它所做的更改，一切似乎可以正常工作。
+
+- [下载 PhotoGIMP][12]
+
+我还找到了 [Snap 包形式的 PhotoGIMP][13]，但它是 2019 年的，我不确定它是否可以在所有地方使用，或者仅适用于 snap 安装。
+
+### 总结
+
+这不是类似的第一个项目。几年前，我们有一个类似的项目叫 Gimpshop。Gimpshop 项目在过去的几年中没有任何进展，可以肯定地认为该项目已经死亡。有一个名为 Gimpshop 的网站，但该网站来自冒名者试图以 Gimpshop 的名义获利。
+
+我不是 Adobe Photoshop 用户。我甚至不是 GIMP 专家，这就是为什么我们的 [GIMP 教程][14] 用 Dimitrios 的原因。
+
+因此，我无法评论 PhotoGIMP 项目的实用性。如果你熟悉这两种软件，那么应该能够比我更好地进行判断。
+
+如果你尝试使用 PhotoGIMP，请与他人分享你的经验，并告诉我们是否值得安装。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/photogimp/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.adobe.com/in/products/photoshop.html
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-photoshop-alternatives/
+[3]: https://www.gimp.org/
+[4]: https://diolinux.com.br/
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/photogimp-feature.jpg?ssl=1
+[6]: https://github.com/Diolinux/PhotoGIMP
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/unzip-linux/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/hide-folders-and-show-hidden-files-in-ubuntu-beginner-trick/
+[9]: https://flatpak.org/
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/gimp-2-10-release/
+[11]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/photogimp-editor-interface.jpg?resize=800%2C538&ssl=1
+[12]: https://github.com/Diolinux/PhotoGIMP/releases
+[13]: https://snapcraft.io/photogimp
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/tag/gimp-tips/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200622 Protect your system with fail2ban and firewalld blacklists.md b/published/202007/20200622 Protect your system with fail2ban and firewalld blacklists.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cd9c9c586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200622 Protect your system with fail2ban and firewalld blacklists.md
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12417-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Protect your system with fail2ban and firewalld blacklists)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/protect-your-system-with-fail2ban-and-firewalld-blacklists/)
+[#]: author: (hobbes1069 https://fedoramagazine.org/author/hobbes1069/)
+
+使用 fail2ban 和 FirewallD 黑名单保护你的系统
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+如果你运行的服务器有面向公众的 SSH 访问，你可能遇到过恶意登录尝试。本文介绍了如何使用两个实用程序来防止入侵者进入我们的系统。
+
+为了防止反复的 ssh 登录尝试，我们来看看 fail2ban。而且，如果你不经常旅行，基本上停留在一两个国家，你可以将 FirewallD 配置为只允许[从你选择的国家访问][2]。
+
+首先，让我们为不熟悉这些应用程序的人员介绍一些术语，以完成这项工作：
+
+**fail2ban**：一个守护进程，用于禁止发生多次认证错误的主机。fail2ban 将监控 SystemD 日志，以查找对任何已启用的“监狱”的失败的验证尝试。在达到指定失败次数后，它将添加一个防火墙规则，在配置的时间内阻止该特定 IP 地址。
+
+**FirewallD**：一个带有 D-Bus 接口的防火墙守护进程，提供动态防火墙。除非你另行决定使用传统的 iptables，否则你已经在所有支持的 Fedora 和 CentOS 上安装了 FirewallD。
+
+### 假定前提
+
+* 主机系统有一个互联网连接，并且要么是直接暴露在互联网上，要么是通过 DMZ（这两个都是非常糟糕的想法，除非你知道你在做什么），要么是有一个端口从路由器转发过来。
+* 虽然大部分的内容可能适用于其他系统，但本文假设当前系统是 Fedora（31 及以上）或 RHEL/CentOS 8 版本。在 CentOS 上，你必须用 `sudo dnf install epel-release` 启用 Fedora EPEL 仓库。
+
+### 安装与配置
+
+#### Fail2Ban
+
+很有可能已经有某个 Firewalld 区已经允许 SSH 访问，但 sshd 服务本身默认没有启用。要手动启动它，并且不在启动时永久启用它：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl start sshd
+```
+
+或者在系统启动时启用，并同时启动它：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl enable --now sshd
+```
+
+下一步就是安装、配置、启用 fail2ban。和往常一样，安装可以通过命令行完成：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install fail2ban
+```
+
+安装完毕后，下一步就是配置“监狱”（你要以设置的任何阈值监视并禁止的服务）。默认情况下，IP 会被禁止 1 小时（这其实不够长）。最好的做法是使用 `*.local` 文件覆盖系统默认值，而不是直接修改 `*.config` 文件。如果我们查看我的 `jail.local`，我们可以看到：
+
+```
+# cat /etc/fail2ban/jail.local
+[DEFAULT]
+
+# "bantime" is the number of seconds that a host is banned.
+bantime = 1d
+
+# A host is banned if it has generated "maxretry" during the last "findtime"
+findtime = 1h
+
+# "maxretry" is the number of failures before a host get banned.
+maxretry = 5
+```
+
+换成通俗的语言讲，就是在过去一小时内尝试 5 次后，该 IP 将被封禁 1 天。对于多次被封的 IP，也可以选择增加封禁时间，但这是另一篇文章的主题。
+
+下一步是配置“监狱”。在本教程中显示的是 `sshd`，但其他服务的步骤大致相同。在 `/etc/fail2ban/jail.d` 中创建一个配置文件。这是我的文件：
+
+```
+# cat /etc/fail2ban/jail.d/sshd.local
+[sshd]
+enabled = true
+```
+
+就这么简单! 很多配置已经在为 Fedora 构建的软件包中处理了（提示：我是当前的维护者）。接下来启用并启动 fail2ban 服务：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl enable --now fail2ban
+```
+
+希望没有立即出错，如果没有，请使用下面的命令检查 fail2ban 的状态：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl status fail2ban
+```
+
+如果它没有错误地启动，应该是这样的：
+
+```
+$ systemctl status fail2ban
+● fail2ban.service - Fail2Ban Service
+Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/fail2ban.service; disabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+Active: active (running) since Tue 2020-06-16 07:57:40 CDT; 5s ago
+Docs: man:fail2ban(1)
+Process: 11230 ExecStartPre=/bin/mkdir -p /run/fail2ban (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS)
+Main PID: 11235 (f2b/server)
+Tasks: 5 (limit: 4630)
+Memory: 12.7M
+CPU: 109ms
+CGroup: /system.slice/fail2ban.service
+└─11235 /usr/bin/python3 -s /usr/bin/fail2ban-server -xf start
+Jun 16 07:57:40 localhost.localdomain systemd[1]: Starting Fail2Ban Service…
+Jun 16 07:57:40 localhost.localdomain systemd[1]: Started Fail2Ban Service.
+Jun 16 07:57:41 localhost.localdomain fail2ban-server[11235]: Server ready
+```
+
+如果是刚刚启动的，fail2ban 不太可能显示任何有意思的信息，但要检查 fail2ban 的状态，并确保“监狱”被启用，请输入：
+
+```
+$ sudo fail2ban-client status
+Status
+|- Number of jail: 1
+`- Jail list: sshd
+```
+
+sshd “监狱”的上级状态也会显示出来。如果启用了多个“监狱”，它们会在这里显示出来。
+
+要查看一个“监狱”的详细状态，只需在前面的命令中添加“监狱”名称。下面是我的系统的输出，它已经运行了一段时间。我已经从输出中删除了被禁止的 IP：
+
+```
+$ sudo fail2ban-client status sshd
+Status for the jail: sshd
+|- Filter
+| |- Currently failed: 8
+| |- Total failed: 4399
+| `- Journal matches: _SYSTEMD_UNIT=sshd.service + _COMM=sshd
+`- Actions
+ |- Currently banned: 101
+ |- Total banned: 684
+ `- Banned IP list: ...
+```
+
+监控 fail2ban 日志文件是否有入侵尝试，可以通过“尾随”日志来实现：
+
+```
+$ sudo tail -f /var/log/fail2ban.log
+```
+
+`tail` 是一个很好的命令行工具，默认情况下，它可以显示一个文件的最后 10 行。添加 `-f` 告诉它尾随文件，这是个观察一个仍在被写入的文件的很好方式。
+
+由于输出的内容中有真实的 IP，所以这里不会提供样本，但它的可读性很高。`INFO` 行通常是登录的尝试。如果从一个特定的 IP 地址进行了足够多的尝试，你会看到一个 `NOTICE` 行显示一个 IP 地址被禁止。在达到禁止时间后，你会看到一个 `NOTICE` 解禁行。
+
+注意几个警告行。最常见的情况是，当添加了一个禁止后，fail2ban 发现该 IP 地址已经在其禁止数据库中，这意味着禁止可能无法正常工作。如果是最近安装的 fail2ban 包，它应该被设置为 FirewallD 的富规则。这个包在 fail2ban-0.11.1-6 版本时从 ipset 方式切换到了富规则方式，所以如果你的 fail2ban 安装时间较早，它可能还在尝试使用 ipset 方式，这种方式使用的是传统的 iptables，不是很可靠。
+
+#### FirewallD 配置
+
+##### 被动还是主动？
+
+有两种策略可以分开或一起使用：**被动**地将单个 IP 地址或**主动**地根据来源国将子网永久列入黑名单。
+
+对于被动方式，一旦 fail2ban 运行了一段时间，最好再运行 `sudo fail2ban-client status sshd` 来看看有哪些坏蛋。很可能会有很多被禁止的 IP 地址。选择一个，然后试着对它运行 `whois`。在输出结果中可能会有很多有趣的信息，但是对于这个方法来说，只有来源国是重要的。为了保持简单，让我们过滤掉除了国家以外的所有信息。
+
+在这个例子中，我们将使用一些著名的域名：
+
+```
+$ whois google.com | grep -i country
+Registrant Country: US
+Admin Country: US
+Tech Country: US
+```
+
+```
+$ whois rpmfusion.org | grep -i country
+Registrant Country: FR
+```
+
+```
+$ whois aliexpress.com | grep -i country
+Registrant Country: CN
+```
+
+使用 `grep -i` 的原因是为了使 `grep` 不区分大小写，而大多数条目都使用的是 “Country”，而有些条目则是全小写的 “country”，所以这种方法无论如何都能匹配。
+
+现在知道了尝试入侵的来源国，问题是，“是否有来自这个国家的人有合法的理由连接到这台计算机？”如果答案是否定的，那么封锁整个国家应该是可以接受的。
+
+从功能上看，主动式方法它与被动式方法没有太大区别，然而，来自有些国家的入侵企图是非常普遍的。如果你的系统既不放在这些国家里，也没有任何源自这些国家的客户，那么为什么不现在就把它们加入黑名单而是等待呢？（LCTT 译注：我的经验是，动辄以国家的范畴而列入黑名单有些过于武断。建议可以将该 IP 所属的 WHOIS 网段放入到黑名单，因为这些网段往往具有相同的使用性质，如都用于用户接入或 IDC 托管，其安全状况也大致相同，因此，如果有来自该网段的某个 IP 的恶意尝试，可以预期该网段内的其它 IP 也可能被利用来做这样的尝试。）
+
+##### 黑名单脚本和配置
+
+那么如何做到这一点呢？用 FirewallD ipset。我开发了下面的脚本来尽可能地自动化这个过程：
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+# Based on the below article
+# https://www.linode.com/community/questions/11143/top-tip-firewalld-and-ipset-country-blacklist
+
+# Source the blacklisted countries from the configuration file
+. /etc/blacklist-by-country
+
+# Create a temporary working directory
+ipdeny_tmp_dir=$(mktemp -d -t blacklist-XXXXXXXXXX)
+pushd $ipdeny_tmp_dir
+
+# Download the latest network addresses by country file
+curl -LO http://www.ipdeny.com/ipblocks/data/countries/all-zones.tar.gz
+tar xf all-zones.tar.gz
+
+# For updates, remove the ipset blacklist and recreate
+if firewall-cmd -q --zone=drop --query-source=ipset:blacklist; then
+ firewall-cmd -q --permanent --delete-ipset=blacklist
+fi
+
+# Create the ipset blacklist which accepts both IP addresses and networks
+firewall-cmd -q --permanent --new-ipset=blacklist --type=hash:net \
+ --option=family=inet --option=hashsize=4096 --option=maxelem=200000 \
+ --set-description="An ipset list of networks or ips to be dropped."
+
+# Add the address ranges by country per ipdeny.com to the blacklist
+for country in $countries; do
+ firewall-cmd -q --permanent --ipset=blacklist \
+ --add-entries-from-file=./$country.zone && \
+ echo "Added $country to blacklist ipset."
+done
+
+# Block individual IPs if the configuration file exists and is not empty
+if [ -s "/etc/blacklist-by-ip" ]; then
+ echo "Adding IPs blacklists."
+ firewall-cmd -q --permanent --ipset=blacklist \
+ --add-entries-from-file=/etc/blacklist-by-ip && \
+ echo "Added IPs to blacklist ipset."
+fi
+
+# Add the blacklist ipset to the drop zone if not already setup
+if firewall-cmd -q --zone=drop --query-source=ipset:blacklist; then
+ echo "Blacklist already in firewalld drop zone."
+else
+ echo "Adding ipset blacklist to firewalld drop zone."
+ firewall-cmd --permanent --zone=drop --add-source=ipset:blacklist
+fi
+
+firewall-cmd -q --reload
+
+popd
+rm -rf $ipdeny_tmp_dir
+```
+
+这个应该安装到 `/usr/local/sbin`，不要忘了让它可执行！
+
+```
+$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/sbin/firewalld-blacklist
+```
+
+然后创建一个配置文件 `/etc/blacklist-by-country`：
+
+```
+# Which countries should be blocked?
+# Use the two letter designation separated by a space.
+countries=""
+```
+
+而另一个配置文件 `/etc/blacklist-by-ip`，每行只有一个 IP，没有任何额外的格式化。
+
+在这个例子中，从 ipdeny 的区文件中随机选择了 10 个国家：
+
+```
+# ls | shuf -n 10 | sed "s/\.zone//g" | tr '\n' ' '
+nl ee ie pk is sv na om gp bn
+```
+
+现在只要在配置文件中加入至少一个国家，就可以运行了！
+
+```
+$ sudo firewalld-blacklist
+ % Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current
+ Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed
+100 142 100 142 0 0 1014 0 --:--:-- --:--:-- --:--:-- 1014
+100 662k 100 662k 0 0 989k 0 --:--:-- --:--:-- --:--:-- 989k
+Added nl to blacklist ipset.
+Added ee to blacklist ipset.
+Added ie to blacklist ipset.
+Added pk to blacklist ipset.
+Added is to blacklist ipset.
+Added sv to blacklist ipset.
+Added na to blacklist ipset.
+Added om to blacklist ipset.
+Added gp to blacklist ipset.
+Added bn to blacklist ipset.
+Adding ipset blacklist to firewalld drop zone.
+success
+```
+
+要验证 FirewallD 黑名单是否成功，请检查 `drop` 区和 `blacklist` ipset。
+
+```
+$ sudo firewall-cmd --info-zone=drop
+drop (active)
+ target: DROP
+ icmp-block-inversion: no
+ interfaces:
+ sources: ipset:blacklist
+ services:
+ ports:
+ protocols:
+ masquerade: no
+ forward-ports:
+ source-ports:
+ icmp-blocks:
+ rich rules:
+
+$ sudo firewall-cmd --info-ipset=blacklist | less
+blacklist
+ type: hash:net
+ options: family=inet hashsize=4096 maxelem=200000
+ entries:
+```
+
+第二条命令将输出所有的子网，这些子网是基于被封杀的国家而添加的，可能会相当长。
+
+### 那么现在我该怎么做？
+
+虽然在开始的时候，监控的频率会比较高，但随着时间的推移，入侵尝试的次数应该会随着黑名单的增加而减少。那么目标应该是维护而不是主动监控。
+
+为此，我创建了一个 SystemD 服务文件和定时器，这样每月都会刷新由 ipdeny 维护的每个国家的子网。事实上，这里讨论的所有内容都可以从我的 [pagure.io](https://pagure.io/firewalld-blacklist) 项目中下载。
+
+是不是很高兴你看完了整篇文章？现在只要把服务文件和定时器下载到 `/etc/systemd/system/`，并启用定时器就行了：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl daemon-reload
+$ sudo systemctl enable --now firewalld-blacklist.timer
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/protect-your-system-with-fail2ban-and-firewalld-blacklists/
+
+作者：[hobbes1069][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/hobbes1069/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/fail2ban-and-firewalld-816x345.png
+[2]: https://www.linode.com/community/questions/11143/top-tip-firewalld-and-ipset-country-blacklist
diff --git a/published/202007/20200624 How to Disable Dock on Ubuntu 20.04 and Gain More Screen Space.md b/published/202007/20200624 How to Disable Dock on Ubuntu 20.04 and Gain More Screen Space.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ca4e2946f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200624 How to Disable Dock on Ubuntu 20.04 and Gain More Screen Space.md
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12414-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to Disable Dock on Ubuntu 20.04 and Gain More Screen Space)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/disable-ubuntu-dock/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+如何在 Ubuntu 20.04 上禁用坞站（dock）
+======
+
+左侧的启动器已成为 [Ubuntu][1] 桌面的标识。它是在 [Unity 桌面][2]中引入的，甚至在 [Ubuntu 切换到 GNOME][3]时就有了，它复刻了 “Dash to Panel”，以在 [GNOME][4] 上创建一个类似的坞站。
+
+就个人而言，我发现它对于快速访问常用应用非常方便，但并非所有人都希望它额外占用屏幕上的一些空间。
+
+从 [Ubuntu 20.04][5] 开始，你可以轻松禁用坞站。在本教程中，让我向你展示如何以图形和命令的方式执行此操作。
+
+![][6]
+
+### 通过扩展应用禁用 Ubuntu Dock
+
+[Ubuntu 20.04 的主要功能][7]之一是引入“扩展”应用来管理系统上的 GNOME 扩展。只需在 GNOME 菜单中查找它（按下 Windows 键并输入）：
+
+![Look for Extensions app in the menu][8]
+
+> 没有找到扩展应用？
+>
+> 如果尚未安装，你应该启用 GNOME Shell 扩展，“扩展” GUI 是此软件包的一部分。
+>
+> ```
+> sudo apt install gnome-shell-extensions
+> ```
+>
+> 这仅对 [GNOME 3.36][9] 或 Ubuntu 20.04（或更高版本） 中的更高版本有效。
+
+启动“扩展”应用，你应该在“内置”扩展下看到 Ubuntu Dock。你只需要关闭即可禁用坞站。
+
+![Disable Ubuntu Dock][10]
+
+更改是即时的，你会看到坞站立即消失。
+
+你可以用相同的方式恢复。只需打开它，它就会立即显示。
+
+在 Ubuntu 20.04 中非常容易隐藏坞站，不是吗？
+
+### 替代方法：通过命令行禁用 Ubuntu 坞站
+
+如果你是终端爱好者，并且喜欢在终端中做事，那么我有一个对你而言的好消息。你可以从命令行禁用 Ubuntu 坞站。
+
+使用 `Ctrl+Alt+T` 打开终端。你可能已经知道 [Ubuntu 中的键盘快捷键][11]。
+
+在终端中，使用以下命令列出所有可用的 GNOME 扩展：
+
+```
+gnome-extensions list
+```
+
+这将显示类似于以下的输出：
+
+![List GNOME Extensions][12]
+
+默认的 Ubuntu 坞站扩展是 `ubuntu-dock@ubuntu.com`。你可以使用以下命令将其禁用：
+
+```
+gnome-extensions disable ubuntu-dock@ubuntu.com
+```
+
+屏幕上不会显示任何输出，但是你会注意到启动器（坞站）从左侧消失了。
+
+如果需要，你可以使用与上面相同的命令再次启用它，但使用启用选项：
+
+```
+gnome-extensions enable ubuntu-dock@ubuntu.com
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+在 Ubuntu 18.04 中也有禁用坞站的方法。但是，如果你尝试在 18.04 中删除它，这可能会导致不想要的结果。删除此软件包也会删除 ubuntu-desktop 包，最终可能会导致系统崩溃，例如没有应用菜单。
+
+这就是为什么我不建议在 Ubuntu 18.04 上删除它的原因。
+
+好消息是 Ubuntu 20.04 提供了一种隐藏任务栏的方法。用户拥有更大的自由度和更多的屏幕空间。说到更多的屏幕空间，你是否知道可以[从 Firefox 移除顶部标题栏并获得更多的屏幕空间][14]？
+
+我想知道你喜欢怎样的 Ubuntu 桌面？要坞站，不要坞站，还是不要 GNOME？
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/disable-ubuntu-dock/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://ubuntu.com/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/keeping-ubuntu-unity-alive/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-unity-shutdown/
+[4]: https://www.gnome.org/
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/download-ubuntu-20-04/
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/disable-dock-in-ubuntu.png?ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-20-04-release-features/
+[8]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/GNOME-extensions-app-ubuntu.jpg?ssl=1
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-3-36-release/
+[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/disable-ubuntu-dock.png?ssl=1
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/list-gnome-extensions.png?ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/remove-title-bar-firefox/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200625 How to stress test your Linux system.md b/published/202007/20200625 How to stress test your Linux system.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9cc40f818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200625 How to stress test your Linux system.md
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12389-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to stress test your Linux system)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3563334/how-to-stress-test-your-linux-system.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+如何对你的 Linux 系统进行压力测试
+======
+
+> 如果你想了解 Linux 服务器在重压之下的运行情况，那么给 Linux 服务器施加压力是个不错的主意。在这篇文章中，我们将看一些工具，可以帮助你增加服务器压力并衡量结果。
+
+
+
+为什么你会想给你的 Linux 系统施加压力呢？因为有时你可能想知道当一个系统由于大量运行的进程、繁重的网络流量、过多的内存使用等原因而承受很大的压力时，它的表现如何。这种压力测试可以帮助确保系统已经做好了 “上市” 的准备。
+
+如果你需要预测应用程序可能需要多长时间才能做出反应，以及哪些（如果有的话）进程可能会在重负载下失败或运行缓慢，那么在前期进行压力测试是一个非常好的主意。
+
+幸运的是，对于那些需要能够预测 Linux 系统在压力下的反应的人来说，你可以采用一些有用的技术和工具来使这个过程更容易。在这篇文章中，我们将研究其中的一些。
+
+### 自己动手做个循环
+
+第一种技术是在命令行上运行一些循环，观察它们对系统的影响。这种方式可以大大增加 CPU 的负荷。使用 `uptime` 或类似的命令可以很容易地看到结果。
+
+在下面的命令中，我们启动了四个无尽循环。你可以通过添加数字或使用 bash 表达式，如 `{1...6}` 来代替 `1 2 3 4` 以增加循环次数：
+
+```
+for i in 1 2 3 4; do while : ; do : ; done & done
+```
+
+在命令行上输入后，将在后台启动四个无尽循环：
+
+```
+$ for i in 1 2 3 4; do while : ; do : ; done & done
+[1] 205012
+[2] 205013
+[3] 205014
+[4] 205015
+```
+
+在这种情况下，发起了作业 1-4，作业号和进程号会相应显示出来。
+
+要观察对平均负载的影响，请使用如下所示的命令。在本例中，`uptime` 命令每 30 秒运行一次：
+
+```
+$ while true; do uptime; sleep 30; done
+```
+
+如果你打算定期运行这样的测试，你可以将循环命令放入脚本 `watch-it` 中。
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+while true
+do
+ uptime
+ sleep 30
+done
+```
+
+在输出中，你可以看到平均负载是如何增加的，然后在循环结束后又开始下降。
+
+```
+ 11:25:34 up 5 days, 17:27, 2 users, load average: 0.15, 0.14, 0.08
+ 11:26:04 up 5 days, 17:27, 2 users, load average: 0.09, 0.12, 0.08
+ 11:26:34 up 5 days, 17:28, 2 users, load average: 1.42, 0.43, 0.18
+ 11:27:04 up 5 days, 17:28, 2 users, load average: 2.50, 0.79, 0.31
+ 11:27:34 up 5 days, 17:29, 2 users, load average: 3.09, 1.10, 0.43
+ 11:28:04 up 5 days, 17:29, 2 users, load average: 3.45, 1.38, 0.54
+ 11:28:34 up 5 days, 17:30, 2 users, load average: 3.67, 1.63, 0.66
+ 11:29:04 up 5 days, 17:30, 2 users, load average: 3.80, 1.86, 0.76
+ 11:29:34 up 5 days, 17:31, 2 users, load average: 3.88, 2.06, 0.87
+ 11:30:04 up 5 days, 17:31, 2 users, load average: 3.93, 2.25, 0.97
+ 11:30:34 up 5 days, 17:32, 2 users, load average: 3.64, 2.35, 1.04 <== 循环停止
+ 11:31:04 up 5 days, 17:32, 2 users, load average: 2.20, 2.13, 1.01 11:31:34 up 5 days, 17:33, 2 users, load average: 1.40, 1.94, 0.98
+```
+
+因为所显示的负载分别代表了 1、5 和 15 分钟的平均值，所以这些值需要一段时间才能恢复到系统接近正常的状态。
+
+要停止循环，请发出像下面这样的 `kill` 命令 —— 假设作业号是 1-4，就像本篇文章前面显示的那样。如果你不确定，可以使用 `jobs` 命令来确认作业号。
+
+```
+$ kill %1 %2 %3 %4
+```
+
+### 增加压力的专用工具
+
+另一种方法是使用专门为你制造系统压力的工具。其中一种叫做 `stress`（压力），可以以多种方式对系统进行压力测试。`stress` 工具是一个工作负载生成器，提供 CPU、内存和磁盘 I/O 压力测试。
+
+在使用 `--cpu` 选项时，`stress` 命令使用平方根函数强制 CPU 努力工作。指定的 CPU 数量越多，负载上升的速度就越快。
+
+下面第二个脚本（`watch-it-2`）可以用来衡量对系统内存使用的影响。请注意，它使用 `free` 命令来查看加压的效果。
+
+```
+$ cat watch-it-2
+#!/bin/bash
+
+while true
+do
+ free
+ sleep 30
+done
+```
+
+发起任务并观察压力：
+
+```
+$ stress --cpu 2
+
+$ ./watch-it
+ 13:09:14 up 5 days, 19:10, 2 users, load average: 0.00, 0.00, 0.00
+ 13:09:44 up 5 days, 19:11, 2 users, load average: 0.68, 0.16, 0.05
+ 13:10:14 up 5 days, 19:11, 2 users, load average: 1.20, 0.34, 0.12
+ 13:10:44 up 5 days, 19:12, 2 users, load average: 1.52, 0.50, 0.18
+ 13:11:14 up 5 days, 19:12, 2 users, load average: 1.71, 0.64, 0.24
+ 13:11:44 up 5 days, 19:13, 2 users, load average: 1.83, 0.77, 0.30
+```
+
+在命令行中指定的 CPU 越多，负载就增加的越快。
+
+```
+$ stress --cpu 4
+$ ./watch-it
+ 13:47:49 up 5 days, 19:49, 2 users, load average: 0.00, 0.00, 0.00
+ 13:48:19 up 5 days, 19:49, 2 users, load average: 1.58, 0.38, 0.13
+ 13:48:49 up 5 days, 19:50, 2 users, load average: 2.61, 0.75, 0.26
+ 13:49:19 up 5 days, 19:50, 2 users, load average: 3.16, 1.06, 0.38
+ 13:49:49 up 5 days, 19:51, 2 users, load average: 3.49, 1.34, 0.50
+ 13:50:19 up 5 days, 19:51, 2 users, load average: 3.69, 1.60, 0.61
+```
+
+`stress` 命令也可以通过 `--io`（输入/输出）和 `--vm`（内存）选项增加 I/O 和内存的负载来给系统施加压力。
+
+在接下来的这个例子中，运行这个增加内存压力的命令，然后启动 `watch-it-2` 脚本。
+
+```
+$ stress --vm 2
+
+$ watch-it-2
+ total used free shared buff/cache available
+Mem: 6087064 662160 2519164 8868 2905740 5117548
+Swap: 2097148 0 2097148
+ total used free shared buff/cache available
+Mem: 6087064 803464 2377832 8864 2905768 4976248
+Swap: 2097148 0 2097148
+ total used free shared buff/cache available
+Mem: 6087064 968512 2212772 8864 2905780 4811200
+Swap: 2097148 0 2097148
+```
+
+`stress` 的另一个选项是使用 `--io` 选项为系统添加输入/输出活动。在这种情况下，你可以使用这样的命令：
+
+```
+$ stress --io 4
+```
+
+然后你可以使用 `iotop` 观察受压的 I/O。注意，运行 `iotop` 需要 root 权限。
+
+之前：
+
+```
+$ sudo iotop -o
+Total DISK READ: 0.00 B/s | Total DISK WRITE: 19.36 K/s
+Current DISK READ: 0.00 B/s | Current DISK WRITE: 27.10 K/s
+ TID PRIO USER DISK READ DISK WRITE SWAPIN IO> COMMAND
+ 269308 be/4 root 0.00 B/s 0.00 B/s 0.00 % 1.24 % [kworker~fficient]
+ 283 be/3 root 0.00 B/s 19.36 K/s 0.00 % 0.26 % [jbd2/sda1-8]
+```
+
+之后：
+
+```
+Total DISK READ: 0.00 B/s | Total DISK WRITE: 0.00 B/s
+Current DISK READ: 0.00 B/s | Current DISK WRITE: 0.00 B/s
+ TID PRIO USER DISK READ DISK WRITE SWAPIN IO> COMMAND
+ 270983 be/4 shs 0.00 B/s 0.00 B/s 0.00 % 51.45 % stress --io 4
+ 270984 be/4 shs 0.00 B/s 0.00 B/s 0.00 % 51.36 % stress --io 4
+ 270985 be/4 shs 0.00 B/s 0.00 B/s 0.00 % 50.95 % stress --io 4
+ 270982 be/4 shs 0.00 B/s 0.00 B/s 0.00 % 50.80 % stress --io 4
+ 269308 be/4 root 0.00 B/s 0.00 B/s 0.00 % 0.09 % [kworker~fficient]
+```
+
+`stress` 只是给系统增加压力的若干工具之一。另一个较新的工具，`stress-ng`，将在以后的文章中介绍。
+
+### 总结
+
+用于系统压力测试的各种工具可以帮助你预测系统在真实世界的情况下如何响应，在这些情况下，它们受到增加的流量和计算需求。
+
+虽然我们在文章中展示的是创建和测量各种类型的压力的方法，但最终的好处是压力如何帮助确定你的系统或应用程序对它的反应。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3563334/how-to-stress-test-your-linux-system.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[2]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[3]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202007/20200625 Make Bash history more useful with these tips.md b/published/202007/20200625 Make Bash history more useful with these tips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1757367d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200625 Make Bash history more useful with these tips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12381-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Make Bash history more useful with these tips)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/bash-history-control)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+这些技巧让 Bash 命令历史更加有用
+======
+
+> 告诉 Bash 你想要它记住什么，甚至删除不需要的记录重写历史。
+
+
+
+运行 [Bash][2] 的 Linux 终端有内置的历史记录，你可以用来跟踪最近的操作。要查看你的 Bash 会话的历史记录，请使用内置命令 `history`：
+
+```
+$ echo "foo"
+foo
+$ echo "bar"
+bar
+$ history
+ 1 echo "foo"
+ 2 echo "bar"
+ 3 history
+```
+
+与大多数命令不一样，`history` 命令不是文件系统上的可执行文件，而是 Bash 的功能。你可以使用 `type` 命令来验证：
+
+```
+$ type history
+history is a shell builtin
+```
+
+### 历史控制
+
+shell 历史记录的行数上限由 `HISTSIZE` 变量定义。你可以在 `.bashrc` 文件中设置此变量。以下将你的历史记录设置为 3,000 行，之后将最早的行删除以为最新命令腾出空间，该命令位于列表的底部：
+
+```
+export HISTSIZE=3000
+```
+
+还有其他与历史相关的变量。 `HISTCONTROL` 变量控制哪些历史被记录。你可以在 `.bashrc` 中写入下面的行来强制 Bash 排除以空格开头的命令：
+
+```
+export HISTCONTROL=$HISTCONTROL:ignorespace
+```
+
+现在，如果你输入以空格开头的命令，那么它将不会记录在历史记录中：
+
+```
+$ echo "hello"
+$ mysql -u bogus -h badpassword123 mydatabase
+$ echo "world"
+$ history
+ 1 echo "hello"
+ 2 echo "world"
+ 3 history
+```
+
+你也可以避免重复的条目：
+
+```
+export HISTCONTROL=$HISTCONTROL:ignoredups
+```
+
+现在，如果你一个接着一个输入两个命令，历史记录中只会显示一个：
+
+```
+$ ls
+$ ls
+$ ls
+$ history
+ 1 ls
+ 2 history
+```
+
+如果你喜欢这两个忽略功能，那么可以使用 `ignoreboth`：
+
+```
+export HISTCONTROL=$HISTCONTROL:ignoreboth
+```
+
+### 从历史记录中删除命令
+
+有时你会犯一个错误，在 shell 中输入了一些敏感内容，或者你只是想清理历史记录，以便它更准确地表示让某件事正常工作所采取的步骤。如果要从 Bash 的历史记录中删除命令，请在要删除的项目的行号上使用 `-d` 选项：
+
+```
+$ echo "foo"
+foo
+$ echo "bar"
+bar
+$ history | tail
+ 535 echo "foo"
+ 536 echo "bar"
+ 537 history | tail
+$ history -d 536
+$ history | tail
+ 535 echo "foo"
+ 536 history | tail
+ 537 history -d 536
+ 538 history | tail
+```
+
+要停止添加 `history` 条目，只要在 `HISTCONTROL` 环境变量中有 `ignorespace`，就可以在命令前添加空格：
+
+```
+$ history | tail
+ 535 echo "foo"
+ 536 echo "bar"
+$ history -d 536
+$ history | tail
+ 535 echo "foo"
+```
+
+你可以使用 `-c` 选项清除所有会话历史记录：
+
+```
+$ history -c
+$ history
+$
+```
+
+### history 命令的经验
+
+操纵历史通常没有听起来那么危险，尤其是当你有目标地管理它时。例如，如果你要记录一个复杂的问题，通常最好使用会话历史来记录命令，因为通过将命令插入历史记录，你能运行它们并从而测试过程。很多时候，不执行历史命令会导致忽略小的步骤或写错小细节。
+
+按需使用历史会话，并明智地控制历史记录。享受历史修改吧！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/bash-history-control
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_keyboard_laptop_development_code_woman.png?itok=vbYz6jjb (A person programming)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-bash
diff --git a/published/202007/20200626 Docker and Fedora 32.md b/published/202007/20200626 Docker and Fedora 32.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51d9073614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200626 Docker and Fedora 32.md
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12433-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Docker and Fedora 32)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/docker-and-fedora-32/)
+[#]: author: (Kevin "Eonfge" Degeling https://fedoramagazine.org/author/eonfge/)
+
+在 Fedora 32 上运行 Docker
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+随着 Fedora 32 的发布，[Docker][2] 的普通用户面临着一个小挑战。在编写本文时，Fedora 32 不支持 Docker。虽然还有其他选择，例如 [Podman][3] 和 [Buildah][4]，但是对于许多现有用户而言，现在切换可能不是最佳时机。因此，本文可以帮助你在 Fedora 32 上设置 Docker 环境。
+
+### 步骤 0：消除冲突
+
+此步骤适用于从 Fedora 30 或 31 升级的任何用户。如果全新安装的 Fedora 32，那么可以跳到步骤 1。
+
+删除 docker 及其所有相关组件：
+
+```
+sudo dnf remove docker-*
+sudo dnf config-manager --disable docker-*
+```
+
+### 步骤 1：系统准备
+
+在 Fedora 的最后两个版本中，操作系统已迁移到两项新技术： CGroups 和用于防火墙的 NFTables。尽管这些新技术的详细信息不在本教程的讨论范围之内，但是令人遗憾的是，Docker 还不支持这些新技术。因此，你必须进行一些更改才能在 Fedora 上使用 Docker。
+
+#### 启用旧的 CGroups
+
+Fedora 仍然支持 CGroups 的先前实现，可以使用以下命令启用它：
+
+```
+sudo grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0"
+```
+
+#### 在防火墙中将 Docker 列入白名单
+
+为了让 Docker 具有网络访问权限，需要两个命令：
+
+```
+sudo firewall-cmd --permanent --zone=trusted --add-interface=docker0
+sudo firewall-cmd --permanent --zone=FedoraWorkstation --add-masquerade
+```
+
+第一个命令将 Docker 接口添加到受信任的环境，它允许 Docker 建立远程连接。第二个命令将允许 Docker 建立本地连接。当有多个 Docker 容器作为开发环境时，这特别有用。
+
+### 步骤 2：安装 Moby
+
+[Moby][5] 是 Docker 的开源白牌版本。它基于相同的代码，但不带商标。它包含在 Fedora 的主仓库中，因此很容易安装：
+
+```
+sudo dnf install moby-engine docker-compose
+```
+
+这将安装 `moby-engine`、`docker-compose`、`containerd` 和其他一些相关的库。安装完成后，你必须启用系统级守护程序才能运行 Docker：
+
+```
+sudo systemctl enable docker
+```
+
+### 步骤 3：重新启动并测试
+
+为了确保正确处理所有系统和设置，你现在必须重启计算机：
+
+```
+sudo systemctl reboot
+```
+
+之后，你可以使用 Docker hello-world 包来验证安装：
+
+```
+sudo docker run hello-world
+```
+
+除非遇到问题，不然你就会看到来自 Docker 的问候！
+
+#### 以管理员身份运行
+
+可选地，你现在还可以将用户添加到 Docker 的组帐户中，以便无需输入 `sudo` 即可启动 Docker 镜像：
+
+```
+sudo groupadd docker
+sudo usermod -aG docker $USER
+```
+
+注销并登录以使更改生效。如果以管理员权限运行容器的想法让你有所顾虑，那么你应该研究 Podman。
+
+### 总结
+
+从现在起，Docker 将按照你的习惯工作，包括 `docker-compose` 和所有与 `docker` 相关的工具。不要忘记查看官方文档，这在很多情况下可以为你提供帮助。
+
+Fedora 32 上 Docker 的当前状态并不理想。缺少官方软件包可能会困扰一些人，有一个[上游问题][6]对此进行了讨论。对 [CGroups][7] 和 [NFTables][8] 缺少支持更多是技术问题，但是你可以查看它们在其公共问题上的进展。
+
+这些指导应可以让你就像什么都没有发生一样继续工作。如果这不能满足你的需求，请不要忘记到 Moby 或 Docker Github 页面去寻求解决你的技术问题，或者看看 Podman，长期来看，它可能会更加强大。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/docker-and-fedora-32/
+
+作者：[Kevin "Eonfge" Degeling][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/eonfge/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/f32-04-twilight-816x459.png
+[2]: https://docs.docker.com/
+[3]: https://podman.io/getting-started/
+[4]: https://buildah.io/
+[5]: https://mobyproject.org/
+[6]: https://github.com/docker/for-linux/issues/955
+[7]: https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/40360
+[8]: https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/26824
diff --git a/published/202007/20200626 Open source tools for translating British to American English.md b/published/202007/20200626 Open source tools for translating British to American English.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2f1f35abb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200626 Open source tools for translating British to American English.md
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12430-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Open source tools for translating British to American English)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/british-american-cli-translator)
+[#]: author: (Jeff Macharyas https://opensource.com/users/jeffmacharyas)
+
+将英式英语翻译成美式英语的开源工具
+======
+
+> 使用这些命令行翻译器将英式英语转换为美式英语（或反之）。
+
+![Red telephone booth on a street in England][1]
+
+去年圣诞节，我和我的妻子去了家乡佛罗里达的皮尔斯堡，并且经常光顾海滩上的一家当地人场所。在那儿，我们遇到了一对来自英国中部地区的夫妇。音乐很响，喝酒也很闹，所以很难听清楚。另外，即使他们“似乎”在说英语，但有时理解他们在说什么仍然是一个挑战。我以为我在澳大利亚的时光会给我足够的语言能力，但是，可惜，很多东西都超出了我的想象。不止是一般的 “soccer 是 football” 或 “trunk是 boot” 之类的困惑。
+
+幸运的是，有开源方案可以将“英式”翻译成“美式”。我们可能使用相同的语言，但是我们共同的言语却比多塞特郡沙夫茨伯里的之字形山要曲折得多！
+
+如果你碰巧在酒吧有 Linux 笔记本，那么你可以使用方便的开源命令行程序，它就叫 [美英英语翻译器][2]（MIT 许可证）。
+
+我在我的改造运行 Linux 的 MacBook 上安装这个翻译器：
+
+```
+$ npm install -g american-british-english-translator
+```
+
+这需要我首先[安装 Node.js][3]。
+
+### 声明！
+
+除了翻译单词和短语，美英英语翻译器还能分析（嗯，剖析）文档。我用一个叫《独立宣言》的流行文件试了一下。它分析并返回了许多结果。其中一个比较有趣的是：
+
+```
+fall:
+issue: Different meanings（意思不同）
+details:
+American English: autumn（秋天）
+British English:
+"""
+to become pregnant. (Either as in 'I fell pregnant' or as in 'She fell for a baby.');（怀孕 —— 无论是“我怀孕了”还是“她怀孕了”）
+```
+
+并非如《宣言》作者所指控的“在公海俘虏”（taken captive on the high seas）：
+
+> ”他在公海上俘虏我们的同胞，强迫他们拿起武器来反对自己的国家，成为残杀自己亲人和朋友的刽子手，或是死于自己的亲人和朋友的手下。“（He has constrained our fellow Citizens taken Captive on the high Seas to bear Arms against their Country, to become the executioners of their friends and Brethren, or to fall themselves by their Hands.）
+
+### 还有一个
+
+对于简单的单词替换，你可以尝试 [Common_Language][4]，这是一个开源（MIT 许可）Python 脚本。
+
+当然，要与同伴一起喝几杯，你也许需要实际交流，并能理解他们。这就是需要用到 MARY 了。
+
+[MaryTTS][5] 是一个使用 Java（GNU 许可）编写的开源多语言文本到语音合成平台。方便的[基于浏览器的界面][6]使你可以轻松地将美国酒吧谈话内容转换为男声或女声的正确英语（或其他语言）。
+
+现在我可以和我的英国朋友们见面了（可以安全地再来一次），喝几杯！像当地人一样讲英语！大家干杯！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/british-american-cli-translator
+
+作者：[Jeff Macharyas][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jeffmacharyas
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/england-telephone-booth-street.jpg?itok=JQsc_piX (Red telephone booth on a street in England)
+[2]: https://github.com/hyperreality/American-British-English-Translator
+[3]: https://nodejs.org/en/download/
+[4]: https://github.com/willettk/common_language
+[5]: https://github.com/marytts/marytts
+[6]: http://mary.dfki.de:59125/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200627 An open source browser extension to zoom in on images.md b/published/202007/20200627 An open source browser extension to zoom in on images.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc056c0938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200627 An open source browser extension to zoom in on images.md
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12384-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (An open source browser extension to zoom in on images)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/hoverzoom)
+[#]: author: (Jeff Macharyas https://opensource.com/users/jeffmacharyas)
+
+一个可放大图像的开源的浏览器扩展
+======
+
+> 想细看网络图像并不总是那么简单，但是 Hover Zoom+ 让它像鼠标滑动一样容易。
+
+![Digital images of a computer desktop][1]
+
+你是否曾经在访问网站时希望查看更大的图像？我经常遇到这种情况，而要做到这点并不总是那么容易。
+
+有时，我在源码中筛选，使用 `Ctrl + F` 搜索图像，复制图像源地址并将其粘贴到新窗口中，以便以全尺寸查看图像。或者，另一个选择是右键单击，复制图像地址，然后粘贴到新选项卡中。
+
+![Example image source code ][2]
+
+Hover Zoom+ 让这个过程更加简单。Hover Zoom+ 是一个简单 Chrome 扩展程序，在 MIT 许可证下发布，可在 Chrome 商店中找到，它的源码可在 [GitHub][3] 上获得。它也适用于 Firefox。
+
+这个应用使得该过程更加容易。只需将鼠标悬停在图像上，你将看到一个弹出窗口来显示该图像的全部内容，它会匹配你的浏览器窗口，无论图像是否被裁剪（或者图像尺寸适当，它看上去会是一样的）。这可能很有趣，因为有时可能会裁剪原始图像，以适应空间或聚焦于图像的特定部分。但是，你无法右键单击并直接从弹出窗口中保存图像。
+
+根据加州圣何塞的开发人员 Oleg Anashkin 的说法，“这是原始 HoverZoom 扩展的开源版本，现已被恶意软件所占领，并被从商店中删除。在此版本中，所有间谍软件均已删除，许多 bug 已被修复，并添加了新功能。它默认不会收集任何统计信息。”
+
+我在 Windows 10 笔记本上的 Chrome 中安装了此扩展，然后试用了一下。安装扩展后，我将鼠标悬停在图像上，它在弹出窗口中显示了比实际更大的图像。
+
+但是，Hover Zoom+ 不适用于所有网站或所有图像。它适用于 Facebook 和 Twitter，但不适用于这些网站上的赞助内容。用户可以轻松切换该应用以针对特定站点启用或禁用它。使用 Hover Zoom+ 可以很容易地看到 Instagram 上的这只可爱小猫而无需实际阅读帖子（方便！）：
+
+![Zoomed-in image of a kitten from Facebook][4]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/hoverzoom
+
+作者：[Jeff Macharyas][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jeffmacharyas
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_browser_web_desktop.png?itok=Bw8ykZMA (Digital images of a computer desktop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/source.jpg (Example image source code)
+[3]: https://github.com/extesy/hoverzoom/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fb-cat.jpg (HoverZoom+ enlarged image)
diff --git a/published/202007/20200627 Learn Shell Scripting for Free With These Resources -PDF, Video Courses and Interactive Websites.md b/published/202007/20200627 Learn Shell Scripting for Free With These Resources -PDF, Video Courses and Interactive Websites.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4bcd85506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200627 Learn Shell Scripting for Free With These Resources -PDF, Video Courses and Interactive Websites.md
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (Yufei-Yan)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12379-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Learn Shell Scripting for Free With These Resources [PDF, Video Courses and Interactive Websites])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/shell-scripting-resources/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+学习 Shell 脚本编程的免费资源
+======
+
+> 你想学习 shell 脚本编程吗？或者你想提升现有的 bash 知识？我收集了以下免费的资源来帮助你学习 shell 脚本编程。
+
+（LCTT 译注：毫无疑问，这些都是英文的）
+
+shell 是一个命令行解释器，它允许你输入命令并获得输出。当你在使用终端的时候，你就已经在看 shell 了。
+
+是的，shell 是一个你可以和它进行交互的命令行界面，你可以通过它给操作系统某种指令。虽然有不同类型的 shell，但是 [bash][1]（GNU Bourne-Again Shell）是在各 Linux 发行版中最流行的。
+
+当谈到 shell 脚本编程的时候，也就意味着 —— 用户希望使用脚本来执行多条命令来获得一个输出。
+
+也许你需要学习 shell 脚本编程作为你的课程或者工作的一部分。了解 shell 脚本编程也可以帮助你在 Linux 中自动化某些重复的任务。
+
+不管出于什么原因学习 shell 脚本编程，都可以看看这些我给你展示的资源。
+
+### 最好的免费学习 shell 脚本编程的资源
+
+![][2]
+
+还没在你的系统上安装 Linux？不用担心。有很多种方法[在 Windows 上使用 Linux 终端][3]。你也可以在某些情况下[使用在线 Linux 终端][4]来练习 shell 脚本编程。
+
+#### 1、学习 Shell —— 互动网站
+
+![][5]
+
+如果你正在找一个互动网站来学习 shell 脚本编程，并且还可以在线试试，“[学习 Shell][6]” 是一个不错的起点。
+
+它涵盖了基础知识，并且也提供了一些高级的练习。通常，内容还是简明扼要的 —— 因此，我建议你看看这个网站。
+
+#### 2、Shell 脚本编程教程 —— 门户网站
+
+![][7]
+
+“[Shell 脚本编程教程][8]” 是一个完全专注于 shell 脚本编程的网站。你可以选择免费阅读其中的资源，也可以购买 PDF、实体书籍和电子书来支持他们。
+
+当然，花钱买纸质的版本或者电子书不是强制的。但是，这些免费资源查看起来还是很方便的。
+
+#### 3、Udemy：Shell 脚本 —— 免费视频课程
+
+![][9]
+
+毫无疑问，[Udemy][10] 是最受欢迎的在线课程平台之一。而且，除了付费认证课程之外，它还提供了不包含证书的免费内容。
+
+“[Shell 脚本][11]” 是 Udemy 上推荐度最高的免费课程之一。你不需要花费任何费用就可以注册这门课。
+
+#### 4、Udemy：Bash Shell 脚本编程 —— 免费视频课程
+
+![][12]
+
+Udemy 上另一个专注于 [bash shell 脚本编程][29]的有趣且免费的课程。与前面提到的课程相比，这个资源似乎更受欢迎。所以，你可以注册这门课，看看它都教些什么。
+
+别忘了 Udemy 的免费课程不能提供证书。但是，它确实是一个让人印象深刻的免费 shell 脚本编程学习资源。
+
+#### 5、Bash 研究院 —— 互动游戏在线门户
+
+![][13]
+
+顾名思义，“[Bash 研究院][15]” 专注于向用户提供 bash shell 的教学。
+
+尽管它没有很多的内容，它还是非常适合初学者和有一定经验的用户。不仅仅局限于指导 —— 它也可以提供交互式的游戏来练习，不过目前已经不能用了。
+
+因此，如果这个足够有趣，你可以去看看这个 [Github 页面][14]，并且如果你愿意的话，还可以复刻它并对现有资源进行改进。
+
+#### 6、LinkedIn：学习 Bash 脚本编程 —— 免费视频课程
+
+![][16]
+
+LinkedIn 提供了大量免费课程来帮助你提成技能，并且为更多工作做好准备。你还可以找到一些专注于 shell 脚本编程的课程，这些课程有助于重温基本技能或者这个过程中获得一些高级技能。
+
+在这里，我提供一个 [学习 Bash 脚本编程][17] 的课程链接，你还可以发现其他类似的免费课程。
+
+#### 7、高级 Bash 脚本编程指南 —— 免费 PDF 书籍
+
+![][18]
+
+这是一个令人印象深刻的《[高级 Bash 脚本编程指南][19]》，并且可以免费获得到它的 PDF 版本。这个 PDF 资源没有版权限制，在公开领域是完全免费的。
+
+尽管这个资源主要是提供高级的知识，通过参考这个 PDF 并且开始学习 shell 脚本编程，它还是很适合初学者的。
+
+#### 8、专业 Bash 笔记 —— 免费 PDF 书籍
+
+![][20]
+
+如果你已经对 Bash Shell 脚本编程比较熟悉或者只是想快速总结一下，那这是一个很好的参考。
+
+这个《[专业 Bash 笔记][21]》可以免费下载的书有 100 多页，通过简单的描述和例子，这本书涵盖了各种各样的主题。
+
+#### 9、Tutorialspoint —— 门户网站
+
+![][22]
+
+“[Tutorialspoint][24]” 是一个非常流行的学习各种编程语言的门户网站。我想说这对于初学者学习基础知识非常好。
+
+也许这不太适合作为一个详细的资源——但是它应该是不错的免费资源。
+
+#### 10、旧金山城市学院：在线笔记 —— 门户网站
+
+![][25]
+
+也许这不是最好的免费资源 —— 但是如果你已经为学习 shell 脚本编程做好了探索每种资源的准备，为什么不看看旧金山城市学院的 “[在线笔记][26]” 呢？
+
+当我在网上随便搜索关于 shell 脚本编程的资源的时候，我偶然遇到到了这个资源。
+
+同样需要注意的是，这个在线笔记可能会有点过时。但是，这应该还是一个值得探索的有趣资源。
+
+#### 荣誉奖: Linux 手册
+
+![][27]
+
+不要忘记，bash 手册也应该是一个相当不错的免费资源，可以用它来查看命令和使用方法。
+
+尽管它不是专门为你掌握 shell 脚本编程而量身打造的，它依然是一个你可以免费使用的重要网络资源。你可以选择访问在线手册，或者直接打开终端然后输入以下命令：
+
+```
+man bash
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+有很多很受欢迎的付费资源，比如这些[最好的 Linux 书籍][28]。从网络上的一些免费资源开始学习 shell 脚本编程还是很方便的。
+
+除了我提到的这些，我敢肯定网上还有不计其数的资源可以帮助你学习 shell 脚本编程。
+
+你喜欢换上面提到的资源吗？如果你知道我可能错过的非常棒的免费资源，记得在下面评论区告诉我。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/shell-scripting-resources/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[Yufei-Yan](https://github.com/Yufei-Yan)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bash_(Unix_shell)
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Learn-Shell-Scripting.png?ssl=1
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/run-linux-commands-in-windows/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/online-linux-terminals/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/learnshell.png?ssl=1
+[6]: https://www.learnshell.org/
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/shell-scripting-tutorial.png?ssl=1
+[8]: https://www.shellscript.sh/
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/shell-scripting-udemy.png?ssl=1
+[10]: https://www.udemy.com
+[11]: https://www.udemy.com/course/shell-scripting-i/
+[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/bash-shell-scripting.png?ssl=1
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/the-bash-academy.png?ssl=1
+[14]: https://github.com/lhunath/guide.bash.academy
+[15]: https://guide.bash.academy/
+[16]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/learn-bash-scripting-linkedin.png?ssl=1
+[17]: https://www.linkedin.com/learning/learning-bash-scripting
+[18]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/advanced-bash-scripting-pdf.png?ssl=1
+[19]: http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/abs-guide.pdf
+[20]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Bash-Notes-for-Professional.jpg?ssl=1
+[21]: https://goalkicker.com/BashBook/
+[22]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/tutorialspoint-shell.png?ssl=1
+[23]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Programming_language
+[24]: https://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/shell_scripting.htm
+[25]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/scripting-notes-ccsf.png?ssl=1
+[26]: https://fog.ccsf.edu/~gboyd/cs160b/online/index.html
+[27]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/bash-linux-man-page.png?ssl=1
+[28]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-books/
+[29]: https://www.udemy.com/course/complete-bash-shell-scripting/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/published/202007/20200628 How to crop images in GIMP -Quick Tip.md b/published/202007/20200628 How to crop images in GIMP -Quick Tip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df99b3db25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200628 How to crop images in GIMP -Quick Tip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12427-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to crop images in GIMP [Quick Tip])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/crop-images-gimp/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+GIMP 教程：如何使用 GIMP 裁剪图像
+======
+
+你可能想在 [GIMP][1] 中裁剪图像的原因有很多。例如，你可能希望删除无用的边框或信息来改善图像，或者你可能希望最终图像的焦点是在一个特定细节上。
+
+在本教程中，我将演示如何在 GIMP 中快速裁剪图像而又不影响精度。让我们一起来看看吧。
+
+### 如何在 GIMP 中裁剪图像
+
+![][2]
+
+#### 方法 1
+
+裁剪只是一种将图像修整成比原始图像更小区域的操作。裁剪图像的过程很简单。
+
+你可以通过“工具”面板访问“裁剪工具”，如下所示：
+
+![Use Crop Tool for cropping images in GIMP][3]
+
+你还可以通过菜单访问裁剪工具：“工具 → 变形工具 → 裁剪”。
+
+激活该工具后，你会注意到画布上的鼠标光标会发生变化，以表示正在使用“裁剪工具”。
+
+现在，你可以在图像画布上的任意位置单击鼠标左键，并将鼠标拖到某个位置以创建裁剪边界。此时你不必担心精度，因为你可以在实际裁剪之前修改最终选区。
+
+![Crop Selection][4]
+
+此时，将鼠标光标悬停在所选内容的四个角上会更改鼠标光标并高亮显示该区域。现在，你可以微调裁剪的选区。你可以单击并拖动任何边或角来移动部分选区。
+
+选定完区域后，你只需按键盘上的回车键即可进行裁剪。
+
+如果你想重新开始或者不裁剪，你可以按键盘上的 `Esc` 键。
+
+#### 方法 2
+
+裁剪图像的另一种方法是使用“矩形选择工具”进行选择：“工具 → 选择工具 → 选择矩形”。
+
+![][5]
+
+然后，你可以使用与“裁剪工具”相同的方式高亮选区，并调整选区。选择好后，可以通过以下方式裁剪图像来适应选区：“图像 → 裁剪为选区”。
+
+![][6]
+
+### 总结
+
+对于 GIMP 用户而言，精确裁剪图像可以视为一项基本功能。你可以选择哪种方法更适合你的需求并探索其潜力。
+
+如果你对过程有任何疑问，请在下面的评论中告诉我。如果你“渴望”更多 [GIMP 教程][7]，请确保在你喜欢的社交媒体平台上订阅！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/crop-images-gimp/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.gimp.org/
+[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Crop-images-in-GIMP.png?ssl=1
+[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Crop-tool.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Crop-selection.jpg?ssl=1
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/select-1.gif?ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/crop.gif?ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/tag/gimp-tips/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200628 Linux Mint 20 is Officially Available Now- The Performance and Visual Improvements Make it an Exciting New Release.md b/published/202007/20200628 Linux Mint 20 is Officially Available Now- The Performance and Visual Improvements Make it an Exciting New Release.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ad86e500c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200628 Linux Mint 20 is Officially Available Now- The Performance and Visual Improvements Make it an Exciting New Release.md
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12376-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Linux Mint 20 is Officially Available Now! The Performance and Visual Improvements Make it an Exciting New Release)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-20-download/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Linux Mint 20 正式发布了！你该升级吗？
+======
+
+
+
+Linux Mint 20 “Ulyana” 终于发布了，可以下载了。
+
+Linux Mint 19 基于 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS，而 [Mint 20][1] 则基于 [Ubuntu 20.04 LTS][2] —— 所以你会发现很多不同的地方、改进的地方，可能更棒了。
+
+既然它来了，让我们来看看它的新功能，在哪里下载它，以及如何升级你的系统。
+
+### Linux Mint 20：有什么新东西？
+
+我们制作了一段关于 Linux Mint 20 的初步视觉印象的视频，让大家更好地了解。
+
+- [video](https://youtu.be/7knHfN-NUZk)
+
+说到 Linux Mint 20 的发布，有很多事情要谈。虽然我们已经介绍了 Linux Mint 20 的新的关键[功能][1]，但我还是在这里提几点，让大家一目了然。
+
+ * Nemo 文件管理器在生成缩略图方面的性能提升
+ * 一些重新设计的颜色主题
+ * Linux Mint 20 将禁止 APT 使用 Snapd
+ * 一个新的图形用户界面工具，用于通过本地网络共享文件
+ * 改进对多显示器的支持
+ * 改进对笔记本电脑的混合图形支持
+ * 不再有 32 位版本
+
+除了这些变化之外，你还会注意到 Cinnamon 4.6 桌面更新后的一些视觉变化。
+
+以下是 Linux Mint 20 Cinnamon 版的一些截图。
+
+![Mint 20 Welcome Screen][4]
+
+![Mint 20 Color Themes][5]
+
+![Mint 20 Nemo File Manager][6]
+
+![Mint 20 Nemo File Manager Blue Color Theme][7]
+
+![Mint 20 Wallpapers][8]
+
+![Mint 20 Redesigned Gdebi Installer][9]
+
+![Mint 20 Warpinator Tool for Sharing Files on Local Network][10]
+
+![Mint 20 Terminal][11]
+
+### 升级到 Linux Mint 20：你需要知道什么？
+
+如果你已经在使用 Linux Mint，你可以选择升级到 Linux Mint 20。
+
+ * 如果你使用的是 Linux Mint 20 测试版，你可以升级到 Mint 20 稳定版。
+ * 如果你正在使用 Linux Mint 19.3（这是 Mint 19 的最新迭代），你可以将系统升级到 Linux Mint 20，而不需要进行重新安装
+ * Linux Mint 20 没有 32 位版本。如果你**使用 32 位的 Mint 19 系列，你将无法升级到 Mint 20**
+ * 如果你使用的是 Linux Mint 18 系列，你必须先通过 Mint 19 系列升级。在我看来，重新安装 Mint 20 会比较省时省事
+ * 如果你使用的是 Linux Mint 17、16、15 或更低版本，你一定不要再使用它们了。这些版本已经不支持了
+
+我们有一个详细的指南，展示了从 18.3 到 19 [升级 Linux Mint 版本][12]的步骤。我猜测 Mint 20 的步骤应该也是一样的。我们的团队会对 Mint 19.3 到 Mint 20 的升级做一些测试，并在适用的情况下更新这个指南。
+
+在你继续升级之前，请确保备份你的数据和[使用 Timeshift 创建系统快照][13]。
+
+### 下载Linux Mint 20
+
+你可以简单地前往其官方下载页面，为自己抓取最新的稳定 ISO。你会发现官方支持的桌面环境的 ISO，即 Cinnamon、MATE 和 Xfce。
+
+此外，还为那些网络连接缓慢或不稳定的用户提供了 Torrent链接。
+
+- [下载 Linux Mint 20][14]
+
+如果你只是想在不更换主系统的情况下试一试，我建议先[在 VirtualBox 中安装 Linux Mint 20][15]，看看这是不是你喜欢的东西。
+
+你试过 Linux Mint 20 了吗？你对这个版本有什么看法？请在下面的评论区告诉我你的想法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-20-download/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://linux.cn/article-12297-1.html
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/download-ubuntu-20-04/
+[3]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-welcome-screen.png?fit=800%2C397&ssl=1
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-color-themes.png?fit=800%2C396&ssl=1
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-nemo-file-manager.png?fit=800%2C397&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-nemo-file-manager-blue-color-theme.png?fit=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[8]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-wallpapers.png?fit=800%2C450&ssl=1
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-redesigned-gdebi-installer.png?fit=800%2C582&ssl=1
+[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-warpinator.png?fit=800%2C397&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/mint-20-terminal.png?fit=800%2C540&ssl=1
+[12]: https://itsfoss.com/upgrade-linux-mint-version/
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/backup-restore-linux-timeshift/
+[14]: https://linuxmint.com/download.php
+[15]: https://itsfoss.com/install-linux-mint-in-virtualbox/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200628 entr- rerun your build when files change.md b/published/202007/20200628 entr- rerun your build when files change.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fd30b30d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200628 entr- rerun your build when files change.md
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12403-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (entr: rerun your build when files change)
+[#]: via: (https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/06/28/entr/)
+[#]: author: (Julia Evans https://jvns.ca/)
+
+entr：文件更改时重新运行构建
+======
+
+
+
+这是一篇简短的文章。我是最近才发现 [entr][1] 的，我很惊奇从来没有人告诉过我？！因此，如果你和我一样，那么我告诉你它是什么。
+
+[entr 的网站][1]上对它已经有很好的解释，也有很多示例。
+
+总结在其头部：`entr` 是一个命令行工具，当每次更改一组指定文件中的任何一个时，都能运行一个任意命令。你在标准输入给它传递要监控的文件列表，如下所示：
+
+```
+git ls-files | entr bash my-build-script.sh
+```
+
+或者
+
+```
+find . -name *.rs | entr cargo test
+```
+
+或者任何你希望的。
+
+### 快速反馈很棒
+
+就像世界上的每个程序员一样，我发现每次更改代码时都必须手动重新运行构建/测试非常烦人。
+
+许多工具（例如 hugo 和 flask）都有一个内置的系统，可以在更改文件时自动重建，这很棒！
+
+但是通常我会自己编写一些自定义的构建过程（例如 `bash build.sh`），而 `entr` 让我有了一种神奇的构建经验，我只用一行 bash 就能得到即时反馈，知道我的改变是否修复了那个奇怪的 bug。万岁！
+
+### 重启服务器（entr -r）
+
+但是如果你正在运行服务器，并且每次都需要重新启动服务器怎么办？如果你传递 `-r`，那么 `entr` 会帮你的
+
+```
+git ls-files | entr -r python my-server.py
+```
+
+### 清除屏幕（entr -c）
+
+另一个简洁的标志是 `-c`，它让你可以在重新运行命令之前清除屏幕，以免被前面构建的输出分散注意力。
+
+### 与 git ls-files 一起使用
+
+通常，我要跟踪的文件集和我在 git 中的文件列表大致相同，因此将 `git ls-files` 传递给 `entr` 是很自然的事情。
+
+我现在有一个项目，有时候我刚创建的文件还没有在 git 里。那么如果你想包含未被跟踪的文件怎么办呢？这些 `git` 命令行参数就可以做到（我是从一个读者的邮件中得到的，谢谢你！）：
+
+```
+git ls-files -cdmo --exclude-standard | entr your-build-script
+```
+
+有人给我发了邮件，说他们做了一个 `git-entr` 命令，可以执行：
+
+```
+git ls-files -cdmo --exclude-standard | entr -d "$@"
+```
+
+我觉得这真是一个很棒的主意。
+
+### 每次添加新文件时重启：entr -d
+
+`git ls-files` 的另一个问题是有时候我添加一个新文件，当然它还没有在 git 中。`entr` 为此提供了一个很好的功能。如果你传递 `-d`，那么如果你在 `entr` 跟踪的任何目录中添加新文件，它就会退出。
+
+我将它与一个 `while` 循环配合使用，它将重启 `entr` 来包括新文件，如下所示：
+
+```
+while true
+do
+{ git ls-files; git ls-files . --exclude-standard --others; } | entr -d your-build-scriot
+done
+```
+
+### entr 在 Linux 上的工作方式：inotify
+
+在 Linux 中，`entr` 使用 `inotify`（用于跟踪文件更改这样的文件系统事件的系统）工作。如果用 `strace` 跟踪它，那么你会看到每个监控文件的 `inotify_add_watch` 系统调用，如下所示：
+
+```
+inotify_add_watch(3, "static/stylesheets/screen.css", IN_ATTRIB|IN_CLOSE_WRITE|IN_CREATE|IN_DELETE_SELF|IN_MOVE_SELF) = 1152
+```
+
+### 就这样了
+
+我希望这可以帮助一些人了解 `entr`！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2020/06/28/entr/
+
+作者：[Julia Evans][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://jvns.ca/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: http://eradman.com/entrproject/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200630 Painless file extraction on Linux.md b/published/202007/20200630 Painless file extraction on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cd4d39c8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200630 Painless file extraction on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12410-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Painless file extraction on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3564265/painless-file-extraction-on-linux.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+Linux 上无痛文件提取
+======
+
+
+
+从 Linux 系统的存档中提取文件没有拔牙那么痛苦，但有时看起来更复杂。在这篇文章中，我们将看看如何轻松地从 Linux 系统中可能遇到的几乎所有类型的存档中提取文件。
+
+它们有很多格式，从 .gz 到 .tbz2，这些文件的命名方式都各有一些不同。当然，你可以记住所有从存档中提取文件的各种命令以及它们的选项，但是你也可以将所有经验保存到脚本中，而不再担心细节。
+
+在本文中，我们将一系列提取命令组合成一个脚本，它会调用适当的命令根据文档名提取文件的内容。该脚本首先以一些命令来验证是否已经提供了一个文件名作为参数，或要求运行脚本的人提供文件名。
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
+ echo -n "filename> "
+ read filename
+else
+ filename=$1
+fi
+
+if [ ! -f "$filename" ]; then
+ echo "No such file: $filename"
+ exit $?
+fi
+```
+
+了解了么？如果未提供任何参数，脚本将提示输入文件名，如果存在则使用它。然后，它验证文件是否实际存在。如果不是，那么脚本退出。
+
+下一步是使用 bash 的 `case` 语句根据存档文件的名称调用适当的提取命令。对于其中某些文件类型（例如 .bz2），也可以使用除 `tar` 之外的其它命令，但是对于每种文件命名约定，我们仅包含一个提取命令。因此，这是带有各种存档文件名的 `case` 语句：
+
+```
+ case $filename in
+ *.tar) tar xf $filename;;
+ *.tar.bz2) tar xjf $filename;;
+ *.tbz) tar xjf $filename;;
+ *.tbz2) tar xjf $filename;;
+ *.tgz) tar xzf $filename;;
+ *.tar.gz) tar xzf $filename;;
+ *.gz) gunzip $filename;;
+ *.bz2) bunzip2 $filename;;
+ *.zip) unzip $filename;;
+ *.Z) uncompress $filename;;
+ *) echo "No extract option for $filename"
+esac
+```
+
+如果提供给脚本的文件扩展名与脚本已知的扩展名都不匹配，那么会发出 “No extract option for $filename” 的消息。如果缺少你使用的任何存档类型，只需将它们与所需的提取命令一起添加即可。
+
+将 bash 头添加到脚本顶部，使其可执行，然后就可以开始了。
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
+ echo -n "filename> "
+ read filename
+else
+ filename=$1
+fi
+
+if [ ! -f "$filename" ]; then
+ echo "No such file: $filename"
+ exit $?
+fi
+
+case $filename in
+ *.tar) tar xf $filename;;
+ *.tar.bz2) tar xjf $filename;;
+ *.tbz) tar xjf $filename;;
+ *.tbz2) tar xjf $filename;;
+ *.tgz) tar xzf $filename;;
+ *.tar.gz) tar xzf $filename;;
+ *.gz) gunzip $filename;;
+ *.bz2) bunzip2 $filename;;
+ *.zip) unzip $filename;;
+ *.Z) uncompress $filename;;
+ *.rar) rar x $filename ;;
+ *)
+```
+
+如果你希望脚本在提取文件时显示内容，请将详细选项（`-v`）添加到每个命令参数字符串中：
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
+ echo -n "filename> "
+ read filename
+else
+ filename=$1
+fi
+
+if [ ! -f "$filename" ]; then
+ echo "No such file: $filename"
+ exit $?
+fi
+
+case $filename in
+ *.tar) tar xvf $filename;;
+ *.tar.bz2) tar xvjf $filename;;
+ *.tbz) tar xvjf $filename;;
+ *.tbz2) tar xvjf $filename;;
+ *.tgz) tar xvzf $filename;;
+ *.tar.gz) tar xvzf $filename;;
+ *.gz) gunzip -v $filename;;
+ *.bz2) bunzip2 -v $filename;;
+ *.zip) unzip -v $filename;;
+ *.Z) uncompress -v $filename;;
+ *) echo "No extract option for $filename"
+esac
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+虽然可以为每个可能用到的提取命令创建别名，但是让脚本为遇到的每种文件类型提供命令要比自己停下来编写每个命令和选项容易。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3564265/painless-file-extraction-on-linux.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202007/20200630 Read and write data from anywhere with redirection in the Linux terminal.md b/published/202007/20200630 Read and write data from anywhere with redirection in the Linux terminal.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b55f7d8875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200630 Read and write data from anywhere with redirection in the Linux terminal.md
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (nophDog)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12385-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Read and write data from anywhere with redirection in the Linux terminal)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/6/redirection-bash)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+通过重定向在 Linux 终端任意读写数据
+======
+
+> 重定向是一种十分高效的数据流动方式，它能帮你减少很多鼠标和键盘上的操作。
+
+
+
+对于任何编程或脚本语言，输入与输出重定向都是很自然的功能。严格来说，当你使用电脑时，数据自然而然地在发生着重定向。从 `stdin`（标准输入，通常是你的键盘或者鼠标）读取输入，输入则发往 `stdout`（标准输出，一段文本或者数据流），最后错误信息送至 `stderr`。如果你使用 [Bash][2] 或 [Zsh][3] 之类的 shell，那么理解这些数据流能够让你更好地控制信息流向。
+
+标准输入、标准输出以及标准错误输出都存在于 Linux 文件系统中。你可以在 `/dev` 查看：
+
+```
+$ ls /dev/std*
+/dev/stderr@ /dev/stdin@ /dev/stdout@
+```
+
+你可能没法直接使用它们，但将它们想象成你能传递数据的元位置，会很有帮助。
+
+重定向的基础很简单：用一些 `>` 符号重定向输出，然后用另外一些 `<` 符号重定向输入。
+
+### 重定向输出
+
+将 [ls][4] 命令的输出写入一个文件：
+
+```
+$ ls > list.txt
+```
+
+你没法像平常那样看到 `ls` 的输出，因为它们并没有被发送到屏幕，而是被写入 `list.txt` 文件了，这个功能用处太多了，事实上，你甚至可以用它来将文件内容拷贝到另一个文件。不一定是文本文件，你也可以用将重定向用于二进制数据：
+
+```
+$ cat image.png > picture.png
+```
+
+（你可能会好奇为什么要这样做，有时候对于 [文件权限信息][5] 而间接有用。）
+
+### 重定向输入
+
+你也能将输入重定向“到”一个命令。可以说，它没有重定向输出那么有用，因为许多命令已经被硬编码，只从你的参数中接收输入。但是，如果某个命令需要一系列参数，而且你把这些参数写在文件里，想要快速“复制粘贴”到终端的时候（除非你并不想复制粘贴），它就帮得上忙了。
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install $(嵌入文档（简写成 here-doc）和嵌入字符串 技巧。这种输入方法将一整块文本重定向至标准输入流，直到碰见一个特殊的文件结束标记（许多人习惯用 `EOF`，实际上你可以使用任何字符串，只要它是唯一的）。试着把这些（在第二个 `EOF` 标记之前）敲进你的终端：
+
+```
+$ echo << EOF
+> foo
+> bar
+> baz
+> EOF
+```
+
+输出结果：
+
+```
+foo
+bar
+baz
+```
+
+使用 [Bash][2] 编写脚本的人常常用这个技巧，将数行文本一次性写入文件或者打印到屏幕上。只要你别忘了末尾的文件结束标记，这会是一个帮你避免大量繁琐 `echo` 或 `printf` 语句的好办法。
+
+嵌入字符串类似于嵌入文档，但是它只含有一个字符串（或者用引号包裹的几个字符串，同样会被当成一个字符串）
+
+```
+$ cat <<< "foo bar baz"
+foo bar baz
+```
+
+### 重定向错误信息
+
+错误信息流叫做 `stderr`，通过 `2>` 实现这个目的。下面这个命令把错误信息定向到 `output.log` 文件：
+
+```
+$ ls /nope 2> output.log
+```
+
+### 将数据送往 /dev/null
+
+既然标准输入、标准输出和错误输出都有自己的位置，那么“空空如也”也应该在 Linux 文件系统占有一席之地。没错，它叫做 `null`，位于 `/dev`，频繁使用的人懒得说 “slash dev slash null”，于是索性叫它 “devnull”。
+
+通过重定向，你可以把数据发送到 `/dev/null`。比如，`find` 命令常常会输出很多具体信息，而且在搜索文件遇到权限冲突时，会事无巨细地报告：
+
+```
+$ find ~ -type f
+/home/seth/actual.file
+find: `/home/seth/foggy': Permission denied
+find: `/home/seth/groggy': Permission denied
+find: `/home/seth/soggy': Permission denied
+/home/seth/zzz.file
+```
+
+`find` 命令把那些当作错误，所以你可以只把错误信息重定向至 `/dev/null`：
+
+
+```
+$ find ~ -type f 2>; /dev/null
+/home/seth/actual.file
+/home/seth/zzz.file
+```
+
+### 使用重定向
+
+在 Bash 中，重定向是转移数据的有效方法。你可能不会频繁使用重定向，但是学会如何使用它，能帮你在打开文件、复制粘贴数据这类需要移动鼠标、大量按键操作上，节省很多不必要的时间。不要做如此浪费时间的事情。使用重定向，好好享受生活。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/redirection-bash
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[nophDog](https://github.com/nophDog)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop.png?itok=pGfEfu2S (Hands programming)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-bash
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/9/getting-started-zsh
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/master-ls-command
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/linux-permissions-101
diff --git a/published/202007/20200701 13 Things To Do After Installing Linux Mint 20.md b/published/202007/20200701 13 Things To Do After Installing Linux Mint 20.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eda69868ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200701 13 Things To Do After Installing Linux Mint 20.md
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (robsean)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12404-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (13 Things To Do After Installing Linux Mint 20)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-linux-mint-20/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+安装 Linux Mint 20 后需要做的 13 件事
+======
+
+
+
+Linux Mint 毫无疑问是 [最佳 Linux 发行版][1] 之一，特别是考虑到 [Linux Mint 20][2] 的功能，我确信你也会同意这一说法。
+
+假设你错过了我们的新闻报道，[Linux Mint 20 终于可以下载了][3]。
+
+当然，如果你使用 Linux Mint 有一段时间了，你可能知道最好做一些什么。但是，对于新用户来说，在安装 Linux Mint 20 后，你需要做一些事，让你的体验更比以往任何时候都好。
+
+### 在安装 Linux Mint 20 后建议做的事
+
+在这篇文章中，我将列出其中一些要做的事来帮助你改善 Linux Mint 20 的用户体验。
+
+#### 1、执行一次系统更新
+
+![][4]
+
+安装后首先应该马上检查的是 —— 使用更新管理器进行系统更新，如上图所示。
+
+为什么？因为你需要构建可用软件的本地缓存。更新所有软件包的更新也是一个好主意。
+
+如果你喜欢使用终端，只需输入下面的命令来执行系统更新：
+
+```
+sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade -y
+```
+
+#### 2、使用 Timeshift 来创建系统快照
+
+![][5]
+
+如果你想在意外更改或错误更新后快速地恢复系统状态，有一个系统快照总是很有用的。
+
+因此，如果你希望能够随时备份你的系统状态，那么使用 Timeshift 配置和创建系统快照是超级重要的。
+
+如果你还不知道如何使用它的话，你可以遵循我们 [使用 Timeshift][6] 的详细指南。
+
+#### 3、安装有用的软件
+
+尽管在 Linux Mint 20 中已经安装有一些有用的预安装应用程序，你可能需要安装一些没有随之一起出炉的必不可少的应用程序。
+
+你可以简单地使用软件包管理器或 synaptic 软件包管理器来查找和安装所需要的软件。
+
+对于初学者来说，如果你想探索各种各样的工具，那么你可以遵循我们的 [必不可少的 Linux 应用程序][7] 的列表。
+
+也参见：
+
+- [75 个最常用的 Linux 应用程序（2018 年）](https://linux.cn/article-10099-1.html)
+- 100 个最佳 Ubuntu 应用（[上](https://linux.cn/article-11044-1.html)、[中](https://linux.cn/article-11048-1.html)、[下](https://linux.cn/article-11057-1.html)）
+
+这里是一个我最喜欢的软件包列表，我希望你也来尝试一下：
+
+ * [VLC 多媒体播放器][8] 用于视频播放
+ * [FreeFileSync][9] 用来同步文件
+ * [Flameshot][10] 用于截图
+ * [Stacer][11] 用来优化和监控系统
+ * [ActivityWatch][12] 用来跟踪你的屏幕时间并保持高效唤醒
+
+#### 4、自定义主题和图标
+
+![][13]
+
+当然，这在技术上不是必不可少的事，除非你想更改 Linux Mint 20 的外观和感觉。
+
+但是，[在 Linux Mint 中更改主题和图标是非常容易的][14] ，而不需要安装任何额外的东西。
+
+你会在欢迎屏幕中获得优化外观的选项。或者，你只需要进入 “主题”，并开始自定义主题。
+
+![][15]
+
+为此，你可以搜索它或在系统设置中如上图所示找到它。
+
+根据你正在使用的桌面环境，你也可以看看可用的 [最佳图标主题][16]。
+
+#### 5、启用 Redshift 来保护你的眼睛
+
+![][17]
+
+你可以在 Linux Mint 上搜索 “[Redshift][18]”，并启用它以在晚上保护你的眼睛。如你在上面的截图所见，它将根据时间自动地调整屏幕的色温。
+
+你可能想启用自动启动选项，以便它在你重新启动计算机时自动启动。它可能与 [Ubuntu 20.04 LTS][19] 的夜光功能不太一样，但是如果你不需要自定义时间表或微调色温的能力，那么它就足够好了。
+
+#### 6、启用 snap（如果需要的话）
+
+尽管 Ubuntu 比前所未有的更倾向于推崇使用 Snap，但是 Linux Mint 团队却反对使用它。因此，它禁止 APT 使用 snapd。
+
+因此，你将无法获得 snap 开箱即用的支持。然而，你迟早会意识到一些软件包只以 Snap 的格式打包。在这种情况下，你将不得不在 Mint 上启用对 snap 的支持。
+
+```
+sudo apt install snapd
+```
+
+在你完成后，你可以遵循我们的指南来了解更多关于 [在 Linux 上安装和使用 snap][20] 的信息。
+
+#### 7、学习使用 Flatpak
+
+默认情况下，Linux Mint 带有对 Flatpak 的支持。所以，不管你是讨厌使用 snap 或只是更喜欢使用 Flatpak，在系统中保留它是个好主意。
+
+现在，你只需要遵循我们关于 [在 Linux 上使用 Flatpak][21] 的指南来开始吧！
+
+#### 8、清理或优化你的系统
+
+优化或清理系统总是好的，以避免不必要的垃圾文件占用存储空间。
+
+你可以通过在终端机上输入以下内容，快速删除系统中不需要的软件包：
+
+```
+sudo apt autoremove
+```
+
+除此之外，你也可以遵循我们 [在 Linux Mint 上释放空间的一些建议][22] 。
+
+#### 9、使用 Warpinator 通过网络发送/接收文件
+
+Warpinator 是 Linux Mint 20 的一个新功能，可以让你在连接到网络的多台电脑上共享文件。这里是它看起来的样子：
+
+![][23]
+
+你只需要在菜单中搜索它就可以开始了！
+
+#### 10、使用驱动程序管理器
+
+![驱动器管理器][24]
+
+如果你正在使用需要驱动程序的 Wi-Fi 设备、NVIDIA 显卡或 AMD 显卡，以及其它设备（如果适用的话）时，驱动程序管理器是一个重要的部分。
+
+你只需要找到驱动程序管理器并启用它。它应该可以检测到正在使用的任何专有驱动程序，或者你也可以使用驱动程序管理器来利用 DVD 来安装驱动程序。
+
+#### 11、设置防火墙
+
+![][25]
+
+在大多数情况下，你可能已经保护了你的家庭网络。但是，如果你想在 Linux Mint 上有一些特殊的防火墙设置，你可以通过在菜单中搜索 “Firewall” 来实现。
+
+正如你在上述截图中所看到的，你可以为家庭、企业和公共设置不同的配置文件。你只需要添加规则，并定义什么是允许访问互联网的，什么是不允许的。
+
+你可以阅读我们关于 [使用 UFW 配置防火墙][26] 的详细指南。
+
+#### 12、学习管理启动应用程序
+
+如果你是一个有经验的用户，你可能已经知道这一点了。但是，新用户经常忘记管理他们的启动应用程序，最终影响了系统启动时间。
+
+你只需要从菜单中搜索 “Startup Applications” ，你可以启动它来查找像这样的东西：
+
+![][27]
+
+你可以简单地切换你想要禁用的那些启动应用程序，添加一个延迟计时器，或从启动应用程序的列表中完全地移除它。
+
+#### 13、安装必不可少的游戏应用程序
+
+当然，如果你对游戏感兴趣，你可能想去阅读我们关于 [在 Linux 上的游戏][28] 的文章来探索所有的选择。
+
+但是，对于初学者来说，你可以尝试安装 [GameHub][29]、[Steam][30] 和 [Lutris][31] 来玩一些游戏。
+
+### 总结
+
+就是这样，各位！在大多数情况下，如果你在安装 Linux Mint 20 后按照上面的要点进行操作，使其发挥出最好的效果，应该就可以了。
+
+我确信你还能够做更多的事。我想知道你喜欢在安装 Linux Mint 20 后马上做了什么。在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法吧！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-linux-mint-20/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[robsean](https://github.com/robsean)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-distributions/
+[2]: https://linux.cn/article-12297-1.html
+[3]: https://linux.cn/article-12376-1.html
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/linux-mint-20-system-update.png?ssl=1
+[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/snapshot-linux-mint-timeshift.jpeg?ssl=1
+[6]: https://linux.cn/article-11619-1.html
+[7]: https://linux.cn/article-10165-1.html
+[8]: https://www.videolan.org/vlc/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/freefilesync/
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/flameshot/
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/optimize-ubuntu-stacer/
+[12]: https://itsfoss.com/activitywatch/
+[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/linux-mint-20-theme.png?ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/install-icon-linux-mint/
+[15]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/linux-mint-20-system-settings.png?ssl=1
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/best-icon-themes-ubuntu-16-04/
+[17]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/linux-mint-20-redshift-1.png?ssl=1
+[18]: https://itsfoss.com/install-redshift-linux-mint/
+[19]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-20-04-release-features/
+[20]: https://itsfoss.com/install-snap-linux/
+[21]: https://itsfoss.com/flatpak-guide/
+[22]: https://itsfoss.com/free-up-space-ubuntu-linux/
+[23]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/mint-20-warpinator-1.png?ssl=1
+[24]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Additional-Driver-Linux-Mint-16.png?ssl=1
+[25]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/linux-mint-20-firewall.png?ssl=1
+[26]: https://itsfoss.com/set-up-firewall-gufw/
+[27]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/linux-mint-20-startup-applications.png?ssl=1
+[28]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-gaming-guide/
+[29]: https://itsfoss.com/gamehub/
+[30]: https://store.steampowered.com
+[31]: https://lutris.net
diff --git a/published/202007/20200701 Back up your phone-s storage with this Linux utility.md b/published/202007/20200701 Back up your phone-s storage with this Linux utility.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7c9c67789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200701 Back up your phone-s storage with this Linux utility.md
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (summer2233)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12415-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Back up your phone's storage with this Linux utility)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/gphoto2-linux)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+使用 Linux 实用程序 gPhoto2 备份手机存储
+======
+
+> 尽情地拍照吧，gphoto2 能够方便、快速地将照片从你的设备传输到 Linux 计算机上。
+
+
+
+移动设备的最大缺点之一就是其将数据从设备传输到计算机很困难。移动设备在这一缺点上有着悠久的历史。早期的移动设备，如 Pilot 和掌上电脑 PDA 设备，需要使用特殊的同步软件来传输数据（你必须小心翼翼地做这件事，因为你的设备可能会因为电池耗尽而导致数据永久丢失）；旧版 iPod 只提供特定平台的界面。现代移动设备默认将你的数据发送到在线帐户，以便你可以在计算机上再次下载。
+
+好消息——如果你正在运行 Linux，你可以使用 `gphoto2` 命令与移动设备进行连接。`gphoto2` 最初是作为一种与数码相机通信的方式而开发的，那时的数码相机只有传统的相机功能，现在的 `gphoto2` 可以和许多不同种类的移动设备通讯。别让这个名字骗了你，它可以处理所有类型的文件，而不仅仅是照片。更棒的是，它可以编写脚本、很灵活、并且比大多数 GUI 界面功能强大得多。
+
+如果你曾经为在计算机和移动设备之间同步数据而苦恼，请了解一下 `gphoto2`。
+
+### 安装 gPhoto2
+
+很可能你的 Linux 系统已经安装了 libgphoto2，因为它是与移动设备连接的一个关键库，但你可能还需要安装命令 `gphoto2`，该命令可能在你的存储库中。
+
+在 Fedora 或 RHEL 上：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install gphoto2
+```
+
+在 Debian 或 Ubuntu 上：
+
+```
+$ sudo apt install gphoto2
+```
+
+### 验证兼容性
+
+若要确认你的移动设备是否受支持，请使用 `--list-cameras`，通过管道传输到 `less`：
+
+```
+$ gPhoto2 --list-cameras | less
+```
+
+或者你可以通过管道把它传送到 `grep` 来搜索一个词。例如，如果你有三星 Galaxy，则使用 `grep`，并通过选项 `-i` 关闭区分大小写：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --list-cameras | grep -i galaxy
+ "Samsung Galaxy models (MTP)"
+ "Samsung Galaxy models (MTP+ADB)"
+ "Samsung Galaxy models Kies mode"
+```
+
+这证实了三星 Galaxy 设备支持通过 MTP 连接和通过 ADB 连接 MTP。
+
+如果你没有在列表中找到自己的移动设备，你仍然可以尝试使用 `gphoto2`，可能你的设备在列表中使用了不同的称呼。
+
+### 查找移动设备
+
+要使用 gPhoto2，首先必须将移动设备插入计算机，设置为 MTP 模式，并且授予计算机与它交互的权限。这通常需要在你的移动设备上操作，往往是在屏幕上按下一个按钮，以允许其文件系统被刚刚连接的计算机访问。
+
+![Screenshot of allow access message][2]
+
+如果你不授权电脑访问移动设备，那么 gPhoto2 可以检测到你的移动设备，但它不能与之交互。
+
+要确保计算机检测到你连接的移动设备，请使用 `--auto-detect` 选项：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --auto-detect
+Model Port
+---------------------------------------
+Samsung Galaxy models (MTP) usb:002,010
+```
+
+如果你的移动设备没有被检测到，请先检查数据线，然后检查你的设备是否配置为通过 MTP、ADB 或其它 gPhoto2 支持的协议连接，如 `--list-cameras` 所示。
+
+### 查询你的设备支持的特性
+
+对于现代设备，通常有过多的潜在功能，但并非所有移动设备都支持这些功能。你可以用 `--abilities` 选项来确定自己的移动设备支持哪些功能。我觉得结果看起来直观。
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --abilities
+Abilities for camera : Samsung Galaxy models (MTP)
+Serial port support : no
+USB support : yes
+Capture choices : Capture not supported by driver
+Configuration support : no
+Delete selected files on camera : yes
+Delete all files on camera : no
+File preview (thumbnail) support: no
+File upload support : yes
+```
+
+如果只连接一个设备，那么不需要指定查询的设备。但是，如果连接了多个 gPhoto2 可以与之交互的设备，则可以通过端口、相机型号或 usbid 指定设备。
+
+### 与你的移动设备交互
+
+如果你的设备支持拍摄功能，则可以从计算机调用你的摄像头来获取媒体。例如，要拍摄照片：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --capture-image
+```
+
+要拍摄照片并立即将其传输到连接的计算机：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --capture-image-and-download
+```
+
+你也可以录制视频和声音。如果连接了多个拍摄设备，可以按端口、相机型号或 usbid 指定要使用的设备：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --camera "Samsung Galaxy models (MTP)" \
+--capture-image-and-download
+```
+
+### 文件和文件夹
+
+要想更加智能地管理移动设备上的文件，你需要了解 gPhoto2 连接的文件系统的结构。
+
+你可以使用 `--get-folders` 选项查看可用文件夹：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --list-folders
+There are 2 folders in folder '/'.
+ - store_00010001
+ - store_00020002
+There are 0 folders in folder '/store_00010001'.
+There are 0 folders in folder '/store_00020002'.
+```
+
+每个文件夹代表设备上的一个存储单元。在本例中，`store_00010001` 是内部存储器，`store_00020002` 是 SD 卡，这可能与你的设备的结构不同。
+
+### 获取文件
+
+现在你知道了设备的文件夹布局，就可以从设备获取照片了。你可以使用许多不同的选项，具体取决于你想从设备中获取什么。
+
+如果你知道绝对路径，则可以获取指定的文件：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --get-file IMG_0001.jpg --folder /store_00010001/myphotos
+```
+
+你可以同时获得所有的文件：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --get-all-files --folder /store_00010001/myfiles
+```
+
+你可以只获取音频文件：
+
+```
+gphoto2 --get-all-audio-data --folder /store_00010001/mysounds
+```
+
+gPhoto2 还有其他的选择，其中大多数取决于你连接的设备和使用协议是否支持。
+
+### 上传文件
+
+现在你知道了潜在的目标文件夹，就可以将文件从计算机上传到你的设备。例如，假设有一个名为 `example.epub` 的文件在当前目录中，你可以使用 `--upload-file` 选项和 `--folder` 选项将文件发送到设备并指定要上传到的目录：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --upload file example.epub \
+--folder store_00010001
+```
+
+如果你希望将多个文件上传到同一个位置，你可以在设备上创建一个目录：
+
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --mkdir books \
+--folder store_00010001
+$ gphoto2 --upload-file *.epub \
+--folder store_00010001/books
+```
+
+### 列出文件
+
+若要查看设备上的文件，请使用 `--list-files` 选项：
+
+```
+$ gphoto2 --list-files --folder /store_00010001
+There is 1 file in folder '/store_00010001'
+#1 example.epub 17713 KB application/x-unknown
+$ gphoto2 --list-files --folder /store_00010001/books
+There is 1 file in folder '/store_00010001'
+#1 example0.epub 17713 KB application/x-unknown
+#2 example1.epub 12264 KB application/x-unknown
+[...]
+```
+
+### 探索你的使用方式
+
+gPhoto2 的大部分功能取决于你的设备，因此不同用户的体验可能不尽相同。在 `gphoto2 --help` 中列出了许多操作供你探索。使用gPhoto2，再也不用费劲把文件从你的设备传输到电脑上了！
+
+这些开源图片库能够帮助你组织文件，并让的图片看起来很棒。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/gphoto2-linux
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[summer2233](https://github.com/summer2233)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/idea_innovation_mobile_phone.png?itok=RqVtvxkd (A person looking at a phone)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/gphoto2-mtp-allow.jpg (Screenshot of allow access message)
diff --git a/published/202007/20200701 Customizing Bash.md b/published/202007/20200701 Customizing Bash.md
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..547ae50180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200701 Customizing Bash.md
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (nophDog)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12429-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Customizing Bash)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/customizing-bash/)
+[#]: author: (Stephen Snow https://fedoramagazine.org/author/jakfrost/)
+
+深入了解定制 Bash
+======
+
+
+
+操作系统的最外层 —— 也就是跟你直接打交道的 —— 叫做 [shell][2]（“外壳”）。Fedora 预装了好几种不同的 shell。shell 可以是图形界面，或者字符界面。在文档中，你常常能见到两个母缩写词 GUI （图形用户界面）跟 CLI（命令行界面），它们用来区分图形和基于字符的 shell/界面。[GNOME][5] 和 [Bash][6] 分别是 Fedora 默认的图形和命令行界面，不过你也可以使用其它 [GUI][3] 或者 [CLI][4] shell。
+
+接下来在这篇文章中，我们会讨论一些比较推荐的 Bash 字符界面的点文件配置。
+
+### Bash 概览
+
+Bash 参考手册中写道：
+
+> 根本上来说，shell 只是一个能执行命令的宏处理器。宏处理器这个词意味着通过扩展文本跟符号，从而构成更复杂的表达式。
+>
+> **Bash 参考手册**
+> **第五版，Bash 5.0**
+> **2019 年 5 月**
+
+除了能使用其它程序之外，Bash shell 还含有一些内置命令和关键字。Bash 内置功能很强大，甚至能够作为一门 [高级语言][7] 独当一面。Bash 的几个关键字和操作符类似于 [C 语言][8]。
+
+Bash 能够以交互式或非交互式模式启动。Bash 的交互模式是一个很多人都熟悉的典型的终端/命令行界面。[GNOME 终端][9] 默认以交互模式打开 Bash。Bash 在非交互模式下运行的例子是，当命令和数据从文件或 shell 脚本通过 [管道][10] 传送到 Bash 时。其它 Bash 可以运行的模式包括：登录、非登录、远程、POSIX、Unix sh、受限，以及使用与用户不同的 UID/GID 模式。各种模式是可以相互组合的。比如，交互式 + 受限 + POSIX 或者非交互式 + 非登录 + 远程。不同的启动模式，决定着 Bash 所读取的启动文件。理解这些操作模式，有助于帮助我们修改启动文件。
+
+根据 Bash 参考手册，它会：
+
+> 1. 从文件中...、从作为 `-c` 调用选项传入参数的字符...，或者从用户的终端中读取输入。
+> 2. 将输入分解成单词和操作符，遵循 [它的] 引用规则。...这些标记使用元字符隔开。这一步执行别名展开。
+> 3. 将标记解析成简单与复合命令。
+> 4. 执行各种 shell 展开...，将展开之后的标记分解成文件名...以及命令和参数的列表。
+> 5. 执行必要的重定向...并从参数列表中去除重定向操作符及其操作数。
+> 6. 执行命令。
+> 7. 必要时等待命令完成，并收集退出状态。
+>
+> **Bash 参考文档**
+> **第五版，Bash 版本 5.0**
+> **2019 年 5 月**
+
+当用户开启终端模拟器进入命令行环境时，便启动了一次交互式 shell 会话。GNOME 终端默认以非登录模式为用户打开 Shell。你可以在 “编辑 → 首选项 → 配置文件 → 命令” 中配置 GNOME 终端以何种模式（登录与非登录式）启动。也可以在 Bash 启动时通过向其传递 `-login` 标志来要求进入登录模式。要注意一点，Bash 的登录模式与非交互模式并不互斥。可以让 Bash 同时以登录模式和非交互模式运行。
+
+### 启动 Bash
+
+除非传入 `-noprofile` 选项，否则登录模式的 Bash shell 会默认读取并执行某些初始化文件中命令。如果 `/etc/profile` 存在，它会是第一个被执行的文件，紧接着是按 `~/.bash_profile`、`~/.bash_login` 或 `~/.profile` 顺序找到的第一个文件。当用户退出登录模式的 shell 时，或者有脚本在非交互式登录模式的 shell 中调用了内置 `exit` 命令，Bash 会读取并执行 `~/.bash_logout` 中的命令，如果 `/etc/bash_logout` 存在的话，会紧接着执行它。通常来说，`/etc/profile` 会援引 `/etc/bashrc` 文件，读取并执行其中的命令，然后查找并读取执行 `/etc/profile.d` 目录中以 `.sh` 结尾的文件。同样的，`~/.bash_profile` 通常也会援引 `~/.bashrc` 文件。`/etc/bashrc` 和 `~/.bashrc` 都会进行检查，避免重复援引。
+
+（LCTT 译注：在 Bash 中，脚本会通过 `source` 或 `.` 命令来将另外一个脚本引入其中，这个行为称之为 “source”、“sourcing”，但是该行为一直没有公认且常用的翻译方法。经过多番斟酌，我认为可以译做“援引”，理由如下：1、“援引”具有“引用、引入”的意思，符合该行为；2、“援”这个词的发音和“source” 常见的汉语意思“源”同音，便于记忆。以上是我们的愚见，供大家参考讨论。—— 老王，2020/7/19）
+
+一个交互式的 shell，如果不是登录 shell，那么当它第一次被调用的时候，会执行 `~/.bashrc` 文件。这是用户在 Fedora 上打开终端时通常会进入的 shell 类型。当 Bash 以非交互模式启动 —— 就像运行脚本时那样 —— 它会寻找 `BASH_ENV` 环境变量。如果找到了，就会展开它的值作为文件名，接着读取并执行该文件。效果跟执行以下命令相同：
+
+```
+if [ -n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi
+```
+
+值得注意的是，不会使用 `PATH` 环境变量的值来搜索该文件名（LCTT 译注：意即不会检索搜索路径）。
+
+### 重要的用户点文件
+
+Bash 最广为人知的用户点文件是 `~/.bashrc`。通过编辑该文件，可以设置大多数个性化选项。由于我们常常需要设置一些选项，会改动上面提及甚至没有提及的文件，所以大部分自定义选项会成为一个麻烦事。Bash 环境具有很高的可定制性，正是为了适应不同用户的不同需求。
+
+![][11]
+
+当登录 shell 正常退出时，如果 `~/.bash_logout` 和 `/etc/bash_logout` 存在，它们会被调用。下一幅图展示了 Bash 作为交互式 shell 启动时的过程。例如，当用户从桌面环境打开终端模拟器时，会按照以下顺序进行。
+
+![][12]
+
+我们已经知道，在不同的启动模式下，Bash 会执行不同的命令，所以很明显，只有几种最需要关注的典型启动模式。分别是非交互、交互式登录 shell，和非交互式、交互式非登录 shell。如果想定义某些全局环境，那么需要将一个具有唯一名称、以 `.sh` 为后缀的文件（例如 `custom.sh`）放置在 `/etc/profile.d` 目录。
+
+对于非交互式非登录启动方式，需要特别注意。在这种模式下，Bash 会检查 `BASH_ENV` 变量。如果定义了该变量，Bash 会援引它所指向的文件。另外，处理 `BASH_ENV` 时并不会使用 `PATH` 变量所存储的值（LCTT 译注：意即不会检索搜索路径），所以它必须包含执行文件的绝对路径。比如说，如果有人希望非交互式执行脚本时，shell 能读取 `~/.bashrc` 文件中的设置，那么他可以把类似下面这样的内容放在一个名为 `/etc/profile.d/custom.sh` 的文件中...
+
+```
+# custom.sh
+.
+.
+.
+# 如果使用 Fedora Workstation
+BASH_ENV="/home/username/.bashrc"
+.
+.
+.
+# 如果使用 Fedora Silverblue Workstation
+BASH_ENV="/var/home/username/.bashrc"
+
+export BASH_ENV
+```
+
+上面这份脚本会让每个 shell 脚本在运行之前先执行该用户的 `~/.bashrc`。
+
+用户一般都会自定义他们的系统环境，以便契合他们自己的工作习惯与偏好。举例来说，用户可以通过别名来实现这种程度的自定义。拥有相同起始参数、需要频繁使用的命令是制作别名的最佳选择。以下展示了一些来自 `~/.bashrc` 文件中定义的别名。
+
+```
+# .bashrc
+# 执行全局文件
+if [ -f /etc/bashrc ];
+ then . /etc/bashrc
+fi
+.
+.
+.
+# 用户别名和函数
+alias ls='ls -hF --color=auto'
+alias la='ls -ahF --color=auto'
+
+# 让 dir 命令用起来像在 Windows 那样
+alias dir='ls --color=auto --format=long'
+
+# 用颜色高亮 grep 结果
+alias grep='grep --color=auto'
+```
+
+在系统中，别名是一种自定义各种命令的方法。它能减少击键次数，而且让命令用起来更方便。针对用户级别的别名通常存放在该用户的 `~/.bashrc` 文件中。
+
+如果你发现自己经常要去历史中查找曾经执行过的某条命令，那可能需要改改历史设置了。你依然可以在 `~/.bashrc` 文件中设置针对用户级别的历史选项。比如说，如习惯同时使用多个终端，那你可能要启用 `histappend` 选项。某些 Bash 相关的 shell 选项本质上是布尔值（接收 `on` 或 `off`），通常可以用内置命令 `shopt` 启用或禁用。接收更复杂的值的 Bash 选项（如 `HISTTIMEFORMAT`），常常通过赋值给环境变量来达到配置目的。以下演示如何以 shell 选项和环境变量定制 Bash。
+
+```
+# 配置 Bash 历史
+
+# 用制表符扩展目录环境变量，并设置 histappend
+shopt -s direxpand histappend
+
+# ignoreboth 等同于 ignorespace 和 ignoredup
+HISTCONTROL='ignoreboth'
+
+# 控制 `history` 输出中的时间格式
+HISTTIMEFORMAT="[%F %T] "
+
+# 无限历史记录
+# NB：在新版 Bash 中，任何 < 0 的写法都有效，但是在 CentOS/RHEL 中，只有这样才行得通
+HISTSIZE=
+HISTFILESIZE=
+
+# 或者对于使用新版 Bash 的人
+HISTSIZE=-1
+HISTFILESIZE=-1
+```
+
+上面例子中的 `direxpand` 选项，可以让 Bash 在文件名补全时，用单词展开结果替换目录名。它会改变 readline 编辑缓冲区的内容，所以你所输入的东西已经被补全得到的结果替换了。
+
+`HISTCONTROL` 变量用于启用或禁用命令历史的某些过滤选项。重复行、以空白打头的行，都能通过该选项将它们从命令历史中过滤掉。引用自 Dusty Mabe，这是我从他那儿得到的技巧：
+
+> `ignoredup` 可以让历史不记录重复条目（如果你反复执行同一条命令）。`ignorespace` 会忽略前面有空白的条目，当你在设置一个包含敏感信息的环境变量或者执行一条不想被记录进磁盘的命令时，这就很有用。`ignoreboth` 相当于这两条选项的结合体。
+>
+> **Dusty Mabe – Redhat 首席软件工程师，2020.6.19**
+
+对于命令行重度用户，Bash 有一个 `CDPATH` 环境变量。如果 `CDPATH` 包含一系列供 `cd` 命令搜索的目录，且提供一个相对路径作为第一个参数，那么它会按顺序检查所有列出的目录，寻找匹配的子目录并切换到第一个匹配结果目录。
+
+```
+# .bash_profile
+
+# 设置 CDPATH
+CDPATH="/var/home/username/favdir1:/var/home/username/favdir2:/var/home/username/favdir3"
+
+# 也可以写成这样
+CDPATH="/:~:/var:~/favdir1:~/favdir2:~/favdir3"
+
+export CDPATH
+```
+
+`CDPATH` 通常像 `PATH` 一样的方式进行更新 —— 通过在赋值右侧引用自身来保留原来的值。
+
+```
+# .bash_profile
+
+# 设置 CDPATH
+CDPATH="/var/home/username/favdir1:/var/home/username/favdir2:/var/home/username/favdir3"
+
+# 或者写成这样
+CDPATH="/:~:/var:~/favdir1:~/favdir2:~/favdir3"
+
+CDPATH="$CDPATH:~/favdir4:~/favdir5"
+
+export CDPATH
+```
+
+`PATH` 是另一个极其重要的变量。它是系统上的命令的搜索路径。注意，有些应用要求将它们自己的目录加入 `PATH` 变量，这样才能正常使用。跟 `CDPATH` 一样，通过在赋值右侧引用原值来追加新值到 `PATH` 变量。如果你希望将新值前置，只需要把原来的值（`$PATH`）放到列表末尾即可。还有注意的是在 Fedora，这一列值通过冒号分隔（`:`）。
+
+```
+# .bash_profile
+
+# 添加 PATH 值到 PAHT 环境变量
+PATH="$PATH:~/bin:~:/usr/bin:/bin:~/jdk-13.0.2:~/apache-maven-3.6.3"
+
+export PATH
+```
+
+命令提示符是另一个流行的自定义选项。它有七个可定制的参数：
+
+> - `PROMPT_COMMAND`：如果设置了，会在每一个主提示符（`$PS1`）出现之前执行该值。
+> - `PROMPT_DIRTRIM`：如果设置成大于零的数，则该值用作展开 `\w` 和 `\W` 提示符字符串转义符时保留的尾随目录组件数量。删除的字符将替换为省略号。
+> - `PS0`：这个参数的值像 `PS1` 一样展开，在交互式 shell 读取命令之后、执行命令之前展示。
+> - `PS1`：主提示符字符串。默认值是 `\s-\v\$ `。
+> - `PS2`：次提示符字符串。默认是 `> `。在显示之前，`PS2` 像 `PS1` 那样展开。
+> - `PS3`：这个参数的值用作 `select` 命令的提示符。如果这个变量没有设置，`select` 命令会用 `#? ` 作为提示符。
+> - `PS4`：这个参数的值像 `PS1` 那样展开，如果设置了 `-x` 选项，这个展开值会在命令行被回显之前作为提示符显示。展开后的值的第一个字符在必要时会复制数次，指示间接层数。默认值是 `+ `。
+>
+> **Bash 参考文档**
+> **第五版，Bash 版本 5.0**
+> **2019 年 5 月**
+
+ Bash 的这一个方面就可以用整篇文章来讨论。你可以找到许许多多信息和例子。在本文末尾链接的存储库中提供了一些点文件范例，包括提示符重新配置。你可以随意使用该存储库中的例子进行学习和体验。
+
+### 总结
+
+既然你已经掌握了一些 Bash 的工作原理，那就可以轻松修改你的 Bash 点文件，满足你自己的需求和习惯。美化你的提示符，制作一些别名，这样你的电脑才真的属于你。查看 `/etc/profile`、`/etc/bashrc` 和 `/etc/profile.d/` 这些文件的内容，获得一些启发。
+
+你也可以在这里写一些关于终端模拟器的评论。有很多办法可以将你最喜欢的终端，完全配置成你想要的样子。你或许早就想到了，但是通常可以通过……嗯……用户家目录的点文件实现这个目的。终端模拟器也可以作为登录会话启动，有些人总喜欢用登录环境。你使用终端和电脑的姿势，取决于你如何修改（或不修改）你的点文件。
+
+如果你很好奇自己的命令行处于什么会话状态，使用下面这个脚本来判断一下。
+
+```
+#!/bin/bash
+
+case "$-" in
+ (*i*) echo This shell is interactive ;;
+ (*) echo This shell is not interactive ;;
+esac
+```
+
+把这几行放到一个文件里，加上可执行权限，然后运行，就能看到你当前处于何种类型的 shell。`$-` 在 Bash 中是一个变量，如果是交互式 shell，它会包含字母 `i`。此外，你可以直接输出 `$-` 变量然后检查它的输出中是否含有 `i` 标记。
+
+```
+$ echo $-
+```
+
+### 参考信息
+
+可以参考以下资料以获取更多信息和示例。Bash 手册也是一个很好的信息来源。请注意，确保你的本地手册页记录了你当前运行的 Bash 版本的特性，因为在网上找到的信息有时可能太老（过时了）或太新（你的系统还没有安装）。
+
+-
+- （在该网站中，你必须要输入一个有效的电子邮箱地址，或者注册，才能下载。）
+-
+
+对本文有各种形式（点文件示例、提示，以及脚本文件）贡献的社区成员：
+
+ * Micah Abbott – 首席质量工程师
+ * John Lebon – 首席软件工程师
+ * Dusty Mabe – 首席软件工程师
+ * Colin Walters – 高级首席软件工程师
+
+示例点文件和脚本可以在这个存储库中找到：
+
+-
+
+请仔细检查上面所提供的存储库中的信息。有些可能已经过时了。里面还包含很多开发中的自定义脚本和宠物容器配置例子，那些不是点文件。我推荐从 John Lebon 的点文件开始学习，从头到尾都含有完善的解说，它们是我见过的最详细的，并且包含了非常好的描述。祝你学得开心！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/customizing-bash/
+
+作者：[Stephen Snow][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[nophDog](https://github.com/nophDog)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/jakfrost/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/bashenvironment-816x346.png
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shell_(computing)
+[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/fedoras-gaggle-of-desktops/
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_command_shells
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNOME
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bash_(Unix_shell)
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High-level_programming_language
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_(programming_language)
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNOME_Terminal
+[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pipeline_(Unix)
+[11]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/bash-initialization-1-1024x711.png
+[12]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/bash-initialization-2-1024x544.png
+[13]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boolean_data_type
diff --git a/published/202007/20200701 How to install Java on a Mac.md b/published/202007/20200701 How to install Java on a Mac.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e59880994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200701 How to install Java on a Mac.md
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (Yufei-Yan)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12393-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to install Java on a Mac)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/install-java-mac)
+[#]: author: (Daniel Oh https://opensource.com/users/daniel-oh)
+
+如何在 Mac 上安装 Java
+======
+
+> macOS 用户可以运行 Java 的开源版本，以及用于云原生开发的新框架。
+
+
+
+五月底，Java 庆祝了它的 25 周年纪念日，为了纪念这一时刻，世界各地的开发人员使用 [#MovedByJava][3] 这一标签分享他们使用这一编程语言的成就、记忆以及愿景。
+
+> 我的时间线：
+>
+> * 1999 开始学习 Java
+> * 2007 创建 [@grailsframework][4]
+> * 2008 共同创建 G20ne
+> * 2009 被 SpringSource 收购
+> * 2015 加入 [@ObjectComputing][5]
+> * 2018 创建 [@micronautfw][6] / 获得 [@groundbreakers][7] 奖
+> * 2019 成为 [@Java_Champions][8]
+>
+> 感谢你 [@java][9]！[#MovedByJava][10]
+>
+> — Graeme Rocher (@graemerocher) [2020年5月21日][11]
+
+多年来，许多技术和趋势都促进了 Java 堆栈的开发、部署和在标准应用程序服务器上运行多个应用的能力。为 [Kubernetes][12] 构建容器镜像使得 Java 开发者可以在多个云环境中打包和部署[微服务][13]，而不是在虚拟机上运行几个应用程序服务器。
+
+![Timeline of technology contributions to Java][14]
+
+有了这些技术，Java 应用程序栈被优化为运行更大的堆和可以在运行时做出决策的高动态框架。然而不幸的是，这些努力还不足以使 Java 成为开发人员为无服务器和事件驱动平台开发云原生 Java 应用程序的首选编程语言。其他语言填补了这部分空缺，特别是 JavaScript、Python 和 Go，而 Rust 和 WebAssembly 也成了新的选择。
+
+尽管存在这种竞争，[云原生 Java][16] 正在对以云为中心的软件开发产生影响。好在，新的 Java 框架（比如，[Quarkus][17]、[Micronaut][18] 和 [Helidon][19]）最近已经战胜了这些挑战，它们提供了编译速度更快而且更小的应用，同时它们在设计之初就将分布式系统考虑了进去。
+
+### 如何在 macOS 上安装 Java
+
+Java 开发的未来将从更多人安装和使用 Java 开始。因此，我将介绍如何在 macOS 上安装并开始使用 Java 开发环境。（如果你运行的是 Linux，请查看 Seth Kenlon 的文章《[如何在 Linux 上安装 Java][20]》）
+
+#### 通过 Brew 仓库安装 OpenJDK
+
+Homebrew 是 macOS 事实上的标准软件包管理器。如果你还没有安装的话，Matthew Broberg 的文章《[Homebrew 简介][21]》将带你完成这些步骤。
+
+当你在 Mac 上安装好 Homebrew 后，使用 `brew` 命令安装 [OpenJDK][22]，这是编写 Java 应用程序的开源方式：
+
+```
+$ brew cask install java
+```
+
+不到一分钟就能看到：
+
+```
+🍺 java was successfully installed!
+```
+
+通过 `java -version` 命令确认 OpenJDK 已经正确安装：
+
+```
+$ java -version
+openjdk version "14.0.1" 2020-04-14
+OpenJDK Runtime Environment (build 14.0.1+7)
+OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 14.0.1+7, mixed mode, sharing
+```
+
+从输出中可以确认 OpenJDK 14 （本文撰写时的最新版本）已经安装。
+
+#### 从二进制文件安装 OpenJDK
+
+如果你并不热衷于包管理器，并且更愿意自己来管理 Java 的话，那么你总是可以选择下载并且手动安装。
+
+我在 OpenJDK 主页上找到了最新版本的下载链接。下载 OpenJDK 14 的二进制文件：
+
+```
+$ wget https://download.java.net/java/GA/jdk14.0.1/664493ef4a6946b186ff29eb326336a2/7/GPL/openjdk-14.0.1_osx-x64_bin.tar.gz
+```
+
+移动到你保存二进制文件的目录，然后解压：
+
+```
+$ tar -xf openjdk-14.0.1_osx-x64_bin.tar.gz
+```
+
+接下来，将 Java 加入到你的 PATH：
+
+```
+$ export PATH=$PWD/jdk-14.0.1.jdk/Contents/Home/bin:$PATH
+```
+
+同时，将这条命令加到你的点文件中，`.bash_profile` 还是 `.zshrc` 取决于你运行的 shell。你可以在《[如何在 Linux 中设置你的 $PATH 变量][23]》一文中了解更多关于配置 `$PATH` 变量的内容。
+
+最后，验证你安装的 OpenJDK 14：
+
+```
+$ java -version
+openjdk version "14.0.1" 2020-04-14
+OpenJDK Runtime Environment (build 14.0.1+7)
+OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 14.0.1+7, mixed mode, sharing)
+```
+
+### 在 Mac 上编写你的第一个[微服务][13]
+
+现在，你已经准备好在 maxOS 上使用 OpenJDK 堆栈开发云原生 Java 应用程序了。在本教程中，你将在 [Quarkus][17] 上创建一个新的 Java 项目，这个项目使用依赖注入来公布 REST API。
+
+你需要 [Maven][24] 启动，它是一个非常流行的 Java 依赖管理器。从 Maven 的网站[安装][25]它，或者通过 Homebrew 使用 `brew install maven` 命令。
+
+执行以下 Maven 命令来配置 Quarkus 项目，并且创建一个简单的 web 应用：
+
+```
+$ mvn io.quarkus:quarkus-maven-plugin:1.5.1.Final:create \
+ -DprojectGroupId=com.example \
+ -DprojectArtifactId=getting-started \
+ -DclassName="com.example.GreetingResource" \
+ -Dpath="/hello"
+cd getting-started
+```
+
+运行这个应用：
+
+```
+$ ./mvnw quarkus:dev
+```
+
+当应用程序运行的时候，你可以看到这个输出：
+
+```
+__ ____ __ _____ ___ __ ____ ______
+ --/ __ \/ / / / _ | / _ \/ //_/ / / / __/
+ -/ /_/ / /_/ / __ |/ , _/ ,< / /_/ /\ \
+\--\\___\\_\\____/_/ |_/_/|_/_/|_|\\____/___/
+2020-06-13 00:03:06,413 INFO [io.quarkus] (Quarkus Main Thread) getting-started 1.0-SNAPSHOT on JVM (powered by Quarkus 1.5.1.Final) started in 1.125s. Listening on:
+2020-06-13 00:03:06,416 INFO [io.quarkus] (Quarkus Main Thread) Profile dev activated. Live Coding activated.
+2020-06-13 00:03:06,416 INFO [io.quarkus] (Quarkus Main Thread) Installed features: [cdi, resteasy]
+```
+
+使用 `curl` 命令访问 REST 端点：
+
+```
+$ curl -w "\n" http://localhost:8080/hello
+hello
+```
+
+恭喜！通过使用 Mavan 和 Quarkus，你很快从没有安装 Java 的环境里创建了第一个 web 应用。
+
+### 接下来用 Java 做什么
+
+Java 是一个成熟的编程语言，通过专门为云原生应用程序开发设计的新框架，Java 的热度会一直持续下去。
+
+如果你正走在这样构建未来应用的路上，你可能会对更多实用的 Quarkus 开发课程或其他现代化框架感兴趣。无论你在构建什么，下一步是配置你的文本编辑器。阅读我关于《[在 VS Code 用 Quarkus 编写 Java][26]》的教程，然后再看看你能做什么。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/install-java-mac
+
+作者：[Daniel Oh][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[Yufei-Yan](https://github.com/Yufei-Yan)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/daniel-oh
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coffee_cafe_brew_laptop_desktop.jpg?itok=G-n1o1-o (Coffee and laptop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/java
+[3]: https://twitter.com/search?q=%23MovedByJava&src=typed_query
+[4]: https://twitter.com/grailsframework?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[5]: https://twitter.com/ObjectComputing?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[6]: https://twitter.com/micronautfw?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[7]: https://twitter.com/groundbreakers?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[8]: https://twitter.com/Java_Champions?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[9]: https://twitter.com/java?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[10]: https://twitter.com/hashtag/MovedByJava?src=hash&ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[11]: https://twitter.com/graemerocher/status/1263484918157410304?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
+[12]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes
+[13]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-are-microservices
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/javatimeline.png (Timeline of technology contributions to Java)
+[15]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[16]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/cloud-native-java
+[17]: https://quarkus.io/
+[18]: https://micronaut.io/
+[19]: https://helidon.io/#/
+[20]: https://linux.cn/article-11614-1.html
+[21]: https://linux.cn/article-12338-1.html
+[22]: https://openjdk.java.net/
+[23]: https://opensource.com/article/17/6/set-path-linux
+[24]: https://maven.apache.org/index.html
+[25]: https://maven.apache.org/install.html
+[26]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/java-quarkus-vs-code
diff --git a/published/202007/20200702 Customizing my Linux terminal with tmux and Git.md b/published/202007/20200702 Customizing my Linux terminal with tmux and Git.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..127da8332b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200702 Customizing my Linux terminal with tmux and Git.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12450-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Customizing my Linux terminal with tmux and Git)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/tmux-git)
+[#]: author: (Moshe Zadka https://opensource.com/users/moshez)
+
+使用 tmux 和 Git 自定义我的 Linux 终端
+======
+
+> 设置你的控制台，以便你能知道身处哪个目录和该做什么
+
+
+
+我使用 GNOME 终端，主要是因为它是我的发行版的默认设置。但是我终端内远非“默认值”。在我开始解释如何自定义它之前，它现在是这个样子：
+
+![Moshe Zadka's terminal][2]
+
+### 从底部开始
+
+我使用终端多路复用技术 [tmux][4] 管理我的终端体验。
+
+在上图的底部，你可以看到我的绿色 tmux 栏。底部的 `[3]` 表示它是第三个终端：每个终端都运行自己的 tmux 会话。（我创建了一个新会话来放大字体，这样可在截图中更容易看到；这是它与其他终端之间的唯一区别。）
+
+提示符看起来也很有趣，对吧？在提示符中塞入了太多信息后，我喜欢插上一个换行符，这样一来，如果我想即兴进行 shell 编程或编写一个传递了五次的管道，也不会超出屏幕界限。这样做的代价是简单的命令序列（新建、复制、移动）会更快地滚动出我的屏幕。
+
+行末是 [阿列夫零][5] 字符，它是最小的[无穷基数][6]。我希望内容行的结束很明显，并且当我意识到“阿列夫”和下标 0 都是 Unicode 字符时，我无法抗拒使用“阿列夫零”作为提示符的一部分的诱惑。（数学极客们，团结起来！）
+
+在此之前是我的用户名。由于我在不同用户名的多台计算机上使用相同的[点文件][7]（保存在 Git 中），因此这个还算有用。
+
+在我的用户名之前，是我所在目录的最后一部分。完整路径通常太长且无用，而当前目录对于像我这样的经常忘记在做什么人来说是很有用的。在此之前是机器的名称。我所有的机器都以我喜欢的电视节目命名。我的旧笔记本是 `mcgyver`。
+
+提示符中的第一位是我最喜欢的：一个让我知道目录的 Git 状态的字母。如果目录为“不在 Git 中”，那么是 `G`。如果目录为“没有问题”（OK），且无需任何操作，那么是 `K`。如果有 Git 未知的文件需要添加或忽略，那么是 `!`。如果需要提交，那么是 `C`。如果没有上游，那么是 `U`。如果存在上游，但我没有推送，那么是 `P`。该方案不是基于当前状态，而是描述了我要做的*下一个动作*。（要回顾 Git 术语，请阅读[本文][8]。）
+
+终端功能是通过一个有趣的 Python 程序完成的。它运行 `python -m howsit`（在我把 [howsit][9] 安装在虚拟环境中之后）。
+
+你可以在上图中看到渲染效果，但是为了完整起见，这是我的 `PS1`：
+
+```
+[$(~/.virtualenvs/howsit/bin/python -m howsit)]\h:\W \u ℵ₀
+$
+```
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/tmux-git
+
+作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/moshez
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lenovo-thinkpad-laptop-window-focus.png?itok=g0xPm2kD (young woman working on a laptop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/terminal-tmux-moshezadka.png (Moshe Zadka's terminal)
+[3]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/1/tmux-console
+[5]: https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aleph_null
+[6]: https://gizmodo.com/a-brief-introduction-to-infinity-5809689
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/move-your-dotfiles-version-control
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/git-terminology
+[9]: https://pypi.org/project/howsit/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200702 Ex-Solus Dev is Now Creating a Truly Modern Linux Distribution Called Serpent Linux.md b/published/202007/20200702 Ex-Solus Dev is Now Creating a Truly Modern Linux Distribution Called Serpent Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8c6507f06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200702 Ex-Solus Dev is Now Creating a Truly Modern Linux Distribution Called Serpent Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12401-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Ex-Solus Dev is Now Creating a Truly Modern Linux Distribution Called Serpent Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/serpent-os-announcement/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Solus Linux 创始人正在开发一个没有 GNU 的“真正现代”的 Linux 发行版
+======
+
+曾经创建独立 Linux 发行版 Solus 的开发人员 [Ikey Doherty][1] 宣布了他的新项目：Serpent OS。
+
+[Serpent OS][2] 是一个**不想**被归类为“轻量级、用户友好、注重隐私的 Linux 桌面发行版”。
+
+相反，Serpent OS 具有“与主流产品不同的目标”。具体怎么样？请继续阅读。
+
+### Serpent OS：制作“真正现代”的 Linux 发行版
+
+![][3]
+
+Serpent 采用发行版优先，兼容靠后的方法。这使他们可以做出一些非常大胆的决定。
+
+Ikey 表示，这个项目不会对阻碍 Linux 的负面角色容忍。例如，不会容忍 NVIDIA 在其 GPU 上缺乏对 Wayland 加速的支持，并将 NVIDIA 专有驱动加入发行版黑名单。
+
+这是 Serpent Linux 项目的拟议计划（摘自[其网站][4]）：
+
+ * 不再分割 usrbin
+ * 100％ clang 构建（包括内核）
+ * musl 作为 libc，依靠编译器优化而不是内联 asm
+ * 使用 libc++ 而不是 libstdc++
+ * LLVM 的 binutils 变体（lld、as 等）
+ * 混合源代码/二进制分发
+ * 从 x86\_64 通用基线转移到更新的 CPU，包括针对 Intel 和 AMD 的优化
+ * 包管理器中基于功能的订阅（硬件/用户选择等）
+ * 只支持 UEFI。不支持老式启动方式
+ * 完全开源，包括引导程序/重建脚本
+ * 针对高工作负载进行了认真的优化
+ * 第三方应用仅依赖于容器。没有兼容性修改
+ * 仅支持 Wayland。将调查通过容器的 X11 兼容性
+ * 完全无状态的管理工具和上游补丁
+
+Ikey 大胆地宣称 Serpent Linux 不是 Serpent GNU/Linux，因为它不再依赖于 GNU 工具链或运行时。
+
+Serpent OS 项目的开发将于 7 月底开始。没有确定最终稳定版本的时间表。
+
+### 要求过高？但是 Ikey 过去做到了
+
+你可能会怀疑 Serpent OS 是否会出现，是否能够兑现其所作的所有承诺。
+
+但是 Ikey Doherty 过去已经做到了。如果我没记错的话，他首先基于 Debian 创建了 SolusOS。他于 2013 年停止了基于 [Debian 的 SolusOS][5] 的开发，甚至它还没有进入 Beta 阶段。
+
+然后，他从头开始创建 [evolve OS][6]，而不是使用其他发行版作为基础。由于某些命名版权问题，项目名称已更改为 Solus（是的，相同的旧名称）。[Ikey 在 2018 年退出了 Solus 项目][7]，其他开发人员现在负责该项目。
+
+Solus 是一个独立的 Linux 发行版，它为我们提供了漂亮的 Budgie 桌面环境。
+
+Ikey 过去做到了（当然，在其他开发人员的帮助下）。他现在也应该能够做到。
+
+### 看好还是不看好？
+
+你如何看待这个 Serpent Linux？你是否认为是时候让开发人员采取大胆的立场，并着眼于未来开发操作系统，而不是坚持过去？请分享你的观点。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/serpent-os-announcement/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/ikey-doherty-serpent-interview/
+[2]: https://www.serpentos.com/
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/serpent-linux.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.serpentos.com/about/
+[5]: https://distrowatch.com/table.php?distribution=solusos
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/beta-evolve-os-released/
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/ikey-leaves-solus/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200703 openSUSE Leap 15.2 Released With Focus on Containers, AI and Encryption.md b/published/202007/20200703 openSUSE Leap 15.2 Released With Focus on Containers, AI and Encryption.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..522ce76e8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200703 openSUSE Leap 15.2 Released With Focus on Containers, AI and Encryption.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12425-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (openSUSE Leap 15.2 Released With Focus on Containers, AI and Encryption)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/opensuse-leap-15-2-release/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+openSUSE Leap 15.2 发布：重点关注容器、AI 和加密
+======
+
+
+
+[openSUSE][1] Leap 15.2 最终带来了一些有用的变化和改进。
+
+同时，我想到 SUSE 这篇让人激动的公告《[消除 Leap 差异][2]》，openSUSE Leap 15.2 的发布使我们下一步将 SLE（[SUSE Linux Enterprise][3]）二进制文件集成到 openSUSE Leap 15.3 更加近了一步。
+
+让我们看一下 openSUSE Leap 15.2 中发生了哪些变化和改进。
+
+### openSUSE Leap 15.2：关键变化
+
+![][4]
+
+总体而言，openSUSE Leap 15.2 发行版涉及安全更新、新的主要软件包、bug 修复以及其他改进。
+
+该项目的开发人员 Marco Varlese 在新闻稿中提到：
+
+>“ Leap 15.2 代表了人工智能领域的巨大进步，我很高兴 openSUSE 用户现在终于可以通过我们的仓库使用机器学习/深度学习框架和应用，以享受稳定和最新的生态系统。”
+
+尽管这暗示了可能涉及的一些变化，以下是 openSUSE Leap 15.2 中的新功能：
+
+#### 添加人工智能（AI）和机器学习包
+
+毫无疑问，人工智能（AI）和机器学习是最具颠覆性的技术。
+
+为了向用户提供便利，openSUSE Leap 15.2 为新的开源技术添加了许多重要的软件包：
+
+ * [Tensorflow][5]
+ * [PyTorch][6]
+ * [ONNX][7]
+ * [Grafana][8]
+ * [Prometheus][9]
+
+#### 引入实时内核
+
+![][10]
+
+在 openSUSE Leap 15.2 中，将引入实时内核来管理[微处理器][11]的时序，以有效处理时间关键的事件。
+
+实时内核的添加对于现实意义重大。项目委员会主席 Gerald Pfeifer 的讲话如下：
+
+>“将实时内核添加到 openSUSE Leap 开启了新的可能性。想想边缘计算、嵌入式设备、数据抓取，所有这些都在飞速发展。从历史上看，其中很多都是专有领域。现在，openSUSE 为有兴趣测试实时功能的开发者、研究人员和公司甚至贡献者将打开了通道。这是另一个开源帮助开放的领域！”
+
+#### 纳入容器技术
+
+在最新版本中，你会注意到 [Kubernetes][12] 作为官方包而纳入其中。这让用户可以轻松地自动化部署、扩展和管理容器化的应用。
+
+[Helm][13]（Kubernetes 的包管理器）也是内置的。不仅于此，你还可以在此找到其他一些附加功能，从而可以更轻松地保护和部署容器化应用。
+
+#### 更新的 openSUSE 安装程序
+
+![][14]
+
+openSUSE 的安装程序已经非常不错。但是，在最新的 Leap 15.2 版本中，它们添加了更多信息，兼容从右至左语言（如阿拉伯语）以及一些小的更改，从而在安装时更容易选择。
+
+#### YaST 改进
+
+尽管 [YaST][15] 已经是一个非常强大的安装和配置工具，但是此发行版增加了创建和管理 Btrfs 文件系统以及实施高级加密技术的能力。
+
+当然，你肯定知道 [openSUSE 在 WSL][16] 的可用性。因此，根据 Leap 15.2 的发行说明，YaST 与 WSL 的兼容性得到了改善。
+
+#### 桌面环境改进
+
+![][17]
+
+可用的桌面环境已更新为最新版本，包括 [KDE Plasma 5.18 LTS][18] 和 [GNOME 3.34][19]。
+
+你还能发现更新的 [XFCE 4.14][20] 桌面在 openSUSE Leap 15.2 上也是可用的。
+
+如果你想知道最新版本的所有详细信息，可以参考[官方发布公告][21]。
+
+### 下载和可用性
+
+目前，你可以找到 Leap 15.2 的 Linode 云镜像。另外，你会注意到其他云托管服务（如 AWS、Azure 和其他服务）也提供了它。
+
+你还可以从官方网站获取 DVD ISO 或网络镜像文件。
+
+要升级你当前的安装，我建议按照[官方说明][22]操作。
+
+- [openSUSE Leap 15.2][23]
+
+你尝试过 openSUSE Leap 15.2 了么？请随时让我知道你的想法！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/opensuse-leap-15-2-release/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.opensuse.org/
+[2]: https://www.suse.com/c/sle-15-sp2-schedule-and-closing-the-opensuse-leap-gap/
+[3]: https://www.suse.com/
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/opensuse-leap-15-2-gnome.png?ssl=1
+[5]: https://www.tensorflow.org
+[6]: https://pytorch.org
+[7]: https://onnx.ai
+[8]: https://grafana.com
+[9]: https://prometheus.io/docs/introduction/overview/
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/opensuse-leap-15-2-terminal.png?ssl=1
+[11]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microprocessor
+[12]: https://kubernetes.io
+[13]: https://helm.sh
+[14]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/opensuse-leap-15-2.png?ssl=1
+[15]: https://yast.opensuse.org/
+[16]: https://itsfoss.com/opensuse-bash-on-windows/
+[17]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/opensue-leap-15-2-kde.png?ssl=1
+[18]: https://itsfoss.com/kde-plasma-5-18-release/
+[19]: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-3-34-release/
+[20]: https://www.xfce.org/about/news/?post=1565568000
+[21]: https://en.opensuse.org/Release_announcement_15.2
+[22]: https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:System_upgrade
+[23]: https://software.opensuse.org/distributions/leap
diff --git a/published/202007/20200706 Project OWL- IoT trying to hold connectivity together in disasters.md b/published/202007/20200706 Project OWL- IoT trying to hold connectivity together in disasters.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd52eec6e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200706 Project OWL- IoT trying to hold connectivity together in disasters.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (Yufei-Yan)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12435-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Project OWL: IoT trying to hold connectivity together in disasters)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3564980/project-owl-iot-trying-to-hold-connectivity-together-in-disasters.html)
+[#]: author: (Jon Gold https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/)
+
+OWL 项目：物联网正尝试在灾难中让一切保持联络
+======
+
+> 当自然灾害破坏了传统的通信连接时，配置在多跳网络的物联网设备可以迅速部署以提供基本的连接。
+
+
+
+OWL 项目负责人在最近的开源峰会上说，一个以多跳网络、物联网和 LoRa 连接为中心的开源项目可以帮助急救和受灾人员在自然灾害之后保持联系。
+
+OWL 项目的应用场景是当在自然灾害之后频繁发生的通信中断时。无论是蜂窝网络还是有线网络，大范围的中断会频繁阻碍急救服务、供应和在暴风雨或其他重大灾难后必须解决关键问题的信息流。
+
+该项目通过一大群“鸭子”（便宜、易于部署且不需要现有基础设施支持的小型无线模块）实现这个目的。一些“鸭子”是太阳能的，其它一些则用的是耐用电池。每只“鸭子”配备一个 LoRa 无线电，用于在网络上和其它“鸭子”进行通信，同时还配备有 Wi-Fi，而且可能配备蓝牙和 GPS 来实现其他功能。
+
+这个想法是这样的，当网络瘫痪时，用户可以使用他们的智能手机或者笔记本电脑与“鸭子”建立一个 Wi-Fi 连接，这个“鸭子”可以将小块的信息传递到网络的其他部分。信息向网络后端传递，直到到达“鸭子爸爸”，“鸭子爸爸”装备了可以与云上的 OWL 数据管理系统连接的卫星系统（OWL 代表 ”组织、位置和物流”）。信息可以通过云在智能手机或者网页上进行可视化，甚至可以通过 API 插入到现有的系统中。
+
+秘密在于“鸭群” 协议，这是一个开源固件，即使在一些模块不能正常工作的网络中，它仍然能保持信息流通。它就是设计用来工作在大量便宜且容易获取的计算硬件上，类似树莓派的硬件，这样可以更容易且更快捷的建立一个“鸭群”网络。
+
+创始人 Bryan Knouse 表示，这个项目的创建，是因为在 2017 年和 2018 年的毁灭性飓风中，要与受影响社区进行有效的通信而采取救援措施，面临着巨大的困难。
+
+“我们的一些创始成员经历了这些灾难，然后我们会问‘我们该做些什么？’”，他说道。
+
+在马亚圭斯，该项目有一批来自波多黎各大学的学生和教授，大多数的系统测试都在那里进行。Knouse 说，校园中目前有 17 个太阳能“鸭子”，分布在屋顶和树上，并且计划增加数量。
+
+他说，“这种关系实际上创建了一个开源社区，这些学生和教授正在帮助我们开发这个项目。”
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3564980/project-owl-iot-trying-to-hold-connectivity-together-in-disasters.html
+
+作者：[Jon Gold][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[Yufei-Yan](https://github.com/Yufei-Yan)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Jon-Gold/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2019/01/owl-face-100785829-large.jpg
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/legalcode
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[4]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3356838/how-to-determine-if-wi-fi-6-is-right-for-you.html
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3250268/what-is-mu-mimo-and-why-you-need-it-in-your-wireless-routers.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3402316/when-to-use-5g-when-to-use-wi-fi-6.html
+[7]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3306720/mobile-wireless/how-enterprises-can-prep-for-5g.html
+[8]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3560993/what-is-wi-fi-and-why-is-it-so-important.html
+[9]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[10]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202007/20200707 What you need to know about hash functions.md b/published/202007/20200707 What you need to know about hash functions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..062179dd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200707 What you need to know about hash functions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (Yufei-Yan)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12408-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (What you need to know about hash functions)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/hash-functions)
+[#]: author: (Mike Bursell https://opensource.com/users/mikecamel)
+
+关于哈希（散列）函数你应该知道的东西
+======
+
+> 从输出的哈希值反推回输入，这从计算的角度是不可行的。
+
+
+
+无论安全从业人员用计算机做什么，有一种工具对他们每个人都很有用：加密哈希（散列）函数。这听起来很神秘、很专业，甚至可能有点乏味，但是， 在这里，关于什么是哈希函数以及它们为什么对你很重要，我会作出一个简洁的解释。
+
+加密哈希函数，比如 SHA-256 或者 MD5，接受一组二进制数据（通常是字节）作为输入，并且对每个可能的输入集给出一个希望唯一的输出。对于任意模式的输入，给定的哈希函数的输出（“哈希值”）的长度都是一样的（对于 SHA-256，是 32 字节或者 256 比特，这从名字中就能看出来）。最重要的是：从输出的哈希值反推回输入，这从计算的角度是不可行的（密码学家讨厌 “不可能” 这个词）。这就是为什么它们有时候被称作单向哈希函数。
+
+但是哈希函数是用来做什么的呢？为什么“唯一”的属性如此重要？
+
+### 唯一的输出
+
+在描述哈希函数的输出时，“希望唯一”这个短语是至关重要的，因为哈希函数就是用来呈现完全唯一的输出。比如，哈希函数可以用于验证 *你* 下载的文件副本的每一个字节是否和 *我* 下载的文件一样。你下载一个 Linux 的 ISO 文件或者从 Linux 的仓库中下载软件时，你会看到使用这个验证过程。没有了唯一性，这个技术就没用了，至少就通常的目的而言是这样的。
+
+如果两个不同的输入产生了相同的输出，那么这样的哈希过程就称作“碰撞”。事实上，MD5 算法已经被弃用，因为虽然可能性微乎其微，但它现在可以用市面上的硬件和软件系统找到碰撞。
+
+另外一个重要的特性是，消息中的一个微小变化，甚至只是改变一个比特位，都可能会在输出中产生一个明显的变化（这就是“雪崩效应”）。
+
+### 验证二进制数据
+
+哈希函数的典型用途是当有人给你一段二进制数据，确保这些数据是你所期望的。无论是文本、可执行文件、视频、图像或者一个完整的数据库数据，在计算世界中，所有的数据都可以用二进制的形式进行描述，所以至少可以这么说，哈希是广泛适用的。直接比较二进制数据是非常缓慢的且计算量巨大，但是哈希函数在设计上非常快。给定两个大小为几 M 或者几 G 的文件，你可以事先生成它们的哈希值，然后在需要的时候再进行比较。
+
+通常，对哈希值进行签名比对大型数据集本身进行签名更容易。这个特性太重要了，以至于密码学中对哈希值最常见的应用就是生成“数字”签名。
+
+由于生成数据的哈希值很容易，所以通常不需要有两套数据。假设你想在你的电脑上运行一个可执行文件。但是在你运行之前，你需要检查这个文件就是你要的文件，没有被黑客篡改。你可以方便快捷的对文件生成哈希值，只要你有一个这个哈希值的副本，你就可以相当肯定这就是你想要的文件。
+
+下面是一个简单的例子：
+
+```
+$ shasum -a256 ~/bin/fop
+87227baf4e1e78f6499e4905e8640c1f36720ae5f2bd167de325fd0d4ebc791c /home/bob/bin/fop
+```
+
+如果我知道 `fop` 这个可执行文件的 SHA-256 校验和，这是由供应商（这个例子中是 Apache 基金会）提供的：
+
+```
+87227baf4e1e78f6499e4905e8640c1f36720ae5f2bd167de325fd0d4ebc791c
+```
+
+然后我就可以确信，我驱动器上的这个可执行文件和 Apache 基金会网站上发布的文件是一模一样的。这就是哈希函数难以发生碰撞（或者至少是 *很难通过计算得到碰撞*）这个性质的重要之处。如果黑客能将真实文件用哈希值相同的文件轻易的进行替换，那么这个验证过程就毫无用处。
+
+事实上，这些性质还有更技术性的名称，我上面所描述的将三个重要的属性混在了一起。更准确地说，这些技术名称是：
+
+1. 抗原像性：给定一个哈希值，即使知道用了什么哈希函数，也很难得到用于创建它的消息。
+2. 抗次原像性：给定一个消息，很难找到另一个消息，使得这个消息可以产生相同的哈希值。
+3. 抗碰撞性：很难得到任意两个可以产生相同哈希值的消息。
+
+*抗碰撞性* 和 *抗次原像性* 也许听上去是同样的性质，但它们具有细微而显著的不同。*抗次原像性* 说的是如果 *已经* 有了一个消息，你也很难得到另一个与之哈希值相匹配的消息。*抗碰撞性* 使你很难找到两个可以生成相同哈希值的消息，并且要在哈希函数中实现这一性质则更加困难。
+
+让我回到黑客试图替换文件（可以通过哈希值进行校验）的场景。现在，要在“外面”使用加密哈希算法（除了使用那些在现实世界中由独角兽公司开发的完全无 Bug 且安全的实现之外），还有一些重要且困难的附加条件需要满足。认真的读者可能已经想到了其中一些，特别需要指出的是：
+
+1. 你必须确保自己所拥有的哈希值副本也没有被篡改。
+2. 你必须确保执行哈希算法的实体能够正确执行并报告了结果。
+3. 你必须确保对比两个哈希值的实体确实报告了这个对比的正确结果。
+
+确保你能满足这些条件绝对不是一件容易的事。这就是可信平台模块（TPM）成为许多计算系统一部分的原因之一。它们扮演着信任的硬件基础，可以为验证重要二进制数据真实性的加密工具提供保证。TPM 对于现实中的系统来说是有用且重要的工具，我也打算将来写一篇关于 TPM 的文章。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/hash-functions
+
+作者：[Mike Bursell][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[Yufei-Yan](https://github.com/Yufei-Yan)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mikecamel
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc_OpenData_CityNumbers.png?itok=lC03ce76
+[2]: https://aliceevebob.com/2020/06/16/whats-a-hash-function/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200708 How to decipher Linux release info.md b/published/202007/20200708 How to decipher Linux release info.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55a2d68d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200708 How to decipher Linux release info.md
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12418-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to decipher Linux release info)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3565432/how-to-decipher-linux-release-info.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+如何解密 Linux 版本信息
+======
+
+> 显示和解释有关 Linux 版本的信息比看起来要复杂一些。
+
+![christin hume / Linux / Modified by IDG Comm.][1]
+
+与引用一个简单的版本号不同，识别 Linux 版本有很多种方法。即使只是快速查看一下 `uname` 命令的输出，也可以告诉你一些信息。这些信息是什么，它告诉你什么？
+
+在本文中，我们将认真研究 `uname` 命令的输出以及其他一些命令和文件提供的版本说明。
+
+### 使用 uname
+
+每当在 Linux 系统终端窗口中执行命令 `uname -a` 时，都会显示很多信息。那是因为这个小小的 `a` 告诉 `uname` 命令你想查看该命令能提供的*全部*输出。结果显示的内容将告诉你许多有关该系统的各种信息。实际上，显示的每一块信息都会告诉你一些关于系统的不同信息。
+
+例如，`uname -a` 输出看起来像这样：
+
+```
+$ uname -a
+Linux dragonfly 5.4.0-37-generic #41-Ubuntu SMP Wed Jun 3 18:57:02 UTC 2020 x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 GNU/Linux
+```
+
+尽管这可能不太重要，但你可以使用一个按适当的顺序包含 `uname` 所有选项来显示相同的信息：
+
+```
+$ uname -snmrvpio
+Linux dragonfly 5.4.0-37-generic #41-Ubuntu SMP Wed Jun 3 18:57:02 UTC 2020 x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 GNU/Linux
+```
+
+要将这一长串信息分解为单独的块，可以使用类似这样的 `for` 循环来遍历每个选项：
+
+```
+$ for option in s n m r v p i o; do echo -n "$option: "; uname -$option; done
+s: Linux
+n: dragonfly
+m: x86_64
+r: 5.4.0-37-generic
+v: #41-Ubuntu SMP Wed Jun 3 18:57:02 UTC 2020
+p: x86_64
+i: x86_64
+o: GNU/Linux
+```
+
+该循环显示了该选项提供了哪些信息。`uname` 手册页提供了每个选项的描述。以下是清单：
+
+- Linux –- 内核名称（选项 `s`）
+- dragonfly –- 节点名（选项 `n`）
+- x86_64 –- 机器硬件名（选项 `m`）
+- 5.4.0-37-generic –- 内核发布版本（选项 `r`）
+- #41-Ubuntu SMP Wed Jun 3 18:57:02 UTC 2020 -- 内核版本（选项 `v`）
+- x86_64 –- 处理器（选项 `p`）
+- x86_64 –- 硬件平台（选项 `i`）
+- GNU/Linux –- 操作系统（选项 `o`）
+
+要更深入地研究显示的信息，请认真查看显示的内核发行数据。第四行中的 `5.4.0-37` 不仅仅是一串任意数字。每个数字都很重要。
+
+ * `5` 表示内核版本
+ * `4` 表示主要版本
+ * `0` 表示次要版本
+ * `37` 表示最新补丁
+
+此外，在上面的循环中输出的第 5 行（内核版本）中的 `#41` 表示此发布版本已编译 41 次。
+
+如果你只想显示所有信息中的一项，那么单个选项可能很有用。例如，命令 `uname -n` 可以仅告诉你系统名称，而 `uname -r` 仅可以告诉你内核发布版本。在盘点服务器或构建脚本时，这些和其他选项可能很有用。
+
+在 Red Hat 系统时，`uname -a` 命令将提供相同种类的信息。这是一个例子：
+
+```
+$ uname -a
+Linux fruitfly 4.18.0-107.el8.x86_64 #1 SMP Fri Jun 14 13:46:34 UTC 2019 x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 GNU/Linux
+```
+
+### 发行版信息
+
+如果你需要了解运行的发行版是什么，那么 `uname` 的输出不会对你有太大帮助。毕竟，内核版本与发行版不同。关于这个信息，你可以在 Ubuntu 和其他基于 Debian 的系统上使用 `lsb_release -r` 命令，而在 Red Hat 上可以显示 `/etc/redhat-release` 文件的内容。
+
+对于 Debian 系统：
+
+```
+$ lsb_release -r
+Release: 20.04
+```
+
+对于 Red Hat 及相关系统：
+
+```
+$ cat /etc/redhat-release
+Red Hat Enterprise Linux release 8.1 Beta (Ootpa)
+```
+
+### 使用 /proc/version
+
+`/proc/version` 文件还可以提供有关 Linux 版本的信息。该文件中提供的信息与 `uname -a` 输出有很多共同点。以下是例子。
+
+在 Ubuntu 上：
+
+```
+$ cat /proc/version
+Linux version 5.4.0-37-generic (buildd@lcy01-amd64-001) (gcc version 9.3.0 (Ubuntu 9.3.0-10ubuntu2)) #41-Ubuntu SMP Wed Jun 3 18:57:02 UTC 2020
+```
+
+在 RedHat 上：
+
+```
+$ cat /proc/version
+Linux version 4.18.0-107.el8.x86_64 (mockbuild@x86-vm-09.build.eng.bos.redhat.com) (gcc version 8.3.1 20190507 (Red Hat 8.3.1-4) (GCC)) #1 SMP Fri Jun 14 13:46:34 UTC 2019
+```
+
+### 总结
+
+Linux 系统提供了很多关于内核和发行版安装的信息。你只需要知道在哪里或如何寻找并理解它的含义。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3565432/how-to-decipher-linux-release-info.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2020/07/linux_woman-with-laptop_keyboard_code_programmer_devops_by-christin-hume-via-unsplash_linux_-100850842-large.jpg
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[4]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/202007/20200708 Program IoT systems using Python with this VSCode plugin for RTOS.md b/published/202007/20200708 Program IoT systems using Python with this VSCode plugin for RTOS.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a59350cf87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200708 Program IoT systems using Python with this VSCode plugin for RTOS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (silentdawn-zz)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12463-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Program IoT systems using Python with this VSCode plugin for RTOS)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/python-rt-thread)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+通过 VSCode RTOS 插件使用 Python 为物联网系统编写程序
+======
+
+> RTOS 之类的实时嵌入式操作系统使嵌入式系统的编程更简单
+
+
+
+物联网（IoT）无处不在，它意味着几乎所有的产品，从冰箱到口袋手表，都可以连网。为了实现这个目标，每个产品都需要拥有一个嵌入式计算机来运行网络栈，有些产品几乎是小的不可思议。这就是嵌入式软件出现的场景：现代科技打造的非常小的计算机，硬编码到硬件芯片，不需要任何板外处理器、内存或者存储盘。
+
+就传统视角而言，这种场景意味着没有操作系统可用，但是因为种种 [原因][2]，开发者发现，类似于 RTOS 之类的实时嵌入式操作系统能让嵌入式系统的编程变得非常简单。
+
+虽然 RT-Thread 嵌入式操作系统致力于鼓励程序员新手进入物联网领域，但并非所有的人都具备使用 C 语言硬编码微芯片的能力。幸运的是，MicroPython 通过让开发者创建运行于嵌入式系统的 Python 代码的方式，逐渐填补了这个鸿沟。为了让整个过程更简单，RT-Thread 有一个可以用于 VSCode 和 [VSCodium][4] 的插件，为开发者提供了物联网方面的开发环境。其部分特性包括：
+
+ * 方便的连接方式，可以很容易的通过串口、网络或者 USB 连接到开发板（如果你使用过 Arduino，肯定会很熟悉这个流程）。
+ * 支持上传文件或目录到开发板。
+ * 支持基于 MicroPython 的代码，而且具有智能的代码补完、语法检查功能。
+ * 支持 MicroPython REPL 交互式环境。
+ * 丰富的示例代码和演示程序。
+ * 完整的工程同步功能。
+ * 快速运行内存中的程序代码。
+ * 运行函数的代码片段。
+ * 支持主流的 MicroPython 开发板。
+ * 支持 Linux 和 Windows 操作系统，并经过充分测试。
+
+### 准备
+
+在开始之前，如果你使用的是 Windows 操作系统，那么必须保证 VSCode 的默认终端是 [PowerShell][5]。运行 VSCodium，从 “Terminal” 菜单项启动一个终端. 在显示在 VSCodium 窗口底部的终端界面，从下拉菜单顶端选择 “PowerShell”。
+不论你是在 [Windows][6] 还是 Linux 系统下工作，必须保证安装了 Python 3（在 Linux 上，它可能已经安装了，否则可以通过软件库安装它）。
+
+还要安装的是微软提供的通用 VSCode Python 插件。安装方法是点击 “File” 菜单，找到 “Preferences” 子菜单，从中打开 “Extensions” 面板。在扩展中，搜索 “Python”，找到来自微软的 Python 插件。
+
+![VSCodium Python plugin][7]
+
+当然，在上述操作之前，你要先正确安装 [VSCodium][9] 或 [VSCode][10]。
+
+### 安装插件
+
+安装 MicroPython 开发插件的方法与安装 Python 插件一样，点击 “File” 菜单，找到 “Preferences” 子菜单，选择 “Extensions”。
+
+在扩展中，搜索 “MicroPython”，安装 RT-Thread 插件。
+
+![MicroPython plugin for RT-Thread][11]
+
+### 使用插件
+
+你的开发板必须能访问串口，这需要组策略的允许。你可能需要将自己的账户加入该组，通常在默认情况下你的账户可能并不在该组。首先，确认你的账户不在 “dialout” 组：
+
+```
+$ groups
+tux users
+```
+
+本例中，用户“tux”只是“tux”组和“users”组的成员，所以需要将用户“tux”添加到“dialout”组：
+
+
+```
+$ sudo usermod --append --groups dialout tux
+```
+
+退出登录或重启以载入你新的组权限。
+
+### 创建 MicroPython 工程
+
+MicroPython 开发的第一步是创建 MicroPython 工程用来编写和运行代码。使用 MicroPython 插件创建工程的方法是，点击左下方的 “Create MicroPython project” 按钮。
+
+![Create MicroPython project][12]
+
+之后会有一些提示，让你选择创建空白工程还是包含例程的工程。
+
+### 连接到开发板
+
+点击 VSCodium 左下方的 “Connection” 按钮，进行 VSCodium 与开发板的连接，在弹出的列表中，选择要连接的物理设备。
+
+### 查看例程
+
+MicroPython 插件提供了许多例程和例库，供学习和调用。获取例程的过程是，激活 MicroPython 之后，VSCodium 左侧按钮条会出现“新建”快捷图标，点击该图标就可以了。点击“文档”快捷图标，会显示例程文件列表；点击“文件夹”快捷图标，会显示例库列表。
+
+![MicroPython examples][13]
+
+### 直接在开发板上运行 MicroPython 文件
+
+在 VSCodium 中可以通过在开发板上运行单个程序文件，很方便快捷的进行程序调试。快捷键 `Alt+Q` 会触发一个特定的插件，该插件会将当前的 Python 文件上传到开发板内存中。你还可以在当前 Python 文档界面点击右键，然后选择 “Run the MicroPython file directly on the device” 实现同样的功能。
+
+![Running code on your device][14]
+
+如果你需要以不上传代码的方式检查一组代码，可以使用“代码片段”功能。要运行 MicroPython REPL 环境中的代码片段，在编辑器中选中要运行的片段，右键菜单中点击 “Execute the selected MicroPython code on the device” （也可以使用 `Alt+Q` 快捷键）。
+
+### 加载文件和目录到开发板
+
+如果需要加载文件或目录到开发板，有现成的方法可用：选中工程中要加载到开发板的文件或目录，在选中的对象上右键，点击右键菜单中的 “Download the file/folder to the device”。
+
+注意，如果开发板中已有与要加载的文件或目录同名者，加载操作将导致开发板原有的内容被覆盖。
+
+在 REPL 环境中运行 `os.listdir()` 命令，可以检查文件和目录是否成功加载。当然，也可以通过相应的命令删除 REPL 中的文件或目录。
+
+删除文件的命令如下：
+
+```
+os.remove('file_to_delete')
+```
+
+删除目录的命令如下：
+
+```
+os.rmdir('folder_to_delete')
+```
+
+### 工程的同步
+
+点击左下角“同步”按钮可以启动工程同步，该操作将把本地工程中所有的文件和目录同步到开发板的文件系统。建议在完成程序调试之后进行该操作，调试过程中不需要频繁进行同步操作。
+
+工程的同步操作完成后，开发板上的文件列表可以在 “Device Files List” 列看到。
+
+### 放手尝试
+
+RT-Thread 以开源的方式发布 MicroPython 插件，意在为新老开发者提供帮助，它的很多特性，如代码自动补全等，与开源插件之间互有影响和促进。你如果想为嵌入式系统或物联网系统编写软件，这就是最简单的方式，没有之一。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/python-rt-thread
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[silentdawn-zz](https://github.com/silentdawn-zz)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/containers_modules_networking_hardware_parts.png?itok=rPpVj92- (Parts, modules, containers for software)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/open-source-rtos
+[3]: https://www.rt-thread.io/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/6/open-source-alternatives-vs-code
+[5]: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/powershell-people
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-install-python-windows
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/vscodium-python-plugin.jpg (VSCodium Python plugin)
+[8]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[9]: http://vscodium.com
+[10]: https://github.com/microsoft/vscode
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/vscodium-micropython.jpg (MicroPython plugin for RT-Thread)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/vscodium-micropython-create.jpg (Create MicroPython project)
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/vscodium-micropython-examples.jpg (MicroPython examples)
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/vscodium-micropython-run.jpg (Running code on your device)
diff --git a/published/202007/20200709 Btrfs to be the Default Filesystem on Fedora- Fedora 33 Starts Testing Btrfs Switch.md b/published/202007/20200709 Btrfs to be the Default Filesystem on Fedora- Fedora 33 Starts Testing Btrfs Switch.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e360444220
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200709 Btrfs to be the Default Filesystem on Fedora- Fedora 33 Starts Testing Btrfs Switch.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12455-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Btrfs to be the Default Filesystem on Fedora? Fedora 33 Starts Testing Btrfs Switch)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/btrfs-default-fedora/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Fedora 33 开始测试切换到 Btrfs
+======
+
+尽管距离 Fedora 的下一个稳定版本（[Fedora 33][1]）还有几个月的距离，但仍有一些值得关注的变化。
+
+在所有其他 [Fedora 33 接受的系统范围的更改][1]中，最有趣的提议是将 Btrfs 作为桌面的默认文件系统，这个提议现在已经被批准了。
+
+这是 Fedora 对该提案的评价：
+
+> 对于安装 Fedora 的笔记本电脑和工作站，我们希望以透明的方式向用户提供文件系统功能。我们希望添加新功能，同时减少处理磁盘空间不足之类的情况所需的专业知识。Btrfs 它的设计理念非常适合这个角色，让我们将其设为默认设置。
+
+值得注意的是，在测试的最终投票结果出来之前，这不是系统范围内的更改。
+
+但是，现在测试已经成功完成，投票结果也是赞成的 —— Fedora 33 版本已经接受了这个改动。
+
+那么，为什么 Fedora 提出这一更改？这会有什么用么？这是糟糕的举动吗？对 Fedora 的发行有何影响？让我们在这里谈论下。
+
+![][3]
+
+### 它会影响哪些 Fedora 版本？
+
+根据提议，如果测试成功，那么 Fedora 33 的所有桌面版本、spins 和 labs 都受此影响。
+
+因此，你可以期望[工作站版本][4]将 Btrfs 作为 Fedora 33 上的默认文件系统。
+
+### 实施此更改的潜在好处
+
+为了改进 Fedora 在笔记本和工作站的使用，Btrfs 文件系统提供了一些好处。
+
+现在 Fedora 33 将成为默认文件系统 —— 让我来指出使用 Btrfs 作为默认文件系统的好处：
+
+ * 延长存储硬件的使用寿命
+ * 提供一个简单的方案来解决用户耗尽根目录或主目录上的可用空间的情况
+ * 不易造成数据损坏，易于恢复
+ * 提供更好的调整文件系统大小的功能
+ * 通过强制 I/O 限制来确保桌面在高内存压力下的响应能力
+ * 使复杂的存储设置易于管理
+
+如果你感到好奇，你可能想更深入地了解 [Btrfs][5] 及其总体优点。
+
+不要忘记，Btrfs 已经是受支持的选项，它只是不是默认的文件系统而已。
+
+但是，总的来说，感觉在Fedora 33上引入Btrfs作为默认文件系统是一个有用的变化。
+
+### Red Hat Enterprise Linux 会不会实现它？
+
+很明显，Fedora 被认为是 [Red Hat Enterprise Linux][6] 的前沿版本。
+
+因此，如果 Fedora 拒绝更改，那么 Red Hat 将不会实施。另一方面，如果你希望 RHEL 使用 Btrfs，那么 Fedora 应该首先同意更改。
+
+为了让你更加清楚，Fedora 对其进行了详细介绍：
+
+> Red Hat 在许多方面都很好地支持 Fedora。但是 Fedora 已经与上游紧密合作，并依赖上游。这将是其中之一。这是该提案的重要考虑因素。社区有责任确保它得到支持。如果 Fedora 拒绝，那么 Red Hat 将永远不会支持 Btrfs。Fedora 必然需要成为第一个，并提出令人信服的理由，说明它比替代方案能解决更多的问题。它的负责人相信它确实如此，毫无疑问。
+
+另外，值得注意的是，如果你不想在 Fedora 中使用 btrfs，你应该看看 [OpenSUSE][7] 和 [SUSE Linux Enterprise][8]。
+
+### 总结
+
+即使这个更改看起来不会影响任何升级或兼容性，你也可以在 [Fedora 项目的 Wiki 页面][9]中找到有关 Btrfs 的更改的更多信息。
+
+你对针对 Fedora 33 发行版的这一更改有何看法？你是否要将 btrfs 文件系统作为默认文件系统？
+
+请在下面的评论中让我知道你的想法！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/btrfs-default-fedora/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Releases/33/ChangeSet
+[2]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Test_Day:2020-07-08_Btrfs_default?rd=Test_Day:F33_btrfs_by_default_2020-07-08
+[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/btrfs-default-fedora.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://getfedora.org/en/workstation/
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Btrfs
+[6]: https://www.redhat.com/en/technologies/linux-platforms/enterprise-linux
+[7]: https://www.opensuse.org
+[8]: https://www.suse.com
+[9]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/BtrfsByDefault
diff --git a/published/202007/20200709 What you need to know about automation testing in CI-CD.md b/published/202007/20200709 What you need to know about automation testing in CI-CD.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5b7f7dd3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200709 What you need to know about automation testing in CI-CD.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12458-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (What you need to know about automation testing in CI/CD)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/automation-testing-cicd)
+[#]: author: (Taz Brown https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli)
+
+CI/CD 中的自动化测试的概要知识
+======
+
+> 持续集成和持续交付是由测试驱动的。以下是如何做到的。
+
+
+
+> “如果一切似乎都在控制之中，那只是你走的不够快而已。” —Mario Andretti
+
+测试自动化是指在软件开发过程中尽可能早、尽可能快地持续关注检测缺陷、错误和 bug。这是通过使用那些追求质量为最高价值的工具完成的，它们旨在*确保*质量，而不仅仅是追求质量。
+
+持续集成/持续交付（CI/CD）解决方案（也称为 DevOps 管道）最引人注目的功能之一是可以更频繁地进行测试，而又不会给开发人员或操作人员增加更多的手动工作。让我们谈谈为什么这很重要。
+
+### 为什么要在 CI/CD 中实现自动化测试？
+
+敏捷团队要更快的迭代，以更高的速度交付软件和客户满意度，而这些压力可能会危及质量。全球竞争制造了对缺陷的*低容忍度*，同时也增加了敏捷团队的压力，要求软件交付的*迭代更快*。减轻这种压力的行业解决方案是什么？是 [DevOps][2]。
+
+DevOps 是一个大概念，有很多定义，但是对 DevOps 成功至关重要的一项技术是 CI/CD。通过软件开发流程设计一个连续的改进循环，可以为测试带来新的机会。
+
+### 这对测试人员意味着什么？
+
+对于测试人员，这通常意味着他们必须：
+
+ * 更早且更频繁地进行测试（使用自动化）
+ * 持续测试“真实世界”的工作流（自动和手动）
+
+更具体地说，任何形式的测试，无论是由编写代码的开发人员运行还是由质量保证工程师团队设计，其作用都是利用 CI/CD 基础架构在快速推进的同时提高质量。
+
+### 测试人员还需要做什么？
+
+具体点说，测试人员负责：
+
+ * 测试新的和现有的软件应用
+ * 根据系统要求评估软件来验证和确认功能
+ * 利用自动化测试工具来开发和维护可重复使用的自动化测试
+ * 与 scrum 团队的所有成员合作，了解正在开发的功能以及实施的技术设计，以设计和开发准确、高质量的自动化测试
+ * 分析记录在案的用户需求，并针对中等到高度复杂的软件或 IT 系统制定或协助设计测试计划
+ * 开发自动化测试，并与功能团队一起审查和评估测试方案
+ * 与技术团队合作，确定在开发环境中自动化测试的正确方法
+ * 与团队合作，通过自动化测试来了解和解决软件问题，并回应有关修改或增强的建议
+ * 参与需求梳理、估算和其他敏捷 scrum 仪式
+ * 协助制定标准和流程，以支持测试活动和材料（例如脚本、配置、程序、工具、计划和结果）
+
+测试是一项艰巨的工作，但这是有效构建软件的重要组成部分。
+
+### 哪些持续测试很重要？
+
+你可以使用多种测试。不同的类型并不是学科之间的牢固界限。相反，它们是表示如何测试的不同方式。比较测试类型不太重要，更重要的是对每一种测试类型都要有覆盖率。
+
+ * **功能测试：** 确保软件具有其要求的功能
+ * **单元测试：** 独立测试软件的较小单元/组件以检查其功能
+ * **负载测试：** 测试软件在重负载或使用期间的性能
+ * **压力测试：** 确定软件承受压力（最大负载）时的断点
+ * **集成测试：** 测试组合或集成的一组组件的输出
+ * **回归测试：** 当修改任意组件（无论多么小），测试整个应用的功能
+
+### 总结
+
+任何包含持续测试的软件开发过程都将朝着建立关键反馈环路的方向发展，以实现快速和构建有效的软件。最重要的是，该实践将质量内置到 CI/CD 管道中，并意味着了解在软件开发生命周期中提高速度同时减少风险和浪费之间的联系。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/automation-testing-cicd
+
+作者：[Taz Brown][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_analytics_cloud.png?itok=eE4uIoaB (Net catching 1s and 0s or data in the clouds)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/resources/devops
diff --git a/published/202007/20200713 My Linux story- From Linux user to contributor.md b/published/202007/20200713 My Linux story- From Linux user to contributor.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d8c6d5d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200713 My Linux story- From Linux user to contributor.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (Yufei-Yan)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12438-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (My Linux story: From Linux user to contributor)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/linux-user-contributor)
+[#]: author: (Taz Brown https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli)
+
+我的 Linux 故事：从用户到贡献者
+======
+
+> 开源社区欢迎来自不同背景和技能的贡献者。
+
+
+
+我是一名 IT 专业人士，拥有超过 15 年经验，担任过不同职位 —— 包括系统管理员、高级 Linux 管理员、DevOps 工程师、自动化顾问和高级敏捷专家。我开始是在 Ubuntu 上学习 Linux，但是后来作为系统管理员转到 CentOS，然后我又转到 Fedora 作为个人使用。但是我对技术的喜爱要远比我使用第一个 Linux 发行版要早的多，而且是来自于一部电影。
+
+我最喜欢的电影是《黑客》。最精彩的一幕发生在电影的开头。电影一开始，一群特工冲进一所房子抓捕臭名昭著的黑客 Zero Cool。我们马上发现 Zero Cool 其实是 11 岁的 Dade Murphy，他在一天之内成功瘫痪了 1507 台计算机系统。他被指控犯罪，他的家人被处以重罚。而且，在他 18 岁之前，他都被禁止使用电脑或按键式电话。
+
+劳伦斯·梅森扮演的 Paul Cook，又名 Nikon 勋爵，是我最喜欢角色。其中一个主要原因是，我从没有看过一个黑客电影里面的人物长的像我，所以我被他的形象深深吸引了。他很神秘。这让我耳目一新，并且感到自豪，我对 IT 充满了热情，我也是一个和他很像的极客。
+
+![Taz with astronaut][2]
+
+### 成为一个 Linux 贡献者
+
+15 年前，我开始使用 Linux。当我成为一个 Linux 管理员的时候，Linux 就成了我的激情所在。我一直尝试找到某种方式能够为开源作出贡献，当时我还不知道该从哪开始。因为这个社区实在是太大了，我不知道自己能否真正成为一个有影响力的人，但当我发现一些人认可我的兴趣，还对我进行指导，我开始彻底打开心扉，问各种问题，并且从社区中学习。自从那以后，Fedora 社区一直是我做贡献的最主要社区。
+
+我现在对于向开源做贡献还是有点稚嫩。当我意识到我可以用代码以外的方式来贡献时，我对开源的想法发生了改变。我更喜欢通过文档做一些贡献，因为我本质上不是一个软件开发人员，而且社区里面最迫切的需求正是文档。请记住：用户的技能和开发人员的技能同样重要。
+
+### 我的硬件是什么？
+
+硬件也很重要，而且现在几乎所有东西都可以运行 Linux。现在，我家里的配置包括：
+
+ * 联想 Thinksever TS140，64 GB 内存，4 x 1 TB SSD 和一个存储数据的 1 TB 机械硬盘
+ * 使用 RAID 5 配置的 164 TB Synology NAS
+ * 输入输出使用罗技 MX Master 和 MX Master 2S
+ * 一个定制的并且符合人体工学的 Kinesis Advantage 2 键盘
+ * 两个 38 寸 LG 超宽曲面显示器和一个 34 寸 LG 超宽显示器
+ * 一台配备 i7 六核十二线程 CPU 和 16.1 英寸 IPS 显示器的 System76 笔记本
+
+我很喜欢 Fedora 处理外置设备的方式，比如说我的鼠标和键盘。一切都完美融合。即插即用工作正常，性能从来不受影响。
+
+![Fedora double monitor setup][4]
+
+### 软件是什么？
+
+使用开源软件对我的工作非常重要。我依赖于：
+
+ * Fedora 30 作为我日常使用的 Linux 发行版
+ * Wekan 作为我的项目的开源看板
+ * [Atom][5] 作为我的文本编辑器
+ * Terminator 作为我日常使用的终端，因为它的网格布局以及丰富的键盘快捷键
+ * Neofetch 用来显示每次登录到终端时的系统信息
+
+最后同样重要的是，我把 Powerline、Powerlevel9k 和 Vim-Powerline 搞到我的终端上来跟别人装酷。
+
+![Multiple fedora screens][7]
+
+### Linux 让我们走到一起
+
+美国是个大熔炉，我也是这么看待 Linux 和像 Fedora 项目这样的特定社区的。在每个 Linux 社区中，对于不同的贡献都有很大的空间。也有很多方式可以参与进来，而且对于新的想法，也总是有发挥的空间。通过分享我过去 15 年在开源方面的经验，我希望帮助更多在科技领域的少数族裔体会到来自开源社区对多样性和包容性的认同感。
+
+*编者注：这篇文章改编自[“Taz Brown：你怎么搞 Fedora？”][8]，并得到许可重新发布*
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/linux-user-contributor
+
+作者：[Taz Brown][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[Yufei-Yan](https://github.com/Yufei-Yan)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/heronthecli
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/contributor_spotlight_penguin.jpg?itok=azJA5Cj8 (Penguin, stylized, contributor spotlight)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/taz_with_astronaut_0.png (Taz with astronaut)
+[3]: https://getfedora.org/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fedora_double_monitor_setup.jpg (Fedora double monitor setup)
+[5]: https://fedoramagazine.org/install-atom-fedora/
+[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/add-power-terminal-powerline/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/fedora_screens.jpg (Multiple fedora screens)
+[8]: https://fedoramagazine.org/taz-brown-how-do-you-fedora/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200713 My feature-rich and minimal Linux terminal.md b/published/202007/20200713 My feature-rich and minimal Linux terminal.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..301fb64e95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200713 My feature-rich and minimal Linux terminal.md
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12439-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (My feature-rich and minimal Linux terminal)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/minimal-linux-terminal)
+[#]: author: (Sumantro Mukherjee https://opensource.com/users/sumantro)
+
+我的功能丰富却又保持简约的 Linux 终端
+======
+
+> 这些应用和主题可以你真正拥有你的终端。
+
+
+
+每个人都喜欢以特定的方式设置他们的工作区：它可以帮助你提高效率，并使生活更容易以一种感觉有机的方式组织事物，并拥有一个对你来说感觉良好的环境。这也绝对适用于终端。这可能就是为什么有这么多可用终端的原因。
+
+在使用新的计算机时，我做的第一件事就是设置我的终端，让它成为我自己的终端。
+
+我最喜欢的终端应用是 [Terminator][2]，因为它的设计简约，并且内置了窗口选项。但从这里开始变得更加复杂。我将自己喜欢的终端风格描述为“功能丰富却又保持简约”。这种平衡是我经常在微调的。
+
+我使用 zsh 作为默认 shell，并使用 Ohmyzsh 来提供额外的功能。可以下载它的安装脚本来安装 Ohmyzsh：
+
+```
+$ curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/ohmyzsh/ohmyzsh/master/tools/install.sh --output install-zsh.sh
+```
+
+查看一遍脚本了解它做什么，并确保你有信心在计算机上运行该脚本。完成后，运行脚本：
+
+```
+$ sh ./install-zsh.sh
+```
+
+我最喜欢的主题/提示符是 [Powerlevel 10k][3]，它是一个非常详细的环境视图。它包含了从命令的颜色高亮到运行时间的时间戳等所有内容。所有细节都集成到一个优雅的、具有上下文感知的提示符中。
+
+要安装 Powerlevel10k，请先在 `.oh-my-zsh/` 自定义主题目录中下载源码。
+
+```
+git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/romkatv/powerlevel10k.git
+${ZSH_CUSTOM:-~/.oh-my-zsh/custom}/themes/powerlevel10k
+```
+
+但是，为了让 Powerlevel10k 看起来如其存储库中所示，我们需要添加一些默认不包括的字体。它们是：
+
+ * [MesloLGS NF Regular.ttf][4]
+ * [MesloLGS NF Bold.ttf][5]
+ * [MesloLGS NF Italic.ttf][6]
+ * [MesloLGS NF Bold Italic.ttf][7]
+
+这将产生一个美观且具有上下文感知的终端（如 [screenfetch][8] 所示）：
+
+![terminator terminal shot via screenFetch][9]
+
+我已经习惯了这个特殊的设置，但是，把工作环境变成自己的环境固然重要，但这也并不是一个固执地尝试新事物的理由。新终端的出现，是为了满足新一代用户的需求和要求。这意味着，即使一开始不熟悉，但最近开发的一种终端可能比你的老旧备用机更适合当今的环境和职责。
+
+我最近一直在考虑其他选择。我开始关注 [Starship][10] 的开发情况，它将自己描述为简约的、快速的、可无限定制的提示符，适用于任何 shell。它仍然有很多在视觉上可以身临其境的细节，而不会像 Powerlevel10k 那样使人分心。
+
+你最喜欢的终端是什么？为什么？请在评论栏分享！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/minimal-linux-terminal
+
+作者：[Sumantro Mukherjee][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sumantro
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/computer_desk_home_laptop_browser.png?itok=Y3UVpY0l (Digital images of a computer desktop)
+[2]: https://terminator-gtk3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
+[3]: https://github.com/romkatv/powerlevel10k
+[4]: https://github.com/romkatv/powerlevel10k-media/raw/master/MesloLGS%20NF%20Regular.ttf
+[5]: https://github.com/romkatv/powerlevel10k-media/raw/master/MesloLGS%20NF%20Bold.ttf
+[6]: https://github.com/romkatv/powerlevel10k-media/raw/master/MesloLGS%20NF%20Italic.ttf
+[7]: https://github.com/romkatv/powerlevel10k-media/raw/master/MesloLGS%20NF%20Bold%20Italic.ttf
+[8]: https://github.com/KittyKatt/screenFetch
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/osdc00_edit.png (terminator terminal shot via screenFetch )
+[10]: https://starship.rs/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200713 Top 5 Open Source Video Conferencing Tools for Remote Working and Online Meetings.md b/published/202007/20200713 Top 5 Open Source Video Conferencing Tools for Remote Working and Online Meetings.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c7727f220
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200713 Top 5 Open Source Video Conferencing Tools for Remote Working and Online Meetings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (this-is-name-right)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12453-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Top 5 Open Source Video Conferencing Tools for Remote Working and Online Meetings)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/open-source-video-conferencing-tools/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+5 个流行的用于远程工作和在线会议的开源视频会议工具
+======
+
+你会发现网上有一些视频会议工具。一些是为专业用户量身定制的，另一些是为了日常闲聊的。
+
+然而面对着成百上千的选择，当选择视频会议应用或服务时，安全和隐私是往往是一个重要的点。在众多选择中，哪些是最好最安全的？
+
+所有这些（或大多数）都宣称要提供最好的安全和隐私。但是，你要知道这可不能只看表面。
+
+幸运的是在这里，我们专注于开源和隐私友好的解决方案，所以，让我们看看你可以使用的开源视频会议工具列表。
+
+### 顶级开源视频会议解决方案
+
+
+
+如果你是商企用户，大多数视频会议解决方案可以被安装在你自己的服务器上。
+
+对于不是系统管理员的普通人来说，其中一些解决方案还提供了现成的、免费的、基于 Web 的视频会议服务。我将在列表中每个项目的描述中提及此信息。
+
+**备注：** 列表中的排名不分先后。
+
+#### 1、Jitsi Meet
+
+![][2]
+
+Jitsi Meet 是一个令人印象深刻的开源视频会议服务。你可以在我们关于 [Jitsi Meet][3] 的单独报道中轻松找到更多信息。
+
+为了给你一个好的开始，Jitsi Meet 提供免费[官方公共实例][4]来测试它，只要你需要，就可以免费使用它。
+
+如果你需要将其托管在你的服务器上，同时根据你的需求定制一些选项，你可以从它的[官网][5]下载到你的服务器。
+
+尽管他们在 Linux 上提供了一个基于 Electron 的应用，其实你不必下载一个应用到你的桌面上来设置它。你只需要一个浏览器就足够了。在移动端，安卓和 iOS 都有应用。
+
+- [Jitsi Meet][5]
+
+#### 2、Jami
+
+![][6]
+
+Jami 是一个基于点对点的开源视频会议解决方案。很高兴看到分布式的服务，这意味着不依靠服务器，而只是点对点的连接。
+
+当然了，分布式的服务有优点也有缺点。但是它是自由而开源的，那才是最重要的。
+
+Jami 之前被称为 Ring messenger，但它改了名字，现在是一个 GNU 项目。
+
+Jami 有 Linux、Windows、macOS、Android 和 iOS 的版本，所以它是一个完全跨平台的安全传送信息和视频会议的解决方案。你可以看看他们的 [GitLab 页面][7]浏览更多信息。
+
+- [Jami][8]
+
+#### 3、Nextcloud Talk
+
+![][9]
+
+[Nextcloud][10] 毫无疑问是开源远程办公工具的瑞士军刀。我们就在使用 Nextcloud。所以如果你已经配置了服务器，[Nextcloud Talk][11] 显然是一个优秀的视频会议和聊天工具。
+
+当然了，如果你还没有自己的 Nextcloud 服务器，你需要一些技术知识来进行设置它，然后才能开始使用 Nextcloud Talk。
+
+- [Nextcloud Talk][11]
+
+#### 4、Riot.im
+
+![][12]
+
+Riot.im（不久会更名）已经是 Slack [最好的开源替代品][13]之一。
+
+它能让你可以创建社区、发送信息，并在一个小组/社区中开始视频会议。你可以通过任何可用的公共 [Matrix 服务器][14]来免费使用它。
+
+如果你想要自己专用的去中心化的 Matrix 网络，你也可以在 [Modular.im][15] 上选择付费托管计划。
+
+- [Riot.im][16]
+
+#### 5、BigBlueButton
+
+![][17]
+
+BigBlueButton 是一个有趣的开源视频会议方案，专门为线上学习打造。
+
+如果你是老师或者经营着一个学校，你也许会想试试。虽然你可以免费试用，但免费演示使用会有一定的限制。所以，最好将其托管到自己的服务器上，并且，如果你有其他的产品/服务的话，你也可以把它整合进其中。
+
+它提供了一套很好的功能，能让你很轻松的教学生。你可以浏览它的 [GitHub 页面][18]以了解更多信息。
+
+- [BigBlueButton][19]
+
+#### 补充：Wire
+
+![][20]
+
+Wire 是一个十分流行的开源的安全消息平台，为商企用户量身打造。它也提供视频电话或者网络会议选项。
+
+如果你想要一个为你的企业或团队提供的商业开源方案，你可以试试 Wire，并在试用 30 天后决定是否升级它。
+
+就个人而言，我喜欢它的用户体验，但它是要付费的。所以我建议你决定之前，先试试看并浏览它的 [GitHub 页面][21]。
+
+- [Wire][22]
+
+### 总结
+
+现在你知道一些流行开源网络视频会议方案了，你更喜欢使用哪一个？
+
+我是否错过了任何你的最爱？请在下面的评论中告诉我你的想法!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-video-conferencing-tools/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[this-is-name-right](https://github.com/this-is-name-right)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/open-source-video-conferencing-tools.jpg?ssl=1
+[2]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/jitsi-meet-browser-screenshot.png?ssl=1
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/jitsi-meet/
+[4]: https://meet.jit.si/
+[5]: https://jitsi.org/jitsi-meet/
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/jami-screenshot.png?ssl=1
+[7]: https://git.jami.net/savoirfairelinux/ring-project
+[8]: https://jami.net/
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/nextcloud-talk.png?ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/nextcloud/
+[11]: https://nextcloud.com/talk/
+[12]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/riot-communication-video.png?ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-slack-alternative/
+[14]: https://matrix.org/
+[15]: https://modular.im/
+[16]: https://about.riot.im/
+[17]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/big-blue-button.png?ssl=1
+[18]: https://github.com/bigbluebutton/bigbluebutton
+[19]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-video-conferencing-tools/bigbluebutton.org/
+[20]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/wire-video-conferencing.png?ssl=1
+[21]: https://github.com/wireapp
+[22]: https://wire.com/en/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200714 My Linux story- breaking language barriers with open source.md b/published/202007/20200714 My Linux story- breaking language barriers with open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53f2611c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200714 My Linux story- breaking language barriers with open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (JonnieWayy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12466-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (My Linux story: breaking language barriers with open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/linux-bengali)
+[#]: author: (Dr Anirban Mitra https://opensource.com/users/mitradranirban)
+
+我的 Linux 故事：用开源打破语言壁垒
+======
+
+> 开源项目可以通过消除语言和其他障碍来帮着改变世界。
+
+
+
+相较于我的许多同行和同事，我的开源之旅开始得着实很晚。
+
+2000 年，我实现了我从高中开始的梦想 —— 买一台属于我自己的个人计算机，当时我正在攻读医学研究生学位。在那之前，我对计算机的唯一接触是偶尔在图书馆或网吧上网，当时这些地方电脑使用的收费都相当高昂。所以我省下了一部分研究生津贴，设法买了一台 Pentium III 550 Mhz、128MB 内存的电脑，并且像当时大多数印度电脑的标准配置一样，装着盗版的 Windows 98 系统。
+
+我的宿舍房间上不了网。我不得不去附近的网吧，在那里下载软件，然后随身带着几十张软盘。
+
+当我终于拥有了自己的计算机，我非常高兴，但有一点也让我感到困扰，那就是我无法用我的母语孟加拉语写东西。我碰到了 CDAC 提供的资源，CDAC 是一个政府机构，它提供的印度语言工具是基于 ISCII 的，ISCII 是一个较早的国家标准，而印度语的 Unicode 标准就是基于这个标准。很难学习它的键盘布局。
+
+### 我的第一次贡献
+
+不久后，我遇到了一款名叫 [Yudit][2] 的软件，它使用标准的 QWERTY 键盘布局来提供印地语的拼音输入。正是在通过 Yudit，我第一次遇到了诸如开源和自由软件、GNU 和 Linux 之类的术语。Yudit 也允许我把 UI 组件翻译成孟加拉语，当我将翻译提交给开发人员时，他很高兴地将它们合并到了下一个版本中，并在软件的 README 文件中称赞了我的功劳。
+
+第一次看到一款应用程序的用户元素以我的母语呈现，我感到十分兴奋。此外，尽管对写代码的知识几乎为零，我依然能够为软件开发做出贡献。我继续为 Yudit 创建了一个从 ISCII 到 Unicode 的转换器，这个转换器还可以用于各种印度语言之间的直译。我还买了本 Linux 杂志，随刊附赠了一张 Knoppix 的免费 live CD，正是通过它我体验到了 Linux 桌面。
+
+我面临的另一个问题是缺乏与 Unicode 兼容的 OpenType Bangla 字体。我使用的字体是共享软件，我需要为它支付许可费用。我在想，“为什么不尝试亲自开发呢？”在此过程中，我通过 bengalinux.org（后来更名为 Ankur 小组）接触到了分散在世界各地的孟加拉语使用者，他们正试图在 Linux 操作系统中使用孟加拉语。
+
+我加入了他们的邮件列表，我们在内部与当局之间讨论了孟加拉语的 Unicode 和 OpenType 规范中的各种缺陷，然后在适当的时候进行了纠正。我的贡献是将传统的孟加拉字体转换为兼容 Unicode 的 OpenType 字体，翻译 UI 等。这个小组还发行了世界上第一张带有孟加拉语 UI 的 Live Linux CD。
+
+2003 年，我搬家到了一个无法访问互联网的地方。我只有在周日去加尔各答时才能联系到小组。当时，Linux 的孟加拉语本地化已经成为了主流。我们的一些志愿者加入了 Red Hat 从事翻译和字体开发工作。我也忙于我的医疗工作，几乎没时间去进行开源开发。
+
+如今，我觉得使用 Linux 做日常工作比其他任何操作系统都要舒服。我也为能与一个能让人们用自己的语言交流的项目联系在一起而感到自豪。它也为长期以来由于不会说英语而被认为处于“数字鸿沟”另一端的人们带来了计算能力。孟加拉语实际上是世界上使用最广泛的语言之一，这个项目消除了全球人口中很大一部分人接触数字科技的主要语言壁垒。
+
+### 加入开源
+
+加入到开源运动中来很容易。主动做一些对自己有用的事情，然后思索一下所做的事情如何能对他人也有帮助。关键在于使它免费可用，它可以给世界带来难以估量的价值。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/linux-bengali
+
+作者：[Dr Anirban Mitra][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[JonnieWayy](https://github.com/JonnieWayy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy )
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mitradranirban
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/india-globe-map.jpg?itok=6sSEL5iO (India on the globe)
+[2]: http://www.yudit.org/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200715 What-s the difference between DevSecOps and agile software development.md b/published/202007/20200715 What-s the difference between DevSecOps and agile software development.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38b9f14c28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200715 What-s the difference between DevSecOps and agile software development.md
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (windgeek)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12449-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (What's the difference between DevSecOps and agile software development)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/devsecops-vs-agile)
+[#]: author: (Sam Bocetta https://opensource.com/users/sambocetta)
+
+DevSecOps 和敏捷软件开发有什么不同？
+======
+
+> 你更专注于安全性还是软件交付，还是可以两者兼得？
+
+
+
+技术社区中存在一种趋势，经常互换地使用 DevSecOps 和敏捷软件开发这两个术语。尽管它们有一些相似性，例如都旨在更早地检测风险，但在改变团队的[工作方式层面有很大不同][2]。
+
+DevSecOps 建立在敏捷开发建立的一些原则上。但是，DevSecOps 特别专注于[集成安全功能][3]，而敏捷开发则专注于交付软件。
+
+知道如何保护你们的网站或应用程序免受勒索程序和其他威胁的侵害，实际上取决于你使用的软件和系统开发。这可能会影响你选择使用 DevSecOps、敏捷软件开发还是两者兼而有之。
+
+### DevSecOps 和敏捷软件开发的不同之处
+
+两者的主要区别可以归结为一个简单的概念：安全性。这取决于你的软件开发实践，你们公司的安全措施 —— 以及何时、何地以及由谁实施，都可能会有很大不同。
+
+每个企业都[需要 IT 安全][4]来保护其重要数据。如果企业真正重视 IT 安全，一般都会采取虚拟专用网（VPN）、数字证书、防火墙保护、多因子身份验证、安全的云存储，包括向员工介绍基本的网络安全措施。
+
+当你信任 DevSecOps 时，你就会把公司的安全问题，本质上使其等同于持续集成和交付。 DevSecOps 方法论在开发之初就强调安全性，并使其成为整体软件质量不可或缺的组成部分。
+
+基于 DevSecOps 安全性的三大原则：
+
+ * 平衡用户访问难易程度及数据安全性
+ * 使用 VPN 和 SSL [加密数据][5]可防止数据在传输过程中受到入侵者的攻击
+ * 使用可以扫描新代码的安全漏洞并能通知开发人员该漏洞的工具来预测防范未来的风险
+
+尽管 DevOps 一直打算包含安全性，但并非每个实践 DevOps 的组织都牢记这一点。DevSecOps 在 DevOps 的演进形式中，可以提供更加清晰的信息。尽管它们的名称相似，但这两个[不应混淆] [6]。在 DevSecOps 模型中，安全性是团队的主要驱动力。
+
+同时，敏捷开发更专注于迭代开发周期，这意味着反馈意见会不断融入到持续的软件开发中。[敏捷的关键原则][7]是拥抱不断变化的环境，为客户和使用者提供竞争优势，让开发人员和利益相关者紧密合作，并在整个过程中始终保持关注技术卓越，以提升效率。换句话说，除非敏捷团队在其定义中包括安全性，否则安全性在敏捷软件开发中算是事后思考。
+
+### 国防机构面临的挑战
+
+如果要说专门致力于最大程度地提高安全性的组织，美国国防部（DoD）就是其中之一。在 2018 年，美国国防部发布了针对软件开发中的“假敏捷”或“以敏捷为名”的[指南][8]。该指南旨在警告美国国防部高管注意不良编程的问题，并说明如何发现它以避免风险。
+
+使用这些方法不仅可以使美国国防部受益。医疗保健和金融部门也[保存着][9]必须保证安全的大量敏感数据。
+
+美国国防部通过其现代化战略（包括采用 DevSecOps）来改变防范形式至关重要。尤其在这个连美国国防部容易受到黑客攻击和数据泄露的时代，这一点在 2020 年 2 月的[大规模数据泄露][10]中已经得到了证明。
+
+将网络安全最佳实践转化为现实生活中的开发仍然还存在固有的风险。事情不可能 100％ 完美地进行。最好的状况是稍微有点不舒服，最坏的情况下，它们可能会带来全新的风险。
+
+开发人员，尤其是那些为军用软件编写代码的开发人员，可能对[所有应该采用 DevSecOps 的情境][11]没有透彻的了解。学习曲线会很陡峭，但是为了获得更大的安全性，必须承受这些必不可少的痛苦。
+
+### 自动化时代的新模式
+
+为了解决对先前安全措施日益增长的担忧，美国国防部承包商已开始评估 DevSecOps 模型。关键是将该方法论部署到持续的服务交付环境中。
+
+应对这个问题，出现了三个方向。第一种涉及到自动化，自动化已在大多数隐私和安全工具中[广泛使用][12]，包括 VPN 和增强隐私的移动操作系统。大型云基础架构中的自动化无需依赖于人为的检查和平衡，可以自动处理持续的维护和进行安全评估。
+
+第二种专注于对于过渡到 DevSecOps 很重要的安全检查点。而传统上，系统设计初期对于数据在各个组件之间移动时依旧可以访问是不做期望的。
+
+第三种也是最后一种涉及将企业方式用于军用软件开发。国防部的许多承包商和雇员来自商业领域，而不是军事领域。他们的背景为他们提供了为大型企业[提供网络安全][13]的知识和经验，他们可以将其带入政府部门职位中。
+
+### 值得克服的挑战
+
+转向基于 DevSecOps 的方法论也提出了一些挑战。在过去的十年中，许多组织已经完全重新设计了其开发生命周期，以适应敏捷开发实践，在不久之后进行再次转换看起来令人生畏。
+
+企业应该安下心来，因为即使美国国防部也遇到了这种过渡带来的麻烦，他们在应对推出新流程使得商业技术和工具广泛可用的挑战上并不孤独。
+
+展望一下未来，其实切换到 DevSecOps 不会比切换到敏捷软件开发更痛苦。而且通过将[创建安全性的价值][4]添加到开发工作流程中，以及利用现有敏捷开发的优势，企业可以获得很多收益。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/devsecops-vs-agile
+
+作者：[Sam Bocetta][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[windgeek](https://github.com/windgeek)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sambocetta
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/devops_confusion_wall_questions.png?itok=zLS7K2JG (Brick wall between two people, a developer and an operations manager)
+[2]: https://tech.gsa.gov/guides/understanding_differences_agile_devsecops/
+[3]: https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/devops/what-is-devsecops
+[4]: https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/security
+[5]: https://surfshark.com/blog/does-vpn-protect-you-from-hackers
+[6]: https://www.infoq.com/articles/evolve-devops-devsecops/
+[7]: https://enterprisersproject.com/article/2019/9/agile-project-management-explained
+[8]: https://www.governmentciomedia.com/defense-innovation-board-issues-guide-detecting-agile-bs
+[9]: https://www.redhat.com/en/solutions/financial-services
+[10]: https://www.military.com/daily-news/2020/02/25/dod-agency-suffers-data-breach-potentially-compromising-ssns.html
+[11]: https://fcw.com/articles/2020/01/23/dod-devsecops-guidance-williams.aspx
+[12]: https://privacyaustralia.net/privacy-tools/
+[13]: https://www.securitymagazine.com/articles/88301-cybersecurity-is-standard-business-practice-for-large-companies
diff --git a/published/202007/20200718 Ubuntu 19.10 Reaches End of Life. Upgrade to Ubuntu 20.04 As Soon As Possible.md b/published/202007/20200718 Ubuntu 19.10 Reaches End of Life. Upgrade to Ubuntu 20.04 As Soon As Possible.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3e48b4bb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200718 Ubuntu 19.10 Reaches End of Life. Upgrade to Ubuntu 20.04 As Soon As Possible.md
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12446-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Ubuntu 19.10 Reaches End of Life. Upgrade to Ubuntu 20.04 As Soon As Possible!)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-19-10-end-of-life/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Ubuntu 19.10 产品寿命结束，尽快升级到 Ubuntu 20.04！
+======
+
+> Ubuntu 19.10 Eoan Ermine 产品寿命结束。这意味着它不会获得任何安全或维护更新。继续使用 Ubuntu 19.10 将很危险，因为你的系统将来可能会因为缺少安全更新而变得脆弱。你应该升级到 Ubuntu 20.04。
+
+[2019 年 10 月发布的 Ubuntu 19.10][1] 带来了一些为 [Ubuntu 20.04][2] 做准备的新功能。
+
+作为非 LTS 版本，它有 9 个月的寿命。截至 2020 年 7 月 17 日，它的生命周期结束，并不会再收到任何更新。
+
+### Ubuntu 19.10 生命周期结束
+
+![][3]
+
+我之前已经[详细解释了 Ubuntu 的发布周期和产品寿命结束][4]。如果此后继续使用 Ubuntu 19.10，我会重申这对你和你的系统意味着什么。
+
+[软件通常有预定义的生命周期][5]，一旦软件版本到达生命周期结束，它将停止获取更新和支持。生命周期结束后，Ubuntu 19.10 不再会从 Ubuntu 获得系统更新、安全更新或应用更新。
+
+如果你继续使用它，你的系统可能会成为潜在的网络攻击的受害者，因为黑客往往会利用脆弱的系统。
+
+之后，你可能无法使用 `apt` 命令安装新软件，因为 Ubuntu 将归档 19.10 的仓库。
+
+### 如果你使用的是 Ubuntu 19.10，该怎么办？
+
+首先，[检查你使用的 Ubuntu 版本][6]。这可以在终端中输入此命令完成：
+
+```
+lsb_release -a
+```
+
+```
+No LSB modules are available.
+Distributor ID: Ubuntu
+Description: Ubuntu 19.10
+Release: 19.10
+Codename: Eoan
+```
+
+如果你看到 Ubuntu 19.10，你应该做以下两项工作之一：
+
+* 如果你有良好、稳定的互联网连接，从 Ubuntu 19.10 升级到 20.04。你的个人文件和大多数软件保持不变。
+* 如果你有着缓慢或不稳定的互联网连接，你应该[全新安装的 Ubuntu 20.04][7]。你的文件和磁盘上的所有内容将被擦除，因此你应该在外部磁盘上备份重要数据。
+
+#### 如何从 19.10 升级到 20.04 （如果你有良好的互联网连接）
+
+我之前已经详细讨论了 Ubuntu 版本升级。我会在这里快速说下步骤。
+
+首先，请确保在“软件和更新”中已设置接收新版本通知。
+
+进入“软件和更新”：
+
+![][8]
+
+进入“更新”选项卡，将“通知我新的 Ubuntu 版本”设置为“对于任何新版本”：
+
+![][9]
+
+现在，安装所有挂起的更新。
+
+现在，再次运行更新管理器工具。你应该可以选择升级到 Ubuntu 20.04。点击升级按钮并按照说明操作。
+
+它会安装大约 1.2GB 的软件包。这就是为什么你需要一个良好和稳定的互联网连接。
+
+![][10]
+
+这样的升级会保持你的家目录。不过，仍建议在外部磁盘进行备份。
+
+### 你仍在使用 Ubuntu 19.10 吗？
+
+如果你仍在使用 Ubuntu 19.10，那么必须为升级或全新安装做好准备。你不能忽视它。
+
+如果你不喜欢这样的频繁版本升级，你应该使用支持五年的 LTS 版本。当前的 LTS 版本是 Ubuntu 20.04，你无论如何都应该升级到它。
+
+你是否正在使用 Ubuntu 19.10？你是否已升级到 Ubuntu 20.04？如果你面临任何问题，或者如果你有任何问题，请让我知道。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-19-10-end-of-life/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-19-10-released/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/download-ubuntu-20-04/
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/ubuntu-19-10-end-of-life.jpg?ssl=1
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/end-of-life-ubuntu/
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systems_development_life_cycle
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-know-ubuntu-unity-version/
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/install-ubuntu/
+[8]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/upgrade-ubuntu-1.jpeg?ssl=1
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/software-update-any-new-version.jpeg?resize=800%2C378&ssl=1
+[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/software-updater-focal.jpg?ssl=1
diff --git a/published/202007/20200720 Why People Are Crazy About Arch Linux- What-s so Special About it.md b/published/202007/20200720 Why People Are Crazy About Arch Linux- What-s so Special About it.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f4ad27495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200720 Why People Are Crazy About Arch Linux- What-s so Special About it.md
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (Mikedkmilk)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12445-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Why People Are Crazy About Arch Linux? What’s so Special About it?)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/why-arch-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+为什么人们对 Arch Linux 如此着迷？它有什么特别之处？
+======
+
+顺便说一句（利益相关），我用 Arch！
+
+你或许已经在 Linux 论坛、朋友相互讨论或表情包里看到过这个术语。
+
+你可能想知道为什么 Arch Linux 如此受欢迎，为什么人们这么喜欢它？因为有更容易使用，甚至更好的[基于 Arch 的发行版][1]。
+
+在本文中，我将列出 Linux 用户喜欢使用 [Arch Linux][2] 的一些原因。
+
+### 人们喜欢使用 Arch Linux 的六个原因
+
+![][3]
+
+这些只是我的看法，当然，为什么你应该使用 Arch Linux 并没有固定的原因。这是我在十多年里与 Linux 用户和社区打交道的经验中观察到的。
+
+让我们一起看看为什么 Arch Linux 如此受欢迎。
+
+#### 1、DIY 的方式可以让你掌控操作系统的各个方面
+
+我一直认为 Arch Linux 是一个可以让你自己动手打造的操作系统。从安装到管理，Arch Linux 放手让你处理一切。
+
+你可以自己决定使用哪种桌面环境、安装哪些组件和服务。这种精细化的控制能够赋予你一个精简的操作系统，可以让你自由选择所需的组件来构建属于你自己的系统。
+
+如果你是一个 DIY 爱好者，你会喜欢 Arch Linux 的。
+
+#### 2、通过 Arch Linux，可以更好地理解 Linux 的工作原理
+
+![Installing Arch Linux by creating partition and making filesystem via command line][4]
+
+如果你曾经尝试过安装 Arch Linux，你就会知道它的复杂性。
+
+但这种复杂性同时也意味着你将被迫学习一些在其他发行版中可能永远不会费心学习的东西。
+
+比如说在安装 Arch Linux 过程中配置网络本身就是一个很好的学习课程。
+
+如果开始你有感到有困惑不懂的时候，Arch Linux 的[维基][5]可以帮助你。它是互联网上最广泛和最棒的由社区管理的文档。仅仅只是浏览 Arch Linux 的维基，就可以学到很多东西。
+
+#### 3、滚动发行模式可以为你提供最新的内核和软件
+
+![System update in Arch Linux][6]
+
+Arch Linux 是一个滚动发行版，这意味着新的内核和应用程序版本一经发布，就会立即向你推送。
+
+当大多数其他 [Linux 发行版还在提供旧的 Linux 内核版本][7]时，Arch 会迅速向你提供最新的内核。
+
+而软件也是如此。如果 Arch 资源库中的软件发布了新版本，Arch 用户通常会比其他用户先获得新版本。
+
+在滚动发行模式下，一切都是新鲜和前沿的。你不必把操作系统从一个版本升级到另一个版本，只要使用 [pacman 命令][8]，你会始终保持最新的版本。
+
+#### 4、Arch 用户资源库，即 AUR
+
+![][9]
+
+Arch Linux 的资源库中有大量的软件。AUR 扩展了 Arch Linux 的软件产品。在 Arch Linux 中，你可以通过 [AUR][10] 得到相当多的软件。
+
+AUR 是采用社区驱动的方式来提供更新的应用程序。你可以在 [AUR 辅助工具][11]的帮助下搜索和安装应用程序。
+
+#### 5、成就感
+
+![][12]
+
+正如 James Clear 在他的书《原子习惯》中提到的那样，**人类的大脑喜欢挑战，但前提是在一个最理想的困难区域**。
+
+还记得你第一次安装成功 Linux 时的感觉吗？即便你安装的是 Linux Mint。这给了你一种成就感：你成功安装了 Linux！
+
+如果你已经使用 Ubuntu、Fedora 或其他发行版一段时间了，现在开始感到舒适（或厌倦），你可以尝试安装一下 Arch Linux。
+
+对于一个有一定经验的 Linux 用户来说，[成功安装 Arch Linux][13]本身就会给你一种成就感。
+
+这是一个挑战，但却是可以实现的。如果你建议一个新的 Linux 用户尝试 Arch Linux 或者更复杂的 Linux 发行版比如 [Linux From Scratch（LFS）][14]，这个挑战就太难实现了。
+
+这种成功完成挑战的感觉也是人们使用 Arch Linux 的原因之一。
+
+#### 6、没有企业的参与！Arch 是由社区创建、支持和拥有的
+
+Ubuntu 由 Canonical 支持，Fedora 来自 Red Hat（现在是 IBM 的一部分），openSUSE 来自 SUSE。所有这些主流发行版都是企业支持的。
+
+这本身并不是坏事或过错，但是有一些人不喜欢企业参与开源项目。
+
+正如 Debian 一样，Arch Linux 是为数不多的仅由社区参与的 Linux 发行项目之一。
+
+你可能会指出，许多其他发行版如 Linux Mint 等不是由企业赞助的。好吧，这可能是真的，但 Linux Mint 本身就是基于 Ubuntu 的，并且使用 Ubuntu 的资源库。而 Arch Linux 不是另一个发行版的衍生物。
+
+从这个意义上说，[Debian][15] 和 Arch Linux 是更纯粹的社区驱动项目。这对很多人来说可能无关紧要，但确实有一些人在意这些事情。
+
+#### 对你来说，为什么 Arch Linux 如此受欢迎?
+
+现在你可能不同意我提出的所有观点，那没关系。我想知道你是怎么看待 Arch Linux 在 Linux 用户中如此受欢迎，并具有崇拜的地位的？
+
+当你写评论时，让我分享一下“我用 Arch”的表情包 :)
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/why-arch-linux/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[Mikedkmilk](https://github.com/Mikedkmilk)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/arch-based-linux-distros/
+[2]: https://www.archlinux.org/
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/why-arch-linux.jpg?ssl=1
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/efi_system_partition-1.png?ssl=1
+[5]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/
+[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/sudo-pacman-Syu.png?ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/why-distros-use-old-kernel/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/pacman-command/
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/AUR.png?resize=800%2C451&ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/aur-arch-linux/
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/best-aur-helpers/
+[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/installed-arch-linux.png?ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/install-arch-linux/
+[14]: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/
+[15]: https://www.debian.org/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200727 Getting started as an open source builder and more industry trends.md b/published/202007/20200727 Getting started as an open source builder and more industry trends.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..769f5a9af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200727 Getting started as an open source builder and more industry trends.md
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12461-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Getting started as an open source builder and more industry trends)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/open-source-industry-trends)
+[#]: author: (Tim Hildred https://opensource.com/users/thildred)
+
+每周开源点评：开源建设者入门，以及更多的行业趋势
+======
+
+> 每周关注开源社区和行业趋势。
+
+
+
+我在一家采用开源软件开发模型的企业软件公司任高级产品营销经理，我的一部分职责是为产品营销人员、经理和其他相关人定期发布有关开源社区、市场和业界发展趋势的更新。以下是该更新中我和他们最喜欢的五篇文章。
+
+### 《[开放源码建设者：入门][2]》
+
+> "最后，我发现自己想要自己修改代码，"Liz 说。她的第一个贡献是为 Django 框架做了一个授权扩展。她补充说："我记得当时我很担心维护者可能不希望一个完全陌生的人做的改动，所以当它被接受时，我感到很兴奋，也很欣慰……得到认可，甚至感谢你的贡献，这种感觉总是很好。"
+
+**分析：** 这一系列对开源维护者的采访（引自 [Liz Rice][3]）交汇了跳入开源领域的动机和经验。这也是对天才独狼开发者神话的一个点赞，你可以自己走很远的路，但如果你知道如何与其他人很好地合作，你会走得更远，建立更好的东西。如果你知道如何说服和激励他们，你会走得更远。
+
+### 《[Fluent Bit v1.5：轻量级和高性能日志处理器][4]》
+
+> 本次主要版本的最大亮点之一是不同公司与 Fluent Bit 核心维护者的联合工作，为 Google、Amazon、LogDNA、New Relic 和 Sumo Logic 等公司内部提供的可观察性云服务带来了改进和新的连接器。
+
+**分析：** “从不同来源收集数据/日志，统一并将其发送到多个目的地”是一项繁琐的任务，但这是超大规模企业及其客户共同的任务。证据 A：一个开源工作完全如其预期的典型例子。祝贺 Fluent Bit 团队的这次发布！
+
+### 《[Kubernetes 如何让 Nubank 工程师每周部署 700 次][5]》
+
+> 因此，生产环境的部署时间从 90 分钟变成了 15 分钟。而 Nobre 说，这是“最主要的好处，因为它有助于开发人员的体验”。如今，Nubank 的工程师每周部署 700 次。“对于一家银行来说，你会说这太疯狂了，”Capaverde 笑着说。“但这并不疯狂，因为有了 Kubernetes 和金丝雀部署，回滚变化更容易，因为部署速度也更快。人们的出货频率更高，更有信心。”
+
+**分析：** 我觉得这是个赢家，也是个输家。当然，他们降低了做出改变的成本，以一种让人们更有信心去尝试的方式。但他们的开发人员不能再在等待部署完成的同时跑 10 公里，现在只能在一次 TED 演讲中凑合。
+
+希望你喜欢这个列表，下周再见。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/open-source-industry-trends
+
+作者：[Tim Hildred][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/thildred
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
+[2]: https://idk.dev/open-source-builders-getting-started/
+[3]: https://twitter.com/lizrice
+[4]: https://www.cncf.io/blog/2020/07/14/fluent-bit-v1-5-lightweight-and-high-performance-log-processor/
+[5]: https://www.cncf.io/blog/2020/07/10/how-kubernetes-empowered-nubank-engineers-to-deploy-200-times-a-week/
diff --git a/published/202007/20200730 Defining cloud native, expanding the ecosystem, and more industry trends.md b/published/202007/20200730 Defining cloud native, expanding the ecosystem, and more industry trends.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5a52e2a1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200730 Defining cloud native, expanding the ecosystem, and more industry trends.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12473-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Defining cloud native, expanding the ecosystem, and more industry trends)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/cloud-native-expanding-and-more-industry-trends)
+[#]: author: (Tim Hildred https://opensource.com/users/thildred)
+
+每周开源点评：定义云原生、拓展生态系统，以及更多的行业趋势
+======
+
+> 每周关注开源社区和行业趋势。
+
+
+
+我在一家采用开源软件开发模型的企业软件公司任高级产品营销经理，我的一部分职责是为产品营销人员、经理和其他相关人定期发布有关开源社区、市场和业界发展趋势的更新。以下是该更新中我和他们最喜欢的几篇文章。
+
+### 《随着云原生计算的兴起，它和代码一样在改变文化》
+
+- [文章链接][2]
+
+> 现在是围绕一套云原生计算的共同原则进行行业整合的时候了，因为许多企业已经意识到，他们最初进入云计算的回报有限。国际数据公司去年的一项调查发现，[80% 的受访者曾将工作负载从公有云环境遣返到企业内部][3]，平均而言，他们预计在未来两年内将一半的公有云应用转移到私有场所。
+
+**分析**：在云端的第一次运行主要是大量的“提升和转移”尝试，以提取工作负载并将其投放到云端。第二次运行将涉及更多的工作，以确定转移什么以及如何转移，但随着开发人员对理所当然的事情越来越满意，最终应该会带来更多价值。
+
+### 《为什么云原生基础设施的自动化是所有参与者的胜利》
+
+- [文章链接][4]
+
+> 开发的圣杯是创建和维护安全的应用程序，产生强大的投资回报率和满意的客户。但如果这种开发不是高效、高速和可扩展的，那么这个圣杯很快就会变得遥不可及。如果你发现自己对当前的基础设施有更高的期望，那么可能是时候考虑云原生了。它不仅可以检查所有这些机器，而且为云原生基础设施进行自动化可以提高效率和结果。
+
+**分析**：我还要补充一点，如果没有大量的自动化，真正采用云原生方法是不可能的；涉及的移动部件数量太多，不可能用人的头脑来处理。
+
+### 《Linkerd 案例研究：满足安全要求、减少延迟和从 Istio 迁移》
+
+- [文章链接][5]
+
+> 最后，Subspace 分享了其使用 Linkerd 提供“光速”多人游戏的经验。虽然在超低延迟环境中使用服务网状物起初似乎有悖常理，但 Subspace 发现 Linkerd 的战略使用实际上降低了总延迟 —— 服务网状物是如此轻巧，以至于它增加的最小延迟被它通过可观察性降低的延迟所掩盖。简而言之，Linkerd 的这一独特用例使 Subspace 在运营结果上获得了巨大的净收益。[阅读完整的用户故事][6]。
+
+**分析**：我听说过这样一个观点：你并不能真正降低一个系统的复杂性，你只是把它抽象化，改变它的接触对象。似乎对延迟也有类似的观察：如果你仔细选择你接受延迟的地方，你可以因此减少系统中其他地方的延迟。
+
+### 一位高层管理人员解释了 IBM 的“重要支点”，以赢得开发者、初创企业和合作伙伴的青睐，这是其从微软等竞争对手手中赢得混合云市场计划的一部分
+
+- [文章链接][7]
+
+> 蓝色巨人正在转向一个新的战略，专注于建立一个由开发者、合作伙伴和初创公司组成的生态系统。“我们的服务组织无法接触到所有客户。获取这些客户的唯一方法是激活一个生态系统。”
+
+**分析**：越来越多的公司开始接受这样的理念：有些客户的问题，他们没有帮助就无法解决。也许这可以减少从每个单独客户身上赚到的钱，因为它扩大了更广泛地参与更多问题空间的机会。
+
+希望你喜欢这个列表，下周再见。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/cloud-native-expanding-and-more-industry-trends
+
+作者：[Tim Hildred][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/thildred
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
+[2]: https://siliconangle.com/2020/07/18/cloud-native-computing-rises-transforming-culture-much-code/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3400872/uptick-in-cloud-repatriation-fuels-rise-of-hybrid-cloud.html
+[4]: https://thenewstack.io/why-automating-for-cloud-native-infrastructures-is-a-win-for-all-involved/
+[5]: https://www.cncf.io/blog/2020/07/21/linkerd-case-studies-meeting-security-requirements-reducing-latency-and-migrating-from-istio/
+[6]: https://buoyant.io/case-studies/subspace/
+[7]: https://www.businessinsider.com/ibm-developers-tech-ecosystem-red-hat-hybrid-cloud-bob-lord-2020-7?r=AU&IR=T
diff --git a/published/202007/20200731 Beginner-friendly Terminal-based Text Editor GNU Nano Version 5.0 Released.md b/published/202007/20200731 Beginner-friendly Terminal-based Text Editor GNU Nano Version 5.0 Released.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5b64697b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/202007/20200731 Beginner-friendly Terminal-based Text Editor GNU Nano Version 5.0 Released.md
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12471-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Beginner-friendly Terminal-based Text Editor GNU Nano Version 5.0 Released)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/nano-5-release/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+适于初学者的基于终端的文本编辑器 GNU Nano 5.0 版发布
+======
+
+> 开源文本编辑器 GNU nano 已经达到了 5.0 版本的里程碑。看看这个新版本带来了哪些功能。
+
+Linux 上有很多[基于终端的文本编辑器][1]。像 Emacs 和 Vim 这样的编辑器需要经历陡峭的学习曲线和掌握一堆不寻常的键盘快捷键，但公认 GNU nano 更容易使用。
+
+也许这就是为什么 Nano 是 Ubuntu 和许多其他发行版中默认的基于终端的文本编辑器的原因，而即将发布的 [Fedora 33 版本][2]也将把 Nano 设置为终端的默认文本编辑器。
+
+### GNU nano 5.0 的新功能
+
+![][3]
+
+在 GNU nano 5.0 的[变更日志][4]中提到的一些主要亮点是：
+
+* `-indicator` 选项将在屏幕右侧显示一种滚动条，以指示视口在缓冲区中的位置和覆盖范围。
+* 可以用 `Alt+Insert` 键标记行，你可以用 `Alt+Page` 和 `Alt+PageDown` 键跳转到这些标记的行。
+* 执行命令提示符现在可以直接从主菜单中访问。
+* 在支持至少 256 种颜色的终端上，有新的颜色可用。
+* 新的 `-bookstyle` 模式，任何以空格开头的行都会被认为是一个段落的开始。
+* 用 `^L` 刷新屏幕现在在每个菜单中都可以使用。它还会将行与光标居中。
+* 可绑定函数 `curpos` 已经改名为 `location`，长选项 `-tempfile` 已经改名为 `-saveonexit`，短选项 `-S` 现在是 `-softwrap` 的同义词。
+* 备份文件将保留其组的所有权（如果可能的话）。
+* 数据会在显示 “……行写入” 之前同步到磁盘。
+* 增加了 Markdown、Haskell 和 Ada 语法的支持。
+
+### 获取 GNU nano 5.0
+
+目前 Ubuntu 20.04 中的 nano 版本是 4.8，而在这个 LTS 版本中，你不太可能在短时间内获得新版本。如果 Ubuntu 有新版本的话，你应该会通过系统更新得到它。
+
+Arch 用户应该会比其他人更早得到它，就像往常一样。其他发行版也应该迟早会提供新版本。
+
+如果你是少数喜欢[从源代码安装软件][5]的人，你可以从它的[下载页面][6]中获得。
+
+如果你是新手，我强烈推荐这篇 [Nano 编辑器初学者指南][1]。
+
+你喜欢这个新版本吗？你期待使用 Nano 5 吗？
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/nano-5-release/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/nano-editor-guide/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/fedora-33/
+[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Nano.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.nano-editor.org/news.php
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/install-software-from-source-code/
+[6]: https://www.nano-editor.org/download.php
diff --git a/published/20200710 Use DNS over TLS.md b/published/20200710 Use DNS over TLS.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b55039cf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20200710 Use DNS over TLS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12483-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Use DNS over TLS)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/use-dns-over-tls/)
+[#]: author: (Thomas Bianchi https://fedoramagazine.org/author/thobianchi/)
+
+使用 DNS over TLS
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+现代计算机用来在互联网种查找资源的[域名系统（DNS）][2] 是在 [35 年前][3]设计的，没有考虑用户隐私。它会面临安全风险和攻击，例如 [DNS 劫持][4]。它还能让 [ISP][5] 拦截查询。
+
+幸运的是，现在有 [DNS over TLS][6] 和 [DNSSEC][7] 两种技术。DNS over TLS 和 DNSSEC 允许创建从计算机到它配置的 DNS 服务器之间的安全且加密的端到端隧道。在 Fedora 上，部署这些技术的步骤很容易，并且所有必要的工具也很容易获得。
+
+本指南将演示如何使用 `systemd-resolved` 在 Fedora 上配置 DNS over TLS。有关 `systemd-resolved` 服务的更多信息，请参见[文档][8]。
+
+### 步骤 1：设置 systemd-resolved
+
+类似于下面所示修改 `/etc/systemd/resolved.conf`。确保启用 DNS over TLS 并配置要使用的 DNS 服务器的 IP 地址。
+
+```
+$ cat /etc/systemd/resolved.conf
+[Resolve]
+DNS=1.1.1.1 9.9.9.9
+DNSOverTLS=yes
+DNSSEC=yes
+FallbackDNS=8.8.8.8 1.0.0.1 8.8.4.4
+#Domains=~.
+#LLMNR=yes
+#MulticastDNS=yes
+#Cache=yes
+#DNSStubListener=yes
+#ReadEtcHosts=yes
+```
+
+关于选项的简要说明：
+
+ * `DNS`：以空格分隔的 IPv4 和 IPv6 地址列表，用作系统 DNS 服务器。
+ * `FallbackDNS`：以空格分隔的 IPv4 和 IPv6 地址列表，用作后备 DNS 服务器。
+ * `Domains`：在解析单标签主机名时，这些域名用于搜索后缀。 `~.` 代表对于所有域名，优先使用 `DNS=` 定义的系统 DNS 服务器。
+ * `DNSOverTLS`：如果启用，那么将加密与服务器的所有连接。请注意，此模式要求 DNS 服务器支持 DNS-over-TLS，并具有其 IP 的有效证书。
+
+> 注意：上面示例中列出的 DNS 服务器是我个人的选择。你要确定要使用的 DNS 服务器。要注意你要向谁请求 IP。
+
+### 步骤 2：告诉 NetworkManager 将信息推给 systemd-resolved
+
+在 `/etc/NetworkManager/conf.d` 中创建一个名为 `10-dns-systemd-resolved.conf` 的文件。
+
+```
+$ cat /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/10-dns-systemd-resolved.conf
+[main]
+dns=systemd-resolved
+```
+
+上面的设置（`dns=systemd-resolved`）让 `NetworkManager` 将从 DHCP 获得的 DNS 信息推送到 `systemd-resolved` 服务。这将覆盖*步骤 1* 中配置的 DNS 设置。这在受信任的网络中没问题，但是也可以设置为 `dns=none` 从而使用 `/etc/systemd/resolved.conf` 中配置的 DNS 服务器。
+
+### 步骤 3： 启动和重启服务
+
+若要使上述步骤中的配置生效，请启动并启用 `systemd-resolved` 服务。然后重启 `NetworkManager` 服务。
+
+注意：在 `NetworkManager` 重启时，连接会中断几秒钟。
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl start systemd-resolved
+$ sudo systemctl enable systemd-resolved
+$ sudo systemctl restart NetworkManager
+```
+
+> 注意：目前，systemd-resolved 服务默认处于禁用状态，是可选使用的。[有计划][33]在 Fedora 33 中默认启用systemd-resolved。
+
+### 步骤 4：检查是否一切正常
+
+现在，你应该在使用 DNS over TLS。检查 DNS 解析状态来确认这一点：
+
+```
+$ resolvectl status
+MulticastDNS setting: yes
+ DNSOverTLS setting: yes
+ DNSSEC setting: yes
+ DNSSEC supported: yes
+ Current DNS Server: 1.1.1.1
+ DNS Servers: 1.1.1.1
+ 9.9.9.9
+Fallback DNS Servers: 8.8.8.8
+ 1.0.0.1
+ 8.8.4.4
+```
+
+`/etc/resolv.conf` 应该指向 `127.0.0.53`。
+
+```
+$ cat /etc/resolv.conf
+# Generated by NetworkManager
+search lan
+nameserver 127.0.0.53
+```
+
+若要查看 `systemd-resolved` 发送和接收安全查询的地址和端口，请运行：
+
+```
+$ sudo ss -lntp | grep '\(State\|:53 \)'
+State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer Address:Port Process
+LISTEN 0 4096 127.0.0.53%lo:53 0.0.0.0:* users:(("systemd-resolve",pid=10410,fd=18))
+```
+
+若要进行安全查询，请运行：
+
+```
+$ resolvectl query fedoraproject.org
+fedoraproject.org: 8.43.85.67 -- link: wlp58s0
+ 8.43.85.73 -- link: wlp58s0
+
+[..]
+
+-- Information acquired via protocol DNS in 36.3ms.
+-- Data is authenticated: yes
+```
+
+### 额外步骤 5：使用 Wireshark 验证配置
+
+首先，安装并运行 [Wireshark][10]：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install wireshark
+$ sudo wireshark
+```
+
+它会询问你在哪个设备上捕获数据包。在我这里，因为我使用无线接口，我用的是 `wlp58s0`。在 Wireshark 中设置筛选器，`tcp.port == 853`（853 是 DNS over TLS 协议端口）。在捕获 DNS 查询之前，你需要刷新本地 DNS 缓存：
+
+```
+$ sudo resolvectl flush-caches
+```
+
+现在运行：
+
+```
+$ nslookup fedoramagazine.org
+```
+
+你应该会看到你的计算机和配置的 DNS 服务器之间的 TLS 加密交换：
+
+![][11]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/use-dns-over-tls/
+
+作者：[Thomas Bianchi][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/thobianchi/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/use-dns-over-tls-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Domain_Name_System
+[3]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DNS_hijacking
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_service_provider
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DNS_over_TLS
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Domain_Name_System_Security_Extensions
+[8]: https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/resolved/
+[9]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/systemd-resolved
+[10]: https://www.wireshark.org/
+[11]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/1-1024x651.png
diff --git a/published/20200717 How to configure an SSH proxy server with Squid.md b/published/20200717 How to configure an SSH proxy server with Squid.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5062eb7245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20200717 How to configure an SSH proxy server with Squid.md
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12476-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (How to configure an SSH proxy server with Squid)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/configure-ssh-proxy-server/)
+[#]: author: (Curt Warfield https://fedoramagazine.org/author/rcurtiswarfield/)
+
+如何使用 Squid 配置 SSH 代理服务器
+======
+
+
+
+有时你无法从本地连接到 SSH 服务器。还有时，你可能想为 SSH 连接添加额外的安全层。在这些情况下，通过代理服务器连接到 SSH 服务器是一种解决方式。
+
+[Squid][2] 是提供缓存和代理服务的全功能代理服务器应用。它通常用于在浏览过程中重用和缓存以前请求的网页来帮助缩短响应时间并减少网络带宽。
+
+但是在本篇中，你将配置 Squid 作为 SSH 代理服务器，因为它是强大的受信任代理服务器，易于配置。
+
+### 安装和配置
+
+使用 [sudo][3] 安装 squid 软件包：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install squid -y
+```
+
+squid 配置文件非常庞大，但是我们只需要配置其中一些。Squid 使用访问控制列表来管理连接。
+
+编辑 `/etc/squid/squid.conf` 文件，确保你有下面解释的两行。
+
+首先，指定你的本地 IP 网络。默认配置文件已经列出了最常用的，但是如果没有，你需要添加你的配置。例如，如果你的本地 IP 网络范围是 192.168.1.X，那么这行会是这样：
+
+```
+acl localnet src 192.168.1.0/24
+```
+
+接下来，添加以下行，将 SSH 端口添加为安全端口：
+
+```
+acl Safe_ports port 22
+```
+
+保存该文件。现在启用并重启 squid 代理服务：
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl enable squid
+$ sudo systemctl restart squid
+```
+
+squid 代理默认监听 3128 端口。配置 firewalld 允许此服务：
+
+```
+$ sudo firewall-cmd --add-service=squid --perm
+$ sudo firewall-cmd --reload
+```
+
+### 测试 ssh 代理连接
+
+要通过 ssh 代理服务器连接到服务器，我们将使用 `netcat`。
+
+如果尚未安装 `nmap-ncat`，请安装它：
+
+```
+$ sudo dnf install nmap-ncat -y
+```
+
+这是标准 ssh 连接示例：
+
+```
+$ ssh user@example.com
+```
+
+这是使用 squid 代理服务器作为网关连接到该服务器的方式。
+
+此示例假定 squid 代理服务器的 IP 地址为 192.168.1.63。你还可以使用 squid 代理服务器的主机名或 FQDN：
+
+```
+$ ssh user@example.com -o "ProxyCommand nc --proxy 192.168.1.63:3128 %h %p"
+```
+
+以下是这些选项的含义：
+
+ * `ProxyCommand` – 告诉 ssh 使用代理命令。
+ * `nc` – 用于建立与代理服务器连接的命令。这是 netcat 命令。
+ * `%h` – 代理服务器的主机名或 IP 地址的占位符。
+ * `%p` – 代理服务器端口号的占位符。
+
+有很多方法可以配置 SSH 代理服务器，但这是入门的简单方法。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/configure-ssh-proxy-server/
+
+作者：[Curt Warfield][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/rcurtiswarfield/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/squid_ssh_proxy-816x345.png
+[2]: http://www.squid-cache.org/
+[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/howto-use-sudo/
diff --git a/published/20200720 Balloon-powered internet service goes live in Kenya.md b/published/20200720 Balloon-powered internet service goes live in Kenya.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..782f7bae60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20200720 Balloon-powered internet service goes live in Kenya.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (JonnieWayy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12485-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Balloon-powered internet service goes live in Kenya)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3566295/balloon-powered-internet-service-goes-live-in-kenya.html)
+[#]: author: (Patrick Nelson https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/)
+
+气球驱动的互联网服务在肯尼亚上线
+======
+
+> Alphabet 的衍生产品 [Loon][1] 使用气球创建了一个由蜂窝塔构成的漂浮网络。
+
+
+
+ISP [Telkom Kenya][2] 正在启动第一个使用气球的商业化 4G LTE 服务，气球的作用是在漂浮在平流层中作为蜂窝塔网络。
+
+据 Alphabet 的衍生产品及底层技术提供商 [Loon][1] 的首席执行官 Alastair Westgarth 所说，这项服务起初将会覆盖肯尼亚接近 19000 平方英里的范围。 Westgarth 在 [Medium][3] 上的一篇文章中说，将会有大约 35 个或更多的气球组成编队，它们持续不断地移动，漂浮在地表上方大约 12 英里的平流层中。“我们将 Loon 称为漂浮的蜂窝塔网络。” Westgarth 说道。
+
+Telkom Kenya 的首席执行官 Mugo Kibati 在一篇[新闻稿][4]中提到，传统互联网对肯尼亚的服务不足，这是采用这种输送装置的原因。“…… 具有互联网功能的气球能够为生活在偏远地区的许多肯尼亚人提供联系，这些地区服务不足或是完全没有服务，仍然处于不利地位。” Kibati 说道。远程医疗和在线教育是两个预期的用例。
+
+在测试中， Loon 实现了 19 毫秒延迟的 18.9 Mbps 下行速度，以及 4.74 Mbps 的上行速度。 Westgarth 说，该服务能够用于“语音通话、视频通话、 YouTube、 WhatsApp、电子邮件、发短信、网页浏览”和其他应用程序。
+
+从更大的角度看，从平流层提供互联网服务对于[物联网（IoT ）][5]来说是一个诱人的主张。在高空，网络覆盖范围可能会更广泛，并且覆盖范围可以随着需求的变化而变化（例如，采矿区的移动）。此外，要建立或处理的地面基础设施更少。 比方说，开发人员可以避免铺设电缆所需的私有地产的纠纷。
+
+可以想象，服务中断也更加可控。提供商可以发射另一台设备，而不必通过复杂的远程地面基础设施来跟踪故障。备用气球可随时备用。
+
+### 基于无人机的互联网交付
+
+另一家正在探索大气层互联网的组织是软银，它称其 260 英尺宽的 HAWK30 无人机是“平流层中的漂浮基站”。（参见相关故事：[软银计划到 2023 年实现无人机交付的物联网和互联网][6]）
+
+日本大型电信公司对平流层传输的互联网感兴趣的原因之一是，该群岛易于发生自然灾害，例如地震。与传统的基站相比，地球上空的浮动基站更容易移动，从而可以更快、更灵活地应对自然灾害。
+
+实际上，Loon 的气球已经成功地用于在灾难后提供互联网服务：例如，在 2017 年波多黎各的飓风 Maria 之后，Loon 提供了连接。
+
+Westgarth 说，自最初开发以来，Loon 的气球已经取得了长足的发展。现如今，发射是通过自动设备执行的，该设备可以每半小时一次将与地面站点相连的气球推到 60000 英尺高空，而不像以前那样人工进行。
+
+机器学习算法会处理导航，以尝试向用户提供持续的服务。但是，这并非总是可能的，因为风（尽管在地面上没有那么大）和受限的空域都会影响覆盖范围，尽管 Westgarth 称之为“精心编排组织的气球舞蹈”。
+
+此外，这些设备是太阳能供电的，这意味着它们只能够在白天工作并提供互联网（或重新定位自身，或向其他气球传输互联网）。出于上述原因和其他的一些原因， Westgarth 和 Kibati 指出，气球必须扩大现有的基础设施和计划，但这并不是一个完整的解决方案。
+
+Westgarth 说：“为了连接现在和将来需要它的所有人员和事物，我们需要开阔我们的思维；我们需要在连通性生态系统中增加新的一层。”
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3566295/balloon-powered-internet-service-goes-live-in-kenya.html
+
+作者：[Patrick Nelson][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[JonnieWayy](https://github.com/JonnieWayy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Patrick-Nelson/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://loon.com/
+[2]: https://www.telkom.co.ke/
+[3]: https://medium.com/loon-for-all/loon-is-live-in-kenya-259d81c75a7a
+[4]: https://telkom.co.ke/telkom-and-loon-announce-progressive-deployment-loon-technology-customers-july
+[5]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3207535/what-is-iot-the-internet-of-things-explained.html
+[6]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3405170/softbank-plans-drone-delivered-iot-and-internet-by-2023.html
+[7]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[8]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/published/20200721 Video Trimmer- A No-nonsense, Simple Video Trimming Application for Linux Desktop.md b/published/20200721 Video Trimmer- A No-nonsense, Simple Video Trimming Application for Linux Desktop.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1be71f5264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20200721 Video Trimmer- A No-nonsense, Simple Video Trimming Application for Linux Desktop.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12480-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (Video Trimmer: A No-nonsense, Simple Video Trimming Application for Linux Desktop)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/video-trimmer/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Video Trimmer：Linux 桌面中的傻瓜级的视频修剪应用
+======
+
+> 一个非常简单的工具，无需重新编码即可快速修剪视频。我们来看看它提供了什么。
+
+你可能已经知道 Linux 的一些[最佳免费视频编辑器][1]，但并不是每个人都需要它们提供的所有功能。
+
+有时，你只想快速执行一项操作，例如修剪视频。你是选择探索功能完善的视频编辑器但只是执行简单的修剪操作，还是希望使用便捷工具来修剪视频？
+
+当然，这取决于你的个人喜好以及处理视频的方式。但是，对于大多数用户而言，首选是使用非常容易使用的修剪工具。
+
+因此，我想重点介绍一个傻瓜级的开源工具，即 “[Video Trimmer][2]”，它可以快速修剪视频。
+
+![][3]
+
+### Video Trimmer：一个用于快速修剪视频的傻瓜应用
+
+Video Trimmer 是一个开源应用，它可帮助你修剪视频片段而无需重新编码。因此，基本上，你可以能够修剪视频而不会失去原始质量。
+
+你要做的就是使用 Video Trimmer 打开视频文件，然后使用鼠标选择要修剪的时间区域。
+
+你可以手动设置要修剪的时间范围，也可以仅使用鼠标拖动区域进行修剪。当然，如果视频文件很长，而且你不知道从哪里看，手动设置时间戳可能需要一段时间。
+
+为了让你有个印象，请看下面的截图，看看在使用 Video Trimmer 时可用的选项：
+
+![][4]
+
+### 在 Linux 上安装 Video Trimmer
+
+Video Trimmer 仅作为 [Flathub][5] 上的 Flatpak 软件包提供。因此，你应该能够在 Flatpak 支持的任何 Linux 发行版上安装它，而不会出现任何问题。
+
+以防你不了解 Flatpak，你可能想要参考我们的[使用和安装 Flatpak][6] 指南。
+
+- [下载 Video Trimmer（Flathub）][5]
+
+### 总结
+
+Video Trimmer 底层使用 [ffmpeg][7]。它所做的可以在终端中轻松[使用 ffmpeg 命令][8]完成。但是，并非所有人都希望使用终端来剪辑视频的一部分。Video Trimmer 之类的工具可以帮助像我这样的人。
+
+由于某些原因，如果你想寻找一种替代方法，也可以尝试使用 [VidCutter][9]。当然，你始终可以依靠 [Linux 中的顶级视频编辑器][10]（例如 [OpenShot][11]） 来修剪视频以及执行一些高级操作的能力。
+
+你认为在 Linux 中使用 Video Trimmer 如何？你是否有其他喜欢的视频修剪工具？在下面的评论中让我知道你的想法！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/video-trimmer/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-video-editors/
+[2]: https://gitlab.gnome.org/YaLTeR/video-trimmer
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/video-trimmer.jpg?ssl=1
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/video-trimmer-screenshot.jpg?ssl=1
+[5]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/org.gnome.gitlab.YaLTeR.VideoTrimmer
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/flatpak-guide/
+[7]: https://ffmpeg.org/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/ffmpeg/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/vidcutter-video-editor-linux/
+[10]: https://linux.cn/article-10185-1.html
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/openshot-video-editor-release/
diff --git a/published/20200722 The feature that makes D my favorite programming language.md b/published/20200722 The feature that makes D my favorite programming language.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74ecc7473c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20200722 The feature that makes D my favorite programming language.md
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12489-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (The feature that makes D my favorite programming language)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/d-programming)
+[#]: author: (Lawrence Aberba https://opensource.com/users/aberba)
+
+我最喜欢的 D 语言功能
+======
+
+> UFCS 能让你能够编写自然的可重用代码而不会牺牲便利性。
+
+
+
+早在 2017 年，我就写过为什么 [D 语言是开发的绝佳选择][2]的文章。但是 D 语言中有一个出色的功能我没有充分的展开介绍：[通用函数调用语法][3]（UFCS）。UFCS 是 D 语言中的一种[语法糖][4]，它可以在类型（字符串、数字、布尔值等）上链接任何常规函数，就像该类型的成员函数一样。
+
+如果你尚未安装 D 语言，请[安装 D 语言编译器][5]，以便你可以自己[运行 D 代码][6]。
+
+看一下以下示例代码：
+
+```
+// file: ufcs_demo.d
+
+module ufcs_demo;
+
+import std.stdio : writeln;
+
+int[] evenNumbers(int[] numbers)
+{
+ import std.array : array;
+ import std.algorithm : filter;
+
+ return numbers.filter!(n => n % 2 == 0).array;
+}
+
+void main()
+{
+ writeln(evenNumbers([1, 2, 3, 4]));
+}
+```
+
+使用你喜欢的 D 语言编译器进行编译，查看这个简单示例应用做了什么：
+
+```
+$ dmd ufcs_demo.d
+$ ./ufcs_demo
+[2, 4]
+```
+
+但是，使用作为 D 语言的内置功能的 UFCS ，你还可以自然方式编写代码：
+
+```
+...
+writeln([1, 2, 3, 4].evenNumbers());
+...
+```
+
+或完全删除现在多余的括号，使 `evenNumbers` 看起来像是一个属性：
+
+```
+...
+writeln([1, 2, 3, 4].evenNumbers); // prints 2, 4
+...
+```
+
+因此，完整的代码现在变为：
+
+```
+// file: ufcs_demo.d
+
+module ufcs_demo;
+
+import std.stdio : writeln;
+
+int[] evenNumbers(int[] numbers)
+{
+ import std.array : array;
+ import std.algorithm : filter;
+
+ return numbers.filter!(n => n % 2 == 0).array;
+}
+
+void main()
+{
+ writeln([1, 2, 3, 4].evenNumbers);
+}
+```
+
+使用你最喜欢的 D 语言编译器进行编译，然后尝试一下。 如预期的那样，它产生相同的输出：
+
+```
+$ dmd ufcs_demo.d
+$ ./ufcs_demo
+[2, 4]
+```
+
+在编译过程中，编译器*自动地*将数组作为函数的第一个参数。这是一个常规模式，使得使用 D 语言成为一种乐趣，因此，它与你自然而然考虑代码的感觉非常相似。结果就是函数式编程。
+
+你可能会猜出这打印的是什么：
+
+```
+//file: cool.d
+import std.stdio : writeln;
+import std.uni : asLowerCase, asCapitalized;
+
+void main()
+{
+ string mySentence = "D IS COOL";
+ writeln(mySentence.asLowerCase.asCapitalized);
+}
+```
+
+确认一下：
+
+
+```
+$ dmd cool.d
+$ ./cool
+D is cool
+```
+
+结合[其他 D 语言的功能][7]，UFCS 使你能够编写可重用的代码，并在不牺牲便利性的情况下自然地进行编写。
+
+### 是时候尝试 D 语言了
+
+就像我之前写的那样，D 语言是一种很棒的开发语言。从 [D 语言的下载页面][8]可以很容易地进行安装，因此请下载编译器，查看示例，并亲自体验 D 语言。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/d-programming
+
+作者：[Lawrence Aberba][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/aberba
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/code_computer_laptop_hack_work.png?itok=aSpcWkcl (Coding on a computer)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/17/5/d-open-source-software-development
+[3]: http://ddili.org/ders/d.en/ufcs.html
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syntactic_sugar
+[5]: https://tour.dlang.org/tour/en/welcome/install-d-locally
+[6]: https://tour.dlang.org/tour/en/welcome/run-d-program-locally
+[7]: https://dlang.org/comparison.html
+[8]: https://dlang.org/download.html
diff --git a/published/20200728 BigBlueButton- Open Source Software for Online Teaching.md b/published/20200728 BigBlueButton- Open Source Software for Online Teaching.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..846d64ff0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20200728 BigBlueButton- Open Source Software for Online Teaching.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (geekpi)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12492-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (BigBlueButton: Open Source Software for Online Teaching)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/bigbluebutton/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+BigBlueButton：开源在线教学软件
+======
+
+> BigBlueButton 是一个为在线教学量身定制的开源视频会议工具。让我们来看看它提供了什么。
+
+在 2020 年，在家远程工作是一种新常态。当然，你不可能远程完成所有事情，但是在线教学是可以的。
+
+尽管许多老师和学校组织不熟悉那些所有的出色工具，但某些[最好的开源视频会议工具][1]在一定程度上满足了要求。
+
+在我提到的视频通话软件中，[BigBlueButton][2] 引起了我的注意。在这里，我将为你简单介绍。
+
+### BigBlueButton：用于在线教学的开源 Web 会议系统
+
+![][3]
+
+BigBlueButton 是一个开源的网络会议方案，它旨在简化在线学习。
+
+它是完全免费的，但是需要你在自己的服务器上安装才能将其用作成熟的在线学习解决方案。
+
+BigBlueButton 提供了非常好的一组功能。你可以轻松地尝试[演示实例][4]，并在学校的服务器上进行安装。
+
+开始之前，请先了解以下功能：
+
+### BigBlueButton 的功能
+
+BigBlueButton 为教师和学校的量身定制了一系列在线课堂的有用功能，你可以获得：
+
+ * 现场白板
+ * 给公共和私人发消息
+ * 支持网络摄像头
+ * 支持会话记录
+ * 支持表情符号
+ * 能够将用户分组以进行团队协作
+ * 支持投票
+ * 屏幕共享
+ * 支持多用户白板
+ * 能够自行托管
+ * 提供用于轻松集成到 Web 应用中的 API
+
+除了提供的功能外，你还能看到易于使用的 UI，即 [Greenlight][5] （BigBlueButton 的前端界面），当你在服务器上配置时可以安装它。
+
+你可以尝试演示实例来临时免费地教你的学生。但是，考虑到使用[演示实例][4]来尝试 BigBlueButton 的局限性（限制为 60 分钟），建议你将它托管在服务器上，以探索其提供的所有功能。
+
+为了更清楚地了解这些功能是如何工作的，你可能需要看下它的[官方教程](https://www.youtube.com/embed/Q2tG2SS4gXA)。
+
+### 在你的服务器上安装 BigBlueButton
+
+他们提供了[详细文档][6]，它对每个开发人员都会有用。安装它最简单、最快捷的方法是使用 [bbb-install 脚本][7]，但是如果不成功，你也可以探索其他选项。
+
+对于刚接触的人，你需要一台至少运行 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 的服务器。在为 BigBlueButton 部署服务器之前，你应该查看[最低要求][8]。
+
+你可以在它的 [GitHub 页面][9]中进一步了解该项目。
+
+- [试用 BigBlueButton][2]
+
+如果你正在为在线教学寻求解决方案，那么 BigBlueButton 是一个不错的选择。
+
+它可能不提供原生的智能手机应用，但你肯定可以用手机上的网络浏览器来访问它。当然，最好找一台笔记本电脑/计算机来访问在线教学平台，但它也可以在移动设备上使用。
+
+你认为 BigBlueButton 的在线教学如何？有没有更好的开源项目可以替代？在下面的评论中让我知道！
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/bigbluebutton/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://linux.cn/article-12453-1.html
+[2]: https://bigbluebutton.org/
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/big-blue-button.png?ssl=1
+[4]: http://demo.bigbluebutton.org/
+[5]: https://bigbluebutton.org/2018/07/09/greenlight-2-0/
+[6]: https://docs.bigbluebutton.org/
+[7]: https://github.com/bigbluebutton/bbb-install
+[8]: https://docs.bigbluebutton.org/2.2/install.html#minimum-server-requirements
+[9]: https://github.com/bigbluebutton
diff --git a/published/20200730 10 cheat sheets for Linux sysadmins.md b/published/20200730 10 cheat sheets for Linux sysadmins.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53e7766a2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/published/20200730 10 cheat sheets for Linux sysadmins.md
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: (wxy)
+[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
+[#]: publisher: (wxy)
+[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-12490-1.html)
+[#]: subject: (10 cheat sheets for Linux sysadmins)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/7/sysadmin-cheat-sheets)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+Linux 系统管理员的 10 份速查表
+======
+
+> 这些快速参考指南让系统管理员的生活和日常工作变得更轻松，而且它们都是免费提供的。
+
+
+
+作为一名系统管理员，你做所的不是一件工作，而是**全部**工作，而且往往每一件工作都是随时随地出现，毫无预兆。除非你每天都只做一项任务，否则当需要的时候，你可能并不总是都能将所有的命令和选项都记在脑海里。这就是为什么我喜欢速查表的原因。
+
+速查表可以帮助你避免愚蠢的错误，它们可以让你不必翻阅数页的文档，并让你高效地完成任务。我为每位系统管理员挑选了我最喜欢的 10 个速查表，无论他的经验水平如何。
+
+### 网络
+
+我们的《[Linux 网络][2]》速查表是速查表界的的瑞士军刀，它包含了最常见的网络命令的简单提醒，包括 `nslookup`、`tcpdump`、`nmcli`、`netstat`、`traceroute` 等。最重要的是，它用了 `ip` 命令，所以你终于可以不用再默认使用 `ifconfig` 命令了！
+
+### 防火墙
+
+系统管理员有两种：了解 `iptables` 的和使用前一类人编写的 `iptables` 配置文件的。如果你是第一类人，你可以继续使用你的 `iptables` 配置，有没有 [firewalld][3] 都无所谓。
+
+如果你是第二类人，你终于可以放下你的 iptables 焦虑，拥抱 firewalld 的轻松。阅读《[用 firewall-cmd 保护你的 Linux 网络][4]》，然后下载我们的《[firewalld 速查表][5]》来记住你所学到的东西，保护你的网络端口从未如此简单。
+
+### SSH
+
+许多系统管理员都用的是 [POSIX][6] shell，所以可以在别人的计算机上运行的远程 shell 是 Linux 上最重要的工具之一也就不足为奇了。任何学习服务器管理的人通常很早就学会了使用 SSH，但我们中的许多人只学习了基础知识。
+
+当然，SSH 可以在远程机器上打开一个交互式的 shell，但它的功能远不止这些。比如说，你需要在远程机器上进行图形化登录。远程主机的用户要么不在键盘旁边，要么无法理解你启用 VNC 的指令。只要你有 SSH 权限，就可以为他们打开端口。
+
+```
+$ ssh -L 5901:localhost:5901
+```
+
+通过我们的《[SSH 速查表][7]》了解更多。
+
+### Linux 用户和权限
+
+传统的大型机和 UNIX 超级计算机风格的用户账户现在基本上已经被 Samba、LDAP 和 OpenShift等系统所取代。然而，这并没有改变对管理员和服务账户仔细管理的需求。为此，你仍然需要熟悉`useradd`、`usermod`、`chown`、`chmod`、`passwd`、`gpasswd`、`umask` 等命令。
+
+把我的《[用户和权限速查表][8]》放在手边，你就可以随时对与用户管理有关的任务进行合理的概览，并有实例命令演示你需要做的任何事情的正确语法。
+
+### 基本的 Linux 命令
+
+并不是所有的系统管理员都会把所有的时间花在终端上。无论你是否喜欢在桌面上工作，还是刚开始使用 Linux，有时为常用的终端命令提供一个任务导向的参考是很好的。
+
+对于一个为灵活性和即兴性而设计的界面来说，找到所有你可能需要的东西是很困难的，但我的《[常用命令速查表][9]》是相当全面的。这张速查表以任何技术型桌面用户的典型生活为蓝本，涵盖了用命令在计算机内导航、寻找文件的绝对路径、复制和重命名文件、建立目录、启动系统服务等内容。
+
+### Git
+
+在计算机的历史上，版本控制曾经是只有开发者才需要的东西。但那是过去，而 Git 是现在。对于任何希望跟踪从 Bash 脚本到配置文件、文档和代码的变化的人来说，版本控制是一个重要的工具。Git 适用于每个人，包括程序员、网站可靠性工程师（SRE），甚至系统管理员。
+
+获取我们的《[Git 速查表][10]》来学习要领、基本工作流程和最重要的 Git 标志。
+
+### Curl
+
+Curl 不一定是系统管理员专用的工具，从技术上讲，它“只是”一个用于终端的非交互式 Web 浏览器。你可能几天都不用它一次。然而，你很有可能会发现 Curl 对你每天要做的事情很有用，不管是快速参考网站上的一些信息，还是排除网络主机的故障，或者是验证你运行或依赖的一个重要 API。
+
+Curl 是一个向服务器传输数据的命令，它支持的协议包括 HTTP、FTP、IMAP、LDAP、POP3、SCP、SFTP、SMB、SMTP 等。它是一个重要的网络工具，所以下载我们的《[Curl 速查表][11]》，开始探索 Curl 吧。
+
+### SELinux
+
+Linux 的安全策略在默认情况下是很好的，root 权限和用户权限之间有很强的分离，但 SELinux 使用标签系统对其进行了改进。在配置了 SELinux 的主机上，每个进程和每个文件对象（或目录、网络端口、设备等）都有一个标签。SELinux 提供了一套规则来控制进程标签对对象（如文件）标签的访问。
+
+有时候你需要调整 SELinux 策略，或者调试一些安装时没有正确设置的东西，或者深入了解当前的策略。我们的《[SELinux 速查表][12]》可以提供帮助。
+
+### Kubectl
+
+无论你是已经迁移到了开放的混合云、封闭的私有云，还是你还在研究这样的迁移需要准备什么，你都需要了解 Kubernetes。虽然云确实还需要人去摆弄物理服务器，但作为一个系统管理员，你的未来肯定会涉及到容器，而没有什么比 Kubernetes 更能做到这一点。
+
+虽然 [OpenShift][13] 为 Kubernetes 提供了流畅的“仪表盘”体验，但有时需要一种直接的方法，这正是 `kubectl` 提供的。下一次当你不得不到处推送容器时，请确保你手头有我们的《[kubectl 速查表][14]》。
+
+### awk
+
+近几年来，Linux 经历了很多创新，有虚拟机、容器、新的安全模型、新的初始化系统、云等等。然而有些东西似乎永远不会改变。尤其是，系统管理员需要从日志文件和其它无尽的数据流中解析和隔离信息。仍然没有比 Aho、Weinberger 和 Kernighan 的经典 `awk` 命令更适合这项工作的工具。
+
+当然，自从 1977 年它被编写出来后，`awk` 已经走过了很长的路，新的选项和功能使它更容易使用。但如果你不是每天都在使用 `awk`，那么多的选项和语法可能会让你有点不知所措。下载我们的《[awk 速查表][15]》，了解 GNU awk 的工作原理。
+
+### 赠品：Bash 脚本编程
+
+速查表是有用的，但如果你想找更全面的东西，你可以下载我们的《[Bash 脚本编程手册][16]》。这本指南教你如何将你从速查表中了解到的所有命令和经验结合到脚本中，帮助你建立一个随时能用的自动化解决方案库来解决你的日常问题。本书内容丰富，详细讲解了 Bash 的工作原理、脚本与交互式命令的区别、如何捕捉错误等。
+
+### 赋能系统管理员
+
+你是一名系统管理员吗？
+
+你正在成为一名系统管理员的路上吗？
+
+你是否对系统管理员一天都在做什么感到好奇？
+
+如果是的话，请查看《[赋能系统管理员][17]》，这里有来自业界最勤奋的系统管理员的新文章，讲述他们的工作，以及 Linux 和开源如何让这一切成为可能。
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/7/sysadmin-cheat-sheets
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003499_01_linux11x_cc.png?itok=XMDOouJR (People work on a computer server with devices)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/downloads/cheat-sheet-networking
+[3]: https://firewalld.org/
+[4]: https://www.redhat.com/sysadmin/secure-linux-network-firewall-cmd
+[5]: https://opensource.com/downloads/firewall-cheat-sheet
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/19/7/what-posix-richard-stallman-explains
+[7]: https://opensource.com/downloads/advanced-ssh-cheat-sheet
+[8]: https://opensource.com/downloads/linux-permissions-cheat-sheet
+[9]: https://opensource.com/downloads/linux-common-commands-cheat-sheet
+[10]: https://opensource.com/downloads/cheat-sheet-git
+[11]: https://opensource.com/downloads/curl-command-cheat-sheet
+[12]: https://opensource.com/downloads/cheat-sheet-selinux
+[13]: https://opensource.com/tags/openshift
+[14]: https://opensource.com/downloads/kubectl-cheat-sheet
+[15]: https://opensource.com/downloads/cheat-sheet-awk-features
+[16]: https://opensource.com/downloads/bash-scripting-ebook
+[17]: http://redhat.com/sysadmin
diff --git a/sources/README.md b/sources/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5615087474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+这里放待翻译的文件。
diff --git a/sources/news/20191207 New machine learning from Alibaba and Netflix, mimicking animal vision, and more open source news.md b/sources/news/20191207 New machine learning from Alibaba and Netflix, mimicking animal vision, and more open source news.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 93297c4cad..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191207 New machine learning from Alibaba and Netflix, mimicking animal vision, and more open source news.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (New machine learning from Alibaba and Netflix, mimicking animal vision, and more open source news)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/news-december-7)
-[#]: author: (Scott Nesbitt https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt)
-
-New machine learning from Alibaba and Netflix, mimicking animal vision, and more open source news
-======
-Catch up on the biggest open source headlines from the past two weeks.
-![Weekly news roundup with TV][1]
-
-In this edition of our open source news roundup, we take a look an open source election auditing tool, new open source from Alibaba and Netflix, mimicking animal vision, and more!
-
-### Alibaba and Netflix share machine learning and data science software
-
-Two companies at the forefront of machine learning and data science have just released some of their tools under open source licenses.
-
-Chinese ecommerce giant Alibaba just [open sourced the algorithm libraries][2] for its Alink platform. The algorithms "are essential to support machine learning tasks such as online product recommendations and smart customer services." According to Jia Yangqing, president of Alibaba Cloud, Alink is a good fit for "developers seeking big data and machine-learning tools." You can find the source code for Alink (which is under an Apache 2.0 license) [on GitHub][3], with documentation in both Chinese and English.
-
-Not to be outdone, streaming service Netflix just released its [Metaflow Python library][4] under an Apache 2.0 license. Metaflow enables data scientists to "see early on whether a prototyped model would fail in production, allowing them to fix whatever the issue was". It also works with a number of Python data science libraries, like SciKit Learn, Pytorch, and Tensorflow. You can grab Metaflow's code from [its GitHub repository][5] or learn more about it at the [Metaflow website][6].
-
-### Open source software to mimic animal vision
-
-Have you ever wondered how your dog or cat sees the world? Thanks to work by researchers at the University of Exeter in the UK and Australia's University of Queensland, you can find out. The team just released [software that allows humans to see the world as animals do][7].
-
-Called micaToolbox, the software can interpret digital photos and process images of various environments by mimicking the limitations of animal vision. Anyone with a camera, a computer, or smartphone can use the software without knowing how to code. But micaToolbox isn't just a novelty. It's a serious scientific tool that can help "help biologists better understand a variety of animal behaviors, including mating systems, distance-dependent signalling and mimicry." And, according to researcher Jolyon Troscianko, the software can help identify "how an animal's camouflage works so that we can manage our land to protect certain species."
-
-You can [download micaBox][8] or [browse its source code][9] on GitHub.
-
-### New tool for post-election auditing
-
-More and more aspects of our lives and institutions are being automated. With that comes an increased danger of systems breaking down or malicious someones tampering with those systems. Open source gives us an opportunity to look at exactly how the automation works.
-
-Elections, in particular, are increasingly vulnerable. To combat election tampering, the US Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) has joined forces with the non-profit organization VotingWorks to create a [web-based application for auditing ballots][10].
-
-Called Arlo, the application is designed to ensure that "elections are secure, resilient, and transparent," said CISA's director Chris Krebs. Arlo works with a range of automated voting systems to help "officials compare audited votes to tabulated votes, and providing monitoring & reporting capabilities." Arlo was used to verify the results of recent state and local elections and is being further field-tested in the states of Georgia, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Virginia.
-
-Arlo's source code, released under an AGPL-3.0 license, is [available on GitHub][11].
-
-### Royal Navy debuts open source application development kit
-
-Consistency across user interfaces is key to a successful set of applications and services. The UK's Royal Navy understands the importance of this and has released the [open source NELSON standards toolkit][12] to help its developers and suppliers "save time and give users a consistent experience."
-
-Named after the legendary British admiral, NELSON is intended to "maintain high visual consistency and user-experience quality across the different applications developed or subcontracted by the Royal Navy." The toolkit consists of a set of components including visual styles, typographic elements, forms, elements like buttons and checkboxes, and notifications.
-
-NELSON has its own [GitHub repository][13], from which the Royal Navy encourages developers to make pull requests.
-
-#### In other news
-
- * [Council group plans for open source revenues and benefits platform][14]
- * [Introducing Nebula, the open source global overlay network from Slack][15]
- * [webOS Open Source Edition 2.0 keeps Palm's spirit alive in cars and IoT][16]
- * [Duke University Introduces an Open Source Tool as an Alternative to a Monolithic LMS][17]
- * [Open Source Technology Could Be a Boon to Farmers][18]
-
-
-
-_Thanks, as always, to Opensource.com staff members and moderators for their help this week._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/news-december-7
-
-作者：[Scott Nesbitt][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/weekly_news_roundup_tv.png?itok=B6PM4S1i (Weekly news roundup with TV)
-[2]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/alibaba-cloud-publishes-machine-learning-algorithm-on-github/
-[3]: https://github.com/alibaba/alink
-[4]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/netflix-our-metaflow-python-library-for-faster-data-science-is-now-open-source/
-[5]: https://github.com/Netflix/metaflow
-[6]: https://metaflow.org/
-[7]: https://www.upi.com/Science_News/2019/12/03/Novel-software-helps-scientists-see-what-animals-see/5961575389734/
-[8]: http://www.empiricalimaging.com/download/micatoolbox/
-[9]: https://github.com/troscianko/micaToolbox
-[10]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/cisa-and-votingworks-release-open-source-post-election-auditing-tool/
-[11]: https://github.com/votingworks/arlo
-[12]: https://joinup.ec.europa.eu/collection/open-source-observatory-osor/news/open-source-royal-navy
-[13]: https://github.com/Royal-Navy/standards-toolkit
-[14]: https://www.ukauthority.com/articles/council-group-plans-for-open-source-revenues-and-benefits/
-[15]: https://slack.engineering/introducing-nebula-the-open-source-global-overlay-network-from-slack-884110a5579
-[16]: https://www.slashgear.com/webos-open-source-edition-2-0-keeps-palms-spirit-alive-in-cars-and-iot-25601309/
-[17]: https://iblnews.org/duke-university-introduces-an-open-source-tool-as-an-alternative-to-a-monolithic-lms/
-[18]: https://civileats.com/2019/12/02/open-source-technology-could-be-a-boon-to-farmers/
diff --git a/sources/news/20191209 First Ever Release of Ubuntu Cinnamon Distribution is Finally Here.md b/sources/news/20191209 First Ever Release of Ubuntu Cinnamon Distribution is Finally Here.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 09af65568d..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191209 First Ever Release of Ubuntu Cinnamon Distribution is Finally Here.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (First Ever Release of Ubuntu Cinnamon Distribution is Finally Here!)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-cinnamon/)
-[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
-
-First Ever Release of Ubuntu Cinnamon Distribution is Finally Here!
-======
-
-_**Brief: Ubuntu Cinnamon is a new distribution that utilizes Linux Mint’s Cinnamon desktop environment on top of Ubuntu code base. It’s first stable release is based on Ubuntu 19.10 Eoan Ermine.**_
-
-[Cinnamon][1] is Linux Mint’s flagship desktop environment. Like [MATE desktop][2], Cinnamon is also a product of dissatisfaction with GNOME 3. With the GNOME Classic like user interface and relatively lower hardware requirements, Cinnamon soon gathered a dedicated userbase.
-
-Like any other desktop environment out there, you can [install Cinnamon on Ubuntu][3] and other distributions.
-
-Installing multiple [desktop environments][4] (DE) is not a difficult task but it often leads to conflicts (with other DE’s elements) and may not always provide the best experience. This is why major Linux distributions separate spins/flavors with various popular desktop environments.
-
-[Ubuntu also has various official flavors][5] featuring [KDE][6] (Kubuntu), [LXQt][7] (Lubuntu), Xfce (Xubuntu), Budgie ([Ubuntu Budgie][8]) etc. Cinnamon was not in this list but Ubuntu Cinnamon Remix project is trying to change that.
-
-### Ubuntu Cinnamon distribution
-
-![Ubuntu Cinnamon Desktop Screenshot][9]
-
-[Ubuntu Cinnamon][10] (website under construction) is a new Linux distribution that brings Cinnamon desktop to Ubuntu distribution. Joshua Peisach is the lead developer for the project and he is being helped by other volunteer contributors. The ex-developer of the now discontinued Ubuntu GNOME project and some members from Ubuntu team are also advising the team to help with the development.
-
-![Ubuntu Cinnamon Remix Screeenshot 1][11]
-
-Do note that Ubuntu Cinnamon is not an official flavor of Ubuntu. They are trying to get the flavorship but I think that will take a few more releases.
-
-The first stable release of Ubuntu Cinnamon is based on [Ubuntu 19.10 Eoan Ermine][12]. It uses Calamares installer from Lubuntu and features Cinnamon desktop version 4.0.10. Naturally, it uses Nemo file manager and LightDM.
-
-It supports EFI and UEFI and only comes with 64-bit support.
-
-You’ll get your regular goodies like LibreOffice, Firefox and some GNOME software and games. You can of course install more applications as per your need.
-
-### Download and install Ubuntu Cinnamon
-
-Do note that this is the first ever release of Ubuntu Cinnamon and the developers are not that experienced at this moment.
-
-If you don’t like troubleshooting, don’t use it on your main system. I expect this release to have a few bugs and issues which will be fixed eventually as more users test it out.
-
-You can download Ubuntu Cinnamon ISO from Sourceforge website:
-
-[Download Ubuntu Cinnamon][13]
-
-### What next from here?
-
-The dev team has a few improvements planned for the 20.04 release. The changes are mostly on the cosmetics though. There will be new GRUB and Plymouth theme, layout application and welcome screen.
-
-I downloaded it and tried it in a live session. Here’s what this distribution looks like:
-
-[Subscribe to our YouTube channel for more Linux videos][14]
-
-Meanwhile, if you manage to try it on your own, why not share your experience in the comments? If you use Linux Mint, will you switch to Ubuntu Cinnamon in near future? What are your overall opinion about this new project? Do share it in the comment section.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-cinnamon/
-
-作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamon_(desktop_environment)
-[2]: https://mate-desktop.org/
-[3]: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/
-[4]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-desktop-environments/
-[5]: https://itsfoss.com/which-ubuntu-install/
-[6]: https://kde.org/
-[7]: https://lxqt.org/
-[8]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-budgie-18-review/
-[9]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/ubuntu_cinnamon_distribution_screenshot.jpg?ssl=1
-[10]: https://ubuntucinnamon.org/
-[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/ubuntu_cinnamon_remix_screeenshot_1.jpg?ssl=1
-[12]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-19-10-released/
-[13]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/ubuntu-cinnamon-remix/
-[14]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
diff --git a/sources/news/20191209 KubeCon gets bigger, the kernel gets better, and more industry trends.md b/sources/news/20191209 KubeCon gets bigger, the kernel gets better, and more industry trends.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 81b00a0ec9..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191209 KubeCon gets bigger, the kernel gets better, and more industry trends.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (KubeCon gets bigger, the kernel gets better, and more industry trends)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/kubecon-bigger-kernel-better-more-industry-trends)
-[#]: author: (Tim Hildred https://opensource.com/users/thildred)
-
-KubeCon gets bigger, the kernel gets better, and more industry trends
-======
-A weekly look at open source community, market, and industry trends.
-![Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data][1]
-
-As part of my role as a senior product marketing manager at an enterprise software company with an open source development model, I publish a regular update about open source community, market, and industry trends for product marketers, managers, and other influencers. Here are five of my and their favorite articles from that update.
-
-## [KubeCon showed Kubernetes is big, but is it a Unicorn?][2]
-
-> It’s hard to remember now but there was a time when Kubernetes was a distant No. 3 in terms of container orchestrators being used in the market. It’s also eye opening to now realize that [the firms][3] that hatched the two platforms that [towered over][4] Kubernetes have had to completely re-jigger their business models under the Kubernetes onslaught.
->
-> And full credit to the CNCF for attempting to diffuse some of that attention from Kubernetes by spending the vast majority of the KubeCon opening keynote address touting some of the nearly two dozen graduated, incubating, and sandbox projects it also hosts. But, it was really the Big K that stole the show.
-
-**The impact:** Open source is way more than the source code; governance is a big deal and can be the difference between longevity and irrelevance. Gathering, organizing, and maintaining humans is an entirely different skill set than doing the same for bits, but can have just as big an influence on the success of a project.
-
-## [Report: Kubernetes use on the rise][5]
-
-> At the same time, the Datadog report notes that container churn rates are approximately 10 times higher in orchestrated environments. Churn rates in container environments that lack an orchestration platform such as Kubernetes have increased in the last year as well. The average container lifespan at a typical company running infrastructure without orchestration is about two days, down from about six days in mid-2018. In 19% of those environments not running orchestration, the average container lifetime exceeded 30 days. That compares to only 3% of organizations running containers longer than 30 days in Kubernetes environments, according to the report’s findings.
-
-**The impact**: If your containers aren't churning, you're probably not getting the full benefit of the technology you've adopted.
-
-## [Upcoming Linux 5.5 kernel improves live patching, scheduling][6]
-
-> A new WFX Wi-Fi driver for the Silicon Labs WF200 ASIC transceiver is coming to Linux kernel 5.5. This particular wireless transceiver is geared toward low-power IoT devices and uses a 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n radio optimized for low power RF performance in crowded RF environments. This new driver can interface via both Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) and Secure Digital Input Output (SDIO).
-
-**The impact**: The kernel's continued relevance is a direct result of the never-ending grind to keep being where people need it to be (i.e. basically everywhere).
-
-## [DigitalOcean Currents: December 2019][7]
-
-> In that spirit, this fall’s installment of our seasonal Currents report is dedicated to open source for the second year running. We surveyed more than 5800 developers around the world on the overall health and direction of the open source community. When we last checked in with the community in [2018][8], more than half of developers reported contributing to open source projects, and most felt the community was healthy and growing.
-
-**The impact**: While the good news outweighs the bad, there are a couple of things to keep an eye on: namely, making open source more inclusive and mitigating potential negative impact of big money.
-
-_I hope you enjoyed this list of what stood out to me from last week and come back next Monday for more open source community, market, and industry trends._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/kubecon-bigger-kernel-better-more-industry-trends
-
-作者：[Tim Hildred][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/thildred
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
-[2]: https://www.sdxcentral.com/articles/opinion-editorial/kubecon-showed-kubernetes-is-big-but-is-it-a-unicorn/2019/11/
-[3]: https://www.sdxcentral.com/articles/news/docker-unloads-enterprise-biz-to-mirantis/2019/11/
-[4]: https://www.sdxcentral.com/articles/news/mesosphere-is-now-d2iq-and-kubernetes-is-its-game/2019/08/
-[5]: https://containerjournal.com/topics/container-ecosystems/report-kubernetes-use-on-the-rise/
-[6]: https://thenewstack.io/upcoming-linux-5-5-kernel-improves-live-patching-scheduling/
-[7]: https://blog.digitalocean.com/digitalocean-currents-december-2019/
-[8]: https://www.digitalocean.com/currents/october-2018/
diff --git a/sources/news/20191214 Annual release cycle for Python, new Python Software Foundation fellows from Africa, and more updates.md b/sources/news/20191214 Annual release cycle for Python, new Python Software Foundation fellows from Africa, and more updates.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 85aef63325..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191214 Annual release cycle for Python, new Python Software Foundation fellows from Africa, and more updates.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Annual release cycle for Python, new Python Software Foundation fellows from Africa, and more updates)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/python-news-december)
-[#]: author: (Christian Heimes https://opensource.com/users/christian-heimes)
-
-Annual release cycle for Python, new Python Software Foundation fellows from Africa, and more updates
-======
-Find out what's going on in the Python community in December.
-![Python in a coffee cup.][1]
-
-The Python Software Foundation (PSF) is a nonprofit organization behind the Python programming language. I am fortunate to be a PSF Fellow (honorable member for life,) a Python core developer, and the liaison between my company, Red Hat, and the PSF. Part of that liaison work is providing updates on what’s happening in the Python community. Here’s a look at what we have going on in December.
-
-### Upcoming events
-
-A significant part of the Python community is its in-person events. These events are where users and contributors intermingle and learn together. Here are the big announcements of upcoming opportunities to connect.
-
-#### PyCon US 2020
-
-[PyCon US][2] is by far the largest annual Python event. The next PyCon is April 15-23, 2020, in Pittsburgh. The call for proposals is open to all until December 20, 2019. I’m planning to attend PyCon for the conference and its [famous post-con sprints][3].
-
-#### EuroPython
-
-EuroPython is the largest Python conference in Europe with about 1,000 attendees in the last years. [EP20][4] will be held in Dublin, Ireland, July 20-26, 2020. As a liaison for Red Hat, I’m proud to say that Red Hat sponsored EP18 in Edinburgh and donated the sponsoring tickets to Women Who Code Scotland.
-
-#### PyData
-
-[PyData][5] is a separate nonprofit related to the Python community through a focus on data science. They host many international events throughout the year, with upcoming events in [Austin, Texas][6], and [Warsaw, Poland][7] before the end of the year.
-
-### New PSF fellows from Africa
-
-The PSF promotes a few members to fellow every quarter. Yesterday, twelve new PSF fellows were [announced][8].
-
-I’d like to highlight the four new fellows from Ghana, who are also the organizers of the first pan-African [PyCon Africa][9], which took place in August 2019 in Accra, Ghana. The Python community in Africa is growing at an amazing speed. PyCon Africa 2020 will be in Accra again, and I’m planning to spend my summer vacation there.
-
-### Annual release cycle for Python
-
-Python used to release a new major version about every 18 months. This timeline will change with the Python 3.9 release. With [PEP 602,][10] a new major version of Python will be released annually in October. The new cadence means fewer changes between releases and more predictable release dates. October was chosen to align with Linux distribution releases such as Fedora. Miro Hrončok from the Python maintenance team joined the discussion and has helped to find a convenient release date for us; for more details, please see .
-
-### Steering council election
-
-The Python Steering Council governs the development of Python. It was established after [Guido van Rossum stepped down][11] as benevolent dictator for life. Python core developers elect a new steering council for every major Python release. For the upcoming term, nine candidates were nominated for five seats on the council (with Guido being nominated, but [withdrawing][12]). See for all the details. Election results are expected to be announced mid-December.
-
-That covers what’s new in the Python community for December. Stay tuned for more updates in the future and mark your calendars for the conferences mentioned above.
-
-So you have a great business idea for a wonderful IT product or service, and you want to build your...
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/python-news-december
-
-作者：[Christian Heimes][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/christian-heimes
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coffee_python.jpg?itok=G04cSvp_ (Python in a coffee cup.)
-[2]: https://us.pycon.org/2020/
-[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/pycon-developer-sprints
-[4]: https://www.europython-society.org/post/188741002380/europython-2020-venue-and-location-selected
-[5]: https://pydata.org/
-[6]: https://pydata.org/austin2019/
-[7]: https://pydata.org/warsaw2019/
-[8]: https://pyfound.blogspot.com/2019/11/python-software-foundation-fellow.html
-[9]: https://africa.pycon.org/
-[10]: https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0602/
-[11]: https://opensource.com/article/19/6/command-line-heroes-python
-[12]: https://discuss.python.org/t/steering-council-nomination-guido-van-rossum-2020-term/2657/11
diff --git a/sources/news/20191219 2020 technology must haves, a guide to Kubernetes etcd, and more industry trends.md b/sources/news/20191219 2020 technology must haves, a guide to Kubernetes etcd, and more industry trends.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 198d4f8292..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191219 2020 technology must haves, a guide to Kubernetes etcd, and more industry trends.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (2020 technology must haves, a guide to Kubernetes etcd, and more industry trends)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/gartner-ectd-and-more-industry-trends)
-[#]: author: (Tim Hildred https://opensource.com/users/thildred)
-
-2020 technology must haves, a guide to Kubernetes etcd, and more industry trends
-======
-A weekly look at open source community, market, and industry trends.
-![Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data][1]
-
-As part of my role as a senior product marketing manager at an enterprise software company with an open source development model, I publish a regular update about open source community, market, and industry trends for product marketers, managers, and other influencers. Here are five of my and their favorite articles from that update.
-
-## [Gartner's top 10 infrastructure and operations trends for 2020][2]
-
-> “The vast majority of organisations that do not adopt a shared self-service platform approach will find that their DevOps initiatives simply do not scale,” said Winser. "Adopting a shared platform approach enables product teams to draw from an I&O digital toolbox of possibilities, while benefiting from high standards of governance and efficiency needed for scale."
-
-**The impact**: The breakneck change of technology development and adoption will not slow down next year, as the things you've been reading about for the last two years become things you have to figure out to deal with every day.
-
-## [A guide to Kubernetes etcd: All you need to know to set up etcd clusters][3]
-
-> Etcd is a distributed reliable key-value store which is simple, fast and secure. It acts like a backend service discovery and database, runs on different servers in Kubernetes clusters at the same time to monitor changes in clusters and to store state/configuration data that should to be accessed by a Kubernetes master or clusters. Additionally, etcd allows Kubernetes master to support discovery service so that deployed application can declare their availability for inclusion in service.
-
-**The impact**: This is actually way more than I needed to know about setting up etcd clusters, but now I have a mental model of what that could look like, and you can too.
-
-## [How the open source model could fuel the future of digital marketing][4]
-
-> In other words, the broad adoption of open source culture has the power to completely invert the traditional marketing funnel. In the future, prospective customers could be first introduced to “late funnel” materials and then buy into the broader narrative — a complete reversal of how traditional marketing approaches decision-makers today.
-
-**The impact**: The SEO on this cuts two ways: It can introduce uninitiated marketing people to open source and uninitiated technical people to the ways that technology actually gets adopted. Neat!
-
-## [Kubernetes integrates interoperability, storage, waits on sidecars][5]
-
-> In a [recent interview][6], Lachlan Evenson, and was also a lead on the Kubernetes 1.16 release, said sidecar containers was one of the features that team was a “little disappointed” it could not include in their release.
->
-> Guinevere Saenger, software engineer at GitHub and lead for the 1.17 release team, explained that sidecar containers gained increased focus “about a month ago,” and that its implementation “changes the pod spec, so this is a change that affects a lot of areas and needs to be handled with care.” She noted that it did move closer to completion and “will again be prioritized for 1.18.”
-
-**The impact**: You can read between the lines to understand a lot more about the Kubernetes sausage-making process. It's got governance, tradeoffs, themes, and timeframes; all the stuff that is often invisible to consumers of a project.
-
-_I hope you enjoyed this list of what stood out to me from last week and come back next Monday for more open source community, market, and industry trends._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/gartner-ectd-and-more-industry-trends
-
-作者：[Tim Hildred][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/thildred
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
-[2]: https://www.information-age.com/gartner-top-10-infrastructure-and-operations-trends-2020-123486509/
-[3]: https://superuser.openstack.org/articles/a-guide-to-kubernetes-etcd-all-you-need-to-know-to-set-up-etcd-clusters/
-[4]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbescommunicationscouncil/2019/11/19/how-the-open-source-model-could-fuel-the-future-of-digital-marketing/#71b602fb20a5
-[5]: https://www.sdxcentral.com/articles/news/kubernetes-integrates-interoperability-storage-waits-on-sidecars/2019/12/
-[6]: https://kubernetes.io/blog/2019/12/06/when-youre-in-the-release-team-youre-family-the-kubernetes-1.16-release-interview/
diff --git a/sources/news/20191219 Linux Mint 19.3 -Tricia- Released- Here-s What-s New and How to Get it.md b/sources/news/20191219 Linux Mint 19.3 -Tricia- Released- Here-s What-s New and How to Get it.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 507915626b..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191219 Linux Mint 19.3 -Tricia- Released- Here-s What-s New and How to Get it.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Linux Mint 19.3 “Tricia” Released: Here’s What’s New and How to Get it)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-19-3/)
-[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
-
-Linux Mint 19.3 “Tricia” Released: Here’s What’s New and How to Get it
-======
-
-_**Linux Mint 19.3 “Tricia” has been released. See what’s new in it and learn how to upgrade to Linux Mint 19.3.**_
-
-The Linux Mint team finally announced the release of Linux Mint 19.3 codenamed ‘Tricia’ with useful feature additions along with a ton of improvements under-the-hood.
-
-This is a point release based on the latest **Ubuntu 18.04.3** and it comes packed with the **Linux kernel 5.0**.
-
-I downloaded and quickly tested the edition featuring the [Cinnamon 4.4][1] desktop environment. You may also try the Xfce or MATE edition of Linux Mint 19.3.
-
-### Linux Mint 19.3: What’s New?
-
-![Linux Mint 19 3 Desktop][2]
-
-While being an LTS release that will be supported until 2023 – it brings in a couple of useful features and improvements. Let me highlight some of them for you.
-
-#### System Reports
-
-![][3]
-
-Right after installing Linux Mint 19.3 (or upgrading it), you will notice a warning icon on the right side of the panel (taskbar).
-
-When you click on it, you should be displayed a list of potential issues that you can take care of to ensure the best out of Linux Mint experience.
-
-For starters, it will suggest that you should create a root password, install a language pack, or update software packages – in the form of a warning. This is particularly useful to make sure that you perform important actions even after following the first set of steps on the welcome screen.
-
-#### Improved Language Settings
-
-Along with the ability to install/set a language, you will also get the ability to change the time format.
-
-So, the language settings are now more useful than ever before.
-
-#### HiDPI Support
-
-As a result of [HiDPI][4] support, the system tray icons will look crisp and overall, you should get a pleasant user experience on a high-res display.
-
-#### New Applications
-
-![Linux Mint Drawing App][5]
-
-With the new release, you will n longer find “**GIMP**” pre-installed.
-
-Even though GIMP is a powerful utility, they decided to add a simpler “**Drawing**” app to let users to easily crop/resize images while being able to tweak it a little.
-
-Also, **Gnote** replaces **Tomboy** as the default note-taking application on Linux Mint 19.3
-
-In addition to both these replacements, Celluloid video player has also been added instead of Xplayer. In case you did not know, Celluloid happens to be one of the [best open source video players][6] for Linux.
-
-#### Cinnamon 4.4 Desktop
-
-![Cinnamon 4 4 Desktop][7]
-
-In my case, the new Cinnamon 4.4 desktop experience introduces a couple of new abilities like adjusting/tweaking the panel zones individually as you can see in the screenshot above.
-
-#### Other Improvements
-
-There are several other improvements including more customizability options in the file manager and so on.
-
-You can read more about the detailed changes in the [official release notes][8].
-
-[Subscribe to our YouTube channel for more Linux videos][9]
-
-### Linux Mint 19 vs 19.1 vs 19.2 vs 19.3: What’s the difference?
-
-You probably already know that Linux Mint releases are based on Ubuntu long term support releases. Linux Mint 19 series is based on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS.
-
-Ubuntu LTS releases get ‘point releases’ on the interval of a few months. Point release basically consists of bug fixes and security updates that have been pushed since the last release of the LTS version. This is similar to the Service Pack concept in Windows XP if you remember it.
-
-If you are going to download Ubuntu 18.04 which was released in April 2018 in 2019, you’ll get Ubuntu 18.04.2. The ISO image of 18.04.2 will consist of 18.04 and the bug fixes and security updates applied till 18.04.2. Imagine if there were no point releases, then right after [installing Ubuntu 18.04][10], you’ll have to install a few gigabytes of system updates. Not very convenient, right?
-
-But Linux Mint has it slightly different. Linux Mint has a major release based on Ubuntu LTS release and then it has three minor releases based on Ubuntu LTS point releases.
-
-Mint 19 was based on Ubuntu 18.04, 19.1 was based on 18.04.1 and Mint 19.2 is based on Ubuntu 18.04.2. Similarly, Mint 19.3 is based on Ubuntu 18.04.3. It is worth noting that all Mint 19.x releases are long term support releases and will get security updates till 2023.
-
-Now, if you are using Ubuntu 18.04 and keep your system updated, you’ll automatically get updated to 18.04.1, 18.04.2 etc. That’s not the case in Linux Mint.
-
-Linux Mint minor releases also consist of _feature changes_ along with bug fixes and security updates and this is the reason why updating Linux Mint 19 won’t automatically put you on 19.1.
-
-Linux Mint gives you the option if you want the new features or not. For example, Mint 19.3 has Cinnamon 4.4 and several other visual changes. If you are happy with the existing features, you can stay on Mint 19.2. You’ll still get the necessary security and maintenance updates on Mint 19.2 till 2023.
-
-Now that you understand the concept of minor releases and want the latest minor release, let’s see how to upgrade to Mint 19.3.
-
-### Linux Mint 19.3: How to Upgrade?
-
-No matter whether you have Linux Mint 19.1 or 19, you can follow these steps to [upgrade Linux Mint version][11].
-
-**Note**: _You should consider making a system snapshot (just in case) for backup. In addition, the Linux Mint team advises you to disable the screensaver and upgrade Cinnamon spices (if installed) from the System settings._
-
-![][12]
-
- 1. Launch the Update Manager.
- 2. Now, refresh it to load up the latest available updates (or you can change the mirror if you want).
- 3. Once done, simply click on the Edit button to find “**Upgrade to Linux Mint 19.3 Tricia**” button similar to the image above.
- 4. Finally, just follow the on-screen instructions to easily update it.
-
-
-
-Based on your internet connection, it should take anything between a couple of minutes to 30 minutes.
-
-### Don’t see Mint 19.3 update yet? Here’s what you can do
-
-If you don’t see the option to upgrade to Linux Mint 19.3 Tricia, don’t lose hope. Here are a couple of things you can do.
-
-#### **Step 1: Make sure to use mint-upgrade-info version 1.1.3**
-
-Make sure that mint-upgrade-info is updated to version 1.1.3. You can try the install command that will update it to a newer version (if there is any).
-
-```
-sudo apt install mint-upgrade-info
-```
-
-#### **Step 2: Switch to default software sources**
-
-Chances are that you are using a mirror closer to you to get faster software downloads. But this could cause a problem as the mirrors might not have the new upgrade info yet.
-
-Go to Software Source and change the sources to default. Now run the update manager again and see if Mint 19.3 upgrade is available.
-
-### Download Linux Mint 19.3 ‘Tricia’
-
-If you want to perform a fresh install, you can easily download the latest available version from the official download page (depending on what edition you want).
-
-You will also find multiple mirrors available to download the ISOs – feel free to try the nearest mirror for potentially faster download.
-
-[Linux Mint 19.3][13]
-
-**Wrapping Up**
-
-Have you tried Linux Mint 19.3 yet? Let me know your thoughts in the comments down below.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-19-3/
-
-作者：[Ankush Das][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://github.com/linuxmint/cinnamon/releases/tag/4.4.0
-[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/linux-mint-19-3-desktop.jpg?ssl=1
-[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/linux-mint-system-report.jpg?ssl=1
-[4]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/HiDPI
-[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/linux-mint-drawing-app.jpg?ssl=1
-[6]: https://itsfoss.com/video-players-linux/
-[7]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cinnamon-4-4-desktop.jpg?ssl=1
-[8]: https://linuxmint.com/rel_tricia_cinnamon.php
-[9]: https://www.youtube.com/c/itsfoss?sub_confirmation=1
-[10]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/
-[11]: https://itsfoss.com/upgrade-linux-mint-version/
-[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/mintupgrade.png?ssl=1
-[13]: https://linuxmint.com/download.php
diff --git a/sources/news/20191221 Eliminating gender bias in open source software development, a database of microbes, and more open source news.md b/sources/news/20191221 Eliminating gender bias in open source software development, a database of microbes, and more open source news.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cf9d05097..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191221 Eliminating gender bias in open source software development, a database of microbes, and more open source news.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Eliminating gender bias in open source software development, a database of microbes, and more open source news)
-[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/12/news-december-21)
-[#]: author: (Scott Nesbitt https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt)
-
-Eliminating gender bias in open source software development, a database of microbes, and more open source news
-======
-Catch up on the biggest open source headlines from the past two weeks.
-![Weekly news roundup with TV][1]
-
-In this edition of our open source news roundup, we take a look at eliminating gender bias in open source software development, an open source database of microbes, an open source index for cooperatives, and more!
-
-### Eliminating gender bias from open source development
-
-It's a sad fact that certain groups, among them women, are woefully underrepresented in open source projects. It's like a bug in the open source development process. Fortunately, there are initiatives to make that under representation a thing of the past. A study out of Oregon State University (OSU) intends to resolve the issue of the lack of women in open source development by "[finding these bugs and proposing redesigns around them][2], leading to more gender-inclusive tools used by software developers."
-
-The study will look at tools commonly used in open source development — including Eclipse, GitHub, and Hudson — to determine if they "significantly discourage newcomers, especially women, from joining OSS projects." According to Igor Steinmacher, one of the principal investigators of the study, the study will examine "how people use tools because the 'bugs' may be embedded in how the tool was designed, which may place people with different cognitive styles at a disadvantage."
-
-The developers of the tools being studied will walk through their software and answer questions based on specific personas. The researchers at OSU will suggest ways to redesign the software to eliminate gender bias and will "create a list of best practices for fixing gender-bias bugs in both products and processes."
-
-### Canadian university compiles open source microbial database
-
-What do you do when you have a vast amount of data but no way to effectively search and build upon it? You turn it into a database, of course. That's what researchers at Simon Fraser University in British Columbia, along with collaborators from around the globe, did with [information about chemical compounds created by bacteria and fungi][3]. Called the Natural Products Atlas, the database "holds information on nearly 25,000 natural compounds and serves as a knowledge base and repository for the global scientific community."
-
-Licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, the Natural Products Atlas "holds information on nearly 25,000 natural compounds and serves as a knowledge base and repository for the global scientific community." The [website for the Natural Products Atlas][4] hosts the database also includes a number of visualization tools and is fully searchable.
-
-Roger Linington, an associate professor at SFU who spearheaded the creation of the database, said that having "all the available data in one place and in a standardized format means we can now index natural compounds for anyone to freely access and learn more about."
-
-### Open source index for cooperatives
-
-Europe has long been a hotbed of both open source development and open source adoption. While European governments strongly advocate open source, non profits have been following suit. One of those is Cooperatives Europe, which is developing "[open source software to allow users to index co-op information and resources in a standardised way][5]."
-
-The idea behind the software, called Coop Starter, reinforces the [essential freedoms of free software][6]: it's intended to provide "education, training and information. The software may be used and repurposed by the public for their own needs and on their own infrastructure." Anyone can use it "to reference existing material on co-operative entrepreneurship" and can contribute "by sharing resources and information."
-
-The [code for Coop Starter][7], along with a related WordPress plugin, is available from Cooperative Europe's GitLab repository.
-
-#### In other news
-
- * [Nancy recognised as France’s top digital free and collaborative public service][8]
- * [Open Source and AI: Ready for primetime in government?][9]
- * [Open Software Means Kinder Science][10]
- * [New Open-Source CoE to be launched by Wipro and Oman’s Ministry of Tech & Communication][11]
-
-
-
-_Thanks, as always, to Opensource.com staff members and [Correspondents][12] for their help this week._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/19/12/news-december-21
-
-作者：[Scott Nesbitt][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/weekly_news_roundup_tv.png?itok=B6PM4S1i (Weekly news roundup with TV)
-[2]: https://techxplore.com/news/2019-12-professors-gender-biased-bugs-open-source-software.html
-[3]: https://www.sfu.ca/sfunews/stories/2019/12/sfu-global-collaboration-creates-world-s-first-open-source-datab.html
-[4]: https://www.npatlas.org/joomla/
-[5]: https://www.thenews.coop/144412/sector/regional-organisations/cooperatives-europe-builds-open-source-index-for-the-co-op-movement/
-[6]: https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html
-[7]: https://git.happy-dev.fr/startinblox/applications/coop-starter
-[8]: https://joinup.ec.europa.eu/collection/open-source-observatory-osor/news/territoire-numerique-libre
-[9]: https://federalnewsnetwork.com/commentary/2019/12/open-source-and-ai-ready-for-primetime-in-government/
-[10]: https://blogs.scientificamerican.com/observations/open-software-means-kinder-science/
-[11]: https://www.indianweb2.com/2019/12/11/new-open-source-coe-to-be-launched-by-wipro-and-omans-ministry-of-tech-communication/
-[12]: https://opensource.com/correspondent-program
diff --git a/sources/news/20191226 Darktable 3 Released With GUI Rework and New Features.md b/sources/news/20191226 Darktable 3 Released With GUI Rework and New Features.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9463a07712..0000000000
--- a/sources/news/20191226 Darktable 3 Released With GUI Rework and New Features.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Darktable 3 Released With GUI Rework and New Features)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/darktable-3-release/)
-[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
-
-Darktable 3 Released With GUI Rework and New Features
-======
-
-Here’s the Christmas gift for the photography enthusiasts. Darktable 3.0 has just released.
-
-[Darktable][1] is one of the [best applications for editing RAW images on Linux][2]. You can consider it as a [free and open source alternative to Adobe Lightroom][3].
-
-Darktable 3 is a major new release with tons of feature improvements and a complete rework of the user interface. The GUI is now completely controlled by GTK+ CSS rules, which makes the whole GUI themable. There are eight themes available by default.
-
-With the help of over 3000 commits and 553 pull requests, the new release has fixed 66 bugs and added many new features.
-
-Let’s see what features this new release brings.
-
-### New features in Darktable 3.0
-
-![Darktable 3.0 Screenshot][4]
-
-Here are the highlighted new features:
-
- * Reworked UI
- * A new module for handling 3D RGB Lut transformations
- * Many improvements to the ‘denoise (profiled)’ module
- * A new ‘culling’ mode and timeline view added
- * Many improvements to the ‘denoise (profiled)’ module
- * New tone equalizer’ basic and filmic RGB modules
- * Better 4K/5K display support
- * Undo/redo support for more operations
- * Many code optimizations for CPU and SSE paths
- * Support for exporting to Google Photos
- * More camera support, white balance presets, and noise profiles
- * Plenty of bug fixes and feature improvements
-
-
-
-You can read about all the changes in the [release notes on GitHub][5].
-
-### Installing Darktable 3.0 on Linux
-
-Let’s see how to get the latest Darktable release.
-
-#### Installing Darktable 3.0 on Ubuntu-based distributions
-
-Darktable is available in Ubuntu but you won’t get the latest release immediately. For the LTS version, it may take months before you have this version update.
-
-Worry not! Darktable provides its [own PPA][6] to install the latest release on Ubuntu-based distributions.
-
-Unfortuntaley, That Darktable PPA has not been updated with the new release.
-
-Worry not (again)! Thanks to our friend [Ji M of Ubuntu Handbook][7], we have an unofficial PPA for easily installing Darktable 3.0 on Ubuntu and other Ubuntu based distributions.
-
-Open a terminal and use these commands one by one:
-
-```
-sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntuhandbook1/darktable
-sudo apt update
-sudo apt install darktable
-```
-
-#### Uninstall Darktable 3
-
-To remove Darktable installed via this PPA, you can first uninstall the application:
-
-```
-sudo apt remove darktable
-```
-
-And then [remove the PPA][8] as well:
-
-```
-sudo add-apt-repository -r ppa:ubuntuhandbook1/darktable
-```
-
-#### Installing Darktable on other Linux distributions
-
-You may wait for your distribution to provide this new release through the software manager.
-
-You may also download the tarball or the entire source code from the GitHub release page (it’s at the bottom of the page).
-
-[Download Darktable 3.0][5]
-
-With Darktable 3, you can edit your holiday pictures better :)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/darktable-3-release/
-
-作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://www.darktable.org/
-[2]: https://itsfoss.com/raw-image-tools-linux/
-[3]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-photoshop-alternatives/
-[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/darktable_3_screenshot.jpg?ssl=1
-[5]: https://github.com/darktable-org/darktable/releases/tag/release-3.0.0
-[6]: https://launchpad.net/~pmjdebruijn/+archive/ubuntu/darktable-release
-[7]: http://ubuntuhandbook.org/index.php/2019/12/install-darktable-3-0-0-ubuntu-18-04-19-10/
-[8]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/
diff --git a/sources/news/README.md b/sources/news/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98d53847b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/news/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+这里放新闻类文章，要求时效性
diff --git a/sources/talk/20170717 The Ultimate Guide to JavaScript Fatigue- Realities of our industry.md b/sources/talk/20170717 The Ultimate Guide to JavaScript Fatigue- Realities of our industry.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 923d4618a9..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20170717 The Ultimate Guide to JavaScript Fatigue- Realities of our industry.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: url: ( )
-[#]: subject: (The Ultimate Guide to JavaScript Fatigue: Realities of our industry)
-[#]: via: (https://lucasfcosta.com/2017/07/17/The-Ultimate-Guide-to-JavaScript-Fatigue.html)
-[#]: author: (Lucas Fernandes Da Costa https://lucasfcosta.com)
-
-The Ultimate Guide to JavaScript Fatigue: Realities of our industry
-======
-
-**Complaining about JS Fatigue is just like complaining about the fact that humanity has created too many tools to solve the problems we have** , from email to airplanes and spaceships.
-
-Last week I’ve done a talk about this very same subject at the NebraskaJS 2017 Conference and I got so many positive feedbacks that I just thought this talk should also become a blog post in order to reach more people and help them deal with JS Fatigue and understand the realities of our industry. **My goal with this post is to change the way you think about software engineering in general and help you in any areas you might work on**.
-
-One of the things that has inspired me to write this blog post and that totally changed my life is [this great post by Patrick McKenzie, called “Don’t Call Yourself a Programmer and other Career Advice”][1]. **I highly recommend you read that**. Most of this blog post is advice based on what Patrick has written in that post applied to the JavaScript ecosystem and with a few more thoughts I’ve developed during these last years working in the tech industry.
-
-This first section is gonna be a bit philosophical, but I swear it will be worth reading.
-
-### Realities of Our Industry 101
-
-Just like Patrick has done in [his post][1], let’s start with the most basic and essential truth about our industry:
-
-Software solves business problems
-
-This is it. **Software does not exist to please us as programmers** and let us write beautiful code. Neither it exists to create jobs for people in the tech industry. **Actually, it exists to kill as many jobs as possible, including ours** , and this is why basic income will become much more important in the next few years, but that’s a whole other subject.
-
-I’m sorry to say that, but the reason things are that way is that there are only two things that matter in the software engineering (and any other industries):
-
-**Cost versus Revenue**
-
-**The more you decrease cost and increase revenue, the more valuable you are** , and one of the most common ways of decreasing cost and increasing revenue is replacing human beings by machines, which are more effective and usually cost less in the long run.
-
-You are not paid to write code
-
-**Technology is not a goal.** Nobody cares about which programming language you are using, nobody cares about which frameworks your team has chosen, nobody cares about how elegant your data structures are and nobody cares about how good is your code. **The only thing that somebody cares about is how much does your software cost and how much revenue it generates**.
-
-Writing beautiful code does not matter to your clients. We write beautiful code because it makes us more productive in the long run and this decreases cost and increases revenue.
-
-The whole reason why we try not to write bugs is not that we value correctness, but that **our clients** value correctness. If you have ever seen a bug becoming a feature you know what I’m talking about. That bug exists but it should not be fixed. That happens because our goal is not to fix bugs, our goal is to generate revenue. If our bugs make clients happy then they increase revenue and therefore we are accomplishing our goals.
-
-Reusable space rockets, self-driving cars, robots, artificial intelligence: these things do not exist just because someone thought it would be cool to create them. They exist because there are business interests behind them. And I’m not saying the people behind them just want money, I’m sure they think that stuff is also cool, but the truth is that if they were not economically viable or had any potential to become so, they would not exist.
-
-Probably I should not even call this section “Realities of Our Industry 101”, maybe I should just call it “Realities of Capitalism 101”.
-
-And given that our only goal is to increase revenue and decrease cost, I think we as programmers should be paying more attention to requirements and design and start thinking with our minds and participating more actively in business decisions, which is why it is extremely important to know the problem domain we are working on. How many times before have you found yourself trying to think about what should happen in certain edge cases that have not been thought before by your managers or business people?
-
-In 1975, Boehm has done a research in which he found out that about 64% of all errors in the software he was studying were caused by design, while only 36% of all errors were coding errors. Another study called [“Higher Order Software—A Methodology for Defining Software”][2] also states that **in the NASA Apollo project, about 73% of all errors were design errors**.
-
-The whole reason why Design and Requirements exist is that they define what problems we’re going to solve and solving problems is what generates revenue.
-
-> Without requirements or design, programming is the art of adding bugs to an empty text file.
->
-> * Louis Srygley
->
-
-
-This same principle also applies to the tools we’ve got available in the JavaScript ecosystem. Babel, webpack, react, Redux, Mocha, Chai, Typescript, all of them exist to solve a problem and we gotta understand which problem they are trying to solve, we need to think carefully about when most of them are needed, otherwise, we will end up having JS Fatigue because:
-
-JS Fatigue happens when people use tools they don't need to solve problems they don't have.
-
-As Donald Knuth once said: “Premature optimization is the root of all evil”. Remember that software only exists to solve business problems and most software out there is just boring, it does not have any high scalability or high-performance constraints. Focus on solving business problems, focus on decreasing cost and generating revenue because this is all that matters. Optimize when you need, otherwise you will probably be adding unnecessary complexity to your software, which increases cost, and not generating enough revenue to justify that.
-
-This is why I think we should apply [Test Driven Development][3] principles to everything we do in our job. And by saying this I’m not just talking about testing. **I’m talking about waiting for problems to appear before solving them. This is what TDD is all about**. As Kent Beck himself says: “TDD reduces fear” because it guides your steps and allows you take small steps towards solving your problems. One problem at a time. By doing the same thing when it comes to deciding when to adopt new technologies then we will also reduce fear.
-
-Solving one problem at a time also decreases [Analysis Paralysis][4], which is basically what happens when you open Netflix and spend three hours concerned about making the optimal choice instead of actually watching something. By solving one problem at a time we reduce the scope of our decisions and by reducing the scope of our decisions we have fewer choices to make and by having fewer choices to make we decrease Analysis Paralysis.
-
-Have you ever thought about how easier it was to decide what you were going to watch when there were only a few TV channels available? Or how easier it was to decide which game you were going to play when you had only a few cartridges at home?
-
-### But what about JavaScript?
-
-By the time I’m writing this post NPM has 489,989 packages and tomorrow approximately 515 new ones are going to be published.
-
-And the packages we use and complain about have a history behind them we must comprehend in order to understand why we need them. **They are all trying to solve problems.**
-
-Babel, Dart, CoffeeScript and other transpilers come from our necessity of writing code other than JavaScript but making it runnable in our browsers. Babel even lets us write new generation JavaScript and make sure it will work even on older browsers, which has always been a great problem given the inconsistencies and different amount of compliance to the ECMA Specification between browsers. Even though the ECMA spec is becoming more and more solid these days, we still need Babel. And if you want to read more about Babel’s history I highly recommend that you read [this excellent post by Henry Zhu][5].
-
-Module bundlers such as Webpack and Browserify also have their reason to exist. If you remember well, not so long ago we used to suffer a lot with lots of `script` tags and making them work together. They used to pollute the global namespace and it was reasonably hard to make them work together when one depended on the other. In order to solve this [`Require.js`][6] was created, but it still had its problems, it was not that straightforward and its syntax also made it prone to other problems, as you can see [in this blog post][7]. Then Node.js came with `CommonJS` imports, which were synchronous, simple and clean, but we still needed a way to make that work on our browsers and this is why we needed Webpack and Browserify.
-
-And Webpack itself actually solves more problems than that by allowing us to deal with CSS, images and many other resources as if they were JavaScript dependencies.
-
-Front-end frameworks are a bit more complicated, but the reason why they exist is to reduce the cognitive load when we write code so that we don’t need to worry about manipulating the DOM ourselves or even dealing with messy browser APIs (another problem JQuery came to solve), which is not only error prone but also not productive.
-
-This is what we have been doing this whole time in computer science. We use low-level abstractions and build even more abstractions on top of it. The more we worry about describing how our software should work instead of making it work, the more productive we are.
-
-But all those tools have something in common: **they exist because the web platform moves too fast**. Nowadays we’re using web technology everywhere: in web browsers, in desktop applications, in phone applications or even in watch applications.
-
-This evolution also creates problems we need to solve. PWAs, for example, do not exist only because they’re cool and we programmers have fun writing them. Remember the first section of this post: **PWAs exist because they create business value**.
-
-And usually standards are not fast enough to be created and therefore we need to create our own solutions to these things, which is why it is great to have such a vibrant and creative community with us. We’re solving problems all the time and **we are allowing natural selection to do its job**.
-
-The tools that suit us better thrive, get more contributors and develop themselves more quickly and sometimes other tools end up incorporating the good ideas from the ones that thrive and becoming even more popular than them. This is how we evolve.
-
-By having more tools we also have more choices. If you remember the UNIX philosophy well, it states that we should aim at creating programs that do one thing and do it well.
-
-We can clearly see this happening in the JS testing environment, for example, where we have Mocha for running tests and Chai for doing assertions, while in Java JUnit tries to do all these things. This means that if we have a problem with one of them or if we find another one that suits us better, we can simply replace that small part and still have the advantages of the other ones.
-
-The UNIX philosophy also states that we should write programs that work together. And this is exactly what we are doing! Take a look at Babel, Webpack and React, for example. They work very well together but we still do not need one to use the other. In the testing environment, for example, if we’re using Mocha and Chai all of a sudden we can just install Karma and run those same tests in multiple environments.
-
-### How to Deal With It
-
-My first advice for anyone suffering from JS Fatigue would definitely be to stay aware that **you don’t need to know everything**. Trying to learn it all at once, even when we don’t have to do so, only increases the feeling of fatigue. Go deep in areas that you love and for which you feel an inner motivation to study and adopt a lazy approach when it comes to the other ones. I’m not saying that you should be lazy, I’m just saying that you can learn those only when needed. Whenever you face a problem that requires you to use a certain technology to solve it, go learn.
-
-Another important thing to say is that **you should start from the beginning**. Make sure you have learned enough about JavaScript itself before using any JavaScript frameworks. This is the only way you will be able to understand them and bend them to your will, otherwise, whenever you face an error you have never seen before you won’t know which steps to take in order to solve it. Learning core web technologies such as CSS, HTML5, JavaScript and also computer science fundamentals or even how the HTTP protocol works will help you master any other technologies a lot more quickly.
-
-But please, don’t get too attached to that. Sometimes you gotta risk yourself and start doing things on your own. As Sacha Greif has written in [this blog post][8], spending too much time learning the fundamentals is just like trying to learn how to swim by studying fluid dynamics. Sometimes you just gotta jump into the pool and try to swim by yourself.
-
-And please, don’t get too attached to a single technology. All of the things we have available nowadays have already been invented in the past. Of course, they have different features and a brand new name, but, in their essence, they are all the same.
-
-If you look at NPM, it is nothing new, we already had Maven Central and Ruby Gems quite a long time ago.
-
-In order to transpile your code, Babel applies the very same principles and theory as some of the oldest and most well-known compilers, such as the GCC.
-
-Even JSX is not a new idea. It E4X (ECMAScript for XML) already existed more than 10 years ago.
-
-Now you might ask: “what about Gulp, Grunt and NPM Scripts?” Well, I’m sorry but we can solve all those problems with GNU Make in 1976. And actually, there are a reasonable number of JavaScript projects that still use it, such as Chai.js, for example. But we do not do that because we are hipsters that like vintage stuff. We use `make` because it solves our problems, and this is what you should aim at doing, as we’ve talked before.
-
-If you really want to understand a certain technology and be able to solve any problems you might face, please, dig deep. One of the most decisive factors to success is curiosity, so **dig deep into the technologies you like**. Try to understand them from bottom-up and whenever you think something is just “magic”, debunk that myth by exploring the codebase by yourself.
-
-In my opinion, there is no better quote than this one by Richard Feinman, when it comes to really learning something:
-
-> What I cannot create, I do not understand
-
-And just below this phrase, [in the same blackboard, Richard also wrote][9]:
-
-> Know how to solve every problem that has been solved
-
-Isn’t this just amazing?
-
-When Richard said that, he was talking about being able to take any theoretical result and re-derive it, but I think the exact same principle can be applied to software engineering. The tools that solve our problems have already been invented, they already exist, so we should be able to get to them all by ourselves.
-
-This is the very reason I love [some of the videos available in Egghead.io][10] in which Dan Abramov explains how to implement certain features that exist in Redux from scratch or [blog posts that teach you how to build your own JSX renderer][11].
-
-So why not trying to implement these things by yourself or going to GitHub and reading their codebase in order to understand how they work? I’m sure you will find a lot of useful knowledge out there. Comments and tutorials might lie and be incorrect sometimes, the code cannot.
-
-Another thing that we have been talking a lot in this post is that **you should not get ahead of yourself**. Follow a TDD approach and solve one problem at a time. You are paid to increase revenue and decrease cost and you do this by solving problems, this is the reason why software exists.
-
-And since we love comparing our role to the ones related to civil engineering, let’s do a quick comparison between software development and civil engineering, just as [Sam Newman does in his brilliant book called “Building Microservices”][12].
-
-We love calling ourselves “engineers” or “architects”, but is that term really correct? We have been developing software for what we know as computers less than a hundred years ago, while the Colosseum, for example, exists for about two thousand years.
-
-When was the last time you’ve seen a bridge falling and when was the last time your telephone or your browser crashed?
-
-In order to explain this, I’ll use an example I love.
-
-This is the beautiful and awesome city of Barcelona:
-
-![The City of Barcelona][13]
-
-When we look at it this way and from this distance, it just looks like any other city in the world, but when we look at it from above, this is how Barcelona looks:
-
-![Barcelona from above][14]
-
-As you can see, every block has the same size and all of them are very organized. If you’ve ever been to Barcelona you will also know how good it is to move through the city and how well it works.
-
-But the people that planned Barcelona could not predict what it was going to look like in the next two or three hundred years. In cities, people come in and people move through it all the time so what they had to do was make it grow organically and adapt as the time goes by. They had to be prepared for changes.
-
-This very same thing happens to our software. It evolves quickly, refactors are often needed and requirements change more frequently than we would like them to.
-
-So, instead of acting like a Software Engineer, act as a Town Planner. Let your software grow organically and adapt as needed. Solve problems as they come by but make sure everything still has its place.
-
-Doing this when it comes to software is even easier than doing this in cities due to the fact that **software is flexible, civil engineering is not**. **In the software world, our build time is compile time**. In Barcelona we cannot simply destroy buildings to give space to new ones, in Software we can do that a lot easier. We can break things all the time, we can make experiments because we can build as many times as we want and it usually takes seconds and we spend a lot more time thinking than building. Our job is purely intellectual.
-
-So **act like a town planner, let your software grow and adapt as needed**.
-
-By doing this you will also have better abstractions and know when it’s the right time to adopt them.
-
-As Sam Koblenski says:
-
-> Abstractions only work well in the right context, and the right context develops as the system develops.
-
-Nowadays something I see very often is people looking for boilerplates when they’re trying to learn a new technology, but, in my opinion, **you should avoid boilerplates when you’re starting out**. Of course boilerplates and generators are useful if you are already experienced, but they take a lot of control out of your hands and therefore you won’t learn how to set up a project and you won’t understand exactly where each piece of the software you are using fits.
-
-When you feel like you are struggling more than necessary to get something simple done, it might be the right time for you to look for an easier way to do this. In our role **you should strive to be lazy** , you should work to not work. By doing that you have more free time to do other things and this decreases cost and increases revenue, so that’s another way of accomplishing your goal. You should not only work harder, you should work smarter.
-
-Probably someone has already had the same problem as you’re having right now, but if nobody did it might be your time to shine and build your own solution and help other people.
-
-But sometimes you will not be able to realize you could be more effective in your tasks until you see someone doing them better. This is why it is so important to **talk to people**.
-
-By talking to people you share experiences that help each other’s careers and we discover new tools to improve our workflow and, even more important than that, learn how they solve their problems. This is why I like reading blog posts in which companies explain how they solve their problems.
-
-Especially in our area we like to think that Google and StackOverflow can answer all our questions, but we still need to know which questions to ask. I’m sure you have already had a problem you could not find a solution for because you didn’t know exactly what was happening and therefore didn’t know what was the right question to ask.
-
-But if I needed to sum this whole post in a single advice, it would be:
-
-Solve problems.
-
-Software is not a magic box, software is not poetry (unfortunately). It exists to solve problems and improves peoples’ lives. Software exists to push the world forward.
-
-**Now it’s your time to go out there and solve problems**.
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://lucasfcosta.com/2017/07/17/The-Ultimate-Guide-to-JavaScript-Fatigue.html
-
-作者：[Lucas Fernandes Da Costa][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://lucasfcosta.com
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: http://www.kalzumeus.com/2011/10/28/dont-call-yourself-a-programmer/
-[2]: http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/1702333/
-[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Test_Driven_Development
-[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analysis_paralysis
-[5]: https://babeljs.io/blog/2016/12/07/the-state-of-babel
-[6]: http://requirejs.org
-[7]: https://benmccormick.org/2015/05/28/moving-past-requirejs/
-[8]: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/a-study-plan-to-cure-javascript-fatigue-8ad3a54f2eb1
-[9]: https://www.quora.com/What-did-Richard-Feynman-mean-when-he-said-What-I-cannot-create-I-do-not-understand
-[10]: https://egghead.io/lessons/javascript-redux-implementing-store-from-scratch
-[11]: https://jasonformat.com/wtf-is-jsx/
-[12]: https://www.barnesandnoble.com/p/building-microservices-sam-newman/1119741399/2677517060476?st=PLA&sid=BNB_DRS_Marketplace+Shopping+Books_00000000&2sid=Google_&sourceId=PLGoP4760&k_clickid=3x4760
-[13]: /assets/barcelona-city.jpeg
-[14]: /assets/barcelona-above.jpeg
-[15]: https://twitter.com/thewizardlucas
diff --git a/sources/talk/20170911 What every software engineer should know about search.md b/sources/talk/20170911 What every software engineer should know about search.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 474a63201f..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20170911 What every software engineer should know about search.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,513 +0,0 @@
-What every software engineer should know about search
-============================================================
-
-
-
-
-### Want to build or improve a search experience? Start here.
-
-Ask a software engineer: “[How would you add search functionality to your product?][78]” or “[How do I build a search engine?][79]” You’ll probably immediately hear back something like: “Oh, we’d just launch an ElasticSearch cluster. Search is easy these days.”
-
-But is it? Numerous current products [still][80] [have][81] [suboptimal][82] [search][83] [experiences][84]. Any true search expert will tell you that few engineers have a very deep understanding of how search engines work, knowledge that’s often needed to improve search quality.
-
-Even though many open source software packages exist, and the research is vast, the knowledge around building solid search experiences is limited to a select few. Ironically, [searching online][85] for search-related expertise doesn’t yield any recent, thoughtful overviews.
-
-#### Emoji Legend
-
-```
-❗ “Serious” gotcha: consequences of ignorance can be deadly
-🔷 Especially notable idea or piece of technology
-☁️ ️Cloud/SaaS
-🍺 Open source / free software
-🦏 JavaScript
-🐍 Python
-☕ Java
-🇨 C/C++
-```
-
-### Why read this?
-
-Think of this post as a collection of insights and resources that could help you to build search experiences. It can’t be a complete reference, of course, but hopefully we can improve it based on feedback (please comment or reach out!).
-
-I’ll point at some of the most popular approaches, algorithms, techniques, and tools, based on my work on general purpose and niche search experiences of varying sizes at Google, Airbnb and several startups.
-
-❗️Not appreciating or understanding the scope and complexity of search problems can lead to bad user experiences, wasted engineering effort, and product failure.
-
-If you’re impatient or already know a lot of this, you might find it useful to jump ahead to the tools and services sections.
-
-### Some philosophy
-
-This is a long read. But most of what we cover has four underlying principles:
-
-#### 🔷 Search is an inherently messy problem:
-
-* Queries are highly variable. The search problems are highly variablebased on product needs.
-
-* Think about how different Facebook search (searching a graph of people).
-
-* YouTube search (searching individual videos).
-
-* Or how different both of those are are from Kayak ([air travel planning is a really hairy problem][2]).
-
-* Google Maps (making sense of geo-spacial data).
-
-* Pinterest (pictures of a brunch you might cook one day).
-
-#### Quality, metrics, and processes matter a lot:
-
-* There is no magic bullet (like PageRank) nor a magic ranking formula that makes for a good approach. Processes are always evolving collection of techniques and processes that solve aspects of the problem and improve overall experience, usually gradually and continuously.
-
-* ❗️In other words, search is not just just about building software that does ranking or retrieval (which we will discuss below) for a specific domain. Search systems are usually an evolving pipeline of components that are tuned and evolve over time and that build up to a cohesive experience.
-
-* In particular, the key to success in search is building processes for evaluation and tuning into the product and development cycles. A search system architect should think about processes and metrics, not just technologies.
-
-#### Use existing technologies first:
-
-* As in most engineering problems, don’t reinvent the wheel yourself. When possible, use existing services or open source tools. If an existing SaaS (such as [Algolia][3] or managed Elasticsearch) fits your constraints and you can afford to pay for it, use it. This solution will likely will be the best choice for your product at first, even if down the road you need to customize, enhance, or replace it.
-
-#### ❗️Even if you buy, know the details:
-
-* Even if you are using an existing open source or commercial solution, you should have some sense of the complexity of the search problem and where there are likely to be pitfalls.
-
-### Theory: the search problem
-
-Search is different for every product, and choices depend on many technical details of the requirements. It helps to identify the key parameters of your search problem:
-
-1. Size: How big is the corpus (a complete set of documents that need to be searched)? Is it thousands or billions of documents?
-
-2. Media: Are you searching through text, images, graphical relationships, or geospatial data?
-
-3. 🔷 Corpus control and quality: Are the sources for the documents under your control, or coming from a (potentially adversarial) third party? Are all the documents ready to be indexed or need to be cleaned up and selected?
-
-4. Indexing speed: Do you need real-time indexing, or is building indices in batch is fine?
-
-5. Query language: Are the queries structured, or you need to support unstructured ones?
-
-6. Query structure: Are your queries textual, images, sounds? Street addresses, record ids, people’s faces?
-
-7. Context-dependence: Do the results depend on who the user is, what is their history with the product, their geographical location, time of the day etc?
-
-8. Suggest support: Do you need to support incomplete queries?
-
-9. Latency: What are the serving latency requirements? 100 milliseconds or 100 seconds?
-
-10. Access control: Is it entirely public or should users only see a restricted subset of the documents?
-
-11. Compliance: Are there compliance or organizational limitations?
-
-12. Internationalization: Do you need to support documents with multilingual character sets or Unicode? (Hint: Always use UTF-8 unless you really know what you’re doing.) Do you need to support a multilingual corpus? Multilingual queries?
-
-Thinking through these points up front can help you make significant choices designing and building individual search system components.
-
- ** 此处有Canvas,请手动处理 **
-
-
-A production indexing pipeline.
-
-### Theory: the search pipeline
-
-Now let’s go through a list of search sub-problems. These are usually solved by separate subsystems that form a pipeline. What that means is that a given subsystem consumes the output of previous subsystems, and produces input for the following subsystems.
-
-This leads to an important property of the ecosystem: once you change how an upstream subsystem works, you need to evaluate the effect of the change and possibly change the behavior downstream.
-
-Here are the most important problems you need to solve:
-
-#### Index selection:
-
-given a set of documents (e.g. the entirety of the Internet, all the Twitter posts, all the pictures on Instagram), select a potentially smaller subset of documents that may be worthy for consideration as search results and only include those in the index, discarding the rest. This is done to keep your indexes compact, and is almost orthogonal to selecting the documents to show to the user. Examples of particular classes of documents that don’t make the cut may include:
-
-#### Spam:
-
-oh, all the different shapes and sizes of search spam! A giant topic in itself, worthy of a separate guide. [A good web spam taxonomy overview][86].
-
-#### Undesirable documents:
-
-domain constraints might require filtering: [porn][87], illegal content, etc. The techniques are similar to spam filtering, probably with extra heuristics.
-
-#### Duplicates:
-
-Or near-duplicates and redundant documents. Can be done with [Locality-sensitive hashing][88], [similarity measures][89], clustering techniques or even [clickthrough data][90]. A [good overview][91] of techniques.
-
-#### Low-utility documents:
-
-The definition of utility depends highly on the problem domain, so it’s hard to recommend the approaches here. Some ideas are: it might be possible to build a utility function for your documents; heuristics might work, or example an image that contains only black pixels is not a useful document; utility might be learned from user behavior.
-
-#### Index construction:
-
-For most search systems, document retrieval is performed using an [inverted index][92] — often just called the index.
-
-* The index is a mapping of search terms to documents. A search term could be a word, an image feature or any other document derivative useful for query-to-document matching. The list of the documents for a given term is called a [posting list][1]. It can be sorted by some metric, like document quality.
-
-* Figure out whether you need to index the data in real time.❗️Many companies with large corpora of documents use a batch-oriented indexing approach, but then find this is unsuited to a product where users expect results to be current.
-
-* With text documents, term extraction usually involves using NLP techniques, such as stop lists, [stemming][4] and [entity extraction][5]; for images or videos computer vision methods are used etc.
-
-* In addition, documents are mined for statistical and meta information, such as references to other documents (used in the famous [PageRank][6]ranking signal), [topics][7], counts of term occurrences, document size, entities A mentioned etc. That information can be later used in ranking signal construction or document clustering. Some larger systems might contain several indexes, e.g. for documents of different types.
-
-* Index formats. The actual structure and layout of the index is a complex topic, since it can be optimized in many ways. For instance there are [posting lists compression methods][8], one could target [mmap()able data representation][9] or use[ LSM-tree][10] for continuously updated index.
-
-#### Query analysis and document retrieval:
-
-Most popular search systems allow non-structured queries. That means the system has to extract structure out of the query itself. In the case of an inverted index, you need to extract search terms using [NLP][93] techniques.
-
-The extracted terms can be used to retrieve relevant documents. Unfortunately, most queries are not very well formulated, so it pays to do additional query expansion and rewriting, like:
-
-* [Term re-weighting][11].
-
-* [Spell checking][12]. Historical query logs are very useful as a dictionary.
-
-* [Synonym matching][13]. [Another survey][14].
-
-* [Named entity recognition][15]. A good approach is to use [HMM-based language modeling][16].
-
-* Query classification. Detect queries of particular type. For example, Google Search detects queries that contain a geographical entity, a porny query, or a query about something in the news. The retrieval algorithm can then make a decision about which corpora or indexes to look at.
-
-* Expansion through [personalization][17] or [local context][18]. Useful for queries like “gas stations around me”.
-
-#### Ranking:
-
-Given a list of documents (retrieved in the previous step), their signals, and a processed query, create an optimal ordering (ranking) for those documents.
-
-Originally, most ranking models in use were hand-tuned weighted combinations of all the document signals. Signal sets might include PageRank, clickthrough data, topicality information and [others][94].
-
-To further complicate things, many of those signals, such as PageRank, or ones generated by [statistical language models][95] contain parameters that greatly affect the performance of a signal. Those have to be hand-tuned too.
-
-Lately, 🔷 [learning to rank][96], signal-based discriminative supervised approaches are becoming more and more popular. Some popular examples of LtR are [McRank][97] and [LambdaRank][98] from Microsoft, and [MatrixNet][99] from Yandex.
-
-A new, [vector space based approach][100] for semantic retrieval and ranking is gaining popularity lately. The idea is to learn individual low-dimensional vector document representations, then build a model which maps queries into the same vector space.
-
-Then, retrieval is just finding several documents that are closest by some metric (e.g. Eucledian distance) to the query vector. Ranking is the distance itself. If the mapping of both the documents and queries is built well, the documents are chosen not by a fact of presence of some simple pattern (like a word), but how close the documents are to the query by _meaning_ .
-
-### Indexing pipeline operation
-
-Usually, each of the above pieces of the pipeline must be operated on a regular basis to keep the search index and search experience current.
-
-❗️Operating a search pipeline can be complex and involve a lot of moving pieces. Not only is the data moving through the pipeline, but the code for each module and the formats and assumptions embedded in the data will change over time.
-
-A pipeline can be run in “batch” or based on a regular or occasional basis (if indexing speed does not need to be real time) or in a streamed way (if real-time indexing is needed) or based on certain triggers.
-
-Some complex search engines (like Google) have several layers of pipelines operating on different time scales — for example, a page that changes often (like [cnn.com][101]) is indexed with a higher frequency than a static page that hasn’t changed in years.
-
-### Serving systems
-
-Ultimately, the goal of a search system is to accept queries, and use the index to return appropriately ranked results. While this subject can be incredibly complex and technical, we mention a few of the key aspects to this part of the system.
-
-* Performance: users notice when the system they interact with is laggy. ❗️Google has done [extensive research][19], and they have noticed that number of searches falls 0.6%, when serving is slowed by 300ms. They recommend to serve results under 200 ms for most of your queries. A good article [on the topic][20]. This is the hard part: the system needs to collect documents from, possibly, many computers, than merge them into possible a very long list and then sort that list in the ranking order. To complicate things further, ranking might be query-dependent, so, while sorting, the system is not just comparing 2 numbers, but performing computation.
-
-* 🔷 Caching results: is often necessary to achieve decent performance. ❗️ But caches are just one large gotcha. The might show stale results when indices are updated or some results are blacklisted. Purging caches is a can of warm of itself: a search system might not have the capacity to serve the entire query stream with an empty (cold) cache, so the [cache needs to be pre-warmed][21] before the queries start arriving. Overall, caches complicate a system’s performance profile. Choosing a cache size and a replacement algorithm is also a [challenge][22].
-
-* Availability: is often defined by an uptime/(uptime + downtime) metric. When index is distributed, in order to serve any search results, the system often needs to query all the shards for their share of results. ❗️That means, that if one shard is unavailable, the entire search system is compromised. The more machines are involved in serving the index — the higher the probability of one of them becoming defunct and bringing the whole system down.
-
-* Managing multiple indices: Indices for large systems may separated into shards (pieces) or divided by media type or indexing cadence (fresh versus long-term indices). Results can then be merged.
-
-* Merging results of different kinds: e.g. Google showing results from Maps, News etc.
-
- ** 此处有Canvas,请手动处理 **
-
-
-A human rater. Yeah, you should still have those.
-
-### Quality, evaluation, and improvement
-
-So you’ve launched your indexing pipeline and search servers, and it’s all running nicely. Unfortunately the road to a solid search experience only begins with running infrastructure.
-
-Next, you’ll need to build a set of processes around continuous search quality evaluation and improvement. In fact, this is actually most of the work and the hardest problem you’ll have to solve.
-
-🔷 What is quality? First, you’ll need to determine (and get your boss or the product lead to agree), what quality means in your case:
-
-* Self-reported user satisfaction (includes UX)
-
-* Perceived relevance of the returned results (not including UX)
-
-* Satisfaction relative to competitors
-
-* Satisfaction relative performance of the previous version of the search engine (e.g. last week)
-
-* [User engagement][23]
-
-Metrics: Some of these concepts can be quite hard to quantify. On the other hand, it’s incredibly useful to be able to express how well a search engine is performing in a single number, a quality metric.
-
-Continuously computing such a metric for your (and your competitors’) system you can both track your progress and explain how well you are doing to your boss. Here are some classical ways to quantify quality, that can help you construct your magic quality metric formula:
-
-* [Precision][24] and [recall][25] measure how well the retrieved set of documents corresponds to the set you expected to see.
-
-* [F score][26] (specifically F1 score) is a single number, that represents both precision and recall well.
-
-* [Mean Average Precision][27] (MAP) allows to quantify the relevance of the top returned results.
-
-* 🔷 [Normalized Discounted Cumulative Gain][28] (nDCG) is like MAP, but weights the relevance of the result by its position.
-
-* [Long and short clicks][29] — Allow to quantify how useful the results are to the real users.
-
-* [A good detailed overview][30].
-
-🔷 Human evaluations: Quality metrics might seem like statistical calculations, but they can’t all be done by automated calculations. Ultimately, metrics need to represent subjective human evaluation, and this is where a “human in the loop” comes into play.
-
-❗️Skipping human evaluation is probably the most spread reason of sub-par search experiences.
-
-Usually, at early stages the developers themselves evaluate the results manually. At later point [human raters][102] (or assessors) may get involved. Raters typically use custom tools to look at returned search results and provide feedback on the quality of the results.
-
-Subsequently, you can use the feedback signals to guide development, help make launch decisions or even feed them back into the index selection, retrieval or ranking systems.
-
-Here is the list of some other types of human-driven evaluation, that can be done on a search system:
-
-* Basic user evaluation: The user ranks their satisfaction with the whole experience
-
-* Comparative evaluation: Compare with other search results (compare with search results from earlier versions of the system or competitors)
-
-* Retrieval evaluation: The query analysis and retrieval quality is often evaluated using manually constructed query-document sets. A user is shown a query and the list of the retrieved documents. She can then mark all the documents that are relevant to the query, and the ones that are not. The resulting pairs of (query, [relevant docs]) are called a “golden set”. Golden sets are remarkably useful. For one, an engineer can set up automatic retrieval regression tests using those sets. The selection signal from golden sets can also be fed back as ground truth to term re-weighting and other query re-writing models.
-
-* Ranking evaluation: Raters are presented with a query and two documents side-by-side. The rater must choose the document that fits the query better. This creates a partial ordering on the documents for a given query. That ordering can be later be compared to the output of the ranking system. The usual ranking quality measures used are MAP and nDCG.
-
-#### Evaluation datasets:
-
-One should start thinking about the datasets used for evaluation (like “golden sets” mentioned above) early in the search experience design process. How you collect and update them? How you push them to the production eval pipeline? Is there a built-in bias?
-
-Live experiments:
-
-After your search engine catches on and gains enough users, you might want to start conducting [live search experiments][103] on a portion of your traffic. The basic idea is to turn some optimization on for a group of people, and then compare the outcome with that of a “control” group — a similar sample of your users that did not have the experiment feature on for them. How you would measure the outcome is, once again, very product specific: it could be clicks on results, clicks on ads etc.
-
-Evaluation cycle time: How fast you improve your search quality is directly related to how fast you can complete the above cycle of measurement and improvement. It is essential from the beginning to ask yourself, “how fast can we measure and improve our performance?”
-
-Will it take days, hours, minutes or seconds to make changes and see if they improve quality? ❗️Running evaluation should also be as easy as possible for the engineers and should not take too much hands-on time.
-
-### 🔷 So… How do I PRACTICALLY build it?
-
-This blogpost is not meant as a tutorial, but here is a brief outline of how I’d approach building a search experience right now:
-
-1. As was said above, if you can afford it — just buy the existing SaaS (some good ones are listed below). An existing service fits if:
-
-* Your experience is a “connected” one (your service or app has internet connection).
-
-* Does it support all the functionality you need out of box? This post gives a pretty good idea of what functions would you want. To name a few, I’d at least consider: support for the media you are searching; real-time indexing support; query flexibility, including context-dependent queries.
-
-* Given the size of the corpus and the expected [QpS][31], can you afford to pay for it for the next 12 months?
-
-* Can the service support your expected traffic within the required latency limits? In case when you are querying the service from an app, make sure that the given service is accessible quickly enough from where your users are.
-
-2\. If a hosted solution does not fit your needs or resources, you probably want to use one of the open source libraries or tools. In case of connected apps or websites, I’d choose ElasticSearch right now. For embedded experiences, there are multiple tools below.
-
-3\. You most likely want to do index selection and clean up your documents (say extract relevant text from HTML pages) before uploading them to the search index. This will decrease the index size and make getting to good results easier. If your corpus fits on a single machine, just write a script (or several) to do that. If not, I’d use [Spark][104].
-
- ** 此处有Canvas,请手动处理 **
-
-
-You can never have too many tools.
-
-### ☁️ SaaS
-
-☁️ 🔷[Algolia][105] — a proprietary SaaS that indexes a client’s website and provides an API to search the website’s pages. They also have an API to submit your own documents, support context dependent searches and serve results really fast. If I were building a web search experience right now and could afford it, I’d probably use Algolia first — and buy myself time to build a comparable search experience.
-
-* Various ElasticSearch providers: AWS (☁️ [ElasticSearch Cloud)][32], ☁️[elastic.co][33] and from ☁️ [Qbox][34].
-
-* ☁️[ Azure Search][35] — a SaaS solution from Microsoft. Accessible through a REST API, it can scale to billions of documents. Has a Lucene query interface to simplify migrations from Lucene-based solutions.
-
-* ☁️[ Swiftype][36] — an enterprise SaaS that indexes your company’s internal services, like Salesforce, G Suite, Dropbox and the intranet site.
-
-### Tools and libraries
-
-🍺☕🔷[ Lucene][106] is the most popular IR library. Implements query analysis, index retrieval and ranking. Either of the components can be replaced by an alternative implementation. There is also a C port — 🍺[Lucy][107].
-
-* 🍺☕🔷[ Solr][37] is a complete search server, based on Lucene. It’s a part of the [Hadoop][38] ecosystem of tools.
-
-* 🍺☕🔷[ Hadoop][39] is the most widely used open source MapReduce system, originally designed as a indexing pipeline framework for Solr. It has been gradually loosing ground to 🍺[Spark][40] as the batch data processing framework used for indexing. ☁️[EMR][41] is a proprietary implementation of MapReduce on AWS.
-
-* 🍺☕🔷 [ElasticSearch][42] is also based on Lucene ([feature comparison with Solr][43]). It has been getting more attention lately, so much that a lot of people think of ES when they hear “search”, and for good reasons: it’s well supported, has [extensive API][44], [integrates with Hadoop][45] and [scales well][46]. There are open source and [Enterprise][47] versions. ES is also available as a SaaS on Can scale to billions of documents, but scaling to that point can be very challenging, so typical scenario would involve orders of magnitude smaller corpus.
-
-* 🍺🇨 [Xapian][48] — a C++-based IR library. Relatively compact, so good for embedding into desktop or mobile applications.
-
-* 🍺🇨 [Sphinx][49] — an full-text search server. Has a SQL-like query language. Can also act as a [storage engine for MySQL][50] or used as a library.
-
-* 🍺☕ [Nutch][51] — a web crawler. Can be used in conjunction with Solr. It’s also the tool behind [🍺Common Crawl][52].
-
-* 🍺🦏 [Lunr][53] — a compact embedded search library for web apps on the client-side.
-
-* 🍺🦏 [searchkit][54] — a library of web UI components to use with ElasticSearch.
-
-* 🍺🦏 [Norch][55] — a [LevelDB][56]-based search engine library for Node.js.
-
-* 🍺🐍 [Whoosh][57] — a fast, full-featured search library implemented in pure Python.
-
-* OpenStreetMaps has it’s own 🍺[deck of search software][58].
-
-### Datasets
-
-A few fun or useful data sets to try building a search engine or evaluating search engine quality:
-
-* 🍺🔷 [Commoncrawl][59] — a regularly-updated open web crawl data. There is a [mirror on AWS][60], accessible for free within the service.
-
-* 🍺🔷 [Openstreetmap data dump][61] is a very rich source of data for someone building a geospacial search engine.
-
-* 🍺 [Google Books N-grams][62] can be very useful for building language models.
-
-* 🍺 [Wikipedia dumps][63] are a classic source to build, among other things, an entity graph out of. There is a [wide range of helper tools][64] available.
-
-* [IMDb dumps][65] are a fun dataset to build a small toy search engine for.
-
-### References
-
-* [Modern Information Retrieval][66] by R. Baeza-Yates and B. Ribeiro-Neto is a good, deep academic treatment of the subject. This is a good overview for someone completely new to the topic.
-
-* [Information Retrieval][67] by S. Büttcher, C. Clarke and G. Cormack is another academic textbook with a wide coverage and is more up-to-date. Covers learn-to-rank and does a pretty good job at discussing theory of search systems evaluation. Also is a good overview.
-
-* [Learning to Rank][68] by T-Y Liu is a best theoretical treatment of LtR. Pretty thin on practical aspects though. Someone considering building an LtR system should probably check this out.
-
-* [Managing Gigabytes][69] — published in 1999, is still a definitive reference for anyone embarking on building an efficient index of a significant size.
-
-* [Text Retrieval and Search Engines][70] — a MOOC from Coursera. A decent overview of basics.
-
-* [Indexing the World Wide Web: The Journey So Far][71] ([PDF][72]), an overview of web search from 2012, by Ankit Jain and Abhishek Das of Google.
-
-* [Why Writing Your Own Search Engine is Hard][73] a classic article from 2004 from Anna Patterson.
-
-* [https://github.com/harpribot/awesome-information-retrieval][74] — a curated list of search-related resources.
-
-* A [great blog][75] on everything search by [Daniel Tunkelang][76].
-
-* Some good slides on [search engine evaluation][77].
-
-This concludes my humble attempt to make a somewhat-useful “map” for an aspiring search engine engineer. Did I miss something important? I’m pretty sure I did — you know, [the margin is too narrow][108] to contain this enormous topic. Let me know if you think that something should be here and is not — you can reach [me][109] at[ forwidur@gmail.com][110] or at [@forwidur][111].
-
-> P.S. — This post is part of a open, collaborative effort to build an online reference, the Open Guide to Practical AI, which we’ll release in draft form soon. See [this popular guide][112] for an example of what’s coming. If you’d like to get updates on or help with with this effort, sign up [here][113].
-
-> Special thanks to [Joshua Levy][114], [Leo Polovets][115] and [Abhishek Das][116] for reading drafts of this and their invaluable feedback!
-
-> Header image courtesy of [Mickaël Forrett][117]. The beautiful toolbox is called [The Studley Tool Chest][118].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-作者简介：
-
-Max Grigorev
-distributed systems, data, AI
-
--------------
-
-
-via: https://medium.com/startup-grind/what-every-software-engineer-should-know-about-search-27d1df99f80d
-
-作者：[Max Grigorev][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://medium.com/@forwidur?source=post_header_lockup
-[1]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inverted_index
-[2]:http://www.demarcken.org/carl/papers/ITA-software-travel-complexity/ITA-software-travel-complexity.pdf
-[3]:https://www.algolia.com/
-[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stemming
-[5]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Named-entity_recognition
-[6]:http://ilpubs.stanford.edu:8090/422/1/1999-66.pdf
-[7]:https://gofishdigital.com/semantic-topic-modeling/
-[8]:https://nlp.stanford.edu/IR-book/html/htmledition/postings-file-compression-1.html
-[9]:https://deplinenoise.wordpress.com/2013/03/31/fast-mmapable-data-structures/
-[10]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Log-structured_merge-tree
-[11]:http://orion.lcg.ufrj.br/Dr.Dobbs/books/book5/chap11.htm
-[12]:http://norvig.com/spell-correct.html
-[13]:http://nlp.stanford.edu/IR-book/html/htmledition/query-expansion-1.html
-[14]:https://www.iro.umontreal.ca/~nie/IFT6255/carpineto-Survey-QE.pdf
-[15]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Named-entity_recognition
-[16]:http://www.aclweb.org/anthology/P02-1060
-[17]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Personalized_search
-[18]:http://searchengineland.com/future-search-engines-context-217550
-[19]:http://services.google.com/fh/files/blogs/google_delayexp.pdf
-[20]:http://highscalability.com/latency-everywhere-and-it-costs-you-sales-how-crush-it
-[21]:https://stackoverflow.com/questions/22756092/what-does-it-mean-by-cold-cache-and-warm-cache-concept
-[22]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cache_performance_measurement_and_metric
-[23]:http://blog.popcornmetrics.com/5-user-engagement-metrics-for-growth/
-[24]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Information_retrieval#Precision
-[25]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Information_retrieval#Recall
-[26]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F1_score
-[27]:http://fastml.com/what-you-wanted-to-know-about-mean-average-precision/
-[28]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Discounted_cumulative_gain
-[29]:http://www.blindfiveyearold.com/short-clicks-versus-long-clicks
-[30]:https://arxiv.org/pdf/1302.2318.pdf
-[31]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Queries_per_second
-[32]:https://aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/
-[33]:https://www.elastic.co/
-[34]:https://qbox.io/
-[35]:https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/services/search/
-[36]:https://swiftype.com/
-[37]:http://lucene.apache.org/solr/
-[38]:http://hadoop.apache.org/
-[39]:http://hadoop.apache.org/
-[40]:http://spark.apache.org/
-[41]:https://aws.amazon.com/emr/
-[42]:https://www.elastic.co/products/elasticsearch
-[43]:http://solr-vs-elasticsearch.com/
-[44]:https://www.elastic.co/guide/en/elasticsearch/reference/current/docs.html
-[45]:https://github.com/elastic/elasticsearch-hadoop
-[46]:https://www.elastic.co/guide/en/elasticsearch/guide/current/distributed-cluster.html
-[47]:https://www.elastic.co/cloud/enterprise
-[48]:https://xapian.org/
-[49]:http://sphinxsearch.com/
-[50]:https://mariadb.com/kb/en/mariadb/sphinx-storage-engine/
-[51]:https://nutch.apache.org/
-[52]:http://commoncrawl.org/
-[53]:https://lunrjs.com/
-[54]:https://github.com/searchkit/searchkit
-[55]:https://github.com/fergiemcdowall/norch
-[56]:https://github.com/google/leveldb
-[57]:https://bitbucket.org/mchaput/whoosh/wiki/Home
-[58]:http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Search_engines
-[59]:http://commoncrawl.org/
-[60]:https://aws.amazon.com/public-datasets/common-crawl/
-[61]:http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Downloading_data
-[62]:http://commondatastorage.googleapis.com/books/syntactic-ngrams/index.html
-[63]:https://dumps.wikimedia.org/
-[64]:https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Alternative_parsers
-[65]:http://www.imdb.com/interfaces
-[66]:https://www.amazon.com/dp/0321416910
-[67]:https://www.amazon.com/dp/0262528878/
-[68]:https://www.amazon.com/dp/3642142664/
-[69]:https://www.amazon.com/dp/1558605703
-[70]:https://www.coursera.org/learn/text-retrieval
-[71]:https://research.google.com/pubs/pub37043.html
-[72]:https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/28d8/288bff1b1fc693e6d80c238de9fe8b5e8160.pdf
-[73]:http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=988407
-[74]:https://github.com/harpribot/awesome-information-retrieval
-[75]:https://medium.com/@dtunkelang
-[76]:https://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quixote/
-[77]:https://web.stanford.edu/class/cs276/handouts/lecture8-evaluation_2014-one-per-page.pdf
-[78]:https://stackoverflow.com/questions/34314/how-do-i-implement-search-functionality-in-a-website
-[79]:https://www.quora.com/How-to-build-a-search-engine-from-scratch
-[80]:https://github.com/isaacs/github/issues/908
-[81]:https://www.reddit.com/r/Windows10/comments/4jbxgo/can_we_talk_about_how_bad_windows_10_search_sucks/d365mce/
-[82]:https://www.reddit.com/r/spotify/comments/2apwpd/the_search_function_sucks_let_me_explain/
-[83]:https://medium.com/@RohitPaulK/github-issues-suck-723a5b80a1a3#.yp8ui3g9i
-[84]:https://thenextweb.com/opinion/2016/01/11/netflix-search-sucks-flixed-fixes-it/
-[85]:https://www.google.com/search?q=building+a+search+engine
-[86]:http://airweb.cse.lehigh.edu/2005/gyongyi.pdf
-[87]:https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Gabriel_Sanchez-Perez/publication/262371199_Explicit_image_detection_using_YCbCr_space_color_model_as_skin_detection/links/549839cf0cf2519f5a1dd966.pdf
-[88]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Locality-sensitive_hashing
-[89]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Similarity_measure
-[90]:https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/research/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/RadlinskiBennettYilmaz_WSDM2011.pdf
-[91]:http://infolab.stanford.edu/~ullman/mmds/ch3.pdf
-[92]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inverted_index
-[93]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_language_processing
-[94]:http://backlinko.com/google-ranking-factors
-[95]:http://times.cs.uiuc.edu/czhai/pub/slmir-now.pdf
-[96]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_to_rank
-[97]:https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3270-mcrank-learning-to-rank-using-multiple-classification-and-gradient-boosting.pdf
-[98]:https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/research/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/lambdarank.pdf
-[99]:https://yandex.com/company/technologies/matrixnet/
-[100]:https://arxiv.org/abs/1708.02702
-[101]:http://cnn.com/
-[102]:http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/www.google.com/en//insidesearch/howsearchworks/assets/searchqualityevaluatorguidelines.pdf
-[103]:https://googleblog.blogspot.co.uk/2008/08/search-experiments-large-and-small.html
-[104]:https://spark.apache.org/
-[105]:https://www.algolia.com/
-[106]:https://lucene.apache.org/
-[107]:https://lucy.apache.org/
-[108]:https://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/quotes/p/pierredefe204944.html
-[109]:https://www.linkedin.com/in/grigorev/
-[110]:mailto:forwidur@gmail.com
-[111]:https://twitter.com/forwidur
-[112]:https://github.com/open-guides/og-aws
-[113]:https://upscri.be/d29cfe/
-[114]:https://twitter.com/ojoshe
-[115]:https://twitter.com/lpolovets
-[116]:https://www.linkedin.com/in/abhishek-das-3280053/
-[117]:https://www.behance.net/gallery/3530289/-HORIZON-
-[118]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Henry_O._Studley
diff --git a/sources/talk/20171030 Why I love technical debt.md b/sources/talk/20171030 Why I love technical debt.md
deleted file mode 100644
index da071d370a..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20171030 Why I love technical debt.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-Why I love technical debt
-======
-
-This is not necessarily the title you'd expect for an article, I guess,* but I'm a fan of [technical debt][1]. There are two reasons for this: a Bad Reason and a Good Reason. I'll be upfront about the Bad Reason first, then explain why even that isn't really a reason to love it. I'll then tackle the Good Reason, and you'll nod along in agreement.
-
-### The Bad Reason I love technical debt
-
-We'll get this out of the way, then, shall we? The Bad Reason is that, well, there's just lots of it, it's interesting, it keeps me in a job, and it always provides a reason, as a security architect, for me to get involved in** projects that might give me something new to look at. I suppose those aren't all bad things. It can also be a bit depressing, because there's always so much of it, it's not always interesting, and sometimes I need to get involved even when I might have better things to do.
-
-And what's worse is that it almost always seems to be security-related, and it's always there. That's the bad part.
-
-Security, we all know, is the piece that so often gets left out, or tacked on at the end, or done in half the time it deserves, or done by people who have half an idea, but don't quite fully grasp it. I should be clear at this point: I'm not saying that this last reason is those people's fault. That people know they need security is fantastic. If we (the security folks) or we (the organization) haven't done a good enough job in making sufficient security resources--whether people, training, or visibility--available to those people who need it, the fact that they're trying is great and something we can work on. Let's call that a positive. Or at least a reason for hope.***
-
-### The Good Reason I love technical debt
-
-Let's get on to the other reason: the legitimate reason. I love technical debt when it's named.
-
-What does that mean?
-
-We all get that technical debt is a bad thing. It's what happens when you make decisions for pragmatic reasons that are likely to come back and bite you later in a project's lifecycle. Here are a few classic examples that relate to security:
-
- * Not getting around to applying authentication or authorization controls on APIs that might, at some point, be public.
- * Lumping capabilities together so it's difficult to separate out appropriate roles later on.
- * Hard-coding roles in ways that don't allow for customisation by people who may use your application in different ways from those you initially considered.
- * Hard-coding cipher suites for cryptographic protocols, rather than putting them in a config file where they can be changed or selected later.
-
-
-
-There are lots more, of course, but those are just a few that jump out at me and that I've seen over the years. Technical debt means making decisions that will mean more work later on to fix them. And that can't be good, can it?
-
-There are two words in the preceding paragraphs that should make us happy: they are "decisions" and "pragmatic." Because, in order for something to be named technical debt, I'd argue, it has to have been subject to conscious decision-making, and trade-offs must have been made--hopefully for rational reasons. Those reasons may be many and various--lack of qualified resources; project deadlines; lack of sufficient requirement definition--but if they've been made consciously, then the technical debt can be named, and if technical debt can be named, it can be documented.
-
-And if it's documented, we're halfway there. As a security guy, I know that I can't force everything that goes out of the door to meet all the requirements I'd like--but the same goes for the high availability gal, the UX team, the performance folks, etc.
-
-What we need--what we all need--is for documentation to exist about why decisions were made, because when we return to the problem we'll know it was thought about. And, what's more, the recording of that information might even make it into product documentation. "This API is designed to be used in a protected environment and should not be exposed on the public Internet" is a great piece of documentation. It may not be what a customer is looking for, but at least they know how to deploy the product, and, crucially, it's an opportunity for them to come back to the product manager and say, "We'd really like to deploy that particular API in this way. Could you please add this as a feature request?" Product managers like that. Very much.****
-
-The best thing, though, is not just that named technical debt is visible technical debt, but that if you encourage your developers to document the decisions in code,***** then there's a decent chance that they'll record some ideas about how this should be done in the future. If you're really lucky, they might even add some hooks in the code to make it easier (an "auth" parameter on the API, which is unused in the current version, but will make API compatibility so much simpler in new releases; or cipher entry in the config file that currently only accepts one option, but is at least checked by the code).
-
-I've been a bit disingenuous, I know, by defining technical debt as named technical debt. But honestly, if it's not named, then you can't know what it is, and until you know what it is, you can't fix it.******* My advice is this: when you're doing a release close-down (or in your weekly standup--EVERY weekly standup), have an agenda item to record technical debt. Name it, document it, be proud, sleep at night.
-
-* Well, apart from the obvious clickbait reason--for which I'm (a little) sorry.
-
-** I nearly wrote "poke my nose into."
-
-*** Work with me here.
-
-**** If you're software engineer/coder/hacker, here's a piece of advice: Learn to talk to product managers like real people, and treat them nicely. They (the better ones, at least) are invaluable allies when you need to prioritize features or have tricky trade-offs to make.
-
-***** Do this. Just do it. Documentation that isn't at least mirrored in code isn't real documentation.******
-
-****** Don't believe me? Talk to developers. "Who reads product documentation?" "Oh, the spec? I skimmed it. A few releases back. I think." "I looked in the header file; couldn't see it there."
-
-******* Or decide not to fix it, which may also be an entirely appropriate decision.
-
-This article originally appeared on [Alice, Eve, and Bob - a security blog][2] and is republished with permission.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/why-i-love-technical-debt
-
-作者：[Mike Bursell][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/mikecamel
-[1]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Technical_debt
-[2]:https://aliceevebob.wordpress.com/2017/08/29/why-i-love-technical-debt/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20171107 How to Monetize an Open Source Project.md b/sources/talk/20171107 How to Monetize an Open Source Project.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ab51006101..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20171107 How to Monetize an Open Source Project.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-How to Monetize an Open Source Project
-======
-
-
-The problem for any small group of developers putting the finishing touches on a commercial open source application is figuring out how to monetize the software in order to keep the bills paid and food on the table. Often these small pre-startups will start by deciding which of the recognized open source business models they're going to adapt, whether that be following Red Hat's lead and offering professional services, going the SaaS route, releasing as open core or something else.
-
-Steven Grandchamp, general manager for MariaDB's North America operations and CEO for Denver-based startup [Drud Tech][1], thinks that might be putting the cart before the horse. With an open source project, the best first move is to get people downloading and using your product for free.
-
-**Related:** [Demand for Open Source Skills Continues to Grow][2]
-
-"The number one tangent to monetization in any open source product is adoption, because the key to monetizing an open source product is you flip what I would call the sales funnel upside down," he told ITPro at the recent All Things Open conference in Raleigh, North Carolina.
-
-In many ways, he said, selling open source solutions is the opposite of marketing traditional proprietary products, where adoption doesn't happen until after a contract is signed.
-
-**Related:** [Is Raleigh the East Coast's Silicon Valley?][3]
-
-"In a proprietary software company, you advertise, you market, you make claims about what the product can do, and then you have sales people talk to customers. Maybe you have a free trial or whatever. Maybe you have a small version. Maybe it's time bombed or something like that, but you don't really get to realize the benefit of the product until there's a contract and money changes hands."
-
-Selling open source solutions is different because of the challenge of selling software that's freely available as a GitHub download.
-
-"The whole idea is to put the product out there, let people use it, experiment with it, and jump on the chat channels," he said, pointing out that his company Drud has a public chat channel that's open to anybody using their product. "A subset of that group is going to raise their hand and go, 'Hey, we need more help. We'd like a tighter relationship with the company. We'd like to know where your road map's going. We'd like to know about customization. We'd like to know if maybe this thing might be on your road map.'"
-
-Grandchamp knows more than a little about making software pay, from both the proprietary and open source sides of the fence. In the 1980s he served as VP of research and development at Formation Technologies, and became SVP of R&D at John H. Harland after it acquired Formation in the mid-90s. He joined MariaDB in 2016, after serving eight years as CEO at OpenLogic, which was providing commercial support for more than 600 open-source projects at the time it was acquired by Rogue Wave Software. Along the way, there was a two year stint at Microsoft's Redmond campus.
-
-OpenLogic was where he discovered open source, and his experiences there are key to his approach for monetizing open source projects.
-
-"When I got to OpenLogic, I was told that we had 300 customers that were each paying $99 a year for access to our tool," he explained. "But the problem was that nobody was renewing the tool. So I called every single customer that I could find and said 'did you like the tool?'"
-
-It turned out that nearly everyone he talked to was extremely happy with the company's software, which ironically was the reason they weren't renewing. The company's tool solved their problem so well there was no need to renew.
-
-"What could we have offered that would have made you renew the tool?" he asked. "They said, 'If you had supported all of the open source products that your tool assembled for me, then I would have that ongoing relationship with you.'"
-
-Grandchamp immediately grasped the situation, and when the CTO said such support would be impossible, Grandchamp didn't mince words: "Then we don't have a company."
-
-"We figured out a way to support it," he said. "We created something called the Open Logic Expert Community. We developed relationships with committers and contributors to a couple of hundred open source packages, and we acted as sort of the hub of the SLA for our customers. We had some people on staff, too, who knew the big projects."
-
-After that successful launch, Grandchamp and his team began hearing from customers that they were confused over exactly what open source code they were using in their projects. That lead to the development of what he says was the first software-as-a-service compliance portal of open source, which could scan an application's code and produce a list of all of the open source code included in the project. When customers then expressed confusion over compliance issues, the SaaS service was expanded to flag potential licensing conflicts.
-
-Although the product lines were completely different, the same approach was used to monetize MariaDB, then called SkySQL, after MySQL co-founders Michael "Monty" Widenius, David Axmark, and Allan Larsson created the project by forking MySQL, which Oracle had acquired from Sun Microsystems in 2010.
-
-Again, users were approached and asked what things they would be willing to purchase.
-
-"They wanted different functionality in the database, and you didn't really understand this if you didn't talk to your customers," Grandchamp explained. "Monty and his team, while they were being acquired at Sun and Oracle, were working on all kinds of new functionality, around cloud deployments, around different ways to do clustering, they were working on lots of different things. That work, Oracle and MySQL didn't really pick up."
-
-Rolling in the new features customers wanted needed to be handled gingerly, because it was important to the folks at MariaDB to not break compatibility with MySQL. This necessitated a strategy around when the code bases would come together and when they would separate. "That road map, knowledge, influence and technical information was worth paying for."
-
-As with OpenLogic, MariaDB customers expressed a willingness to spend money on a variety of fronts. For example, a big driver in the early days was a project called Remote DBA, which helped customers make up for a shortage of qualified database administrators. The project could help with design issues, as well as monitor existing systems to take the workload off of a customer's DBA team. The service also offered access to MariaDB's own DBAs, many of whom had a history with the database going back to the early days of MySQL.
-
-"That was a subscription offering that people were definitely willing to pay for," he said.
-
-The company also learned, again by asking and listening to customers, that there were various types of support subscriptions that customers were willing to purchase, including subscriptions around capability and functionality, and a managed service component of Remote DBA.
-
-These days Grandchamp is putting much of his focus on his latest project, Drud, a startup that offers a suite of integrated, automated, open source development tools for developing and managing multiple websites, which can be running on any combination of content management systems and deployment platforms. It is monetized partially through modules that add features like a centralized dashboard and an "intelligence engine."
-
-As you might imagine, he got it off the ground by talking to customers and giving them what they indicated they'd be willing to purchase.
-
-"Our number one customer target is the agency market," he said. "The enterprise market is a big target, but I believe it's our second target, not our first. And the reason it's number two is they don't make decisions very fast. There are technology refresh cycles that have to come up, there are lots of politics involved and lots of different vendors. It's lucrative once you're in, but in a startup you've got to figure out how to pay your bills. I want to pay my bills today. I don't want to pay them in three years."
-
-Drud's focus on the agency market illustrates another consideration: the importance of understanding something about your customers' business. When talking with agencies, many said they were tired of being offered generic software that really didn't match their needs from proprietary vendors that didn't understand their business. In Drud's case, that understanding is built into the company DNA. The software was developed by an agency to fill its own needs.
-
-"We are a platform designed by an agency for an agency," Grandchamp said. "Right there is a relationship that they're willing to pay for. We know their business."
-
-Grandchamp noted that startups also need to be able to distinguish users from customers. Most of the people downloading and using commercial open source software aren't the people who have authorization to make purchasing decisions. These users, however, can point to the people who control the purse strings.
-
-"It's our job to build a way to communicate with those users, provide them value so that they'll give us value," he explained. "It has to be an equal exchange. I give you value of a tool that works, some advice, really good documentation, access to experts who can sort of guide you along. Along the way I'm asking you for pieces of information. Who do you work for? How are the technology decisions happening in your company? Are there other people in your company that we should refer the product to? We have to create the dialog."
-
-In the end, Grandchamp said, in the open source world the people who go out to find business probably shouldn't see themselves as salespeople, but rather, as problem solvers.
-
-"I believe that you're not really going to need salespeople in this model. I think you're going to need customer success people. I think you're going to need people who can enable your customers to be successful in a business relationship that's more highly transactional."
-
-"People don't like to be sold," he added, "especially in open source. The last person they want to see is the sales person, but they like to ply and try and consume and give you input and give you feedback. They love that."
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: http://www.itprotoday.com/software-development/how-monetize-open-source-project
-
-作者：[Christine Hall][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:http://www.itprotoday.com/author/christine-hall
-[1]:https://www.drud.com/
-[2]:http://www.itprotoday.com/open-source/demand-open-source-skills-continues-grow
-[3]:http://www.itprotoday.com/software-development/raleigh-east-coasts-silicon-valley
diff --git a/sources/talk/20171114 Why pair writing helps improve documentation.md b/sources/talk/20171114 Why pair writing helps improve documentation.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ff3bbb5888..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20171114 Why pair writing helps improve documentation.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-Why pair writing helps improve documentation
-======
-
-
-Professional writers, at least in the Red Hat documentation team, nearly always work on docs alone. But have you tried writing as part of a pair? In this article, I'll explain a few benefits of pair writing.
-### What is pair writing?
-
-Pair writing is when two writers work in real time, on the same piece of text, in the same room. This approach improves document quality, speeds up writing, and allows writers to learn from each other. The idea of pair writing is borrowed from [pair programming][1].
-
-When pair writing, you and your colleague work on the text together, making suggestions and asking questions as needed. Meanwhile, you're observing each other's work. For example, while one is writing, the other writer observes details such as structure or context. Often discussion around the document turns into sharing experiences and opinions, and brainstorming about writing in general.
-
-At all times, the writing is done by only one person. Thus, you need only one computer, unless you want one writer to do online research while the other person does the writing. The text workflow is the same as if you are working alone: a text editor, the documentation source files, git, and so on.
-
-### Pair writing in practice
-
-My colleague Aneta Steflova and I have done more than 50 hours of pair writing working on the Red Hat Enterprise Linux System Administration docs and on the Red Hat Identity Management docs. I've found that, compared to writing alone, pair writing:
-
- * is as productive or more productive;
- * improves document quality;
- * helps writers share technical expertise; and
- * is more fun.
-
-
-
-### Speed
-
-Two writers writing one text? Sounds half as productive, right? Wrong. (Usually.)
-
-Pair writing can help you work faster because two people have solutions to a bigger set of problems, which means getting blocked less often during the process. For example, one time we wrote urgent API docs for identity management. I know at least the basics of web APIs, the REST protocol, and so on, which helped us speed through those parts of the documentation. Working alone, Aneta would have needed to interrupt the writing process frequently to study these topics.
-
-### Quality
-
-Poor wording or sentence structure, inconsistencies in material, and so on have a harder time surviving under the scrutiny of four eyes. For example, one of our pair writing documents was reviewed by an extremely critical developer, who was known for catching technical inaccuracies and bad structure. After this particular review, he said, "Perfect. Thanks a lot."
-
-### Sharing expertise
-
-Each of us lives in our own writing bubble, and we normally don't know how others approach writing. Pair writing can help you improve your own writing process. For example, Aneta showed me how to better handle assignments in which the developer has provided starting text (as opposed to the writer writing from scratch using their own knowledge of the subject), which I didn't have experience with. Also, she structures the docs thoroughly, which I began doing as well.
-
-As another example, I'm good enough at Vim that XML editing (e.g., tags manipulation) is enjoyable instead of torturous. Aneta saw how I was using Vim, asked about it, suffered through the learning curve, and now takes advantage of the Vim features that help me.
-
-Pair writing is especially good for helping and mentoring new writers, and it's a great way to get to know professionally (and have fun with) colleagues.
-
-### When pair writing shines
-
-In addition to benefits I've already listed, pair writing is especially good for:
-
- * **Working with[Bugzilla][2]** : Bugzillas can be cumbersome and cause problems, especially for administration-clumsy people (like me).
- * **Reviewing existing documents** : When documentation needs to be expanded or fixed, it is necessary to first examine the existing document.
- * **Learning new technology** : A fellow writer can be a better teacher than an engineer.
- * **Writing emails/requests for information to developers with well-chosen questions** : The difficulty of this task rises in proportion to the difficulty of technology you are documenting.
-
-
-
-Also, with pair writing, feedback is in real time, as-needed, and two-way.
-
-On the downside, pair writing can be a faster pace, giving a writer less time to mull over a topic or wording. On the other hand, generally peer review is not necessary after pair writing.
-
-### Words of caution
-
-To get the most out of pair writing:
-
- * Go into the project well prepared, otherwise you can waste your colleague's time.
- * Talkative types need to stay focused on the task, otherwise they end up talking rather than writing.
- * Be prepared for direct feedback. Pair writing is not for feedback-allergic writers.
- * Beware of session hijackers. Dominant personalities can turn pair writing into writing solo with a spectator. (However, it _can _ be good if one person takes over at times, as long as the less-experienced partner learns from the hijacker, or the more-experienced writer is providing feedback to the hijacker.)
-
-
-
-### Conclusion
-
-Pair writing is a meeting, but one in which you actually get work done. It's an activity that lets writers focus on the one indispensable thing in our vocation--writing.
-
-_This post was written with the help of pair writing with Aneta Steflova._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/17/11/try-pair-writing
-
-作者：[Maxim Svistunov][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/maxim-svistunov
-[1]:https://developer.atlassian.com/blog/2015/05/try-pair-programming/
-[2]:https://www.bugzilla.org/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20171115 Why and How to Set an Open Source Strategy.md b/sources/talk/20171115 Why and How to Set an Open Source Strategy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 79ec071b4d..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20171115 Why and How to Set an Open Source Strategy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-Why and How to Set an Open Source Strategy
-============================================================
-
-
-
-This article explains how to walk through, measure, and define strategies collaboratively in an open source community.
-
- _“If you don’t know where you are going, you’ll end up someplace else.” _ _—_ Yogi Berra
-
-Open source projects are generally started as a way to scratch one’s itch — and frankly that’s one of its greatest attributes. Getting code down provides a tangible method to express an idea, showcase a need, and solve a problem. It avoids over thinking and getting a project stuck in analysis-paralysis, letting the project pragmatically solve the problem at hand.
-
-Next, a project starts to scale up and gets many varied users and contributions, with plenty of opinions along the way. That leads to the next big challenge — how does a project start to build a strategic vision? In this article, I’ll describe how to walk through, measure, and define strategies collaboratively, in a community.
-
-Strategy may seem like a buzzword of the corporate world rather something that an open source community would embrace, so I suggest stripping away the negative actions that are sometimes associated with this word (e.g., staff reductions, discontinuations, office closures). Strategy done right isn’t a tool to justify unfortunate actions but to help show focus and where each community member can contribute.
-
-A good application of strategy achieves the following:
-
-* Why the project exists?
-
-* What the project looks to achieve?
-
-* What is the ideal end state for a project is.
-
-The key to success is answering these questions as simply as possible, with consensus from your community. Let’s look at some ways to do this.
-
-### Setting a mission and vision
-
- _“_ _Efforts and courage are not enough without purpose and direction.”_ — John F. Kennedy
-
-All strategic planning starts off with setting a course for where the project wants to go. The two tools used here are _Mission_ and _Vision_ . They are complementary terms, describing both the reason a project exists (mission) and the ideal end state for a project (vision).
-
-A great way to start this exercise with the intent of driving consensus is by asking each key community member the following questions:
-
-* What drove you to join and/or contribute the project?
-
-* How do you define success for your participation?
-
-In a company, you’d ask your customers these questions usually. But in open source projects, the customers are the project participants — and their time investment is what makes the project a success.
-
-Driving consensus means capturing the answers to these questions and looking for themes across them. At R Consortium, for example, I created a shared doc for the board to review each member’s answers to the above questions, and followed up with a meeting to review for specific themes that came from those insights.
-
-Building a mission flows really well from this exercise. The key thing is to keep the wording of your mission short and concise. Open Mainframe Project has done this really well. Here’s their mission:
-
- _Build community and adoption of Open Source on the mainframe by:_
-
-* _Eliminating barriers to Open Source adoption on the mainframe_
-
-* _Demonstrating value of the mainframe on technical and business levels_
-
-* _Strengthening collaboration points and resources for the community to thrive_
-
-At 40 words, it passes the key eye tests of a good mission statement; it’s clear, concise, and demonstrates the useful value the project aims for.
-
-The next stage is to reflect on the mission statement and ask yourself this question: What is the ideal outcome if the project accomplishes its mission? That can be a tough one to tackle. Open Mainframe Project put together its vision really well:
-
- _Linux on the Mainframe as the standard for enterprise class systems and applications._
-
-You could read that as a [BHAG][1], but it’s really more of a vision, because it describes a future state that is what would be created by the mission being fully accomplished. It also hits the key pieces to an effective vision — it’s only 13 words, inspirational, clear, memorable, and concise.
-
-Mission and vision add clarity on the who, what, why, and how for your project. But, how do you set a course for getting there?
-
-### Goals, Objectives, Actions, and Results
-
- _“I don’t focus on what I’m up against. I focus on my goals and I try to ignore the rest.”_ — Venus Williams
-
-Looking at a mission and vision can get overwhelming, so breaking them down into smaller chunks can help the project determine how to get started. This also helps prioritize actions, either by importance or by opportunity. Most importantly, this step gives you guidance on what things to focus on for a period of time, and which to put off.
-
-There are lots of methods of time bound planning, but the method I think works the best for projects is what I’ve dubbed the GOAR method. It’s an acronym that stands for:
-
-* Goals define what the project is striving for and likely would align and support the mission. Examples might be “Grow a diverse contributor base” or “Become the leading project for X.” Goals are aspirational and set direction.
-
-* Objectives show how you measure a goal’s completion, and should be clear and measurable. You might also have multiple objectives to measure the completion of a goal. For example, the goal “Grow a diverse contributor base” might have objectives such as “Have X total contributors monthly” and “Have contributors representing Y different organizations.”
-
-* Actions are what the project plans to do to complete an objective. This is where you get tactical on exactly what needs done. For example, the objective “Have contributors representing Y different organizations” would like have actions of reaching out to interested organizations using the project, having existing contributors mentor new mentors, and providing incentives for first time contributors.
-
-* Results come along the way, showing progress both positive and negative from the actions.
-
-You can put these into a table like this:
-
-| Goals | Objectives | Actions | Results |
-|:--|:--|:--|:--|
-| Grow a diverse contributor base | Have X total contributors monthly | Existing contributors mentor new mentors Providing incentives for first time contributors | |
-| | Have contributors representing Y different organizations | Reach out to interested organizations using the project | |
-
-
-In large organizations, monthly or quarterly goals and objectives often make sense; however, on open source projects, these time frames are unrealistic. Six- even 12-month tracking allows the project leadership to focus on driving efforts at a high level by nurturing the community along.
-
-The end result is a rubric that provides clear vision on where the project is going. It also lets community members more easily find ways to contribute. For example, your project may include someone who knows a few organizations using the project — this person could help introduce those developers to the codebase and guide them through their first commit.
-
-### What happens if the project doesn’t hit the goals?
-
- _“I have not failed. I’ve just found 10,000 ways that won’t work.”_ — Thomas A. Edison
-
-Figuring out what is within the capability of an organization — whether Fortune 500 or a small open source project — is hard. And, sometimes the expectations or market conditions change along the way. Does that make the strategy planning process a failure? Absolutely not!
-
-Instead, you can use this experience as a way to better understand your project’s velocity, its impact, and its community, and perhaps as a way to prioritize what is important and what’s not.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/set-open-source-strategy/
-
-作者：[ John Mertic][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/author/jmertic/
-[1]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Big_Hairy_Audacious_Goal
-[2]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/author/jmertic/
-[3]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/blog/
-[4]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/audience/c-level/
-[5]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/audience/developer-influencers/
-[6]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/audience/entrepreneurs/
-[7]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/campaigns/membership/how-to/
-[8]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/campaigns/events-campaigns/linux-foundation/
-[9]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/audience/open-source-developers/
-[10]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/audience/open-source-professionals/
-[11]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/audience/open-source-users/
-[12]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/category/blog/thought-leadership/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20171116 Why is collaboration so difficult.md b/sources/talk/20171116 Why is collaboration so difficult.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6567b75dca..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20171116 Why is collaboration so difficult.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-Why is collaboration so difficult?
-======
-
-
-Many contemporary definitions of "collaboration" define it simply as "working together"--and, in part, it is working together. But too often, we tend to use the term "collaboration" interchangeably with cognate terms like "cooperation" and "coordination." These terms also refer to some manner of "working together," yet there are subtle but important differences between them all.
-
-How does collaboration differ from coordination or cooperation? What is so important about collaboration specifically? Does it have or do something that coordination and cooperation don't? The short answer is a resounding "yes!"
-
-[This unit explores collaboration][1], a problematic term because it has become a simple buzzword for "working together." By the time you've studied the cases and practiced the exercises contained in this section, you will understand that it's so much more than that.
-
-### Not like the others
-
-"Coordination" can be defined as the ordering of a variety of people acting in an effective, unified manner toward an end goal or state
-
-In traditional organizations and businesses, people contributed according to their role definitions, such as in manufacturing, where each employee was responsible for adding specific components to the widget on an assembly line until the widget was complete. In contexts like these, employees weren't expected to contribute beyond their pre-defined roles (they were probably discouraged from doing so), and they didn't necessarily have a voice in the work or in what was being created. Often, a manager oversaw the unification of effort (hence the role "project coordinator"). Coordination is meant to connote a sense of harmony and unity, as if elements are meant to go together, resulting in efficiency among the ordering of the elements.
-
-One common assumption is that coordinated efforts are aimed at the same, single goal. So some end result is "successful" when people and parts work together seamlessly; when one of the parts breaks down and fails, then the whole goal fails. Many traditional businesses (for instance, those with command-and-control hierarchies) manage work through coordination.
-
-Cooperation is another term whose surface meaning is "working together." Rather than the sense of compliance that is part of "coordination," it carries a sense of agreement and helpfulness on the path toward completing a shared activity or goal.
-
-"Collaboration" also means "working together"--but that simple definition obscures the complex and often difficult process of collaborating.
-
-People tend to use the term "cooperation" when joining two semi-related entities where one or more entity could decide not to cooperate. The people and pieces that are part of a cooperative effort make the shared activity easier to perform or the shared goal easier to reach. "Cooperation" implies a shared goal or activity we agree to pursue jointly. One example is how police and witnesses cooperate to solve crimes.
-
-"Collaboration" also means "working together"--but that simple definition obscures the complex and often difficult process of collaborating.
-
-Sometimes collaboration involves two or more groups that do not normally work together; they are disparate groups or not usually connected. For instance, a traitor collaborates with the enemy, or rival businesses collaborate with each other. The subtlety of collaboration is that the two groups may have oppositional initial goals but work together to create a shared goal. Collaboration can be more contentious than coordination or cooperation, but like cooperation, any one of the entities could choose not to collaborate. Despite the contention and conflict, however, there is discourse--whether in the form of multi-way discussion or one-way feedback--because without discourse, there is no way for people to express a point of dissent that is ripe for negotiation.
-
-The success of any collaboration rests on how well the collaborators negotiate their needs to create the shared objective, and then how well they cooperate and coordinate their resources to execute a plan to reach their goals.
-
-### For example
-
-One way to think about these things is through a real-life example--like the writing of [this book][1].
-
-The editor, [Bryan][2], coordinates the authors' work through the call for proposals, setting dates and deadlines, collecting the writing, and meeting editing dates and deadlines for feedback about our work. He coordinates the authors, the writing, the communications. In this example, I'm not coordinating anything except myself (still a challenge most days!).
-
-The success of any collaboration rests on how well the collaborators negotiate their needs to create the shared objective, and then how well they cooperate and coordinate their resources to execute a plan to reach their goals.
-
-I cooperate with Bryan's dates and deadlines, and with the ways he has decided to coordinate the work. I propose the introduction on GitHub; I wait for approval. I comply with instructions, write some stuff, and send it to him by the deadlines. He cooperates by accepting a variety of document formats. I get his edits,incorporate them, send it back him, and so forth. If I don't cooperate (or something comes up and I can't cooperate), then maybe someone else writes this introduction instead.
-
-Bryan and I collaborate when either one of us challenges something, including pieces of the work or process that aren't clear, things that we thought we agreed to, or things on which we have differing opinions. These intersections are ripe for negotiation and therefore indicative of collaboration. They are the opening for us to negotiate some creative work.
-
-Once the collaboration is negotiated and settled, writing and editing the book returns to cooperation/coordination; that is why collaboration relies on the other two terms of joint work.
-
-One of the most interesting parts of this example (and of work and shared activity in general) is the moment-by-moment pivot from any of these terms to the other. The writing of this book is not completely collaborative, coordinated, or cooperative. It's a messy mix of all three.
-
-### Why is collaboration important?
-
-Collaboration is an important facet of contemporary organizations--specifically those oriented toward knowledge work--because it allows for productive disagreement between actors. That kind of disagreement then helps increase the level of engagement and provide meaning to the group's work.
-
-In his book, The Age of Discontinuity: Guidelines to our Changing Society, [Peter Drucker discusses][3] the "knowledge worker" and the pivot from work based on experience (e.g. apprenticeships) to work based on knowledge and the application of knowledge. This change in work and workers, he writes:
-
-> ...will make the management of knowledge workers increasingly crucial to the performance and achievement of the knowledge society. We will have to learn to manage the knowledge worker both for productivity and for satisfaction, both for achievement and for status. We will have to learn to give the knowledge worker a job big enough to challenge him, and to permit performance as a "professional."
-
-In other words, knowledge workers aren't satisfied with being subordinate--told what to do by managers as, if there is one right way to do a task. And, unlike past workers, they expect more from their work lives, including some level of emotional fulfillment or meaning-making from their work. The knowledge worker, according to Drucker, is educated toward continual learning, "paid for applying his knowledge, exercising his judgment, and taking responsible leadership." So it then follows that knowledge workers expect from work the chance to apply and share their knowledge, develop themselves professionally, and continuously augment their knowledge.
-
-Interesting to note is the fact that Peter Drucker wrote about those concepts in 1969, nearly 50 years ago--virtually predicting the societal and organizational changes that would reveal themselves, in part, through the development of knowledge sharing tools such as forums, bulletin boards, online communities, and cloud knowledge sharing like DropBox and GoogleDrive as well as the creation of social media tools such as MySpace, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and countless others. All of these have some basis in the idea that knowledge is something to liberate and share.
-
-In this light, one might view the open organization as one successful manifestation of a system of management for knowledge workers. In other words, open organizations are a way to manage knowledge workers by meeting the needs of the organization and knowledge workers (whether employees, customers, or the public) simultaneously. The foundational values this book explores are the scaffolding for the management of knowledge, and they apply to ways we can:
-
- * make sure there's a lot of varied knowledge around (inclusivity)
- * help people come together and participate (community)
- * circulate information, knowledge, and decision making (transparency)
- * innovate and not become entrenched in old ways of thinking and being (adaptability)
- * develop a shared goal and work together to use knowledge (collaboration)
-
-
-
-Collaboration is an important process because of the participatory effect it has on knowledge work and how it aids negotiations between people and groups. As we've discovered, collaboration is more than working together with some degree of compliance; in fact, it describes a type of working together that overcomes compliance because people can disagree, question, and express their needs in a negotiation and in collaboration. And, collaboration is more than "working toward a shared goal"; collaboration is a process which defines the shared goals via negotiation and, when successful, leads to cooperation and coordination to focus activity on the negotiated outcome.
-
-Collaboration is an important process because of the participatory effect it has on knowledge work and how it aids negotiations between people and groups.
-
-Collaboration works best when the other four open organization values are present. For instance, when people are transparent, there is no guessing about what is needed, why, by whom, or when. Also, because collaboration involves negotiation, it also needs diversity (a product of inclusivity); after all, if we aren't negotiating among differing views, needs, or goals, then what are we negotiating? During a negotiation, the parties are often asked to give something up so that all may gain, so we have to be adaptable and flexible to the different outcomes that negotiation can provide. Lastly, collaboration is often an ongoing process rather than one which is quickly done and over, so it's best to enter collaboration as if you are part of the same community, desiring everyone to benefit from the negotiation. In this way, acts of authentic and purposeful collaboration directly necessitate the emergence of the other four values--transparency, inclusivity, adaptability, and community--as they assemble part of the organization's collective purpose spontaneously.
-
-### Collaboration in open organizations
-
-Traditional organizations advance an agreed-upon set of goals that people are welcome to support or not. In these organizations, there is some amount of discourse and negotiation, but often a higher-ranking or more powerful member of the organization intervenes to make a decision, which the membership must accept (and sometimes ignores). In open organizations, however, the focus is for members to perform their activity and to work out their differences; only if necessary would someone get involved (and even then would try to do it in the most minimal way that support the shared values of community, transparency, adaptability, collaboration and inclusivity.) This make the collaborative processes in open organizations "messier" (or "chaotic" to use Jim Whitehurst's term) but more participatory and, hopefully, innovative.
-
-This article is part of the [Open Organization Workbook project][1].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/11/what-is-collaboration
-
-作者：[Heidi Hess Von Ludewig][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/heidi-hess-von-ludewig
-[1]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/8/workbook-project-announcement
-[2]:http://opensource.com/users/bbehrens
-[3]:https://www.elsevier.com/books/the-age-of-discontinuity/drucker/978-0-434-90395-5
diff --git a/sources/talk/20171221 Changing how we use Slack solved our transparency and silo problems.md b/sources/talk/20171221 Changing how we use Slack solved our transparency and silo problems.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d68bab55bf..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20171221 Changing how we use Slack solved our transparency and silo problems.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-Changing how we use Slack solved our transparency and silo problems
-======
-
-
-Collaboration and information silos are a reality in most organizations today. People tend to regard them as huge barriers to innovation and organizational efficiency. They're also a favorite target for solutions from software tool vendors of all types.
-
-Tools by themselves, however, are seldom (if ever), the answer to a problem like organizational silos. The reason for this is simple: Silos are made of people, and human dynamics are key drivers for the existence of silos in the first place.
-
-So what is the answer?
-
-Successful communities are the key to breaking down silos. Tools play an important role in the process, but if you don't build successful communities around those tools, then you'll face an uphill battle with limited chances for success. Tools enable communities; they do not build them. This takes a thoughtful approach--one that looks at culture first, process second, and tools last.
-
-Successful communities are the key to breaking down silos.
-
-However, this is a challenge because, in most cases, this is not the way the process works in most businesses. Too many companies begin their journey to fix silos by thinking about tools first and considering metrics that don't evaluate the right factors for success. Too often, people choose tools for purely cost-based, compliance-based, or effort-based reasons--instead of factoring in the needs and desires of the user base. But subjective measures like "customer/user delight" are a real factor for these internal tools, and can make or break the success of both the tool adoption and the goal of increased collaboration.
-
-It's critical to understand the best technical tool (or what the business may consider the most cost-effective) is not always the solution that drives community, transparency, and collaboration forward. There is a reason that "Shadow IT"--users choosing their own tool solution, building community and critical mass around them--exists and is so effective: People who choose their own tools are more likely to stay engaged and bring others with them, breaking down silos organically.
-
-This is a story of how Autodesk ended up adopting Slack at enterprise scale to help solve our transparency and silo problems. Interestingly, Slack wasn't (and isn't) an IT-supported application at Autodesk. It's an enterprise solution that was adopted, built, and is still run by a group of passionate volunteers who are committed to a "default to open" paradigm.
-
-Utilizing Slack makes transparency happen for us.
-
-### Chat-tastrophe
-
-First, some perspective: My job at Autodesk is running our [Open@ADSK][1] initiative. I was originally hired to drive our open source strategy, but we quickly expanded my role to include driving open source best practices for internal development (inner source), and transforming how we collaborate internally as an organization. This last piece is where we pick up our story of Slack adoption in the company.
-
-But before we even begin to talk about our journey with Slack, let's address why lack of transparency and openness was a challenge for us. What is it that makes transparency such a desirable quality in organizations, and what was I facing when I started at Autodesk?
-
-Every company says they want "better collaboration." In our case, we are a 35-year-old software company that has been immensely successful at selling desktop "shrink-wrapped" software to several industries, including architecture, engineering, construction, manufacturing, and entertainment. But no successful company rests on its laurels, and Autodesk leadership recognized that a move to Cloud-based solutions for our products was key to the future growth of the company, including opening up new markets through product combinations that required Cloud computing and deep product integrations.
-
-The challenge in making this move was far more than just technical or architectural--it was rooted in the DNA of the company, in everything from how we were organized to how we integrated our products. The basic format of integration in our desktop products was file import/export. While this is undoubtedly important, it led to a culture of highly-specialized teams working in an environment that's more siloed than we'd like and not sharing information (or code). Prior to the move to a cloud-based approach, this wasn't as a much of a problem--but, in an environment that requires organizations to behave more like open source projects do, transparency, openness, and collaboration go from "nice-to-have" to "business critical."
-
-Like many companies our size, Autodesk has had many different collaboration solutions through the years, some of them commercial, and many of them home-grown. However, none of them effectively solved the many-to-many real-time collaboration challenge. Some reasons for this were technical, but many of them were cultural.
-
-I relied on a philosophy I'd formed through challenging experiences in my career: "Culture first, tools last."
-
-When someone first tasked me with trying to find a solution for this, I relied on a philosophy I'd formed through challenging experiences in my career: "Culture first, tools last." This is still a challenge for engineering folks like myself. We want to jump immediately to tools as the solution to any problem. However, it's critical to evaluate a company's ethos (culture), as well as existing processes to determine what kinds of tools might be a good fit. Unfortunately, I've seen too many cases where leaders have dictated a tool choice from above, based on the factors discussed earlier. I needed a different approach that relied more on fitting a tool into the culture we wanted to become, not the other way around.
-
-What I found at Autodesk were several small camps of people using tools like HipChat, IRC, Microsoft Lync, and others, to try to meet their needs. However, the most interesting thing I found was 85 separate instances of Slack in the company!
-
-Eureka! I'd stumbled onto a viral success (one enabled by Slack's ability to easily spin up "free" instances). I'd also landed squarely in what I like to call "silo-land."
-
-All of those instances were not talking to each other--so, effectively, we'd created isolated islands of information that, while useful to those in them, couldn't transform the way we operated as an enterprise. Essentially, our existing organizational culture was recreated in digital format in these separate Slack systems. Our organization housed a mix of these small, free instances, as well as multiple paid instances, which also meant we were not taking advantage of a common billing arrangement.
-
-My first (open source) thought was: "Hey, why aren't we using IRC, or some other open source tool, for this?" I quickly realized that didn't matter, as our open source engineers weren't the only people using Slack. People from all areas of the company--even senior leadership--were adopting Slack in droves, and, in some cases, convincing their management to pay for it!
-
-My second (engineering) thought was: "Oh, this is simple. We just collapse all 85 of those instances into a single cohesive Slack instance." What soon became obvious was that was the easy part of the solution. Much harder was the work of cajoling, convincing, and moving people to a single, transparent instance. Building in the "guard rails" to enable a closed source tool to provide this transparency was key. These guard rails came in the form of processes, guidelines, and community norms that were the hardest part of this transformation.
-
-### The real work begins
-
-As I began to slowly help users migrate to the common instance (paying for it was also a challenge, but a topic for another day), I discovered a dedicated group of power users who were helping each other in the #adsk-slack-help channel on our new common instance of Slack. These power users were, in effect, building the roots of our transparency and community through their efforts.
-
-The open source community manager in me quickly realized these users were the path to successfully scaling Slack at Autodesk. I enlisted five of them to help me, and, together we set about fabricating the community structure for the tool's rollout.
-
-We did, however, learn an important lesson about transparency and company culture along the way.
-
-Here I should note the distinction between a community structure/governance model and traditional IT policies: With the exception of security and data privacy/legal policies, volunteer admins and user community members completely define and govern our Slack instance. One of the keys to our success with Slack (currently approximately 9,100 users and roughly 4,300 public channels) was how we engaged and involved our users in building these governance structures. Things like channel naming conventions and our growing list of frequently asked questions were organic and have continued in that same vein. Our community members feel like their voices are heard (even if some disagree), and that they have been a part of the success of our deployment of Slack.
-
-We did, however, learn an important lesson about transparency and company culture along the way.
-
-### It's not the tool
-
-When we first launched our main Slack instance, we left the ability for anyone to make a channel private turned on. After about three months of usage, we saw a clear trend: More people were creating private channels (and messages) than they were public channels (the ratio was about two to one, private versus public). Since our effort to merge 85 Slack instances was intended to increase participation and transparency, we quickly adjusted our policy and turned off this feature for regular users. We instead implemented a policy of review by the admin team, with clear criteria (finance, legal, personnel discussions among the reasons) defined for private channels.
-
-This was probably the only time in this entire process that I regretted something.
-
-We took an amazing amount of flak for this decision because we were dealing with a corporate culture that was used to working in independent units that had minimal interaction with each other. Our defining moment of clarity (and the tipping point where things started to get better) occurred in an all-hands meeting when one of our senior executives asked me to address a question about Slack. I stood up to answer the question, and said (paraphrased from memory): "It's not about the tool. I could give you all the best, gold-plated collaboration platform in existence, but we aren't going to be successful if we don't change our approach to collaboration and learn to default to open."
-
-I didn't think anything more about that statement--until that senior executive starting using the phrase "default to open" in his slide decks, in his staff meetings, and with everyone he met. That one moment has defined what we have been trying to do with Slack: The tool isn't the sole reason we've been successful; it's the approach that we've taken around building a self-sustaining community that not only wants to use this tool, but craves the ability it gives them to work easily across the enterprise.
-
-### What we learned
-
-The tool isn't the sole reason we've been successful; it's the approach that we've taken around building a self-sustaining community that not only wants to use this tool, but craves the ability it gives them to work easily across the enterprise.
-
-I say all the time that this could have happened with other, similar tools (Hipchat, IRC, etc), but it works in this case specifically because we chose an approach of supporting a solution that the user community adopted for their needs, not strictly what the company may have chosen if the decision was coming from the top of the organizational chart. We put a lot of work into making it an acceptable solution (from the perspectives of security, legal, finance, etc.) for the company, but, ultimately, our success has come from the fact that we built this rollout (and continue to run the tool) as a community, not as a traditional corporate IT system.
-
-The most important lesson I learned through all of this is that transparency and community are evolutionary, not revolutionary. You have to understand where your culture is, where you want it to go, and utilize the lever points that the community is adopting itself to make sustained and significant progress. There is a fine balance point between an anarchy, and a thriving community, and we've tried to model our approach on the successful practices of today's thriving open source communities.
-
-Communities are personal. Tools come and go, but keeping your community at the forefront of your push to transparency is the key to success.
-
-This article is part of the [Open Organization Workbook project][2].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/12/chat-platform-default-to-open
-
-作者：[Guy Martin][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/guyma
-[1]:mailto:Open@ADSK
-[2]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/8/workbook-project-announcement
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180109 How Mycroft used WordPress and GitHub to improve its documentation.md b/sources/talk/20180109 How Mycroft used WordPress and GitHub to improve its documentation.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e35e0ede7..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180109 How Mycroft used WordPress and GitHub to improve its documentation.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-How Mycroft used WordPress and GitHub to improve its documentation
-======
-
-
-
-Image credits : Photo by Unsplash; modified by Rikki Endsley. CC BY-SA 4.0
-
-Imagine you've just joined a new technology company, and one of the first tasks you're assigned is to improve and centralize the organization's developer-facing documentation. There's just one catch: That documentation exists in many different places, across several platforms, and differs markedly in accuracy, currency, and style.
-
-So how did we tackle this challenge?
-
-### Understanding the scope
-
-As with any project, we first needed to understand the scope and bounds of the problem we were trying to solve. What documentation was good? What was working? What wasn't? How much documentation was there? What format was it in? We needed to do a **documentation audit**. Luckily, [Aneta Šteflova][1] had recently [published an article on OpenSource.com][2] about this, and it provided excellent guidance.
-
-![mycroft doc audit][4]
-
-Mycroft documentation audit, showing source, topic, medium, currency, quality and audience
-
-Next, every piece of publicly facing documentation was assessed for the topic it covered, the medium it used, currency, and quality. A pattern quickly emerged that different platforms had major deficiencies, allowing us to make a data-driven approach to decommission our existing Jekyll-based sites. The audit also highlighted just how fragmented our documentation sources were--we had developer-facing documentation across no fewer than seven sites. Although search engines were finding this content just fine, the fragmentation made it difficult for developers and users of Mycroft--our primary audiences--to navigate the information they needed. Again, this data helped us make the decision to centralize our documentation on to one platform.
-
-### Choosing a central platform
-
-As an organization, we wanted to constrain the number of standalone platforms in use. Over time, maintenance and upkeep of multiple platforms and integration touchpoints becomes cumbersome for any organization, but this is exacerbated for a small startup.
-
-One of the other business drivers in platform choice was that we had two primary but very different audiences. On one hand, we had highly technical developers who we were expecting would push documentation to its limits--and who would want to contribute to technical documentation using their tools of choice--[Git][5], [GitHub][6], and [Markdown][7]. Our second audience--end users--would primarily consume technical documentation and would want to do so in an inviting, welcoming platform that was visually appealing and provided additional features such as the ability to identify reading time and to provide feedback. The ability to capture feedback was also a key requirement from our side as without feedback on the quality of the documentation, we would not have a solid basis to undertake continuous quality improvement.
-
-Would we be able to identify one platform that met all of these competing needs?
-
-We realised that two platforms covered all of our needs:
-
- * [WordPress][8]: Our existing website is built on WordPress, and we have some reasonably robust WordPress skills in-house. The flexibility of WordPress also fulfilled our requirements for functionality like reading time and the ability to capture user feedback.
- * [GitHub][9]: Almost [all of Mycroft.AI's source code is available on GitHub][10], and our development team uses this platform daily.
-
-
-
-But how could we marry the two?
-
-
-
-
-### Integrating WordPress and GitHub with WordPress GitHub Sync
-
-Luckily, our COO, [Nate Tomasi][11], spotted a WordPress plugin that promised to integrate the two.
-
-This was put through its paces on our test website, and it passed with flying colors. It was easy to install, had a straightforward configuration, which just required an OAuth token and webhook with GitHub, and provided two-way integration between WordPress and GitHub.
-
-It did, however, have a dependency--on Markdown--which proved a little harder to implement. We trialed several Markdown plugins, but each had several quirks that interfered with the rendering of non-Markdown-based content. After several days of frustration, and even an attempt to custom-write a plugin for our needs, we stumbled across [Parsedown Party][12]. There was much partying! With WordPress GitHub Sync and Parsedown Party, we had integrated our two key platforms.
-
-Now it was time to make our content visually appealing and usable for our user audience.
-
-### Reading time and feedback
-
-To implement the reading time and feedback functionality, we built a new [page template for WordPress][13], and leveraged plugins within the page template.
-
-Knowing the estimated reading time of an article in advance has been [proven to increase engagement with content][14] and provides developers and users with the ability to decide whether to read the content now or bookmark it for later. We tested several WordPress plugins for reading time, but settled on [Reading Time WP][15] because it was highly configurable and could be easily embedded into WordPress page templates. Our decision to place Reading Time at the top of the content was designed to give the user the choice of whether to read now or save for later. With Reading Time in place, we then turned our attention to gathering user feedback and ratings for our documentation.
-
-
-
-There are several rating and feedback plugins available for WordPress. We needed one that could be easily customized for several use cases, and that could aggregate or summarize ratings. After some experimentation, we settled on [Multi Rating Pro][16] because of its wide feature set, especially the ability to create a Review Ratings page in WordPress--i.e., a central page where staff can review ratings without having to be logged in to the WordPress backend. The only gap we ran into here was the ability to set the display order of rating options--but it will likely be added in a future release.
-
-The WordPress GitHub Integration plugin also gave us the ability to link back to the GitHub repository where the original Markdown content was held, inviting technical developers to contribute to improving our documentation.
-
-### Updating the existing documentation
-
-Now that the "container" for our new documentation had been developed, it was time to update the existing content. Because much of our documentation had grown organically over time, there were no style guidelines to shape how keywords and code were styled. This was tackled first, so that it could be applied to all content. [You can see our content style guidelines on GitHub.][17]
-
-As part of the update, we also ran several checks to ensure that the content was technically accurate, augmenting the existing documentation with several images for better readability.
-
-There were also a couple of additional tools that made creating internal links for documentation pieces easier. First, we installed the [WP Anchor Header][18] plugin. This plugin provided a small but important function: adding `id` content in GitHub using the `[markdown-toc][19]` library, then simply copied in to the WordPress content, where they would automatically link to the `id` attributes to each `
`, `
` (and so on) element. This meant that internal anchors could be automatically generated on the command line from the Markdown content in GitHub using the `[markdown-toc][19]` library, then simply copied in to the WordPress content, where they would automatically link to the `id` attributes generated by WP Anchor Header.
-
-Next, we imported the updated documentation into WordPress from GitHub, and made sure we had meaningful and easy-to-search on slugs, descriptions, and keywords--because what good is excellent documentation if no one can find it?! A final activity was implementing redirects so that people hitting the old documentation would be taken to the new version.
-
-### What next?
-
-[Please do take a moment and have a read through our new documentation][20]. We know it isn't perfect--far from it--but we're confident that the mechanisms we've baked into our new documentation infrastructure will make it easier to identify gaps--and resolve them quickly. If you'd like to know more, or have suggestions for our documentation, please reach out to Kathy Reid on [Chat][21] (@kathy-mycroft) or via [email][22].
-
-_Reprinted with permission from[Mycroft.ai][23]._
-
-### About the author
-Kathy Reid - Director of Developer Relations @MycroftAI, President of @linuxaustralia. Kathy Reid has expertise in open source technology management, web development, video conferencing, digital signage, technical communities and documentation. She has worked in a number of technical and leadership roles over the last 20 years, and holds Arts and Science undergraduate degrees... more about Kathy Reid
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/rocking-docs-mycroft
-
-作者：[Kathy Reid][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/kathyreid
-[1]:https://opensource.com/users/aneta
-[2]:https://opensource.com/article/17/10/doc-audits
-[3]:/file/382466
-[4]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/images/life-uploads/mycroft-documentation-audit.png (mycroft documentation audit)
-[5]:https://git-scm.com/
-[6]:https://github.com/MycroftAI
-[7]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Markdown
-[8]:https://www.wordpress.org/
-[9]:https://github.com/
-[10]:https://github.com/mycroftai
-[11]:http://mycroft.ai/team/
-[12]:https://wordpress.org/plugins/parsedown-party/
-[13]:https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/template-files-section/page-template-files/
-[14]:https://marketingland.com/estimated-reading-times-increase-engagement-79830
-[15]:https://jasonyingling.me/reading-time-wp/
-[16]:https://multiratingpro.com/
-[17]:https://github.com/MycroftAI/docs-rewrite/blob/master/README.md
-[18]:https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-anchor-header/
-[19]:https://github.com/jonschlinkert/markdown-toc
-[20]:https://mycroft.ai/documentation
-[21]:https://chat.mycroft.ai/
-[22]:mailto:kathy.reid@mycroft.ai
-[23]:https://mycroft.ai/blog/improving-mycrofts-documentation/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180111 The open organization and inner sourcing movements can share knowledge.md b/sources/talk/20180111 The open organization and inner sourcing movements can share knowledge.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 272c1b03ae..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180111 The open organization and inner sourcing movements can share knowledge.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-The open organization and inner sourcing movements can share knowledge
-======
-
-
-Image by : opensource.com
-
-Red Hat is a company with roughly 11,000 employees. The IT department consists of roughly 500 members. Though it makes up just a fraction of the entire organization, the IT department is still sufficiently staffed to have many application service, infrastructure, and operational teams within it. Our purpose is "to enable Red Hatters in all functions to be effective, productive, innovative, and collaborative, so that they feel they can make a difference,"--and, more specifically, to do that by providing technologies and related services in a fashion that is as open as possible.
-
-Being open like this takes time, attention, and effort. While we always strive to be as open as possible, it can be difficult. For a variety of reasons, we don't always succeed.
-
-In this story, I'll explain a time when, in the rush to innovate, the Red Hat IT organization lost sight of its open ideals. But I'll also explore how returning to those ideals--and using the collaborative tactics of "inner source"--helped us to recover and greatly improve the way we deliver services.
-
-### About inner source
-
-Before I explain how inner source helped our team, let me offer some background on the concept.
-
-Inner source is the adoption of open source development practices between teams within an organization to promote better and faster delivery without requiring project resources be exposed to the world or openly licensed. It allows an organization to receive many of the benefits of open source development methods within its own walls.
-
-In this way, inner source aligns well with open organization strategies and principles; it provides a path for open, collaborative development. While the open organization defines its principles of openness broadly as transparency, inclusivity, adaptability, collaboration, and community--and covers how to use these open principles for communication, decision making, and many other topics--inner source is about the adoption of specific and tactical practices, processes, and patterns from open source communities to improve delivery.
-
-For instance, [the Open Organization Maturity Model][1] suggests that in order to be transparent, teams should, at minimum, share all project resources with the project team (though it suggests that it's generally better to share these resources with the entire organization). The common pattern in both inner source and open source development is to host all resources in a publicly available version control system, for source control management, which achieves the open organization goal of high transparency.
-
-Inner source aligns well with open organization strategies and principles.
-
-Another example of value alignment appears in the way open source communities accept contributions. In open source communities, source code is transparently available. Community contributions in the form of patches or merge requests are commonly accepted practices (even expected ones). This provides one example of how to meet the open organization's goal of promoting inclusivity and collaboration.
-
-### The challenge
-
-Early in 2014, Red Hat IT began its first steps toward making Amazon Web Services (AWS) a standard hosting offering for business critical systems. While teams within Red Hat IT had built several systems and services in AWS by this time, these were bespoke creations, and we desired to make deploying services to IT standards in AWS both simple and standardized.
-
-In order to make AWS cloud hosting meet our operational standards (while being scalable), the Cloud Enablement team within Red Hat IT decided that all infrastructure in AWS would be configured through code, rather than manually, and that everyone would use a standard set of tools. The Cloud Enablement team designed and built these standard tools; a separate group, the Platform Operations team, was responsible for provisioning and hosting systems and services in AWS using the tools.
-
-The Cloud Enablement team built a toolset, obtusely named "Template Util," based on AWS Cloud Formations configurations wrapped in a management layer to enforce certain configuration requirements and make stamping out multiple copies of services across environments easier. While the Template Util toolset technically met all our initial requirements, and we eventually provisioned the infrastructure for more than a dozen services with it, engineers in every team working with the tool found using it to be painful. Michael Johnson, one engineer using the tool, said "It made doing something relatively straightforward really complicated."
-
-Among the issues Template Util exhibited were:
-
- * Underlying cloud formations technologies implied constraints on application stack management at odds with how we managed our application systems.
- * The tooling was needlessly complex and brittle in places, using multiple layered templating technologies and languages making syntax issues hard to debug.
- * The code for the tool--and some of the data users needed to manipulate the tool--were kept in a repository that was difficult for most users to access.
- * There was no standard process to contributing or accepting changes.
- * The documentation was poor.
-
-
-
-As more engineers attempted to use the Template Util toolset, they found even more issues and limitations with the tools. Unhappiness continued to grow. To make matters worse, the Cloud Enablement team then shifted priorities to other deliverables without relinquishing ownership of the tool, so bug fixes and improvements to the tools were further delayed.
-
-The real, core issues here were our inability to build an inclusive community to collaboratively build shared tooling that met everyone's needs. Fear of losing "ownership," fear of changing requirements, and fear of seeing hard work abandoned all contributed to chronic conflict, which in turn led to poorer outcomes.
-
-### Crisis point
-
-By September 2015, more than a year after launching our first major service in AWS with the Template Util tool, we hit a crisis point.
-
-Many engineers refused to use the tools. That forced all of the related service provisioning work on a small set of engineers, further fracturing the community and disrupting service delivery roadmaps as these engineers struggled to deal with unexpected work. We called an emergency meeting and invited all the teams involved to find a solution.
-
-During the emergency meeting, we found that people generally thought we needed immediate change and should start the tooling effort over, but even the decision to start over wasn't unanimous. Many solutions emerged--sometimes multiple solutions from within a single team--all of which would require significant work to implement. While we couldn't reach a consensus on which solution to use during this meeting, we did reach an agreement to give proponents of different technologies two weeks to work together, across teams, to build their case with a prototype, which the community could then review.
-
-While we didn't reach a final and definitive decision, this agreement was the first point where we started to return to the open source ideals that guide our mission. By inviting all involved parties, we were able to be transparent and inclusive, and we could begin rebuilding our internal community. By making clear that we wanted to improve things and were open to new options, we showed our commitment to adaptability and meritocracy. Most importantly, the plan for building prototypes gave people a clear, return path to collaboration.
-
-When the community reviewed the prototypes, it determined that the clear leader was an Ansible-based toolset that would eventually become known, internally, as Ansicloud. (At the time, no one involved with this work had any idea that Red Hat would acquire Ansible the following month. It should also be noted that other teams within Red Hat have found tools based on Cloud Formation extremely useful, even when our specific Template Util tool did not find success.)
-
-This prototyping and testing phase didn't fix things overnight, though. While we had consensus on the general direction we needed to head, we still needed to improve the new prototype to the point at which engineers could use it reliably for production services.
-
-So over the next several months, a handful of engineers worked to further build and extend the Ansicloud toolset. We built three new production services. While we were sharing code, that sharing activity occurred at a low level of maturity. Some engineers had trouble getting access due to older processes. Other engineers headed in slightly different directions, with each engineer having to rediscover some of the core design issues themselves.
-
-### Returning to openness
-
-This led to a turning point: Building on top of the previous agreement, we focused on developing a unified vision and providing easier access. To do this, we:
-
- 1. created a list of specific goals for the project (both "must-haves" and "nice-to-haves"),
- 2. created an open issue log for the project to avoid solving the same problem repeatedly,
- 3. opened our code base so anyone in Red Hat could read or clone it, and
- 4. made it easy for engineers to get trusted committer access
-
-
-
-Our agreement to collaborate, our finally unified vision, and our improved tool development methods spurred the growth of our community. Ansicloud adoption spread throughout the involved organizations, but this led to a new problem: The tool started changing more quickly than users could adapt to it, and improvements that different groups submitted were beginning to affect other groups in unanticipated ways.
-
-These issues resulted in our recent turn to inner source practices. While every open source project operates differently, we focused on adopting some best practices that seemed common to many of them. In particular:
-
- * We identified the business owner of the project and the core-contributor group of developers who would govern the development of the tools and decide what contributions to accept. While we want to keep things open, we can't have people working against each other or breaking each other's functionality.
- * We developed a project README clarifying the purpose of the tool and specifying how to use it. We also created a CONTRIBUTING document explaining how to contribute, what sort of contributions would be useful, and what sort of tests a contribution would need to pass to be accepted.
- * We began building continuous integration and testing services for the Ansicloud tool itself. This helped us ensure we could quickly and efficiently validate contributions technically, before the project accepted and merged them.
-
-
-
-With these basic agreements, documents, and tools available, we were back onto the path of open collaboration and successful inner sourcing.
-
-### Why it matters
-
-Why does inner source matter?
-
-From a developer community point of view, shifting from a traditional siloed development model to the inner source model has produced significant, quantifiable improvements:
-
- * Contributions to our tooling have grown 72% per week (by number of commits).
- * The percentage of contributions from non-core committers has grown from 27% to 78%; the users of the toolset are driving its development.
- * The contributor list has grown by 15%, primarily from new users of the tool set, rather than core committers, increasing our internal community.
-
-
-
-And the tools we've delivered through this project have allowed us to see dramatic improvements in our business outcomes. Using the Ansicloud tools, 54 new multi-environment application service deployments were created in 385 days (compared to 20 services in 1,013 days with the Template Util tools). We've gone from one new service deployment in a 50-day period to one every week--a seven-fold increase in the velocity of our delivery.
-
-What really matters here is that the improvements we saw were not aberrations. Inner source provides common, easily understood patterns that organizations can adopt to effectively promote collaboration (not to mention other open organization principles). By mirroring open source production practices, inner source can also mirror the benefits of open source code, which have been seen time and time again: higher quality code, faster development, and more engaged communities.
-
-This article is part of the [Open Organization Workbook project][2].
-
-### about the author
-Tom Benninger - Tom Benninger is a Solutions Architect, Systems Engineer, and continual tinkerer at Red Hat, Inc. Having worked with startups, small businesses, and larger enterprises, he has experience within a broad set of IT disciplines. His current area of focus is improving Application Lifecycle Management in the enterprise. He has a particular interest in how open source, inner source, and collaboration can help support modern application development practices and the adoption of DevOps, CI/CD, Agile,...
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/1/open-orgs-and-inner-source-it
-
-作者：[Tom Benninger][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/tomben
-[1]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-maturity-model
-[2]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/8/workbook-project-announcement
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180112 in which the cost of structured data is reduced.md b/sources/talk/20180112 in which the cost of structured data is reduced.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 992ad57a39..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180112 in which the cost of structured data is reduced.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-in which the cost of structured data is reduced
-======
-Last year I got the wonderful opportunity to attend [RacketCon][1] as it was hosted only 30 minutes away from my home. The two-day conference had a number of great talks on the first day, but what really impressed me was the fact that the entire second day was spent focusing on contribution. The day started out with a few 15- to 20-minute talks about how to contribute to a specific codebase (including that of Racket itself), and after that people just split off into groups focused around specific codebases. Each table had maintainers helping guide other folks towards how to work with the codebase and construct effective patch submissions.
-
-![lensmen chronicles][2]
-
-I came away from the conference with a great sense of appreciation for how friendly and welcoming the Racket community is, and how great Racket is as a swiss-army-knife type tool for quick tasks. (Not that it's unsuitable for large projects, but I don't have the opportunity to start any new large projects very frequently.)
-
-The other day I wanted to generate colored maps of the world by categorizing countries interactively, and Racket seemed like it would fit the bill nicely. The job is simple: show an image of the world with one country selected; when a key is pressed, categorize that country, then show the map again with all categorized countries colored, and continue with the next country selected.
-
-### GUIs and XML
-
-I have yet to see a language/framework more accessible and straightforward out of the box for drawing1. Here's the entry point which sets up state and then constructs a canvas that handles key input and display:
-```
-(define (main path)
- (let ([frame (new frame% [label "World color"])]
- [categorizations (box '())]
- [doc (call-with-input-file path read-xml/document)])
- (new (class canvas%
- (define/override (on-char event)
- (handle-key this categorizations (send event get-key-code)))
- (super-new))
- [parent frame]
- [paint-callback (draw doc categorizations)])
- (send frame show #t)))
-
-```
-
-While the class system is not one of my favorite things about Racket (most newer code seems to avoid it in favor of [generic interfaces][3] in the rare case that polymorphism is truly called for), the fact that classes can be constructed in a light-weight, anonymous way makes it much less onerous than it could be. This code sets up all mutable state in a [`box`][4] which you use in the way you'd use a `ref` in ML or Clojure: a mutable wrapper around an immutable data structure.
-
-The world map I'm using is [an SVG of the Robinson projection][5] from Wikipedia. If you look closely there's a call to bind `doc` that calls [`call-with-input-file`][6] with [`read-xml/document`][7] which loads up the whole map file's SVG; just about as easily as you could ask for.
-
-The data you get back from `read-xml/document` is in fact a [document][8] struct, which contains an `element` struct containing `attribute` structs and lists of more `element` structs. All very sensible, but maybe not what you would expect in other dynamic languages like Clojure or Lua where free-form maps reign supreme. Racket really wants structure to be known up-front when possible, which is one of the things that help it produce helpful error messages when things go wrong.
-
-Here's how we handle keyboard input; we're displaying a map with one country highlighted, and `key` here tells us what the user pressed to categorize the highlighted country. If that key is in the `categories` hash then we put it into `categorizations`.
-```
-(define categories #hash((select . "eeeeff")
- (#\1 . "993322")
- (#\2 . "229911")
- (#\3 . "ABCD31")
- (#\4 . "91FF55")
- (#\5 . "2439DF")))
-
-(define (handle-key canvas categorizations key)
- (cond [(equal? #\backspace key) (swap! categorizations cdr)]
- [(member key (dict-keys categories)) (swap! categorizations (curry cons key))]
- [(equal? #\space key) (display (unbox categorizations))])
- (send canvas refresh))
-
-```
-
-### Nested updates: the bad parts
-
-Finally once we have a list of categorizations, we need to apply it to the map document and display. We apply a [`fold`][9] reduction over the XML document struct and the list of country categorizations (plus `'select` for the country that's selected to be categorized next) to get back a "modified" document struct where the proper elements have the style attributes applied for the given categorization, then we turn it into an image and hand it to [`draw-pict`][10]:
-```
-
-(define (update original-doc categorizations)
- (for/fold ([doc original-doc])
- ([category (cons 'select (unbox categorizations))]
- [n (in-range (length (unbox categorizations)) 0 -1)])
- (set-style doc n (style-for category))))
-
-(define ((draw doc categorizations) _ context)
- (let* ([newdoc (update doc categorizations)]
- [xml (call-with-output-string (curry write-xml newdoc))])
- (draw-pict (call-with-input-string xml svg-port->pict) context 0 0)))
-
-```
-
-The problem is in that pesky `set-style` function. All it has to do is reach deep down into the `document` struct to find the `n`th `path` element (the one associated with a given country), and change its `'style` attribute. It ought to be a simple task. Unfortunately this function ends up being anything but simple:
-```
-
-(define (set-style doc n new-style)
- (let* ([root (document-element doc)]
- [g (list-ref (element-content root) 8)]
- [paths (element-content g)]
- [path (first (drop (filter element? paths) n))]
- [path-num (list-index (curry eq? path) paths)]
- [style-index (list-index (lambda (x) (eq? 'style (attribute-name x)))
- (element-attributes path))]
- [attr (list-ref (element-attributes path) style-index)]
- [new-attr (make-attribute (source-start attr)
- (source-stop attr)
- (attribute-name attr)
- new-style)]
- [new-path (make-element (source-start path)
- (source-stop path)
- (element-name path)
- (list-set (element-attributes path)
- style-index new-attr)
- (element-content path))]
- [new-g (make-element (source-start g)
- (source-stop g)
- (element-name g)
- (element-attributes g)
- (list-set paths path-num new-path))]
- [root-contents (list-set (element-content root) 8 new-g)])
- (make-document (document-prolog doc)
- (make-element (source-start root)
- (source-stop root)
- (element-name root)
- (element-attributes root)
- root-contents)
- (document-misc doc))))
-
-```
-
-The reason for this is that while structs are immutable, they don't support functional updates. Whenever you're working with immutable data structures, you want to be able to say "give me a new version of this data, but with field `x` replaced by the value of `(f (lookup x))`". Racket can [do this with dictionaries][11] but not with structs2. If you want a modified version you have to create a fresh one3.
-
-### Lenses to the rescue?
-
-![first lensman][12]
-
-When I brought this up in the `#racket` channel on Freenode, I was helpfully pointed to the 3rd-party [Lens][13] library. Lenses are a general-purpose way of composing arbitrarily nested lookups and updates. Unfortunately at this time there's [a flaw][14] preventing them from working with `xml` structs, so it seemed I was out of luck.
-
-But then I was pointed to [X-expressions][15] as an alternative to structs. The [`xml->xexpr`][16] function turns the structs into a deeply-nested list tree with symbols and strings in it. The tag is the first item in the list, followed by an associative list of attributes, then the element's children. While this gives you fewer up-front guarantees about the structure of the data, it does work around the lens issue.
-
-For this to work, we need to compose a new lens based on the "path" we want to use to drill down into the `n`th country and its `style` attribute. The [`lens-compose`][17] function lets us do that. Note that the order here might be backwards from what you'd expect; it works deepest-first (the way [`compose`][18] works for functions). Also note that defining one lens gives us the ability to both get nested values (with [`lens-view`][19]) and update them.
-```
-(define (style-lens n)
- (lens-compose (dict-ref-lens 'style)
- second-lens
- (list-ref-lens (add1 (* n 2)))
- (list-ref-lens 10)))
-```
-
-Our `` XML elements are under the 10th item of the root xexpr, (hence the [`list-ref-lens`][20] with 10) and they are interspersed with whitespace, so we have to double `n` to find the `` we want. The [`second-lens`][21] call gets us to that element's attribute alist, and [`dict-ref-lens`][22] lets us zoom in on the `'style` key out of that alist.
-
-Once we have our lens, it's just a matter of replacing `set-style` with a call to [`lens-set`][23] in our `update` function we had above, and then we're off:
-```
-(define (update doc categorizations)
- (for/fold ([d doc])
- ([category (cons 'select (unbox categorizations))]
- [n (in-range (length (unbox categorizations)) 0 -1)])
- (lens-set (style-lens n) d (list (style-for category)))))
-```
-
-![second stage lensman][24]
-
-Often times the trade-off between freeform maps/hashes vs structured data feels like one of convenience vs long-term maintainability. While it's unfortunate that they can't be used with the `xml` structs4, lenses provide a way to get the best of both worlds, at least in some situations.
-
-The final version of the code clocks in at 51 lines and is is available [on GitLab][25].
-
-๛
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://technomancy.us/185
-
-作者：[Phil Hagelberg][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://technomancy.us/
-[1]:https://con.racket-lang.org/
-[2]:https://technomancy.us/i/chronicles-of-lensmen.jpg
-[3]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/struct-generics.html
-[4]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/boxes.html?q=box#%28def._%28%28quote._~23~25kernel%29._box%29%29
-[5]:https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:BlankMap-World_gray.svg
-[6]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/port-lib.html#(def._((lib._racket%2Fport..rkt)._call-with-input-string))
-[7]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/xml/index.html?q=read-xml#%28def._%28%28lib._xml%2Fmain..rkt%29._read-xml%2Fdocument%29%29
-[8]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/xml/#%28def._%28%28lib._xml%2Fmain..rkt%29._document%29%29
-[9]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/for.html?q=for%2Ffold#%28form._%28%28lib._racket%2Fprivate%2Fbase..rkt%29._for%2Ffold%29%29
-[10]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/pict/Rendering.html?q=draw-pict#%28def._%28%28lib._pict%2Fmain..rkt%29._draw-pict%29%29
-[11]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/dicts.html?q=dict-update#%28def._%28%28lib._racket%2Fdict..rkt%29._dict-update%29%29
-[12]:https://technomancy.us/i/first-lensman.jpg
-[13]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/lens/lens-guide.html
-[14]:https://github.com/jackfirth/lens/issues/290
-[15]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/pollen/second-tutorial.html?q=xexpr#%28part._.X-expressions%29
-[16]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/xml/index.html?q=xexpr#%28def._%28%28lib._xml%2Fmain..rkt%29._xml-~3exexpr%29%29
-[17]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/lens/lens-reference.html#%28def._%28%28lib._lens%2Fcommon..rkt%29._lens-compose%29%29
-[18]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/procedures.html#%28def._%28%28lib._racket%2Fprivate%2Flist..rkt%29._compose%29%29
-[19]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/lens/lens-reference.html?q=lens-view#%28def._%28%28lib._lens%2Fcommon..rkt%29._lens-view%29%29
-[20]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/lens/lens-reference.html?q=lens-view#%28def._%28%28lib._lens%2Fdata%2Flist..rkt%29._list-ref-lens%29%29
-[21]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/lens/lens-reference.html?q=lens-view#%28def._%28%28lib._lens%2Fdata%2Flist..rkt%29._second-lens%29%29
-[22]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/lens/lens-reference.html?q=lens-view#%28def._%28%28lib._lens%2Fdata%2Fdict..rkt%29._dict-ref-lens%29%29
-[23]:https://docs.racket-lang.org/lens/lens-reference.html?q=lens-view#%28def._%28%28lib._lens%2Fcommon..rkt%29._lens-set%29%29
-[24]:https://technomancy.us/i/second-stage-lensman.jpg
-[25]:https://gitlab.com/technomancy/world-color/blob/master/world-color.rkt
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180124 Security Chaos Engineering- A new paradigm for cybersecurity.md b/sources/talk/20180124 Security Chaos Engineering- A new paradigm for cybersecurity.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 35c89150c8..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180124 Security Chaos Engineering- A new paradigm for cybersecurity.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-Security Chaos Engineering: A new paradigm for cybersecurity
-======
-
-
-Security is always changing and failure always exists.
-
-This toxic scenario requires a fresh perspective on how we think about operational security. We must understand that we are often the primary cause of our own security flaws. The industry typically looks at cybersecurity and failure in isolation or as separate matters. We believe that our lack of insight and operational intelligence into our own security control failures is one of the most common causes of security incidents and, subsequently, data breaches.
-
-> Fall seven times, stand up eight." --Japanese proverb
-
-The simple fact is that "to err is human," and humans derive their success as a direct result of the failures they encounter. Their rate of failure, how they fail, and their ability to understand that they failed in the first place are important building blocks to success. Our ability to learn through failure is inherent in the systems we build, the way we operate them, and the security we use to protect them. Yet there has been a lack of focus when it comes to how we approach preventative security measures, and the spotlight has trended toward the evolving attack landscape and the need to buy or build new solutions.
-
-### Security spending is continually rising and so are security incidents
-
-We spend billions on new information security technologies, however, we rarely take a proactive look at whether those security investments perform as expected. This has resulted in a continual increase in security spending on new solutions to keep up with the evolving attacks.
-
-Despite spending more on security, data breaches are continuously getting bigger and more frequent across all industries. We have marched so fast down this path of the "get-ahead-of-the-attacker" strategy that we haven't considered that we may be a primary cause of our own demise. How is it that we are building more and more security measures, but the problem seems to be getting worse? Furthermore, many of the notable data breaches over the past year were not the result of an advanced nation-state or spy-vs.-spy malicious advanced persistent threats (APTs); rather the principal causes of those events were incomplete implementation, misconfiguration, design flaws, and lack of oversight.
-
-The 2017 Ponemon Cost of a Data Breach Study breaks down the [root causes of data breaches][1] into three areas: malicious or criminal attacks, human factors or errors, and system glitches, including both IT and business-process failure. Of the three categories, malicious or criminal attacks comprises the largest distribution (47%), followed by human error (28%), and system glitches (25%). Cybersecurity vendors have historically focused on malicious root causes of data breaches, as it is the largest sole cause, but together human error and system glitches total 53%, a larger share of the overall problem.
-
-What is not often understood, whether due to lack of insight, reporting, or analysis, is that malicious or criminal attacks are often successful due to human error and system glitches. Both human error and system glitches are, at their root, primary markers of the existence of failure. Whether it's IT system failures, failures in process, or failures resulting from humans, it begs the question: "Should we be focusing on finding a method to identify, understand, and address our failures?" After all, it can be an arduous task to predict the next malicious attack, which often requires investment of time to sift threat intelligence, dig through forensic data, or churn threat feeds full of unknown factors and undetermined motives. Failure instrumentation, identification, and remediation are mostly comprised of things that we know, have the ability to test, and can measure.
-
-Failures we can analyze consist not only of IT, business, and general human factors but also the way we design, build, implement, configure, operate, observe, and manage security controls. People are the ones designing, building, monitoring, and managing the security controls we put in place to defend against malicious attackers. How often do we proactively instrument what we designed, built, and are operationally managing to determine if the controls are failing? Most organizations do not discover that their security controls were failing until a security incident results from that failure. The worst time to find out your security investment failed is during a security incident at 3 a.m.
-
-> Security incidents are not detective measures and hope is not a strategy when it comes to operating effective security controls.
-
-We hypothesize that a large portion of data breaches are caused not by sophisticated nation-state actors or hacktivists, but rather simple things rooted in human error and system glitches. Failure in security controls can arise from poor control placement, technical misconfiguration, gaps in coverage, inadequate testing practices, human error, and numerous other things.
-
-### The journey into Security Chaos Testing
-
-Our venture into this new territory of Security Chaos Testing has shifted our thinking about the root cause of many of our notable security incidents and data breaches.
-
-We were brought together by [Bruce Wong][2], who now works at Stitch Fix with Charles, one of the authors of this article. Prior to Stitch Fix, Bruce was a founder of the Chaos Engineering and System Reliability Engineering (SRE) practices at Netflix, the company commonly credited with establishing the field. Bruce learned about this article's other author, Aaron, through the open source [ChaoSlingr][3] Security Chaos Testing tool project, on which Aaron was a contributor. Aaron was interested in Bruce's perspective on the idea of applying Chaos Engineering to cybersecurity, which led Bruce to connect us to share what we had been working on. As security practitioners, we were both intrigued by the idea of Chaos Engineering and had each begun thinking about how this new method of instrumentation might have a role in cybersecurity.
-
-Within a short timeframe, we began finishing each other's thoughts around testing and validating security capabilities, which we collectively call "Security Chaos Engineering." We directly challenged many of the concepts we had come to depend on in our careers, such as compensating security controls, defense-in-depth, and how to design preventative security. Quickly we realized that we needed to challenge the status quo "set-it-and-forget-it" model and instead execute on continuous instrumentation and validation of security capabilities.
-
-Businesses often don't fully understand whether their security capabilities and controls are operating as expected until they are not. We had both struggled throughout our careers to provide measurements on security controls that go beyond simple uptime metrics. Our journey has shown us there is a need for a more pragmatic approach that emphasizes proactive instrumentation and experimentation over blind faith.
-
-### Defining new terms
-
-In the security industry, we have a habit of not explaining terms and assuming we are speaking the same language. To correct that, here are a few key terms in this new approach:
-
- * **(Security) Chaos Experiments** are foundationally rooted in the scientific method, in that they seek not to validate what is already known to be true or already known to be false, rather they are focused on deriving new insights about the current state.
- * **Security Chaos Engineering** is the discipline of instrumentation, identification, and remediation of failure within security controls through proactive experimentation to build confidence in the system's ability to defend against malicious conditions in production.
-
-
-
-### Security and distributed systems
-
-Consider the evolving nature of modern application design where systems are becoming more and more distributed, ephemeral, and immutable in how they operate. In this shifting paradigm, it is becoming difficult to comprehend the operational state and health of our systems' security. Moreover, how are we ensuring that it remains effective and vigilant as the surrounding environment is changing its parameters, components, and methodologies?
-
-What does it mean to be effective in terms of security controls? After all, a single security capability could easily be implemented in a wide variety of diverse scenarios in which failure may arise from many possible sources. For example, a standard firewall technology may be implemented, placed, managed, and configured differently depending on complexities in the business, web, and data logic.
-
-It is imperative that we not operate our business products and services on the assumption that something works. We must constantly, consistently, and proactively instrument our security controls to ensure they cut the mustard when it matters. This is why Security Chaos Testing is so important. What Security Chaos Engineering does is it provides a methodology for the experimentation of the security of distributed systems in order to build confidence in the ability to withstand malicious conditions.
-
-In Security Chaos Engineering:
-
- * Security capabilities must be end-to-end instrumented.
- * Security must be continuously instrumented to build confidence in the system's ability to withstand malicious conditions.
- * Readiness of a system's security defenses must be proactively assessed to ensure they are battle-ready and operating as intended.
- * The security capability toolchain must be instrumented from end to end to drive new insights into not only the effectiveness of the functionality within the toolchain but also to discover where added value and improvement can be injected.
- * Practiced instrumentation seeks to identify, detect, and remediate failures in security controls.
- * The focus is on vulnerability and failure identification, not failure management.
- * The operational effectiveness of incident management is sharpened.
-
-
-
-As Henry Ford said, "Failure is only the opportunity to begin again, this time more intelligently." Security Chaos Engineering and Security Chaos Testing give us that opportunity.
-
-Would you like to learn more? Join the discussion by following [@aaronrinehart][4] and [@charles_nwatu][5] on Twitter.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/new-paradigm-cybersecurity
-
-作者：[Aaron Rinehart][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/aaronrinehart
-[1]:https://www.ibm.com/security/data-breach
-[2]:https://twitter.com/bruce_m_wong?lang=en
-[3]:https://github.com/Optum/ChaoSlingr
-[4]:https://twitter.com/aaronrinehart
-[5]:https://twitter.com/charles_nwatu
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180131 How to write a really great resume that actually gets you hired.md b/sources/talk/20180131 How to write a really great resume that actually gets you hired.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b54b3944ae..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180131 How to write a really great resume that actually gets you hired.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
-How to write a really great resume that actually gets you hired
-============================================================
-
-
-
-
-This is a data-driven guide to writing a resume that actually gets you hired. I’ve spent the past four years analyzing which resume advice works regardless of experience, role, or industry. The tactics laid out below are the result of what I’ve learned. They helped me land offers at Google, Microsoft, and Twitter and have helped my students systematically land jobs at Amazon, Apple, Google, Microsoft, Facebook, and more.
-
-### Writing Resumes Sucks.
-
-It’s a vicious cycle.
-
-We start by sifting through dozens of articles by career “gurus,” forced to compare conflicting advice and make our own decisions on what to follow.
-
-The first article says “one page MAX” while the second says “take two or three and include all of your experience.”
-
-The next says “write a quick summary highlighting your personality and experience” while another says “summaries are a waste of space.”
-
-You scrape together your best effort and hit “Submit,” sending your resume into the ether. When you don’t hear back, you wonder what went wrong:
-
- _“Was it the single page or the lack of a summary? Honestly, who gives a s**t at this point. I’m sick of sending out 10 resumes every day and hearing nothing but crickets.”_
-
-
-
-How it feels to try and get your resume read in today’s world.
-
-Writing resumes sucks but it’s not your fault.
-
-The real reason it’s so tough to write a resume is because most of the advice out there hasn’t been proven against the actual end goal of getting a job. If you don’t know what consistently works, you can’t lay out a system to get there.
-
-It’s easy to say “one page works best” when you’ve seen it happen a few times. But how does it hold up when we look at 100 resumes across different industries, experience levels, and job titles?
-
-That’s what this article aims to answer.
-
-Over the past four years, I’ve personally applied to hundreds of companies and coached hundreds of people through the job search process. This has given me a huge opportunity to measure, analyze, and test the effectiveness of different resume strategies at scale.
-
-This article is going to walk through everything I’ve learned about resumes over the past 4 years, including:
-
-* Mistakes that more than 95% of people make, causing their resumes to get tossed immediately
-
-* Three things that consistently appear in the resumes of highly effective job searchers (who go on to land jobs at the world’s best companies)
-
-* A quick hack that will help you stand out from the competition and instantly build relationships with whomever is reading your resume (increasing your chances of hearing back and getting hired)
-
-* The exact resume template that got me interviews and offers at Google, Microsoft, Twitter, Uber, and more
-
-Before we get to the unconventional strategies that will help set you apart, we need to make sure our foundational bases are covered. That starts with understanding the mistakes most job seekers make so we can make our resume bulletproof.
-
-### Resume Mistakes That 95% Of People Make
-
-Most resumes that come through an online portal or across a recruiter’s desk are tossed out because they violate a simple rule.
-
-When recruiters scan a resume, the first thing they look for is mistakes. Your resume could be fantastic, but if you violate a rule like using an unprofessional email address or improper grammar, it’s going to get tossed out.
-
-Our goal is to fully understand the triggers that cause recruiters/ATS systems to make the snap decisions on who stays and who goes.
-
-In order to get inside the heads of these decision makers, I collected data from dozens of recruiters and hiring mangers across industries. These people have several hundred years of hiring experience under their belts and they’ve reviewed 100,000+ resumes across industries.
-
-They broke down the five most common mistakes that cause them to cut resumes from the pile:
-
-
-
-
-### The Five Most Common Resume Mistakes (According To Recruiters & Hiring Managers)
-
-Issue #1: Sloppiness (typos, spelling errors, & grammatical mistakes). Close to 60% of resumes have some sort of typo or grammatical issue.
-
-Solution: Have your resume reviewed by three separate sources — spell checking software, a friend, and a professional. Spell check should be covered if you’re using Microsoft Word or Google Docs to create your resume.
-
-A friend or family member can cover the second base, but make sure you trust them with reviewing the whole thing. You can always include an obvious mistake to see if they catch it.
-
-Finally, you can hire a professional editor on [Upwork][1]. It shouldn’t take them more than 15–20 minutes to review so it’s worth paying a bit more for someone with high ratings and lots of hours logged.
-
-Issue #2: Summaries are too long and formal. Many resumes include summaries that consist of paragraphs explaining why they are a “driven, results oriented team player.” When hiring managers see a block of text at the top of the resume, you can bet they aren’t going to read the whole thing. If they do give it a shot and read something similar to the sentence above, they’re going to give up on the spot.
-
-Solution: Summaries are highly effective, but they should be in bullet form and showcase your most relevant experience for the role. For example, if I’m applying for a new business sales role my first bullet might read “Responsible for driving $11M of new business in 2018, achieved 168% attainment (#1 on my team).”
-
-Issue #3: Too many buzz words. Remember our driven team player from the last paragraph? Phrasing like that makes hiring managers cringe because your attempt to stand out actually makes you sound like everyone else.
-
-Solution: Instead of using buzzwords, write naturally, use bullets, and include quantitative results whenever possible. Would you rather hire a salesperson who “is responsible for driving new business across the healthcare vertical to help companies achieve their goals” or “drove $15M of new business last quarter, including the largest deal in company history”? Skip the buzzwords and focus on results.
-
-Issue #4: Having a resume that is more than one page. The average employer spends six seconds reviewing your resume — if it’s more than one page, it probably isn’t going to be read. When asked, recruiters from Google and Barclay’s both said multiple page resumes “are the bane of their existence.”
-
-Solution: Increase your margins, decrease your font, and cut down your experience to highlight the most relevant pieces for the role. It may seem impossible but it’s worth the effort. When you’re dealing with recruiters who see hundreds of resumes every day, you want to make their lives as easy as possible.
-
-### More Common Mistakes & Facts (Backed By Industry Research)
-
-In addition to personal feedback, I combed through dozens of recruitment survey results to fill any gaps my contacts might have missed. Here are a few more items you may want to consider when writing your resume:
-
-* The average interviewer spends 6 seconds scanning your resume
-
-* The majority of interviewers have not looked at your resume until
- you walk into the room
-
-* 76% of resumes are discarded for an unprofessional email address
-
-* Resumes with a photo have an 88% rejection rate
-
-* 58% of resumes have typos
-
-* Applicant tracking software typically eliminates 75% of resumes due to a lack of keywords and phrases being present
-
-Now that you know every mistake you need to avoid, the first item on your to-do list is to comb through your current resume and make sure it doesn’t violate anything mentioned above.
-
-Once you have a clean resume, you can start to focus on more advanced tactics that will really make you stand out. There are a few unique elements you can use to push your application over the edge and finally get your dream company to notice you.
-
-
-
-
-### The 3 Elements Of A Resume That Will Get You Hired
-
-My analysis showed that highly effective resumes typically include three specific elements: quantitative results, a simple design, and a quirky interests section. This section breaks down all three elements and shows you how to maximize their impact.
-
-### Quantitative Results
-
-Most resumes lack them.
-
-Which is a shame because my data shows that they make the biggest difference between resumes that land interviews and resumes that end up in the trash.
-
-Here’s an example from a recent resume that was emailed to me:
-
-> Experience
-
-> + Identified gaps in policies and processes and made recommendations for solutions at the department and institution level
-
-> + Streamlined processes to increase efficiency and enhance quality
-
-> + Directly supervised three managers and indirectly managed up to 15 staff on multiple projects
-
-> + Oversaw execution of in-house advertising strategy
-
-> + Implemented comprehensive social media plan
-
-As an employer, that tells me absolutely nothing about what to expect if I hire this person.
-
-They executed an in-house marketing strategy. Did it work? How did they measure it? What was the ROI?
-
-They also also identified gaps in processes and recommended solutions. What was the result? Did they save time and operating expenses? Did it streamline a process resulting in more output?
-
-Finally, they managed a team of three supervisors and 15 staffers. How did that team do? Was it better than the other teams at the company? What results did they get and how did those improve under this person’s management?
-
-See what I’m getting at here?
-
-These types of bullets talk about daily activities, but companies don’t care about what you do every day. They care about results. By including measurable metrics and achievements in your resume, you’re showcasing the value that the employer can expect to get if they hire you.
-
-Let’s take a look at revised versions of those same bullets:
-
-> Experience
-
-> + Managed a team of 20 that consistently outperformed other departments in lead generation, deal size, and overall satisfaction (based on our culture survey)
-
-> + Executed in-house marketing strategy that resulted in a 15% increase in monthly leads along with a 5% drop in the cost per lead
-
-> + Implemented targeted social media campaign across Instagram & Pintrest, which drove an additional 50,000 monthly website visits and generated 750 qualified leads in 3 months
-
-If you were in the hiring manager’s shoes, which resume would you choose?
-
-That’s the power of including quantitative results.
-
-### Simple, Aesthetic Design That Hooks The Reader
-
-These days, it’s easy to get carried away with our mission to “stand out.” I’ve seen resume overhauls from graphic designers, video resumes, and even resumes [hidden in a box of donuts.][2]
-
-While those can work in very specific situations, we want to aim for a strategy that consistently gets results. The format I saw the most success with was a black and white Word template with sections in this order:
-
-* Summary
-
-* Interests
-
-* Experience
-
-* Education
-
-* Volunteer Work (if you have it)
-
-This template is effective because it’s familiar and easy for the reader to digest.
-
-As I mentioned earlier, hiring managers scan resumes for an average of 6 seconds. If your resume is in an unfamiliar format, those 6 seconds won’t be very comfortable for the hiring manager. Our brains prefer things we can easily recognize. You want to make sure that a hiring manager can actually catch a glimpse of who you are during their quick scan of your resume.
-
-If we’re not relying on design, this hook needs to come from the _Summary_ section at the top of your resume.
-
-This section should be done in bullets (not paragraph form) and it should contain 3–4 highlights of the most relevant experience you have for the role. For example, if I was applying for a New Business Sales position, my summary could look like this:
-
-> Summary
-
-> Drove quarterly average of $11M in new business with a quota attainment of 128% (#1 on my team)
-
-> Received award for largest sales deal of the year
-
-> Developed and trained sales team on new lead generation process that increased total leads by 17% in 3 months, resulting in 4 new deals worth $7M
-
-Those bullets speak directly to the value I can add to the company if I was hired for the role.
-
-### An “Interests” Section That’s Quirky, Unique, & Relatable
-
-This is a little “hack” you can use to instantly build personal connections and positive associations with whomever is reading your resume.
-
-Most resumes have a skills/interests section, but it’s usually parked at the bottom and offers little to no value. It’s time to change things up.
-
-[Research shows][3] that people rely on emotions, not information, to make decisions. Big brands use this principle all the time — emotional responses to advertisements are more influential on a person’s intent to buy than the content of an ad.
-
-You probably remember Apple’s famous “Get A Mac” campaign:
-
-
-When it came to specs and performance, Macs didn’t blow every single PC out of the water. But these ads solidified who was “cool” and who wasn’t, which was worth a few extra bucks to a few million people.
-
-By tugging at our need to feel “cool,” Apple’s campaign led to a [42% increase in market share][4] and a record sales year for Macbooks.
-
-Now we’re going to take that same tactic and apply it to your resume.
-
-If you can invoke an emotional response from your recruiter, you can influence the mental association they assign to you. This gives you a major competitive advantage.
-
-Let’s start with a question — what could you talk about for hours?
-
-It could be cryptocurrency, cooking, World War 2, World of Warcraft, or how Google’s bet on segmenting their company under the Alphabet is going to impact the technology sector over the next 5 years.
-
-Did a topic (or two) pop into year head? Great.
-
-Now think about what it would be like to have a conversation with someone who was just as passionate and knew just as much as you did on the topic. It’d be pretty awesome, right? _Finally, _ someone who gets it!
-
-That’s exactly the kind of emotional response we’re aiming to get from a hiring manager.
-
-There are five “neutral” topics out there that people enjoy talking about:
-
-1. Food/Drink
-
-2. Sports
-
-3. College
-
-4. Hobbies
-
-5. Geography (travel, where people are from, etc.)
-
-These topics are present in plenty of interest sections but we want to take them one step further.
-
-Let’s say you had the best night of your life at the Full Moon Party in Thailand. Which of the following two options would you be more excited to read:
-
-* Traveling
-
-* Ko Pha Ngan beaches (where the full moon party is held)
-
-Or, let’s say that you went to Duke (an ACC school) and still follow their basketball team. Which would you be more pumped about:
-
-* College Sports
-
-* ACC Basketball (Go Blue Devils!)
-
-In both cases, the second answer would probably invoke a larger emotional response because it is tied directly to your experience.
-
-I want you to think about your interests that fit into the five categories I mentioned above.
-
-Now I want you to write a specific favorite associated with each category in parentheses next to your original list. For example, if you wrote travel you can add (ask me about the time I was chased by an elephant in India) or (specifically meditation in a Tibetan monastery).
-
-Here is the [exact set of interests][5] I used on my resume when I interviewed at Google, Microsoft, and Twitter:
-
- _ABC Kitchen’s Atmosphere, Stumptown Coffee (primarily cold brew), Michael Lewis (Liar’s Poker), Fishing (especially fly), Foods That Are Vehicles For Hot Sauce, ACC Sports (Go Deacs!) & The New York Giants_
-
-
-
-
-If you want to cheat here, my experience shows that anything about hot sauce is an instant conversation starter.
-
-### The Proven Plug & Play Resume Template
-
-Now that we have our strategies down, it’s time to apply these tactics to a real resume. Our goal is to write something that increases your chances of hearing back from companies, enhances your relationships with hiring managers, and ultimately helps you score the job offer.
-
-The example below is the exact resume that I used to land interviews and offers at Microsoft, Google, and Twitter. I was targeting roles in Account Management and Sales, so this sample is tailored towards those positions. We’ll break down each section below:
-
-
-
-
-First, I want you to notice how clean this is. Each section is clearly labeled and separated and flows nicely from top to bottom.
-
-My summary speaks directly to the value I’ve created in the past around company culture and its bottom line:
-
-* I consistently exceeded expectations
-
-* I started my own business in the space (and saw real results)
-
-* I’m a team player who prioritizes culture
-
-I purposefully include my Interests section right below my Summary. If my hiring manager’s six second scan focused on the summary, I know they’ll be interested. Those bullets cover all the subconscious criteria for qualification in sales. They’re going to be curious to read more in my Experience section.
-
-By sandwiching my Interests in the middle, I’m upping their visibility and increasing the chance of creating that personal connection.
-
-You never know — the person reading my resume may also be a hot sauce connoisseur and I don’t want that to be overlooked because my interests were sitting at the bottom.
-
-Next, my Experience section aims to flesh out the points made in my Summary. I mentioned exceeding my quota up top, so I included two specific initiatives that led to that attainment, including measurable results:
-
-* A partnership leveraging display advertising to drive users to a gamified experience. The campaign resulted in over 3000 acquisitions and laid the groundwork for the 2nd largest deal in company history.
-
-* A partnership with a top tier agency aimed at increasing conversions for a client by improving user experience and upgrading tracking during a company-wide website overhaul (the client has ~20 brand sites). Our efforts over 6 months resulted in a contract extension worth 316% more than their original deal.
-
-Finally, I included my education at the very bottom starting with the most relevant coursework.
-
-Download My Resume Templates For Free
-
-You can download a copy of the resume sample above as well as a plug and play template here:
-
-Austin’s Resume: [Click To Download][6]
-
-Plug & Play Resume Template: [Click To Download][7]
-
-### Bonus Tip: An Unconventional Resume “Hack” To Help You Beat Applicant Tracking Software
-
-If you’re not already familiar, Applicant Tracking Systems are pieces of software that companies use to help “automate” the hiring process.
-
-After you hit submit on your online application, the ATS software scans your resume looking for specific keywords and phrases (if you want more details, [this article][8] does a good job of explaining ATS).
-
-If the language in your resume matches up, the software sees it as a good fit for the role and will pass it on to the recruiter. However, even if you’re highly qualified for the role but you don’t use the right wording, your resume can end up sitting in a black hole.
-
-I’m going to teach you a little hack to help improve your chances of beating the system and getting your resume in the hands of a human:
-
-Step 1: Highlight and select the entire job description page and copy it to your clipboard.
-
-Step 2: Head over to [WordClouds.com][9] and click on the “Word List” button at the top. Towards the top of the pop up box, you should see a link for Paste/Type Text. Go ahead and click that.
-
-Step 3: Now paste the entire job description into the box, then hit “Apply.”
-
-WordClouds is going to spit out an image that showcases every word in the job description. The larger words are the ones that appear most frequently (and the ones you want to make sure to include when writing your resume). Here’s an example for a data a science role:
-
-
-
-
-You can also get a quantitative view by clicking “Word List” again after creating your cloud. That will show you the number of times each word appeared in the job description:
-
-9 data
-
-6 models
-
-4 experience
-
-4 learning
-
-3 Experience
-
-3 develop
-
-3 team
-
-2 Qualifications
-
-2 statistics
-
-2 techniques
-
-2 libraries
-
-2 preferred
-
-2 research
-
-2 business
-
-When writing your resume, your goal is to include those words in the same proportions as the job description.
-
-It’s not a guaranteed way to beat the online application process, but it will definitely help improve your chances of getting your foot in the door!
-
-* * *
-
-### Want The Inside Info On Landing A Dream Job Without Connections, Without “Experience,” & Without Applying Online?
-
-[Click here to get the 5 free strategies that my students have used to land jobs at Google, Microsoft, Amazon, and more without applying online.][10]
-
- _Originally published at _ [_cultivatedculture.com_][11] _._
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-作者简介:
-
-I help people land jobs they love and salaries they deserve at CultivatedCulture.com
-
-----------
-
-via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/how-to-write-a-really-great-resume-that-actually-gets-you-hired-e18533cd8d17
-
-作者：[Austin Belcak ][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://medium.freecodecamp.org/@austin.belcak
-[1]:http://www.upwork.com/
-[2]:https://www.thrillist.com/news/nation/this-guy-hides-his-resume-in-boxes-of-donuts-to-score-job-interviews
-[3]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/inside-the-consumer-mind/201302/how-emotions-influence-what-we-buy
-[4]:https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20070608005253/en/Apple-Mac-Named-Successful-Marketing-Campaign-2007
-[5]:http://cultivatedculture.com/resume-skills-section/
-[6]:https://drive.google.com/file/d/182gN6Kt1kBCo1LgMjtsGHOQW2lzATpZr/view?usp=sharing
-[7]:https://drive.google.com/open?id=0B3WIcEDrxeYYdXFPVlcyQlJIbWc
-[8]:https://www.jobscan.co/blog/8-things-you-need-to-know-about-applicant-tracking-systems/
-[9]:https://www.wordclouds.com/
-[10]:https://cultivatedculture.com/dreamjob/
-[11]:https://cultivatedculture.com/write-a-resume/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180206 UQDS- A software-development process that puts quality first.md b/sources/talk/20180206 UQDS- A software-development process that puts quality first.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e9f7bb94ac..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180206 UQDS- A software-development process that puts quality first.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-UQDS: A software-development process that puts quality first
-======
-
-
-
-The Ultimate Quality Development System (UQDS) is a software development process that provides clear guidelines for how to use branches, tickets, and code reviews. It was invented more than a decade ago by Divmod and adopted by [Twisted][1], an event-driven framework for Python that underlies popular commercial platforms like HipChat as well as open source projects like Scrapy (a web scraper).
-
-Divmod, sadly, is no longer around—it has gone the way of many startups. Luckily, since many of its products were open source, its legacy lives on.
-
-When Twisted was a young project, there was no clear process for when code was "good enough" to go in. As a result, while some parts were highly polished and reliable, others were alpha quality software—with no way to tell which was which. UQDS was designed as a process to help an existing project with definite quality challenges ramp up its quality while continuing to add features and become more useful.
-
-UQDS has helped the Twisted project evolve from having frequent regressions and needing multiple release candidates to get a working version, to achieving its current reputation of stability and reliability.
-
-### UQDS's building blocks
-
-UQDS was invented by Divmod back in 2006. At that time, Continuous Integration (CI) was in its infancy and modern version control systems, which allow easy branch merging, were barely proofs of concept. Although Divmod did not have today's modern tooling, it put together CI, some ad-hoc tooling to make [Subversion branches][2] work, and a lot of thought into a working process. Thus the UQDS methodology was born.
-
-UQDS is based upon fundamental building blocks, each with their own carefully considered best practices:
-
- 1. Tickets
- 2. Branches
- 3. Tests
- 4. Reviews
- 5. No exceptions
-
-
-
-Let's go into each of those in a little more detail.
-
-#### Tickets
-
-In a project using the UQDS methodology, no change is allowed to happen if it's not accompanied by a ticket. This creates a written record of what change is needed and—more importantly—why.
-
- * Tickets should define clear, measurable goals.
- * Work on a ticket does not begin until the ticket contains goals that are clearly defined.
-
-
-
-#### Branches
-
-Branches in UQDS are tightly coupled with tickets. Each branch must solve one complete ticket, no more and no less. If a branch addresses either more or less than a single ticket, it means there was a problem with the ticket definition—or with the branch. Tickets might be split or merged, or a branch split and merged, until congruence is achieved.
-
-Enforcing that each branch addresses no more nor less than a single ticket—which corresponds to one logical, measurable change—allows a project using UQDS to have fine-grained control over the commits: A single change can be reverted or changes may even be applied in a different order than they were committed. This helps the project maintain a stable and clean codebase.
-
-#### Tests
-
-UQDS relies upon automated testing of all sorts, including unit, integration, regression, and static tests. In order for this to work, all relevant tests must pass at all times. Tests that don't pass must either be fixed or, if no longer relevant, be removed entirely.
-
-Tests are also coupled with tickets. All new work must include tests that demonstrate that the ticket goals are fully met. Without this, the work won't be merged no matter how good it may seem to be.
-
-A side effect of the focus on tests is that the only platforms that a UQDS-using project can say it supports are those on which the tests run with a CI framework—and where passing the test on the platform is a condition for merging a branch. Without this restriction on supported platforms, the quality of the project is not Ultimate.
-
-#### Reviews
-
-While automated tests are important to the quality ensured by UQDS, the methodology never loses sight of the human factor. Every branch commit requires code review, and each review must follow very strict rules:
-
- 1. Each commit must be reviewed by a different person than the author.
- 2. Start with a comment thanking the contributor for their work.
- 3. Make a note of something that the contributor did especially well (e.g., "that's the perfect name for that variable!").
- 4. Make a note of something that could be done better (e.g., "this line could use a comment explaining the choices.").
- 5. Finish with directions for an explicit next step, typically either merge as-is, fix and merge, or fix and submit for re-review.
-
-
-
-These rules respect the time and effort of the contributor while also increasing the sharing of knowledge and ideas. The explicit next step allows the contributor to have a clear idea on how to make progress.
-
-#### No exceptions
-
-In any process, it's easy to come up with reasons why you might need to flex the rules just a little bit to let this thing or that thing slide through the system. The most important fundamental building block of UQDS is that there are no exceptions. The entire community works together to make sure that the rules do not flex, not for any reason whatsoever.
-
-Knowing that all code has been approved by a different person than the author, that the code has complete test coverage, that each branch corresponds to a single ticket, and that this ticket is well considered and complete brings a piece of mind that is too valuable to risk losing, even for a single small exception. The goal is quality, and quality does not come from compromise.
-
-### A downside to UQDS
-
-While UQDS has helped Twisted become a highly stable and reliable project, this reliability hasn't come without cost. We quickly found that the review requirements caused a slowdown and backlog of commits to review, leading to slower development. The answer to this wasn't to compromise on quality by getting rid of UQDS; it was to refocus the community priorities such that reviewing commits became one of the most important ways to contribute to the project.
-
-To help with this, the community developed a bot in the [Twisted IRC channel][3] that will reply to the command `review tickets` with a list of tickets that still need review. The [Twisted review queue][4] website returns a prioritized list of tickets for review. Finally, the entire community keeps close tabs on the number of tickets that need review. It's become an important metric the community uses to gauge the health of the project.
-
-### Learn more
-
-The best way to learn about UQDS is to [join the Twisted Community][5] and see it in action. If you'd like more information about the methodology and how it might help your project reach a high level of reliability and stability, have a look at the [UQDS documentation][6] in the Twisted wiki.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/uqds
-
-作者：[Moshe Zadka][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/moshez
-[1]:https://twistedmatrix.com/trac/
-[2]:http://structure.usc.edu/svn/svn.branchmerge.html
-[3]:http://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=%23twisted
-[4]:https://twisted.reviews
-[5]:https://twistedmatrix.com/trac/wiki/TwistedCommunity
-[6]:https://twistedmatrix.com/trac/wiki/UltimateQualityDevelopmentSystem
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180207 Why Mainframes Aren-t Going Away Any Time Soon.md b/sources/talk/20180207 Why Mainframes Aren-t Going Away Any Time Soon.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a1a837ff9..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180207 Why Mainframes Aren-t Going Away Any Time Soon.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-Why Mainframes Aren't Going Away Any Time Soon
-======
-
-
-
-IBM's last earnings report showed the [first uptick in revenue in more than five years.][1] Some of that growth was from an expected source, cloud revenue, which was up 24 percent year over year and now accounts for 21 percent of Big Blue's take. Another major boost, however, came from a spike in mainframe revenue. Z series mainframe sales were up 70 percent, the company said.
-
-This may sound somewhat akin to a return to vacuum tube technology in a world where transistors are yesterday's news. In actuality, this is only a sign of the changing face of IT.
-
-**Related:** [One Click and Voilà, Your Entire Data Center is Encrypted][2]
-
-Modern mainframes definitely aren't your father's punch card-driven machines that filled entire rooms. These days, they most often run Linux and have found a renewed place in the data center, where they're being called upon to do a lot of heavy lifting. Want to know where the largest instance of Oracle's database runs? It's on a Linux mainframe. How about the largest implementation of SAP on the planet? Again, Linux on a mainframe.
-
-"Before the advent of Linux on the mainframe, the people who bought mainframes primarily were people who already had them," Leonard Santalucia explained to Data Center Knowledge several months back at the All Things Open conference. "They would just wait for the new version to come out and upgrade to it, because it would run cheaper and faster.
-
-**Related:** [IBM Designs a “Performance Beast” for AI][3]
-
-"When Linux came out, it opened up the door to other customers that never would have paid attention to the mainframe. In fact, probably a good three to four hundred new clients that never had mainframes before got them. They don't have any old mainframes hanging around or ones that were upgraded. These are net new mainframes."
-
-Although Santalucia is CTO at Vicom Infinity, primarily an IBM reseller, at the conference he was wearing his hat as chairperson of the Linux Foundation's Open Mainframe Project. He was joined in the conversation by John Mertic, the project's director of program management.
-
-Santalucia knows IBM's mainframes from top to bottom, having spent 27 years at Big Blue, the last eight as CTO for the company's systems and technology group.
-
-"Because of Linux getting started with it back in 1999, it opened up a lot of doors that were closed to the mainframe," he said. "Beforehand it was just z/OS, z/VM, z/VSE, z/TPF, the traditional operating systems. When Linux came along, it got the mainframe into other areas that it never was, or even thought to be in, because of how open it is, and because Linux on the mainframe is no different than Linux on any other platform."
-
-The focus on Linux isn't the only motivator behind the upsurge in mainframe use in data centers. Increasingly, enterprises with heavy IT needs are finding many advantages to incorporating modern mainframes into their plans. For example, mainframes can greatly reduce power, cooling, and floor space costs. In markets like New York City, where real estate is at a premium, electricity rates are high, and electricity use is highly taxed to reduce demand, these are significant advantages.
-
-"There was one customer where we were able to do a consolidation of 25 x86 cores to one core on a mainframe," Santalucia said. "They have several thousand machines that are ten and twenty cores each. So, as far as the eye could see in this data center, [x86 server workloads] could be picked up and moved onto this box that is about the size of a sub-zero refrigerator in your kitchen."
-
-In addition to saving on physical data center resources, this customer by design would likely see better performance.
-
-"When you look at the workload as it's running on an x86 system, the math, the application code, the I/O to manage the disk, and whatever else is attached to that system, is all run through the same chip," he explained. "On a Z, there are multiple chip architectures built into the system. There's one specifically just for the application code. If it senses the application needs an I/O or some mathematics, it sends it off to a separate processor to do math or I/O, all dynamically handled by the underlying firmware. Your Linux environment doesn't have to understand that. When it's running on a mainframe, it knows it's running on a mainframe and it will exploit that architecture."
-
-The operating system knows it's running on a mainframe because when IBM was readying its mainframe for Linux it open sourced something like 75,000 lines of code for Linux distributions to use to make sure their OS's were ready for IBM Z.
-
-"A lot of times people will hear there's 170 processors on the Z14," Santalucia said. "Well, there's actually another 400 other processors that nobody counts in that count of application chips, because it is taken for granted."
-
-Mainframes are also resilient when it comes to disaster recovery. Santalucia told the story of an insurance company located in lower Manhattan, within sight of the East River. The company operated a large data center in a basement that among other things housed a mainframe backed up to another mainframe located in Upstate New York. When Hurricane Sandy hit in 2012, the data center flooded, electrocuting two employees and destroying all of the servers, including the mainframe. But the mainframe's workload was restored within 24 hours from the remote backup.
-
-The x86 machines were all destroyed, and the data was never recovered. But why weren't they also backed up?
-
-"The reason they didn't do this disaster recovery the same way they did with the mainframe was because it was too expensive to have a mirror of all those distributed servers someplace else," he explained. "With the mainframe, you can have another mainframe as an insurance policy that's lower in price, called Capacity BackUp, and it just sits there idling until something like this happens."
-
-Mainframes are also evidently tough as nails. Santalucia told another story in which a data center in Japan was struck by an earthquake strong enough to destroy all of its x86 machines. The center's one mainframe fell on its side but continued to work.
-
-The mainframe also comes with built-in redundancy to guard against situations that would be disastrous with x86 machines.
-
-"What if a hard disk fails on a node in x86?" the Open Mainframe Project's Mertic asked. "You're taking down a chunk of that cluster potentially. With a mainframe you're not. A mainframe just keeps on kicking like nothing's ever happened."
-
-Mertic added that a motherboard can be pulled from a running mainframe, and again, "the thing keeps on running like nothing's ever happened."
-
-So how do you figure out if a mainframe is right for your organization? Simple, says Santalucia. Do the math.
-
-"The approach should be to look at it from a business, technical, and financial perspective -- not just a financial, total-cost-of-acquisition perspective," he said, pointing out that often, costs associated with software, migration, networking, and people are not considered. The break-even point, he said, comes when at least 20 to 30 servers are being migrated to a mainframe. After that point the mainframe has a financial advantage.
-
-"You can get a few people running the mainframe and managing hundreds or thousands of virtual servers," he added. "If you tried to do the same thing on other platforms, you'd find that you need significantly more resources to maintain an environment like that. Seven people at ADP handle the 8,000 virtual servers they have, and they need seven only in case somebody gets sick.
-
-"If you had eight thousand servers on x86, even if they're virtualized, do you think you could get away with seven?"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: http://www.datacenterknowledge.com/hardware/why-mainframes-arent-going-away-any-time-soon
-
-作者：[Christine Hall][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:http://www.datacenterknowledge.com/archives/author/christine-hall
-[1]:http://www.datacenterknowledge.com/ibm/mainframe-sales-fuel-growth-ibm
-[2]:http://www.datacenterknowledge.com/design/one-click-and-voil-your-entire-data-center-encrypted
-[3]:http://www.datacenterknowledge.com/design/ibm-designs-performance-beast-ai
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180209 Arch Anywhere Is Dead, Long Live Anarchy Linux.md b/sources/talk/20180209 Arch Anywhere Is Dead, Long Live Anarchy Linux.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c3c78e84ad..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180209 Arch Anywhere Is Dead, Long Live Anarchy Linux.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-Arch Anywhere Is Dead, Long Live Anarchy Linux
-======
-
-
-
-Arch Anywhere was a distribution aimed at bringing Arch Linux to the masses. Due to a trademark infringement, Arch Anywhere has been completely rebranded to [Anarchy Linux][1]. And I’m here to say, if you’re looking for a distribution that will enable you to enjoy Arch Linux, a little Anarchy will go a very long way. This distribution is seriously impressive in what it sets out to do and what it achieves. In fact, anyone who previously feared Arch Linux can set those fears aside… because Anarchy Linux makes Arch Linux easy.
-
-Let’s face it; Arch Linux isn’t for the faint of heart. The installation alone will turn off many a new user (and even some seasoned users). That’s where distributions like Anarchy make for an easy bridge to Arch. With a live ISO that can be tested and then installed, Arch becomes as user-friendly as any other distribution.
-
-Anarchy Linux goes a little bit further than that, however. Let’s fire it up and see what it does.
-
-### The installation
-
-The installation of Anarchy Linux isn’t terribly challenging, but it’s also not quite as simple as for, say, [Ubuntu][2], [Linux Mint][3], or [Elementary OS][4]. Although you can run the installer from within the default graphical desktop environment (Xfce4), it’s still much in the same vein as Arch Linux. In other words, you’re going to have to do a bit of work—all within a text-based installer.
-
-To start, the very first step of the installer (Figure 1) requires you to update the mirror list, which will likely trip up new users.
-
-![Updating the mirror][6]
-
-Figure 1: Updating the mirror list is a necessity for the Anarchy Linux installation.
-
-[Used with permission][7]
-
-From the options, select Download & Rank New Mirrors. Tab down to OK and hit Enter on your keyboard. You can then select the nearest mirror (to your location) and be done with it. The next few installation screens are simple (keyboard layout, language, timezone, etc.). The next screen should surprise many an Arch fan. Anarchy Linux includes an auto partition tool. Select Auto Partition Drive (Figure 2), tab down to Ok, and hit Enter on your keyboard.
-
-![partitioning][9]
-
-Figure 2: Anarchy makes partitioning easy.
-
-[Used with permission][7]
-
-You will then have to select the drive to be used (if you only have one drive this is only a matter of hitting Enter). Once you’ve selected the drive, choose the filesystem type to be used (ext2/3/4, btrfs, jfs, reiserfs, xfs), tab down to OK, and hit Enter. Next you must choose whether you want to create SWAP space. If you select Yes, you’ll then have to define how much SWAP to use. The next window will stop many new users in their tracks. It asks if you want to use GPT (GUID Partition Table). This is different than the traditional MBR (Master Boot Record) partitioning. GPT is a newer standard and works better with UEFI. If you’ll be working with UEFI, go with GPT, otherwise, stick with the old standby, MBR. Finally select to write the changes to the disk, and your installation can continue.
-
-The next screen that could give new users pause, requires the selection of the desired installation. There are five options:
-
- * Anarchy-Desktop
-
- * Anarchy-Desktop-LTS
-
- * Anarchy-Server
-
- * Anarchy-Server-LTS
-
- * Anarchy-Advanced
-
-
-
-
-If you want long term support, select Anarchy-Desktop-LTS, otherwise click Anarchy-Desktop (the default), and tab down to Ok. Click Enter on your keyboard. After you select the type of installation, you will get to select your desktop. You can select from five options: Budgie, Cinnamon, GNOME, Openbox, and Xfce4.
-Once you’ve selected your desktop, give the machine a hostname, set the root password, create a user, and enable sudo for the new user (if applicable). The next section that will raise the eyebrows of new users is the software selection window (Figure 3). You must go through the various sections and select which software packages to install. Don’t worry, if you miss something, you can always installed it later.
-
-
-![software][11]
-
-Figure 3: Selecting the software you want on your system.
-
-[Used with permission][7]
-
-Once you’ve made your software selections, tab to Install (Figure 4), and hit Enter on your keyboard.
-
-![ready to install][13]
-
-Figure 4: Everything is ready to install.
-
-[Used with permission][7]
-
-Once the installation completes, reboot and enjoy Anarchy.
-
-### Post install
-
-I installed two versions of Anarchy—one with Budgie and one with GNOME. Both performed quite well, however you might be surprised to see that the version of GNOME installed is decked out with a dock. In fact, comparing the desktops side-by-side and they do a good job of resembling one another (Figure 5).
-
-![GNOME and Budgie][15]
-
-Figure 5: GNOME is on the right, Budgie is on the left.
-
-[Used with permission][7]
-
-My guess is that you’ll find all desktop options for Anarchy configured in such a way to offer a similar look and feel. Of course, the second you click on the bottom left “buttons”, you’ll see those similarities immediately disappear (Figure 6).
-
-![GNOME and Budgie][17]
-
-Figure 6: The GNOME Dash and the Budgie menu are nothing alike.
-
-[Used with permission][7]
-
-Regardless of which desktop you select, you’ll find everything you need to install new applications. Open up your desktop menu of choice and select Packages to search for and install whatever is necessary for you to get your work done.
-
-### Why use Arch Linux without the “Arch”?
-
-This is a valid question. The answer is simple, but revealing. Some users may opt for a distribution like [Arch Linux][18] because they want the feeling of “elitism” that comes with using, say, [Gentoo][19], without having to go through that much hassle. With regards to complexity, Arch rests below Gentoo, which means it’s accessible to more users. However, along with that complexity in the platform, comes a certain level of dependability that may not be found in others. So if you’re looking for a Linux distribution with high stability, that’s not quite as challenging as Gentoo or Arch to install, Anarchy might be exactly what you want. In the end, you’ll wind up with an outstanding desktop platform that’s easy to work with (and maintain), based on a very highly regarded distribution of Linux.
-
-That’s why you might opt for Arch Linux without the Arch.
-
-Anarchy Linux is one of the finest “user-friendly” takes on Arch Linux I’ve ever had the privilege of using. Without a doubt, if you’re looking for a friendlier version of a rather challenging desktop operating system, you cannot go wrong with Anarchy.
-
-Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][20]course from The Linux Foundation and edX.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/2/arch-anywhere-dead-long-live-anarchy-linux
-
-作者：[Jack Wallen][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen
-[1]:https://anarchy-linux.org/
-[2]:https://www.ubuntu.com/
-[3]:https://linuxmint.com/
-[4]:https://elementary.io/
-[6]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/anarchy_install_1.jpg?itok=WgHRqFTf (Updating the mirror)
-[7]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission
-[9]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/anarchy_install_2.jpg?itok=D7HkR97t (partitioning)
-[10]:/files/images/anarchyinstall3jpg
-[11]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/anarchy_install_3.jpg?itok=5-9E2u0S (software)
-[12]:/files/images/anarchyinstall4jpg
-[13]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/anarchy_install_4.jpg?itok=fuSZqtZS (ready to install)
-[14]:/files/images/anarchyinstall5jpg
-[15]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/anarchy_install_5.jpg?itok=4y9kiC8I (GNOME and Budgie)
-[16]:/files/images/anarchyinstall6jpg
-[17]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/anarchy_install_6.jpg?itok=fJ7Lmdci (GNOME and Budgie)
-[18]:https://www.archlinux.org/
-[19]:https://www.gentoo.org/
-[20]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md b/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 55618326c6..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don't identify as a writer
-======
-Have you read Marie Kondo's book [The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up][1]? Or did you, like me, buy it and read a little bit and then add it to the pile of clutter next to your bed?
-
-Early in the book, Kondo talks about keeping possessions that "spark joy." In this article, I'll examine ways writing about what we and other people are doing in the open source world can "spark joy," or at least how writing can improve your career in unexpected ways.
-
-Because I'm a community manager and editor on Opensource.com, you might be thinking, "She just wants us to [write for Opensource.com][2]." And that is true. But everything I will tell you about why you should write is true, even if you never send a story in to Opensource.com. Writing can change your career for the better, even if you don't identify as a writer. Let me explain.
-
-### How I started writing
-
-Early in the first decade of my career, I transitioned from a customer service-related role at a tech publishing company into an editing role on Sys Admin Magazine. I was plugging along, happily laying low in my career, and then that all changed when I started writing about open source technologies and communities, and the people in them. But I did _not_ start writing voluntarily. The tl;dr: of it is that my colleagues at Linux New Media eventually talked me into launching our first blog on the [Linux Pro Magazine][3] site. And as it turns out, it was one of the best career decisions I've ever made. I would not be working on Opensource.com today had I not started writing about what other people in open source were doing all those years ago.
-
-When I first started writing, my goal was to raise awareness of the company I worked for and our publications, while also helping raise the visibility of women in tech. But soon after I started writing, I began seeing unexpected results.
-
-#### My network started growing
-
-When I wrote about a person, an organization, or a project, I got their attention. Suddenly the people I wrote about knew who I was. And because I was sharing knowledge—that is to say, I wasn't being a critic—I'd generally become an ally, and in many cases, a friend. I had a platform and an audience, and I was sharing them with other people in open source.
-
-#### I was learning
-
-In addition to promoting our website and magazine and growing my network, the research and fact-checking I did when writing articles helped me become more knowledgeable in my field and improve my tech chops.
-
-#### I started meeting more people IRL
-
-When I went to conferences, I found that my blog posts helped me meet people. I introduced myself to people I'd written about or learned about during my research, and I met new people to interview. People started knowing who I was because they'd read my articles. Sometimes people were even excited to meet me because I'd highlighted them, their projects, or someone or something they were interested in. I had no idea writing could be so exciting and interesting away from the keyboard.
-
-#### My conference talks improved
-
-I started speaking at events about a year after launching my blog. A few years later, I started writing articles based on my talks prior to speaking at events. The process of writing the articles helps me organize my talks and slides, and it was a great way to provide "notes" for conference attendees, while sharing the topic with a larger international audience that wasn't at the event in person.
-
-### What should you write about?
-
-Maybe you're interested in writing, but you struggle with what to write about. You should write about two things: what you know, and what you don't know.
-
-#### Write about what you know
-
-Writing about what you know can be relatively easy. For example, a script you wrote to help automate part of your daily tasks might be something you don't give any thought to, but it could make for a really exciting article for someone who hates doing that same task every day. That could be a relatively quick, short, and easy article for you to write, and you might not even think about writing it. But it could be a great contribution to the open source community.
-
-#### Write about what you don't know
-
-Writing about what you don't know can be much harder and more time consuming, but also much more fulfilling and help your career. I've found that writing about what I don't know helps me learn, because I have to research it and understand it well enough to explain it.
-
-> "When I write about a technical topic, I usually learn a lot more about it. I want to make sure my article is as good as it can be. So even if I'm writing about something I know well, I'll research the topic a bit more so I can make sure to get everything right." ~Jim Hall, FreeDOS project leader
-
-For example, I wanted to learn about machine learning, and I thought narrowing down the topic would help me get started. My team mate Jason Baker suggested that I write an article on the [Top 3 machine learning libraries for Python][4], which gave me a focus for research.
-
-The process of researching that article inspired another article, [3 cool machine learning projects using TensorFlow and the Raspberry Pi][5]. That article was also one of our most popular last year. I'm not an _expert_ on machine learning now, but researching the topic with writing an article in mind allowed me to give myself a crash course in the topic.
-
-### Why people in tech write
-
-Now let's look at a few benefits of writing that other people in tech have found. I emailed the Opensource.com writers' list and asked, and here's what writers told me.
-
-#### Grow your network or your project community
-
-Xavier Ho wrote for us for the first time last year ("[A programmer's cleaning guide for messy sensor data][6]"). He says: "I've been getting Twitter mentions from all over the world, including Spain, US, Australia, Indonesia, the UK, and other European countries. It shows the article is making some impact... This is the kind of reach I normally don't have. Hope it's really helping someone doing similar work!"
-
-#### Help people
-
-Writing about what other people are working on is a great way to help your fellow community members. Antoine Thomas, who wrote "[Linux helped me grow as a musician][7]", says, "I began to use open source years ago, by reading tutorials and documentation. That's why now I share my tips and tricks, experience or knowledge. It helped me to get started, so I feel that it's my turn to help others to get started too."
-
-#### Give back to the community
-
-[Jim Hall][8], who started the [FreeDOS project][9], says, "I like to write ... because I like to support the open source community by sharing something neat. I don't have time to be a program maintainer anymore, but I still like to do interesting stuff. So when something cool comes along, I like to write about it and share it."
-
-#### Highlight your community
-
-Emilio Velis wrote an article, "[Open hardware groups spread across the globe][10]", about projects in Central and South America. He explains, "I like writing about specific aspects of the open culture that are usually enclosed in my region (Latin America). I feel as if smaller communities and their ideas are hidden from the mainstream, so I think that creating this sense of broadness in participation is what makes some other cultures as valuable."
-
-#### Gain confidence
-
-[Don Watkins][11] is one of our regular writers and a [community moderator][12]. He says, "When I first started writing I thought I was an impostor, later I realized that many people feel that way. Writing and contributing to Opensource.com has been therapeutic, too, as it contributed to my self esteem and helped me to overcome feelings of inadequacy. … Writing has given me a renewed sense of purpose and empowered me to help others to write and/or see the valuable contributions that they too can make if they're willing to look at themselves in a different light. Writing has kept me younger and more open to new ideas."
-
-#### Get feedback
-
-One of our writers described writing as a feedback loop. He said that he started writing as a way to give back to the community, but what he found was that community responses give back to him.
-
-Another writer, [Stuart Keroff][13] says, "Writing for Opensource.com about the program I run at school gave me valuable feedback, encouragement, and support that I would not have had otherwise. Thousands upon thousands of people heard about the Asian Penguins because of the articles I wrote for the website."
-
-#### Exhibit expertise
-
-Writing can help you show that you've got expertise in a subject, and having writing samples on well-known websites can help you move toward better pay at your current job, get a new role at a different organization, or start bringing in writing income.
-
-[Jeff Macharyas][14] explains, "There are several ways I've benefitted from writing for Opensource.com. One, is the credibility I can add to my social media sites, resumes, bios, etc., just by saying 'I am a contributing writer to Opensource.com.' … I am hoping that I will be able to line up some freelance writing assignments, using my Opensource.com articles as examples, in the future."
-
-### Where should you publish your articles?
-
-That depends. Why are you writing?
-
-You can always post on your personal blog, but if you don't already have a lot of readers, your article might get lost in the noise online.
-
-Your project or company blog is a good option—again, you'll have to think about who will find it. How big is your company's reach? Or will you only get the attention of people who already give you their attention?
-
-Are you trying to reach a new audience? A bigger audience? That's where sites like Opensource.com can help. We attract more than a million page views a month, and more than 700,000 unique visitors. Plus you'll work with editors who will polish and help promote your article.
-
-We aren't the only site interested in your story. What are your favorite sites to read? They might want to help you share your story, and it's ok to pitch to multiple publications. Just be transparent about whether your article has been shared on other sites when working with editors. Occasionally, editors can even help you modify articles so that you can publish variations on multiple sites.
-
-#### Do you want to get rich by writing? (Don't count on it.)
-
-If your goal is to make money by writing, pitch your article to publications that have author budgets. There aren't many of them, the budgets don't tend to be huge, and you will be competing with experienced professional tech journalists who write seven days a week, 365 days a year, with large social media followings and networks. I'm not saying it can't be done—I've done it—but I am saying don't expect it to be easy or lucrative. It's not. (And frankly, I've found that nothing kills my desire to write much like having to write if I want to eat...)
-
-A couple of people have asked me whether Opensource.com pays for content, or whether I'm asking someone to write "for exposure." Opensource.com does not have an author budget, but I won't tell you to write "for exposure," either. You should write because it meets a need.
-
-If you already have a platform that meets your needs, and you don't need editing or social media and syndication help: Congratulations! You are privileged.
-
-### Spark joy!
-
-Most people don't know they have a story to tell, so I'm here to tell you that you probably do, and my team can help, if you just submit a proposal.
-
-Most people—myself included—could use help from other people. Sites like Opensource.com offer one way to get editing and social media services at no cost to the writer, which can be hugely valuable to someone starting out in their career, someone who isn't a native English speaker, someone who wants help with their project or organization, and so on.
-
-If you don't already write, I hope this article helps encourage you to get started. Or, maybe you already write. In that case, I hope this article makes you think about friends, colleagues, or people in your network who have great stories and experiences to share. I'd love to help you help them get started.
-
-I'll conclude with feedback I got from a recent writer, [Mario Corchero][15], a Senior Software Developer at Bloomberg. He says, "I wrote for Opensource because you told me to :)" (For the record, I "invited" him to write for our [PyCon speaker series][16] last year.) He added, "And I am extremely happy about it—not only did it help me at my workplace by gaining visibility, but I absolutely loved it! The article appeared in multiple email chains about Python and was really well received, so I am now looking to publish the second :)" Then he [wrote for us][17] again.
-
-I hope you find writing to be as fulfilling as we do.
-
-You can connect with Opensource.com editors, community moderators, and writers in our Freenode [IRC][18] channel #opensource.com, and you can reach me and the Opensource.com team by email at [open@opensource.com][19].
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/career-changing-magic-writing
-
-作者：[Rikki Endsley][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/rikki-endsley
-[1]:http://tidyingup.com/books/the-life-changing-magic-of-tidying-up-hc
-[2]:https://opensource.com/how-submit-article
-[3]:http://linuxpromagazine.com/
-[4]:https://opensource.com/article/17/2/3-top-machine-learning-libraries-python
-[5]:https://opensource.com/article/17/2/machine-learning-projects-tensorflow-raspberry-pi
-[6]:https://opensource.com/article/17/9/messy-sensor-data
-[7]:https://opensource.com/life/16/9/my-linux-story-musician
-[8]:https://opensource.com/users/jim-hall
-[9]:http://www.freedos.org/
-[10]:https://opensource.com/article/17/6/open-hardware-latin-america
-[11]:https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins
-[12]:https://opensource.com/community-moderator-program
-[13]:https://opensource.com/education/15/3/asian-penguins-Linux-middle-school-club
-[14]:https://opensource.com/users/jeffmacharyas
-[15]:https://opensource.com/article/17/5/understanding-datetime-python-primer
-[16]:https://opensource.com/tags/pycon
-[17]:https://opensource.com/article/17/9/python-logging
-[18]:https://opensource.com/article/16/6/getting-started-irc
-[19]:mailto:open@opensource.com
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180209 Why an involved user community makes for better software.md b/sources/talk/20180209 Why an involved user community makes for better software.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b51023e44..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180209 Why an involved user community makes for better software.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-Why an involved user community makes for better software
-======
-
-
-Imagine releasing a major new infrastructure service based on open source software only to discover that the product you deployed had evolved so quickly that the documentation for the version you released is no longer available. At Bloomberg, we experienced this problem firsthand in our deployment of OpenStack. In late 2016, we spent six months testing and rolling out [Liberty][1] on our OpenStack environment. By that time, Liberty was about a year old, or two versions behind the latest build.
-
-As our users started taking advantage of its new functionality, we found ourselves unable to solve a few tricky problems and to answer some detailed questions about its API. When we went looking for Liberty's documentation, it was nowhere to be found on the OpenStack website. Liberty, it turned out, had been labeled "end of life" and was no longer supported by the OpenStack developer community.
-
-The disappearance wasn't intentional, rather the result of a development community that had not anticipated the real-world needs of users. The documentation was stored in the source branch along with the source code, and, as Liberty was superseded by newer versions, it had been deleted. Worse, in the intervening months, the documentation for the newer versions had been completely restructured, and there was no way to easily rebuild it in a useful form. And believe me, we tried.
-
-The disappearance wasn't intentional, rather the result of a development community that had not anticipated the real-world needs of users. ]After consulting other users and our vendor, we found that OpenStack's development cadence of two releases per year had created some unintended, yet deeply frustrating, consequences. Older releases that were typically still widely in use were being superseded and effectively killed for the purposes of support.
-
-Eventually, conversations took place between OpenStack users and developers that resulted in changes. Documentation was moved out of the source branch, and users can now build documentation for whatever version they're using—more or less indefinitely. The problem was solved. (I'm especially indebted to my colleague [Chris Morgan][2], who was knee-deep in this effort and first wrote about it in detail for the [OpenStack Superuser blog][3].)
-
-Many other enterprise users were in the same boat as Bloomberg—running older versions of OpenStack that are three or four versions behind the latest build. There's a good reason for that: On average it takes a reasonably large enterprise about six months to qualify, test, and deploy a new version of OpenStack. And, from my experience, this is generally true of most open source infrastructure projects.
-
-For most of the past decade, companies like Bloomberg that adopted open source software relied on distribution vendors to incorporate, test, verify, and support much of it. These vendors provide long-term support (LTS) releases, which enable enterprise users to plan for upgrades on a two- or three-year cycle, knowing they'll still have support for a year or two, even if their deployment schedule slips a bit (as they often do). In the past few years, though, infrastructure software has advanced so rapidly that even the distribution vendors struggle to keep up. And customers of those vendors are yet another step removed, so many are choosing to deploy this type of software without vendor support.
-
-Losing vendor support also usually means there are no LTS releases; OpenStack, Kubernetes, and Prometheus, and many more, do not yet provide LTS releases of their own. As a result, I'd argue that healthy interaction between the development and user community should be high on the list of considerations for adoption of any open source infrastructure. Do the developers building the software pay attention to the needs—and frustrations—of the people who deploy it and make it useful for their enterprise?
-
-There is a solid model for how this should happen. We recently joined the [Cloud Native Computing Foundation][4], part of The Linux Foundation. It has a formal [end-user community][5], whose members include organizations just like us: enterprises that are trying to make open source software useful to their internal customers. Corporate members also get a chance to have their voices heard as they vote to select a representative to serve on the CNCF [Technical Oversight Committee][6]. Similarly, in the OpenStack community, Bloomberg is involved in the semi-annual Operators Meetups, where companies who deploy and support OpenStack for their own users get together to discuss their challenges and provide guidance to the OpenStack developer community.
-
-The past few years have been great for open source infrastructure. If you're working for a large enterprise, the opportunity to deploy open source projects like the ones mentioned above has made your company more productive and more agile.
-
-As large companies like ours begin to consume more open source software to meet their infrastructure needs, they're going to be looking at a long list of considerations before deciding what to use: license compatibility, out-of-pocket costs, and the health of the development community are just a few examples. As a result of our experiences, we'll add the presence of a vibrant and engaged end-user community to the list.
-
-Increased reliance on open source infrastructure projects has also highlighted a key problem: People in the development community have little experience deploying the software they work on into production environments or supporting the people who use it to get things done on a daily basis. The fast pace of updates to these projects has created some unexpected problems for the people who deploy and use them. There are numerous examples I can cite where open source projects are updated so frequently that new versions will, usually unintentionally, break backwards compatibility.
-
-As open source increasingly becomes foundational to the operation of so many enterprises, this cannot be allowed to happen, and members of the user community should assert themselves accordingly and press for the creation of formal representation. In the end, the software can only be better.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/important-conversation
-
-作者：[Kevin P.Fleming][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/kpfleming
-[1]:https://releases.openstack.org/liberty/
-[2]:https://www.linkedin.com/in/mihalis68/
-[3]:http://superuser.openstack.org/articles/openstack-at-bloomberg/
-[4]:https://www.cncf.io/
-[5]:https://www.cncf.io/people/end-user-community/
-[6]:https://www.cncf.io/people/technical-oversight-committee/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180214 Can anonymity and accountability coexist.md b/sources/talk/20180214 Can anonymity and accountability coexist.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b15ed169c..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180214 Can anonymity and accountability coexist.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-Can anonymity and accountability coexist?
-=========================================
-
-Anonymity might be a boon to more open, meritocratic organizational cultures. But does it conflict with another important value: accountability?
-
-
-
-Image by :opensource.com
-
-### Get the newsletter
-
-Join the 85,000 open source advocates who receive our giveaway alerts and article roundups.
-
-Whistleblowing protections, crowdsourcing, anonymous voting processes, and even Glassdoor reviews—anonymous speech may take many forms in organizations.
-
-As well-established and valued as these anonymous feedback mechanisms may be, anonymous speech becomes a paradoxical idea when one considers how to construct a more open organization. While an inability to discern speaker identity seems non-transparent, an opportunity for anonymity may actually help achieve a _more inclusive and meritocratic_ environment.
-
-More about open organizations
-
-* [Download free Open Org books](https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/book-series?src=too_resource_menu1a)
-* [What is an Open Organization?](https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-definition?src=too_resource_menu2a)
-* [How open is your organization?](https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-org-maturity-model?src=too_resource_menu3a)
-* [What is an Open Decision?](https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-decision-framework?src=too_resource_menu4a)
-* [The Open Org two years later](https://www.redhat.com/en/about/blog/open-organization-two-years-later-and-going-strong?src=too_resource_menu4b&intcmp=70160000000h1s6AAA)
-
-But before allowing outlets for anonymous speech to propagate, however, leaders of an organization should carefully reflect on whether an organization's "closed" practices make anonymity the unavoidable alternative to free, non-anonymous expression. Though some assurance of anonymity is necessary in a few sensitive and exceptional scenarios, dependence on anonymous feedback channels within an organization may stunt the normalization of a culture that encourages diversity and community.
-
-### The benefits of anonymity
-
-In the case of [_Talley v. California (1960)_](https://supreme.justia.com/cases/federal/us/362/60/case.html), the Supreme Court voided a city ordinance prohibiting the anonymous distribution of handbills, asserting that "there can be no doubt that such an identification requirement would tend to restrict freedom to distribute information and thereby freedom of expression." Our judicial system has legitimized the notion that the protection of anonymity facilitates the expression of otherwise unspoken ideas. A quick scroll through any [subreddit](https://www.reddit.com/reddits/) exemplifies what the Court has codified: anonymity can foster [risk-taking creativity](https://www.reddit.com/r/sixwordstories/) and the [inclusion and support of marginalized voices](https://www.reddit.com/r/MyLittleSupportGroup/). Anonymity empowers individuals by granting them the safety to speak without [detriment to their reputations or, more importantly, their physical selves.](https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/the-compassion-chronicles/201711/why-dont-victims-sexual-harassment-come-forward-sooner)
-
-For example, an anonymous suggestion program to garner ideas from members or employees in an organization may strengthen inclusivity and enhance the diversity of suggestions the organization receives. It would also make for a more meritocratic decision-making process, as anonymity would ensure that the quality of the articulated idea, rather than the rank and reputation of the articulator, is what's under evaluation. Allowing members to anonymously vote for anonymously-submitted ideas would help curb the influence of office politics in decisions affecting the organization's growth.
-
-### The harmful consequences of anonymity
-
-Yet anonymity and the open value of _accountability_ may come into conflict with one another. For instance, when establishing anonymous programs to drive greater diversity and more meritocratic evaluation of ideas, organizations may need to sacrifice the ability to hold speakers accountable for the opinions they express.
-
-Reliance on anonymous speech for serious organizational decision-making may also contribute to complacency in an organizational culture that falls short of openness. Outlets for anonymous speech may be as similar to open as crowdsourcing is—or rather, is not. [Like efforts to crowdsource creative ideas](https://opensource.com/business/10/4/why-open-source-way-trumps-crowdsourcing-way), anonymous suggestion programs may create an organizational environment in which diverse perspectives are only valued when an organization's leaders find it convenient to take advantage of members' ideas.
-
-Anonymity and the open value of accountability may come into conflict with one another.
-
-A similar concern holds for anonymous whistle-blowing or concern submission. Though anonymity is important for sexual harassment and assault reporting, regularly redirecting member concerns and frustrations to a "complaints box" makes it more difficult for members to hold their organization's leaders accountable for acting on concerns. It may also hinder intra-organizational support networks and advocacy groups from forming around shared concerns, as members would have difficulty identifying others with similar experiences. For example, many working mothers might anonymously submit requests for a lactation room in their workplace, then falsely attribute a lack of action from leaders to a lack of similar concerns from others.
-
-### An anonymity checklist
-
-Organizations in which anonymous speech is the primary mode of communication, like subreddits, have generated innovative works and thought-provoking discourse. These anonymous networks call attention to the potential for anonymity to help organizations pursue open values of diversity and meritocracy. Organizations in which anonymous speech is _not_ the main form of communication should acknowledge the strengths of anonymous speech, but carefully consider whether anonymity is the wisest means to the goal of sustainable openness.
-
-Leaders may find reflecting on the following questions useful prior to establishing outlets for anonymous feedback within their organizations:
-
-1\. _Availability of additional communication mechanisms_: Rather than investing time and resources into establishing a new, anonymous channel for communication, can the culture or structure of existing avenues of communication be reconfigured to achieve the same goal? This question echoes the open source affinity toward realigning, rather than reinventing, the wheel.
-
-2\. _Failure of other communication avenues:_ How and why is the organization ill-equipped to handle the sensitive issue/situation at hand through conventional (i.e. non-anonymous) means of communication?
-
-Careful deliberation on these questions may help prevent outlets for anonymous speech from leading to a dangerous sense of complacency.
-
-3\. _Consequences of anonymity:_ If implemented, could the anonymous mechanism stifle the normalization of face-to-face discourse about issues important to the organization's growth? If so, how can leaders ensure that members consider the anonymous communication channel a "last resort," without undermining the legitimacy of the anonymous system?
-
-4\. _Designing the anonymous communication channel:_ How can accountability be promoted in anonymous communication without the ability to determine the identity of speakers?
-
-5\. _Long-term considerations_: Is the anonymous feedback mechanism sustainable, or a temporary solution to a larger organizational issue? If the latter, is [launching a campaign](https://opensource.com/open-organization/16/6/8-steps-more-open-communications) to address overarching problems with the organization's communication culture feasible?
-
-These five points build off of one another to help leaders recognize the tradeoffs involved in legitimizing anonymity within their organization. Careful deliberation on these questions may help prevent outlets for anonymous speech from leading to a dangerous sense of complacency with a non-inclusive organizational structure.
-
-About the author
-----------------
-
-[](https://opensource.com/users/susiechoi)
-
-Susie Choi - Susie is an undergraduate student studying computer science at Duke University. She is interested in the implications of technological innovation and open source principles for issues relating to education and socioeconomic inequality.
-
-[More about me](https://opensource.com/users/susiechoi)
-
-* * *
-
-via: [https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/1/balancing-accountability-and-anonymity](https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/1/balancing-accountability-and-anonymity)
-
-作者: [Susie Choi](https://opensource.com/users/susiechoi) 选题者: [@lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者: [译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) 校对: [校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180216 Q4OS Makes Linux Easy for Everyone.md b/sources/talk/20180216 Q4OS Makes Linux Easy for Everyone.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a868ed28d5..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180216 Q4OS Makes Linux Easy for Everyone.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-Q4OS Makes Linux Easy for Everyone
-======
-
-
-
-Modern Linux distributions tend to target a variety of users. Some claim to offer a flavor of the open source platform that anyone can use. And, I’ve seen some such claims succeed with aplomb, while others fall flat. [Q4OS][1] is one of those odd distributions that doesn’t bother to make such a claim but pulls off the feat anyway.
-
-So, who is the primary market for Q4OS? According to its website, the distribution is a:
-
-“fast and powerful operating system based on the latest technologies while offering highly productive desktop environment. We focus on security, reliability, long-term stability and conservative integration of verified new features. System is distinguished by speed and very low hardware requirements, runs great on brand new machines as well as legacy computers. It is also very applicable for virtualization and cloud computing.”
-
-What’s very interesting here is that the Q4OS developers offer commercial support for the desktop. Said support can cover the likes of system customization (including core level API programming) as well as user interface modifications.
-
-Once you understand this (and have installed Q4OS), the target audience becomes quite obvious: Business users looking for a Windows XP/7 replacement. But that should not prevent home users from giving Q4OS at try. It’s a Linux distribution that has a few unique tools that come together to make a solid desktop distribution.
-
-Let’s take a look at Q4OS and see if it’s a version of Linux that might work for you.
-
-### What Q4OS all about
-
-Q4OS that does an admirable job of being the open source equivalent of Windows XP/7. Out of the box, it pulls this off with the help of the [Trinity Desktop][2] (a fork of KDE). With a few tricks up its sleeve, Q4OS turns the Trinity Desktop into a remarkably similar desktop (Figure 1).
-
-![default desktop][4]
-
-Figure 1: The Q4OS default desktop.
-
-[Used with permission][5]
-
-When you fire up the desktop, you will be greeted by a Welcome screen that makes it very easy for new users to start setting up their desktop with just a few clicks. From this window, you can:
-
- * Run the Desktop Profiler (which allows you to select which desktop environment to use as well as between a full-featured desktop, a basic desktop, or a minimal desktop—Figure 2).
-
- * Install applications (which opens the Synaptic Package Manager).
-
- * Install proprietary codecs (which installs all the necessary media codecs for playing audio and video).
-
- * Turn on Desktop effects (if you want more eye candy, turn this on).
-
- * Switch to Kickoff start menu (switches from the default start menu to the newer kickoff menu).
-
- * Set Autologin (allows you to set login such that it won’t require your password upon boot).
-
-
-
-
-![Desktop Profiler][7]
-
-Figure 2: The Desktop Profiler allows you to further customize your desktop experience.
-
-[Used with permission][5]
-
-If you want to install a different desktop environment, open up the Desktop Profiler and then click the Desktop environments drop-down, in the upper left corner of the window. A new window will appear, where you can select your desktop of choice from the drop-down (Figure 3). Once back at the main Profiler Window, select which type of desktop profile you want, and then click Install.
-
-![Desktop Profiler][9]
-
-Figure 3: Installing a different desktop is quite simple from within the Desktop Profiler.
-
-[Used with permission][5]
-
-Note that installing a different desktop will not wipe the default desktop. Instead, it will allow you to select between the two desktops (at the login screen).
-
-### Installed software
-
-After selecting full-featured desktop, from the Desktop Profiler, I found the following user applications ready to go:
-
- * LibreOffice 5.2.7.2
-
- * VLC 2.2.7
-
- * Google Chrome 64.0.3282
-
- * Thunderbird 52.6.0 (Includes Lightning addon)
-
- * Synaptic 0.84.2
-
- * Konqueror 14.0.5
-
- * Firefox 52.6.0
-
- * Shotwell 0.24.5
-
-
-
-
-Obviously some of those applications are well out of date. Since this distribution is based on Debian, we can run and update/upgrade with the commands:
-```
-sudo apt update
-
-sudo apt upgrade
-
-```
-
-However, after running both commands, it seems everything is up to date. This particular release (2.4) is an LTS release (supported until 2022). Because of this, expect software to be a bit behind. If you want to test out the bleeding edge version (based on Debian “Buster”), you can download the testing image [here][10].
-
-### Security oddity
-
-There is one rather disturbing “feature” found in Q4OS. In the developer’s quest to make the distribution closely resemble Windows, they’ve made it such that installing software (from the command line) doesn’t require a password! You read that correctly. If you open the Synaptic package manager, you’re asked for a password. However (and this is a big however), open up a terminal window and issue a command like sudo apt-get install gimp. At this point, the software will install… without requiring the user to type a sudo password.
-
-Did you cringe at that? You should.
-
-I get it, the developers want to ease away the burden of Linux and make a platform the masses could easily adapt to. They’ve done a splendid job of doing just that. However, in the process of doing so, they’ve bypassed a crucial means of security. Is having as near an XP/7 clone as you can find on Linux worth that lack of security? I would say that if it enables more people to use Linux, then yes. But the fact that they’ve required a password for Synaptic (the GUI tool most Windows users would default to for software installation) and not for the command-line tool makes no sense. On top of that, bypassing passwords for the apt and dpkg commands could make for a significant security issue.
-
-Fear not, there is a fix. For those that prefer to require passwords for the command line installation of software, you can open up the file /etc/sudoers.d/30_q4os_apt and comment out the following three lines:
-```
-%sudo ALL = NOPASSWD: /usr/bin/apt-get *
-
-%sudo ALL = NOPASSWD: /usr/bin/apt-key *
-
-%sudo ALL = NOPASSWD: /usr/bin/dpkg *
-
-```
-
-Once commented out, save and close the file, and reboot the system. At this point, users will now be prompted for a password, should they run the apt-get, apt-key, or dpkg commands.
-
-### A worthy contender
-
-Setting aside the security curiosity, Q4OS is one of the best attempts at recreating Windows XP/7 I’ve come across in a while. If you have users who fear change, and you want to migrate them away from Windows, this distribution might be exactly what you need. I would, however, highly recommend you re-enable passwords for the apt-get, apt-key, and dpkg commands… just to be on the safe side.
-
-In any case, the addition of the Desktop Profiler, and the ability to easily install alternative desktops, makes Q4OS a distribution that just about anyone could use.
-
-Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][11]course from The Linux Foundation and edX.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/2/q4os-makes-linux-easy-everyone
-
-作者：[JACK WALLEN][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen
-[1]:https://q4os.org
-[2]:https://www.trinitydesktop.org/
-[4]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/q4os_1.jpg?itok=dalJk9Xf (default desktop)
-[5]:/licenses/category/used-permission
-[7]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/q4os_2.jpg?itok=GlouIm73 (Desktop Profiler)
-[9]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/q4os_3.jpg?itok=riSTP_1z (Desktop Profiler)
-[10]:https://q4os.org/downloads2.html
-[11]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180220 4 considerations when naming software development projects.md b/sources/talk/20180220 4 considerations when naming software development projects.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e1add0b68..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180220 4 considerations when naming software development projects.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-4 considerations when naming software development projects
-======
-
-
-
-Working on a new open source project, you're focused on the code—getting that great new idea released so you can share it with the world. And you'll want to attract new contributors, so you need a terrific **name** for your project.
-
-We've all read guides for creating names, but how do you go about choosing the right one? Keeping that cool science fiction reference you're using internally might feel fun, but it won't mean much to new users you're trying to attract. A better approach is to choose a name that's memorable to new users and developers searching for your project.
-
-Names set expectations. Your project's name should showcase its functionality in the ecosystem and explain to users what your story is. In the crowded open source software world, it's important not to get entangled with other projects out there. Taking a little extra time now, before sending out that big announcement, will pay off later.
-
-Here are four factors to keep in mind when choosing a name for your project.
-
-### What does your project's code do?
-
-Start with your project: What does it do? You know the code intimately—but can you explain what it does to a new developer? Can you explain it to a CTO or non-developer at another company? What kinds of problems does your project solve for users?
-
-Your project's name needs to reflect what it does in a way that makes sense to newcomers who want to use or contribute to your project. That means considering the ecosystem for your technology and understanding if there are any naming styles or conventions used for similar kinds of projects. Imagine that you're trying to evaluate someone else's project: Would the name be appealing to you?
-
-Any distribution channels you push to are also part of the ecosystem. If your code will be in a Linux distribution, [npm][1], [CPAN][2], [Maven][3], or in a Ruby Gem, you need to review any naming standards or common practices for that package manager. Review any similar existing names in that distribution channel, and get a feel for naming styles of other programs there.
-
-### Who are the users and developers you want to attract?
-
-The hardest aspect of choosing a new name is putting yourself in the shoes of new users. You built this project; you already know how powerful it is, so while your cool name may sound great, it might not draw in new people. You need a name that is interesting to someone new, and that tells the world what problems your project solves.
-
-Great names depend on what kind of users you want to attract. Are you building an [Eclipse][4] plugin or npm module that's focused on developers? Or an analytics toolkit that brings visualizations to the average user? Understanding your user base and the kinds of open source contributors you want to attract is critical.
-
-Great names depend on what kind of users you want to attract.
-
-Take the time to think this through. Who does your project most appeal to, and how can it help them do their job? What kinds of problems does your code solve for end users? Understanding the target user helps you focus on what users need, and what kind of names or brands they respond to.
-
-Take the time to think this through. Who does your project most appeal to, and how can it help them do their job? What kinds of problems does your code solve for end users? Understanding the target user helps you focus on what users need, and what kind of names or brands they respond to.
-
-When you're open source, this equation changes a bit—your target is not just users; it's also developers who will want to contribute code back to your project. You're probably a developer, too: What kinds of names and brands excite you, and what images would entice you to try out someone else's new project?
-
-Once you have a better feel of what users and potential contributors expect, use that knowledge to refine your names. Remember, you need to step outside your project and think about how the name would appeal to someone who doesn't know how amazing your code is—yet. Once someone gets to your website, does the name synchronize with what your product does? If so, move to the next step.
-
-### Who else is using similar names for software?
-
-Now that you've tried on a user's shoes to evaluate potential names, what's next? Figuring out if anyone else is already using a similar name. It sometimes feels like all the best names are taken—but if you search carefully, you'll find that's not true.
-
-The first step is to do a few web searches using your proposed name. Search for the name, plus "software", "open source", and a few keywords for the functionality that your code provides. Look through several pages of results for each search to see what's out there in the software world.
-
-The first step is to do a few web searches using your proposed name.
-
-Unless you're using a completely made-up word, you'll likely get a lot of hits. The trick is understanding which search results might be a problem. Again, put on the shoes of a new user to your project. If you were searching for this great new product and saw the other search results along with your project's homepage, would you confuse them? Are the other search results even software products? If your product solves a similar problem to other search results, that's a problem: Users may gravitate to an existing product instead of a new one.
-
-Unless you're using a completely made-up word, you'll likely get a lot of hits. The trick is understanding which search results might be a problem. Again, put on the shoes of a new user to your project. If you were searching for this great new product and saw the other search results along with your project's homepage, would you confuse them? Are the other search results even software products? If your product solves a similar problem to other search results, that's a problem: Users may gravitate to an existing product instead of a new one.
-
-Similar non-software product names are rarely an issue unless they are famous trademarks—like Nike or Red Bull, for example—where the companies behind them won't look kindly on anyone using a similar name. Using the same name as a less famous non-software product might be OK, depending on how big your project gets.
-
-### How big do you plan to grow your project?
-
-Are you building a new node module or command-line utility, but not planning a career around it? Is your new project a million-dollar business idea, and you're thinking startup? Or is it something in between?
-
-If your project is a basic developer utility—something useful that developers will integrate into their workflow—then you have enough data to choose a name. Think through the ecosystem and how a new user would see your potential names, and pick one. You don't need perfection, just a name you're happy with that seems right for your project.
-
-If you're planning to build a business around your project, use these tips to develop a shortlist of names, but do more vetting before announcing the winner. Use for a business or major project requires some level of registered trademark search, which is usually performed by a law firm.
-
-### Common pitfalls
-
-Finally, when choosing a name, avoid these common pitfalls:
-
- * Using an esoteric acronym. If new users don't understand the name, they'll have a hard time finding you.
-
- * Using current pop-culture references. If you want your project's appeal to last, pick a name that will last.
-
- * Failing to consider non-English speakers. Does the name have a specific meaning in another language that might be confusing?
-
- * Using off-color jokes or potentially unsavory references. Even if it seems funny to developers, it may fall flat for newcomers and turn away contributors.
-
-
-
-
-Good luck—and remember to take the time to step out of your shoes and consider how a newcomer to your project will think of the name.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/choosing-project-names-four-key-considerations
-
-作者：[Shane Curcuru][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/shane-curcuru
-[1]:https://www.npmjs.com/
-[2]:https://www.cpan.org/
-[3]:https://maven.apache.org/
-[4]:https://www.eclipse.org/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180221 3 warning flags of DevOps metrics.md b/sources/talk/20180221 3 warning flags of DevOps metrics.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a103a2bbca..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180221 3 warning flags of DevOps metrics.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-3 warning flags of DevOps metrics
-======
-
-
-Metrics. Measurements. Data. Monitoring. Alerting. These are all big topics for DevOps and for cloud-native infrastructure and application development more broadly. In fact, acm Queue, a magazine published by the Association of Computing Machinery, recently devoted an [entire issue][1] to the topic.
-
-I've argued before that we conflate a lot of things under the "metrics" term, from key performance indicators to critical failure alerts to data that may be vaguely useful someday for something or other. But that's a topic for another day. What I want to discuss here is how metrics affect behavior.
-
-In 2008, Daniel Ariely published [Predictably Irrational][2] , one of a number of books written around that time that introduced behavioral psychology and behavioral economics to the general public. One memorable quote from that book is the following: "Human beings adjust behavior based on the metrics they're held against. Anything you measure will impel a person to optimize his score on that metric. What you measure is what you'll get. Period."
-
-This shouldn't be surprising. It's a finding that's been repeatedly confirmed by research. It should also be familiar to just about anyone with business experience. It's certainly not news to anyone in sales management, for example. Base sales reps' (or their managers'!) bonuses solely on revenue, and they'll discount whatever it takes to maximize revenue even if it puts margin in the toilet. Conversely, want the sales force to push a new product line—which will probably take extra effort—but skip the [spiffs][3]? Probably not happening.
-
-And lest you think I'm unfairly picking on sales, this behavior is pervasive, all the way up to the CEO, as Ariely describes in [a 2010 Harvard Business Review article][4]. "CEOs care about stock value because that's how we measure them. If we want to change what they care about, we should change what we measure," writes Ariely.
-
-Think developers and operations folks are immune from such behaviors? Think again. Let's consider some problematic measurements. They're not all bad or wrong but, if you rely too much on them, warning flags should go up.
-
-### Three warning signs for DevOps metrics
-
-First, there are the quantity metrics. Lines of code or bugs fixed are perhaps self-evidently absurd. But there are also the deployments per week or per month that are so widely quoted to illustrate DevOps velocity relative to more traditional development and deployment practices. Speed is good. It's one of the reasons you're probably doing DevOps—but don't reward people on it excessively relative to quality and other measures.
-
-Second, it's obvious that you want to reward individuals who do their work quickly and well. Yes. But. Whether it's your local pro sports team or some project team you've been on, you can probably name someone who was really a talent, but was just so toxic and such a distraction for everyone else that they were a net negative for the team. Moral: Don't provide incentives that solely encourage individual behaviors. You may also want to put in place programs, such as peer rewards, that explicitly value collaboration. [As Red Hat's Jen Krieger told me][5] in a podcast last year: "Having those automated pots of awards, or some sort of system that's tracked for that, can only help teams feel a little more cooperative with one another as in, 'Hey, we're all working together to get something done.'"
-
-The third red flag area is incentives that don't actually incent because neither the individual nor the team has a meaningful ability to influence the outcome. It's often a good thing when DevOps metrics connect to business goals and outcomes. For example, customer ticket volume relates to perceived shortcomings in applications and infrastructure. And it's also a reasonable proxy for overall customer satisfaction, which certainly should be of interest to the executive suite. The best reward systems to drive DevOps behaviors should be tied to specific individual and team actions as opposed to just company success generally.
-
-You've probably noticed a common theme. That theme is balance. Velocity is good but so is quality. Individual achievement is good but not when it damages the effectiveness of the team. The overall success of the business is certainly important, but the best reward systems also tie back to actions and behaviors within development and operations.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/three-warning-flags-devops-metrics
-
-作者：[Gordon Haff][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/ghaff
-[1]:https://queue.acm.org/issuedetail.cfm?issue=3178368
-[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Predictably_Irrational
-[3]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spiff
-[4]:https://hbr.org/2010/06/column-you-are-what-you-measure
-[5]:http://bitmason.blogspot.com/2015/09/podcast-making-devops-succeed-with-red.html
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180222 3 reasons to say -no- in DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20180222 3 reasons to say -no- in DevOps.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f27fbaf47..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180222 3 reasons to say -no- in DevOps.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-3 reasons to say 'no' in DevOps
-======
-
-
-
-DevOps, it has often been pointed out, is a culture that emphasizes mutual respect, cooperation, continual improvement, and aligning responsibility with authority.
-
-Instead of saying no, it may be helpful to take a hint from improv comedy and say, "Yes, and..." or "Yes, but...". This opens the request from the binary nature of "yes" and "no" toward having a nuanced discussion around priority, capacity, and responsibility.
-
-However, sometimes you have no choice but to give a hard "no." These should be rare and exceptional, but they will occur.
-
-### Protecting yourself
-
-Both Agile and DevOps have been touted as ways to improve value to the customer and business, ultimately leading to greater productivity. While reasonable people can understand that the improvements will take time to yield, and the improvements will result in higher quality of work being done, and a better quality of life for those performing it, I think we can all agree that not everyone is reasonable. The less understanding that a person has of the particulars of a given task, the more likely they are to expect that it is a combination of "simple" and "easy."
-
-"You told me that [Agile/DevOps] is supposed to be all about us getting more productivity. Since we're doing [Agile/DevOps] now, you can take care of my need, right?"
-
-Like "Agile," some people have tried to use "DevOps" as a stick to coerce people to do more work than they can handle. Whether the person confronting you with this question is asking in earnest or is being manipulative doesn't really matter.
-
-The biggest areas of concern for me have been **capacity** , **firefighting/maintenance** , **level of quality** , and **" future me."** Many of these ultimately tie back to capacity, but they relate to a long-term effort in different respects.
-
-#### Capacity
-
-Capacity is simple: You know what your workload is, and how much flex occurs due to the unexpected. Exceeding your capacity will not only cause undue stress, but it could decrease the quality of your work and can injure your reputation with regards to making commitments.
-
-There are several avenues of discussion that can happen from here. The simplest is "Your request is reasonable, but I don't have the capacity to work on it." This seldom ends the conversation, and a discussion will often run up the flagpole to clarify priorities or reassign work.
-
-#### Firefighting/maintenance
-
-It's possible that the thing that you're being asked for won't take long to do, but it will require maintenance that you'll be expected to perform, including keeping it alive and fulfilling requests for it on behalf of others.
-
-An example in my mind is the Jenkins server that you're asked to stand up for someone else, but somehow end up being the sole owner and caretaker of. Even if you're careful to scope your level of involvement early on, you might be saddled with responsibility that you did not agree to. Should the service become unavailable, for example, you might be the one who is called. You might be called on to help triage a build that is failing. This is additional firefighting and maintenance work that you did not sign up for and now must fend off.
-
-This needs to be addressed as soon and publicly as possible. I'm not saying that (again, for example) standing up a Jenkins instance is a "no," but rather a ["Yes, but"][1]—where all parties understand that they take on the long-term care, feeding, and use of the product. Make sure to include all your bosses in this conversation so they can have your back.
-
-#### Level of quality
-
-There may be times when you are presented with requirements that include a timeframe that is...problematic. Perhaps you could get a "minimum (cough) viable (cough) product" out in that time. But it wouldn't be resilient or in any way ready for production. It might impact your time and productivity. It could end up hurting your reputation.
-
-The resulting conversation can get into the weeds, with lots of horse-trading about time and features. Another approach is to ask "What is driving this deadline? Where did that timeframe come from?" Discussing the bigger picture might lead to a better option, or that the timeline doesn't depend on the original date.
-
-#### Future me
-
-Ultimately, we are trying to protect "future you." These are lessons learned from the many times that "past me" has knowingly left "current me" to clean up. Sometimes we joke that "that's a problem for 'future me,'" but don't forget that 'future you' will just be 'you' eventually. I've cursed "past me" as a jerk many times. Do your best to keep other people from making "past you" be a jerk to "future you."
-
-I recognize that I have a significant amount of privilege in this area, but if you are told that you cannot say "no" on behalf of your own welfare, you should consider whether you are respected enough to maintain your autonomy.
-
-### Protecting the user experience
-
-Everyone should be an advocate for the user. Regardless of whether that user is right next to you, someone down the hall, or someone you have never met and likely never will, you must care for the customer.
-
-Behavior that is actively hostile to the user—whether it's a poor user experience or something more insidious like quietly violating reasonable expectations of privacy—deserves a "no." A common example of this would be automatically including people into a service or feature, forcing them to explicitly opt-out.
-
-If a "no" is not welcome, it bears considering, or explicitly asking, what the company's relationship with its customers is, who the company thinks of as it's customers, and what it thinks of them.
-
-When bringing up your objections, be clear about what they are. Additionally, remember that your coworkers are people too, and make it clear that you are not attacking their character; you simply find the idea disagreeable.
-
-### Legal, ethical, and moral grounds
-
-There might be situations that don't feel right. A simple test is to ask: "If this were to become public, or come up in a lawsuit deposition, would it be a scandal?"
-
-#### Ethics and morals
-
-If you are asked to lie, that should be a hard no.
-
-Remember if you will the Volkswagen Emissions Scandal of 2017? The emissions systems software was written such that it recognized that the vehicle was operated in a manner consistent with an emissions test, and would run more efficiently than under normal driving conditions.
-
-I don't know what you do in your job, or what your office is like, but I have a hard time imagining the Individual Contributor software engineer coming up with that as a solution on their own. In fact, I imagine a comment along the lines of "the engine engineers can't make their product pass the tests, so I need to hack the performance so that it will!"
-
-When the Volkswagen scandal came public, Volkswagen officials blamed the engineers. I find it unlikely that it came from the mind and IDE of an individual software engineer. Rather, it's more likely indicates significant systemic problems within the company culture.
-
-If you are asked to lie, get the request in writing, citing that the circumstances are suspect. If you are so privileged, decide whether you may decline the request on the basis that it is fundamentally dishonest and hostile to the customer, and would break the public's trust.
-
-#### Legal
-
-I am not a lawyer. If your work should involve legal matters, including requests from law enforcement, involve your company's legal counsel or speak with a private lawyer.
-
-With that said, if you are asked to provide information for law enforcement, I believe that you are within your rights to see the documentation that justifies the request. There should be a signed warrant. You should be provided with a copy of it, or make a copy of it yourself.
-
-When in doubt, begin recording and request legal counsel.
-
-It has been well documented that especially in the early years of the U.S. Patriot Act, law enforcement placed so many requests of telecoms that they became standard work, and the paperwork started slipping. While tedious and potentially stressful, make sure that the legal requirements for disclosure are met.
-
-If for no other reason, we would not want the good work of law enforcement to be put at risk because key evidence was improperly acquired, making it inadmissible.
-
-### Wrapping up
-
-You are going to be your single biggest advocate. There may be times when you are asked to compromise for the greater good. However, you should feel that your dignity is preserved, your autonomy is respected, and that your morals remain intact.
-
-If you don't feel that this is the case, get it on record, doing your best to communicate it calmly and clearly.
-
-Nobody likes being declined, but if you don't have the ability to say no, there may be a bigger problem than your environment not being DevOps.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/3-reasons-say-no-devops
-
-作者：[H. "Waldo" Grunenwal][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/gwaldo
-[1]:http://gwaldo.blogspot.com/2015/12/fear-and-loathing-in-systems.html
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180223 Plasma Mobile Could Give Life to a Mobile Linux Experience.md b/sources/talk/20180223 Plasma Mobile Could Give Life to a Mobile Linux Experience.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 583714836e..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180223 Plasma Mobile Could Give Life to a Mobile Linux Experience.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-Plasma Mobile Could Give Life to a Mobile Linux Experience
-======
-
-
-
-In the past few years, it’s become clear that, outside of powering Android, Linux on mobile devices has been a resounding failure. Canonical came close, even releasing devices running Ubuntu Touch. Unfortunately, the idea of [Scopes][1]was doomed before it touched down on its first piece of hardware and subsequently died a silent death.
-
-The next best hope for mobile Linux comes in the form of the [Samsung DeX][2] program. With DeX, users will be able to install an app (Linux On Galaxy—not available yet) on their Samsung devices, which would in turn allow them to run a full-blown Linux distribution. The caveat here is that you’ll be running both Android and Linux at the same time—which is not exactly an efficient use of resources. On top of that, most Linux distributions aren’t designed to run on such small form factors. The good news for DeX is that, when you run Linux on Galaxy and dock your Samsung device to DeX, that Linux OS will be running on your connected monitor—so form factor issues need not apply.
-
-Outside of those two options, a pure Linux on mobile experience doesn’t exist. Or does it?
-
-You may have heard of the [Purism Librem 5][3]. It’s a crowdfunded device that promises to finally bring a pure Linux experience to the mobile landscape. This device will be powered by a i.MX8 SoC chip, so it should run most any Linux operating system.
-
-Out of the box, the device will run an encrypted version of [PureOS][4]. However, last year Purism and KDE joined together to create a mobile version of the KDE desktop that could run on the Librem 5. Recently [ISOs were made available for a beta version of Plasma Mobile][5] and, judging from first glance, they’re onto something that makes perfect sense for a mobile Linux platform. I’ve booted up a live instance of Plasma Mobile to kick the tires a bit.
-
-What I saw seriously impressed me. Let’s take a look.
-
-### Testing platform
-
-Before you download the ISO and attempt to fire it up as a VirtualBox VM, you should know that it won’t work well. Because Plasma Mobile uses Wayland (and VirtualBox has yet to play well with that particular X replacement), you’ll find VirtualBox VM a less-than-ideal platform for the beta release. Also know that the Calamares installer doesn’t function well either. In fact, I have yet to get the OS installed on a non-mobile device. And since I don’t own a supported mobile device, I’ve had to run it as a live session on either a laptop or an [Antsle][6] antlet VM every time.
-
-### What makes Plasma Mobile special?
-
-This could be easily summed up by saying, Plasma Mobile got it all right. Instead of Canonical re-inventing a perfectly functioning wheel, the developers of KDE simply re-tooled the interface such that a full-functioning Linux distribution (complete with all the apps you’ve grown to love and depend upon) could work on a smaller platform. And they did a spectacular job. Even better, they’ve created an interface that any user of a mobile device could instantly feel familiar with.
-
-What you have with the Plasma Mobile interface (Figure 1) are the elements common to most Android home screens:
-
- * Quick Launchers
-
- * Notification Shade
-
- * App Drawer
-
- * Overview button (so you can go back to a previously used app, still running in memory)
-
- * Home button
-
-
-
-
-![KDE mobile][8]
-
-Figure 1: The Plasma Mobile desktop interface.
-
-[Used with permission][9]
-
-Because KDE went this route with the UX, it means there’s zero learning curve. And because this is an actual Linux platform, it takes that user-friendly mobile interface and overlays it onto a system that allows for easy installation and usage of apps like:
-
- * GIMP
-
- * LibreOffice
-
- * Audacity
-
- * Clementine
-
- * Dropbox
-
- * And so much more
-
-
-
-
-Unfortunately, without being able to install Plasma Mobile, you cannot really kick the tires too much, as the live user doesn’t have permission to install applications. However, once Plasma Mobile is fully installed, the Discover software center will allow you to install a host of applications (Figure 2).
-
-
-![Discover center][11]
-
-Figure 2: The Discover software center on Plasma Mobile.
-
-[Used with permission][9]
-
-Swipe up (or scroll down—depending on what hardware you’re using) to reveal the app drawer, where you can launch all of your installed applications (Figure 3).
-
-![KDE mobile][13]
-
-Figure 3: The Plasma Mobile app drawer ready to launch applications.
-
-[Used with permission][9]
-
-Open up a terminal window and you can take care of standard Linux admin tasks, such as using SSH to log into a remote server. Using apt, you can install all of the developer tools you need to make Plasma Mobile a powerful development platform.
-
-We’re talking serious mobile power—either from a phone or a tablet.
-
-### A ways to go
-
-Clearly Plasma Mobile is still way too early in development for it to be of any use to the average user. And because most virtual machine technology doesn’t play well with Wayland, you’re likely to get too frustrated with the current ISO image to thoroughly try it out. However, even without being able to fully install the platform (or get full usage out of it), it’s obvious KDE and Purism are going to have the ideal platform that will put Linux into the hands of mobile users.
-
-If you want to test the waters of Plasma Mobile on an actual mobile device, a handy list of supported hardware can be found [here][14] (for PostmarketOS) or [here][15] (for Halium). If you happen to be lucky enough to have a device that also includes Wi-Fi support, you’ll find you get more out of testing the environment.
-
-If you do have a supported device, you’ll need to use either [PostmarketOS][16] (a touch-optimized, pre-configured Alpine Linux that can be installed on smartphones and other mobile devices) or [Halium][15] (an application that creates an minimal Android layer which allows a new interface to interact with the Android kernel). Using Halium further limits the number of supported devices, as it has only been built for select hardware. However, if you’re willing, you can build your own Halium images (documentation for this process is found [here][17]). If you want to give PostmarketOS a go, [here are the necessary build instructions][18].
-
-Suffice it to say, Plasma Mobile isn’t nearly ready for mass market. If you’re a Linux enthusiast and want to give it a go, let either PostmarketOS or Halium help you get the operating system up and running on your device. Otherwise, your best bet is to wait it out and hope Purism and KDE succeed in bringing this oustanding mobile take on Linux to the masses.
-
-Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][19]course from The Linux Foundation and edX.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/2/plasma-mobile-could-give-life-mobile-linux-experience
-
-作者：[JACK WALLEN][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen
-[1]:https://launchpad.net/unity-scopes
-[2]:http://www.samsung.com/global/galaxy/apps/samsung-dex/
-[3]:https://puri.sm/shop/librem-5/
-[4]:https://www.pureos.net/
-[5]:http://blog.bshah.in/2018/01/26/trying-out-plasma-mobile/
-[6]:https://antsle.com/
-[8]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/kdemobile_1.jpg?itok=EK3_vFVP (KDE mobile)
-[9]:https://www.linux.com/licenses/category/used-permission
-[11]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/kdemobile_2.jpg?itok=CiUQ-MnB (Discover center)
-[13]:https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/kdemobile_3.jpg?itok=i6V8fgK8 (KDE mobile)
-[14]:http://blog.bshah.in/2018/02/02/trying-out-plasma-mobile-part-two/
-[15]:https://github.com/halium/projectmanagement/issues?q=is%3Aissue+is%3Aopen+label%3APorts
-[16]:https://postmarketos.org/
-[17]:http://docs.halium.org/en/latest/
-[18]:https://wiki.postmarketos.org/wiki/Installation_guide
-[19]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180223 Why culture is the most important issue in a DevOps transformation.md b/sources/talk/20180223 Why culture is the most important issue in a DevOps transformation.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fe1b6f273..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180223 Why culture is the most important issue in a DevOps transformation.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-Why culture is the most important issue in a DevOps transformation
-======
-
-
-
-You've been appointed the DevOps champion in your organisation: congratulations. So, what's the most important issue that you need to address?
-
-It's the technology—tools and the toolchain—right? Everybody knows that unless you get the right tools for the job, you're never going to make things work. You need integration with your existing stack (though whether you go with tight or loose integration will be an interesting question), a support plan (vendor, third party, or internal), and a bug-tracking system to go with your source code management system. And that's just the start.
-
-No! Don't be ridiculous: It's clearly the process that's most important. If the team doesn't agree on how stand-ups are run, who participates, the frequency and length of the meetings, and how many people are required for a quorum, then you'll never be able to institute a consistent, repeatable working pattern.
-
-In fact, although both the technology and the process are important, there's a third component that is equally important, but typically even harder to get right: culture. Yup, it's that touch-feely thing we techies tend to struggle with.1
-
-### Culture
-
-I was visiting a midsized government institution a few months ago (not in the UK, as it happens), and we arrived a little early to meet the CEO and CTO. We were ushered into the CEO's office and waited for a while as the two of them finished participating in the daily stand-up. They apologised for being a minute or two late, but far from being offended, I was impressed. Here was an organisation where the culture of participation was clearly infused all the way up to the top.
-
-Not that culture can be imposed from the top—nor can you rely on it percolating up from the bottom3—but these two C-level execs were not only modelling the behaviour they expected from the rest of their team, but also seemed, from the brief discussion we had about the process afterwards, to be truly invested in it. If you can get management to buy into the process—and be seen buying in—you are at least likely to have problems with other groups finding plausible excuses to keep their distance and get away with it.
-
-So let's assume management believes you should give DevOps a go. Where do you start?
-
-Developers may well be your easiest target group. They are often keen to try new things and find ways to move things along faster, so they are often the group that can be expected to adopt new technologies and methodologies. DevOps arguably has been driven mainly by the development community.
-
-But you shouldn't assume all developers will be keen to embrace this change. For some, the way things have always been done—your Rick Parfitts of dev, if you will7—is fine. Finding ways to help them work efficiently in the new world is part of your job, not just theirs. If you have superstar developers who aren't happy with change, you risk alienating and losing them if you try to force them into your brave new world. What's worse, if they dig their heels in, you risk the adoption of your DevSecOps vision being compromised when they explain to their managers that things aren't going to change if it makes their lives more difficult and reduces their productivity.
-
-Maybe you're not going to be able to move all the systems and people to DevOps immediately. Maybe you're going to need to choose which apps start with and who will be your first DevOps champions. Maybe it's time to move slowly.
-
-### Not maybe: definitely
-
-No—I lied. You're definitely going to need to move slowly. Trying to change everything at once is a recipe for disaster.
-
-This goes for all elements of the change—which people to choose, which technologies to choose, which applications to choose, which user base to choose, which use cases to choose—bar one. For those elements, if you try to move everything in one go, you will fail. You'll fail for a number of reasons. You'll fail for reasons I can't imagine and, more importantly, for reasons you can't imagine. But some of the reasons will include:
-
- * People—most people—don't like change.
- * Technologies don't like change (you can't just switch and expect everything to still work).
- * Applications don't like change (things worked before, or at least failed in known ways). You want to change everything in one go? Well, they'll all fail in new and exciting9 ways.
- * Users don't like change.
- * Use cases don't like change.
-
-
-
-### The one exception
-
-You noticed I wrote "bar one" when discussing which elements you shouldn't choose to change all in one go? Well done.
-
-What's that exception? It's the initial team. When you choose your initial application to change and you're thinking about choosing the team to make that change, select the members carefully and select a complete set. This is important. If you choose just developers, just test folks, just security folks, just ops folks, or just management—if you leave out one functional group from your list—you won't have proved anything at all. Well, you might have proved to a small section of your community that it kind of works, but you'll have missed out on a trick. And that trick is: If you choose keen people from across your functional groups, it's much harder to fail.
-
-Say your first attempt goes brilliantly. How are you going to convince other people to replicate your success and adopt DevOps? Well, the company newsletter, of course. And that will convince how many people, exactly? Yes, that number.12 If, on the other hand, you have team members from across the functional parts or the organisation, when you succeed, they'll tell their colleagues and you'll get more buy-in next time.
-
-If it fails, if you've chosen your team wisely—if they're all enthusiastic and know that "fail often, fail fast" is good—they'll be ready to go again.
-
-Therefore, you need to choose enthusiasts from across your functional groups. They can work on the technologies and the process, and once that's working, it's the people who will create that cultural change. You can just sit back and enjoy. Until the next crisis, of course.
-
-1\. OK, you're right. It should be "with which we techies tend to struggle."2
-
-2\. You thought I was going to qualify that bit about techies struggling with touchy-feely stuff, didn't you? Read it again: I put "tend to." That's the best you're getting.
-
-3\. Is percolating a bottom-up process? I don't drink coffee,4 so I wouldn't know.
-
-4\. Do people even use percolators to make coffee anymore? Feel free to let me know in the comments. I may pretend interest if you're lucky.
-
-5\. For U.S. readers (and some other countries, maybe?), please substitute "check" for "tick" here.6
-
-6\. For U.S. techie readers, feel free to perform `s/tick/check/;`.
-
-7\. This is a Status Quo8 reference for which I'm extremely sorry.
-
-8\. For millennial readers, please consult your favourite online reference engine or just roll your eyes and move on.
-
-9\. For people who say, "but I love excitement," try being on call at 2 a.m. on a Sunday at the end of the quarter when your chief financial officer calls you up to ask why all of last month's sales figures have been corrupted with the letters "DEADBEEF."10
-
-10\. For people not in the know, this is a string often used by techies as test data because a) it's non-numerical; b) it's numerical (in hexadecimal); c) it's easy to search for in debug files; and d) it's funny.11
-
-11\. Though see.9
-
-12\. It's a low number, is all I'm saying.
-
-This article originally appeared on [Alice, Eve, and Bob – a security blog][1] and is republished with permission.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/most-important-issue-devops-transformation
-
-作者：[Mike Bursell][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/mikecamel
-[1]:https://aliceevebob.com/2018/02/06/moving-to-devops-whats-most-important/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180301 How to hire the right DevOps talent.md b/sources/talk/20180301 How to hire the right DevOps talent.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bcf9bb3d20..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180301 How to hire the right DevOps talent.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-How to hire the right DevOps talent
-======
-
-
-
-DevOps culture is quickly gaining ground, and demand for top-notch DevOps talent is greater than ever at companies all over the world. With the [annual base salary for a junior DevOps engineer][1] now topping $100,000, IT professionals are hurrying to [make the transition into DevOps.][2]
-
-But how do you choose the right candidate to fill your DevOps role?
-
-### Overview
-
-Most teams are looking for candidates with a background in operations and infrastructure, software engineering, or development. This is in conjunction with skills that relate to configuration management, continuous integration, and deployment (CI/CD), as well as cloud infrastructure. Knowledge of container orchestration is also in high demand.
-
-In a perfect world, the two backgrounds would meet somewhere in the middle to form Dev and Ops, but in most cases, candidates lean toward one side or the other. Yet they must possess the skills necessary to understand the needs of their counterparts to work effectively as a team to achieve continuous delivery and deployment. Since every company is different, there is no single right or wrong since so much depends on a company’s tech stack and infrastructure, as well as the goals and the skills of other team members. So how do you focus your search?
-
-### Decide on the background
-
-Begin by assessing the strength of your current team. Do you have rock-star software engineers but lack infrastructure knowledge? Focus on closing the skill gaps. Just because you have the budget to hire a DevOps engineer doesn’t mean you should spend weeks, or even months, trying to find the best software engineer who also happens to use Kubernetes and Docker because they are currently the trend. Instead, look for someone who will provide the most value in your environment, and see how things go from there.
-
-### There is no “Ctrl + F” solution
-
-Instead of concentrating on specific tools, concentrate on a candidate's understanding of DevOps and CI/CD-related processes. You'll be better off with someone who understands methodologies over tools. It is more important to ensure that candidates comprehend the concept of CI/CD than to ask if they prefer Jenkins, Bamboo, or TeamCity. Don’t get too caught up in the exact toolchain—rather, focus on problem-solving skills and the ability to increase efficiency, save time, and automate manual processes. You don't want to miss out on the right candidate just because the word “Puppet” was not on their resume.
-
-### Check your ego
-
-As mentioned above, DevOps is a rapidly growing field, and DevOps engineers are in hot demand. That means candidates have great buying power. You may have an amazing company or product, but hiring top talent is no longer as simple as putting up a “Help Wanted” sign and waiting for top-quality applicants to rush in. I'm not suggesting that maintaining a reputation a great place to work is unimportant, but in today's environment, you need to make an effort to sell your position. Flaws or glitches in the hiring process, such as abruptly canceling interviews or not offering feedback after interviews, can lead to negative reviews spreading across the industry. Remember, it takes just a couple of minutes to leave a negative review on Glassdoor.
-
-### Contractor or permanent employee?
-
-Most recruiters and hiring managers immediately start searching for a full-time employee, even though they may have other options. If you’re looking to design, build, and implement a new DevOps environment, why not hire a senior person who has done this in the past? Consider hiring a senior contractor, along with a junior full-time hire. That way, you can tap the knowledge and experience of the contractor by having them work with the junior employee. Contractors can be expensive, but they bring invaluable knowledge—especially if the work can be done within a short timeframe.
-
-### Cultivate from within
-
-With so many companies competing for talent, it is difficult to find the right DevOps engineer. Not only will you need to pay top dollar to hire this person, but you must also consider that the search can take several months. However, since few companies are lucky enough to find the ideal DevOps engineer, consider searching for a candidate internally. You might be surprised at the talent you can cultivate from within your own organization.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/how-hire-right-des-talentvop
-
-作者：[Stanislav Ivaschenko][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/ilyadudkin
-[1]:https://www.glassdoor.com/Salaries/junior-devops-engineer-salary-SRCH_KO0,22.htm
-[2]:https://squadex.com/insights/system-administrator-making-leap-devops/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180302 Beyond metrics- How to operate as team on today-s open source project.md b/sources/talk/20180302 Beyond metrics- How to operate as team on today-s open source project.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fb5454bbe4..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180302 Beyond metrics- How to operate as team on today-s open source project.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-Beyond metrics: How to operate as team on today's open source project
-======
-
-
-
-How do we traditionally think about community health and vibrancy?
-
-We might quickly zero in on metrics related primarily to code contributions: How many companies are contributing? How many individuals? How many lines of code? Collectively, these speak to both the level of development activity and the breadth of the contributor base. The former speaks to whether the project continues to be enhanced and expanded; the latter to whether it has attracted a diverse group of developers or is controlled primarily by a single organization.
-
-The [Linux Kernel Development Report][1] tracks these kinds of statistics and, unsurprisingly, it appears extremely healthy on all counts.
-
-However, while development cadence and code contributions are still clearly important, other aspects of the open source communities are also coming to the forefront. This is in part because, increasingly, open source is about more than a development model. It’s also about making it easier for users and other interested parties to interact in ways that go beyond being passive recipients of code. Of course, there have long been user groups. But open source streamlines the involvement of users, just as it does software development.
-
-This was the topic of my discussion with Diane Mueller, the director of community development for OpenShift.
-
-When OpenShift became a container platform based in part on Kubernetes in version 3, Mueller saw a need to broaden the community beyond the core code contributors. In part, this was because OpenShift was increasingly touching a broad range of open source projects and organizations such those associated with the [Open Container Initiative (OCI)][2] and the [Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF)][3]. In addition to users, cloud service providers who were offering managed services also wanted ways to get involved in the project.
-
-“What we tried to do was open up our minds about what the community constituted,” Mueller explained, adding, “We called it the [Commons][4] because Red Hat's near Boston, and I'm from that area. Boston Common is a shared resource, the grass where you bring your cows to graze, and you have your farmer's hipster market or whatever it is today that they do on Boston Common.”
-
-This new model, she said, was really “a new ecosystem that incorporated all of those different parties and different perspectives. We used a lot of virtual tools, a lot of new tools like Slack. We stepped up beyond the mailing list. We do weekly briefings. We went very virtual because, one, I don't scale. The Evangelist and Dev Advocate team didn't scale. We need to be able to get all that word out there, all this new information out there, so we went very virtual. We worked with a lot of people to create online learning stuff, a lot of really good tooling, and we had a lot of community help and support in doing that.”
-
-![diane mueller open shift][6]
-
-Diane Mueller, director of community development at Open Shift, discusses the role of strong user communities in open source software development. (Credit: Gordon Haff, CC BY-SA 4.0)
-
-However, one interesting aspect of the Commons model is that it isn’t just virtual. We see the same pattern elsewhere in many successful open source communities, such as the Linux kernel. Lots of day-to-day activities happen on mailings lists, IRC, and other collaboration tools. But this doesn’t eliminate the benefits of face-to-face time that allows for both richer and informal discussions and exchanges.
-
-This interview with Mueller took place in London the day after the [OpenShift Commons Gathering][7]. Gatherings are full-day events, held a number of times a year, which are typically attended by a few hundred people. Much of the focus is on users and user stories. In fact, Mueller notes, “Here in London, one of the Commons members, Secnix, was really the major reason we actually hosted the gathering here. Justin Cook did an amazing job organizing the venue and helping us pull this whole thing together in less than 50 days. A lot of the community gatherings and things are driven by the Commons members.”
-
-Mueller wants to focus on users more and more. “The OpenShift Commons gathering at [Red Hat] Summit will be almost entirely case studies,” she noted. “Users talking about what's in their stack. What lessons did they learn? What are the best practices? Sharing those ideas that they've done just like we did here in London.”
-
-Although the Commons model grew out of some specific OpenShift needs at the time it was created, Mueller believes it’s an approach that can be applied more broadly. “I think if you abstract what we've done, you can apply it to any existing open source community,” she said. “The foundations still, in some ways, play a nice role in giving you some structure around governance, and helping incubate stuff, and helping create standards. I really love what OCI is doing to create standards around containers. There's still a role for that in some ways. I think the lesson that we can learn from the experience and we can apply to other projects is to open up the community so that it includes feedback mechanisms and gives the podium away.”
-
-The evolution of the community model though approaches like the OpenShift Commons mirror the healthy evolution of open source more broadly. Certainly, some users have been involved in the development of open source software for a long time. What’s striking today is how widespread and pervasive direct user participation has become. Sure, open source remains central to much of modern software development. But it’s also becoming increasingly central to how users learn from each other and work together with their partners and developers.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/how-communities-are-evolving
-
-作者：[Gordon Haff][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/ghaff
-[1]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/2017-linux-kernel-report-landing-page/
-[2]:https://www.opencontainers.org/
-[3]:https://www.cncf.io/
-[4]:https://commons.openshift.org/
-[5]:/file/388586
-[6]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/images/life-uploads/39369010275_7df2c3c260_z.jpg?itok=gIhnBl6F (diane mueller open shift)
-[7]:https://www.meetup.com/London-OpenShift-User-Group/events/246498196/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180303 4 meetup ideas- Make your data open.md b/sources/talk/20180303 4 meetup ideas- Make your data open.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a431b8376a..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180303 4 meetup ideas- Make your data open.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-4 meetup ideas: Make your data open
-======
-
-
-
-[Open Data Day][1] (ODD) is an annual, worldwide celebration of open data and an opportunity to show the importance of open data in improving our communities.
-
-Not many individuals and organizations know about the meaningfulness of open data or why they might want to liberate their data from the restrictions of copyright, patents, and more. They also don't know how to make their data open—that is, publicly available for anyone to use, share, or republish with modifications.
-
-This year ODD falls on Saturday, March 3, and there are [events planned][2] in every continent except Antarctica. While it might be too late to organize an event for this year, it's never too early to plan for next year. Also, since open data is important every day of the year, there's no reason to wait until ODD 2019 to host an event in your community.
-
-There are many ways to build local awareness of open data. Here are four ideas to help plan an excellent open data event any time of year.
-
-### 1. Organize an entry-level event
-
-You can host an educational event at a local library, college, or another public venue about how open data can be used and why it matters for all of us. If possible, invite a [local speaker][3] or have someone present remotely. You could also have a roundtable discussion with several knowledgeable people in your community.
-
-Consider offering resources such as the [Open Data Handbook][4], which not only provides a guide to the philosophy and rationale behind adopting open data, but also offers case studies, use cases, how-to guides, and other material to support making data open.
-
-### 2. Organize an advanced-level event
-
-For a deeper experience, organize a hands-on training event for open data newbies. Ideas for good topics include [training teachers on open science][5], [creating audiovisual expressions from open data][6], and using [open government data][7] in meaningful ways.
-
-The options are endless. To choose a topic, think about what is locally relevant, identify issues that open data might be able to address, and find people who can do the training.
-
-### 3. Organize a hackathon
-
-Open data hackathons can be a great way to bring open data advocates, developers, and enthusiasts together under one roof. Hackathons are more than just training sessions, though; the idea is to build prototypes or solve real-life challenges that are tied to open data. In a hackathon, people in various groups can contribute to the entire assembly line in multiple ways, such as identifying issues by working collaboratively through [Etherpad][8] or creating focus groups.
-
-Once the hackathon is over, make sure to upload all the useful data that is produced to the internet with an open license.
-
-### 4. Release or relicense data as open
-
-Open data is about making meaningful data publicly available under open licenses while protecting any data that might put people's private information at risk. (Learn [how to protect private data][9].) Try to find existing, interesting, and useful data that is privately owned by individuals or organizations and negotiate with them to relicense or release the data online under any of the [recommended open data licenses][10]. The widely popular [Creative Commons licenses][11] (particularly the CC0 license and the 4.0 licenses) are quite compatible with relicensing public data. (See this FAQ from Creative Commons for more information on [openly licensing data][12].)
-
-Open data can be published on multiple platforms—your website, [GitHub][13], [GitLab][14], [DataHub.io][15], or anywhere else that supports open standards.
-
-### Tips for event success
-
-No matter what type of event you decide to do, here are some general planning tips to improve your chances of success.
-
- * Find a venue that's accessible to the people you want to reach, such as a library, a school, or a community center.
- * Create a curriculum that will engage the participants.
- * Invite your target audience—make sure to distribute information through social media, community events calendars, Meetup, and the like.
-
-
-
-Have you attended or hosted a successful open data event? If so, please share your ideas in the comments.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/celebrate-open-data-day
-
-作者：[Subhashish Panigraphi][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/psubhashish
-[1]:http://www.opendataday.org/
-[2]:http://opendataday.org/#map
-[3]:https://openspeakers.org/
-[4]:http://opendatahandbook.org/
-[5]:https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1BRsyzlbn8KEMP8OkvjyttGgIKuTSgETZW9NHRtCbT1s/viewform?edit_requested=true
-[6]:http://dattack.lv/en/
-[7]:https://www.eventbrite.co.nz/e/open-data-open-potential-event-friday-2-march-2018-tickets-42733708673
-[8]:http://etherpad.org/
-[9]:https://ssd.eff.org/en/module/keeping-your-data-safe
-[10]:https://opendatacommons.org/licenses/
-[11]:https://creativecommons.org/share-your-work/licensing-types-examples/
-[12]:https://wiki.creativecommons.org/wiki/Data#Frequently_asked_questions_about_data_and_CC_licenses
-[13]:https://github.com/MartinBriza/MediaWriter
-[14]:https://about.gitlab.com/
-[15]:https://datahub.io/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180314 How to apply systems thinking in DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20180314 How to apply systems thinking in DevOps.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c35eb041bd..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180314 How to apply systems thinking in DevOps.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-How to apply systems thinking in DevOps
-======
-
-
-For most organizations, adopting DevOps requires a mindset shift. Unless you understand the core of [DevOps][1], you might think it's hype or just another buzzword—or worse, you might believe you have already adopted DevOps because you are using the right tools.
-
-Let’s dig deeper into what DevOps means, and explore how to apply systems thinking in your organization.
-
-### What is systems thinking?
-
-Systems thinking is a holistic approach to problem-solving. It's the opposite of analytical thinking, which separates a problem from the "bigger picture" to better understand it. Instead, systems thinking studies all the elements of a problem, along with the interactions between these elements.
-
-Most people are not used to thinking this way. Since childhood, most of us were taught math, science, and every other subject separately, by different teachers. This approach to learning follows us throughout our lives, from school to university to the workplace. When we first join an organization, we typically work in only one department.
-
-Unfortunately, the world is not that simple. Complexity, unpredictability, and sometimes chaos are unavoidable and require a broader way of thinking. Systems thinking helps us understand the systems we are part of, which in turn enables us to manage them rather than be controlled by them.
-
-According to systems thinking, everything is a system: your body, your family, your neighborhood, your city, your company, and even the communities you belong to. These systems evolve organically; they are alive and fluid. The better you understand a system's behavior, the better you can manage and leverage it. You become their change agent and are accountable for them.
-
-### Systems thinking and DevOps
-
-All systems include properties that DevOps addresses through its practices and tools. Awareness of these properties helps us properly adapt to DevOps. Let's look at the properties of a system and how DevOps relates to each one.
-
-### How systems work
-
-The figure below represents a system. To reach a goal, the system requires input, which is processed and generates output. Feedback is essential for moving the system toward the goal. Without a purpose, the system dies.
-
-
-
-If an organization is a system, its departments are subsystems. The flow of work moves through each department, starting with identifying a market need (the first input on the left) and moving toward releasing a solution that meets that need (the last output on the right). The output that each department generates serves as required input for the next department in the chain.
-
-The more specialized teams an organization has, the more handoffs happen between departments. The process of generating value to clients is more likely to create bottlenecks and thus it takes longer to deliver value. Also, when work is passed between teams, the gap between the goal and what has been done widens.
-
-DevOps aims to optimize the flow of work throughout the organization to deliver value to clients faster—in other words, DevOps reduces time to market. This is done in part by maximizing automation, but mainly by targeting the organization's goals. This empowers prioritization and reduces duplicated work and other inefficiencies that happen during the delivery process.
-
-### System deterioration
-
-All systems are affected by entropy. Nothing can prevent system degradation; that's irreversible. The tendency to decline shows the failure nature of systems. Moreover, systems are subject to threats of all types, and failure is a matter of time.
-
-To mitigate entropy, systems require constant maintenance and improvements. The effects of entropy can be delayed only when new actions are taken or input is changed.
-
-This pattern of deterioration and its opposite force, survival, can be observed in living organisms, social relationships, and other systems as well as in organizations. In fact, if an organization is not evolving, entropy is guaranteed to be increasing.
-
-DevOps attempts to break the entropy process within an organization by fostering continuous learning and improvement. With DevOps, the organization becomes fault-tolerant because it recognizes the inevitability of failure. DevOps enables a blameless culture that offers the opportunity to learn from failure. The [postmortem][2] is an example of a DevOps practice used by organizations that embrace inherent failure.
-
-The idea of intentionally embracing failure may sound counterintuitive, but that's exactly what happens in techniques like [Chaos Monkey][3]: Failure is intentionally introduced to improve availability and reliability in the system. DevOps suggests that putting some pressure into the system in a controlled way is not a bad thing. Like a muscle that gets stronger with exercise, the system benefits from the challenge.
-
-### System complexity
-
-The figure below shows how complex the systems can be. In most cases, one effect can have multiple causes, and one cause can generate multiple effects. The more elements and interactions a system has, the more complex the system.
-
-
-
-In this scenario, we can't immediately identify the reason for a particular event. Likewise, we can't predict with 100% certainty what will happen if a specific action is taken. We are constantly making assumptions and dealing with hypotheses.
-
-System complexity can be explained using the scientific method. In a recent study, for example, mice that were fed excess salt showed suppressed cerebral blood flow. This same experiment would have had different results if, say, the mice were fed sugar and salt. One variable can radically change results in complex systems.
-
-DevOps handles complexity by encouraging experimentation—for example, using the scientific method—and reducing feedback cycles. Smaller changes inserted into the system can be tested and validated more quickly. With a "[fail-fast][4]" approach, organizations can pivot quickly and achieve resiliency. Reacting rapidly to changes makes organizations more adaptable.
-
-DevOps also aims to minimize guesswork and maximize understanding by making the process of delivering value more tangible. By measuring processes, revealing flaws and advantages, and monitoring as much as possible, DevOps helps organizations discover the changes they need to make.
-
-### System limitations
-
-All systems have constraints that limit their performance; a system's overall capacity is delimited by its restrictions. Most of us have learned from experience that systems operating too long at full capacity can crash, and most systems work better when they function with some slack. Ignoring limitations puts systems at risk. For example, when we are under too much stress for a long time, we get sick. Similarly, overused vehicle engines can be damaged.
-
-This principle also applies to organizations. Unfortunately, organizations can't put everything into a system at once. Although this limitation may sometimes lead to frustration, the quality of work usually improves when input is reduced.
-
-Consider what happened when the speed limit on the main roads in São Paulo, Brazil was reduced from 90 km/h to 70 km/h. Studies showed that the number of accidents decreased by 38.5% and the average speed increased by 8.7%. In other words, the entire road system improved and more vehicles arrived safely at their destinations.
-
-For organizations, DevOps suggests global rather than local improvements. It doesn't matter if some improvement is put after a constraint because there's no effect on the system at all. One constraint that DevOps addresses, for instance, is dependency on specialized teams. DevOps brings to organizations a more collaborative culture, knowledge sharing, and cross-functional teams.
-
-### Conclusion
-
-Before adopting DevOps, understand what is involved and how you want to apply it to your organization. Systems thinking will help you accomplish that while also opening your mind to new possibilities. DevOps may be seen as a popular trend today, but in 10 or 20 years, it will be status quo.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/how-apply-systems-thinking-devops
-
-作者：[Gustavo Muniz do Carmo][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/gustavomcarmo
-[1]:https://opensource.com/tags/devops
-[2]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book/chapters/postmortem-culture.html
-[3]:https://medium.com/netflix-techblog/the-netflix-simian-army-16e57fbab116
-[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fail-fast
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180315 6 ways a thriving community will help your project succeed.md b/sources/talk/20180315 6 ways a thriving community will help your project succeed.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cf15b7f06f..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180315 6 ways a thriving community will help your project succeed.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-6 ways a thriving community will help your project succeed
-======
-
-
-NethServer is an open source product that my company, [Nethesis][1], launched just a few years ago. [The product][2] wouldn't be [what it is today][3] without the vibrant community that surrounds and supports it.
-
-In my previous article, I [discussed what organizations should expect to give][4] if they want to experience the benefits of thriving communities. In this article, I'll describe what organizations should expect to receive in return for their investments in the passionate people that make up their communities.
-
-Let's review six benefits.
-
-### 1\. Innovation
-
-"Open innovation" occurs when a company sharing information also listens to the feedback and suggestions from outside the company. As a company, we don't just look at the crowd for ideas. We innovate in, with, and through communities.
-
-You may know that "[the best way to have a good idea is to have a lot of ideas][5]." You can't always expect to have the right idea on your own, so having different point of views on your product is essential. How many truly disruptive ideas can a small company (like Nethesis) create? We're all young, caucasian, and European—while in our community, we can pick up a set of inspirations from a variety of people, with different genders, backgrounds, skills, and ethnicities.
-
-So the ability to invite the entire world to continuously improve the product is now no longer a dream; it's happening before our eyes. Your community could be the idea factory for innovation. With the community, you can really leverage the power of the collective.
-
-No matter who you are, most of the smartest people work for someone else. And community is the way to reach those smart people and work with them.
-
-### 2\. Research
-
-A community can be your strongest source of valuable product research.
-
-First, it can help you avoid "ivory tower development." [As Stack Exchange co-founder Jeff Atwood has said][6], creating an environment where developers have no idea who the users are is dangerous. Isolated developers, who have worked for years in their high towers, often encounter bad results because they don't have any clue about how users actually use their software. Developing in an Ivory tower keeps you away from your users and can only lead to bad decisions. A community brings developers back to reality and helps them stay grounded. Gone are the days of developers working in isolation with limited resources. In this day and age, thanks to the advent of open source communities research department is opening up to the entire world.
-
-No matter who you are, most of the smartest people work for someone else. And community is the way to reach those smart people and work with them.
-
-Second, a community can be an obvious source of product feedback—always necessary as you're researching potential paths forward. If someone gives you feedback, it means that person cares about you. It's a big gift. The community is a good place to acquire such invaluable feedback. Receiving early feedback is super important, because it reduces the cost of developing something that doesn't work in your target market. You can safely fail early, fail fast, and fail often.
-
-And third, communities help you generate comparisons with other projects. You can't know all the features, pros, and cons of your competitors' offerings. [The community, however, can.][7] Ask your community.
-
-### 3\. Perspective
-
-Communities enable companies to look at themselves and their products [from the outside][8], letting them catch strengths and weaknesses, and mostly realize who their products' audiences really are.
-
-Let me offer an example. When we launched the NethServer, we chose a catchy tagline for it. We were all convinced the following sentence was perfect:
-
-> [NethServer][9] is an operating system for Linux enthusiasts, designed for small offices and medium enterprises.
-
-Two years have passed since then. And we've learned that sentence was an epic fail.
-
-We failed to realize who our audience was. Now we know: NethServer is not just for Linux enthusiasts; actually, Windows users are the majority. It's not just for small offices and medium enterprises; actually, several home users install NethServer for personal use. Our community helps us to fully understand our product and look at it from our users' eyes.
-
-### 4\. Development
-
-In open source communities especially, communities can be a welcome source of product development.
-
-They can, first of all, provide testing and bug reporting. In fact, if I ask my developers about the most important community benefit, they'd answer "testing and bug reporting." Definitely. But because your code is freely available to the whole world, practically anyone with a good working knowledge of it (even hobbyists and other companies) has the opportunity to play with it, tweak it, and constantly improve it (even develop additional modules, as in our case). People can do more than just report bugs; they can fix those bugs, too, if they have the time and knowledge.
-
-But the community doesn't just create code. It can also generate resources like [how-to guides,][10] FAQs, support documents, and case studies. How much would it cost to fully translate your product in seven different languages? At NethServer, we got that for free—thanks to our community members.
-
-### 5\. Marketing
-
-Communities can help your company go global. Our small Italian company, for example, wasn't prepared for a global market. The community got us prepared. For example, we needed to study and improve our English so we could read and write correctly or speak in public without looking foolish for an audience. The community gently forced us to organize [our first NethServer Conference][11], too—only in English.
-
-A strong community can also help your organization attain the holy grail of marketers everywhere: word of mouth marketing (or what Seth Godin calls "[tribal marketing][12]").
-
-Communities ensure that your company's messaging travels not only from company to tribe but also "sideways," from tribe member to potential tribe member. The community will become your street team, spreading word of your organization and its projects to anyone who will listen.
-
-In addition, communities help organizations satisfy one of the most fundamental members needs: the desire to belong, to be involved in something bigger than themselves, and to change the world together.
-
-Never forget that working with communities is always a matter of giving and taking—striking a delicate balance between the company and the community.
-
-### 6\. Loyalty
-
-Attracting new users costs a business five times as much as keeping an existing one. So loyalty can have a huge impact on your bottom line. Quite simply, community helps us build brand loyalty. It's much more difficult to leave a group of people you're connected to than a faceless product or company. In a community, you're building connections with people, which is way more powerful than features or money (trust me!).
-
-### Conclusion
-
-Never forget that working with communities is always a matter of giving and taking—striking a delicate balance between the company and the community.
-
-And I wouldn't be honest with you if I didn't admit that the approach has some drawbacks. Doing everything in the open means moderating, evaluating, and processing of all the data you're receiving. Supporting your members and leading the discussions definitely takes time and resources. But, if you look at what a community enables, you'll see that all this is totally worth the effort.
-
-As my friend and mentor [David Spinks keeps saying over and over again][13], "Companies fail their communities when when they treat community as a tactic instead of making it a core part of their business philosophy." And [as I've said][4]: Communities aren't simply extensions of your marketing teams; "community" isn't an efficient short-term strategy. When community is a core part of your business philosophy, it can do so much more than give you short-term returns.
-
-At Nethesis we experience that every single day. As a small company, we could never have achieved the results we have without our community. Never.
-
-Community can completely set your business apart from every other company in the field. It can redefine markets. It can inspire millions of people, give them a sense of belonging, and make them feel an incredible bond with your company.
-
-And it can make you a whole lot of money.
-
-Community-driven companies will always win. Remember that.
-
-[Subscribe to our weekly newsletter][14] to learn more about open organizations.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/3/why-build-community-3
-
-作者：[Alessio Fattorini][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/alefattorini
-[1]:http://www.nethesis.it/
-[2]:https://www.nethserver.org/
-[3]:https://distrowatch.com/table.php?distribution=nethserver
-[4]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/2/why-build-community-2
-[5]:https://www.goodreads.com/author/quotes/52938.Linus_Pauling
-[6]:https://blog.codinghorror.com/ivory-tower-development/
-[7]:https://community.nethserver.org/tags/comparison
-[8]:https://community.nethserver.org/t/improve-our-communication/2569
-[9]:http://www.nethserver.org/
-[10]:https://community.nethserver.org/c/howto
-[11]:https://community.nethserver.org/t/nethserver-conference-in-italy-sept-29-30-2017/6404
-[12]:https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_on_the_tribes_we_lead
-[13]:http://cmxhub.com/article/community-business-philosophy-tactic/
-[14]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/newsletter
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180315 Lessons Learned from Growing an Open Source Project Too Fast.md b/sources/talk/20180315 Lessons Learned from Growing an Open Source Project Too Fast.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ae7cbea2c..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180315 Lessons Learned from Growing an Open Source Project Too Fast.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-Lessons Learned from Growing an Open Source Project Too Fast
-======
-![open source project][1]
-
-Are you managing an open source project or considering launching one? If so, it may come as a surprise that one of the challenges you can face is rapid growth. Matt Butcher, Principal Software Development Engineer at Microsoft, addressed this issue in a presentation at Open Source Summit North America. His talk covered everything from teamwork to the importance of knowing your goals and sticking to them.
-
-Butcher is no stranger to managing open source projects. As [Microsoft invests more deeply into open source][2], Butcher has been involved with many projects, including toolkits for Kubernetes and QueryPath, the jQuery-like library for PHP.
-
-Butcher described a case study involving Kubernetes Helm, a package system for Kubernetes. Helm arose from a company team-building hackathon, with an original team of three people giving birth to it. Within 18 months, the project had hundreds of contributors and thousands of active users.
-
-### Teamwork
-
-“We were stretched to our limits as we learned to grow,” Butcher said. “When you’re trying to set up your team of core maintainers and they’re all trying to work together, you want to spend some actual time trying to optimize for a process that lets you be cooperative. You have to adjust some expectations regarding how you treat each other. When you’re working as a group of open source collaborators, the relationship is not employer/employee necessarily. It’s a collaborative effort.”
-
-In addition to focusing on the right kinds of teamwork, Butcher and his collaborators learned that managing governance and standards is an ongoing challenge. “You want people to understand who makes decisions, how they make decisions and why they make the decisions that they make,” he said. “When we were a small project, there might have been two paragraphs in one of our documents on standards, but as a project grows and you get growing pains, these documented things gain a life of their own. They get their very own repositories, and they just keep getting bigger along with the project.”
-
-Should all discussion surrounding a open source project go on in public, bathed in the hot lights of community scrutiny? Not necessarily, Butcher noted. “A minor thing can get blown into catastrophic proportions in a short time because of misunderstandings and because something that should have been done in private ended up being public,” he said. “Sometimes we actually make architectural recommendations as a closed group. The reason we do this is that we don’t want to miscue the community. The people who are your core maintainers are core maintainers because they’re experts, right? These are the people that have been selected from the community because they understand the project. They understand what people are trying to do with it. They understand the frustrations and concerns of users.”
-
-### Acknowledge Contributions
-
-Butcher added that it is essential to acknowledge people’s contributions to keep the environment surrounding a fast-growing project from becoming toxic. “We actually have an internal rule in our core maintainers guide that says, ‘Make sure that at least one comment that you leave on a code review, if you’re asking for changes, is a positive one,” he said. “It sounds really juvenile, right? But it serves a specific purpose. It lets somebody know, ‘I acknowledge that you just made a gift of your time and your resources.”
-
-Want more tips on successfully launching and managing open source projects? Stay tuned for more insight from Matt Butcher’s talk, in which he provides specific project management issues faced by Kubernetes Helm.
-
-For more information, be sure to check out [The Linux Foundation’s growing list of Open Source Guides for the Enterprise][3], covering topics such as starting an open source project, improving your open source impact, and participating in open source communities.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/lessons-learned-from-growing-an-open-source-project-too-fast/
-
-作者：[Sam Dean][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/author/sdean/
-[1]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/huskies-2279627_1920.jpg
-[2]:https://thenewstack.io/microsoft-shifting-emphasis-open-source/
-[3]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/resources/open-source-guides/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180316 How to avoid humiliating newcomers- A guide for advanced developers.md b/sources/talk/20180316 How to avoid humiliating newcomers- A guide for advanced developers.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e433e85d5f..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180316 How to avoid humiliating newcomers- A guide for advanced developers.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-How to avoid humiliating newcomers: A guide for advanced developers
-======
-
-
-Every year in New York City, a few thousand young men come to town, dress up like Santa Claus, and do a pub crawl. One year during this SantaCon event, I was walking on the sidewalk and minding my own business, when I saw an extraordinary scene. There was a man dressed up in a red hat and red jacket, and he was talking to a homeless man who was sitting in a wheelchair. The homeless man asked Santa Claus, "Can you spare some change?" Santa dug into his pocket and brought out a $5 bill. He hesitated, then gave it to the homeless man. The homeless man put the bill in his pocket.
-
-In an instant, something went wrong. Santa yelled at the homeless man, "I gave you $5. I wanted to give you one dollar, but five is the smallest I had, so you oughtta be grateful. This is your lucky day, man. You should at least say thank you!"
-
-This was a terrible scene to witness. First, the power difference was terrible: Santa was an able-bodied white man with money and a home, and the other man was black, homeless, and using a wheelchair. It was also terrible because Santa Claus was dressed like the very symbol of generosity! And he was behaving like Santa until, in an instant, something went wrong and he became cruel.
-
-This is not merely a story about Drunk Santa, however; this is a story about technology communities. We, too, try to be generous when we answer new programmers' questions, and every day our generosity turns to rage. Why?
-
-### My cruelty
-
-I'm reminded of my own bad behavior in the past. I was hanging out on my company's Slack when a new colleague asked a question.
-
-> **New Colleague:** Hey, does anyone know how to do such-and-such with MongoDB?
-> **Jesse:** That's going to be implemented in the next release.
-> **New Colleague:** What's the ticket number for that feature?
-> **Jesse:** I memorize all ticket numbers. It's #12345.
-> **New Colleague:** Are you sure? I can't find ticket 12345.
-
-He had missed my sarcasm, and his mistake embarrassed him in front of his peers. I laughed to myself, and then I felt terrible. As one of the most senior programmers at MongoDB, I should not have been setting this example. And yet, such behavior is commonplace among programmers everywhere: We get sarcastic with newcomers, and we humiliate them.
-
-### Why does it matter?
-
-Perhaps you are not here to make friends; you are here to write code. If the code works, does it matter if we are nice to each other or not?
-
-A few months ago on the Stack Overflow blog, David Robinson showed that [Python has been growing dramatically][1], and it is now the top language that people view questions about on Stack Overflow. Even in the most pessimistic forecast, it will far outgrow the other languages this year.
-
-![Projections for programming language popularity][2]
-
-If you are a Python expert, then the line surging up and to the right is good news for you. It does not represent competition, but confirmation. As more new programmers learn Python, our expertise becomes ever more valuable, and we will see that reflected in our salaries, our job opportunities, and our job security.
-
-But there is a danger. There are soon to be more new Python programmers than ever before. To sustain this growth, we must welcome them, and we are not always a welcoming bunch.
-
-### The trouble with Stack Overflow
-
-I searched Stack Overflow for rude answers to beginners' questions, and they were not hard to find.
-
-![An abusive answer on StackOverflow][3]
-
-The message is plain: If you are asking a question this stupid, you are doomed. Get out.
-
-I immediately found another example of bad behavior:
-
-![Another abusive answer on Stack Overflow][4]
-
-Who has never been confused by Unicode in Python? Yet the message is clear: You do not belong here. Get out.
-
-Do you remember how it felt when you needed help and someone insulted you? It feels terrible. And it decimates the community. Some of our best experts leave every day because they see us treating each other this way. Maybe they still program Python, but they are no longer participating in conversations online. This cruelty drives away newcomers, too, particularly members of groups underrepresented in tech who might not be confident they belong. People who could have become the great Python programmers of the next generation, but if they ask a question and somebody is cruel to them, they leave.
-
-This is not in our interest. It hurts our community, and it makes our skills less valuable because we drive people out. So, why do we act against our own interests?
-
-### Why generosity turns to rage
-
-There are a few scenarios that really push my buttons. One is when I act generously but don't get the acknowledgment I expect. (I am not the only person with this resentment: This is probably why Drunk Santa snapped when he gave a $5 bill to a homeless man and did not receive any thanks.)
-
-Another is when answering requires more effort than I expect. An example is when my colleague asked a question on Slack and followed-up with, "What's the ticket number?" I had judged how long it would take to help him, and when he asked for more help, I lost my temper.
-
-These scenarios boil down to one problem: I have expectations for how things are going to go, and when those expectations are violated, I get angry.
-
-I've been studying Buddhism for years, so my understanding of this topic is based in Buddhism. I like to think that the Buddha discussed the problem of expectations in his first tech talk when, in his mid-30s, he experienced a breakthrough after years of meditation and convened a small conference to discuss his findings. He had not rented a venue, so he sat under a tree. The attendees were a handful of meditators the Buddha had met during his wanderings in northern India. The Buddha explained that he had discovered four truths:
-
- * First, that to be alive is to be dissatisfied—to want things to be better than they are now.
- * Second, this dissatisfaction is caused by wants; specifically, by our expectation that if we acquire what we want and eliminate what we do not want, it will make us happy for a long time. This expectation is unrealistic: If I get a promotion or if I delete 10 emails, it is temporarily satisfying, but it does not make me happy over the long-term. We are dissatisfied because every material thing quickly disappoints us.
- * The third truth is that we can be liberated from this dissatisfaction by accepting our lives as they are.
- * The fourth truth is that the way to transform ourselves is to understand our minds and to live a generous and ethical life.
-
-
-
-I still get angry at people on the internet. It happened to me recently, when someone posted a comment on [a video I published about Python co-routines][5]. It had taken me months of research and preparation to create this video, and then a newcomer commented, "I want to master python what should I do."
-
-![Comment on YouTube][6]
-
-This infuriated me. My first impulse was to be sarcastic, "For starters, maybe you could spell Python with a capital P and end a question with a question mark." Fortunately, I recognized my anger before I acted on it, and closed the tab instead. Sometimes liberation is just a Command+W away.
-
-### What to do about it
-
-If you joined a community with the intent to be helpful but on occasion find yourself flying into a rage, I have a method to prevent this. For me, it is the step when I ask myself, "Am I angry?" Knowing is most of the battle. Online, however, we can lose track of our emotions. It is well-established that one reason we are cruel on the internet is because, without seeing or hearing the other person, our natural empathy is not activated. But the other problem with the internet is that, when we use computers, we lose awareness of our bodies. I can be angry and type a sarcastic message without even knowing I am angry. I do not feel my heart pound and my neck grow tense. So, the most important step is to ask myself, "How do I feel?"
-
-If I am too angry to answer, I can usually walk away. As [Thumper learned in Bambi][7], "If you can't say something nice, don't say nothing at all."
-
-### The reward
-
-Helping a newcomer is its own reward, whether you receive thanks or not. But it does not hurt to treat yourself to a glass of whiskey or a chocolate, or just a sigh of satisfaction after your good deed.
-
-But besides our personal rewards, the payoff for the Python community is immense. We keep the line surging up and to the right. Python continues growing, and that makes our own skills more valuable. We welcome new members, people who might not be sure they belong with us, by reassuring them that there is no such thing as a stupid question. We use Python to create an inclusive and diverse community around writing code. And besides, it simply feels good to be part of a community where people treat each other with respect. It is the kind of community that I want to be a member of.
-
-### The three-breath vow
-
-There is one idea I hope you remember from this article: To control our behavior online, we must occasionally pause and notice our feelings. I invite you, if you so choose, to repeat the following vow out loud:
-
-> I vow
-> to take three breaths
-> before I answer a question online.
-
-This article is based on a talk, [Why Generosity Turns To Rage, and What To Do About It][8], that Jesse gave at PyTennessee in February. For more insight for Python developers, attend [PyCon 2018][9], May 9-17 in Cleveland, Ohio.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/avoid-humiliating-newcomers
-
-作者：[A. Jesse][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/emptysquare
-[1]:https://stackoverflow.blog/2017/09/06/incredible-growth-python/
-[2]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/projections.png?itok=5QTeJ4oe (Projections for programming language popularity)
-[3]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/abusive-answer-1.jpg?itok=BIWW10Rl (An abusive answer on StackOverflow)
-[4]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/abusive-answer-2.jpg?itok=0L-n7T-k (Another abusive answer on Stack Overflow)
-[5]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7sCu4gEjH5I
-[6]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/i-want-to-master-python.png?itok=Y-2u1XwA (Comment on YouTube)
-[7]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nGt9jAkWie4
-[8]:https://www.pytennessee.org/schedule/presentation/175/
-[9]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180320 Easily Fund Open Source Projects With These Platforms.md b/sources/talk/20180320 Easily Fund Open Source Projects With These Platforms.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c02ca228b..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180320 Easily Fund Open Source Projects With These Platforms.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
-[#]: translator: ( )
-[#]: reviewer: ( )
-[#]: publisher: ( )
-[#]: subject: (Easily Fund Open Source Projects With These Platforms)
-[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/open-source-funding-platforms/)
-[#]: author: ([Ambarish Kumar](https://itsfoss.com/author/ambarish/))
-[#]: url: ( )
-
-Easily Fund Open Source Projects With These Platforms
-======
-
-**Brief: We list out some funding platforms you can use to financially support open source projects. **
-
-Financial support is one of the many ways to [help Linux and Open Source community][1]. This is why you see “Donate” option on the websites of most open source projects.
-
-While the big corporations have the necessary funding and resources, most open source projects are developed by individuals in their spare time. However, it does require one’s efforts, time and probably includes some overhead costs too. Monetary supports surely help drive the project development.
-
-If you would like to support open source projects financially, let me show you some platforms dedicated to open source and/or Linux.
-
-### Funding platforms for Open Source projects
-
-![Open Source funding platforms][2]
-
-Just to clarify, we are not associated with any of the funding platforms mentioned here.
-
-#### 1\. Liberapay
-
-[Gratipay][3] was probably the biggest platform for funding open source projects and people associated with the project, which got shut down at the end of the year 2017. However, there’s a fork – Liberapay that works as a recurrent donation platform for the open source projects and the contributors.
-
-[Liberapay][4] is a non-profit, open source organization that helps in a periodic donation to a project. You can create an account as a contributor and ask the people who would really like to help (usually the consumer of your products) to donate.
-
-To receive a donation, you will have to create an account on Liberapay, brief what you do and about your project, reasons for asking for the donation and what will be done with the money you receive.
-
-For someone who would like to donate, they would have to add money to their accounts and set up a period for payment that can be weekly, monthly or yearly to someone. There’s a mail triggered when there is not much left to donate.
-
-The currency supported are dollars and Euro as of now and you can always put up a badge on Github, your Twitter profile or website for a donation.
-
-#### 2\. Bountysource
-
-[Bountysource][5] is a funding platform for open source software that has a unique way of paying a developer for his time and work int he name of Bounties.
-
-There are basically two campaigns, bounties and salt campaign.
-
-Under the Bounties, users declare bounties aka cash prizes on open issues that they believe should be fixed or any new features which they want to see in the software they are using. A developer can then go and fix it to receive the cash prize.
-
-Salt Campaign is like any other funding, anyone can pay a recurring amount to a project or an individual working for an open source project for as long as they want.
-
-Bountysource accepts any software that is approved by Free Software Foundation or Open Source Initiatives. The bounties can be placed using PayPal, Bitcoin or the bounty itself if owned previously. Bountysource supports a no. of issue tracker currently like GitHub, Bugzilla, Google Code, Jira, Launchpad etc.
-
-#### 3\. Open Collective
-
-[Open Collective][6] is another popular funding initiative where a person who is willing to receive the donation for the work he is doing in Open Source world can create a page. He can submit the expense reports for the project he is working on. A contributor can add money to his account and pay him for his expenses.
-
-The complete process is transparent and everyone can track whoever is associated with Open Collective. The contributions are visible along with the unpaid expenses. There is also the option to contribute on a recurring basis.
-
-Open Collective currently has more than 500 collectives being backed up by more than 5000 users.
-
-The fact that it is transparent and you know what you are contributing to, drives more accountability. Some common example of collective include hosting costs, community maintenance, travel expenses etc.
-
-Though Open Collective keeps 10% of all the transactions, it is still a nice way to get your expenses covered in the process of contributing towards an open source project.
-
-#### 4\. Open Source Grants
-
-[Open Source Grants][7] is still in its beta stage and has not matured yet. They are looking for projects that do not have any stable funding and adds value to open source community. Most open source projects are run by a small community in a free time and they are trying to fund them so that the developers can work full time on the projects.
-
-They are equally searching for companies that want to help open source enthusiasts. The process of submitting a project is still being worked upon, and hopefully, in coming days we will see a working way of funding.
-
-### Final Words
-
-In the end, I would also like to mention [Patreon][8]. This funding platform is not exclusive to open source but is focused on creators of all kinds. Some projects like [elementary OS have created their accounts on Patreon][9] so that you can support the project on a recurring basis.
-
-Think Free Speech, not Free Beer. Your small contribution to a project can help it sustain in the long run. For the developers, the above platform can provide a good way to cover up their expenses.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-funding-platforms/
-
-作者：[Ambarish Kumar][a]
-选题：[lujun9972][b]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ambarish/
-[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
-[1]: https://itsfoss.com/help-linux-grow/
-[2]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Fund-Open-Source-projects.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
-[3]: https://itsfoss.com/gratipay-open-source/
-[4]: https://liberapay.com/
-[5]: https://www.bountysource.com/
-[6]: https://opencollective.com/
-[7]: https://foundation.travis-ci.org/grants/
-[8]: https://www.patreon.com/
-[9]: https://www.patreon.com/elementary
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180321 8 tips for better agile retrospective meetings.md b/sources/talk/20180321 8 tips for better agile retrospective meetings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ec45bf17f0..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180321 8 tips for better agile retrospective meetings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-8 tips for better agile retrospective meetings
-======
-
-
-I’ve often thought that retrospectives should be called prospectives, as that term concerns the future rather than focusing on the past. The retro itself is truly future-looking: It’s the space where we can ask the question, “With what we know now, what’s the next experiment we need to try for improving our lives, and the lives of our customers?”
-
-### What’s a retro supposed to look like?
-
-There are two significant loops in product development: One produces the desired potentially shippable nugget. The other is where we examine how we’re working—not only to avoid doing what didn’t work so well, but also to determine how we can amplify the stuff we do well—and devise an experiment to pull into the next production loop to improve how our team is delighting our customers. This is the loop on the right side of this diagram:
-
-
-![Retrospective 1][2]
-
-### When retros implode
-
-While attending various teams' iteration retrospective meetings, I saw a common thread of malcontent associated with a relentless focus on continuous improvement.
-
-One of the engineers put it bluntly: “[Our] continuous improvement feels like we are constantly failing.”
-
-The teams talked about what worked, restated the stuff that didn’t work (perhaps already feeling like they were constantly failing), nodded to one another, and gave long sighs. Then one of the engineers (already late for another meeting) finally summed up the meeting: “Ok, let’s try not to submit all of the code on the last day of the sprint.” There was no opportunity to amplify the good, as the good was not discussed.
-
-In effect, here’s what the retrospective felt like:
-
-
-
-The anti-pattern is where retrospectives become dreaded sessions where we look back at the last iteration, make two columns—what worked and what didn’t work—and quickly come to some solution for the next iteration. There is no [scientific method][3] involved. There is no data gathering and research, no hypothesis, and very little deep thought. The result? You don’t get an experiment or a potential improvement to pull into the next iteration.
-
-### 8 tips for better retrospectives
-
- 1. Amplify the good! Instead of focusing on what didn’t work well, why not begin the retro by having everyone mention one positive item first?
- 2. Don’t jump to a solution. Thinking about a problem deeply instead of trying to solve it right away might be a better option.
- 3. If the retrospective doesn’t make you feel excited about an experiment, maybe you shouldn’t try it in the next iteration.
- 4. If you’re not analyzing how to improve, ([5 Whys][4], [force-field analysis][5], [impact mapping][6], or [fish-boning][7]), you might be jumping to solutions too quickly.
- 5. Vary your methods. If every time you do a retrospective you ask, “What worked, what didn’t work?” and then vote on the top item from either column, your team will quickly get bored. [Retromat][8] is a great free retrospective tool to help vary your methods.
- 6. End each retrospective by asking for feedback on the retro itself. This might seem a bit meta, but it works: Continually improving the retrospective is recursively improving as a team.
- 7. Remove the impediments. Ask how you are enabling the team's search for improvement, and be prepared to act on any feedback.
- 8. There are no "iteration police." Take breaks as needed. Deriving hypotheses from analysis and coming up with experiments involves creativity, and it can be taxing. Every once in a while, go out as a team and enjoy a nice retrospective lunch.
-
-
-
-This article was inspired by [Retrospective anti-pattern: continuous improvement should not feel like constantly failing][9], posted at [Podojo.com][10].
-
-**[See our related story,[How to build a business case for DevOps transformation][11].]**
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/tips-better-agile-retrospective-meetings
-
-作者：[Catherine Louis][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/catherinelouis
-[1]:/file/389021
-[2]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/images/life-uploads/retro_1.jpg?itok=bggmHN1Q (Retrospective 1)
-[3]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scientific_method
-[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/5_Whys
-[5]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Force-field_analysis
-[6]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/6/experiment-impact-mapping
-[7]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ishikawa_diagram
-[8]:https://plans-for-retrospectives.com/en/?id=28
-[9]:http://www.podojo.com/retrospective-anti-pattern-continuous-improvement-should-not-feel-like-constantly-failing/
-[10]:http://www.podojo.com/
-[11]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-build-business-case-devops-transformation
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180323 7 steps to DevOps hiring success.md b/sources/talk/20180323 7 steps to DevOps hiring success.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cdea0c65ac..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180323 7 steps to DevOps hiring success.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-7 steps to DevOps hiring success
-======
-
-
-As many of us in the DevOps scene know, most companies are hiring, or, at least, trying to do so. The required skills and job descriptions can change entirely from company to company. As a broad overview, most teams are looking for a candidate from either an operations and infrastructure background or someone from a software engineering and development background, then combined with key skills relating to continuous integration, configuration management, continuous delivery/deployment, and cloud infrastructure. Currently in high-demand is knowledge of container orchestration.
-
-In the ideal world, the two backgrounds will meet somewhere in the middle to form Dev and Ops, but in most cases, there is a lean toward one side or the other while maintaining sufficient skills to understand the needs and demands of their counterparts to work collaboratively and achieve the end goal of continuous delivery/deployment. Every company is different and there isn’t necessarily a right or wrong here. It all depends on your infrastructure, tech stack, other team members’ skills, and the individual goals you hope to achieve by hiring this individual.
-
-### Focus your hiring
-
-Now, given the various routes to becoming a DevOps practitioner, how do hiring managers focus their search and selection process to ensure that they’re hitting the mark?
-
-#### Decide on the background
-
-Assess the strengths of your existing team. Do you already have some amazing software engineers but you’re lacking the infrastructure knowledge? Aim to close these gaps in skills. You may have been given the budget to hire for DevOps, but you don’t have to spend weeks/months searching for the best software engineer who happens to use Docker and Kubernetes because they are the current hot trends in this space. Find the person who will provide the most value in your environment and go from there.
-
-#### Contractor or permanent employee?
-
-Many hiring managers will automatically start searching for a full-time permanent employee when their needs may suggest that they have other options. Sometimes a contractor is your best bet or maybe contract-hire. If you’re aiming to design, implement and build a new DevOps environment, why not find a senior person who has done this a number of times already? Try hiring a senior contractor and bring on a junior full-time hire in parallel; this way, you’ll be able to retain the external contractor knowledge by having them work alongside the junior hire. Contractors can be expensive, but the knowledge they bring can be invaluable, especially if the work can be completed over a shorter time frame. Again, this is just another point of view and you might be best off with a full-time hire to grow the team.
-
-#### CTRL F is not the solution
-
-Focus on their understanding of DevOps and CI/CD-related processes over specific tools. I believe the best approach is to focus on finding someone who understands the methodologies over the tools. Does your candidate understand the concept of continuous integration or the concept of continuous delivery? That’s more important than asking whether your candidate uses Jenkins versus Bamboo versus TeamCity and so on. Try not to get caught up in the exact tool chain. The focus should be on the candidates’ ability to solve problems. Are they obsessed with increasing efficiency, saving time, automating manual processes and constantly searching for flaws in the system? They might be the person you were looking for, but you missed them because you didn’t see the word "Puppet" on the resume.
-
-#### Work closely with your internal talent acquisition team and/or an external recruiter
-
-Be clear and precise with what you’re looking for and have an ongoing, open communication with recruiters. They can and will help you if used effectively. The job of these recruiters is to save you time by sourcing candidates while you’re focusing on your day-to-day role. Work closely with them and deliver in the same way that you would expect them to deliver for you. If you say you will review a candidate by X time, do it. If they say they’ll have a candidate in your inbox by Y time, make sure they do it, too. Start by setting up an initial call to talk through your requirement, lay out a timeline in which you expect candidates by a specific time, and explain your process in terms of when you will interview, how many interview rounds, and how soon after you will be able to make a final decision on whether to offer or reject the candidates. If you can get this relationship working well, you’ll save lots of time. And make sure your internal teams are focused on supporting your process, not blocking it.
-
-#### $$$
-
-Decide how much you want to pay. It’s not all about the money, but you can waste a lot of your and other people’s time if you don’t lock down the ballpark salary or hourly rate that you can afford. If your budget doesn’t stretch as far as your competitors’, you need to consider what else can help sell the opportunity. Flexible working hours and remote working options are some great ways to do this. Most companies have snacks, beer, and cool offices nowadays, so focus on the real value such as the innovative work your team is doing and how awesome your game-changing product might be.
-
-#### Drop the ego
-
-You may have an amazing company and/or product, but you also have some hot competition. Everyone is hiring in this space and candidates have a lot of the buying power. It is no longer as simple as saying, "We are hiring" and the awesome candidates come flowing in. You need to sell your opportunities. Maintaining a reputation as a great place to work is also important. A poor hiring process, such as interviewing without giving feedback, can contribute to bad rumors being spread across the industry. It only takes a few minutes to leave a sour review on Glassdoor.
-
-#### A smooth process is a successful One
-
-"Let’s get every single person within the company to do a one-hour interview with the new DevOps person we are hiring!" No, let’s not do that. Two or three stages should be sufficient. You have managers and directors for a reason. Trust your instinct and use your experience to make decisions on who will fit into your organization. Some of the most successful companies can do one phone screen followed by an in-person meeting. During the in-person interview, spend a morning or afternoon allowing the candidate to meet the relevant leaders and senior members of their direct team, then take them for lunch, dinner, or drinks where you can see how they are on a social level. If you can’t have a simple conversation with them, then you probably won’t enjoy working with them. If the thumbs are up, make the hire and don’t wait around. A good candidate will usually have numerous offers on the table at the same time.
-
-If all goes well, you should be inviting your shiny new employee or contractor into the office in the next few weeks and hopefully many more throughout the year.
-
-This article was originally published on [DevOps.com][1] and republished with author permission.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/7-steps-devops-hiring-success
-
-作者：[Conor Delanbanque][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/cdelanbanque
-[1]:https://devops.com/7-steps-devops-hiring-success/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180330 Meet OpenAuto, an Android Auto emulator for Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/talk/20180330 Meet OpenAuto, an Android Auto emulator for Raspberry Pi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bac0819e74..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180330 Meet OpenAuto, an Android Auto emulator for Raspberry Pi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Meet OpenAuto, an Android Auto emulator for Raspberry Pi
-======
-
-
-In 2015, Google introduced [Android Auto][1], a system that allows users to project certain apps from their Android smartphones onto a car's infotainment display. Android Auto's driver-friendly interface, with larger touchscreen buttons and voice commands, aims to make it easier and safer for drivers to control navigation, music, podcasts, radio, phone calls, and more while keeping their eyes on the road. Android Auto can also run as an app on an Android smartphone, enabling owners of older-model vehicles without modern head unit displays to take advantage of these features.
-
-While there are many [apps][2] available for Android Auto, developers are working to add to its catalog. A new, open source tool named [OpenAuto][3] is hoping to make that easier by giving developers a way to emulate Android Auto on a Raspberry Pi. With OpenAuto, developers can test their applications in conditions similar to how they'll work on an actual car head unit.
-
-OpenAuto's creator, Michal Szwaj, answered some questions about his project for Opensource.com. Some responses have been edited for conciseness and clarity.
-
-### What is OpenAuto?
-
-In a nutshell, OpenAuto is an emulator for the Android Auto head unit. It emulates the head unit software and allows you to use Android Auto on your PC or on any other embedded platform like Raspberry Pi 3.
-
-Head unit software is a frontend for the Android Auto projection. All magic related to the Android Auto, like navigation, Google Voice Assistant, or music playback, is done on the Android device. Projection of Android Auto on the head unit is accomplished using the [H.264][4] codec for video and [PCM][5] codec for audio streaming. This is what the head unit software mostly does—it decodes the H.264 video stream and PCM audio streams and plays them back together. Another function of the head unit is providing user inputs. OpenAuto supports both touch events and hard keys.
-
-### What platforms does OpenAuto run on?
-
-My target platform for deployment of the OpenAuto is Raspberry Pi 3 computer. For successful deployment, I needed to implement support of video hardware acceleration using the Raspberry Pi 3 GPU (VideoCore 4). Thanks to this, Android Auto projection on the Raspberry Pi 3 computer can be handled even using 1080p@60 fps resolution. I used [OpenMAX IL][6] and IL client libraries delivered together with the Raspberry Pi firmware to implement video hardware acceleration.
-
-Taking advantage of the fact that the Raspberry Pi operating system is Raspbian based on Debian Linux, OpenAuto can be also built for any other Linux-based platform that provides support for hardware video decoding. Most of the Linux-based platforms provide support for hardware video decoding directly in GStreamer. Thanks to highly portable libraries like Boost and [Qt][7], OpenAuto can be built and run on the Windows platform. Support of MacOS is being implemented by the community and should be available soon.
-
-![][https://www.youtube.com/embed/k9tKRqIkQs8?origin=https://opensource.com&enablejsapi=1]
-
-### What software libraries does the project use?
-
-The core of the OpenAuto is the [aasdk][8] library, which provides support for all Android Auto features. aasdk library is built on top of the Boost, libusb, and OpenSSL libraries. [libusb][9] implements communication between the head unit and an Android device (via USB bus). [Boost][10] provides support for the asynchronous mechanisms for communication. It is required for high efficiency and scalability of the head unit software. [OpenSSL][11] is used for encrypting communication.
-
-The aasdk library is designed to be fully reusable for any purposes related to implementation of the head unit software. You can use it to build your own head unit software for your desired platform.
-
-Another very important library used in OpenAuto is Qt. It provides support for OpenAuto's multimedia, user input, and graphical interface. And the build system OpenAuto is using is [CMake][12].
-
-Note: The Android Auto protocol is taken from another great Android Auto head unit project called [HeadUnit][13]. The people working on this project did an amazing job in reverse engineering the AndroidAuto protocol and creating the protocol buffers that structurize all messages.
-
-### What equipment do you need to run OpenAuto on Raspberry Pi?
-
-In addition to a Raspberry Pi 3 computer and an Android device, you need:
-
- * **USB sound card:** The Raspberry Pi 3 doesn't have a microphone input, which is required to use Google Voice Assistant
- * **Video output device:** You can use either a touchscreen or any other video output device connected to HDMI or composite output (RCA)
- * **Input device:** For example, a touchscreen or a USB keyboard
-
-
-
-### What else do you need to get started?
-
-In order to use OpenAuto, you must build it first. On the OpenAuto's wiki page you can find [detailed instructions][14] for how to build it for the Raspberry Pi 3 platform. On other Linux-based platforms, the build process will look very similar.
-
-On the wiki page you can also find other useful instructions, such as how to configure the Bluetooth Hands-Free Profile (HFP) and Advanced Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP) and PulseAudio.
-
-### What else should we know about OpenAuto?
-
-OpenAuto allows anyone to create a head unit based on the Raspberry Pi 3 hardware. Nevertheless, you should always be careful about safety and keep in mind that OpenAuto is just an emulator. It was not certified by any authority and was not tested in a driving environment, so using it in a car is not recommended.
-
-OpenAuto is licensed under GPLv3. For more information, visit the [project's GitHub page][3], where you can find its source code and other information.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/openauto-emulator-Raspberry-Pi
-
-作者：[Michal Szwaj][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/michalszwaj
-[1]:https://www.android.com/auto/faq/
-[2]:https://play.google.com/store/apps/collection/promotion_3001303_android_auto_all
-[3]:https://github.com/f1xpl/openauto
-[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H.264/MPEG-4_AVC
-[5]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pulse-code_modulation
-[6]:https://www.khronos.org/openmaxil
-[7]:https://www.qt.io/
-[8]:https://github.com/f1xpl/aasdk
-[9]:http://libusb.info/
-[10]:http://www.boost.org/
-[11]:https://www.openssl.org/
-[12]:https://cmake.org/
-[13]:https://github.com/gartnera/headunit
-[14]:https://github.com/f1xpl/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180403 3 pitfalls everyone should avoid with hybrid multicloud.md b/sources/talk/20180403 3 pitfalls everyone should avoid with hybrid multicloud.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b128be62f0..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180403 3 pitfalls everyone should avoid with hybrid multicloud.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-3 pitfalls everyone should avoid with hybrid multicloud
-======
-
-
-This article was co-written with [Roel Hodzelmans][1].
-
-We're all told the cloud is the way to ensure a digital future for our businesses. But which cloud? From cloud to hybrid cloud to hybrid multi-cloud, you need to make choices, and these choices don't preclude the daily work of enhancing your customers' experience or agile delivery of the applications they need.
-
-This article is the first in a four-part series on avoiding pitfalls in hybrid multi-cloud computing. Let's start by examining multi-cloud, hybrid cloud, and hybrid multi-cloud and what makes them different from one another.
-
-### Hybrid vs. multi-cloud
-
-There are many conversations you may be having in your business around moving to the cloud. For example, you may want to take your on-premises computing capacity and turn it into your own private cloud. You may wish to provide developers with a cloud-like experience using the same resources you already have. A more traditional reason for expansion is to use external computing resources to augment those in your own data centers. The latter leads you to the various public cloud providers, as well as to our first definition, multi-cloud.
-
-#### Multi-cloud
-
-Multi-cloud means using multiple clouds from multiple providers for multiple tasks.
-
-![Multi-cloud][3]
-
-Figure 1. Multi-cloud IT with multiple isolated cloud environments
-
-Typically, multi-cloud refers to the use of several different public clouds in order to achieve greater flexibility, lower costs, avoid vendor lock-in, or use specific regional cloud providers.
-
-A challenge of the multi-cloud approach is achieving consistent policies, compliance, and management with different providers involved.
-
-Multi-cloud is mainly a strategy to expand your business while leveraging multi-vendor cloud solutions and spreading the risk of lock-in. Figure 1 shows the isolated nature of cloud services in this model, without any sort of coordination between the services and business applications. Each is managed separately, and applications are isolated to services found in their environments.
-
-#### Hybrid cloud
-
-Hybrid cloud solves issues where isolation and coordination are central to the solution. It is a combination of one or more public and private clouds with at least a degree of workload portability, integration, orchestration, and unified management.
-
-![Hybrid cloud][5]
-
-Figure 2. Hybrid clouds may be on or off premises, but must have a degree of interoperability
-
-The key issue here is that there is an element of interoperability, migration potential, and a connection between tasks running in public clouds and on-premises infrastructure, even if it's not always seamless or otherwise fully implemented.
-
-If your cloud model is missing portability, integration, orchestration, and management, then it's just a bunch of clouds, not a hybrid cloud.
-
-The cloud environments in Fig. 2 include at least one private and public cloud. They can be off or on premises, but they have some degree of the following:
-
- * Interoperability
- * Application portability
- * Data portability
- * Common management
-
-
-
-As you can probably guess, combining multi-cloud and hybrid cloud results in a hybrid multi-cloud. But what does that look like?
-
-### Hybrid multi-cloud
-
-Hybrid multi-cloud pulls together multiple clouds and provides the tools to ensure interoperability between the various services in hybrid and multi-cloud solutions.
-
-![Hybrid multi-cloud][7]
-
-Figure 3. Hybrid multi-cloud solutions using open technologies
-
-Bringing these together can be a serious challenge, but the result ensures better use of resources without isolation in their respective clouds.
-
-Fig. 3 shows an example of hybrid multi-cloud based on open technologies for interoperability, workload portability, and management.
-
-### Moving forward: Pitfalls of hybrid multi-cloud
-
-In part two of this series, we'll look at the first of three pitfalls to avoid with hybrid multi-cloud. Namely, why cost is not always the obvious motivator when determining how to transition your business to the cloud.
-
-This article is based on "[3 pitfalls everyone should avoid with hybrid multi-cloud][8]," a talk the authors will be giving at [Red Hat Summit 2018][9], which will be held May 8-10 in San Francisco. [Register by May 7][9] to save US$ 500 off of registration. Use discount code **OPEN18** on the payment page to apply the discount.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/pitfalls-hybrid-multi-cloud
-
-作者：[Eric D.Schabell][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/eschabell
-[1]:https://opensource.com/users/roelh
-[3]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/u128651/multi-cloud.png (Multi-cloud)
-[5]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/u128651/hybrid-cloud.png (Hybrid cloud)
-[7]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/u128651/hybrid-multicloud.png (Hybrid multi-cloud)
-[8]:https://agenda.summit.redhat.com/SessionDetail.aspx?id=153892
-[9]:https://www.redhat.com/en/summit/2018
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180404 Is the term DevSecOps necessary.md b/sources/talk/20180404 Is the term DevSecOps necessary.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 96b544e7c4..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180404 Is the term DevSecOps necessary.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-Is the term DevSecOps necessary?
-======
-
-
-First came the term "DevOps."
-
-It has many different aspects. For some, [DevOps][1] is mostly about a culture valuing collaboration, openness, and transparency. Others focus more on key practices and principles such as automating everything, constantly iterating, and instrumenting heavily. And while DevOps isn’t about specific tools, certain platforms and tooling make it a more practical proposition. Think containers and associated open source cloud-native technologies like [Kubernetes][2] and CI/CD pipeline tools like [Jenkins][3]—as well as native Linux capabilities.
-
-However, one of the earliest articulated concepts around DevOps was the breaking down of the “wall of confusion” specifically between developers and operations teams. This was rooted in the idea that developers didn’t think much about operational concerns and operators didn’t think much about application development. Add the fact that developers want to move quickly and operators care more about (and tend to be measured on) stability than speed, and it’s easy to see why it was difficult to get the two groups on the same page. Hence, DevOps came to symbolize developers and operators working more closely together, or even merging roles to some degree.
-
-Of course, calls for improved communications and better-integrated workflows were never just about dev and ops. Business owners should be part of conversations as well. And there are the actual users of the software. Indeed, you can write up an almost arbitrarily long list of stakeholders concerned with the functionality, cost, reliability, and other aspects of software and its associated infrastructure. Which raises the question that many have asked: “What’s so special about security that we need a DevSecOps term?”
-
-I’m glad you asked.
-
-The first is simply that it serves as a useful reminder. If developers and operations were historically two of the most common silos in IT organizations, security was (and often still is) another. Security people are often thought of as conservative gatekeepers for whom “no” often seems the safest response to new software releases and technologies. Security’s job is to protect the company, even if that means putting the brakes on a speedy development process.
-
-Many aspects of traditional security, and even its vocabulary, can also seem arcane to non-specialists. This has also contributed to the notion that security is something apart from mainstream IT. I often share the following anecdote: A year or two ago I was leading a security discussion at a [DevOpsDays][4] event in London in which we were talking about traditional security roles. One of the participants raised his hand and admitted that he was one of those security gatekeepers. He went on to say that this was the first time in his career that he had ever been to a conference that wasn’t a traditional security conference like RSA. (He also noted that he was going to broaden both his and his team’s horizons more.)
-
-So DevSecOps perhaps shouldn’t be a needed term. But explicitly calling it out seems like a good practice at a time when software security threats are escalating.
-
-The second reason is that the widespread introduction of cloud-native technologies, particularly those built around containers, are closely tied to DevOps practices. These new technologies are both leading to and enabling greater scale and more dynamic infrastructures. Static security policies and checklists no longer suffice. Security must become a continuous activity. And it must be considered at every stage of your application and infrastructure lifecycle.
-
-**Here are a few examples:**
-
-You need to secure the pipeline and applications. You need to use trusted sources for content so that you know who has signed off on container images and that they’re up-to-date with the most recent patches. Your continuous integration system must integrate automated security testing. You’ll sometimes hear people talking about “shifting security left,” which means earlier in the process so that problems can be dealt with sooner. But it’s actually better to think about embedding security throughout the entire pipeline at each step of the testing, integration, deployment, and ongoing management process.
-
-You need to secure the underlying infrastructure. This means securing the host Linux kernel from container escapes and securing containers from each other. It means using a container orchestration platform with integrated security features. It means defending the network by using network namespaces to isolate applications from other applications within a cluster and isolate environments (such as dev, test, and production) from each other.
-
-And it means taking advantage of the broader security ecosystem such as container content scanners and vulnerability management tools.
-
-In short, it’s DevSecOps because modern application development and container platforms require a new type of Dev and a new type of Ops. But they also require a new type of Sec. Thus, DevSecOps.
-
-**[See our related story,[Security and the SRE: How chaos engineering can play a key role][5].]**
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/devsecops
-
-作者：[Gordon Haff][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/ghaff
-[1]:https://opensource.com/resources/devops
-[2]:https://kubernetes.io/
-[3]:https://jenkins.io/
-[4]:https://www.devopsdays.org/
-[5]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/through-looking-glass-security-sre
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180405 Rethinking -ownership- across the organization.md b/sources/talk/20180405 Rethinking -ownership- across the organization.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d41a3a86dc..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180405 Rethinking -ownership- across the organization.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-Rethinking "ownership" across the organization
-======
-
-
-Differences in organizational design don't necessarily make some organizations better than others—just better suited to different purposes. Any style of organization must account for its models of ownership (the way tasks get delegated, assumed, executed) and responsibility (the way accountability for those tasks gets distributed and enforced). Conventional organizations and open organizations treat these issues differently, however, and those difference can be jarring for anyone hopping transitioning from one organizational model to another. But transitions are ripe for stumbling over—oops, I mean, learning from.
-
-Let's do that.
-
-### Ownership explained
-
-In most organizations (and according to typical project management standards), work on projects proceeds in five phases:
-
- * Initiation: Assess project feasibility, identify deliverables and stakeholders, assess benefits
- * Planning (Design): Craft project requirements, scope, and schedule; develop communication and quality plans
- * Executing: Manage task execution, implement plans, maintain stakeholder relationships
- * Monitoring/Controlling: Manage project performance, risk, and quality of deliverables
- * Closing: Sign-off on completion requirements, release resources
-
-
-
-The list above is not exhaustive, but I'd like to add one phase that is often overlooked: the "Adoption" phase, frequently needed for strategic projects where a change to the culture or organization is required for "closing" or completion.
-
- * Adoption: Socializing the work of the project; providing communication, training, or integration into processes and standard workflows.
-
-
-
-Examining project phases is one way contrast the expression of ownership and responsibility in organizations.
-
-### Two models, contrasted
-
-In my experience, "ownership" in a traditional software organization works like this.
-
-A manager or senior technical associate initiates a project with senior stakeholders and, with the authority to champion and guide the project, they bestow the project on an associate at some point during the planning and execution stages. Frequently, but not always, the groundwork or fundamental design of the work has already been defined and approved—sometimes even partially solved. Employees are expected to see the project through execution and monitoring to completion.
-
-Employees cut their teeth on a "starter project," where they prove their abilities to a management chain (for example, I recall several such starter projects that were already defined by a manager and architect, and I was assigned to help implement them). Employees doing a good job on a project for which they're responsible get rewarded with additional opportunities, like a coveted assignment, a new project, or increased responsibility.
-
-An associate acting as "owner" of work is responsible and accountable for that work (if someone, somewhere, doesn't do their job, then the responsible employee either does the necessary work herself or alerts a manager to the problem.) A sense of ownership begins to feel stable over time: Employees generally work on the same projects, and in the same areas for an extended period. For some employees, it means the development of deep expertise. That's because the social network has tighter integration between people and the work they do, so moving around and changing roles and projects is rather difficult.
-
-This process works differently in an open organization.
-
-Associates continually define the parameters of responsibility and ownership in an open organization—typically in light of their interests and passions. Associates have more agency to perform all the stages of the project themselves, rather than have pre-defined projects assigned to them. This places additional emphasis on leadership skills in an open organization, because the process is less about one group of people making decisions for others, and more about how an associate manages responsibilities and ownership (whether or not they roughly follow the project phases while being inclusive, adaptable, and community-focused, for example).
-
-Being responsible for all project phases can make ownership feel more risky for associates in an open organization. Proposing a new project, designing it, and leading its implementation takes initiative and courage—especially when none of this is pre-defined by leadership. It's important to get continuous buy-in, which comes with questions, criticisms, and resistance not only from leaders but also from peers. By default, in open organizations this makes associates leaders; they do much the same work that higher-level leaders do in conventional organizations. And incidentally, this is why Jim Whitehurst, in The Open Organization, cautions us about the full power of "transparency" and the trickiness of getting people's real opinions and thoughts whether we like them or not. The risk is not as high in a traditional organization, because in those organizations leaders manage some of it by shielding associates from heady discussions that arise.
-
-The reward in an Open Organization is more opportunity—offers of new roles, promotions, raises, etc., much like in a conventional organization. Yet in the case of open organizations, associates have developed reputations of excellence based on their own initiatives, rather than on pre-sanctioned opportunities from leadership.
-
-### Thinking about adoption
-
-Any discussion of ownership and responsibility involves addressing the issue of buy-in, because owning a project means we are accountable to our sponsors and users—our stakeholders. We need our stakeholders to buy-into our idea and direction, or we need users to adopt an innovation we've created with our stakeholders. Achieving buy-in for ideas and work is important in each type of organization, and it's difficult in both traditional and open systems—but for different reasons.
-
-Open organizations better allow highly motivated associates, who are ambitious and skilled, to drive their careers. But support for their ideas is required across the organization, rather than from leadership alone.
-
-Penetrating a traditional organization's closely knit social ties can be difficult, and it takes time. In such "command-and-control" environments, one would think that employees are simply "forced" to do whatever leaders want them to do. In some cases that's true (e.g., a travel reimbursement system). However, with more innovative programs, this may not be the case; the adoption of a program, tool, or process can be difficult to achieve by fiat, just like in an open organization. And yet these organizations tend to reduce redundancies of work and effort, because "ownership" here involves leaders exerting responsibility over clearly defined "domains" (and because those domains don't change frequently, knowing "who's who"—who's in charge, who to contact with a request or inquiry or idea—can be easier).
-
-Open organizations better allow highly motivated associates, who are ambitious and skilled, to drive their careers. But support for their ideas is required across the organization, rather than from leadership alone. Points of contact and sources of immediate support can be less obvious, and this means achieving ownership of a project or acquiring new responsibility takes more time. And even then someone's idea may never get adopted. A project's owner can change—and the idea of "ownership" itself is more flexible. Ideas that don't get adopted can even be abandoned, leaving a great idea unimplemented or incomplete. Because any associate can "own" an idea in an open organization, these organizations tend to exhibit more redundancy. (Some people immediately think this means "wasted effort," but I think it can augment the implementation and adoption of innovative solutions. By comparing these organizations, we can also see why Jim Whitehurst calls this kind of culture "chaotic" in The Open Organization).
-
-### Two models of ownership
-
-In my experience, I've seen very clear differences between conventional and open organizations when it comes to the issues of ownership and responsibility.
-
-In an traditional organization:
-
- * I couldn't "own" things as easily
- * I felt frustrated, wanting to take initiative and always needing permission
- * I could more easily see who was responsible because stakeholder responsibility was more clearly sanctioned and defined
- * I could more easily "find" people, because the organizational network was more fixed and stable
- * I more clearly saw what needed to happen (because leadership was more involved in telling me).
-
-
-
-Over time, I've learned the following about ownership and responsibility in an open organization:
-
- * People can feel good about what they are doing because the structure rewards behavior that's more self-driven
- * Responsibility is less clear, especially in situations where there's no leader
- * In cases where open organizations have "shared responsibility," there is the possibility that no one in the group identified with being responsible; often there is lack of role clarity ("who should own this?")
- * More people participate
- * Someone's leadership skills must be stronger because everyone is "on their own"; you are the leader.
-
-
-
-### Making it work
-
-On the subject of ownership, each type of organization can learn from the other. The important thing to remember here: Don't make changes to one open or conventional value without considering all the values in both organizations.
-
-Sound confusing? Maybe these tips will help.
-
-If you're a more conventional organization trying to act more openly:
-
- * Allow associates to take ownership out of passion or interest that align with the strategic goals of the organization. This enactment of meritocracy can help them build a reputation for excellence and execution.
- * But don't be afraid sprinkle in a bit of "high-level perspective" in the spirit of transparency; that is, an associate should clearly communicate plans to their leadership, so the initiative doesn't create irrelevant or unneeded projects.
- * Involving an entire community (as when, for example, the associate gathers feedback from multiple stakeholders and user groups) aids buy-in and creates beneficial feedback from the diversity of perspectives, and this helps direct the work.
- * Exploring the work with the community [doesn't mean having to come to consensus with thousands of people][1]. Use the [Open Decision Framework][2] to set limits and be transparent about what those limits are so that feedback and participation is organized ad boundaries are understood.
-
-
-
-If you're already an open organization, then you should remember:
-
- * Although associates initiate projects from "the bottom up," leadership needs to be involved to provide guidance, input to the vision, and circulate centralized knowledge about ownership and responsibility creating a synchronicity of engagement that is transparent to the community.
- * Ownership creates responsibility, and the definition and degree of these should be something both associates and leaders agree upon, increasing the transparency of expectations and accountability during the project. Don't make this a matter of oversight or babysitting, but rather [a collaboration where both parties give and take][3]—associates initiate, leaders guide; associates own, leaders support.
-
-
-
-Leadership education and mentorship, as it pertains to a particular organization, needs to be available to proactive associates, especially since there is often a huge difference between supporting individual contributors and guiding and coordinating a multiplicity of contributions.
-
-["Owning your own career"][4] can be difficult when "ownership" isn't a concept an organization completely understands.
-
-[Subscribe to our weekly newsletter][5] to learn more about open organizations.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/4/rethinking-ownership-across-organization
-
-作者：[Heidi Hess von Ludewig][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/heidi-hess-von-ludewig
-[1]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/8/achieving-alignment-in-openorg
-[2]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/open-decision-framework
-[3]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/11/what-is-collaboration
-[4]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/17/12/drive-open-career-forward
-[5]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/newsletter
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md b/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d7e946a12..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-Microservices Explained
-======
-
-
-Microservices is not a new term. Like containers, the concept been around for a while, but it’s become a buzzword recently as many companies embark on their cloud native journey. But, what exactly does the term microservices mean? Who should care about it? In this article, we’ll take a deep dive into the microservices architecture.
-
-### Evolution of microservices
-
-Patrick Chanezon, Chief Developer Advocate for Docker provided a brief history lesson during our conversation: In the late 1990s, developers started to structure their applications into monoliths where massive apps hadall features and functionalities baked into them. Monoliths were easy to write and manage. Companies could have a team of developers who built their applications based on customer feedback through sales and marketing teams. The entire developer team would work together to build tightly glued pieces as an app that can be run on their own app servers. It was a popular way of writing and delivering web applications.
-
-There is a flip side to the monolithic coin. Monoliths slow everything and everyone down. It’s not easy to update one service or feature of the application. The entire app needs to be updated and a new version released. It takes time. There is a direct impact on businesses. Organizations could not respond quickly to keep up with new trends and changing market dynamics. Additionally, scalability was challenging.
-
-Around 2011, SOA (Service Oriented Architecture) became popular where developers could cram multi-tier web applications as software services inside a VM (virtual machine). It did allow them to add or update services independent of each other. However, scalability still remained a problem.
-
-“The scale out strategy then was to deploy multiple copies of the virtual machine behind a load balancer. The problems with this model are several. Your services can not scale or be upgraded independently as the VM is your lowest granularity for scale. VMs are bulky as they carry extra weight of an operating system, so you need to be careful about simply deploying multiple copies of VMs for scaling,” said Madhura Maskasky, co-founder and VP of Product at Platform9.
-
-Some five years ago when Docker hit the scene and containers became popular, SOA faded out in favor of “microservices” architecture. “Containers and microservices fix a lot of these problems. Containers enable deployment of microservices that are focused and independent, as containers are lightweight. The Microservices paradigm, combined with a powerful framework with native support for the paradigm, enables easy deployment of independent services as one or more containers as well as easy scale out and upgrade of these,” said Maskasky.
-
-### What’s are microservices?
-
-Basically, a microservice architecture is a way of structuring applications. With the rise of containers, people have started to break monoliths into microservices. “The idea is that you are building your application as a set of loosely coupled services that can be updated and scaled separately under the container infrastructure,” said Chanezon.
-
-“Microservices seem to have evolved from the more strictly defined service-oriented architecture (SOA), which in turn can be seen as an expression object oriented programming concepts for networked applications. Some would call it just a rebranding of SOA, but the term “microservices” often implies the use of even smaller functional components than SOA, RESTful APIs exchanging JSON, lighter-weight servers (often containerized, and modern web technologies and protocols,” said Troy Topnik, SUSE Senior Product Manager, Cloud Application Platform.
-
-Microservices provides a way to scale development and delivery of large, complex applications by breaking them down that allows the individual components to evolve independently from each other.
-
-“Microservices architecture brings more flexibility through the independence of services, enabling organizations to become more agile in how they deliver new business capabilities or respond to changing market conditions. Microservices allows for using the ‘right tool for the right task’, meaning that apps can be developed and delivered by the technology that will be best for the task, rather than being locked into a single technology, runtime or framework,” said Christian Posta, senior principal application platform specialist, Red Hat.
-
-### Who consumes microservices?
-
-“The main consumers of microservices architecture patterns are developers and application architects,” said Topnik. As far as admins and DevOps engineers are concerned their role is to build and maintain the infrastructure and processes that support microservices.
-
-“Developers have been building their applications traditionally using various design patterns for efficient scale out, high availability and lifecycle management of their applications. Microservices done along with the right orchestration framework help simplify their lives by providing a lot of these features out of the box. A well-designed application built using microservices will showcase its benefits to the customers by being easy to scale, upgrade, debug, but without exposing the end customer to complex details of the microservices architecture,” said Maskasky.
-
-### Who needs microservices?
-
-Everyone. Microservices is the modern approach to writing and deploying applications more efficiently. If an organization cares about being able to write and deploy its services at a faster rate they should care about it. If you want to stay ahead of your competitors, microservices is the fastest route. Security is another major benefit of the microservices architecture, as this approach allows developers to keep up with security and bug fixes, without having to worry about downtime.
-
-“Application developers have always known that they should build their applications in a modular and flexible way, but now that enough of them are actually doing this, those that don’t risk being left behind by their competitors,” said Topnik.
-
-If you are building a new application, you should design it as microservices. You never have to hold up a release if one team is late. New functionalities are available when they're ready, and the overall system never breaks.
-
-“We see customers using this as an opportunity to also fix other problems around their application deployment -- such as end-to-end security, better observability, deployment and upgrade issues,” said Maskasky.
-
-Failing to do so means you would be stuck in the traditional stack, which means microservices won’t be able to add any value to it. If you are building new applications, microservices is the way to go.
-
-Learn more about cloud-native at [KubeCon + CloudNativeCon Europe][1], coming up May 2-4 in Copenhagen, Denmark.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/4/microservices-explained
-
-作者：[SWAPNIL BHARTIYA][a]
-译者：[runningwater](https://github.com/runningwater)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/arnieswap
-[1]:https://events.linuxfoundation.org/events/kubecon-cloudnativecon-europe-2018/attend/register/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180412 Management, from coordination to collaboration.md b/sources/talk/20180412 Management, from coordination to collaboration.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1262f88300..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180412 Management, from coordination to collaboration.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-Management, from coordination to collaboration
-======
-
-
-
-Any organization is fundamentally a pattern of interactions between people. The nature of those interactions—their quality, their frequency, their outcomes—is the most important product an organization can create. Perhaps counterintuitively, recognizing this fact has never been more important than it is today—a time when digital technologies are reshaping not only how we work but also what we do when we come together.
-
-
-And yet many organizational leaders treat those interactions between people as obstacles or hindrances to avoid or eliminate, rather than as the powerful sources of innovation they really are.
-
-That's why we're observing that some of the most successful organizations today are those capable of shifting the way they think about the value of the interactions in the workplace. And to do that, they've radically altered their approach to management and leadership.
-
-### Moving beyond mechanical management
-
-Simply put, traditionally managed organizations treat unanticipated interactions between stakeholders as potentially destructive forces—and therefore as costs to be mitigated.
-
-This view has a long, storied history in the field of economics. But it's perhaps nowhere more clear than in the early writing of Nobel Prize-winning economist[Ronald Coase][1]. In 1937, Coase published "[The Nature of the Firm][2]," an essay about the reasons people organized into firms to work on large-scale projects—rather than tackle those projects alone. Coase argued that when the cost of coordinating workers together inside a firm is less than that of similar market transactions outside, people will tend to organize so they can reap the benefits of lower operating costs.
-
-But at some point, Coase's theory goes, the work of coordinating interactions between so many people inside the firm actually outweighs the benefits of having an organization in the first place. The complexity of those interactions becomes too difficult to handle. Management, then, should serve the function of decreasing this complexity. Its primary goal is coordination, eliminating the costs associated with messy interpersonal interactions that could slow the firm and reduce its efficiency. As one Fortune 100 CEO recently told me, "Failures happen most often around organizational handoffs."
-
-This makes sense to people practicing what I've called "[mechanical management][3]," where managing people is the act of keeping them focused on specific, repeatable, specialized tasks. Here, management's key function is optimizing coordination costs—ensuring that every specialized component of the finely-tuned organizational machine doesn't impinge on the others and slow them down. Managers work to avoid failures by coordinating different functions across the organization (accounts payable, research and development, engineering, human resources, sales, and so on) to get them to operate toward a common goal. And managers create value by controlling information flows, intervening only when functions become misaligned.
-
-Today, when so many of these traditionally well-defined tasks have become automated, value creation is much more a result of novel innovation and problem solving—not finding new ways to drive efficiency from repeatable processes. But numerous studies demonstrate that innovative, problem-solving activity occurs much more regularly when people work in cross-functional teams—not as isolated individuals or groups constrained by single-functional silos. This kind of activity can lead to what some call "accidental integration": the serendipitous innovation that occurs when old elements combine in new and unforeseen ways.
-
-That's why working collaboratively has now become a necessity that managers need to foster, not eliminate.
-
-### From coordination to collaboration
-
-Reframing the value of the firm—from something that coordinated individual transactions to something that produces novel innovations—means rethinking the value of the relations at the core of our organizations. And that begins with reimagining the task of management, which is no longer concerned primarily with minimizing coordination costs but maximizing cooperation opportunities.
-
-Too few of our tried-and-true management practices have this goal. If they're seeking greater innovation, managers need to encourage more interactions between people in different functional areas, not fewer. A cross-functional team may not be as efficient as one composed of people with the same skill sets. But a cross-functional team is more likely to be the one connecting points between elements in your organization that no one had ever thought to connect (the one more likely, in other words, to achieve accidental integration).
-
-Working collaboratively has now become a necessity that managers need to foster, not eliminate.
-
-I have three suggestions for leaders interested in making this shift:
-
-First, define organizations around processes, not functions. We've seen this strategy work in enterprise IT, for example, in the case of [DevOps][4], where teams emerge around end goals (like a mobile application or a website), not singular functions (like developing, testing, and production). In DevOps environments, the same team that writes the code is responsible for maintaining it once it's in production. (We've found that when the same people who write the code are the ones woken up when it fails at 3 a.m., we get better code.)
-
-Second, define work around the optimal organization rather than the organization around the work. Amazon is a good example of this strategy. Teams usually stick to the "[Two Pizza Rule][5]" when establishing optimal conditions for collaboration. In other words, Amazon leaders have determined that the best-sized team for maximum innovation is about 10 people, or a group they can feed with two pizzas. If the problem gets bigger than that two-pizza team can handle, they split the problem into two simpler problems, dividing the work between multiple teams rather than adding more people to the single team.
-
-And third, to foster creative behavior and really get people cooperating with one another, do whatever you can to cultivate a culture of honest and direct feedback. Be straightforward and, as I wrote in The Open Organization, let the sparks fly; have frank conversations and let the best ideas win.
-
-### Let it go
-
-I realize that asking managers to significantly shift the way they think about their roles can lead to fear and skepticism. Some managers define their performance (and their very identities) by the control they exert over information and people. But the more you dictate the specific ways your organization should do something, the more static and brittle that activity becomes. Agility requires letting go—giving up a certain degree of control.
-
-Front-line managers will see their roles morph from dictating and monitoring to enabling and supporting. Instead of setting individual-oriented goals, they'll need to set group-oriented goals. Instead of developing individual incentives, they'll need to consider group-oriented incentives.
-
-Because ultimately, their goal should be to[create the context in which their teams can do their best work][6].
-
-[Subscribe to our weekly newsletter][7] to learn more about open organizations.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/4/management-coordination-collaboration
-
-作者：[Jim Whitehurst][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/remyd
-[1]:https://news.uchicago.edu/article/2013/09/02/ronald-h-coase-founding-scholar-law-and-economics-1910-2013
-[2]:http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1468-0335.1937.tb00002.x/full
-[3]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/18/2/try-learn-modify
-[4]:https://enterprisersproject.com/devops
-[5]:https://www.fastcompany.com/3037542/productivity-hack-of-the-week-the-two-pizza-approach-to-productive-teamwork
-[6]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/16/3/what-it-means-be-open-source-leader
-[7]:https://opensource.com/open-organization/resources/newsletter
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180416 For project safety back up your people, not just your data.md b/sources/talk/20180416 For project safety back up your people, not just your data.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dc6d41fa5..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180416 For project safety back up your people, not just your data.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-For project safety back up your people, not just your data
-======
-
-
-The [FSF][1] was founded in 1985, Perl in 1987 ([happy 30th birthday, Perl][2]!), and Linux in 1991. The [term open source][3] and the [Open Source Initiative][4] both came into being in 1998 (and [turn 20 years old][5] in 2018). Since then, free and open source software has grown to become the default choice for software development, enabling incredible innovation.
-
-We, the greater open source community, have come of age. Millions of open source projects exist today, and each year the [GitHub Octoverse][6] reports millions of new public repositories. We rely on these projects every day, and many of us could not operate our services or our businesses without them.
-
-So what happens when the leaders of these projects move on? How can we help ease those transitions while ensuring that the projects thrive? By teaching and encouraging **succession planning**.
-
-### What is succession planning?
-
-Succession planning is a popular topic among business executives, boards of directors, and human resources professionals, but it doesn't often come up with maintainers of free and open source projects. Because the concept is common in business contexts, that's where you'll find most resources and advice about establishing a succession plan. As you might expect, most of these articles aren't directly applicable to FOSS, but they do form a springboard from which we can launch our own ideas about succession planning.
-
-According to [Wikipedia][7]:
-
-> Succession planning is a process for identifying and developing new leaders who can replace old leaders when they leave, retire, or die.
-
-In my opinion, this definition doesn't apply very well to free and open source software projects. I primarily object to the use of the term leaders. For the collaborative projects of FOSS, everyone can be some form of leader. Roles other than "project founder" or "benevolent dictator for life" are just as important. Any project role that is measured by bus factor is one that can benefit from succession planning.
-
-> A project's bus factor is the number of team members who, if hit by a bus, would endanger the smooth operation of the project. The smallest and worst bus factor is 1: when only a single person's loss would put the project in jeopardy. It's a somewhat grim but still very useful concept.
-
-I propose that instead of viewing succession planning as a leadership pipeline, free and open source projects should view it as a skills pipeline. What sorts of skills does your project need to continue functioning well, and how can you make sure those skills always exist in your community?
-
-### Benefits of succession planning
-
-When I talk to project maintainers about succession planning, they often respond with something like, "We've been pretty successful so far without having to think about this. Why should we start now?"
-
-Aside from the fact that the phrase, "We've always done it this way" is probably one of the most dangerous in the English language, and hearing (or saying) it should send up red flags in any community, succession planning provides plenty of very real benefits:
-
- * **Continuity** : When someone leaves, what happens to the tasks they were performing? Succession planning helps ensure those tasks continue uninterrupted and no one is left hanging.
- * **Avoiding a power vacuum** : When a person leaves a role with no replacement, it can lead to confusion, delays, and often most damaging, political woes. After all, it's much easier to fix delays than hurt feelings. A succession plan helps alleviate the insecure and unstable time when someone in a vital role moves on.
- * **Increased project/organization longevity** : The thinking required for succession planning is the same sort of thinking that contributes to project longevity. Ensuring continuity in leadership, culture, and productivity also helps ensure the project will continue. It will evolve, but it will survive.
- * **Reduced workload/pressure on current leaders** : When a single team member performs a critical role in the project, they often feel pressure to be constantly "on." This can lead to burnout and worse, resignations. A succession plan ensures that all important individuals have a backup or successor. The knowledge that someone can take over is often enough to reduce the pressure, but it also means that key players can take breaks or vacations without worrying that their role will be neglected in their absence.
- * **Talent development** : Members of the FOSS community talk a lot about mentoring these days, and that's great. However, most of the conversation is around mentoring people to contribute code to a project. There are many different ways to contribute to free and open source software projects beyond programming. A robust succession plan recognizes these other forms of contribution and provides mentoring to prepare people to step into critical non-programming roles.
- * **Inspiration for new members** : It can be very motivational for new or prospective community members to see that a project uses its succession plan. Not only does it show them that the project is well-organized and considers its own health and welfare as well as that of its members, but it also clearly shows new members how they can grow in the community. An obvious path to critical roles and leadership positions inspires new members to stick around to walk that path.
- * **Diversity of thoughts/get out of a rut** : Succession plans provide excellent opportunities to bring in new people and ideas to the critical roles of a project. [Studies show][8] that diverse leadership teams are more effective and the projects they lead are more innovative. Using your project's succession plan to mentor people from different backgrounds and with different perspectives will help strengthen and evolve the project in a healthy way.
- * **Enabling meritocracy** : Unfortunately, what often passes for meritocracy in many free and open source projects is thinly veiled hostility toward new contributors and diverse opinions—hostility that's delivered from within an echo chamber. Meritocracy without a mentoring program and healthy governance structure is simply an excuse to practice subjective discrimination while hiding behind unexpressed biases. A well-executed succession plan helps teams reach the goal of a true meritocracy. What counts as merit for any given role, and how to reach that level of merit, are openly, honestly, and completely documented. The entire community will be able to see and judge which members are on the path or deserve to take on a particular critical role.
-
-
-
-### Why it doesn't happen
-
-Succession planning isn't a panacea, and it won't solve all problems for all projects, but as described above, it offers a lot of worthwhile benefits to your project.
-
-Despite that, very few free and open source projects or organizations put much thought into it. I was curious why that might be, so I asked around. I learned that the reasons for not having a succession plan fall into one of five different buckets:
-
- * **Too busy** : Many people recognize succession planning (or lack thereof) as a problem for their project but just "hadn't ever gotten around to it" because there's "always something more important to work on." I understand and sympathize with this, but I suspect the problem may have more to do with prioritization than with time availability.
- * **Don't think of it** : Some people are so busy and preoccupied that they haven't considered, "Hey, what would happen if Jen had to leave the project?" This never occurs to them. After all, Jen's always been there when they need her, right? And that will always be the case, right?
- * **Don't want to think of it** : Succession planning shares a trait with estate planning: It's associated with negative feelings like loss and can make people address their own mortality. Some people are uncomfortable with this and would rather not consider it at all than take the time to make the inevitable easier for those they leave behind.
- * **Attitude of current leaders** : A few of the people with whom I spoke didn't want to recognize that they're replaceable, or to consider that they may one day give up their power and influence on the project. While this was (thankfully) not a common response, it was alarming enough to deserve its own bucket. Failure of someone in a critical role to recognize or admit that they won't be around forever can set a project up for failure in the long run.
- * **Don't know where to start** : Many people I interviewed realize that succession planning is something that their project should be doing. They were even willing to carve out the time to tackle this very large task. What they lacked was any guidance on how to start the process of creating a succession plan.
-
-
-
-As you can imagine, something as important and people-focused as a succession plan isn't easy to create, and it doesn't happen overnight. Also, there are many different ways to do it. Each project has its own needs and critical roles. One size does not fit all where succession plans are concerned.
-
-There are, however, some guidelines for how every project could proceed with the succession plan creation process. I'll cover these guidelines in my next article.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/passing-baton-succession-planning-foss-leadership
-
-作者：[VM(Vicky) Brasseur][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/vmbrasseur
-[1]:http://www.fsf.org
-[2]:https://opensource.com/article/17/10/perl-turns-30
-[3]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/coining-term-open-source-software
-[4]:https://opensource.org
-[5]:https://opensource.org/node/910
-[6]:https://octoverse.github.com
-[7]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Succession_planning
-[8]:https://hbr.org/2016/11/why-diverse-teams-are-smarter
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180417 How to develop the FOSS leaders of the future.md b/sources/talk/20180417 How to develop the FOSS leaders of the future.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a65dc9dabd..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180417 How to develop the FOSS leaders of the future.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-How to develop the FOSS leaders of the future
-======
-
-Do you hold a critical role in a free and open source software project? Would you like to make it easier for the next person to step into your shoes, while also giving yourself the freedom to take breaks and avoid burnout?
-
-Of course you would! But how do you get started?
-
-Before you do anything, remember that this is a free or open source project. As with all things in FOSS, your succession planning should happen in collaboration with others. The [Principle of Least Astonishment][1] also applies: Don't work on your plan in isolation, then spring it on the entire community. Work together and publicly, so no one is caught off guard when the cultural or governance changes start happening.
-
-### Identify and analyse critical roles
-
-As a project leader, your first step is to identify the critical roles in your community. While it can help to ask each community members what role they perform, it's important to realize that most people perform multiple roles. Make sure you consider every role that each community member plays in the project.
-
-Once you've identified the roles and determined which ones are critical to your project, the next step is to list all of the duties and responsibilities for each of those critical roles. Be very honest here. List the duties and responsibilities you think each role has, then ask the person who performs that role to list the duties the role actually has. You'll almost certainly find that the second list is longer than the first.
-
-### Refactor large roles
-
-During this process, have you discovered any roles that encompass a large number of duties and responsibilities? Large roles are like large methods in your code: They're a sign of a problem, and they need to be refactored to make them easier to maintain. One of the easiest and most effective steps in succession planning for FOSS projects is to split up each large role into two or more smaller roles and distribute these to other community members. With that one step, you've greatly improved the [bus factor][2] for your project. Even better, you've made each one of those new, smaller roles much more accessible and less intimidating for new community members. People are much more likely to volunteer for a role if it's not a massive burden.
-
-### Limit role tenure
-
-Another way to make a role more enticing is to limit its tenure. Community members will be more willing to step into roles that aren't open-ended. They can look at their life and work plans and ask themselves, "Can I take on this role for the next eighteen months?" (or whatever term limit you set).
-
-Setting term limits also helps those who are currently performing the role. They know when they can set aside those duties and move on to something else, which can help alleviate burnout. Also, setting a term limit creates a pool of people who have performed the role and are qualified to step in if needed, which can also mitigate burnout.
-
-### Knowledge transfer
-
-Once you've identified and defined the critical roles in your project, most of what remains is knowledge transfer. Even small projects involve a lot of moving parts and knowledge that needs to be where everyone can see, share, use, and contribute to it. What sort of knowledge should you be collecting? The answer will vary by project, needs, and role, but here are some of the most common (and commonly overlooked) types of information needed to implement a succession plan:
-
- * **Roles and their duties** : You've spent a lot of time identifying, analyzing, and potentially refactoring roles and their duties. Make sure this information doesn't get lost.
- * **Policies and procedures** : None of those duties occur in a vacuum. Each duty must be performed in a particular way (procedures) when particular conditions are met (policies). Take stock of these details for every duty of every role.
- * **Resources** : What accounts are associated with the project, or are necessary for it to operate? Who helps you with meetup space, sponsorship, or in-kind services? Such information is vital to project operation but can be easily lost when the responsible community member moves on.
- * **Credentials** : Ideally, every external service required by the project will use a login that goes to an email address designated for a specific role (`sre@project.org`) rather than to a personal address. Every role's address should include multiple people on the distribution list to ensure that important messages (such as downtime or bogus "forgot password" requests) aren't missed. The credentials for every service should be kept in a secure keystore, with access limited to the fewest number of people possible.
- * **Project history** : All community members benefit greatly from learning the history of the project. Collecting project history information can clarify why decisions were made in the past, for example, and reveal otherwise unexpressed requirements and values of the community. Project histories can also help new community members understand "inside jokes," jargon, and other cultural factors.
- * **Transition plans** : A succession plan doesn't do much good if project leaders haven't thought through how to transition a role from one person to another. How will you locate and prepare people to take over a critical role? Since the project has already done a lot of thinking and knowledge transfer, transition plans for each role may be easier to put together.
-
-
-
-Doing a complete knowledge transfer for all roles in a project can be an enormous undertaking, but the effort is worth it. To avoid being overwhelmed by such a daunting task, approach it one role at a time, finishing each one before you move onto the next. Limiting the scope in this way makes both progress and success much more likely.
-
-### Document, document, document!
-
-Succession planning takes time. The community will be making a lot of decisions and collecting a lot of information, so make sure nothing gets lost. It's important to document everything (not just in email threads). Where knowledge is concerned, documentation scales and people do not. Include even the things that you think are obvious—what's obvious to a more seasoned community member may be less so to a newbie, so don't skip steps or information.
-
-Gather these decisions, processes, policies, and other bits of information into a single place, even if it's just a collection of markdown files in the main project repository. The "how" and "where" of the documentation can be sorted out later. It's better to capture key information first and spend time [bike-shedding][3] a documentation system later.
-
-Once you've collected all of this information, you should understand that it's unlikely that anyone will read it. I know, it seems unfair, but that's just how things usually work out. The reason? There is simply too much documentation and too little time. To address this, add an abstract, or summary, at the top of each item. Often that's all a person needs, and if not, the complete document is there for a deep dive. Recognizing and adapting to how most people use documentation increases the likelihood that they will use yours.
-
-Above all, don't skip the documentation process. Without documentation, succession plans are impossible.
-
-### New leaders
-
-If you don't yet perform a critical role but would like to, you can contribute to the succession planning process while apprenticing your way into one of those roles.
-
-For starters, actively look for opportunities to learn and contribute. Shadow people in critical roles. You'll learn how the role is done, and you can document it to help with the succession planning process. You'll also get the opportunity to see whether it's a role you're interested in pursuing further.
-
-Asking for mentorship is a great way to get yourself closer to taking on a critical role in the project. Even if you haven't heard that mentoring is available, it's perfectly OK to ask about it. The people already in those roles are usually happy to mentor others, but often are too busy to think about offering mentorship. Asking is a helpful reminder to them that they should be helping to train people to take over their role when they need a break.
-
-As you perform your own tasks, actively seek out feedback. This will not only improve your skills, but it shows that you're interested in doing a better job for the community. This commitment will pay off when your project needs people to step into critical roles.
-
-Finally, as you communicate with more experienced community members, take note of anecdotes about the history of the project and how it operates. This history is very important, especially for new contributors or people stepping into critical roles. It provides the context necessary for new contributors to understand what things do or don't work and why. As you hear these stories, document them so they can be passed on to those who come after you.
-
-### Succession planning examples
-
-While too few FOSS projects are actively considering succession planning, some are doing a great job of trying to reduce their bus factor and prevent maintainer burnout.
-
-[Exercism][4] isn't just an excellent tool for gaining fluency in programming languages. It's also an [open source project][5] that goes out of its way to help contributors [land their first patch][6]. In 2016, the project reviewed the health of each language track and [discovered that many were woefully maintained][7]. There simply weren't enough people covering each language, so maintainers were burning out. The Exercism community recognized the risk this created and pushed to find new maintainers for as many language tracks as possible. As a result, the project was able to revive several tracks from near-death and develop a structure for inviting people to become maintainers.
-
-The purpose of the [Vox Pupuli][8] project is to serve as a sort of succession plan for the [Puppet module][9] community. When a maintainer no longer wishes or is able to work on their module, they can bequeath it to the Vox Pupuli community. This community of 30 collaborators shares responsibility for maintaining all the modules it accepts into the project. The large number of collaborators ensures that no single person bears the burden of maintenance while also providing a long and fruitful life for every module in the project.
-
-These are just two examples of how some FOSS projects are tackling succession planning. Share your stories in the comments below.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/succession-planning-how-develop-foss-leaders-future
-
-作者：[VM(Vicky) Brasseur)][a]
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/vmbrasseur
-[1]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Principle_of_least_astonishment
-[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bus_factor
-[3]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Law_of_triviality
-[4]:http://exercism.io
-[5]:https://github.com/exercism/exercism.io
-[6]:https://github.com/exercism/exercism.io/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md
-[7]:https://tinyletter.com/exercism/letters/exercism-track-health-check-new-maintainers
-[8]:https://voxpupuli.org
-[9]:https://forge.puppet.com
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180418 Is DevOps compatible with part-time community teams.md b/sources/talk/20180418 Is DevOps compatible with part-time community teams.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e78b96959f..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180418 Is DevOps compatible with part-time community teams.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-Is DevOps compatible with part-time community teams?
-======
-
-
-DevOps seems to be the talk of the IT world of late—and for good reason. DevOps has streamlined the process and production of IT development and operations. However, there is also an upfront cost to embracing a DevOps ideology, in terms of time, effort, knowledge, and financial investment. Larger companies may have the bandwidth, budget, and time to make the necessary changes, but is it feasible for part-time, resource-strapped communities?
-
-Part-time communities are teams of like-minded people who take on projects outside of their normal work schedules. The members of these communities are driven by passion and a shared purpose. For instance, one such community is the [ALM | DevOps Rangers][1]. With 100 rangers engaged across the globe, a DevOps solution may seem daunting; nonetheless, they took on the challenge and embraced the ideology. Through their example, we've learned that DevOps is not only feasible but desirable in smaller teams. To read about their transformation, check out [How DevOps eliminates development bottlenecks][2].
-
-> “DevOps is the union of people, process, and products to enable continuous delivery of value to our end customers.” - Donovan Brown
-
-### The cost of DevOps
-
-As stated above, there is an upfront "cost" to DevOps. The cost manifests itself in many forms, such as the time and collaboration between development, operations, and other stakeholders, planning a smooth-flowing process that delivers continuous value, finding the best DevOps products, and training the team in new technologies, to name a few. This aligns directly with Donovan's definition of DevOps, in fact—a **process** for delivering **continuous value** and the **people** who make that happen.
-
-Streamlined DevOps takes a lot of planning and training just to create the process, and that doesn't even consider the testing phase. We also can't forget the existing in-flight projects that need to be converted into the new system. While the cost increases the more pervasive the transformation—for instance, if an organization aims to unify its entire development organization under a single process, then that would cost more versus transforming a single pilot or subset of the entire portfolio—these upfront costs must be addressed regardless of their scale. There are a lot of resources and products already out there that can be implemented for a smoother transition—but again, we face the time and effort that will be necessary just to research which ones might work best.
-
-In the case of the ALM | DevOps Rangers, they had to halt all projects for a couple of sprints to set up the initial process. Many organizations would not be able to do that. Even part-time groups might have very good reasons to keep things moving, which only adds to the complexity. In such scenarios, additional cutover planning (and therefore additional cost) is needed, and the overall state of the community is one of flux and change, which adds risk, which—you guessed it—requires more cost to mitigate.
-
-There is also an ongoing "cost" that teams will face with a DevOps mindset: Simple maintenance of the system, training and transitioning new team members, and keeping up with new, improved technologies are all a part of the process.
-
-### DevOps for a part-time community
-
-Whereas larger companies can dedicate a single manager or even a team to the task over overseeing the continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipelines, part-time community teams don't have the bandwidth to give. With such a massive undertaking we must ask: Is it even worth it for groups with fewer resources to take on DevOps for their community? Or should they abandon the idea of DevOps altogether?
-
-The answer to that is dependent on a few variables, such as the ability of the teams to be self-managing, the time and effort each member is willing to put into the transformation, and the dedication of the community to the process.
-
-### Example: Benefits of DevOps in a part-time community
-
-Luckily, we aren't without examples to demonstrate just how DevOps can benefit a smaller group. Let's take a quick look at the ALM Rangers again. The results from their transformation help us understand how DevOps changed their community:
-
-
-
-As illustrated, there are some huge benefits for part-time community teams. Planning goes from long, arduous design sessions to a quick prototyping and storyboarding process. Builds become automated, reliable, and resilient. Testing and bug detection are proactive instead of reactive, which turns into a happier clientele. Multiple full-time program managers are replaced with self-managing teams with a single part-time manager to oversee projects. Teams become smaller and more efficient, which equates to higher production rates and higher-quality project delivery. With results like these, it's hard to argue against DevOps.
-
-Still, the upfront and ongoing costs aren't right for every community. The number-one most important aspect of any DevOps transformation is the mindset of the people involved. Adopting the idea of self-managing teams who work in autonomy instead of the traditional chain-of-command scheme can be a challenge for any group. The members must be willing to work independently without a lot of oversight and take ownership of their features and user experience, but at the same time, work in a setting that is fully transparent to the rest of the community. **The success or failure of a DevOps strategy lies on the team.**
-
-### Making the DevOps transition in 4 steps
-
-Another important question to ask: How can a low-bandwidth group make such a massive transition? The good news is that a DevOps transformation doesn’t need to happen all at once. Taken in smaller, more manageable steps, organizations of any size can embrace DevOps.
-
- 1. Determine why DevOps may be the solution you need. Are your projects bottlenecking? Are they running over budget and over time? Of course, these concerns are common for any community, big or small. Answering these questions leads us to step two:
- 2. Develop the right framework to improve the engineering process. DevOps is all about automation, collaboration, and streamlining. Rather than trying to fit everyone into the same process box, the framework should support the work habits, preferences, and delivery needs of the community. Some broad standards should be established (for example, that all teams use a particular version control system). Beyond that, however, let the teams decide their own best process.
- 3. Use the current products that are already available if they meet your needs. Why reinvent the wheel?
- 4. Finally, implement and test the actual DevOps solution. This is, of course, where the actual value of DevOps is realized. There will likely be a few issues and some heartburn, but it will all be worth it in the end because, once established, the products of the community’s work will be nimbler and faster for the users.
-
-
-
-### Reuse DevOps solutions
-
-One benefit to creating effective CI/CD pipelines is the reusability of those pipelines. Although there is no one-size fits all solution, anyone can adopt a process. There are several pre-made templates available for you to examine, such as build templates on VSTS, ARM templates to deploy Azure resources, and "cookbook"-style textbooks from technical publishers. Once it identifies a process that works well, a community can also create its own template by defining and establishing standards and making that template easily discoverable by the entire community. For more information on DevOps journeys and tools, check out [this site][3].
-
-### Summary
-
-Overall, the success or failure of DevOps relies on the culture of a community. It doesn't matter if the community is a large, resource-rich enterprise or a small, resource-sparse, part-time group. DevOps will still bring solid benefits. The difference is in the approach for adoption and the scale of that adoption. There are both upfront and ongoing costs, but the value greatly outweighs those costs. Communities can use any of the powerful tools available today for their pipelines, and they can also leverage reusability, such as templates, to reduce upfront implementation costs. DevOps is most certainly feasible—and even critical—for the success of part-time community teams.
-
-**[See our related story,[How DevOps eliminates development bottlenecks][4].]**
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/devops-compatible-part-time-community-teams
-
-作者：[Edward Fry][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/edwardf
-[1]:https://github.com/ALM-Rangers
-[2]:https://opensource.com/article/17/11/devops-rangers-transformation
-[3]:https://www.visualstudio.com/devops/
-[4]:https://opensource.com/article/17/11/devops-rangers-transformation
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md b/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 29e4ea2f48..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-3 tips for organizing your open source project's workflow on GitHub
-======
-
-
-
-Managing an open source project is challenging work, and the challenges grow as a project grows. Eventually, a project may need to meet different requirements and span multiple repositories. These problems aren't technical, but they are important to solve to scale a technical project. [Business process management][1] methodologies such as agile and [kanban][2] bring a method to the madness. Developers and managers can make realistic decisions for estimating deadlines and team bandwidth with an organized development focus.
-
-At the [UNICEF Office of Innovation][3], we use GitHub project boards to organize development on the MagicBox project. [MagicBox][4] is a full-stack application and open source platform to serve and visualize data for decision-making in humanitarian crises and emergencies. The project spans multiple GitHub repositories and works with multiple developers. With GitHub project boards, we organize our work across multiple repositories to better understand development focus and team bandwidth.
-
-Here are three tips from the UNICEF Office of Innovation on how to organize your open source projects with the built-in project boards on GitHub.
-
-### 1\. Bring development discussion to issues and pull requests
-
-Transparency is a critical part of an open source community. When mapping out new features or milestones for a project, the community needs to see and understand a decision or why a specific direction was chosen. Filing new GitHub issues for features and milestones is an easy way for someone to follow the project direction. GitHub issues and pull requests are the cards (or building blocks) of project boards. To be successful with GitHub project boards, you need to use issues and pull requests.
-
-
-![GitHub issues for magicbox-maps, MagicBox's front-end application][6]
-
-GitHub issues for magicbox-maps, MagicBox's front-end application.
-
-The UNICEF MagicBox team uses GitHub issues to track ongoing development milestones and other tasks to revisit. The team files new GitHub issues for development goals, feature requests, or bugs. These goals or features may come from external stakeholders or the community. We also use the issues as a place for discussion on those tasks. This makes it easy to cross-reference in the future and visualize upcoming work on one of our projects.
-
-Once you begin using GitHub issues and pull requests as a way of discussing and using your project, organizing with project boards becomes easier.
-
-### 2\. Set up kanban-style project boards
-
-GitHub issues and pull requests are the first step. After you begin using them, it may become harder to visualize what work is in progress and what work is yet to begin. [GitHub's project boards][7] give you a platform to visualize and organize cards into different columns.
-
-There are two types of project boards available:
-
- * **Repository** : Boards for use in a single repository
- * **Organization** : Boards for use in a GitHub organization across multiple repositories (but private to organization members)
-
-
-
-The choice you make depends on the structure and size of your projects. The UNICEF MagicBox team uses boards for development and documentation at the organization level, and then repository-specific boards for focused work (like our [community management board][8]).
-
-#### Creating your first board
-
-Project boards are found on your GitHub organization page or on a specific repository. You will see the Projects tab in the same row as Issues and Pull requests. From the page, you'll see a green button to create a new project.
-
-There, you can set a name and description for the project. You can also choose templates to set up basic columns and sorting for your board. Currently, the only options are for kanban-style boards.
-
-
-![Creating a new GitHub project board.][10]
-
-Creating a new GitHub project board.
-
-After creating the project board, you can make adjustments to it as needed. You can create new columns, [set up automation][11], and add pre-existing GitHub issues and pull requests to the project board.
-
-You may notice new options for the metadata in each GitHub issue and pull request. Inside of an issue or pull request, you can add it to a project board. If you use automation, it will automatically enter a column you configured.
-
-### 3\. Build project boards into your workflow
-
-After you set up a project board and populate it with issues and pull requests, you need to integrate it into your workflow. Project boards are effective only when actively used. The UNICEF MagicBox team uses the project boards as a way to track our progress as a team, update external stakeholders on development, and estimate team bandwidth for reaching our milestones.
-
-
-![Tracking progress][13]
-
-Tracking progress with GitHub project boards.
-
-If you are an open source project and community, consider using the project boards for development-focused meetings. It also helps remind you and other core contributors to spend five minutes each day updating progress as needed. If you're at a company using GitHub to do open source work, consider using project boards to update other team members and encourage participation inside of GitHub issues and pull requests.
-
-Once you begin using the project board, yours may look like this:
-
-
-![Development progress board][15]
-
-Development progress board for all UNICEF MagicBox repositories in organization-wide GitHub project boards.
-
-### Open alternatives
-
-GitHub project boards require your project to be on GitHub to take advantage of this functionality. While GitHub is a popular repository for open source projects, it's not an open source platform itself. Fortunately, there are open source alternatives to GitHub with tools to replicate the workflow explained above. [GitLab Issue Boards][16] and [Taiga][17] are good alternatives that offer similar functionality.
-
-### Go forth and organize!
-
-With these tools, you can bring a method to the madness of organizing your open source project. These three tips for using GitHub project boards encourage transparency in your open source project and make it easier to track progress and milestones in the open.
-
-Do you use GitHub project boards for your open source project? Have any tips for success that aren't mentioned in the article? Leave a comment below to share how you make sense of your open source projects.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/keep-your-project-organized-git-repo
-
-作者：[Justin W.Flory][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/jflory
-[1]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Business_process_management
-[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kanban_(development)
-[3]:http://unicefstories.org/about/
-[4]:http://unicefstories.org/magicbox/
-[5]:/file/393356
-[6]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/github-open-issues.png?itok=OcWPX575 (GitHub issues for magicbox-maps, MagicBox's front-end application)
-[7]:https://help.github.com/articles/about-project-boards/
-[8]:https://github.com/unicef/magicbox/projects/3?fullscreen=true
-[9]:/file/393361
-[10]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/github-project-boards-create-board.png?itok=pp7SXH9g (Creating a new GitHub project board.)
-[11]:https://help.github.com/articles/about-automation-for-project-boards/
-[12]:/file/393351
-[13]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/github-issues-metadata.png?itok=xp5auxCQ (Tracking progress)
-[14]:/file/393366
-[15]:https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/github-project-boards-overview.png?itok=QSbOOOkF (Development progress board)
-[16]:https://about.gitlab.com/features/issueboard/
-[17]:https://taiga.io/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180420 What You Don-t Know About Linux Open Source Could Be Costing to More Than You Think.md b/sources/talk/20180420 What You Don-t Know About Linux Open Source Could Be Costing to More Than You Think.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10511c3a7d..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180420 What You Don-t Know About Linux Open Source Could Be Costing to More Than You Think.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-What You Don’t Know About Linux Open Source Could Be Costing to More Than You Think
-======
-
-If you would like to test out Linux before completely switching it as your everyday driver, there are a number of means by which you can do it. Linux was not intended to run on Windows, and Windows was not meant to host Linux. To begin with, and perhaps most of all, Linux is open source computer software. In any event, Linux outperforms Windows on all your hardware.
-
-If you’ve always wished to try out Linux but were never certain where to begin, have a look at our how to begin guide for Linux. Linux is not any different than Windows or Mac OS, it’s basically an Operating System but the leading different is the fact that it is Free for everyone. Employing Linux today isn’t any more challenging than switching from one sort of smartphone platform to another.
-
-You’re most likely already using Linux, whether you are aware of it or not. Linux has a lot of distinct versions to suit nearly any sort of user. Today, Linux is a small no-brainer. Linux plays an essential part in keeping our world going.
-
-Even then, it is dependent on the build of Linux that you’re using. Linux runs a lot of the underbelly of cloud operations. Linux is also different in that, even though the core pieces of the Linux operating system are usually common, there are lots of distributions of Linux, like different software alternatives. While Linux might seem intimidatingly intricate and technical to the ordinary user, contemporary Linux distros are in reality very user-friendly, and it’s no longer the case you have to have advanced skills to get started using them. Linux was the very first major Internet-centred open-source undertaking. Linux is beginning to increase the range of patches it pushes automatically, but several of the security patches continue to be opt-in only.
-
-You are able to remove Linux later in case you need to. Linux plays a vital part in keeping our world going. Linux supplies a huge library of functionality which can be leveraged to accelerate development.
-
-Even then, it’s dependent on the build of Linux that you’re using. Linux is also different in that, even though the core pieces of the Linux operating system are typically common, there are lots of distributions of Linux, like different software alternatives. While Linux might seem intimidatingly intricate and technical to the ordinary user, contemporary Linux distros are in fact very user-friendly, and it’s no longer the case you require to have advanced skills to get started using them. Linux runs a lot of the underbelly of cloud operations. Linux is beginning to increase the range of patches it pushes automatically, but several of the security patches continue to be opt-in only. Read More, open source projects including Linux are incredibly capable because of the contributions that all these individuals have added over time.
-
-### Life After Linux Open Source
-
-The development edition of the manual typically has more documentation, but might also document new characteristics that aren’t in the released version. Fortunately, it’s so lightweight you can just jump to some other version in case you don’t like it. It’s extremely hard to modify the compiled version of the majority of applications and nearly not possible to see exactly the way the developer created different sections of the program.
-
-On the challenges of bottoms-up go-to-market It’s really really hard to grasp the difference between your organic product the product your developers use and love and your company product, which ought to be, effectively, a different product. As stated by the report, it’s going to be hard for developers to switch. Developers are now incredibly important and influential in the purchasing procedure. Some OpenWrt developers will attend the event and get ready to reply to your questions!
-
-When the program is installed, it has to be configured. Suppose you discover that the software you bought actually does not do what you would like it to do. Open source software is much more common than you believe, and an amazing philosophy to live by. Employing open source software gives an inexpensive method to bootstrap a business. It’s more difficult to deal with closed source software generally. So regarding Application and Software, you’re all set if you are prepared to learn an alternate software or finding a means to make it run on Linux. Possibly the most famous copyleft software is Linux.
-
-Article sponsored by [Vegas Palms online slots][1]
-
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://linuxaria.com/article/what-you-dont-know-about-linux-open-source-could-be-costing-to-more-than-you-think
-
-作者：[Marc Fisher][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://linuxaria.com
-[1]:https://www.vegaspalmscasino.com/casino-games/slots/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180424 There-s a Server in Every Serverless Platform.md b/sources/talk/20180424 There-s a Server in Every Serverless Platform.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bc935c06d..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180424 There-s a Server in Every Serverless Platform.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-There’s a Server in Every Serverless Platform
-======
-
-
-Serverless computing or Function as a Service (FaaS) is a new buzzword created by an industry that loves to coin new terms as market dynamics change and technologies evolve. But what exactly does it mean? What is serverless computing?
-
-Before getting into the definition, let’s take a brief history lesson from Sirish Raghuram, CEO and co-founder of Platform9, to understand the evolution of serverless computing.
-
-“In the 90s, we used to build applications and run them on hardware. Then came virtual machines that allowed users to run multiple applications on the same hardware. But you were still running the full-fledged OS for each application. The arrival of containers got rid of OS duplication and process level isolation which made it lightweight and agile,” said Raghuram.
-
-Serverless, specifically, Function as a Service, takes it to the next level as users are now able to code functions and run them at the granularity of build, ship and run. There is no complexity of underlying machinery needed to run those functions. No need to worry about spinning containers using Kubernetes. Everything is hidden behind the scenes.
-
-“That’s what is driving a lot of interest in function as a service,” said Raghuram.
-
-### What exactly is serverless?
-
-There is no single definition of the term, but to build some consensus around the idea, the [Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF)][1] Serverless Working Group wrote a [white paper][2] to define serverless computing.
-
-According to the white paper, “Serverless computing refers to the concept of building and running applications that do not require server management. It describes a finer-grained deployment model where applications, bundled as one or more functions, are uploaded to a platform and then executed, scaled, and billed in response to the exact demand needed at the moment.”
-
-Ken Owens, a member of the Technical Oversight Committee at CNCF said that the primary goal of serverless computing is to help users build and run their applications without having to worry about the cost and complexity of servers in terms of provisioning, management and scaling.
-
-“Serverless is a natural evolution of cloud-native computing. The CNCF is advancing serverless adoption through collaboration and community-driven initiatives that will enable interoperability,” [said][3] Chris Aniszczyk, COO, CNCF.
-
-### It’s not without servers
-
-First things first, don’t get fooled by the term “serverless.” There are still servers in serverless computing. Remember what Raghuram said: all the machinery is hidden; it’s not gone.
-
-The clear benefit here is that developers need not concern themselves with tasks that don’t add any value to their deliverables. Instead of worrying about managing the function, they can dedicate their time to adding featured and building apps that add business value. Time is money and every minute saved in management goes toward innovation. Developers don’t have to worry about scaling based on peaks and valleys; it’s automated. Because cloud providers charge only for the duration that functions are run, developers cut costs by not having to pay for blinking lights.
-
-But… someone still has to do the work behind the scenes. There are still servers offering FaaS platforms.
-
-In the case of public cloud offerings like Google Cloud Platform, AWS, and Microsoft Azure, these companies manage the servers and charge customers for running those functions. In the case of private cloud or datacenters, where developers don’t have to worry about provisioning or interacting with such servers, there are other teams who do.
-
-The CNCF white paper identifies two groups of professionals that are involved in the serverless movement: developers and providers. We have already talked about developers. But, there are also providers that offer serverless platforms; they deal with all the work involved in keeping that server running.
-
-That’s why many companies, like SUSE, refrain from using the term “serverless” and prefer the term function as a service, because they offer products that run those “serverless” servers. But what kind of functions are these? Is it the ultimate future of app delivery?
-
-### Event-driven computing
-
-Many see serverless computing as an umbrella that offers FaaS among many other potential services. According to CNCF, FaaS provides event-driven computing where functions are triggered by events or HTTP requests. “Developers run and manage application code with functions that are triggered by events or HTTP requests. Developers deploy small units of code to the FaaS, which are executed as needed as discrete actions, scaling without the need to manage servers or any other underlying infrastructure,” said the white paper.
-
-Does that mean FaaS is the silver bullet that solves all problems for developing and deploying applications? Not really. At least not at the moment. FaaS does solve problems in several use cases and its scope is expanding. A good use case of FaaS could be the functions that an application needs to run when an event takes place.
-
-Let’s take an example: a user takes a picture from a phone and uploads it to the cloud. Many things happen when the picture is uploaded - it’s scanned (exif data is read), a thumbnail is created, based on deep learning/machine learning the content of the image is analyzed, the information of the image is stored in the database. That one event of uploading that picture triggers all those functions. Those functions die once the event is over. That’s what FaaS does. It runs code quickly to perform all those tasks and then disappears.
-
-That’s just one example. Another example could be an IoT device where a motion sensor triggers an event that instructs the camera to start recording and sends the clip to the designated contant. Your thermostat may trigger the fan when the sensor detects a change in temperature. These are some of the many use cases where function as a service make more sense than the traditional approach. Which also says that not all applications (at least at the moment, but that will change as more organizations embrace the serverless platform) can be run as function as service.
-
-According to CNCF, serverless computing should be considered if you have these kinds of workloads:
-
- * Asynchronous, concurrent, easy to parallelize into independent units of work
-
- * Infrequent or has sporadic demand, with large, unpredictable variance in scaling requirements
-
- * Stateless, ephemeral, without a major need for instantaneous cold start time
-
- * Highly dynamic in terms of changing business requirements that drive a need for accelerated developer velocity
-
-
-
-
-### Why should you care?
-
-Serverless is a very new technology and paradigm, just the way VMs and containers transformed the app development and delivery models, FaaS can also bring dramatic changes. We are still in the early days of serverless computing. As the market evolves, consensus is created and new technologies evolve, and FaaS may grow beyond the workloads and use cases mentioned here.
-
-What is becoming quite clear is that companies who are embarking on their cloud native journey must have serverless computing as part of their strategy. The only way to stay ahead of competitors is by keeping up with the latest technologies and trends.
-
-It’s about time to put serverless into servers.
-
-For more information, check out the CNCF Working Group's serverless whitepaper [here][2]. And, you can learn more at [KubeCon + CloudNativeCon Europe][4], coming up May 2-4 in Copenhagen, Denmark.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/4/theres-server-every-serverless-platform
-
-作者：[SWAPNIL BHARTIYA][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/arnieswap
-[1]:https://www.cncf.io/
-[2]:https://github.com/cncf/wg-serverless/blob/master/whitepaper/cncf_serverless_whitepaper_v1.0.pdf
-[3]:https://www.cncf.io/blog/2018/02/14/cncf-takes-first-step-towards-serverless-computing/
-[4]:https://events.linuxfoundation.org/events/kubecon-cloudnativecon-europe-2018/attend/register/
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180511 Looking at the Lispy side of Perl.md b/sources/talk/20180511 Looking at the Lispy side of Perl.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fa51b314c..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180511 Looking at the Lispy side of Perl.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-Looking at the Lispy side of Perl
-======
-
-Some programming languages (e.g., C) have named functions only, whereas others (e.g., Lisp, Java, and Perl) have both named and unnamed functions. A lambda is an unnamed function, with Lisp as the language that popularized the term. Lambdas have various uses, but they are particularly well-suited for data-rich applications. Consider this depiction of a data pipeline, with two processing stages shown:
-
-
-
-### Lambdas and higher-order functions
-
-The filter and transform stages can be implemented as higher-order functions—that is, functions that can take a function as an argument. Suppose that the depicted pipeline is part of an accounts-receivable application. The filter stage could consist of a function named `filter_data`, whose single argument is another function—for example, a `high_buyers` function that filters out amounts that fall below a threshold. The transform stage might convert amounts in U.S. dollars to equivalent amounts in euros or some other currency, depending on the function plugged in as the argument to the higher-order `transform_data` function. Changing the filter or the transform behavior requires only plugging in a different function argument to the higher order `filter_data` or `transform_data` functions.
-
-Lambdas serve nicely as arguments to higher-order functions for two reasons. First, lambdas can be crafted on the fly, and even written in place as arguments. Second, lambdas encourage the coding of pure functions, which are functions whose behavior depends solely on the argument(s) passed in; such functions have no side effects and thereby promote safe concurrent programs.
-
-Perl has a straightforward syntax and semantics for lambdas and higher-order functions, as shown in the following example:
-
-### A first look at lambdas in Perl
-
-```
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-
-## References to lambdas that increment, decrement, and do nothing.
-## $_[0] is the argument passed to each lambda.
-my $inc = sub { $_[0] + 1 }; ## could use 'return $_[0] + 1' for clarity
-my $dec = sub { $_[0] - 1 }; ## ditto
-my $nop = sub { $_[0] }; ## ditto
-
-sub trace {
- my ($val, $func, @rest) = @_;
- print $val, " ", $func, " ", @rest, "\nHit RETURN to continue...\n";
- <STDIN>;
-}
-
-## Apply an operation to a value. The base case occurs when there are
-## no further operations in the list named @rest.
-sub apply {
- my ($val, $first, @rest) = @_;
- trace($val, $first, @rest) if 1; ## 0 to stop tracing
-
- return ($val, apply($first->($val), @rest)) if @rest; ## recursive case
- return ($val, $first->($val)); ## base case
-}
-
-my $init_val = 0;
-my @ops = ( ## list of lambda references
- $inc, $dec, $dec, $inc,
- $inc, $inc, $inc, $dec,
- $nop, $dec, $dec, $nop,
- $nop, $inc, $inc, $nop
- );
-
-## Execute.
-print join(' ', apply($init_val, @ops)), "\n";
-## Final line of output: 0 1 0 -1 0 1 2 3 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2strictwarningstraceSTDINapplytraceapplyapply
-```
-
-The lispy program shown above highlights the basics of Perl lambdas and higher-order functions. Named functions in Perl start with the keyword `sub` followed by a name:
-```
-sub increment { ... } # named function
-
-```
-
-An unnamed or anonymous function omits the name:
-```
-sub {...} # lambda, or unnamed function
-
-```
-
-In the lispy example, there are three lambdas, and each has a reference to it for convenience. Here, for review, is the `$inc` reference and the lambda referred to:
-```
-my $inc = sub { $_[0] + 1 };
-
-```
-
-The lambda itself, the code block to the right of the assignment operator `=`, increments its argument `$_[0]` by 1. The lambda’s body is written in Lisp style; that is, without either an explicit `return` or a semicolon after the incrementing expression. In Perl, as in Lisp, the value of the last expression in a function’s body becomes the returned value if there is no explicit `return` statement. In this example, each lambda has only one expression in its body—a simplification that befits the spirit of lambda programming.
-
-The `trace` function in the lispy program helps to clarify how the program works (as I'll illustrate below). The higher-order function `apply`, a nod to a Lisp function of the same name, takes a numeric value as its first argument and a list of lambda references as its second argument. The `apply` function is called initially, at the bottom of the program, with zero as the first argument and the list named `@ops` as the second argument. This list consists of 16 lambda references from among `$inc` (increment a value), `$dec` (decrement a value), and `$nop` (do nothing). The list could contain the lambdas themselves, but the code is easier to write and to understand with the more concise lambda references.
-
-The logic of the higher-order `apply` function can be clarified as follows:
-
- 1. The argument list passed to `apply` in typical Perl fashion is separated into three pieces:
-```
-my ($val, $first, @rest) = @_; ## break the argument list into three elements
-
-```
-
-The first element `$val` is a numeric value, initially `0`. The second element `$first` is a lambda reference, one of `$inc` `$dec`, or `$nop`. The third element `@rest` is a list of any remaining lambda references after the first such reference is extracted as `$first`.
-
- 2. If the list `@rest` is not empty after its first element is removed, then `apply` is called recursively. The two arguments to the recursively invoked `apply` are:
-
- * The value generated by applying lambda operation `$first` to numeric value `$val`. For example, if `$first` is the incrementing lambda to which `$inc` refers, and `$val` is 2, then the new first argument to `apply` would be 3.
- * The list of remaining lambda references. Eventually, this list becomes empty because each call to `apply` shortens the list by extracting its first element.
-
-
-
-Here is some output from a sample run of the lispy program, with `%` as the command-line prompt:
-```
-% ./lispy.pl
-
-0 CODE(0x8f6820) CODE(0x8f68c8)CODE(0x8f68c8)CODE(0x8f6820)CODE(0x8f6820)CODE(0x8f6820)...
-Hit RETURN to continue...
-
-1 CODE(0x8f68c8) CODE(0x8f68c8)CODE(0x8f6820)CODE(0x8f6820)CODE(0x8f6820)CODE(0x8f6820)...
-Hit RETURN to continue
-```
-
-The first output line can be clarified as follows:
-
- * The `0` is the numeric value passed as an argument in the initial (and thus non-recursive) call to function `apply`. The argument name is `$val` in `apply`.
- * The `CODE(0x8f6820)` is a reference to one of the lambdas, in this case the lambda to which `$inc` refers. The second argument is thus the address of some lambda code. The argument name is `$first` in `apply`
- * The third piece, the series of `CODE` references, is the list of lambda references beyond the first. The argument name is `@rest` in `apply`.
-
-
-
-The second line of output shown above also deserves a look. The numeric value is now `1`, the result of incrementing `0`: the initial lambda is `$inc` and the initial value is `0`. The extracted reference `CODE(0x8f68c8)` is now `$first`, as this reference is the first element in the `@rest` list after `$inc` has been extracted earlier.
-
-Eventually, the `@rest` list becomes empty, which ends the recursive calls to `apply`. In this case, the function `apply` simply returns a list with two elements:
-
- 1. The numeric value taken in as an argument (in the sample run, 2).
- 2. This argument transformed by the lambda (also 2 because the last lambda reference happens to be `$nop` for do nothing).
-
-
-
-The lispy example underscores that Perl supports lambdas without any special fussy syntax: A lambda is just an unnamed code block, perhaps with a reference to it for convenience. Lambdas themselves, or references to them, can be passed straightforwardly as arguments to higher-order functions such as `apply` in the lispy example. Invoking a lambda through a reference is likewise straightforward. In the `apply` function, the call is:
-```
-$first->($val) ## $first is a lambda reference, $val a numeric argument passed to the lambda
-
-```
-
-### A richer code example
-
-The next code example puts a lambda and a higher-order function to practical use. The example implements Conway’s Game of Life, a cellular automaton that can be represented as a matrix of cells. Such a matrix goes through various transformations, each yielding a new generation of cells. The Game of Life is fascinating because even relatively simple initial configurations can lead to quite complex behavior. A quick look at the rules governing cell birth, survival, and death is in order.
-
-Consider this 5x5 matrix, with a star representing a live cell and a dash representing a dead one:
-```
- ----- ## initial configuration
- --*--
- --*--
- --*--
- -----
-```
-
-The next generation becomes:
-```
- ----- ## next generation
- -----
- -***-
- ----
- -----
-```
-
-As life continues, the generations oscillate between these two configurations.
-
-Here are the rules determining birth, death, and survival for a cell. A given cell has between three neighbors (a corner cell) and eight neighbors (an interior cell):
-
- * A dead cell with exactly three live neighbors comes to life.
- * A live cell with more than three live neighbors dies from over-crowding.
- * A live cell with two or three live neighbors survives; hence, a live cell with fewer than two live neighbors dies from loneliness.
-
-
-
-In the initial configuration shown above, the top and bottom live cells die because neither has two or three live neighbors. By contrast, the middle live cell in the initial configuration gains two live neighbors, one on either side, in the next generation.
-
-## Conway’s Game of Life
-```
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-
-### A simple implementation of Conway's game of life.
-# Usage: ./gol.pl [input file] ;; If no file name given, DefaultInfile is used.
-
-use constant Dead => "-";
-use constant Alive => "*";
-use constant DefaultInfile => 'conway.in';
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-
-my $dimension = undef;
-my @matrix = ();
-my $generation = 1;
-
-sub read_data {
- my $datafile = DefaultInfile;
- $datafile = shift @ARGV if @ARGV;
- die "File $datafile does not exist.\n" if !-f $datafile;
- open(INFILE, "<$datafile");
-
- ## Check 1st line for dimension;
- $dimension = <INFILE>;
- die "1st line of input file $datafile not an integer.\n" if $dimension !~ /\d+/;
-
- my $record_count = 0;
- while (<INFILE>) {
- chomp($_);
- last if $record_count++ == $dimension;
- die "$_: bad input record -- incorrect length\n" if length($_) != $dimension;
- my @cells = split(//, $_);
- push @matrix, @cells;
- }
- close(INFILE);
- draw_matrix();
-}
-
-sub draw_matrix {
- my $n = $dimension * $dimension;
- print "\n\tGeneration $generation\n";
- for (my $i = 0; $i < $n; $i++) {
- print "\n\t" if ($i % $dimension) == 0;
- print $matrix[$i];
- }
- print "\n\n";
- $generation++;
-}
-
-sub has_left_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- return ($ind % $dimension) != 0;
-}
-
-sub has_right_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- return (($ind + 1) % $dimension) != 0;
-}
-
-sub has_up_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- return (int($ind / $dimension)) != 0;
-}
-
-sub has_down_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- return (int($ind / $dimension) + 1) != $dimension;
-}
-
-sub has_left_up_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- ($ind) && has_up_neighbor($ind);
-}
-
-sub has_right_up_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- ($ind) && has_up_neighbor($ind);
-}
-
-sub has_left_down_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- ($ind) && has_down_neighbor($ind);
-}
-
-sub has_right_down_neighbor {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- ($ind) && has_down_neighbor($ind);
-}
-
-sub compute_cell {
- my ($ind) = @_;
- my @neighbors;
-
- # 8 possible neighbors
- push(@neighbors, $ind - 1) if has_left_neighbor($ind);
- push(@neighbors, $ind + 1) if has_right_neighbor($ind);
- push(@neighbors, $ind - $dimension) if has_up_neighbor($ind);
- push(@neighbors, $ind + $dimension) if has_down_neighbor($ind);
- push(@neighbors, $ind - $dimension - 1) if has_left_up_neighbor($ind);
- push(@neighbors, $ind - $dimension + 1) if has_right_up_neighbor($ind);
- push(@neighbors, $ind + $dimension - 1) if has_left_down_neighbor($ind);
- push(@neighbors, $ind + $dimension + 1) if has_right_down_neighbor($ind);
-
- my $count = 0;
- foreach my $n (@neighbors) {
- $count++ if $matrix[$n] eq Alive;
- }
-
- if ($matrix[$ind] eq Alive) && (($count == 2) || ($count == 3)); ## survival
- if ($matrix[$ind] eq Dead) && ($count == 3); ## birth
- ; ## death
-}
-
-sub again_or_quit {
- print "RETURN to continue, 'q' to quit.\n";
- my $flag = <STDIN>;
- chomp($flag);
- return ($flag eq 'q') ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-sub animate {
- my @new_matrix;
- my $n = $dimension * $dimension - 1;
-
- while (1) { ## loop until user signals stop
- @new_matrix = map {compute_cell($_)} (0..$n); ## generate next matrix
-
- splice @matrix; ## empty current matrix
- push @matrix, @new_matrix; ## repopulate matrix
- draw_matrix(); ## display the current matrix
-
- last if again_or_quit(); ## continue?
- splice @new_matrix; ## empty temp matrix
- }
-}
-
-### Execute
-read_data(); ## read initial configuration from input file
-animate(); ## display and recompute the matrix until user tires
-```
-
-The gol program (see [Conway’s Game of Life][1]) has almost 140 lines of code, but most of these involve reading the input file, displaying the matrix, and bookkeeping tasks such as determining the number of live neighbors for a given cell. Input files should be configured as follows:
-```
- 5
- -----
- --*--
- --*--
- --*--
- -----
-```
-
-The first record gives the matrix side, in this case 5 for a 5x5 matrix. The remaining rows are the contents, with stars for live cells and spaces for dead ones.
-
-The code of primary interest resides in two functions, `animate` and `compute_cell`. The `animate` function constructs the next generation, and this function needs to call `compute_cell` on every cell in order to determine the cell’s new status as either alive or dead. How should the `animate` function be structured?
-
-The `animate` function has a `while` loop that iterates until the user decides to terminate the program. Within this `while` loop the high-level logic is straightforward:
-
- 1. Create the next generation by iterating over the matrix cells, calling function `compute_cell` on each cell to determine its new status. At issue is how best to do the iteration. A loop nested inside the `while `loop would do, of course, but nested loops can be clunky. Another way is to use a higher-order function, as clarified shortly.
- 2. Replace the current matrix with the new one.
- 3. Display the next generation.
- 4. Check if the user wants to continue: if so, continue; otherwise, terminate.
-
-
-
-Here, for review, is the call to Perl’s higher-order `map` function, with the function’s name again a nod to Lisp. This call occurs as the first statement within the `while` loop in `animate`:
-```
-while (1) {
- @new_matrix = map {compute_cell($_)} (0..$n); ## generate next matrixcompute_cell
-```
-
-The `map` function takes two arguments: an unnamed code block (a lambda!), and a list of values passed to this code block one at a time. In this example, the code block calls the `compute_cell` function with one of the matrix indexes, 0 through the matrix size - 1. Although the matrix is displayed as two-dimensional, it is implemented as a one-dimensional list.
-
-Higher-order functions such as `map` encourage the code brevity for which Perl is famous. My view is that such functions also make code easier to write and to understand, as they dispense with the required but messy details of loops. In any case, lambdas and higher-order functions make up the Lispy side of Perl.
-
-If you're interested in more detail, I recommend Mark Jason Dominus's book, [Higher-Order Perl][2].
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/looking-lispy-side-perl
-
-作者：[Marty Kalin][a]
-选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
-译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
-校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
-
-本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
-
-[a]:https://opensource.com/users/mkalindepauledu
-[1]:https://trello-attachments.s3.amazonaws.com/575088ec94ca6ac38b49b30e/5ad4daf12f6b6a3ac2318d28/c0700c7379983ddf61f5ab5ab4891f0c/lispyPerl.html#gol (Conway’s Game of Life)
-[2]:https://www.elsevier.com/books/higher-order-perl/dominus/978-1-55860-701-9
diff --git a/sources/talk/20180527 Whatever Happened to the Semantic Web.md b/sources/talk/20180527 Whatever Happened to the Semantic Web.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 22d48c150a..0000000000
--- a/sources/talk/20180527 Whatever Happened to the Semantic Web.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-Whatever Happened to the Semantic Web?
-======
-In 2001, Tim Berners-Lee, inventor of the World Wide Web, published an article in Scientific American. Berners-Lee, along with two other researchers, Ora Lassila and James Hendler, wanted to give the world a preview of the revolutionary new changes they saw coming to the web. Since its introduction only a decade before, the web had fast become the world’s best means for sharing documents with other people. Now, the authors promised, the web would evolve to encompass not just documents but every kind of data one could imagine.
-
-They called this new web the Semantic Web. The great promise of the Semantic Web was that it would be readable not just by humans but also by machines. Pages on the web would be meaningful to software programs—they would have semantics—allowing programs to interact with the web the same way that people do. Programs could exchange data across the Semantic Web without having to be explicitly engineered to talk to each other. According to Berners-Lee, Lassila, and Hendler, a typical day living with the myriad conveniences of the Semantic Web might look something like this:
-
-> The entertainment system was belting out the Beatles’ “We Can Work It Out” when the phone rang. When Pete answered, his phone turned the sound down by sending a message to all the other local devices that had a volume control. His sister, Lucy, was on the line from the doctor’s office: “Mom needs to see a specialist and then has to have a series of physical therapy sessions. Biweekly or something. I’m going to have my agent set up the appointments.” Pete immediately agreed to share the chauffeuring. At the doctor’s office, Lucy instructed her Semantic Web agent through her handheld Web browser. The agent promptly retrieved the information about Mom’s prescribed treatment within a 20-mile radius of her home and with a rating of excellent or very good on trusted rating services. It then began trying to find a match between available appointment times (supplied by the agents of individual providers through their Web sites) and Pete’s and Lucy’s busy schedules.
-
-The vision was that the Semantic Web would become a playground for intelligent “agents.” These agents would automate much of the work that the world had only just learned to do on the web.
-
-![][1]
-
-For a while, this vision enticed a lot of people. After new technologies such as AJAX led to the rise of what Silicon Valley called Web 2.0, Berners-Lee began referring to the Semantic Web as Web 3.0. Many thought that the Semantic Web was indeed the inevitable next step. A New York Times article published in 2006 quotes a speech Berners-Lee gave at a conference in which he said that the extant web would, twenty years in the future, be seen as only the “embryonic” form of something far greater. A venture capitalist, also quoted in the article, claimed that the Semantic Web would be “profound,” and ultimately “as obvious as the web seems obvious to us today.”
-
-Of course, the Semantic Web we were promised has yet to be delivered. In 2018, we have “agents” like Siri that can do certain tasks for us. But Siri can only do what it can because engineers at Apple have manually hooked it up to a medley of web services each capable of answering only a narrow category of questions. An important consequence is that, without being large and important enough for Apple to care, you cannot advertise your services directly to Siri from your own website. Unlike the physical therapists that Berners-Lee and his co-authors imagined would be able to hang out their shingles on the web, today we are stuck with giant, centralized repositories of information. Today’s physical therapists must enter information about their practice into Google or Yelp, because those are the only services that the smartphone agents know how to use and the only ones human beings will bother to check. The key difference between our current reality and the promised Semantic future is best captured by this throwaway aside in the excerpt above: “…appointment times (supplied by the agents of individual providers through **their** Web sites)…”
-
-In fact, over the last decade, the web has not only failed to become the Semantic Web but also threatened to recede as an idea altogether. We now hardly ever talk about “the web” and instead talk about “the internet,” which as of 2016 has become such a common term that newspapers no longer capitalize it. (To be fair, they stopped capitalizing “web” too.) Some might still protest that the web and the internet are two different things, but the distinction gets less clear all the time. The web we have today is slowly becoming a glorified app store, just the easiest way among many to download software that communicates with distant servers using closed protocols and schemas, making it functionally identical to the software ecosystem that existed before the web. How did we get here? If the effort to build a Semantic Web had succeeded, would the web have looked different today? Or have there been so many forces working against a decentralized web for so long that the Semantic Web was always going to be stillborn?
-
-### Semweb Hucksters and Their Metacrap
-
-To some more practically minded engineers, the Semantic Web was, from the outset, a utopian dream.
-
-The basic idea behind the Semantic Web was that everyone would use a new set of standards to annotate their webpages with little bits of XML. These little bits of XML would have no effect on the presentation of the webpage, but they could be read by software programs to divine meaning that otherwise would only be available to humans.
-
-The bits of XML were a way of expressing metadata about the webpage. We are all familiar with metadata in the context of a file system: When we look at a file on our computers, we can see when it was created, when it was last updated, and whom it was originally created by. Likewise, webpages on the Semantic Web would be able to tell your browser who authored the page and perhaps even where that person went to school, or where that person is currently employed. In theory, this information would allow Semantic Web browsers to answer queries across a large collection of webpages. In their article for Scientific American, Berners-Lee and his co-authors explain that you could, for example, use the Semantic Web to look up a person you met at a conference whose name you only partially remember.
-
-Cory Doctorow, a blogger and digital rights activist, published an influential essay in 2001 that pointed out the many problems with depending on voluntarily supplied metadata. A world of “exhaustive, reliable” metadata would be wonderful, he argued, but such a world was “a pipe-dream, founded on self-delusion, nerd hubris, and hysterically inflated market opportunities.” Doctorow had found himself in a series of debates over the Semantic Web at tech conferences and wanted to catalog the serious issues that the Semantic Web enthusiasts (Doctorow calls them “semweb hucksters”) were overlooking. The essay, titled “Metacrap,” identifies seven problems, among them the obvious fact that most web users were likely to provide either no metadata at all or else lots of misleading metadata meant to draw clicks. Even if users were universally diligent and well-intentioned, in order for the metadata to be robust and reliable, users would all have to agree on a single representation for each important concept. Doctorow argued that in some cases a single representation might not be appropriate, desirable, or fair to all users.
-
-Indeed, the web had already seen people abusing the HTML `` tag (introduced at least as early as HTML 4) in an attempt to improve the visibility of their webpages in search results. In a 2004 paper, Ben Munat, then an academic at Evergreen State College, explains how search engines once experimented with using keywords supplied via the `` tag to index results, but soon discovered that unscrupulous webpage authors were including tags unrelated to the actual content of their webpage. As a result, search engines came to ignore the `` tag in favor of using complex algorithms to analyze the actual content of a webpage. Munat concludes that a general-purpose Semantic Web is unworkable, and that the focus should be on specific domains within medicine and science.
-
-Others have also seen the Semantic Web project as tragically flawed, though they have located the flaw elsewhere. Aaron Swartz, the famous programmer and another digital rights activist, wrote in an unfinished book about the Semantic Web published after his death that Doctorow was “attacking a strawman.” Nobody expected that metadata on the web would be thoroughly accurate and reliable, but the Semantic Web, or at least a more realistically scoped version of it, remained possible. The problem, in Swartz’ view, was the “formalizing mindset of mathematics and the institutional structure of academics” that the “semantic Webheads” brought to bear on the challenge. In forums like the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), a huge amount of effort and discussion went into creating standards before there were any applications out there to standardize. And the standards that emerged from these “Talmudic debates” were so abstract that few of them ever saw widespread adoption. The few that did, like XML, were “uniformly scourges on the planet, offenses against hardworking programmers that have pushed out sensible formats (like JSON) in favor of overly-complicated hairballs with no basis in reality.” The Semantic Web might have thrived if, like the original web, its standards were eagerly adopted by everyone. But that never happened because—as [has been discussed][2] on this blog before—the putative benefits of something like XML are not easy to sell to a programmer when the alternatives are both entirely sufficient and much easier to understand.
-
-### Building the Semantic Web
-
-If the Semantic Web was not an outright impossibility, it was always going to require the contributions of lots of clever people working in concert.
-
-The long effort to build the Semantic Web has been said to consist of four phases. The first phase, which lasted from 2001 to 2005, was the golden age of Semantic Web activity. Between 2001 and 2005, the W3C issued a slew of new standards laying out the foundational technologies of the Semantic future.
-
-The most important of these was the Resource Description Framework (RDF). The W3C issued the first version of the RDF standard in 2004, but RDF had been floating around since 1997, when a W3C working group introduced it in a draft specification. RDF was originally conceived of as a tool for modeling metadata and was partly based on earlier attempts by Ramanathan Guha, an Apple engineer, to develop a metadata system for files stored on Apple computers. The Semantic Web working groups at W3C repurposed RDF to represent arbitrary kinds of general knowledge.
-
-RDF would be the grammar in which Semantic webpages expressed information. The grammar is a simple one: Facts about the world are expressed in RDF as triplets of subject, predicate, and object. Tim Bray, who worked with Ramanathan Guha on an early version of RDF, gives the following example, describing TV shows and movies:
-
-```
-@prefix rdf: .
-
-@prefix ex: .
-
-
-ex:vincent_donofrio ex:starred_in ex:law_and_order_ci .
-
-ex:law_and_order_ci rdf:type ex:tv_show .
-
-ex:the_thirteenth_floor ex:similar_plot_as ex:the_matrix .
-```
-
-The syntax is not important, especially since RDF can be represented in a number of formats, including XML and JSON. This example is in a format called Turtle, which expresses RDF triplets as straightforward sentences terminated by periods. The three essential sentences, which appear above after the `@prefix` preamble, state three facts: Vincent Donofrio starred in Law and Order, Law and Order is a type of TV Show, and the movie The Thirteenth Floor has a similar plot as The Matrix. (If you don’t know who Vincent Donofrio is and have never seen The Thirteenth Floor, I, too, was watching Nickelodeon and sipping Capri Suns in 1999.)
-
-Other specifications finalized and drafted during this first era of Semantic Web development describe all the ways in which RDF can be used. RDF in Attributes (RDFa) defines how RDF can be embedded in HTML so that browsers, search engines, and other programs can glean meaning from a webpage. RDF Schema and another standard called OWL allows RDF authors to demarcate the boundary between valid and invalid RDF statements in their RDF documents. RDF Schema and OWL, in other words, are tools for creating what are known as ontologies, explicit specifications of what can and cannot be said within a specific domain. An ontology might include a rule, for example, expressing that no person can be the mother of another person without also being a parent of that person. The hope was that these ontologies would be widely used not only to check the accuracy of RDF found in the wild but also to make inferences about omitted information.
-
-In 2006, Tim Berners-Lee posted a short article in which he argued that the existing work on Semantic Web standards needed to be supplemented by a concerted effort to make semantic data available on the web. Furthermore, once on the web, it was important that semantic data link to other kinds of semantic data, ensuring the rise of a data-based web as interconnected as the existing web. Berners-Lee used the term “linked data” to describe this ideal scenario. Though “linked data” was in one sense just a recapitulation of the original vision for the Semantic Web, it became a term that people could rally around and thus amounted to a rebranding of the Semantic Web project.
-
-Berners-Lee’s article launched the second phase of the Semantic Web’s development, where the focus shifted from setting standards and building toy examples to creating and popularizing large RDF datasets. Perhaps the most successful of these datasets was [DBpedia][3], a giant repository of RDF triplets extracted from Wikipedia articles. DBpedia, which made heavy use of the Semantic Web standards that had been developed in the first half of the 2000s, was a standout example of what could be accomplished using the W3C’s new formats. Today DBpedia describes 4.58 million entities and is used by organizations like the NY Times, BBC, and IBM, which employed DBpedia as a knowledge source for IBM Watson, the Jeopardy-winning artificial intelligence system.
-
-![][4]
-
-The third phase of the Semantic Web’s development involved adapting the W3C’s standards to fit the actual practices and preferences of web developers. By 2008, JSON had begun its meteoric rise to popularity. Whereas XML came packaged with a bunch of associated technologies of indeterminate purpose (XLST, XPath, XQuery, XLink), JSON was just JSON. It was less verbose and more readable. Manu Sporny, an entrepreneur and member of the W3C, had already started using JSON at his company and wanted to find an easy way for RDFa and JSON to work together. The result would be JSON-LD, which in essence was RDF reimagined for a world that had chosen JSON over XML. Sporny, together with his CTO, Dave Longley, issued a draft specification of JSON-LD in 2010. For the next few years, JSON-LD and an updated RDF specification would be the primary focus of Semantic Web work at the W3C. JSON-LD could be used on its own or it could be embedded within a ``
+```
+
+With:
+
+
+```
+``
+```
+
+Now the HTML5 version of your project runs in a web browser, whether the user is online or not.
+
+JClic also provides a reports function that can store test scores in an ODBC-compliant database. I have not explored this feature, as my tests and puzzles are mostly used for self-assessment and to prompt reflection by the learner, rather than as part of a formal scheme, so the scores are not very important. If you would like to learn about it, there is [documentation][14] on running JClic Reports Server with Tomcat and MySQL (or [mariaDB][15]).
+
+### Conclusion
+
+JClic offers a wide range of activity types that provide plenty of room to be creative in designing content to fit your subject area and type of learner. JClic is a valuable addition for anyone who needs a quick and easy way to develop educational resources.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/jclic-games-kids
+
+作者：[Peter Cheer][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/petercheer
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/family_learning_kids_night_reading.png?itok=6K7sJVb1 (Family learning and reading together at night in a room)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/exelearning
+[3]: https://clic.xtec.cat/legacy/en/jclic/index.html
+[4]: https://clic.xtec.cat/legacy/en/index.html
+[5]: https://github.com/projectestac/jclic
+[6]: https://adoptopenjdk.net/installation.html
+[7]: https://clic.xtec.cat/repo/
+[8]: https://github.com/projectestac/jclic/wiki/JClic_Guide
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/metadata.png (JClic metadata)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/media.png (JClic media)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/activities.png (JClic activities)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/sequence.png (JClic timeline)
+[13]: http://projectestac.github.io/jclic.js/
+[14]: https://github.com/projectestac/jclic/wiki/Jclic-Reports-Server-with-Tomcat-and-MySQL-on-Ubuntu
+[15]: https://mariadb.org/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200504 Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra.md b/sources/tech/20200504 Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d28f0daee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200504 Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra.md
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/apache-cassandra)
+[#]: author: (Anil Inamdar https://opensource.com/users/anil-inamdar)
+
+Define and optimize data partitions in Apache Cassandra
+======
+Apache Cassandra is built for speed and scalability; here's how to get
+the most out of those benefits.
+![Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data][1]
+
+Apache Cassandra is a database. But it's not just any database; it's a replicating database designed and tuned for scalability, high availability, low-latency, and performance. Cassandra can help your data survive regional outages, hardware failure, and what many admins would consider excessive amounts of data.
+
+Having a thorough command of data partitions enables you to achieve superior Cassandra cluster design, performance, and scalability. In this article, I'll examine how to define partitions and how Cassandra uses them, as well as the most critical best practices and known issues you ought to be aware of.
+
+To set the scene: partitions are chunks of data that serve as the atomic unit for key database-related functions like data distribution, replication, and indexing. Distributed data systems commonly distribute incoming data into these partitions, performing the partitioning with simple mathematical functions such as identity or hashing, and using a "partition key" to group data by partition. For example, consider a case where server logs arrive as incoming data. Using the "identity" partitioning function and the timestamps of each log (rounded to the hour value) for the partition key, we can partition this data such that each partition holds one hour of the logs.
+
+### Data partitions in Cassandra
+
+Cassandra operates as a distributed system and adheres to the data partitioning principles described above. With Cassandra, data partitioning relies on an algorithm configured at the cluster level, and a partition key configured at the table level.
+
+![Cassandra data partition][2]
+
+Cassandra Query Language (CQL) uses the familiar SQL table, row, and column terminologies. In the example diagram above, the table configuration includes the partition key within its primary key, with the format: Primary Key = Partition Key + [Clustering Columns].
+
+A primary key in Cassandra represents both a unique data partition and a data arrangement inside a partition. Data arrangement information is provided by optional clustering columns. Each unique partition key represents a set of table rows managed in a server, as well as all servers that manage its replicas.
+
+### Defining primary keys in CQL
+
+The following four examples demonstrate how a primary key can be represented in CQL syntax. The sets of rows produced by these definitions are generally considered a partition.
+
+#### Definition 1 (partition key: log_hour, clustering columns: none)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP PRIMARYKEY,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text
+ )
+```
+
+Here, all rows that share a **log_hour** go into the same partition.
+
+#### Definition 2 (partition key: log_hour, clustering columns: log_level)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text,
+ PRIMARY KEY (log_hour, log_level)
+ )
+```
+
+This definition uses the same partition key as Definition 1, but here all rows in each partition are arranged in ascending order by **log_level**.
+
+#### Definition 3 (partition key: log_hour, server, clustering columns: none)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text,
+ PRIMARY KEY ((log_hour, server))
+ )
+```
+
+In this definition, all rows share a **log_hour** for each distinct **server** as a single partition.
+
+#### Definition 4 (partition key: log_hour, server, clustering columns: log_level)
+
+
+```
+CREATE TABLE server_logs(
+ log_hour TIMESTAMP,
+ log_level text,
+ message text,
+ server text,
+ PRIMARY KEY ((log_hour, server),log_level)
+ )WITH CLUSTERING ORDER BY (column3 DESC);
+```
+
+This definition uses the same partition as Definition 3 but arranges the rows within a partition in descending order by **log_level**.
+
+### How Cassandra uses the partition key
+
+Cassandra relies on the partition key to determine which node to store data on and where to locate data when it's needed. Cassandra performs these read and write operations by looking at a partition key in a table, and using tokens (a long value out of range -2^63 to +2^63-1) for data distribution and indexing. These tokens are mapped to partition keys by using a partitioner, which applies a partitioning function that converts any partition key to a token. Through this token mechanism, every node of a Cassandra cluster owns a set of data partitions. The partition key then enables data indexing on each node.
+
+![Cassandra cluster with 3 nodes and token-based ownership][3]
+
+A Cassandra cluster with three nodes and token-based ownership. This is a simplistic representation: the actual implementation uses [Vnodes][4].
+
+### Data partition impacts on Cassandra clusters
+
+Careful partition key design is crucial to achieving the ideal partition size for the use case. Getting it right allows for even data distribution and strong I/O performance. Partition size has several impacts on Cassandra clusters you need to be aware of:
+
+ * Read performance—In order to find partitions in SSTables files on disk, Cassandra uses data structures that include caches, indexes, and index summaries. Partitions that are too large reduce the efficiency of maintaining these data structures – and will negatively impact performance as a result. Cassandra releases have made strides in this area: in particular, version 3.6 and above of the Cassandra engine introduce storage improvements that deliver better performance for large partitions and resilience against memory issues and crashes.
+ * Memory usage— Large partitions place greater pressure on the JVM heap, increasing its size while also making the garbage collection mechanism less efficient.
+ * Cassandra repairs—Large partitions make it more difficult for Cassandra to perform its repair maintenance operations, which keep data consistent by comparing data across replicas.
+ * Tombstone eviction—Not as mean as it sounds, Cassandra uses unique markers known as "tombstones" to mark data for deletion. Large partitions can make that deletion process more difficult if there isn't an appropriate data deletion pattern and compaction strategy in place.
+
+
+
+While these impacts may make it tempting to simply design partition keys that yield especially small partitions, the data access pattern is also highly influential on ideal partition size (for more information, read this in-depth guide to [Cassandra data modeling][5]). The data access pattern can be defined as how a table is queried, including all of the table's **select** queries. Ideally, CQL select queries should have just one partition key in the **where** clause—that is to say, Cassandra is most efficient when queries can get needed data from a single partition, instead of many smaller ones.
+
+### Best practices for partition key design
+
+Following best practices for partition key design helps you get to an ideal partition size. As a rule of thumb, the maximum partition size in Cassandra should stay under 100MB. Ideally, it should be under 10MB. While Cassandra versions 3.6 and newer make larger partition sizes more viable, careful testing and benchmarking must be performed for each workload to ensure a partition key design supports desired cluster performance.
+
+Specifically, these best practices should be considered as part of any partition key design:
+
+ * The goal for a partition key must be to fit an ideal amount of data into each partition for supporting the needs of its access pattern.
+ * A partition key should disallow unbounded partitions: those that may grow indefinitely in size over time. For instance, in the **server_logs** examples above, using the server column as a partition key would create unbounded partitions as the number of server logs continues to increase. In contrast, using **log_hour** limits each partition to an hour of data.
+ * A partition key should also avoid creating a partition skew, in which partitions grow unevenly, and some are able to grow without limit over time. In the **server_logs** examples, using the server column in a scenario where one server generates considerably more logs than others would produce a partition skew. To avoid this, a useful technique is to introduce another attribute from the table to force an even distribution, even if it's necessary to create a dummy column to do so.
+ * It's helpful to partition time-series data with a partition key that uses a time element as well as other attributes. This protects against unbounded partitions, enables access patterns to use the time attribute in querying specific data, and allows for time-bound data deletion. The examples above each demonstrate this by using the **log_hour** time attribute.
+
+
+
+Several tools are available to help test, analyze, and monitor Cassandra partitions to check that a chosen schema is efficient and effective. By carefully designing partition keys to align well with the data and needs of the solution at hand, and following best practices to optimize partition size, you can utilize data partitions that more fully deliver on the scalability and performance potential of a Cassandra deployment.
+
+Dani and Jon will give a three hour tutorial at OSCON this year called: Becoming friends with...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/apache-cassandra
+
+作者：[Anil Inamdar][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/anil-inamdar
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr (Person standing in front of a giant computer screen with numbers, data)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/apache_cassandra_1_0.png (Cassandra data partition)
+[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/apache_cassandra_2_0.png (Cassandra cluster with 3 nodes and token-based ownership)
+[4]: https://www.instaclustr.com/cassandra-vnodes-how-many-should-i-use/
+[5]: https://www.instaclustr.com/resource/6-step-guide-to-apache-cassandra-data-modelling-white-paper/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200504 Understanding systemd at startup on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200504 Understanding systemd at startup on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d0a5ef7b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200504 Understanding systemd at startup on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Understanding systemd at startup on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-startup)
+[#]: author: (David Both https://opensource.com/users/dboth)
+
+Understanding systemd at startup on Linux
+======
+systemd's startup provides important clues to help you solve problems
+when they occur.
+![People at the start line of a race][1]
+
+In [_Learning to love systemd_][2], the first article in this series, I looked at systemd's functions and architecture and the controversy around its role as a replacement for the old SystemV init program and startup scripts. In this second article, I'll start exploring the files and tools that manage the Linux startup sequence. I'll explain the systemd startup sequence, how to change the default startup target (runlevel in SystemV terms), and how to manually switch to a different target without going through a reboot.
+
+I'll also look at two important systemd tools. The first is the **systemctl** command, which is the primary means of interacting with and sending commands to systemd. The second is **journalctl**, which provides access to the systemd journals that contain huge amounts of system history data such as kernel and service messages (both informational and error messages).
+
+Be sure to use a non-production system for testing and experimentation in this and future articles. Your test system needs to have a GUI desktop (such as Xfce, LXDE, Gnome, KDE, or another) installed.
+
+I wrote in my previous article that I planned to look at creating a systemd unit and adding it to the startup sequence in this article. Because this article became longer than I anticipated, I will hold that for the next article in this series.
+
+### Exploring Linux startup with systemd
+
+Before you can observe the startup sequence, you need to do a couple of things to make the boot and startup sequences open and visible. Normally, most distributions use a startup animation or splash screen to hide the detailed messages that would otherwise be displayed during a Linux host's startup and shutdown. This is called the Plymouth boot screen on Red Hat-based distros. Those hidden messages can provide a great deal of information about startup and shutdown to a sysadmin looking for information to troubleshoot a bug or to just learn about the startup sequence. You can change this using the GRUB (Grand Unified Boot Loader) configuration.
+
+The main GRUB configuration file is **/boot/grub2/grub.cfg**, but, because this file can be overwritten when the kernel version is updated, you do not want to change it. Instead, modify the **/etc/default/grub** file, which is used to modify the default settings of **grub.cfg**.
+
+Start by looking at the current, unmodified version of the **/etc/default/grub** file:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# cd /etc/default ; cat grub
+GRUB_TIMEOUT=5
+GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR="$(sed 's, release .*$,,g' /etc/system-release)"
+GRUB_DEFAULT=saved
+GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU=true
+GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT="console"
+GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="resume=/dev/mapper/fedora_testvm1-swap rd.lvm.
+lv=fedora_testvm1/root rd.lvm.lv=fedora_testvm1/swap rd.lvm.lv=fedora_
+testvm1/usr rhgb quiet"
+GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY="true"
+[root@testvm1 default]#
+```
+
+Chapter 6 of the [GRUB documentation][3] contains a list of all the possible entries in the **/etc/default/grub** file, but I focus on the following:
+
+ * I change **GRUB_TIMEOUT**, the number of seconds for the GRUB menu countdown, from five to 10 to give a bit more time to respond to the GRUB menu before the countdown hits zero.
+ * I delete the last two parameters on **GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX**, which lists the command-line parameters that are passed to the kernel at boot time. One of these parameters, **rhgb** stands for Red Hat Graphical Boot, and it displays the little Fedora icon animation during the kernel initialization instead of showing boot-time messages. The other, the **quiet** parameter, prevents displaying the startup messages that document the progress of the startup and any errors that occur. I delete both **rhgb** and **quiet** because sysadmins need to see these messages. If something goes wrong during boot, the messages displayed on the screen can point to the cause of the problem.
+
+
+
+After you make these changes, your GRUB file will look like:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 default]# cat grub
+GRUB_TIMEOUT=10
+GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR="$(sed 's, release .*$,,g' /etc/system-release)"
+GRUB_DEFAULT=saved
+GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU=true
+GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT="console"
+GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="resume=/dev/mapper/fedora_testvm1-swap rd.lvm.
+lv=fedora_testvm1/root rd.lvm.lv=fedora_testvm1/swap rd.lvm.lv=fedora_
+testvm1/usr"
+GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY="false"
+[root@testvm1 default]#
+```
+
+The **grub2-mkconfig** program generates the **grub.cfg** configuration file using the contents of the **/etc/default/grub** file to modify some of the default GRUB settings. The **grub2-mkconfig** program sends its output to **STDOUT**. It has a **-o** option that allows you to specify a file to send the datastream to, but it is just as easy to use redirection. Run the following command to update the **/boot/grub2/grub.cfg** configuration file:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 grub2]# grub2-mkconfig > /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
+Generating grub configuration file ...
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.18.9-200.fc28.x86_64
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.18.9-200.fc28.x86_64.img
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.17.14-202.fc28.x86_64
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.17.14-202.fc28.x86_64.img
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.16.3-301.fc28.x86_64
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.16.3-301.fc28.x86_64.img
+Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-0-rescue-7f12524278bd40e9b10a085bc82dc504
+Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-0-rescue-7f12524278bd40e9b10a085bc82dc504.img
+done
+[root@testvm1 grub2]#
+```
+
+Reboot your test system to view the startup messages that would otherwise be hidden behind the Plymouth boot animation. But what if you need to view the startup messages and have not disabled the Plymouth boot animation? Or you have, but the messages stream by too fast to read? (Which they do.)
+
+There are a couple of options, and both involve log files and systemd journals—which are your friends. You can use the **less** command to view the contents of the **/var/log/messages** file. This file contains boot and startup messages as well as messages generated by the operating system during normal operation. You can also use the **journalctl** command without any options to view the systemd journal, which contains essentially the same information:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 grub2]# journalctl
+\-- Logs begin at Sat 2020-01-11 21:48:08 EST, end at Fri 2020-04-03 08:54:30 EDT. --
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: Linux version 5.3.7-301.fc31.x86_64 ([mockbuild@bkernel03.phx2.fedoraproject.org][4]) (gcc version 9.2.1 20190827 (Red Hat 9.2.1-1) (GCC)) #1 SMP Mon Oct >
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=(hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz-5.3.7-301.fc31.x86_64 root=/dev/mapper/VG01-root ro resume=/dev/mapper/VG01-swap rd.lvm.lv=VG01/root rd>
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Supporting XSAVE feature 0x001: 'x87 floating point registers'
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Supporting XSAVE feature 0x002: 'SSE registers'
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Supporting XSAVE feature 0x004: 'AVX registers'
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: xstate_offset[2]: 576, xstate_sizes[2]: 256
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: x86/fpu: Enabled xstate features 0x7, context size is 832 bytes, using 'standard' format.
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-provided physical RAM map:
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000000000000-0x000000000009fbff] usable
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x000000000009fc00-0x000000000009ffff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000000f0000-0x00000000000fffff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000000100000-0x00000000dffeffff] usable
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000dfff0000-0x00000000dfffffff] ACPI data
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000fec00000-0x00000000fec00fff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000fee00000-0x00000000fee00fff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x00000000fffc0000-0x00000000ffffffff] reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000100000000-0x000000041fffffff] usable
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: NX (Execute Disable) protection: active
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: SMBIOS 2.5 present.
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: DMI: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: Hypervisor detected: KVM
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: kvm-clock: Using msrs 4b564d01 and 4b564d00
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: kvm-clock: cpu 0, msr 30ae01001, primary cpu clock
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: kvm-clock: using sched offset of 8250734066 cycles
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: clocksource: kvm-clock: mask: 0xffffffffffffffff max_cycles: 0x1cd42e4dffb, max_idle_ns: 881590591483 ns
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: tsc: Detected 2807.992 MHz processor
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: e820: update [mem 0x00000000-0x00000fff] usable ==> reserved
+Jan 11 21:48:08 f31vm.both.org kernel: e820: remove [mem 0x000a0000-0x000fffff] usable
+<snip>
+```
+
+I truncated this datastream because it can be hundreds of thousands or even millions of lines long. (The journal listing on my primary workstation is 1,188,482 lines long.) Be sure to try this on your test system. If it has been running for some time—even if it has been rebooted many times—huge amounts of data will be displayed. Explore this journal data because it contains a lot of information that can be very useful when doing problem determination. Knowing what this data looks like for a normal boot and startup can help you locate problems when they occur.
+
+I will discuss systemd journals, the **journalctl** command, and how to sort through all of that data to find what you want in more detail in a future article in this series.
+
+After GRUB loads the kernel into memory, it must first extract itself from the compressed version of the file before it can perform any useful work. After the kernel has extracted itself and started running, it loads systemd and turns control over to it.
+
+This is the end of the boot process. At this point, the Linux kernel and systemd are running but unable to perform any productive tasks for the end user because nothing else is running, there's no shell to provide a command line, no background processes to manage the network or other communication links, and nothing that enables the computer to perform any productive function.
+
+Systemd can now load the functional units required to bring the system up to a selected target run state.
+
+### Targets
+
+A systemd target represents a Linux system's current or desired run state. Much like SystemV start scripts, targets define the services that must be present for the system to run and be active in that state. Figure 1 shows the possible run-state targets of a Linux system using systemd. As seen in the first article of this series and in the systemd bootup man page (man bootup), there are other intermediate targets that are required to enable various necessary services. These can include **swap.target**, **timers.target**, **local-fs.target**, and more. Some targets (like **basic.target**) are used as checkpoints to ensure that all the required services are up and running before moving on to the next-higher level target.
+
+Unless otherwise changed at boot time in the GRUB menu, systemd always starts the **default.target**. The **default.target** file is a symbolic link to the true target file. For a desktop workstation, this is typically going to be the **graphical.target**, which is equivalent to runlevel 5 in SystemV. For a server, the default is more likely to be the **multi-user.target**, which is like runlevel 3 in SystemV. The **emergency.target** file is similar to single-user mode. Targets and services are systemd units.
+
+The following table, which I included in the previous article in this series, compares the systemd targets with the old SystemV startup runlevels. The systemd target aliases are provided by systemd for backward compatibility. The target aliases allow scripts—and sysadmins—to use SystemV commands like **init 3** to change runlevels. Of course, the SystemV commands are forwarded to systemd for interpretation and execution.
+
+**systemd targets** | **SystemV runlevel** | **target aliases** | **Description**
+---|---|---|---
+default.target | | | This target is always aliased with a symbolic link to either **multi-user.target** or **graphical.target**. systemd always uses the **default.target** to start the system. The **default.target** should never be aliased to **halt.target**, **poweroff.target**, or **reboot.target**.
+graphical.target | 5 | runlevel5.target | **Multi-user.target** with a GUI
+| 4 | runlevel4.target | Unused. Runlevel 4 was identical to runlevel 3 in the SystemV world. This target could be created and customized to start local services without changing the default **multi-user.target**.
+multi-user.target | 3 | runlevel3.target | All services running, but command-line interface (CLI) only
+| 2 | runlevel2.target | Multi-user, without NFS, but all other non-GUI services running
+rescue.target | 1 | runlevel1.target | A basic system, including mounting the filesystems with only the most basic services running and a rescue shell on the main console
+emergency.target | S | | Single-user mode—no services are running; filesystems are not mounted. This is the most basic level of operation with only an emergency shell running on the main console for the user to interact with the system.
+halt.target | | | Halts the system without powering it down
+reboot.target | 6 | runlevel6.target | Reboot
+poweroff.target | 0 | runlevel0.target | Halts the system and turns the power off
+
+Each target has a set of dependencies described in its configuration file. systemd starts the required dependencies, which are the services required to run the Linux host at a specific level of functionality. When all of the dependencies listed in the target configuration files are loaded and running, the system is running at that target level. If you want, you can review the systemd startup sequence and runtime targets in the first article in this series, [_Learning to love systemd_][2].
+
+### Exploring the current target
+
+Many Linux distributions default to installing a GUI desktop interface so that the installed systems can be used as workstations. I always install from a Fedora Live boot USB drive with an Xfce or LXDE desktop. Even when I'm installing a server or other infrastructure type of host (such as the ones I use for routers and firewalls), I use one of these installations that installs a GUI desktop.
+
+I could install a server without a desktop (and that would be typical for data centers), but that does not meet my needs. It is not that I need the GUI desktop itself, but the LXDE installation includes many of the other tools I use that are not in a default server installation. This means less work for me after the initial installation.
+
+But just because I have a GUI desktop does not mean it makes sense to use it. I have a 16-port KVM that I can use to access the KVM interfaces of most of my Linux systems, but the vast majority of my interaction with them is via a remote SSH connection from my primary workstation. This way is more secure and uses fewer system resources to run **multi-user.target** compared to **graphical.target.**
+
+To begin, check the default target to verify that it is the **graphical.target**:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl get-default
+graphical.target
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Now verify the currently running target. It should be the same as the default target. You can still use the old method, which displays the old SystemV runlevels. Note that the previous runlevel is on the left; it is **N** (which means None), indicating that the runlevel has not changed since the host was booted. The number 5 indicates the current target, as defined in the old SystemV terminology:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# runlevel
+N 5
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Note that the runlevel man page indicates that runlevels are obsolete and provides a conversion table.
+
+You can also use the systemd method. There is no one-line answer here, but it does provide the answer in systemd terms:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-units --type target
+UNIT LOAD ACTIVE SUB DESCRIPTION
+basic.target loaded active active Basic System
+cryptsetup.target loaded active active Local Encrypted Volumes
+getty.target loaded active active Login Prompts
+graphical.target loaded active active Graphical Interface
+local-fs-pre.target loaded active active Local File Systems (Pre)
+local-fs.target loaded active active Local File Systems
+multi-user.target loaded active active Multi-User System
+network-online.target loaded active active Network is Online
+network.target loaded active active Network
+nfs-client.target loaded active active NFS client services
+nss-user-lookup.target loaded active active User and Group Name Lookups
+paths.target loaded active active Paths
+remote-fs-pre.target loaded active active Remote File Systems (Pre)
+remote-fs.target loaded active active Remote File Systems
+rpc_pipefs.target loaded active active rpc_pipefs.target
+slices.target loaded active active Slices
+sockets.target loaded active active Sockets
+sshd-keygen.target loaded active active sshd-keygen.target
+swap.target loaded active active Swap
+sysinit.target loaded active active System Initialization
+timers.target loaded active active Timers
+
+LOAD = Reflects whether the unit definition was properly loaded.
+ACTIVE = The high-level unit activation state, i.e. generalization of SUB.
+SUB = The low-level unit activation state, values depend on unit type.
+
+21 loaded units listed. Pass --all to see loaded but inactive units, too.
+To show all installed unit files use 'systemctl list-unit-files'.
+```
+
+This shows all of the currently loaded and active targets. You can also see the **graphical.target** and the **multi-user.target**. The **multi-user.target** is required before the **graphical.target** can be loaded. In this example, the **graphical.target** is active.
+
+### Switching to a different target
+
+Making the switch to the **multi-user.target** is easy:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl isolate multi-user.target`
+```
+
+The display should now change from the GUI desktop or login screen to a virtual console. Log in and list the currently active systemd units to verify that **graphical.target** is no longer running:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-units --type target`
+```
+
+Be sure to use the **runlevel** command to verify that it shows both previous and current "runlevels":
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# runlevel
+5 3
+```
+
+### Changing the default target
+
+Now, change the default target to the **multi-user.target** so that it will always boot into the **multi-user.target** for a console command-line interface rather than a GUI desktop interface. As the root user on your test host, change to the directory where the systemd configuration is maintained and do a quick listing:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# cd /etc/systemd/system/ ; ll
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Apr 25 2018 basic.target.wants
+<snip>
+lrwxrwxrwx. 1 root root 36 Aug 13 16:23 default.target -> /lib/systemd/system/graphical.target
+lrwxrwxrwx. 1 root root 39 Apr 25 2018 display-manager.service -> /usr/lib/systemd/system/lightdm.service
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Apr 25 2018 getty.target.wants
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Aug 18 10:16 graphical.target.wants
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Apr 25 2018 local-fs.target.wants
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 4096 Oct 30 16:54 multi-user.target.wants
+<snip>
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+I shortened this listing to highlight a few important things that will help explain how systemd manages the boot process. You should be able to see the entire list of directories and links on your virtual machine.
+
+The **default.target** entry is a symbolic link (symlink, soft link) to the directory **/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target**. List that directory to see what else is there:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 system]# ll /lib/systemd/system/ | less`
+```
+
+You should see files, directories, and more links in this listing, but look specifically for **multi-user.target** and **graphical.target**. Now display the contents of **default.target**, which is a link to **/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target**:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# cat default.target
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+
+#
+# This file is part of systemd.
+#
+# systemd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+[Unit]
+Description=Graphical Interface
+Documentation=man:systemd.special(7)
+Requires=multi-user.target
+Wants=display-manager.service
+Conflicts=rescue.service rescue.target
+After=multi-user.target rescue.service rescue.target display-manager.service
+AllowIsolate=yes
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+This link to the **graphical.target** file describes all of the prerequisites and requirements that the graphical user interface requires. I will explore at least some of these options in the next article in this series.
+
+To enable the host to boot to multi-user mode, you need to delete the existing link and create a new one that points to the correct target. Make the [PWD][5] **/etc/systemd/system**, if it is not already:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# rm -f default.target
+[root@testvm1 system]# ln -s /lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target default.target
+```
+
+List the **default.target** link to verify that it links to the correct file:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# ll default.target
+lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 37 Nov 28 16:08 default.target -> /lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+If your link does not look exactly like this, delete it and try again. List the content of the **default.target** link:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# cat default.target
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+
+#
+# This file is part of systemd.
+#
+# systemd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+[Unit]
+Description=Multi-User System
+Documentation=man:systemd.special(7)
+Requires=basic.target
+Conflicts=rescue.service rescue.target
+After=basic.target rescue.service rescue.target
+AllowIsolate=yes
+[root@testvm1 system]#
+```
+
+The **default.target**—which is really a link to the **multi-user.target** at this point—now has different requirements in the **[Unit]** section. It does not require the graphical display manager.
+
+Reboot. Your virtual machine should boot to the console login for virtual console 1, which is identified on the display as tty1. Now that you know how to change the default target, change it back to the **graphical.target** using a command designed for the purpose.
+
+First, check the current default target:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl get-default
+multi-user.target
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl set-default graphical.target
+Removed /etc/systemd/system/default.target.
+Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/default.target → /usr/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target.
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Enter the following command to go directly to the **graphical.target** and the display manager login page without having to reboot:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 system]# systemctl isolate default.target`
+```
+
+I do not know why the term "isolate" was chosen for this sub-command by systemd's developers. My research indicates that it may refer to running the specified target but "isolating" and terminating all other targets that are not required to support the target. However, the effect is to switch targets from one run target to another—in this case, from the multi-user target to the graphical target. The command above is equivalent to the old init 5 command in SystemV start scripts and the init program.
+
+Log into the GUI desktop, and verify that it is working as it should.
+
+### Summing up
+
+This article explored the Linux systemd startup sequence and started to explore two important systemd tools, **systemctl** and **journalctl**. It also explained how to switch from one target to another and to change the default target.
+
+The next article in this series will create a new systemd unit and configure it to run during startup. It will also look at some of the configuration options that help determine where in the sequence a particular unit will start, for example, after networking is up and running.
+
+### Resources
+
+There is a great deal of information about systemd available on the internet, but much is terse, obtuse, or even misleading. In addition to the resources mentioned in this article, the following webpages offer more detailed and reliable information about systemd startup.
+
+ * The Fedora Project has a good, practical [guide][6] [to systemd][6]. It has pretty much everything you need to know in order to configure, manage, and maintain a Fedora computer using systemd.
+ * The Fedora Project also has a good [cheat sheet][7] that cross-references the old SystemV commands to comparable systemd ones.
+ * For detailed technical information about systemd and the reasons for creating it, check out [Freedesktop.org][8]'s [description of systemd][9].
+ * [Linux.com][10]'s "More systemd fun" offers more advanced systemd [information and tips][11].
+
+
+
+There is also a series of deeply technical articles for Linux sysadmins by Lennart Poettering, the designer and primary developer of systemd. These articles were written between April 2010 and September 2011, but they are just as relevant now as they were then. Much of everything else good that has been written about systemd and its ecosystem is based on these papers.
+
+ * [Rethinking PID 1][12]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part I][13]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part II][14]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part III][15]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IV][16]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part V][17]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VI][18]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VII][19]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VIII][20]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IX][21]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part X][22]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part XI][23]
+
+
+
+Alison Chiaken, a Linux kernel and systems programmer at Mentor Graphics, offers a preview of her...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-startup
+
+作者：[David Both][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/start_line.jpg?itok=9reaaW6m (People at the start line of a race)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/systemd
+[3]: http://www.gnu.org/software/grub/manual/grub
+[4]: mailto:mockbuild@bkernel03.phx2.fedoraproject.org
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pwd
+[6]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/quick-docs/understanding-and-administering-systemd/index.html
+[7]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/SysVinit_to_Systemd_Cheatsheet
+[8]: http://Freedesktop.org
+[9]: http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd
+[10]: http://Linux.com
+[11]: https://www.linux.com/training-tutorials/more-systemd-fun-blame-game-and-stopping-services-prejudice/
+[12]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd.html
+[13]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-1.html
+[14]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-2.html
+[15]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-3.html
+[16]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-4.html
+[17]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/three-levels-of-off.html
+[18]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/changing-roots
+[19]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/blame-game.html
+[20]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-new-configuration-files.html
+[21]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/on-etc-sysinit.html
+[22]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/instances.html
+[23]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/inetd.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200505 8 open source video games to play.md b/sources/tech/20200505 8 open source video games to play.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac0577d96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200505 8 open source video games to play.md
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (8 open source video games to play)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-fps-games)
+[#]: author: (Aman Gaur https://opensource.com/users/amangaur)
+
+8 open source video games to play
+======
+These games are fun and free to play, a way to connect with friends, and
+an opportunity to make an old favorite even better.
+![Gaming on a grid with penguin pawns][1]
+
+Video games are a big business. That's great for the industry's longevity—not to mention for all the people working in programming and graphics. But it can take a lot of work, time, and money to keep up with all the latest gaming crazes. If you feel like playing a few quick rounds of a video game without investing in a new console or game franchise, then you'll be happy to know that there are plenty of open source combat games you can download, play, share, and even modify (if you're inclined to programming) for free.
+
+First-person shooters (FPS) are one of the most popular categories of video games. They are centered around the perspective of the protagonist (the player), and they often offer weapon-based advancement. As you get better at the game, you survive longer, you get better weapons, and you increase your power. FPS games have a distinct look and feel, which is reflected in the category's name: players see everything—their weapons and the game world—in first person, as if they're looking through their player character's eyes.
+
+If you want to give one a try, check out the following eight great open source FPS games.
+
+### Xonotic
+
+![Xonotic][2]
+
+[Xonotic][3] is a fast-paced, arena-based FPS game. It is a popular game in the open source world. One reason could be the fact that it has never been a mainstream game. It offers a variety of weapons and enemies that are thrown right at you mercilessly from the start. Demanding quick action and response, it is an experience that will keep you on the edge of your seats. The game is available under the GPLv3+ license.
+
+### Wolfenstein Enemy Territory
+
+![Wolfenstein Enemy Territory][4]
+
+Wolfenstein has been a major franchise in gaming for many years. If you are a fan of gore and glory, then you've probably already heard of this game (if not, you'll love it once you try it). [Wolfenstein Enemy Territory][5] is an early iteration of the popular World War II game. It became free to play in 2003, and its [source code][6] is provided under the GPLv3. To play, however, you must own the game data (or recreate it yourself) separately (which remains under its original EULA).
+
+### Doom
+
+![Doom][7]
+
+[Doom][8] is a wildly popular game that was also an early example of games on Linux—way back in 2004. There are many iterations of the game, many of which have been released as open source. The game is about acquiring a teleportation device that's been captured by demons, so the violence, while gory, is low on realism. The source code for the game was provided under the GPL, but many versions require that you own the game for the game assets. There are dozens of ports and adaptations, including [Freedoom][9] (with free assets), [Dhewm3][10], [RBDoom-3-BFG][11], and many more. Try a few and pick your favorite!
+
+### Smokin' Guns
+
+![Smokin' Guns][12]
+
+If you're a fan of the Old West and six-shooters, this FPS is for you. From cowboys to gunslingers and with a captivating background score, [Smokin' Guns][13] has it all. It's a semi-realistic simulation of the old spaghetti western. On your way through the game, you face multiple enemies and get multiple weapons, so there's always the promise of excitement and danger around the corner. The game is free and open source under the terms of the GPLv2.
+
+### Nexuiz
+
+![Nexuiz][14]
+
+[Nexuiz][15] (classic) is another great FPS that's free to play on multiple platforms. The game is based on the Quake engine and has been made open source under the GNU GPLv2. The game offers multiple modes, including online, LAN party, and bot training. The game features sophisticated weapons and fast action. It's brutal and exciting, with an objective: kill as many opponents as possible before they get you.
+
+Note that the open source version of Nexuiz is not the same as the version built on CryEngine3 that is sold on Steam.
+
+### .kkrieger
+
+![kkrieger][16]
+
+[.Kkrieger][17] was developed in 2004 by .theprodukkt, a German demogroup. The game was developed using an unreleased (at the time) engine known as Werkkzeug. This game might feel a little slow to many, but it still offers an intense experience. The approaching enemies are slow, but their sheer number makes it confusing to know which one to take down first. It's an onslaught, and you have to shoot through layers of enemies before you reach the final boss. It was released in a rather raw form on [GitHub][18] by its creators under a BSD license with some public domain components.
+
+### Warsow
+
+![Warsow][19]
+
+If you've ever played Borderlands 2, then imagine [Warsow][20] as an arena-style Borderlands. The game is built on a modernized Quake II engine, and its plot takes a simple approach: Kill as many opponents as possible. The team with the most number of kills wins. Despite its simplicity, it features amazing weaponry and lots of great trick moves, like circle jumping, bunny hopping, double jumping, ramp sliding, and so on. It makes for an engaging multiplayer session, and it's been recognized by multiple online leagues as a worthy game for their competitions. Get the source code from [GitHub][21] or install the game from your software repository.
+
+### World of Padman
+
+![World of Padman][22]
+
+[The World of Padman][23] may be the last game on this list, but it's one of the most unique. Designed by PadWorld Entertainment, World of Padman takes a different twist graphically and introduces you to quirky and whimsical characters in a colorful (albeit cartoonishly violent) world. It's based on the ioquake3 engine, and its unique style and uproarious gameplay have earned it a featured place in multiple gaming magazines. You can download the source code from [GitHub][24].
+
+### Give one a shot
+
+A game that becomes open source can act as a template for something great, whether it's a wholly open source version of an old classic, a remix of a beloved game, or an entirely new platform built on an old reliable engine.
+
+Open source gaming is important for many reasons: it provides users with a fun diversion, a way to connect with friends, and an opportunity for programmers and designers to hack within an existing framework. If titles like Doom weren't made open source, a little bit of video game history would be lost. Instead, it endures and has the opportunity to grow even more.
+
+Try an open source game, and watch your six.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-fps-games
+
+作者：[Aman Gaur][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/amangaur
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/game_pawn_grid_linux.png?itok=4gERzRkg (Gaming on a grid with penguin pawns)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/xonotic.jpg (Xonotic)
+[3]: https://www.xonotic.org/download/
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wolfensteinenemyterritory.jpg (Wolfenstein Enemy Territory)
+[5]: https://www.splashdamage.com/games/wolfenstein-enemy-territory/
+[6]: https://github.com/id-Software/Enemy-Territory
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/doom.jpg (Doom)
+[8]: https://github.com/id-Software/DOOM
+[9]: https://freedoom.github.io/
+[10]: https://dhewm3.org/
+[11]: https://github.com/RobertBeckebans/RBDOOM-3-BFG/
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/smokinguns.jpg (Smokin' Guns)
+[13]: https://www.smokin-guns.org/downloads
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nexuiz.jpg (Nexuiz)
+[15]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/nexuiz/
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/kkrieger.jpg (kkrieger)
+[17]: https://web.archive.org/web/20120204065621/http://www.theprodukkt.com/kkrieger
+[18]: https://github.com/farbrausch/fr_public
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/warsow.jpg (Warsow)
+[20]: https://www.warsow.net/download
+[21]: https://github.com/Warsow
+[22]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/padman.jpg (World of Padman)
+[23]: https://worldofpadman.net/en/
+[24]: https://github.com/PadWorld-Entertainment
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200505 Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs.md b/sources/tech/20200505 Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ebcfadbe92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200505 Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/r-emacs-data-science)
+[#]: author: (Peter Prevos https://opensource.com/users/danderzei)
+
+Analyzing data science code with R and Emacs
+======
+Emacs' versatility and extensibility bring the editor's full power into
+play for writing data science code.
+![metrics and data shown on a computer screen][1]
+
+Way back in 2012, _Harvard Business Review_ published an article that proclaimed "data scientist" to be the [sexiest job][2] of the 21st century. Interest in data science has exploded since then. Many great open source projects, such as [Python][3] and the [R language][4] for statistical computing, have facilitated the rapid developments in how we analyze data.
+
+I started my career using pencil and paper and moved to spreadsheets. Now the R language is my weapon of choice when I need to create value from data. Emacs is another one of my favorite tools. This article briefly explains how to use the [Emacs Speaks Statistics][5] (ESS) package to get started with developing R projects in this venerable editor.
+
+The vast majority of R developers use the [RStudio][6] IDE to manage their projects. RStudio is a powerful open source editor with specialized functionality to develop data science projects. RStudio is a great integrated development environment (IDE), but its editing functions are limited.
+
+Using Emacs to write data science code means that you have access to the full power of this extensible editor. I prefer using Emacs for my data science projects because I can do many other tasks within the same application, leveraging the multifunctionality of this venerable editor. If you are just getting started with Emacs, then please first read Seth Kenlon's [Emacs getting started][7] article.
+
+### Setting up Emacs for R
+
+Emacs is an almost infinitely extensible text editor, which unfortunately means that many things don't work the way you want them to out of the box. Before you can write and execute R scripts, you need to install some packages and configure them. The ESS package provides an interface between Emacs and R. Other packages, such as [Company][8] and [highlight-parentheses][9] help with completion and balancing parentheses.
+
+Emacs uses a version of Lisp for configuration. The lines of [Emacs Lisp][10] code below install the required extensions and define a minimal configuration to get you started. These lines were tested for GNU Emacs version 26.3.
+
+Copy these lines and save them in a file named **init.el** in your **.emacs.d** folder. This is the folder that Emacs uses to store configurations, including the [init file][11]. If you already have an init file, then you can append these lines to your config. This minimal configuration is enough to get you started.
+
+
+```
+;; Elisp file for R coding with Emacs
+
+;; Add MELPA repository and initialise the package manager
+(require 'package)
+(add-to-list 'package-archives
+ '("melpa" . ""))
+(package-initialize)
+
+;; Install use-package,in case it does not exist yet
+;; The use-package software will install all other packages as required
+(unless (package-installed-p 'use-package)
+ (package-refresh-contents)
+ (package-install 'use-package))
+
+;; ESS configurationEmacs Speaks Statistics
+(use-package ess
+ :ensure t
+)
+
+;; Auto completion
+(use-package company
+ :ensure t
+ :config
+ (setq company-idle-delay 0)
+ (setq company-minimum-prefix-length 2)
+ (global-company-mode t)
+)
+
+; Parentheses
+(use-package highlight-parentheses
+ :ensure t
+ :config
+ (progn
+ (highlight-parentheses-mode)
+ (global-highlight-parentheses-mode))
+ )
+```
+
+### Using the R console
+
+To start an R console session, press **M-x R** and hit **Enter** (**M** is the Emacs way to denote the **Alt** or **Command** key). ESS will ask you to nominate a working directory, which defaults to the folder of the current buffer. You can use more than one console in the same Emacs session by repeating the R command.
+
+Emacs opens a new buffer for your new R console. You can also use the **Up** and **Down** arrow keys to go to previous lines and re-run them. Use the **Ctrl** and **Up/Down** arrow keys to recycle old commands.
+
+The Company ("complete anything") package manages autocompletion in both the console and R scripts. When entering a function, the mini-buffer at the bottom of the screen shows the relevant parameters. When the autocompletion dropdown menu appears, you can press **F1** to view the chosen option's Help file before you select it.
+
+The [highlight-parentheses][9] package does what its name suggests. Several other Emacs packages are available to help you balance parentheses and other structural elements in your code.
+
+### Writing R scripts
+
+Emacs recognizes R mode for any buffer with a **.R** extension (the file extension is case-sensitive). Open or create a new file with the **C-x C-f** shortcut and type the path and file name. You can start writing your code and use all of the powerful editing techniques that Emacs provides.
+
+Several functions are available to evaluate the code. You can evaluate each line separately with **C-<return>**, while **C-c C-c** will evaluate a contiguous region. Keying **C-c C-b** will evaluate the whole buffer.
+
+When you evaluate some code, Emacs will use any running console or ask you to open a new console to run the code.
+
+The output of any plotting functions appears in a window outside of Emacs. If you prefer to view the output within Emacs, then you need to save the output to disk and open the resulting file in a separate buffer.
+
+![Literate programming in Org mode, the ESS buffer, and graphics output.][12]
+
+Literate programming in Org mode, the ESS buffer, and graphics output.
+
+### Advanced use
+
+This article provides a brief introduction to using R in Emacs. Many parameters can be fine-tuned to make Emacs behave according to your preferences, but it would take too much space to cover them here. The [ESS manual][13] describes these in detail. You can also extend functionality with additional packages.
+
+Org mode can integrate R code, providing a productive platform for literate programming. If you prefer to use RMarkdown, the [Polymode][14] package has you covered.
+
+Emacs has various packages to make your editing experience more efficient. The best part of using Emacs to write R code is that the program is more than just an IDE; it is a malleable computer system that you can configure to match your favorite workflow.
+
+Learning how to configure Emacs can be daunting. The best way to learn quickly is to copy ideas from people who share their configurations. Miles McBain manages a [list of Emacs configurations][15] that could be useful if you want to explore using the R language in Emacs further.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/r-emacs-data-science
+
+作者：[Peter Prevos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/danderzei
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/metrics_data_dashboard_system_computer_analytics.png?itok=oxAeIEI- (metrics and data shown on a computer screen)
+[2]: https://hbr.org/2012/10/data-scientist-the-sexiest-job-of-the-21st-century
+[3]: https://www.python.org/
+[4]: https://www.r-project.org/
+[5]: https://ess.r-project.org/
+[6]: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/getting-started-RStudio-IDE
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/3/getting-started-emacs
+[8]: https://company-mode.github.io/
+[9]: https://github.com/tsdh/highlight-parentheses.el
+[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emacs_Lisp
+[11]: https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Init-File.html
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/r-ess-screenshot.jpg (Literate programming in Org mode, the ESS buffer, and graphics output.)
+[13]: https://ess.r-project.org/index.php?Section=documentation&subSection=manuals
+[14]: https://github.com/polymode/polymode
+[15]: https://github.com/MilesMcBain/esscss
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200507 Using the systemctl command to manage systemd units.md b/sources/tech/20200507 Using the systemctl command to manage systemd units.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e305cee36c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200507 Using the systemctl command to manage systemd units.md
@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Using the systemctl command to manage systemd units)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-units)
+[#]: author: (David Both https://opensource.com/users/dboth)
+
+Using the systemctl command to manage systemd units
+======
+Units are the basis of everything in systemd.
+![woman on laptop sitting at the window][1]
+
+In the first two articles in this series, I explored the Linux systemd startup sequence. In the [first article][2], I looked at systemd's functions and architecture and the controversy around its role as a replacement for the old SystemV init program and startup scripts. And in the [second article][3], I examined two important systemd tools, systemctl and journalctl, and explained how to switch from one target to another and to change the default target.
+
+In this third article, I'll look at systemd units in more detail and how to use the systemctl command to explore and manage units. I'll also explain how to stop and disable units and how to create a new systemd mount unit to mount a new filesystem and enable it to initiate during startup.
+
+### Preparation
+
+All of the experiments in this article should be done as the root user (unless otherwise specified). Some of the commands that simply list various systemd units can be performed by non-root users, but the commands that make changes cannot. Make sure to do all of these experiments only on non-production hosts or virtual machines (VMs).
+
+One of these experiments requires the sysstat package, so install it before you move on. For Fedora and other Red Hat-based distributions you can install sysstat with:
+
+
+```
+`dnf -y install sysstat`
+```
+
+The sysstat RPM installs several statistical tools that can be used for problem determination. One is [System Activity Report][4] (SAR), which records many system performance data points at regular intervals (every 10 minutes by default). Rather than run as a daemon in the background, the sysstat package installs two systemd timers. One timer runs every 10 minutes to collect data, and the other runs once a day to aggregate the daily data. In this article, I will look briefly at these timers but wait to explain how to create a timer in a future article.
+
+### systemd suite
+
+The fact is, systemd is more than just one program. It is a large suite of programs all designed to work together to manage nearly every aspect of a running Linux system. A full exposition of systemd would take a book on its own. Most of us do not need to understand all of the details about how all of systemd's components fit together, so I will focus on the programs and components that enable you to manage various Linux services and deal with log files and journals.
+
+### Practical structure
+
+The structure of systemd—outside of its executable files—is contained in its many configuration files. Although these files have different names and identifier extensions, they are all called "unit" files. Units are the basis of everything systemd.
+
+Unit files are ASCII plain-text files that are accessible to and can be created or modified by a sysadmin. There are a number of unit file types, and each has its own man page. Figure 1 lists some of these unit file types by their filename extensions and a short description of each.
+
+systemd unit | Description
+---|---
+.automount | The **.automount** units are used to implement on-demand (i.e., plug and play) and mounting of filesystem units in parallel during startup.
+.device | The **.device** unit files define hardware and virtual devices that are exposed to the sysadmin in the **/dev/directory**. Not all devices have unit files; typically, block devices such as hard drives, network devices, and some others have unit files.
+.mount | The **.mount** unit defines a mount point on the Linux filesystem directory structure.
+.scope | The **.scope** unit defines and manages a set of system processes. This unit is not configured using unit files, rather it is created programmatically. Per the **systemd.scope** man page, “The main purpose of scope units is grouping worker processes of a system service for organization and for managing resources.”
+.service | The **.service** unit files define processes that are managed by systemd. These include services such as crond cups (Common Unix Printing System), iptables, multiple logical volume management (LVM) services, NetworkManager, and more.
+.slice | The **.slice** unit defines a “slice,” which is a conceptual division of system resources that are related to a group of processes. You can think of all system resources as a pie and this subset of resources as a “slice” out of that pie.
+.socket | The **.socket** units define interprocess communication sockets, such as network sockets.
+.swap | The **.swap** units define swap devices or files.
+.target | The **.target** units define groups of unit files that define startup synchronization points, runlevels, and services. Target units define the services and other units that must be active in order to start successfully.
+.timer | The **.timer** unit defines timers that can initiate program execution at specified times.
+
+### systemctl
+
+I looked at systemd's startup functions in the [second article][3], and here I'll explore its service management functions a bit further. systemd provides the **systemctl** command that is used to start and stop services, configure them to launch (or not) at system startup, and monitor the current status of running services.
+
+In a terminal session as the root user, ensure that root's home directory ( **~** ) is the [PWD][5]. To begin looking at units in various ways, list all of the loaded and active systemd units. systemctl automatically pipes its [stdout][6] data stream through the **less** pager, so you don't have to:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl
+UNIT LOAD ACTIVE SUB DESCRIPTION
+proc-sys-fs-binfmt_misc.automount loaded active running Arbitrary Executable File>
+sys-devices-pci0000:00-0000:00:01.1-ata7-host6-target6:0:0-6:0:0:0-block-sr0.device loaded a>
+sys-devices-pci0000:00-0000:00:03.0-net-enp0s3.device loaded active plugged 82540EM Gigabi>
+sys-devices-pci0000:00-0000:00:05.0-sound-card0.device loaded active plugged 82801AA AC'97>
+sys-devices-pci0000:00-0000:00:08.0-net-enp0s8.device loaded active plugged 82540EM Gigabi>
+sys-devices-pci0000:00-0000:00:0d.0-ata1-host0-target0:0:0-0:0:0:0-block-sda-sda1.device loa>
+sys-devices-pci0000:00-0000:00:0d.0-ata1-host0-target0:0:0-0:0:0:0-block-sda-sda2.device loa>
+<snip – removed lots of lines of data from here>
+
+LOAD = Reflects whether the unit definition was properly loaded.
+ACTIVE = The high-level unit activation state, i.e. generalization of SUB.
+SUB = The low-level unit activation state, values depend on unit type.
+
+206 loaded units listed. Pass --all to see loaded but inactive units, too.
+To show all installed unit files use 'systemctl list-unit-files'.
+```
+
+As you scroll through the data in your terminal session, look for some specific things. The first section lists devices such as hard drives, sound cards, network interface cards, and TTY devices. Another section shows the filesystem mount points. Other sections include various services and a list of all loaded and active targets.
+
+The sysstat timers at the bottom of the output are used to collect and generate daily system activity summaries for SAR. SAR is a very useful problem-solving tool. (You can learn more about it in Chapter 13 of my book [_Using and Administering Linux: Volume 1, Zero to SysAdmin: Getting Started_][7].)
+
+Near the very bottom, three lines describe the meanings of the statuses (loaded, active, and sub). Press **q** to exit the pager.
+
+Use the following command (as suggested in the last line of the output above) to see all the units that are installed, whether or not they are loaded. I won't reproduce the output here, because you can scroll through it on your own. The systemctl program has an excellent tab-completion facility that makes it easy to enter complex commands without needing to memorize all the options:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-unit-files`
+```
+
+You can see that some units are disabled. Table 1 in the man page for systemctl lists and provides short descriptions of the entries you might see in this listing. Use the **-t** (type) option to view just the timer units:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-unit-files -t timer
+UNIT FILE STATE
+[chrony-dnssrv@.timer][8] disabled
+dnf-makecache.timer enabled
+fstrim.timer disabled
+logrotate.timer disabled
+logwatch.timer disabled
+[mdadm-last-resort@.timer][9] static
+mlocate-updatedb.timer enabled
+sysstat-collect.timer enabled
+sysstat-summary.timer enabled
+systemd-tmpfiles-clean.timer static
+unbound-anchor.timer enabled
+```
+
+You could do the same thing with this alternative, which provides considerably more detail:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-timers
+Thu 2020-04-16 09:06:20 EDT 3min 59s left n/a n/a systemd-tmpfiles-clean.timer systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
+Thu 2020-04-16 10:02:01 EDT 59min left Thu 2020-04-16 09:01:32 EDT 49s ago dnf-makecache.timer dnf-makecache.service
+Thu 2020-04-16 13:00:00 EDT 3h 57min left n/a n/a sysstat-collect.timer sysstat-collect.service
+Fri 2020-04-17 00:00:00 EDT 14h left Thu 2020-04-16 12:51:37 EDT 3h 49min left mlocate-updatedb.timer mlocate-updatedb.service
+Fri 2020-04-17 00:00:00 EDT 14h left Thu 2020-04-16 12:51:37 EDT 3h 49min left unbound-anchor.timer unbound-anchor.service
+Fri 2020-04-17 00:07:00 EDT 15h left n/a n/a sysstat-summary.timer sysstat-summary.service
+
+6 timers listed.
+Pass --all to see loaded but inactive timers, too.
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Although there is no option to do systemctl list-mounts, you can list the mount point unit files:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-unit-files -t mount
+UNIT FILE STATE
+-.mount generated
+boot.mount generated
+dev-hugepages.mount static
+dev-mqueue.mount static
+home.mount generated
+proc-fs-nfsd.mount static
+proc-sys-fs-binfmt_misc.mount disabled
+run-vmblock\x2dfuse.mount disabled
+sys-fs-fuse-connections.mount static
+sys-kernel-config.mount static
+sys-kernel-debug.mount static
+tmp.mount generated
+usr.mount generated
+var-lib-nfs-rpc_pipefs.mount static
+var.mount generated
+
+15 unit files listed.
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+The STATE column in this data stream is interesting and requires a bit of explanation. The "generated" states indicate that the mount unit was generated on the fly during startup using the information in **/etc/fstab**. The program that generates these mount units is **/lib/systemd/system-generators/systemd-fstab-generator,** along with other tools that generate a number of other unit types. The "static" mount units are for filesystems like **/proc** and **/sys**, and the files for these are located in the **/usr/lib/systemd/system** directory.
+
+Now, look at the service units. This command will show all services installed on the host, whether or not they are active:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl --all -t service`
+```
+
+The bottom of this listing of service units displays 166 as the total number of loaded units on my host. Your number will probably differ.
+
+Unit files do not have a filename extension (such as **.unit**) to help identify them, so you can generalize that most configuration files that belong to systemd are unit files of one type or another. The few remaining files are mostly **.conf** files located in **/etc/systemd**.
+
+Unit files are stored in the **/usr/lib/systemd** directory and its subdirectories, while the **/etc/systemd/** directory and its subdirectories contain symbolic links to the unit files necessary to the local configuration of this host.
+
+To explore this, make **/etc/systemd** the PWD and list its contents. Then make **/etc/systemd/system** the PWD and list its contents, and list the contents of at least a couple of the current PWD's subdirectories.
+
+Take a look at the **default.target** file, which determines which runlevel target the system will boot to. In the second article in this series, I explained how to change the default target from the GUI (**graphical.target**) to the command-line only (**multi-user.target**) target. The **default.target** file on my test VM is simply a symlink to **/usr/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target**.
+
+Take a few minutes to examine the contents of the **/etc/systemd/system/default.target** file:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 system]# cat default.target
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1+
+#
+# This file is part of systemd.
+#
+# systemd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+[Unit]
+Description=Graphical Interface
+Documentation=man:systemd.special(7)
+Requires=multi-user.target
+Wants=display-manager.service
+Conflicts=rescue.service rescue.target
+After=multi-user.target rescue.service rescue.target display-manager.service
+AllowIsolate=yes
+```
+
+Note that this requires the **multi-user.target**; the **graphical.target** cannot start if the **multi-user.target** is not already up and running. It also says it "wants" the **display-manager.service** unit. A "want" does not need to be fulfilled in order for the unit to start successfully. If the "want" cannot be fulfilled, it will be ignored by systemd, and the rest of the target will start regardless.
+
+The subdirectories in **/etc/systemd/system** are lists of wants for various targets. Take a few minutes to explore the files and their contents in the **/etc/systemd/system/graphical.target.wants** directory.
+
+The **systemd.unit** man page contains a lot of good information about unit files, their structure, the sections they can be divided into, and the options that can be used. It also lists many of the unit types, all of which have their own man pages. If you want to interpret a unit file, this would be a good place to start.
+
+### Service units
+
+A Fedora installation usually installs and enables services that particular hosts do not need for normal operation. Conversely, sometimes it doesn't include services that need to be installed, enabled, and started. Services that are not needed for the Linux host to function as desired, but which are installed and possibly running, represent a security risk and should—at minimum—be stopped and disabled and—at best—should be uninstalled.
+
+The systemctl command is used to manage systemd units, including services, targets, mounts, and more. Take a closer look at the list of services to identify services that will never be used:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl --all -t service
+UNIT LOAD ACTIVE SUB DESCRIPTION
+<snip>
+chronyd.service loaded active running NTP client/server
+crond.service loaded active running Command Scheduler
+cups.service loaded active running CUPS Scheduler
+dbus-daemon.service loaded active running D-Bus System Message Bus
+<snip>
+● ip6tables.service not-found inactive dead ip6tables.service
+● ipset.service not-found inactive dead ipset.service
+● iptables.service not-found inactive dead iptables.service
+<snip>
+firewalld.service loaded active running firewalld - dynamic firewall daemon
+<snip>
+● ntpd.service not-found inactive dead ntpd.service
+● ntpdate.service not-found inactive dead ntpdate.service
+pcscd.service loaded active running PC/SC Smart Card Daemon
+```
+
+I have pruned out most of the output from the command to save space. The services that show "loaded active running" are obvious. The "not-found" services are ones that systemd is aware of but are not installed on the Linux host. If you want to run those services, you must install the packages that contain them.
+
+Note the **pcscd.service** unit. This is the PC/SC smart-card daemon. Its function is to communicate with smart-card readers. Many Linux hosts—including VMs—have no need for this reader nor the service that is loaded and taking up memory and CPU resources. You can stop this service and disable it, so it will not restart on the next boot. First, check its status:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status pcscd.service
+● pcscd.service - PC/SC Smart Card Daemon
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/pcscd.service; indirect; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: active (running) since Fri 2019-05-10 11:28:42 EDT; 3 days ago
+ Docs: man:pcscd(8)
+ Main PID: 24706 (pcscd)
+ Tasks: 6 (limit: 4694)
+ Memory: 1.6M
+ CGroup: /system.slice/pcscd.service
+ └─24706 /usr/sbin/pcscd --foreground --auto-exit
+
+May 10 11:28:42 testvm1 systemd[1]: Started PC/SC Smart Card Daemon.
+```
+
+This data illustrates the additional information systemd provides versus SystemV, which only reports whether or not the service is running. Note that specifying the **.service** unit type is optional. Now stop and disable the service, then re-check its status:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl stop pcscd ; systemctl disable pcscd
+Warning: Stopping pcscd.service, but it can still be activated by:
+ pcscd.socket
+Removed /etc/systemd/system/sockets.target.wants/pcscd.socket.
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status pcscd
+● pcscd.service - PC/SC Smart Card Daemon
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/pcscd.service; indirect; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: failed (Result: exit-code) since Mon 2019-05-13 15:23:15 EDT; 48s ago
+ Docs: man:pcscd(8)
+ Main PID: 24706 (code=exited, status=1/FAILURE)
+
+May 10 11:28:42 testvm1 systemd[1]: Started PC/SC Smart Card Daemon.
+May 13 15:23:15 testvm1 systemd[1]: Stopping PC/SC Smart Card Daemon...
+May 13 15:23:15 testvm1 systemd[1]: pcscd.service: Main process exited, code=exited, status=1/FAIL>
+May 13 15:23:15 testvm1 systemd[1]: pcscd.service: Failed with result 'exit-code'.
+May 13 15:23:15 testvm1 systemd[1]: Stopped PC/SC Smart Card Daemon.
+```
+
+The short log entry display for most services prevents having to search through various log files to locate this type of information. Check the status of the system runlevel targets—specifying the "target" unit type is required:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status multi-user.target
+● multi-user.target - Multi-User System
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target; static; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: active since Thu 2019-05-09 13:27:22 EDT; 4 days ago
+ Docs: man:systemd.special(7)
+
+May 09 13:27:22 testvm1 systemd[1]: Reached target Multi-User System.
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status graphical.target
+● graphical.target - Graphical Interface
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target; indirect; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: active since Thu 2019-05-09 13:27:22 EDT; 4 days ago
+ Docs: man:systemd.special(7)
+
+May 09 13:27:22 testvm1 systemd[1]: Reached target Graphical Interface.
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status default.target
+● graphical.target - Graphical Interface
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/graphical.target; indirect; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: active since Thu 2019-05-09 13:27:22 EDT; 4 days ago
+ Docs: man:systemd.special(7)
+
+May 09 13:27:22 testvm1 systemd[1]: Reached target Graphical Interface.
+```
+
+The default target is the graphical target. The status of any unit can be checked in this way.
+
+### Mounts the old way
+
+A mount unit defines all of the parameters required to mount a filesystem on a designated mount point. systemd can manage mount units with more flexibility than those using the **/etc/fstab** filesystem configuration file. Despite this, systemd still uses the **/etc/fstab** file for filesystem configuration and mounting purposes. systemd uses the **systemd-fstab-generator** tool to create transient mount units from the data in the **fstab** file.
+
+I will create a new filesystem and a systemd mount unit to mount it. If you have some available disk space on your test system, you can do it along with me.
+
+_Note that the volume group and logical volume names may be different on your test system. Be sure to use the names that are pertinent to your system._
+
+You will need to create a partition or logical volume, then make an EXT4 filesystem on it. Add a label to the filesystem, **TestFS**, and create a directory for a mount point **/TestFS**.
+
+To try this on your own, first, verify that you have free space on the volume group. Here is what that looks like on my VM where I have some space available on the volume group to create a new logical volume:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# lsblk
+NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT
+sda 8:0 0 120G 0 disk
+├─sda1 8:1 0 4G 0 part /boot
+└─sda2 8:2 0 116G 0 part
+ ├─VG01-root 253:0 0 5G 0 lvm /
+ ├─VG01-swap 253:1 0 8G 0 lvm [SWAP]
+ ├─VG01-usr 253:2 0 30G 0 lvm /usr
+ ├─VG01-home 253:3 0 20G 0 lvm /home
+ ├─VG01-var 253:4 0 20G 0 lvm /var
+ └─VG01-tmp 253:5 0 10G 0 lvm /tmp
+sr0 11:0 1 1024M 0 rom
+[root@testvm1 ~]# vgs
+ VG #PV #LV #SN Attr VSize VFree
+ VG01 1 6 0 wz--n- <116.00g <23.00g
+```
+
+Then create a new volume on **VG01** named **TestFS**. It does not need to be large; 1GB is fine. Then create a filesystem, add the filesystem label, and create the mount point:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# lvcreate -L 1G -n TestFS VG01
+ Logical volume "TestFS" created.
+[root@testvm1 ~]# mkfs -t ext4 /dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS
+mke2fs 1.45.3 (14-Jul-2019)
+Creating filesystem with 262144 4k blocks and 65536 inodes
+Filesystem UUID: 8718fba9-419f-4915-ab2d-8edf811b5d23
+Superblock backups stored on blocks:
+ 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376
+
+Allocating group tables: done
+Writing inode tables: done
+Creating journal (8192 blocks): done
+Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done
+
+[root@testvm1 ~]# e2label /dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS TestFS
+[root@testvm1 ~]# mkdir /TestFS
+```
+
+Now, mount the new filesystem:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# mount /TestFS/
+mount: /TestFS/: can't find in /etc/fstab.
+```
+
+This will not work because you do not have an entry in **/etc/fstab**. You can mount the new filesystem even without the entry in **/etc/fstab** using both the device name (as it appears in **/dev**) and the mount point. Mounting in this manner is simpler than it used to be—it used to require the filesystem type as an argument. The mount command is now smart enough to detect the filesystem type and mount it accordingly.
+
+Try it again:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# mount /dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS /TestFS/
+[root@testvm1 ~]# lsblk
+NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT
+sda 8:0 0 120G 0 disk
+├─sda1 8:1 0 4G 0 part /boot
+└─sda2 8:2 0 116G 0 part
+ ├─VG01-root 253:0 0 5G 0 lvm /
+ ├─VG01-swap 253:1 0 8G 0 lvm [SWAP]
+ ├─VG01-usr 253:2 0 30G 0 lvm /usr
+ ├─VG01-home 253:3 0 20G 0 lvm /home
+ ├─VG01-var 253:4 0 20G 0 lvm /var
+ ├─VG01-tmp 253:5 0 10G 0 lvm /tmp
+ └─VG01-TestFS 253:6 0 1G 0 lvm /TestFS
+sr0 11:0 1 1024M 0 rom
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Now the new filesystem is mounted in the proper location. List the mount unit files:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl list-unit-files -t mount`
+```
+
+This command does not show a file for the **/TestFS** filesystem because no file exists for it. The command **systemctl status TestFS.mount** does not display any information about the new filesystem either. You can try it using wildcards with the **systemctl status** command:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status *mount
+● usr.mount - /usr
+ Loaded: loaded (/etc/fstab; generated)
+ Active: active (mounted)
+ Where: /usr
+ What: /dev/mapper/VG01-usr
+ Docs: man:fstab(5)
+ man:systemd-fstab-generator(8)
+
+<SNIP>
+● TestFS.mount - /TestFS
+ Loaded: loaded (/proc/self/mountinfo)
+ Active: active (mounted) since Fri 2020-04-17 16:02:26 EDT; 1min 18s ago
+ Where: /TestFS
+ What: /dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS
+
+● run-user-0.mount - /run/user/0
+ Loaded: loaded (/proc/self/mountinfo)
+ Active: active (mounted) since Thu 2020-04-16 08:52:29 EDT; 1 day 5h ago
+ Where: /run/user/0
+ What: tmpfs
+
+● var.mount - /var
+ Loaded: loaded (/etc/fstab; generated)
+ Active: active (mounted) since Thu 2020-04-16 12:51:34 EDT; 1 day 1h ago
+ Where: /var
+ What: /dev/mapper/VG01-var
+ Docs: man:fstab(5)
+ man:systemd-fstab-generator(8)
+ Tasks: 0 (limit: 19166)
+ Memory: 212.0K
+ CPU: 5ms
+ CGroup: /system.slice/var.mount
+```
+
+This command provides some very interesting information about your system's mounts, and your new filesystem shows up. The **/var** and **/usr** filesystems are identified as being generated from **/etc/fstab**, while your new filesystem simply shows that it is loaded and provides the location of the info file in the **/proc/self/mountinfo** file.
+
+Next, automate this mount. First, do it the old-fashioned way by adding an entry in **/etc/fstab**. Later, I'll show you how to do it the new way, which will teach you about creating units and integrating them into the startup sequence.
+
+Unmount **/TestFS** and add the following line to the **/etc/fstab** file:
+
+
+```
+`/dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS /TestFS ext4 defaults 1 2`
+```
+
+Now, mount the filesystem with the simpler **mount** command and list the mount units again:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# mount /TestFS
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status *mount
+<SNIP>
+● TestFS.mount - /TestFS
+ Loaded: loaded (/proc/self/mountinfo)
+ Active: active (mounted) since Fri 2020-04-17 16:26:44 EDT; 1min 14s ago
+ Where: /TestFS
+ What: /dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS
+<SNIP>
+```
+
+This did not change the information for this mount because the filesystem was manually mounted. Reboot and run the command again, and this time specify **TestFS.mount** rather than using the wildcard. The results for this mount are now consistent with it being mounted at startup:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status TestFS.mount
+● TestFS.mount - /TestFS
+ Loaded: loaded (/etc/fstab; generated)
+ Active: active (mounted) since Fri 2020-04-17 16:30:21 EDT; 1min 38s ago
+ Where: /TestFS
+ What: /dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS
+ Docs: man:fstab(5)
+ man:systemd-fstab-generator(8)
+ Tasks: 0 (limit: 19166)
+ Memory: 72.0K
+ CPU: 6ms
+ CGroup: /system.slice/TestFS.mount
+
+Apr 17 16:30:21 testvm1 systemd[1]: Mounting /TestFS...
+Apr 17 16:30:21 testvm1 systemd[1]: Mounted /TestFS.
+```
+
+### Creating a mount unit
+
+Mount units may be configured either with the traditional **/etc/fstab** file or with systemd units. Fedora uses the **fstab** file as it is created during the installation. However, systemd uses the **systemd-fstab-generator** program to translate the **fstab** file into systemd units for each entry in the **fstab** file. Now that you know you can use systemd **.mount** unit files for filesystem mounting, try it out by creating a mount unit for this filesystem.
+
+First, unmount **/TestFS**. Edit the **/etc/fstab** file and delete or comment out the **TestFS** line. Now, create a new file with the name **TestFS.mount** in the **/etc/systemd/system** directory. Edit it to contain the configuration data below. The unit file name and the name of the mount point _must_ be identical, or the mount will fail:
+
+
+```
+# This mount unit is for the TestFS filesystem
+# By David Both
+# Licensed under GPL V2
+# This file should be located in the /etc/systemd/system directory
+
+[Unit]
+Description=TestFS Mount
+
+[Mount]
+What=/dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS
+Where=/TestFS
+Type=ext4
+Options=defaults
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target
+```
+
+The **Description** line in the **[Unit]** section is for us humans, and it provides the name that's shown when you list mount units with **systemctl -t mount**. The data in the **[Mount]** section of this file contains essentially the same data that would be found in the **fstab** file.
+
+Now enable the mount unit:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 etc]# systemctl enable TestFS.mount
+Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/multi-user.target.wants/TestFS.mount → /etc/systemd/system/TestFS.mount.
+```
+
+This creates the symlink in the **/etc/systemd/system** directory, which will cause this mount unit to be mounted on all subsequent boots. The filesystem has not yet been mounted, so you must "start" it:
+
+
+```
+`[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl start TestFS.mount`
+```
+
+Verify that the filesystem has been mounted:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status TestFS.mount
+● TestFS.mount - TestFS Mount
+ Loaded: loaded (/etc/systemd/system/TestFS.mount; enabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: active (mounted) since Sat 2020-04-18 09:59:53 EDT; 14s ago
+ Where: /TestFS
+ What: /dev/mapper/VG01-TestFS
+ Tasks: 0 (limit: 19166)
+ Memory: 76.0K
+ CPU: 3ms
+ CGroup: /system.slice/TestFS.mount
+
+Apr 18 09:59:53 testvm1 systemd[1]: Mounting TestFS Mount...
+Apr 18 09:59:53 testvm1 systemd[1]: Mounted TestFS Mount.
+```
+
+This experiment has been specifically about creating a unit file for a mount, but it can be applied to other types of unit files as well. The details will be different, but the concepts are the same. Yes, I know it is still easier to add a line to the **/etc/fstab** file than it is to create a mount unit. But this is a good example of how to create a unit file because systemd does not have generators for every type of unit.
+
+### In summary
+
+This article looked at systemd units in more detail and how to use the systemctl command to explore and manage units. It also showed how to stop and disable units and create a new systemd mount unit to mount a new filesystem and enable it to initiate during startup.
+
+In the next article in this series, I will take you through a recent problem I had during startup and show you how I circumvented it using systemd.
+
+### Resources
+
+There is a great deal of information about systemd available on the internet, but much is terse, obtuse, or even misleading. In addition to the resources mentioned in this article, the following webpages offer more detailed and reliable information about systemd startup.
+
+ * The Fedora Project has a good, practical [guide][10] [to systemd][10]. It has pretty much everything you need to know in order to configure, manage, and maintain a Fedora computer using systemd.
+ * The Fedora Project also has a good [cheat sheet][11] that cross-references the old SystemV commands to comparable systemd ones.
+ * For detailed technical information about systemd and the reasons for creating it, check out [Freedesktop.org][12]'s [description of systemd][13].
+ * [Linux.com][14]'s "More systemd fun" offers more advanced systemd [information and tips][15].
+
+
+
+There is also a series of deeply technical articles for Linux sysadmins by Lennart Poettering, the designer and primary developer of systemd. These articles were written between April 2010 and September 2011, but they are just as relevant now as they were then. Much of everything else good that has been written about systemd and its ecosystem is based on these papers.
+
+ * [Rethinking PID 1][16]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part I][17]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part II][18]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part III][19]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IV][20]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part V][21]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VI][22]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VII][23]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VIII][24]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IX][25]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part X][26]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part XI][27]
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-units
+
+作者：[David Both][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/lenovo-thinkpad-laptop-window-focus.png?itok=g0xPm2kD (young woman working on a laptop)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/systemd
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/systemd-startup
+[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sar_%28Unix%29
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pwd
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_streams#Standard_output_(stdout)
+[7]: http://www.both.org/?page_id=1183
+[8]: mailto:chrony-dnssrv@.timer
+[9]: mailto:mdadm-last-resort@.timer
+[10]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/quick-docs/understanding-and-administering-systemd/index.html
+[11]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/SysVinit_to_Systemd_Cheatsheet
+[12]: http://Freedesktop.org
+[13]: http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd
+[14]: http://Linux.com
+[15]: https://www.linux.com/training-tutorials/more-systemd-fun-blame-game-and-stopping-services-prejudice/
+[16]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd.html
+[17]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-1.html
+[18]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-2.html
+[19]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-3.html
+[20]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-4.html
+[21]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/three-levels-of-off.html
+[22]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/changing-roots
+[23]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/blame-game.html
+[24]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-new-configuration-files.html
+[25]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/on-etc-sysinit.html
+[26]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/instances.html
+[27]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/inetd.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200508 A guide to setting up your Open Source Program Office (OSPO) for success.md b/sources/tech/20200508 A guide to setting up your Open Source Program Office (OSPO) for success.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea3aa01866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200508 A guide to setting up your Open Source Program Office (OSPO) for success.md
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (A guide to setting up your Open Source Program Office (OSPO) for success)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-program-office)
+[#]: author: (J. Manrique Lopez de la Fuente https://opensource.com/users/jsmanrique)
+
+A guide to setting up your Open Source Program Office (OSPO) for success
+======
+Learn how to best grow and maintain your open source communities and
+allies.
+![community team brainstorming ideas][1]
+
+Companies create Open Source Program Offices (OSPO) to manage their relationship with the open source ecosystems they depend on. By understanding the company's open source ecosystem, an OSPO is able to maximize the company's return on investment and reduce the risks of consuming, contributing to, and releasing open source software. Additionally, since the company depends on its open source ecosystem, ensuring its health and sustainability shall ensure the company's health, sustainable growth, and evolution.
+
+### How has OSPO become vital to companies and their open source ecosystem?
+
+Marc Andreessen has said that "software is eating the world," and more recently, it could be said that open source is eating the software world. But how is that process happening?
+
+Companies get involved with open source projects in several ways. These projects comprise the company's open source ecosystem, and their relationships and interactions can be seen through Open Source Software's (OSS) inbound and outbound processes.
+
+From the OSS inbound point of view, companies use it to build their own solutions and their own infrastructure. OSS gets introduced because it's part of the code their technology providers use, or because their own developers add open source components to the company's information technology (IT) infrastructure.
+
+From the OSS outbound point of view, some companies contribute to OSS projects. That contribution could be part of the company's requirements for their solutions that need certain fixes in upstream projects. For example, Samsung contributes to certain graphics-related projects to ensure its hardware has software support once it gets into the market. In some other cases, contributing to OSS is a mechanism to retain talent by allowing the people to contribute to projects different from their daily work.
+
+Some companies release their own open source projects as an outbound OSS process. For companies like Red Hat or GitLab, it would be expected. But, there are increasingly more non-software companies releasing a lot of OSS, like Lyft.
+
+![OSS inbound and outbound processes][2]
+
+OSS inbound and outbound processes
+
+Ultimately, all of these projects involved in the inbound and outbound OSS flow are the company's OSS ecosystem. And like any living being, the company's health and sustainability depend on the ecosystem that surrounds it.
+
+### OSPO responsibilities
+
+Following the species and their ecosystem, people working in the OSPO team could be seen as the rangers in the organization's OSS ecosystem. They take care of the ecosystem and its relationship with the company, to keep everything healthy and sustainable.
+
+When the company consumes open source software projects, they need to be aware of licenses and compliance, to check the project's health, to ensure there are no security flaws, and, in some cases, to identify talented community members for potential hiring processes.
+
+When the company contributes to open source software projects, they need to be sure there are no Intellectual Property (IP) issues, to ensure the company contributions' footprint and its leadership in the projects, and sometimes, also to help talented people stay engaged with the company through their contributions.
+
+And when the company releases and maintains open source projects, they are responsible for ensuring community engagement and growth, for checking there are no IP issues, that the company maintains its footprint and leadership, and perhaps, to attract new talent to the company.
+
+Have you realized the whole set of skills required in an OSPO team? When I've asked people working in OSPO about the size of their teams, the number is around 1 to 5 people per 1,000 developers in the company. That's a small team to monitor a lot of people and their potential OSS related activity.
+
+### How to manage an OSPO
+
+With all these activities in OSPO people's minds and all the resources they need to worry about, how are they able to manage all of this?
+
+There are at least a couple of open source communities with valuable knowledge and resources available for them:
+
+ * The [TODO Group][3] is "an open group of companies who want to collaborate on practices, tools, and other ways to run successful and effective open source projects and programs." For example, they have a complete set of [guides][4] with best practices for and from companies running OSPOS.
+ * The [CHAOSS (Community Health Analytics for Open Source Software)][5] community develops metrics, methodologies, and software for managing open source project health and sustainability. (See more on CHAOSS' active communities and working groups below).
+
+
+
+OSPO managers need to report a lot of information to the rest of the company to answer many questions related to their OSS inbound and outbound processes, i.e., Which projects are we using in our organization? What's the health of those projects? Who are the key people in those projects? Which projects are we contributing to? Which projects are we releasing? How are we dealing with community contributions? Who are the key contributors?
+
+### Data-driven OSPO
+
+As William Edwards Deming said, "Without data, you are just a person with an opinion."
+
+Having opinions is not a bad thing, but having opinions based on data certainly makes it easier to understand, discuss, and determine the processes best suited to your company and its goals. CHAOSS is the recommended community to look to for guidance about metrics strategies and tools.
+
+Recently, the CHAOSS community has released [a new set of metric definitions][6]. These metrics are only subsets of all the ones being discussed in the focus areas of each working group (WG):
+
+ * [Common WG][7]: Defines the metrics that are used by both working groups or are important for community health, but that do not cleanly fit into one of the other existing working groups. Areas of interest include organizational affiliation, responsiveness, and geographic coverage.
+ * [Diversity and Inclusion WG][8]: Gathers experiences regarding diversity and inclusion in open source projects with the goal of understanding, from a qualitative and quantitative point of view, how diversity and inclusion can be measured.
+ * [Evolution WG][9]: Refines the metrics that inform evolution and works with software implementations.
+ * [Risk WG][10]: Refines the metrics that inform risk and works with software implementations.
+ * [Value WG][11]: Focuses on industry-standard metrics for economic value in open source. Their main goal is to publish trusted industry-standard value metrics—a kind of S&P for software development and an authoritative source for metrics significance and industry norms.
+
+
+
+On the tooling side, projects like [Augur][12], [Cregit][13], and [GrimoireLab][14] are the reference tools that report these metrics, but also many others related to OSPO activities. They are also the seed for new tools and solutions provided by the OSS community like [Cauldron.io][15], a SaaS open source solution to ease OSS ecosystem analysis.
+
+![CHAOSS Metrics for 15 years of Unity OSS activity. Source: cauldron.io][16]
+
+CHAOSS Metrics for 15 years of Unity OSS activity. Source: cauldron.io
+
+All these metrics and data are useless without a metrics strategy. Usually, the first approach is to try to measure as much as possible, producing overwhelming reports and dashboards full of charts and data. What is the value of that?
+
+Experience has shown that a very valid approach is the [Goal, Questions, Metrics (GQM)][17] strategy. But how do we put that in practice in an OSPO?
+
+First of all, we need to understand the company's goals when using, consuming, contributing to, or releasing and maintaining OSS projects. The usual goals are related to market positioning, required upstream features development, and talent attraction or retention. Based on these goals, we should write down related questions that can be answered with numbers, like the following:
+
+#### Who/how many are the core maintainers of my OSS ecosystem projects?
+
+![Uber OSS code core, regular, and casual contributors evolution. Source: uber.biterg.io][18]
+
+Uber OSS code core, regular, and casual contributors evolution. Source: uber.biterg.io
+
+People contribute through different mechanisms or tools (code, issues, comments, tests, etc.). Measuring the core contributors (those that have done 80% of the contributions), the regular ones (those that have done 15% of the contributions), and the casual ones (those have made 5% of the contributions) can answer questions related to participation over time, but also how people move between the different buckets. Adding affiliation information helps to identify external core contributors.
+
+#### Where are the contributions happening?
+
+![Uber OSS activity based on location. Source: uber.biterg.io][19]
+
+Uber OSS activity based on location. Source: uber.biterg.io
+
+The growth of OSS ecosystems is also related to OSS projects spread across the world. Understanding that spread helps OSPO, and the company, to manage actions that improve support for people from different countries and regions.
+
+#### What is the company's OSS network?
+
+![Uber OSS network. Source: uber.biterg.io][20]
+
+Uber OSS network. Source: uber.biterg.io
+
+The company's OSS ecosystem includes those projects that the company's people contribute to. Understanding which projects they contribute to offers insight into which technologies or OSS components are interesting to people, and which companies or organizations the company collaborates with.
+
+#### How is the company dealing with contributions?
+
+![Github Pull Requests backlog management index and time to close analysis. Source: uber.biterg.io][21]
+
+Github Pull Requests backlog management index and time to close analysis. Source: uber.biterg.io
+
+One of the goals when releasing OSS projects is to grow the community around them. Measuring how the company handles contributions to its projects from outside its boundaries helps to understand how "welcoming" it is and identifies mentors (or bottlenecks) and opportunities to lower the barrier to contribute.
+
+#### Consumers vs. maintainers
+
+Over the last months, we have been hearing that corporations are taking OSS for free without contributing back. The typical arguments are that these corporations are making millions of dollars thanks to free work, plus the issue of OSS project maintainer burnout due to users' complaints and requests for free support.
+
+The system is unbalanced; usually, the number of users exceeds the number of maintainers. Is that good or bad? Having users for our software is (or should be) good. But we need to manage expectations on both sides.
+
+From the corporation's point of view, consuming OSS without care is very, very risky.
+
+OSPO can play an important role in educating the company about the risks they are facing, and how to reduce them by contributing back to their OSS ecosystem. Remember, a company's overall sustainability could rely heavily on its ecosystem sustainability.
+
+A good strategy is to start shifting your company from being pure OSS consumers to becoming contributors to their OSS inbound projects. From just submitting issues and asking questions to help solve issues, answering questions, and even sending patches, contributing helps grow and maintain the project while giving back to the community. It doesn't happen immediately, but over time, the company will be perceived as an OSS ecosystem citizen. Eventually, some people from the company could end up helping to maintain those projects too.
+
+And what about money? There are plenty of ways to support the OSS ecosystem financially. Some examples:
+
+ * Business initiatives like [Tidelift][22], or [OpenCollective][23]
+ * Foundations and their supporting mechanisms, like [Software Freedom Conservancy][24], or [CommunityBridge][25] from the Linux Foundation
+ * Self-funding programs (like [Indeed][26] and [Salesforce][27] have done)
+ * Emerging gig development approaches like [Github Sponsors][28] or [Patreon][29]
+
+
+
+Last but not least, companies need to avoid the "not invented here" syndrome. For some OSS projects, there might be companies providing consulting, customization, maintenance, and/or support services. Instead of taking OSS and spending time and people to self-host, self-customize, or try to bring those kinds of services in-house, it might be smarter and more efficient to hire some of those companies to do the thought work.
+
+As a final remark, I would like to emphasize the importance of an OSPO for a company to succeed and grow in the current market. As shepherds of the company's OSS ecosystem, they are the best people in the organization to understand how the ecosystem works and flows, and they should be empowered to manage, monitor, and make recommendations and decisions to ensure sustainability and growth.
+
+Does your organization have an OSPO yet?
+
+Six common traits of successful open source programs, and a look back at how the open source...
+
+Why would a company not in the business of software development create an open source program...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-program-office
+
+作者：[J. Manrique Lopez de la Fuente][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jsmanrique
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/meeting_discussion_brainstorm.png?itok=7_m4CC8S (community team brainstorming ideas)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ospo_1.png (OSS inbound and outbound processes)
+[3]: https://todogroup.org/
+[4]: https://todogroup.org/guides/
+[5]: https://chaoss.community/
+[6]: https://chaoss.community/metrics/
+[7]: https://github.com/chaoss/wg-common
+[8]: https://github.com/chaoss/wg-diversity-inclusion
+[9]: https://github.com/chaoss/wg-evolution
+[10]: https://github.com/chaoss/wg-risk
+[11]: https://github.com/chaoss/wg-value
+[12]: https://github.com/chaoss/augur
+[13]: https://github.com/cregit
+[14]: https://chaoss.github.io/grimoirelab/
+[15]: https://cauldron.io/
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ospo_2.png (CHAOSS Metrics for 15 years of Unity OSS activity. Source: cauldron.io)
+[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GQM
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ospo_3.png (Uber OSS code core, regular, and casual contributors evolution. Source: uber.biterg.io)
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ospo_4.png (Uber OSS activity based on location. Source: uber.biterg.io)
+[20]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ospo_5_0.png (Uber OSS network. Source: uber.biterg.io)
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/ospo_6.png (Github Pull Requests backlog management index and time to close analysis. Source: uber.biterg.io)
+[22]: https://tidelift.com/
+[23]: https://opencollective.com/
+[24]: https://sfconservancy.org/
+[25]: https://funding.communitybridge.org/
+[26]: https://engineering.indeedblog.com/blog/2019/02/sponsoring-osi/
+[27]: https://sustain.codefund.fm/23
+[28]: https://help.github.com/en/github/supporting-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors
+[29]: https://www.patreon.com/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200510 Open source underpins coronavirus IoT and robotics solutions.md b/sources/tech/20200510 Open source underpins coronavirus IoT and robotics solutions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ce9ce0a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200510 Open source underpins coronavirus IoT and robotics solutions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Open source underpins coronavirus IoT and robotics solutions)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/robotics-covid19)
+[#]: author: (Sam Bocetta https://opensource.com/users/sambocetta)
+
+Open source underpins coronavirus IoT and robotics solutions
+======
+From sanitization of equipment and facilities to plotting the spread of
+the virus, robots are playing an active role in combating COVID-19.
+![Three giant robots and a person][1]
+
+The tech sector is quietly having a boom during the COVID-19 pandemic. Open source developers are getting involved with many aspects of the fight against the coronavirus, [using Python to visualize its spread][2] and helping to repurpose data acquisition systems to perform contact tracing.
+
+However, one of the most exciting areas of current research is the use of robotics to contain the spread of the coronavirus. In the last few weeks, robots have been deployed in critical environments—particularly in hospitals and on airplanes—to help staff sterilize surfaces and objects.
+
+Most of these robots are produced by tech startups, who have seen an opportunity to prove the worth of their proprietary systems. Many of them, however, rely on [open source cloud and IoT tools][3] that have been developed by the open source community.
+
+In this article, we'll take a look at how robotics are being used to fight the disease, the IoT infrastructure that underpins these systems, and finally, the security and privacy concerns that their increased use is highlighting.
+
+### Robots and COVID-19
+
+Around the world, robots are being deployed to help the fight against COVID-19. The most direct use of robots has been in healthcare facilities, and China has taken the lead when it comes to deploying robots in hospitals.
+
+For example, a field hospital that recently opened in Wuhan—where the virus originated—is [making extensive use of robots][4] to help healthcare workers care for patients. Some of these robots provide food, drink, and medicine to patients, and others are used to clean parts of the hospital.
+
+Other companies, such as the Texas startup Xenex Disinfection Services, are using robots and UV light to deactivate viruses, bacteria, and spores on surfaces in airports. Still others, like Dimer UVC Innovations, are focusing on making robots that can [improve aircraft hygiene][5].
+
+Not all of the "robots" deployed against the disease are anthropomorphic, though. The same field hospital in Wuhan that is using human-like robots is also making extensive use of less obviously "robotic" IoT devices.
+
+Patients entering the hospital are screened by networked 5G thermometers to alert staff for anyone showing a high fever, and patients wear smart bracelets and rings equipped with sensors. These are synced with CloudMinds' AI platform, and patients' vital signs, including temperature, heart rate, and blood oxygen levels, can be monitored.
+
+### Robots and the IoT
+
+Even when these robots appear to be independent entities, they make [extensive use of the IoT][6]. In other words, although patients may feel that they are being cared for by a robot that can make its own decisions, in reality, these robots are controlled by large, distributed sensing and data processing systems.
+
+Although many of the robots being deployed are the proprietary property of the tech firms who produce their hardware, their functioning is based on an ecosystem of software that is largely open source.
+
+This observation is an important one because it overturns one of the primary misconceptions about the [way that AI is used today][7][,][7] whether in a healthcare setting or elsewhere. Most research into robotics today does not seek to embed fully intelligent AI systems into robots themselves but, instead, uses centralized AI systems to control a wide variety of far less "smart" IoT devices.
+
+This observation, in turn, highlights two key points about the robots currently being developed and used to fight COVID-19. One is that they rely on a software ecosystem—much of it open source—that has been developed in a truly collaborative process involving thousands of engineers. The second is that the networked nature of these robots makes them vulnerable to exploitation.
+
+### Security and privacy
+
+This vulnerability to cybersecurity threats has led some analysts to raise questions about the wisdom of widespread deployment of IoT-driven robotics, whether in the healthcare system or anywhere else. Spyware in the IoT [remains a huge problem][8], and some fear that by integrating IoT systems into healthcare, we may be exposing more data—and more sensitive data—to intruders.
+
+Even where developers are careful to build security into these devices, the sheer number of components they rely on makes DevSecOps processes difficult to implement. Especially in this current time of crisis, many software engineers have been forced to accelerate the release of new components, and this could lead to them being vulnerable. If a company is rushing to bring a healthcare robot onto the market in response to COVID-19, it's unlikely that the open source code that these devices run on will be [properly audited][9].
+
+And even if companies are able to maintain the integrity of their DevSecOps processes while still accelerating development, it's far from certain that patients themselves understand the privacy implications of delegating their care to IoT devices. Many lack the open source privacy tools [necessary to keep their data private][10] when browsing the internet, let alone those that should be deployed to protect sensitive healthcare data.
+
+### The future
+
+In short, the deployment of robots in the fight against COVID-19 is highlighting long-standing concerns about the integrity, security, and privacy of IoT systems more generally. Professionals in this field have long argued that [IoT audits][11] and [embedded Linux systems][12] should be the standard for IoT development, but in the current crisis, their warnings are likely to be ignored.
+
+This is worrying because it's likely that IoT systems will be increasingly used in healthcare in the coming decade. So whilst the COVID-19 pandemic will provide a proof of their utility in this sector, it should also not be used as an excuse to roll out poorly secured, poorly audited IoT software in highly sensitive environments.
+
+Open source isn’t just changing the way we interact with the world, it’s changing the way the world...
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/robotics-covid19
+
+作者：[Sam Bocetta][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/sambocetta
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_robots.png?itok=TOZgajrd (Three giant robots and a person)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/python-data-covid-19
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/digital-transformation-strategy-think-cloud
+[4]: https://www.cnbc.com/2020/03/18/how-china-is-using-robots-and-telemedicine-to-combat-the-coronavirus.html
+[5]: https://www.therobotreport.com/company-offers-germ-killing-robot-to-airports-to-address-coronavirus-outbreak/
+[6]: https://www.cloudwards.net/what-is-the-internet-of-things/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/17/3/5-big-ways-ai-rapidly-invading-our-lives
+[8]: https://blog.eccouncil.org/spyware-in-the-iot-what-does-it-mean-for-your-online-privacy/
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/17/10/doc-audits
+[10]: https://privacyaustralia.net/privacy-tools/
+[11]: https://opensource.com/article/19/11/how-many-iot-devices
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/17/3/embedded-linux-iot-ecosystem
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200511 How I track my home-s energy consumption with open source.md b/sources/tech/20200511 How I track my home-s energy consumption with open source.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10dfaa5f8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200511 How I track my home-s energy consumption with open source.md
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How I track my home's energy consumption with open source)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/energy-monitoring)
+[#]: author: (Stephan Avenwedde https://opensource.com/users/hansic99)
+
+How I track my home's energy consumption with open source
+======
+These open source components help you find ways to save money and
+conserve resources.
+![lightbulb drawing outline][1]
+
+An important step towards optimizing energy consumption is knowing your actual consumption. My house was built during the oil crisis in the 1970s, and due to the lack of a natural gas connection, the builders decided to use electricity to do all of the heating (water and home heating). This is not unusual for this area of Germany, and it remains an appropriate solution in countries that depend highly on nuclear power.
+
+Electricity prices here are quite high (around € 0.28/kWh), so I decided to monitor my home's energy consumption to get a feel for areas where I could save some energy.
+
+I used to work for a company that sold energy-monitoring systems for industrial customers. While this company mostly used proprietary software, you can set up a similar smart monitoring and logging solution for your home based on open source components. This article will show you how.
+
+In Germany, the grid operator owns the electricity meter. The grid operator is obliged to provide an interface on its metering device to enable the customer to access the meter reading. Here is the metering device on my home:
+
+![Actaris ACE3000 electricity meter][2]
+
+Actaris ACE3000 Type 110 (dry contact located behind the marked cover)
+
+Generally, almost every metering device has at least a [dry contact][3]—as my electricity meter does—that you can use to log metering. As you can see, my electricity meter has two counters: The upper one is for the day tariff (6am to 10pm), and the lower one is for the night tariff (10pm to 6am). The night tariff is a bit cheaper. Two-tariff meters are usually found only in houses with electric heating.
+
+### Design
+
+A reliable energy-monitoring solution for private use should meet the following requirements:
+
+ * Logging of metering impulses (dry contact)
+ * 24/7 operation
+ * Energy-saving operation
+ * Visualization of consumption data
+ * Long-term recording of consumption data
+ * Connectivity (e.g., Ethernet, USB, WiFi, etc.)
+ * Affordability
+
+
+
+I choose the Siemens SIMATIC IOT2020 as my hardware platform. This industrial-proven device is based on an Intel Quark x86 CPU, has programmable interrupts, and is compatible with many Arduino shields.
+
+![Siemens SIMATIC IOT2020][4]
+
+Siemens SIMATIC IOT2020
+
+The Siemens device comes without an SD card and, therefore, without an operating system. Luckily, you can find a current Yocto-based Linux OS image and instructions on how to flash the SD card in the [Siemens forum][5].
+
+In addition to the hardware platform, you also need some accessories. The following materials list shows the minimum components you need. Each item includes links to the parts I purchased, so you can get a sense of the project's costs.
+
+#### Materials list
+
+ * [Siemens SIMATIC IoT2020 unit][6]
+ * [Siemens I/O Shield for SIMATIC IoT2000 series][7]
+ * [microSD card][8] (2GB or more)
+ * [CSL 300Mbit USB-WLAN adapter][9]
+ * 24V power supply (I used a 2.1A [TDK-Lambda DRB50-24-1][10], which I already owned). You could use a less expensive power supply with less power: the SIMATIC IOT2020 has a maximum current of 1.4A, and the dry contact needs an additional 0.1A (24V / 220Ω).
+ * 5 terminal blocks ([Weidmueller WDU 2.5mm][11])
+ * 2 terminal cross-connecting bridges ([Weidmueller WQV][12])
+ * [DIN rail][13] (~300 mm)
+ * [220Ω / 3W resistor][14]
+ * Wire
+
+
+
+Here is the assembled result:
+
+![Mounted and hooked up energy logger][15]
+
+Energy logger mounted and hooked up
+
+Unfortunately, I didn't have enough space at the rear wall of the cabinet; therefore, the DIN rail with the mounted parts lies on the ground.
+
+The connections between the meter and the Siemens device look like this:
+
+![Wiring between meter and energy logger][16]
+
+### How it works
+
+A dry contact is a current interface. When the electricity meter triggers, a current of 0.1A starts flowing between **s0+** and **s0-**. On **DI0**, the voltage rises to 24V and triggers an interrupt. When the electricity meter disconnects **s0+** and **s0-**, **DI0** is grounded over the resistor.
+
+On my device, the contact closes 1,000 times per kWh (this value varies between metering devices).
+
+To count these peaks reliably, I created [a C program][17] that registers an interrupt service routine on the DI0 input and counts upwards in memory. Once a minute, the values from memory are written to an [SQLite][18] database.
+
+The overall meter reading is also written to a text file and can be preset with a starting value. This acts as a copy of the overall metering value of the meter in the cabinet.
+
+![Energy logger architecture][19]
+
+Energy logger architecture
+
+The data is visualized using [Node-RED][20], and I can access overviews, like the daily consumption dashboard below, over a web-based GUI.
+
+![Node-RED based GUI][21]
+
+Daily overview in the Node-RED GUI
+
+For the daily overview, I calculate the hourly costs based on the consumption data (the large bar chart). On the top-left of the dashboard you can see the actual power; below that is the daily consumption (energy and costs). The water heater for the shower causes the large peak in the bar chart.
+
+### A reliable system
+
+Aside from a lost timestamp during a power failure (the real-time clock in the Siemens device is not backed by a battery by default), everything has been working fine for more than one-and-a-half years.
+
+If you can set up the whole Linux system completely from the command line, you'll get a reliable and flexible system with the ability to link interrupt service routines to the I/O level.
+
+Because the I/O Shield runs on standard control voltage (24V), you can extend its functionality with the whole range of standardized industrial components (e.g., relays, sensors, actors, etc.). And, due to its open architecture, this system can be extended easily and applied to other applications, like for monitoring gas or water consumption or as a weather station, a simple controller for tasks, and more.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/energy-monitoring
+
+作者：[Stephan Avenwedde][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/hansic99
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/Collaboration%20for%20health%20innovation.png?itok=s4O5EX2w (lightbulb drawing outline)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/openenergylogger_1_electricity_meter.jpg (Actaris ACE3000 electricity meter)
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dry_contact
+[4]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/openenergylogger_2_siemens_device.jpg (Siemens SIMATIC IOT2020)
+[5]: https://support.industry.siemens.com/tf/ww/en/posts/new-example-image-version-online/189090/?page=0&pageSize=10
+[6]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/products/1244037
+[7]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/products/1354133
+[8]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/micro-sd-karten/7582584/
+[9]: https://www.amazon.de/300Mbit-WLAN-Adapter-Hochleistungs-Antennen-Dual-Band/dp/B00LLIOT34
+[10]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/products/8153133
+[11]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/din-schienenklemmen-ohne-sicherung/0425190/
+[12]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/din-schienenklemmen-zubehor/0202574/
+[13]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/din-schienen/2835729/
+[14]: https://de.rs-online.com/web/p/widerstande-durchsteckmontage/2142673/
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/openenergylogger_3_assembled_device.jpg (Mounted and hooked up energy logger)
+[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/openenergylogger_4_wiring.png (Wiring between meter and energy logger)
+[17]: https://github.com/hANSIc99/OpenEnergyLogger
+[18]: https://www.sqlite.org/index.html
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/openenergylogger_5_architecure.png (Energy logger architecture)
+[20]: https://nodered.org/
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/openenergylogger_6_dashboard.png (Node-RED based GUI)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200511 Start using systemd as a troubleshooting tool.md b/sources/tech/20200511 Start using systemd as a troubleshooting tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..372be7660e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200511 Start using systemd as a troubleshooting tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Start using systemd as a troubleshooting tool)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-troubleshooting-tool)
+[#]: author: (David Both https://opensource.com/users/dboth)
+
+Start using systemd as a troubleshooting tool
+======
+While systemd is not really a troubleshooting tool, the information in
+its output points the way toward solving problems.
+![Magnifying glass on code][1]
+
+No one would really consider systemd to be a troubleshooting tool, but when I encountered a problem on my webserver, my growing knowledge of systemd and some of its features helped me locate and circumvent the problem.
+
+The problem was that my server, yorktown, which provides name services, DHCP, NTP, HTTPD, and SendMail email services for my home office network, failed to start the Apache HTTPD daemon during normal startup. I had to start it manually after I realized that it was not running. The problem had been going on for some time, and I recently got around to trying to fix it.
+
+Some of you will say that systemd itself is the cause of this problem, and, based on what I know now, I agree with you. However, I had similar types of problems with SystemV. (In the [first article][2] in this series, I looked at the controversy around systemd as a replacement for the old SystemV init program and startup scripts. If you're interested in learning more about systemd, read the [second][3] and [third][4] articles, too.) No software is perfect, and neither systemd nor SystemV is an exception, but systemd provides far more information for problem-solving than SystemV ever offered.
+
+### Determining the problem
+
+The first step to finding the source of this problem is to determine the httpd service's status:
+
+
+```
+[root@yorktown ~]# systemctl status httpd
+● httpd.service - The Apache HTTP Server
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service; enabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: failed (Result: exit-code) since Thu 2020-04-16 11:54:37 EDT; 15min ago
+ Docs: man:httpd.service(8)
+ Process: 1101 ExecStart=/usr/sbin/httpd $OPTIONS -DFOREGROUND (code=exited, status=1/FAILURE)
+ Main PID: 1101 (code=exited, status=1/FAILURE)
+ Status: "Reading configuration..."
+ CPU: 60ms
+
+Apr 16 11:54:35 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: Starting The Apache HTTP Server...
+Apr 16 11:54:37 yorktown.both.org httpd[1101]: (99)Cannot assign requested address: AH00072: make_sock: could not bind to address 192.168.0.52:80
+Apr 16 11:54:37 yorktown.both.org httpd[1101]: no listening sockets available, shutting down
+Apr 16 11:54:37 yorktown.both.org httpd[1101]: AH00015: Unable to open logs
+Apr 16 11:54:37 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: httpd.service: Main process exited, code=exited, status=1/FAILURE
+Apr 16 11:54:37 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: httpd.service: Failed with result 'exit-code'.
+Apr 16 11:54:37 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: Failed to start The Apache HTTP Server.
+[root@yorktown ~]#
+```
+
+This status information is one of the systemd features that I find much more useful than anything SystemV offers. The amount of helpful information here leads me easily to a logical conclusion that takes me in the right direction. All I ever got from the old **chkconfig** command is whether or not the service is running and the process ID (PID) if it is. That is not very helpful.
+
+The key entry in this status report shows that HTTPD cannot bind to the IP address, which means it cannot accept incoming requests. This indicates that the network is not starting fast enough to be ready for the HTTPD service to bind to the IP address because the IP address has not yet been set. This is not supposed to happen, so I explored my network service systemd startup configuration files; all appeared to be correct with the right "after" and "requires" statements. Here is the **/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service** file from my server:
+
+
+```
+# Modifying this file in-place is not recommended, because changes
+# will be overwritten during package upgrades. To customize the
+# behaviour, run "systemctl edit httpd" to create an override unit.
+
+# For example, to pass additional options (such as -D definitions) to
+# the httpd binary at startup, create an override unit (as is done by
+# systemctl edit) and enter the following:
+
+# [Service]
+# Environment=OPTIONS=-DMY_DEFINE
+
+[Unit]
+Description=The Apache HTTP Server
+Wants=httpd-init.service
+After=network.target remote-fs.target nss-lookup.target httpd-init.service
+Documentation=man:httpd.service(8)
+
+[Service]
+Type=notify
+Environment=LANG=C
+
+ExecStart=/usr/sbin/httpd $OPTIONS -DFOREGROUND
+ExecReload=/usr/sbin/httpd $OPTIONS -k graceful
+# Send SIGWINCH for graceful stop
+KillSignal=SIGWINCH
+KillMode=mixed
+PrivateTmp=true
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target
+```
+
+The **httpd.service** unit file explicitly specifies that it should load after the **network.target** and the **httpd-init.service** (among others). I tried to find all of these services using the **systemctl list-units** command and searching for them in the resulting data stream. All were present and should have ensured that the httpd service did not load before the network IP address was set.
+
+### First solution
+
+A bit of searching on the internet confirmed that others had encountered similar problems with httpd and other services. This appears to happen because one of the required services indicates to systemd that it has finished its startup—but it actually spins off a child process that has not finished. After a bit more searching, I came up with a circumvention.
+
+I could not figure out why the IP address was taking so long to be assigned to the network interface card. So, I thought that if I could delay the start of the HTTPD service by a reasonable amount of time, the IP address would be assigned by that time.
+
+Fortunately, the **/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service** file above provides some direction. Although it says not to alter it, it does indicate how to proceed: Use the command **systemctl edit httpd**, which automatically creates a new file (**/etc/systemd/system/httpd.service.d/override.conf**) and opens the [GNU Nano][5] editor. (If you are not familiar with Nano, be sure to look at the hints at the bottom of the Nano interface.)
+
+Add the following text to the new file and save it:
+
+
+```
+[root@yorktown ~]# cd /etc/systemd/system/httpd.service.d/
+[root@yorktown httpd.service.d]# ll
+total 4
+-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 243 Apr 16 11:43 override.conf
+[root@yorktown httpd.service.d]# cat override.conf
+# Trying to delay the startup of httpd so that the network is
+# fully up and running so that httpd can bind to the correct
+# IP address
+#
+# By David Both, 2020-04-16
+
+[Service]
+ExecStartPre=/bin/sleep 30
+```
+
+The **[Service]** section of this override file contains a single line that delays the start of the HTTPD service by 30 seconds. The following status command shows the service status during the wait time:
+
+
+```
+[root@yorktown ~]# systemctl status httpd
+● httpd.service - The Apache HTTP Server
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service; enabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Drop-In: /etc/systemd/system/httpd.service.d
+ └─override.conf
+ /usr/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service.d
+ └─php-fpm.conf
+ Active: activating (start-pre) since Thu 2020-04-16 12:14:29 EDT; 28s ago
+ Docs: man:httpd.service(8)
+Cntrl PID: 1102 (sleep)
+ Tasks: 1 (limit: 38363)
+ Memory: 260.0K
+ CPU: 2ms
+ CGroup: /system.slice/httpd.service
+ └─1102 /bin/sleep 30
+
+Apr 16 12:14:29 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: Starting The Apache HTTP Server...
+Apr 16 12:15:01 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: Started The Apache HTTP Server.
+[root@yorktown ~]#
+```
+
+And this command shows the status of the HTTPD service after the 30-second delay expires. The service is up and running correctly:
+
+
+```
+[root@yorktown ~]# systemctl status httpd
+● httpd.service - The Apache HTTP Server
+ Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service; enabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Drop-In: /etc/systemd/system/httpd.service.d
+ └─override.conf
+ /usr/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service.d
+ └─php-fpm.conf
+ Active: active (running) since Thu 2020-04-16 12:15:01 EDT; 1min 18s ago
+ Docs: man:httpd.service(8)
+ Process: 1102 ExecStartPre=/bin/sleep 30 (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS)
+ Main PID: 1567 (httpd)
+ Status: "Total requests: 0; Idle/Busy workers 100/0;Requests/sec: 0; Bytes served/sec: 0 B/sec"
+ Tasks: 213 (limit: 38363)
+ Memory: 21.8M
+ CPU: 82ms
+ CGroup: /system.slice/httpd.service
+ ├─1567 /usr/sbin/httpd -DFOREGROUND
+ ├─1569 /usr/sbin/httpd -DFOREGROUND
+ ├─1570 /usr/sbin/httpd -DFOREGROUND
+ ├─1571 /usr/sbin/httpd -DFOREGROUND
+ └─1572 /usr/sbin/httpd -DFOREGROUND
+
+Apr 16 12:14:29 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: Starting The Apache HTTP Server...
+Apr 16 12:15:01 yorktown.both.org systemd[1]: Started The Apache HTTP Server.
+```
+
+I could have experimented to see if a shorter delay would work as well, but my system is not that critical, so I decided not to. It works reliably as it is, so I am happy.
+
+Because I gathered all this information, I reported it to Red Hat Bugzilla as Bug [1825554][6]. I believe that it is much more productive to report bugs than it is to complain about them.
+
+### The better solution
+
+A couple of days after reporting this as a bug, I received a response indicating that systemd is just the manager, and if httpd needs to be ordered after some requirements are met, it needs to be expressed in the unit file. The response pointed me to the **httpd.service** man page. I wish I had found this earlier because it is a better solution than the one I came up with. This solution is explicitly targeted to the prerequisite target unit rather than a somewhat random delay.
+
+From the [**httpd.service** man page][7]:
+
+> **Starting the service at boot time**
+>
+> The httpd.service and httpd.socket units are _disabled_ by default. To start the httpd service at boot time, run: **systemctl enable httpd.service**. In the default configuration, the httpd daemon will accept connections on port 80 (and, if mod_ssl is installed, TLS connections on port 443) for any configured IPv4 or IPv6 address.
+>
+> If httpd is configured to depend on any specific IP address (for example, with a "Listen" directive) which may only become available during start-up, or if httpd depends on other services (such as a database daemon), the service _must_ be configured to ensure correct start-up ordering.
+>
+> For example, to ensure httpd is only running after all configured network interfaces are configured, create a drop-in file (as described above) with the following section:
+>
+> [Unit]
+> After=network-online.target
+> Wants=network-online.target
+
+I still think this is a bug because it is quite common—at least in my experience—to use a **Listen** directive in the **httpd.conf** configuration file. I have always used **Listen** directives, even on hosts with only a single IP address, and it is clearly necessary on hosts with multiple network interface cards (NICs) and internet protocol (IP) addresses. Adding the lines above to the **/usr/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service** default file would not cause problems for configurations that do not use a **Listen** directive and would prevent this problem for those that do.
+
+In the meantime, I will use the suggested solution.
+
+### Next steps
+
+This article describes a problem I had with starting the Apache HTTPD service on my server. It leads you through the problem determination steps I took and shows how I used systemd to assist. I also covered the circumvention I implemented using systemd and the better solution that followed from my bug report.
+
+As I mentioned at the start, it is very likely that this is the result of a problem with systemd, specifically the configuration for httpd startup. Nevertheless, systemd provided me with the tools to locate the likely source of the problem and to formulate and implement a circumvention. Neither solution really resolves the problem to my satisfaction. For now, the root cause of the problem still exists and must be fixed. If that is simply adding the recommended lines to the **/usr/lib/systemd/system/httpd.service** file, that would work for me.
+
+One of the things I discovered during this is process is that I need to learn more about defining the sequences in which things start. I will explore that in my next article, the fifth in this series.
+
+### Resources
+
+There is a great deal of information about systemd available on the internet, but much is terse, obtuse, or even misleading. In addition to the resources mentioned in this article, the following webpages offer more detailed and reliable information about systemd startup.
+
+ * The Fedora Project has a good, practical [guide][8] [to systemd][8]. It has pretty much everything you need to know in order to configure, manage, and maintain a Fedora computer using systemd.
+ * The Fedora Project also has a good [cheat sheet][9] that cross-references the old SystemV commands to comparable systemd ones.
+ * For detailed technical information about systemd and the reasons for creating it, check out [Freedesktop.org][10]'s [description of systemd][11].
+ * [Linux.com][12]'s "More systemd fun" offers more advanced systemd [information and tips][13].
+
+
+
+There is also a series of deeply technical articles for Linux sysadmins by Lennart Poettering, the designer and primary developer of systemd. These articles were written between April 2010 and September 2011, but they are just as relevant now as they were then. Much of everything else good that has been written about systemd and its ecosystem is based on these papers.
+
+ * [Rethinking PID 1][14]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part I][15]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part II][16]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part III][17]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IV][18]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part V][19]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VI][20]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VII][21]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part VIII][22]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part IX][23]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part X][24]
+ * [systemd for Administrators, Part XI][25]
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/systemd-troubleshooting-tool
+
+作者：[David Both][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/find-file-linux-code_magnifying_glass_zero.png?itok=E2HoPDg0 (Magnifying glass on code)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/systemd
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/systemd-startup
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/understanding-and-using-systemd-units
+[5]: https://www.nano-editor.org/
+[6]: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1825554
+[7]: https://www.mankier.com/8/httpd.service#Description-Starting_the_service_at_boot_time
+[8]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/quick-docs/understanding-and-administering-systemd/index.html
+[9]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/SysVinit_to_Systemd_Cheatsheet
+[10]: http://Freedesktop.org
+[11]: http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd
+[12]: http://Linux.com
+[13]: https://www.linux.com/training-tutorials/more-systemd-fun-blame-game-and-stopping-services-prejudice/
+[14]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd.html
+[15]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-1.html
+[16]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-2.html
+[17]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-3.html
+[18]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/systemd-for-admins-4.html
+[19]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/three-levels-of-off.html
+[20]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/changing-roots
+[21]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/blame-game.html
+[22]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-new-configuration-files.html
+[23]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/on-etc-sysinit.html
+[24]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/instances.html
+[25]: http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/inetd.html
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200511 Tips and tricks for optimizing container builds.md b/sources/tech/20200511 Tips and tricks for optimizing container builds.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a4fbed8cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200511 Tips and tricks for optimizing container builds.md
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Tips and tricks for optimizing container builds)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/optimize-container-builds)
+[#]: author: (Ravi Chandran https://opensource.com/users/ravichandran)
+
+Tips and tricks for optimizing container builds
+======
+Try these techniques to minimize the number and length of your container
+build iterations.
+![Toolbox drawing of a container][1]
+
+How many iterations does it take to get a container configuration just right? And how long does each iteration take? Well, if you answered "too many times and too long," then my experiences are similar to yours. On the surface, creating a configuration file seems like a straightforward exercise: implement the same steps in a configuration file that you would perform if you were installing the system by hand. Unfortunately, I've found that it usually doesn't quite work that way, and a few "tricks" are handy for such DevOps exercises.
+
+In this article, I'll share some techniques I've found that help minimize the number and length of iterations. In addition, I'll outline a few good practices beyond the [standard ones][2].
+
+In the [tutorial repository][3] from my previous article about [containerizing build systems][4], I've added a folder called **/tutorial2_docker_tricks** with an example covering some of the tricks that I'll walk through in this post. If you want to follow along and you have Git installed, you can pull it locally with:
+
+
+```
+`$ git clone https://github.com/ravi-chandran/dockerize-tutorial`
+```
+
+The tutorial has been tested with Docker Desktop Edition, although it should work with any compatible Linux container system (like [Podman][5]).
+
+### Save time on container image build iterations
+
+If the Dockerfile involves downloading and installing a 5GB file, each iteration of **docker image build** could take a lot of time even with good network speeds. And forgetting to include one item to be installed can mean rebuilding all the layers after that point.
+
+One way around that challenge is to use a local HTTP server to avoid downloading large files from the internet multiple times during **docker image build** iterations. To illustrate this by example, say you need to create a container image with Anaconda 3 under Ubuntu 18.04. The Anaconda 3 installer is a ~0.5GB file, so this will be the "large" file for this example.
+
+Note that you don't want to use the **COPY** instruction, as it creates a new layer. You should also delete the large installer after using it to minimize the container image size. You could use [multi-stage builds][6], but I've found the following approach sufficient and quite effective.
+
+The basic idea is to use a Python-based HTTP server locally to serve the large file(s) and have the Dockerfile **wget** the large file(s) from this local server. Let's explore the details of how to set this up effectively. As a reminder, you can access the [full example][7].
+
+The necessary contents of the folder **tutorial2_docker_tricks/** in this example repository are:
+
+
+```
+tutorial2_docker_tricks/
+├── build_docker_image.sh # builds the docker image
+├── run_container.sh # instantiates a container from the image
+├── install_anaconda.dockerfile # Dockerfile for creating our target docker image
+├── .dockerignore # used to ignore contents of the installer/ folder from the docker context
+├── installer # folder with all our large files required for creating the docker image
+│ └── Anaconda3-2019.10-Linux-x86_64.sh # from
+└── workdir # example folder used as a volume in the running container
+```
+
+The key steps of the approach are:
+
+ * Place the large file(s) in the **installer/** folder. In this example, I have the large Anaconda installer file **Anaconda3-2019.10-Linux-x86_64.sh**. You won't find this file if you clone my [Git repository][8] because only you, as the container image creator, need this source file. The end users of the image don't. [Download the installer][9] to follow along with the example.
+ * Create the **.dockerignore** file and have it ignore the **installer/** folder to avoid Docker copying all the large files into the build context.
+ * In a terminal, **cd** into the **tutorial2_docker_tricks/** folder and execute the build script as **./build_docker_image.sh**.
+ * In **build_docker_image.sh**, start the Python HTTP server to serve any files from the **installer/** folder: [code] cd installer
+python3 -m http.server --bind 10.0.2.15 8888 &
+cd ..
+```
+* If you're wondering about the strange internet protocol (IP) address, I'm working with a VirtualBox Linux VM, and **10.0.2.15** shows up as the address of the Ethernet adapter when I run **ifconfig**. This IP seems to be the convention used by VirtualBox. If your setup is different, you'll need to update this IP address to match your environment and then update **build_docker_image.sh** and **install_anaconda.dockerfile**. The server's port number is set to **8888** for this example. Note that the IP and port numbers could be passed in as build arguments, but I've hard-coded them for brevity.
+* Since the HTTP server is set to run in the background, stop the server near the end of the script with the **kill -9** command using an [elegant approach][10] I found: [code]`kill -9 `ps -ef | grep http.server | grep 8888 | awk '{print $2}'`
+```
+ * Note that this same **kill -9** is also used earlier in the script (before starting the HTTP server). In general, when I iterate on any build script that I might deliberately interrupt, this ensures a clean start of the HTTP server each time.
+ * In the [Dockerfile][11], there is a **RUN wget** instruction that downloads the Anaconda installer from the local HTTP server. It also deletes the installer file and cleans up after the installation. Most importantly, all these actions are performed within the same layer to keep the image size to a minimum: [code] # install Anaconda by downloading the installer via the local http server
+ARG ANACONDA
+RUN wget --no-proxy -O ~/anaconda.sh \
+ && /bin/bash ~/anaconda.sh -b -p /opt/conda \
+ && rm ~/anaconda.sh \
+ && rm -fr /var/lib/apt/lists/{apt,dpkg,cache,log} /tmp/* /var/tmp/*
+```
+ * This file runs the wrapper script, **anaconda.sh**, and cleans up large files by removing them with **rm**.
+ * After the build is complete, you should see an image **anaconda_ubuntu1804:v1**. (You can list the images with **docker image ls**.)
+ * You can instantiate a container from this image using **./run_container.sh** at the terminal while in the folder **tutorial2_docker_tricks/**. You can verify that Anaconda is installed with: [code] $ ./run_container.sh
+$ python --version
+Python 3.7.5
+$ conda --version
+conda 4.8.0
+$ anaconda --version
+anaconda Command line client (version 1.7.2)
+```
+ * You'll note that **run_container.sh** sets up a volume **workdir**. In this example repository, the folder **workdir/** is empty. This is a convention I use to set up a volume where I can have my Python and other scripts that are independent of the container image.
+
+
+
+### Minimize container image size
+
+Each **RUN** command is equivalent to executing a new shell, and each **RUN** command creates a layer. The naive approach of mimicking installation instructions with separate **RUN** commands may eventually break at one or more interdependent steps. If it happens to work, it will typically result in a larger image. Chaining multiple installation steps in one **RUN** command and including the **autoremove**, **autoclean**, and **rm** commands (as in the example below) is useful to minimize the size of each layer. Some of these steps may not be needed, depending on what's being installed. However, since these steps take an insignificant amount of time, I always throw them in for good measure at the end of **RUN** commands invoking **apt-get**:
+
+
+```
+RUN apt-get update \
+ && DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive \
+ apt-get -y --quiet --no-install-recommends install \
+ # list of packages being installed go here \
+ && apt-get -y autoremove \
+ && apt-get clean autoclean \
+ && rm -fr /var/lib/apt/lists/{apt,dpkg,cache,log} /tmp/* /var/tmp/*
+```
+
+Also, ensure that you have a **.dockerignore** file in place to ignore items that don't need to be sent to the Docker build context (such as the Anaconda installer file in the earlier example).
+
+### Organize the build tool I/O
+
+For software build systems, the build inputs and outputs—all the scripts that configure and invoke the tools—should be outside the image and the eventually running container. The container itself should remain stateless so that different users will have identical results with it. I covered this extensively in my [previous article][4] but wanted to emphasize it because it's been a useful convention for my work. These inputs and outputs are best accessed by setting up container volumes.
+
+I've had to use a container image that provides data in the form of source code and large pre-built binaries. As a software developer, I was expected to edit the code in the container. This was problematic, because containers are by default stateless: they don't save data within the container, because they're designed to be disposable. But I worked on it, and at the end of each day, I stopped the container and had to be careful not to remove it, because the state had to be maintained so I could continue work the next day. The disadvantage of this approach was that there would be a divergence of development state had there been more than one person working on the project. The value of having identical build systems across developers is somewhat lost with this approach.
+
+### Generate output as non-root user
+
+An important aspect of I/O concerns the ownership of the output files generated when running the tools in the container. By default, since Docker runs as **root**, the output files would be owned by **root**, which is unpleasant. You typically want to work as a non-root user. Changing the ownership after the build output is generated can be done with scripts, but it is an additional and unnecessary step. It's best to set the [**USER**][12] argument in the Dockerfile at the earliest point possible:
+
+
+```
+ARG USERNAME
+# other commands...
+USER ${USERNAME}
+```
+
+The **USERNAME** can be passed in as a build argument (**\--build-arg**) when executing the **docker image build**. You can see an example of this in the example [Dockerfile][11] and corresponding [build script][13].
+
+Some portions of the tools may also need to be installed as a non-root user. So the sequence of installations in the Dockerfile may need to be different from the way it's done if you are installing manually and directly under Linux.
+
+### Non-interactive installation
+
+Interactivity is the opposite of container automation. I've found the
+
+
+```
+`DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt-get -y --quiet --no-install-recommends`
+```
+
+options for the **apt-get install** instruction (as in the example above) necessary to prevent the installer from opening dialog boxes. Note that these options should be used as part of the **RUN** instruction. The **DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive** should not be set as an environment variable (**ENV**) in the Dockerfile, as this [FAQ explains][14], as it will be inherited by the containers.
+
+### Log your build and run output
+
+Debugging why a build failed is a common task, and logs are a great way to do this. Save a TypeScript of everything that happened during the container image build or container run session using the **tee** utility in a Bash script. In other words, add **|& tee $BASH_SOURCE.log** to the end of the **docker image build** and the **docker image run** commands in your scripts. See the examples in the [image build][13] and [container run][15] scripts.
+
+What this **tee**-ing technique does is generate a file with the same name as the Bash script but with a **.log** extension appended to it so that you know which script it originated from. Everything you see printed to the terminal when running the script will get logged to this file with a similar name.
+
+This is especially valuable for users of your container images to report issues to you when something doesn't work. You can ask them to send you the log file to help diagnose the issue. Many tools generate so much output that it easily overwhelms the default size of the terminal's buffer. Relying only on the terminal's buffer capacity to copy-paste error messages may not be sufficient for diagnosing issues because earlier errors may have been lost.
+
+I've found this to be useful, even in the container image-building scripts, especially when using the Python-based HTTP server discussed above. The server generates so many lines during a download that it typically overwhelms the terminal's buffer.
+
+### Deal with proxies elegantly
+
+In my work environment, proxies are required to reach the internet for downloading the resources in **RUN apt-get** and **RUN wget** commands. The proxies are typically inferred from the environment variables **http_proxy** or **https_proxy**. While **ENV** commands can be used to hard-code such proxy settings in the Dockerfile, there are multiple issues with using **ENV** for proxies directly.
+
+If you are the only one who will ever build the container, then perhaps this will work. But the Dockerfile couldn't be used by someone else at a different location with a different proxy setting. Another issue is that the IT department could change the proxy at some point, resulting in a Dockerfile that won't work any longer. Furthermore, the Dockerfile is a precise document specifying a configuration-controlled system, and every change will be scrutinized by quality assurance.
+
+One simple approach to avoid hard-coding the proxy is to pass your local proxy setting as a build argument in the **docker image build** command:
+
+
+```
+docker image build \
+ --build-arg MY_PROXY=
+```
+
+And then, in the Dockerfile, set the environment variables based on the build argument. In the example shown here, you can still set a default proxy value that can be overridden by the build argument above:
+
+
+```
+# set a default proxy
+ARG MY_PROXY=MY_PROXY=
+ENV http_proxy=$MY_PROXY
+ENV https_proxy=$MY_PROXY
+```
+
+### Summary
+
+These techniques have helped me significantly reduce the time it takes to create container images and debug them when they go wrong. I continue to be on the lookout for additional best practices to add to my list. I hope you find the above techniques useful.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/optimize-container-builds
+
+作者：[Ravi Chandran][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ravichandran
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/toolbox-learn-draw-container-yearbook.png?itok=xDbwz1pP (Toolbox drawing of a container)
+[2]: https://docs.docker.com/develop/develop-images/dockerfile_best-practices/
+[3]: https://github.com/ravi-chandran/dockerize-tutorial
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/how-containerize-build-system
+[5]: https://podman.io/getting-started/installation
+[6]: https://docs.docker.com/develop/develop-images/multistage-build/
+[7]: https://github.com/ravi-chandran/dockerize-tutorial/blob/master/tutorial2_docker_tricks/
+[8]: https://github.com/ravi-chandran/dockerize-tutorial/
+[9]: https://repo.anaconda.com/archive/Anaconda3-2019.10-Linux-x86_64.sh
+[10]: https://stackoverflow.com/a/37214138
+[11]: https://github.com/ravi-chandran/dockerize-tutorial/blob/master/tutorial2_docker_tricks/install_anaconda.dockerfile
+[12]: https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#user
+[13]: https://github.com/ravi-chandran/dockerize-tutorial/blob/master/tutorial2_docker_tricks/build_docker_image.sh
+[14]: https://docs.docker.com/engine/faq/
+[15]: https://github.com/ravi-chandran/dockerize-tutorial/blob/master/tutorial2_docker_tricks/run_container.sh
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200515 How to examine processes running on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200515 How to examine processes running on Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0659ab04f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200515 How to examine processes running on Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to examine processes running on Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3543232/how-to-examine-processes-running-on-linux.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+How to examine processes running on Linux
+======
+
+Thinkstock
+
+There are quite a number of ways to look at running processes on Linux systems – to see what’s running, the resources that processes are using, how the system is affected by the load and how memory is being used. Each command gives you a different view, and the range of details is considerable. In this post, we’ll run through a series of commands that can help you view process details in a number of different ways.
+
+### ps
+
+While the **ps** command is the most obvious command for examining processes, the arguments that you use when running **ps** will make a big difference in how much information will be provided. With no arguments, **ps** will only show processes associated with your current login session. Add a **-u** and you'll see extended details.
+
+Here is a comparison:
+
+```
+nemo$ ps
+ PID TTY TIME CMD
+ 45867 pts/1 00:00:00 bash
+ 46140 pts/1 00:00:00 ps
+nemo$ ps -u
+USER PID %CPU %MEM VSZ RSS TTY STAT START TIME COMMAND
+nemo 45867 0.0 0.0 11232 5636 pts/1 Ss 19:04 0:00 -bash
+nemo 46141 0.0 0.0 11700 3648 pts/1 R+ 19:16 0:00 ps -u
+```
+
+Using **ps -ef** will display details on all of the processes running on the system but **ps -eF** will add some additional details.
+
+```
+$ ps -ef | head -2
+UID PID PPID C STIME TTY TIME CMD
+root 1 0 0 May10 ? 00:00:06 /sbin/init splash
+$ ps -eF | head -2
+UID PID PPID C SZ RSS PSR STIME TTY TIME CMD
+root 1 0 0 42108 12524 0 May10 ? 00:00:06 /sbin/init splash
+```
+
+Both commands show who is running the process, the process and parent process IDs, process start time, accumulated run time and the task being run. The additional fields shown when you use **F** instead of **f** include:
+
+ * SZ: the process **size** in physical pages for the core image of the process
+ * RSS: the **resident set size** which shows how much memory is allocated to those parts of the process in RAM. It does not include memory that is swapped out, but does include memory from shared libraries as long as the pages from those libraries are currently in memory. It also includes stack and heap memory.
+ * PSR: the **processor** the process is using
+
+
+
+##### ps -fU
+
+You can list processes for some particular user with a command like "ps -ef | grep USERNAME", but with **ps -fU** command, you’re going to see considerably more data. This is because details of processes that are being run on the user's behalf are also included. In fact, nearly all these processes shown have been kicked off by system simply to support this user’s online session. Nemo has only just logged in and is not yet running any commands or scripts.
+
+```
+$ ps -fU nemo
+UID PID PPID C STIME TTY TIME CMD
+nemo 45726 1 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /lib/systemd/systemd --user
+nemo 45732 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 (sd-pam)
+nemo 45738 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/bin/pulseaudio --daemon
+nemo 45740 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/tracker-miner-f
+nemo 45754 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/bin/dbus-daemon --sessi
+nemo 45829 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfsd
+nemo 45856 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfsd-fuse /run
+nemo 45862 45706 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 sshd: nemo@pts/1
+nemo 45864 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfs-udisks2-vo
+nemo 45867 45862 0 19:04 pts/1 00:00:00 -bash
+nemo 45878 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfs-afc-volume
+nemo 45883 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfs-goa-volume
+nemo 45887 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/goa-daemon
+nemo 45895 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfs-mtp-volume
+nemo 45896 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/goa-identity-se
+nemo 45903 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfs-gphoto2-vo
+nemo 45946 45726 0 19:04 ? 00:00:00 /usr/libexec/gvfsd-metadata
+```
+
+Note that the only process with an assigned TTY is Nemo's shell and that the parent of all of the other processes is **systemd**.
+
+You can supply a comma-separated list of usernames instead of a single name. Just be prepared to be looking at quite a bit more data.
+
+#### top and ntop
+
+The **top** and **ntop** commands will help when you want to get an idea which processes are using the most resources and allow you to reorder your view depending on what criteria you want to use to rank the processes (e.g., highest CPU or memory use).
+
+```
+top - 11:51:27 up 1 day, 21:40, 1 user, load average: 0.08, 0.02, 0.01
+Tasks: 211 total, 1 running, 210 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie
+%Cpu(s): 5.0 us, 0.5 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.3 id, 0.2 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
+MiB Mem : 5944.4 total, 3527.4 free, 565.1 used, 1851.9 buff/cache
+MiB Swap: 2048.0 total, 2048.0 free, 0.0 used. 5084.3 avail Mem
+
+ PID USER PR NI VIRT RES SHR S %CPU %MEM TIME+ COMMAND
+ 999 root 20 0 394660 14380 10912 S 8.0 0.2 0:46.54 udisksd
+ 65224 shs 20 0 314268 9824 8084 S 1.7 0.2 0:00.34 gvfs-ud+
+ 2034 gdm 20 0 314264 9820 7992 S 1.3 0.2 0:06.25 gvfs-ud+
+ 67909 root 20 0 0 0 0 I 0.3 0.0 0:00.09 kworker+
+ 1 root 20 0 168432 12532 8564 S 0.0 0.2 0:09.93 systemd
+ 2 root 20 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.02 kthreadd
+```
+
+Use **shift+m** to sort by memory use and **shift+p** to go back to sorting by CPU usage (the default).
+
+#### /proc
+
+A tremendous amount of information is available on running processes in the **/proc** directory. In fact, if you haven't visited **/proc** quite a few times, you might be astounded by the amount of details available. Just keep in mind that **/proc** is a very different kind of file system. As an interface to kernel data, it provides a view of process details that are currently being used by the system.
+
+Some of the more useful **/proc** files for viewing include **cmdline**, **environ**, **fd**, **limits** and **status**. The following views provide some samples of what you might see.
+
+The **status** file shows the process that is running (bash), its status, the user and group ID for the person running bash, a full list of the groups the user is a member of and the process ID and parent process ID.
+
+```
+$ head -11 /proc/65333/status
+Name: bash
+Umask: 0002
+State: S (sleeping)
+Tgid: 65333
+Ngid: 0
+Pid: 65333
+PPid: 65320
+TracerPid: 0
+Uid: 1000 1000 1000 1000
+Gid: 1000 1000 1000 1000
+FDSize: 256
+Groups: 4 11 24 27 30 46 118 128 500 1000
+...
+```
+
+The **cmdline** file shows the command line used to start the process.
+
+```
+$ cat /proc/65333/cmdline
+-bash
+```
+
+The **environ** file shows the environment variables that are in effect.
+
+```
+$ cat environ
+USER=shsLOGNAME=shsHOME=/home/shsPATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/games:/usr/local/gamesSHELL=/bin/bashTERM=xtermXDG_SESSION_ID=626XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=/run/user/1000DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS=unix:path=/run/user/1000/busXDG_SESSION_TYPE=ttyXDG_SESSION_CLASS=userMOTD_SHOWN=pamLANG=en_US.UTF-8SSH_CLIENT=192.168.0.19 9385 22SSH_CONNECTION=192.168.0.19 9385 192.168.0.11 22SSH_TTY=/dev/pts/0$
+```
+
+The **fd** file shows the file descriptors. Note how they reflect the pseudo-tty that is being used (pts/0).
+
+```
+$ ls -l /proc/65333/fd
+total 0
+lrwx------ 1 shs shs 64 May 12 09:45 0 -> /dev/pts/0
+lrwx------ 1 shs shs 64 May 12 09:45 1 -> /dev/pts/0
+lrwx------ 1 shs shs 64 May 12 09:45 2 -> /dev/pts/0
+lrwx------ 1 shs shs 64 May 12 09:56 255 -> /dev/pts/0
+$ who
+shs pts/0 2020-05-12 09:45 (192.168.0.19)
+```
+
+The **limits** file contains information about the limits imposed on the process.
+
+```
+$ cat limits
+Limit Soft Limit Hard Limit Units
+Max cpu time unlimited unlimited seconds
+Max file size unlimited unlimited bytes
+Max data size unlimited unlimited bytes
+Max stack size 8388608 unlimited bytes
+Max core file size 0 unlimited bytes
+Max resident set unlimited unlimited bytes
+Max processes 23554 23554 processes
+Max open files 1024 1048576 files
+Max locked memory 67108864 67108864 bytes
+Max address space unlimited unlimited bytes
+Max file locks unlimited unlimited locks
+Max pending signals 23554 23554 signals
+Max msgqueue size 819200 819200 bytes
+Max nice priority 0 0
+Max realtime priority 0 0
+Max realtime timeout unlimited unlimited us
+```
+
+#### pmap
+
+The **pmap** command takes you in an entirely different direction when it comes to memory use. It provides a detailed map of a process’s memory usage. To make sense of this, you need to keep in mind that processes do not run entirely on their own. Instead, they make use of a wide range of system resources. The truncated **pmap** output below shows a portion of the memory map for a single user’s bash login along with some memory usage totals at the bottom.
+
+```
+$ pmap -x 43120
+43120: -bash
+Address Kbytes RSS Dirty Mode Mapping
+000055887655b000 180 180 0 r---- bash
+0000558876588000 708 708 0 r-x-- bash
+0000558876639000 220 148 0 r---- bash
+0000558876670000 16 16 16 r---- bash
+0000558876674000 36 36 36 rw--- bash
+000055887667d000 40 28 28 rw--- [ anon ]
+0000558876b96000 1328 1312 1312 rw--- [ anon ]
+00007f0bd9a7e000 28 28 0 r---- libpthread-2.31.so
+00007f0bd9a85000 68 68 0 r-x-- libpthread-2.31.so
+00007f0bd9a96000 20 0 0 r---- libpthread-2.31.so
+00007f0bd9a9b000 4 4 4 r---- libpthread-2.31.so
+00007f0bd9a9c000 4 4 4 rw--- libpthread-2.31.so
+00007f0bd9a9d000 16 4 4 rw--- [ anon ]
+00007f0bd9aa1000 20 20 0 r---- libnss_systemd.so.2
+00007f0bd9aa6000 148 148 0 r-x-- libnss_systemd.so.2
+...
+ffffffffff600000 4 0 0 --x-- [ anon ]
+---------------- ------- ------- -------
+total kB 11368 5664 1656
+
+Kbytes: size of map in kilobytes
+RSS: resident set size in kilobytes
+Dirty: dirty pages (both shared and private) in kilobytes
+```
+```
+
+```
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][1] and [LinkedIn][2] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3543232/how-to-examine-processes-running-on-linux.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200515 The pieces of Fedora Silverblue.md b/sources/tech/20200515 The pieces of Fedora Silverblue.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04bd4e1643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200515 The pieces of Fedora Silverblue.md
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (The pieces of Fedora Silverblue)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/pieces-of-fedora-silverblue/)
+[#]: author: (Nick Hardiman https://fedoramagazine.org/author/nickhardiman/)
+
+The pieces of Fedora Silverblue
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+Fedora Silverblue provides a useful workstation build on an immutable operating system. In “[What is Silverblue?][2]“, you learned about the benefits that an immutable OS provides. But what pieces go into making it? This article examines some of the technology that powers Silverblue.
+
+### The filesystem
+
+Fedora Workstation users may find the idea of an immutable OS to be the most brain-melting part of Silverblue. What does that mean? Find some answers by taking a look at the filesystem.
+
+At first glance, the layout looks pretty much the same as a regular Fedora file system. It has some differences, like making _/home_ a symbolic link to _/var/home_. And you can get more answers by looking at how libostree works. libostree treats the whole tree like it’s an object, checks it into a code repository, and checks out a copy for your machine to use.
+
+#### libostree
+
+The [libostree project][3] supplies the goods for managing Silverblue’s file system. It is an upgrade system that the user can control using [rpm-ostree commands][4].
+
+libostree knows nothing about packages—an upgrade means replacing one complete file system with another complete file system. libostree treats the file system tree as one atomic object (an unbreakable unit). In fact, the forerunner to Silverblue was named [Project Atomic][5].
+
+The libostree project provides a library and set of tools. It’s an upgrade system that carries out these tasks.
+
+ 1. Pull in a new file system
+ 2. Store the new file system
+ 3. Deploy the new file system
+
+
+
+##### Pull in a new file system
+
+Pulling in a new file system means copying an object (the entire file system) from a remote source to its own store. If you’ve worked with virtual machine image files, you already understand the concept of a file system object that you can copy.
+
+##### Store the new file system
+
+The libostree store has some source code control qualities—it stores many file system objects, and checks one out to be used as the root file system. libostree’s store has two parts:
+
+ * a repository database at _/sysroot/ostree/repo/_
+ * file systems in _/sysroot/ostree/deploy/fedora/deploy/_
+
+
+
+libostree keeps track of what’s been checked in using commit IDs. Each commit ID can be found in a directory name, nested deep inside _/sysroot_ .A libostree commit ID is a long checksum, and looks similar to a git commit ID.
+
+```
+$ ls -d /sysroot/ostree/deploy/fedora/deploy/*/
+/sysroot/ostree/deploy/fedora/deploy/c4bf7a6339e6be97d0ca48a117a1a35c9c5e3256ae2db9e706b0147c5845fac4.0/
+```
+
+_rpm-ostree status_ gives a little more information about that commit ID. The output is a little confusing; it can take a while to see this file system is Fedora 31.
+
+```
+$ rpm-ostree status
+State: idle
+AutomaticUpdates: disabled
+Deployments:
+● ostree://fedora:fedora/31/x86_64/silverblue
+ Version: 31.1.9 (2019-10-23T21:44:48Z)
+ Commit: c4bf7a6339e6be97d0ca48a117a1a35c9c5e3256ae2db9e706b0147c5845fac4
+ GPGSignature: Valid signature by 7D22D5867F2A4236474BF7B850CB390B3C3359C4
+```
+
+##### Deploy the new filesystem
+
+libostree deploys a new file system by checking out the new object from its store. libostree doesn’t check out a file system by copying all the files—it uses hard links instead. If you look inside the commit ID directory, you see something that looks suspiciously like the root directory. That’s because it _is_ the root directory. You can see these two directories are pointing to the same place by checking their inodes.
+
+```
+$ ls -di1 / /sysroot/ostree/deploy/fedora/deploy/*/
+260102 /
+260102 /sysroot/ostree/deploy/fedora/deploy/c4bf7a6339e6be97d0ca48a117a1a35c9c5e3256ae2db9e706b0147c5845fac4.0/
+```
+
+This is a fresh install, so there’s only one commit ID. After a system update, there will be two. If more copies of the file system are checked into libostree’s repo, more commit IDs appear here.
+
+##### Upgrade process
+
+Putting the pieces together, the update process looks like this:
+
+ 1. libostree checks out a copy of the file system object from the repository
+ 2. DNF installs packages into the copy
+ 3. libostree checks in the copy as a new object
+ 4. libostree checks out the copy to become the new file system
+ 5. You reboot to pick up the new system files
+
+
+
+In addition to more safety, there is more flexibility. You can do new things with libostree’s repo, like store a few different file systems and check out whichever one you feel like using.
+
+#### Silverblue’s root file system
+
+Fedora keeps its system files in all the usual Linux places, such as _/boot_ for boot files, _/etc_ for configuration files, and _/home_ for user home directories. The root directory in Silverblue looks much like the root directory in traditional Fedora, but there are some differences.
+
+ * The filesystem has been checked out by libostree
+ * Some directories are now symbolic links to new locations. For example, _/home_ is a symbolic link to _/var/home_
+ * _/usr_ is a read-only directory
+ * There’s a new directory named _/sysroot_. This is libostree’s new home
+
+
+
+#### Juggling file systems
+
+You can store many file systems and switch between them. This is called _rebasing_, and it’s similar to git rebasing. In fact, upgrading Silverblue to the next Fedora version is not a big package install—it’s a pull from a remote repository and a rebase.
+
+You could store three copies with three different desktops: one KDE, one GNOME, and one XFCE. Or three different OS versions: how about keeping the current version, the nightly build, and an old classic? Switching between them is a matter of rebasing to the appropriate file system object.
+
+Rebasing is also how you upgrade from one Fedora release to the next. See “[How to rebase to Fedora 32 on Silverblue][6]” for more information.
+
+### Flatpak
+
+The [Flatpak project][7] provides a way of installing applications like LibreOffice. Applications are pulled from remote repositories like [Flathub][8]. It’s a kind of package manager, although you won’t find the word _package_ in the [docs][9]. Traditional Fedora variants like Fedora Workstation can also use Flatpak, but the sandboxed nature of flatpaks make it particularly good for Silverblue. This way you do not have to do the entire ostree update process every time you wish to install an application.
+
+Flatpak is well-suited to desktop applications, but also works for command line applications. You can install the [vim][10] editor with the command _flatpak install flathub org.vim.Vim_ and run it with _flatpak run org.vim.Vim_.
+
+### toolbox
+
+The [toolbox project][11] provides a traditional operating system inside a container. The idea is that you can mess with the mutable OS inside your toolbox (the Fedora container) as much as you like, and leave the immutable OS outside your toolbox untouched. You pack as many toolboxes as you want on your system, so you can keep work separated. Behind the scenes, the executable _/usr/bin/toolbox_ is a shell script that uses [podman][12].
+
+A fresh install does not include a default toolbox. The _toolbox create_ command checks the OS version (by reading _/usr/lib/os-release_), looks for a matching version at the Fedora container registry, and downloads the container.
+
+```
+$ toolbox create
+Image required to create toolbox container.
+Download registry.fedoraproject.org/f31/fedora-toolbox:31 (500MB)? [y/N]: y
+Created container: fedora-toolbox-31
+Enter with: toolbox enter
+```
+
+Hundreds of packages are installed inside the toolbox. The _dnf_ command and the usual Fedora repos are set up, ready to install more. The _ostree_ and _rpm-ostree_ commands are not included – no immutable OS here.
+
+Each user’s home directory is mounted on their toolbox, for storing content files outside the container.
+
+### Put the pieces together
+
+Spend some time exploring Fedora Silverblue and it will become clear how these components fit together. Like other Fedora variants, all these of tools come from open source projects. You can get as up close and personal as you want, from reading their docs to contributing code. Or you can [contribute to Silverblue][13] itself.
+
+Join the Fedora Silverblue conversations on [discussion.fedoraproject.org][14] or in [#silverblue on Freenode IRC][15].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/pieces-of-fedora-silverblue/
+
+作者：[Nick Hardiman][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/nickhardiman/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/silverblue-pieces-816x345.png
+[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/what-is-silverblue/
+[3]: https://ostree.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
+[4]: https://rpm-ostree.readthedocs.io/en/latest/manual/administrator-handbook/#administering-an-rpm-ostree-based-system
+[5]: https://www.projectatomic.io/
+[6]: https://fedoramagazine.org/how-to-rebase-to-fedora-32-on-silverblue/
+[7]: https://github.com/flatpak/flatpak
+[8]: https://flathub.org/
+[9]: http://docs.flatpak.org/en/latest/index.html
+[10]: https://www.vim.org/
+[11]: https://github.com/containers/toolbox
+[12]: https://github.com/containers/libpod
+[13]: https://silverblue.fedoraproject.org/contribute
+[14]: https://discussion.fedoraproject.org/c/desktop/silverblue
+[15]: https://webchat.freenode.net/#silverblue
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200516 Fatih-s question.md b/sources/tech/20200516 Fatih-s question.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1225c624a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200516 Fatih-s question.md
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Fatih’s question)
+[#]: via: (https://dave.cheney.net/2020/05/16/fatihs-question)
+[#]: author: (Dave Cheney https://dave.cheney.net/author/davecheney)
+
+Fatih’s question
+======
+
+A few days ago Fatih posted [this question][1] on twitter.
+
+I’m going to attempt to give my answer, however to do that I need to apply some simplifications as my previous attempts to answer it involved a lot of phrases like _a pointer to a pointer_, and other unhelpful waffling. Hopefully my simplified answer can be useful in building a mental framework to answer Fatih’s original question.
+
+### Restating the question
+
+Fatih’s original tweet showed [four different variations][2] of `json.Unmarshal`. I’m going to focus on the last two, which I’ll rewrite a little:
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+type Result struct {
+ Foo string `json:"foo"`
+}
+
+func main() {
+ content := []byte(`{"foo": "bar"}`)
+ var result1, result2 *Result
+
+ err := json.Unmarshal(content, &result1)
+ fmt.Println(result1, err) // &{bar}
+
+ err = json.Unmarshal(content, result2)
+ fmt.Println(result2, err) // json: Unmarshal(nil *main.Result)
+}
+```
+
+Restated in words, `result1` and `result2` are the same type; `*Result`. Decoding into `result1` works as expected, whereas decoding into `result2` causes the `json` package to complain that the value passed to `Unmarshal` is `nil`. However, both values were declared without an initialiser so both would have taken on the type’s zero value, `nil`.
+
+Eagle eyed readers will have spotted that the reason for the difference is the first` `invocation is passed `&result1`, while the second is passed `result2`, but this explanation is unsatisfactory because the documentation for `json.Unmarshal` states:
+
+> Unmarshal parses the JSON-encoded data and stores the result in the value pointed to by v. **If v is nil or not a pointer**, Unmarshal returns an InvalidUnmarshalError.
+
+Which is confusing because `result1` and `result2` _are_ pointers. Furthermore, without initialisation, both _are_ `nil`. Now, the documentation is correct (as you’d expect from a package that has been hammered on for a decade), but explaining _why_ takes a little more investigation.
+
+### Functions receive a copy of their arguments
+
+Every assignment in Go is a copy, this includes function arguments and return values.
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+func increment(v int) {
+ v++
+}
+
+func main() {
+ v := 1
+ increment(v)
+ fmt.Println(v) // 1
+}
+```
+
+In this example, `increment` is operating on a _copy_ of `main`‘s `v`. This is because the `v` declared in `main` and `increment`‘s `v` parameter have different addresses in memory. Thus changes to `increment`‘s `v` cannot affect the contents of `main`‘s `v`.
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+func increment(v *int) {
+ *v++
+}
+
+func main() {
+ v := 1
+ increment(&v)
+ fmt.Println(v) // 2
+}
+```
+
+If we wanted to write `increment` in a way that it could affect the contents of its caller we would need to pass a reference, a pointer, to `main.v`.[1][3] This example demonstrates why `json.Unmarshal` needs a pointer to the value to decode JSON into.
+
+### Pointers to pointers
+
+Returning to the original question, both `result1` and `result2` are declared as `*Result`, that is, pointers to a `Result` value. We established that you have to pass the address of caller’s value to `json.Unmarshal` otherwise it won’t be able to alter the contents of the caller’s value. Why then must we pass the address of `result1`, a `**Result`, a pointer to a pointer to a `Result`, for the operation to succeed.
+
+To explain this another detour is required. Consider this code:
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+type Result struct {
+ Foo *string `json:"foo"`
+}
+
+func main() {
+ content := []byte(`{"foo": "bar"}`)
+ var result1 *Result
+
+ err := json.Unmarshal(content, &result1)
+ fmt.Printf("%#v %v", result1, err) // &main.Result{Foo:(*string)(0xc0000102f0)}
+}
+```
+
+In this example `Result` contains a pointer typed field, `Foo *string`. During JSON decoding `Unmarshal` allocated a new `string` value, stored the value `bar` in it, then placed the address of the string in `Result.Foo`. This behaviour is quite handy as it frees the caller from having to initialise `Result.Foo` and makes it easier to detect when a field was not initialised because the JSON did not contain a value. Beyond the convenience this offers for simple examples it would be prohibitively difficult for the caller to properly initialise all the reference type fields in a structure before decoding unknown JSON without first inspecting the incoming JSON which itself may be problematic if the input is coming from an `io.Reader` without the ability to rewind the input.
+
+> To unmarshal JSON into a pointer, Unmarshal first handles the case of the JSON being the JSON literal null. In that case, Unmarshal sets the pointer to nil. Otherwise, Unmarshal unmarshals the JSON into the value pointed at by the pointer. **If the pointer is nil, Unmarshal allocates a new value for it to point to**.
+
+`json.Unmarshal`‘s handling of pointer fields is clearly documented, and works as you would expect, allocating a new value whenever there is a need to decode into a pointer shaped field. It is this behaviour that gives us a hint to what is happening in the original example.
+
+We’ve seen that when `json.Unmarshal` encounters a field which points to `nil` it will allocate a new value of the correct type and assign its address the field before proceeding. Not only is does behaviour is applied recursively–for example in the case of a complex structure which contains pointers to other structures–but it also applies to the _value passed to `Unmarshal`._
+
+```
+package main
+
+import (
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+func main() {
+ content := []byte(`1`)
+ var result *int
+
+ err := json.Unmarshal(content, &result)
+ fmt.Println(*result, err) // 1
+}
+```
+
+In this example `result` is not a struct, but a simple `*int` which, lacking an initialiser, defaults to `nil`. After JSON decoding, `result` now points to an `int` with the value `1`.
+
+### Putting the pieces together
+
+Now I think I’m ready to take a shot at answering Fatih’s question.
+
+`json.Unmarshal` requires the address of the variable you want to decode into, otherwise it would decode into a temporary copy which would be discard on return. Normally this is done by declaring a value, then passing its address, or explicitly initialising the the value
+
+```
+var result1 Result
+err := json.Unmarshal(content, &result1) // this is fine
+
+var result2 = new(Result)
+err = json.Unmarshal(content, result2) // and this
+
+var result3 = &Result{}
+err = json.Unmarshal(content, result3) // this is also fine
+```
+
+In all three cases the address that the `*Result` points too is not `nil`, it points to initialised memory that `json.Unmarshal` decodes into.
+
+Now consider what happens when `json.Unmarshal` encounters this
+
+```
+var result4 *Result
+err = json.Unmarshal(content, result4) // err json: Unmarshal(nil *main.Result)
+```
+
+`result2`, `result3`, and the expression `&result1` point to a `Result`. However `result4`, even though it has the same type as the previous three, does not point to initialised memory, it points to `nil`. Thus, according to the examples we saw previously, before `json.Unmarshal` can decode into it, the memory `result4` points too must be initialised.
+
+However, because each function receives a copy of its arguments, the caller’s `result4` variable and the copy inside `json.Unmarshal` are unique. `json.Unmarshal` can allocate a new `Result` value and decode into it, but it cannot alter `result4` to point to this new value because it was not provided with a reference to `result4`, only a copy of its contents.
+
+ 1. This does not violate the _everything is a copy_ rule, a copy of a pointer to `main.v` still points to `main.v`.[][4]
+
+
+
+#### Related posts:
+
+ 1. [Should methods be declared on T or *T][5]
+ 2. [Ice cream makers and data races][6]
+ 3. [Understand Go pointers in less than 800 words or your money back][7]
+ 4. [Slices from the ground up][8]
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://dave.cheney.net/2020/05/16/fatihs-question
+
+作者：[Dave Cheney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://dave.cheney.net/author/davecheney
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://twitter.com/fatih/status/1260683136842608640
+[2]: https://play.golang.org/p/g2yUIYrV67F
+[3]: tmp.dRxkHxYRQS#easy-footnote-bottom-1-4153 (This does not violate the everything is a copy rule, a copy of a pointer to main.v still points to main.v.)
+[4]: tmp.dRxkHxYRQS#easy-footnote-1-4153
+[5]: https://dave.cheney.net/2016/03/19/should-methods-be-declared-on-t-or-t (Should methods be declared on T or *T)
+[6]: https://dave.cheney.net/2014/06/27/ice-cream-makers-and-data-races (Ice cream makers and data races)
+[7]: https://dave.cheney.net/2017/04/26/understand-go-pointers-in-less-than-800-words-or-your-money-back (Understand Go pointers in less than 800 words or your money back)
+[8]: https://dave.cheney.net/2018/07/12/slices-from-the-ground-up (Slices from the ground up)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200518 Using Fedora to implement REST API in JavaScript- part 2.md b/sources/tech/20200518 Using Fedora to implement REST API in JavaScript- part 2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b02822c4fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200518 Using Fedora to implement REST API in JavaScript- part 2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Using Fedora to implement REST API in JavaScript: part 2)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/using-fedora-to-implement-rest-api-in-javascript-part-2/)
+[#]: author: (Vaclav Keil https://fedoramagazine.org/author/vaclavk/)
+
+Using Fedora to implement REST API in JavaScript: part 2
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+In [part 1][2] previously, you saw how to quickly create a simple API service using Fedora Workstation, Express, and JavaScript. This article shows you the simplicity of how to create a new API. This part shows you how to:
+
+ * Install a DB server
+ * Build a new route
+ * Connect a new datasource
+ * Use Fedora terminal to send and receive data
+
+
+
+### Generating an app
+
+Please refer to the [previous article][2] for more details. But to make things simple, change to your work directory and generate an app skeleton.
+```
+
+```
+
+$ cd our-work-directory
+$ npx express-generator –no-view –git /myApp
+$ cd myApp
+$ npm i
+```
+
+```
+
+### Installing a database server
+
+In this part, we’ll install MariaDB database. MariaDB is the Fedora default database.
+
+```
+$ dnf module list mariadb | sort -u ## lists the streams available
+$ sudo dnf module install mariadb:10.3 ##10.4 is the latest
+```
+
+_Note: the default profile is mariadb/server_.
+
+For those who need to spin up a Docker container a ready made container with Fedora 31 is available.
+
+```
+$ docker pull registry.fedoraproject.org/f31/mariadb
+$ docker run -d --name mariadb_database -e MYSQL_USER=user -e MYSQL_PASSWORD=pass -e MYSQL_DATABASE=db -p 3306:3306 registry.fedoraproject.org/f31/mariadb
+```
+
+Now start the MariaDB service.
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl start mariadb
+```
+
+If you’d like the service to start at boot, you can also enable it in systemd:
+
+```
+$ sudo systemctl enable mariadb ## start at boot
+```
+
+Next, setup the database as needed:
+
+```
+$ mysql -u root -p ## root password is blank
+MariaDB> CREATE DATABASE users;
+MariaDB> create user dbuser identified by ‘123456‘;
+MariaDB> grant select, insert, update, create, drop on users.* to dbuser;
+MariaDB> show grants for dbuser;
+MariaDB> \q
+```
+
+A database connector is needed to use the database with Node.js.
+
+```
+$ npm install mariadb ## installs MariaDB Node.js connector
+```
+
+We’ll leverage Sequelize in this sample API. Sequelize is a promise-based Node.js ORM (Object Relational Mapper) for Postgres, MySQL, MariaDB, SQLite and Microsoft SQL Server.
+
+```
+$ npm install sequelize ## installs Sequelize
+```
+
+### Connecting a new datasource
+
+Now, create a new _db_ folder and create a new file _sequelize.js_ there:
+
+```
+const Sequelize = require('sequelize'),
+ sequelize = new Sequelize(process.env.db_name || 'users', process.env.db_user || 'dbuser', process.env.db_pass || '123456', {
+ host: 'localhost',
+ dialect: 'mariadb',
+ ssl: true
+})
+
+module.exports = sequelize
+```
+
+_Note: For the sake of completeness I‘m including a link to the related Github repo: _
+
+Let‘s create a new file _models/user.js_. A nice feature of a Sequelize model is that it helps us to create the necessary tables and colums automatically. The code snippet responsible for doing this is seen below:
+
+```
+sequelize.sync({
+force: false
+})
+```
+
+Note: never switch to true with a production database – it would _drop your tables at app start_!
+
+We will refer to the earlier created sequelize.js this way:
+
+```
+const sequelize = require('../db/sequelize')
+```
+
+### Building new routes
+
+Next, you’ll create a new file _routes/user.js_. You already have _routes/users.js_ from the previous article. You can copy and paste the code in and proceed with editing it.
+
+You’ll also need a reference to the previously created model.
+
+```
+const User = require('../models/user')
+```
+
+Change the route path to _/users_ and also create a new **post** method route.
+
+Mind the async – await keywords there. An interaction with a database will take some time and this one will do the trick. Yes, an async function returns a promise and this one makes promises easy to use.
+
+_Note: This code is not production ready, since it would also need to include an authentication feature._
+
+We‘ll make the new route working this way:
+
+```
+const userRouter = require('./routes/user')
+app.use(userRouter)
+```
+
+Let‘s also remove the existing _usersRouter_. The _routes/users.js_ can be deleted too.
+
+```
+$ npm start
+```
+
+With the above command, you can launch your new app.
+
+### Using the terminal to send and retrieve data
+
+Let’s create a new database record through the post method:
+
+```
+$ curl -d 'name=Adam' http://localhost:3000/users
+```
+
+To retrieve the data created through the API, do an HTTP GET request:
+
+```
+$ curl http://localhost:3000/users
+```
+
+The console output of the curl command is a JSON array containing data of all the records in the _Users_ table.
+
+_Note: This is not really the usual end result — an application consumes the API finally. The API will usually also have endpoints to update and remove data._
+
+### More automation
+
+Let‘s assume we might want to create an API serving many tables. It‘s possible and very handy to automatically generate models for Sequelize from our database. Sequelize-auto will do the heavy lifting for us. The resulting files (_models.js_) would be placed and imported within the _/models_ directory.
+
+```
+$ npm install sequelize-auto
+```
+
+A node.js connector is needed to use this one and we have it already installed for MariaDB.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+It‘s possible to develop and run an API using Fedora, Fedora default MariaDB, JavaScript and efficiently develop a solution like with a noSQL database. For those used to working with MongoDB or a similar noSQL database, Fedora and MariaDB are important open-source enablers.
+
+* * *
+
+_Photo by [Mazhar Zandsalimi][3] on [Unsplash][4]._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/using-fedora-to-implement-rest-api-in-javascript-part-2/
+
+作者：[Vaclav Keil][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/vaclavk/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/javascript-api-2-816x345.jpg
+[2]: https://fedoramagazine.org/using-fedora-to-quickly-implement-rest-api-with-javascript/
+[3]: https://unsplash.com/@m47h4r?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
+[4]: https://unsplash.com/s/photos/javascript?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200519 How to use Windows Subsystem for Linux to open Linux on Windows 10 machines.md b/sources/tech/20200519 How to use Windows Subsystem for Linux to open Linux on Windows 10 machines.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e610f7eb2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200519 How to use Windows Subsystem for Linux to open Linux on Windows 10 machines.md
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to use Windows Subsystem for Linux to open Linux on Windows 10 machines)
+[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3543845/how-to-use-windows-subsystem-for-linux-to-open-linux-on-windows-10-machines.html)
+[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
+
+How to use Windows Subsystem for Linux to open Linux on Windows 10 machines
+======
+Opening a Linux terminal on a Windows 10 desktop can help you practice your Linux skills and explore Windows from an entirely different point of view. In this post, we look at Ubuntu 18.04 running through Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL).
+[Nicolas Solerieu modified by IDG Comm. / Linux][1] [(CC0)][2]
+
+Believe it or not, it's possible to open a Linux terminal on a Windows 10 system and you might be surprised how much Linux functionality you’ll be able to get by doing so.
+
+You can run Linux commands, traipse around the provided Linux file system and even take a novel look at Windows files. The experience isn’t altogether different than opening a terminal window on a Linux desktop, with a few interesting exceptions.
+
+[[Get regularly scheduled insights by signing up for Network World newsletters.]][3]
+
+What is needed to make this happen is something called the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) and a Windows 10 x86 PC.
+
+### Linux versions for WSL
+
+There are a number of options for running Linux on top of Windows. The Linux OS choices include:
+
+ * [Ubuntu 16.04 LTS][4]
+ * [Ubuntu 18.04 LTS][5]
+ * [openSUSE Leap 15.1][6]
+ * [SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP5][7]
+ * [SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP1][8]
+ * [Kali Linux][9]
+ * [Debian GNU/Linux][10]
+ * [Fedora Remix for WSL][11]
+ * [Pengwin][12]
+ * [Pengwin Enterprise][13]
+ * [Alpine WSL][14]
+
+
+
+Ubuntu 18.04 LTS is just one option and, in this post, we’ll take a look at how the terminal runs on Windows using this particular distribution and how much it feels like working on a Linux system directly.
+
+If you want to look into the process of putting an Ubuntu distribution on your Windows system, you can start with this page:
+
+
+
+As part of the initial setup of installing your Linux on Windows terminal, you’ll be asked to create your user account. Once you do that and open the terminal, you can start to explore. One of the most noticeable differences between your Linux-on-Windows terminal and a terminal window on a Linux system is that examining processes isn’t going to show you much. After all, Windows will be providing the bulk of the required OS support. You’re likely to see something like this:
+
+```
+myacct@hostname:~$ ps -ef
+UID PID PPID C STIME TTY TIME CMD
+root 1 0 0 12:45 ? 00:00:00 /init
+root 7 1 0 12:45 tty1 00:00:00 /init
+shs 8 7 0 12:45 tty1 00:00:00 -bash
+shs 166 8 0 13:32 tty1 00:00:00 ps -ef
+```
+
+Yes, that's it.
+
+If you’re anything like me, one of your next moves might be to get a handle on the available commands. If you just count the files in the **/bin** and **/usr/bin** directories, you should see that there are a lot of commands:
+
+```
+myacct@hostname:~$ ls /bin | wc -l
+171
+myacct@hostname:~$ ls /usr/bin | wc -l
+707
+```
+
+You can list available commands with commands like these (output truncated for this post):
+
+```
+myacct@hostname:~$ ls /bin | head -25 | column
+bash btrfs-map-logical bunzip2 bzegrep bzip2recover
+btrfs btrfs-select-super busybox bzexe bzless
+btrfs-debug-tree btrfs-zero-log bzcat bzfgrep bzmore
+btrfs-find-root btrfsck bzcmp bzgrep cat
+btrfs-image btrfstune bzdiff bzip2 chacl
+
+myacct@hostname:~$ ls /usr/bin | head -25 | column
+NF aa-exec apport-cli apt apt-extracttempl*
+VGAuthService acpi_listen apport-collect apt-add-repository apt-ftparchive
+X11 add-apt-repository apport-unpack apt-cache apt-get
+[ addpart appres apt-cdrom apt-key
+aa-enabled apport-bug apropos apt-config apt-mark
+```
+
+You can update the system with **apt** commands (sudo apt update, sudo apt upgrade). You can even use Linux commands to move to the Windows disk partitions as you like and . Notice the last three entries in the output below. These represent several drives on the system.
+
+```
+myacct@hostname:~$ df -k
+Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on
+rootfs 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /
+none 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /dev
+none 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /run
+none 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /run/lock
+none 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /run/shm
+none 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /run/user
+cgroup 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /sys/fs/cgroup
+C:\ 973067784 326920584 646147200 34% /mnt/c <== C drive
+I:\ 976760000 231268208 745491792 24% /mnt/I <== external drive
+L:\ 409599996 159240 409440756 1% /mnt/l <== USB thumb drive
+```
+
+If you’re interested in moving out of the Linux space and into the Windows portion of the file system within your **WSL** session, you can do that easily. Replace “myname” with your Windows account name and a **cd /mnt/c/Users/_myname_/Desktop** will take you to your Windows desktop. From there, don’t be surprised if in listing your files you see **WRL####.tmp** files that don’t seem to exist when you look at your desktop and don’t show up if you look at your files by opening a command prompt. These appear to be temporary files used by Windows for document management. You might also see files listed that look like **‘~$nux notes.docx’** – perhaps ghosts of files that were once located on your desktop. You won’t see those files when you look at your desktop on Windows – even using a **cmd** window.
+
+Note that you’ll also see Windows directories such as **‘Program Files’** in single quotes when listed in your Linux terminal as you would any file with blanks included in their names. You can even start a Windows executable from your Linux terminal. For example:
+
+```
+myacct@hostname: $ cd /mnt/c/WINDOWS/System32/WindowsPowerShell/v1.0
+myacct@hostname: $ powershell.exe
+```
+
+If you do this, type **exit** when you want to end the **powershell** session.
+
+Linux commands all seem to work as expected, though I don’t get any output when I run the **who** command.
+
+Windows **.txt** files will display with **cat** commands, but the last line in a file will likely be displayed on the same line as the following shell prompt. This is because these files won’t end with a linefeed as Linux text files do.
+
+You can create other accounts and switch user to them (e.g., **su – nemo**) if you like, but not log into them directly.
+
+You can also update the system with apt commands (**sudo apt update**, **sudo apt upgrade**).
+
+Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][15] and [LinkedIn][16] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3543845/how-to-use-windows-subsystem-for-linux-to-open-linux-on-windows-10-machines.html
+
+作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://unsplash.com/photos/4gRNmhGzYZE
+[2]: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
+[3]: https://www.networkworld.com/newsletters/signup.html
+[4]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9pjn388hp8c9
+[5]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9N9TNGVNDL3Q
+[6]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9NJFZK00FGKV
+[7]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9MZ3D1TRP8T1
+[8]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9PN498VPMF3Z
+[9]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9PKR34TNCV07
+[10]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9MSVKQC78PK6
+[11]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9n6gdm4k2hnc
+[12]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9NV1GV1PXZ6P
+[13]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9N8LP0X93VCP
+[14]: https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9p804crf0395
+[15]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
+[16]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200520 Fedora Silverblue, an introduction for developers.md b/sources/tech/20200520 Fedora Silverblue, an introduction for developers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a112f4ca6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200520 Fedora Silverblue, an introduction for developers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Fedora Silverblue, an introduction for developers)
+[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/fedora-silverblue-brings-future-tech-to-the-desktop/)
+[#]: author: (Nick Hardiman https://fedoramagazine.org/author/nickhardiman/)
+
+Fedora Silverblue, an introduction for developers
+======
+
+![][1]
+
+The Fedora [Silverblue project][2] takes Fedora workstation, libostree and podman, puts them in a blender, and creates a new Immutable Fedora Workstation. Fedora Silverblue is an OS that stops you from changing the core system files arbitrarily, and readily allows you to change the environment system files. The article [What is Silverblue][3] describes the big picture, and this article drills down into details for the developer.
+
+Fedora Silverblue ties together a few different projects to make a system that is a git-like object, capable of layering packages, and has a container focused work flow. Silverblue is not the only distribution going down this road. It is the desktop equivalent of [CoreOS][4], the server OS used by [Red Hat Openshift][5].
+
+Silverblue’s idea of ‘immutable’ has nothing to do with immutable layers in a container. Silverblue keeps system files immutable by making them read-only.
+
+### Why immutable?
+
+Has an upgrade left your system in an unusable state? Have you wondered why one server in a pool of identical machines is being weird? These problems can happen when one system library – one tiny little file out of hundreds – is corrupted, badly configured or the wrong version. Or maybe your upgrade works fine but it’s not what you’d hoped for, and you want to roll back to the previous state.
+
+An immutable OS is intended to stop problems like these biting you. This is not an easy thing to achieve – simple changes, like flipping the file system between read-write and read-only, may only change a fault-finding headache to a maintenance headache.
+
+Freezing the system is good news for sysadmins, but what about developers? Setting up a development environment means heavily customizing the system, and filling it with living code that changes over time. The answer is partly a case of combining components, and partly the ability to swap between OS versions.
+
+### How it works
+
+So how do you get the benefits of immutability without losing the ability to do your work? If you’re thinking ‘containers’, good guess – part of the solution uses [podman][6]. But much of the work happens underneath the container layer, at the OS level.
+
+Fedora Silverblue ties together a few different projects to turn an immutable OS into a usable workstation. Silverblue uses libostree to provide the base system, lets you edit config files in /etc/, and provides three different ways to install packages.
+
+ * [rpm-ostree][7] installs RPM packages, similar to DNF in the traditional Fedora workstation. Use this for things that shouldn’t go in containers, like KVM/libvirt.
+ * [flatpak][8] installs packages from a central flathub repo. This is the one-stop shop for graphical desktop apps like LibreOffice.
+ * The traditional _dnf install_ still works, but only inside a [toolbox][9] (a Fedora container). A developer’s workbench goes in a toolbox.
+
+
+
+If you want to know more about these components, check out [Pieces of Silverblue][10].
+
+### Rolling back and pinning upgrades
+
+All operating systems need upgrades. Features are added, security holes are plugged and bugs are squashed. But sometimes an upgrade is not a developer’s friend.
+
+A developer depends on many things to get the job done. A good development environment is stuffed with libraries, editors, toolchains and apps that are controlled by the OS, not the developer. An upgrade may cause trouble. Have any of these situations happened to you?
+
+ * A new encryption library is too strict, and an upgrade stopped an API working.
+ * Code works well, but has deprecated syntax. An upgrade brought error-throwing misery.
+ * The development environment is lovingly hand-crafted. An upgrade broke dependencies and added conflicts.
+
+
+
+In a traditional environment, unpicking a troublesome upgrade is hard. In Silverblue, it’s easy. Silverblue keeps two copies of the OS – your current upgrade and your previous version. Point the OS at the previous version, reboot, and you’ve got your old system files back.
+
+You aren’t limited to two copies of your file system – you can keep more by pinning your favorite versions. Dusty Mabe, one of the engineers who has been working on the system since the [Project Atomic][11] days, describes how to pin extra copies of the OS in his article [Pinning Deployments in OSTree Based Systems][12].
+
+Your home directory is not affected by rolling back. Rpm-ostree does not touch /etc/ and /var/.
+
+### System updates and package installs
+
+Silverblue’s rpm-ostree treats all the files as one object, stored in a repository. The working file system is a checked-out copy of this object. After a system update, you get two objects in that repository – one current object and one updated object. The updated object is checked out and becomes the new file system.
+
+You install your workhorse applications in toolboxes, which provide container isolation. And you install your desktop applications using Flatpak.
+
+This new OS requires a shift in approach. For instance, you don’t have to keep only one copy of your system files – you can store a few and select which one you use. That means you can swap back and forth between an old Fedora release and the rawhide (development) version in a matter of minutes.
+
+### Build your own Silverblue VM
+
+You can safely install Fedora Silverblue in a VM on your workstation. If you’ve got a hypervisor and half an hour to spare (10 minutes for ISO download, and 20 minutes for the build), you can see for yourself.
+
+ 1. Download Fedora Silverblue ISO from
+ 2. (not Fedora workstation from ).
+ 3. Boot a VM with the Fedora Silverblue ISO. You can squeeze Fedora into compute resources of 1 CPU, 1024MiB of memory and 12GiB of storage, but bigger is better.
+ 4. Answer [Anaconda][13]’s questions.
+ 5. Wait for the [Gnome][14] desktop to appear.
+ 6. Answer [Initial Setup][15]’s questions.
+
+
+
+Then you’re ready to set up your developer’s tools. If you’re looking for an IDE, check these out. Use flatpak on the desktop to install them.
+
+ * [Gnome Builder][16] (Gnome’s official IDE)
+ * [Eclipse][17]
+ * [Code::Blocks][18]
+
+
+
+Finally, use the CLI to create your first toolbox. Load it with modules using [npm][19], [gem][20], [pip][21], [git][22] or your other favorite tools.
+
+### Help!
+
+If you get stuck, ask questions at the [forum][23].
+
+If you’re looking for ideas about how to use Silverblue, read articles in the [magazine][24].
+
+### Is Silverblue for you?
+
+Silverblue is full of shiny new tech. That in itself is enough to attract the cool kids, like moths to a flame. But this OS is not for everyone. It’s a young system, so some bugs will still be lurking in there. And pioneering tech requires a change of habit – that’s extra cognitive load that the new user may not want to take on.
+
+The OS brings immutable benefits, like keeping your system files safe. It also brings some drawbacks, like the need to reboot after adding system packages. Silverblue also enables new ways of working. If you want to explore new directions in the OS, find out if Silverblue brings benefits to your work.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://fedoramagazine.org/fedora-silverblue-brings-future-tech-to-the-desktop/
+
+作者：[Nick Hardiman][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/nickhardiman/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/silverblue-introfordev-816x345.png
+[2]: https://silverblue.fedoraproject.org/
+[3]: https://fedoramagazine.org/what-is-silverblue/
+[4]: http://coreos.com/
+[5]: https://www.openshift.com/products/container-platform
+[6]: https://github.com/containers/libpod
+[7]: https://rpm-ostree.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
+[8]: https://docs.flatpak.org/en/latest/
+[9]: https://github.com/containers/toolbox
+[10]: https://fedoramagazine.org/pieces-of-fedora-silverblue/
+[11]: https://www.projectatomic.io/
+[12]: https://www.projectatomic.io/blog/2018/05/pinning-deployments-ostree-based-systems/
+[13]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Anaconda
+[14]: https://www.gnome.org/
+[15]: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/InitialSetup
+[16]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Builder
+[17]: https://www.eclipse.org/ide/
+[18]: http://www.codeblocks.org/
+[19]: https://www.npmjs.com/package/package
+[20]: https://rubygems.org/
+[21]: https://pypi.org/
+[22]: https://git-scm.com/
+[23]: https://discussion.fedoraproject.org/c/desktop/silverblue/6
+[24]: https://fedoramagazine.org/?s=silverblue
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200521 Glico (Weighted Rock Paper Scissors).md b/sources/tech/20200521 Glico (Weighted Rock Paper Scissors).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77e3cfb5ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200521 Glico (Weighted Rock Paper Scissors).md
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Glico (Weighted Rock Paper Scissors))
+[#]: via: (https://theartofmachinery.com/2020/05/21/glico_weighted_rock_paper_scissors.html)
+[#]: author: (Simon Arneaud https://theartofmachinery.com)
+
+Glico (Weighted Rock Paper Scissors)
+======
+
+This still isn’t the blog post I said I was going to write about now, but I figured some game theory would make a good post at the moment, especially when a lot of people I know are working at home with kids who need entertaining. Here’s some stuff about a traditional Japanese kids’ game called Glico, a form of weighted Rock Paper Scissors (RPS).
+
+### Glico
+
+I’ll assume you’re familiar with regular RPS. It’s pretty obvious how to play well: the three plays, “rock”, “paper” and “scissors”, are equally strong, so the only trick is to play them unpredictably enough.
+
+But what happens if the three plays have different values? Weighted RPS, under the name “Glico”, has been a well-known Japanese children’s game since at least before WWII, but let me explain an English adaptation. Traditionally it’s played starting at the bottom of a flight of stairs, and the aim is to get to the top first. Players can climb up steps by winning rounds of RPS. The trick is that the number of steps depends on the winning hand in each round. A player who wins with “rock” gets to climb up four steps by spelling out R-O-C-K, and similarly “paper” is worth five steps and “scissors” worth eight. This simple twist to the game creates whole new layers of offence and defence as players struggle to win with “scissors” as much as possible, without being too predictable and vulnerable.
+
+(The rules for the Japanese version vary by region, but usually “rock” is worth 3 steps, while “paper” and “scissors” are worth 6. The mnemonic is that “rock”, “paper” and “scissors” are referred to as グー, パー and チョキ respectively, and the words spelled out when playing are グリコ (“Glico”, a food/confectionary brand), パイナップル (pineapple) and チョコレート (chocolate).)
+
+Just a few notes before getting into the maths: The game works best with two players, but in the traditional rules for three or more players, each round is handled by having multiple rematches. Each time there’s a clear winning hand (e.g., two players with “paper” beating one with “rock”) the losers are eliminated until there’s one winner. That can take a long time, so cycling systematically between pairs of players might be faster for several players. (I’ll assume two players from now on.) Also, older kids sometimes add an extra challenge by requiring an exact landing at the top of the stairs to win. For example, if you’re five steps from the top, only “paper” will win; “scissors” will overshoot by three steps, and you’ll end up three steps back down from the top. Be warned: that makes gameplay a lot harder.
+
+### Calculating the optimal strategy
+
+Simple strategies like “just play rock” are what game theorists call “pure strategies”. By design, no pure strategy in RPS is better than all others, and an adaptive opponent can quickly learn to exploit any pure strategy (e.g., by always playing “paper” against someone who always plays “rock”). Any decent player will play RPS with something like a “mixed strategy” (selecting from the pure strategies at random, maybe with different probabilities). Game theory tells us that finite, two-player, zero-sum games always have optimal mixed strategies — i.e., a mixed strategy that’s as good or better than any other, even against an adaptive opponent. You might do better by exploiting a weak opponent, but you can’t do better against a perfect one. In plain RPS, the statistically unbeatable strategy is to play each hand with equal probability (\frac{1}{3}).
+
+Glico is made up of multiple rounds of weighted RPS. A truly optimal player won’t just use one set of probabilities (p_{r}), (p_{p}) and (p_{s}) for playing “rock”, “paper” and “scissors” each round. The optimal probabilities will vary depending the position of both players on the stairs. For example, a player who is four steps from winning is either happy with any winning hand, or only wants “rock”, depending on the rules, and (theoretically) both players should recognise that and adapt their probabilities accordingly. However, it’s more practical to play with an optimal greedy strategy — i.e., assuming everyone is just trying to get the maximum step value each round.
+
+I’ll calculate an optimal greedy strategy for weighted RPS in two ways. One way is longer but uses nothing but high school algebra and logical thinking, while the other way uses the power of linear programming.
+
+#### The longer way
+
+The greedy version of Glico has no end goal; the players are just trying to win points. It helps with solving the game if we make it zero sum — any time you win (N) points, your opponent loses (N) points, and vice versa. That just scales and shifts the score per round, so it doesn’t change the optimal strategy. Why do it? We know that optimal players can’t get any advantage over each other because the game is symmetric. If the game is zero sum, that means that no strategy can have an expected value of more than 0 points. That lets us write some equations. For example, playing “rock” might win you 4 points against “scissors”, or lose you 5 against “paper”. Against an optimal opponent, we can say
+
+[4p_{s} - 5p_{p} \leq 0]
+
+Is the inequality necessary? When would a pure strategy have a negative value against a non-adaptive but optimal player? Imagine if we added a fourth pure strategy, “bomb”, that simply gave 1000 points to the opponent. Obviously no optimal player would ever play “bomb”, so (p_{b} = 0). Playing “bomb” against an optimal player would have expected value -1000. We can say that some pure strategies are just _bad_: they have suboptimal value against an optimal opponent, and an optimal player will never play them. Other pure strategies have optimal value against an optimal opponent, and they’re reasonable to include in an optimal strategy.
+
+Bad pure strategies aren’t always as obvious as “bomb”, but we can argue that none of the pure strategies in RPS are bad. “Rock” is the only way to beat “scissors”, and “paper” is the only way to beat “rock”, and “scissors” is the only way to beat “paper”. At least one must be in the optimal strategy, so we can expect them all to be. So let’s make that (\leq) into (=), and add the equations for playing “paper” and “scissors”, plus the fact that these are probabilities that add up to 1:
+
+[\begin{matrix} {4p_{s} - 5p_{p}} & {= 0} \ {5p_{r} - 8p_{s}} & {= 0} \ {8p_{p} - 4p_{r}} & {= 0} \ {p_{r} + p_{p} + p_{s}} & {= 1} \ \end{matrix}]
+
+That’s a system of linear equations that can be solved algorithmically using Gaussian elimination — either by hand or by using any good numerical algorithms software. I won’t go into the details, but here’s the solution:
+
+[\begin{matrix} p_{r} & {= 0.4706} \ p_{p} & {= 0.2353} \ p_{s} & {= 0.2941} \ \end{matrix}]
+
+Even though it’s worth the least, an optimal player will play “rock” almost half the time to counterattack “scissors”. The rest of the time is split between “paper” and “scissors”, with a slight bias towards “scissors”.
+
+#### The powerful way
+
+The previous solution needed special-case analysis: it exploited the symmetry of the game, and made some guesses about how good/bad the pure strategies are. What about games that are more complex, or maybe not even symmetric (say, because one player has a handicap)? There’s a more general solution using what’s called linear programming (which dates to when “programming” just meant “scheduling” or “planning”).
+
+By the way, linear programming (LP) has a funny place in computer science. There are some industries and academic circles where LP and generalisations like mixed integer programming are super hot. Then there are computer science textbooks that never even mention them, so there are industries where the whole topic is pretty much unheard of. It might be because it wasn’t even known for a long time if LP problems can be solved in polynomial time (they can), so LP doesn’t have the same theoretical elegance as, say, shortest path finding, even if it has a lot of practical use.
+
+Anyway, solving weighted RPS with LP is pretty straightforward. We just need to describe the game using a bunch of linear inequalities in multiple variables, and express strategic value as a linear function that can be optimised. That’s very similar to what was done before, but this time we won’t try to guess at the values of any strategies. We’ll just assume we’re choosing values (p_{r}), (p_{p}) and (p_{s}) to play against an opponent who scores an average (v) against us each round. The opponent is smart enough to choose a strategy that’s as least as good as any pure strategy, so we can say
+
+[\begin{matrix} {4p_{s} - 5p_{p}} & {\leq v} \ {5p_{r} - 8p_{s}} & {\leq v} \ {8p_{p} - 4p_{r}} & {\leq v} \ \end{matrix}]
+
+The opponent can only play some combination of “rock”, “paper” and “scissors”, so (v) can’t be strictly greater than all of them — at least one of the inequalities above must be tight. To model the gameplay fully, the only other constraints we need are the rules of probability:
+
+[\begin{matrix} {p_{r} + p_{p} + p_{s}} & {= 1} \ p_{r} & {\geq 0} \ p_{p} & {\geq 0} \ p_{s} & {\geq 0} \ \end{matrix}]
+
+Now we’ve modelled the problem, we just need to express what needs to be optimised. That’s actually dead simple: we just want to minimise (v), the average score the opponent can win from us. An LP solver can find a set of values for all variables that minimises (v) within the constraints, and we can read off the optimal strategy directly.
+
+I’ve tried a few tools, and the [Julia][1] library [JuMP][2] has my current favourite FOSS API for throwaway optimisation problems. Here’s some code:
+
+```
+# You might need Pkg.add("JuMP"); Pkg.add("GLPK")
+using JuMP
+using GLPK
+
+game = Model(GLPK.Optimizer)
+
+@variable(game, 0 <= pr <= 1)
+@variable(game, 0 <= pp <= 1)
+@variable(game, 0 <= ps <= 1)
+@variable(game, v)
+
+@constraint(game, ptotal, pr + pp + ps == 1)
+@constraint(game, rock, 4*ps - 5*pp <= v)
+@constraint(game, paper, 5*pr - 8*ps <= v)
+@constraint(game, scissors, 8*pp - 4*pr <= v)
+
+@objective(game, Min, v)
+
+println(game)
+optimize!(game)
+
+println("Opponent's value: ", value(v))
+println("Rock: ", value(pr))
+println("Paper: ", value(pp))
+println("Scissors: ", value(ps))
+```
+
+Here’s the output:
+
+```
+Min v
+Subject to
+ ptotal : pr + pp + ps = 1.0
+ rock : 4 ps - 5 pp - v ≤ 0.0
+ paper : 5 pr - 8 ps - v ≤ 0.0
+ scissors : 8 pp - 4 pr - v ≤ 0.0
+ pr ≥ 0.0
+ pp ≥ 0.0
+ ps ≥ 0.0
+ pr ≤ 1.0
+ pp ≤ 1.0
+ ps ≤ 1.0
+
+Opponent's value: 0.0
+Rock: 0.47058823529411764
+Paper: 0.23529411764705882
+Scissors: 0.29411764705882354
+```
+
+As argued in the previous solution, the best value the opponent can get against the optimal player is 0.
+
+### What does optimality mean?
+
+The optimal solution was calculated assuming an all-powerful opponent. It guarantees that even the best weighted RPS player can’t get an advantage over you, but it turns out you can’t get an advantage over a terrible player, either, if you insist on playing this “optimal” strategy. That’s because weighted RPS has no bad plays, in the sense that “bomb” is bad. _Any_ strategy played against the above “optimal” strategy will have expected value of 0, so it’s really a defensive, or “safe” strategy. To play truly optimally and win against a bad player, you’ll have to adapt your strategy. For example, if your opponent plays “scissors” too often and “paper” not enough, you should adapt by playing “rock” more often. Of course, your opponent might just be pretending to be weak, and could start taking advantage of your deviation from the safe strategy.
+
+Games don’t always work out like that. For example, in theory, you could derive an optimal safe strategy for more complex games like poker. Such a strategy would tend to win against normal humans because even the best normal humans make bad poker plays. On the other hand, a “shark” at the table might be able to win against the “fish” faster by exploiting their weaknesses more aggressively. If you’re thinking of using LP to directly calculate a strategy for Texas Hold’em, though, sorry, but you’ll hit a combinatorial explosion of pure strategies as you account for all the cases like “if I’m dealt AJ on the big blind and I call a four-blind raise from the button preflop and then the flop is a rainbow 3K9…”. Only heavily simplified toy poker games are solvable with the general approach.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://theartofmachinery.com/2020/05/21/glico_weighted_rock_paper_scissors.html
+
+作者：[Simon Arneaud][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://theartofmachinery.com
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://julialang.org/
+[2]: https://github.com/JuliaOpt/JuMP.jl
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200521 Use the internet from the command line with curl.md b/sources/tech/20200521 Use the internet from the command line with curl.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c580ea0879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200521 Use the internet from the command line with curl.md
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Use the internet from the command line with curl)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/curl-cheat-sheet)
+[#]: author: (Seth Kenlon https://opensource.com/users/seth)
+
+Use the internet from the command line with curl
+======
+Download our new curl cheat sheet. Curl is a fast and efficient way to
+pull the information you need from the internet without using a
+graphical interface.
+![Cheat Sheet cover image][1]
+
+Curl is commonly considered a non-interactive web browser. That means it's able to pull information from the internet and display it in your terminal or save it to a file. This is literally what web browsers, such as Firefox or Chromium, do except they _render_ the information by default, while curl downloads and displays raw information. In reality, the curl command does much more and has the ability to transfer data to or from a server using one of many supported protocols, including HTTP, FTP, SFTP, IMAP, POP3, LDAP, SMB, SMTP, and many more. It's a useful tool for the average terminal user, a vital convenience for the sysadmin, and a quality assurance tool for microservices and cloud developers.
+
+Curl is designed to work without user interaction, so unlike Firefox, you must think about your interaction with online data from start to finish. For instance, if you want to view a web page in Firefox, you launch a Firefox window. After Firefox is open, you type the website you want to visit into the URL field or a search engine. Then you navigate to the site and click on the page you want to see.
+
+The same concepts apply to curl, except you do it all at once: you launch curl at the same time you feed it the internet location you want and tell it whether you want to the data to be saved in your terminal or to a file. The complexity increases when you have to interact with a site that requires authentication or with an API, but once you learn the **curl** command syntax, it becomes second nature. To help you get the hang of it, we collected the pertinent syntax information in a handy [cheat sheet][2].
+
+### Download a file with curl
+
+You can download a file with the **curl** command by providing a link to a specific URL. If you provide a URL that defaults to **index.html**, then the index page is downloaded, and the file you downloaded is displayed on your terminal screen. You can pipe the output to less or tail or any other command:
+
+
+```
+$ curl "" | tail -n 4
+ <h1>Example Domain</h1>
+ <p>This domain is for use in illustrative examples in documents. You may use this domain in literature without prior coordination or asking for permission.</p>
+ <p><a href="[https://www.iana.org/domains/example"\>More][3] information...</a></p>
+</div></body></html>
+```
+
+Because some URLs contain special characters that your shell normally interprets, it's safest to surround your URL in quotation marks.
+
+Some files don't translate well to being displayed in a terminal. You can use the **\--remote-name** option to cause the file to be saved according to what it's called on the server:
+
+
+```
+$ curl --remote-name ""
+$ ls
+linux-distro.iso
+```
+
+Alternatively, you can use the **\--output** option to name your download whatever you want:
+
+
+```
+`curl "http://example.com/foo.html" --output bar.html`
+```
+
+### List contents of a remote directory with curl
+
+Because curl is non-interactive, it's difficult to browse a page for downloadable elements. Provided that the remote server you're connecting to allows it, you can use **curl** to list the contents of a directory:
+
+
+```
+`$ curl --list-only "https://example.com/foo/"`
+```
+
+### Continue a partial download
+
+If you're downloading a very large file, you might find that you have to interrupt the download. Curl is intelligent enough to determine where you left off and continue the download. That means the next time you're downloading a 4GB Linux distribution ISO and something goes wrong, you never have to go back to the start. The syntax for **\--continue-at** is a little unusual: if you know the byte count where your download was interrupted, you can provide it; otherwise, you can use a lone dash (**-**) to tell curl to detect it automatically:
+
+
+```
+`$ curl --remote-name --continue-at - "https://example.com/linux-distro.iso"`
+```
+
+### Download a sequence of files
+
+If you need to download several files—rather than just one big file—curl can help with that. Assuming you know the location and file-name pattern of the files you want to download, you can use curl's sequencing notation: the start and end point between a range of integers, in brackets. For the output filename, use **#1** to indicate the first variable:
+
+
+```
+`$ curl "https://example.com/file_[1-4].webp" --output "file_#1.webp"`
+```
+
+If you need to use another variable to represent another sequence, denote each variable in the order it appears in the command. For example, in this command, **#1** refers to the directories **images_000** through **images_009**, while **#2** refers to the files **file_1.webp** through **file_4.webp**:
+
+
+```
+$ curl "" \
+\--output "file_#1-#2.webp"
+```
+
+### Download all PNG files from a site
+
+You can do some rudimentary web scraping to find what you want to download, too, using only **curl** and **grep**. For instance, say you need to download all images associated with a web page you're archiving. First, download the page referencing the images. Pipe the page to grep with a search for the image type you're targeting (PNG in this example). Finally, create a **while** loop to construct a download URL and to save the files to your computer:
+
+
+```
+$ curl |\
+grep --only-matching 'src="[^"]*.[png]"' |\
+cut -d\" -f2 |\
+while read i; do \
+curl " -o "${i##*/}"; \
+done
+```
+
+This is just an example, but it demonstrates how flexible curl can be when combined with a Unix pipe and some clever, but basic, parsing.
+
+### Fetch HTML headers
+
+Protocols used for data exchange have a lot of metadata embedded in the packets that computers send to communicate. HTTP headers are components of the initial portion of data. It can be helpful to view these headers (especially the response code) when troubleshooting your connection to a site:
+
+
+```
+curl --head ""
+HTTP/2 200
+accept-ranges: bytes
+age: 485487
+cache-control: max-age=604800
+content-type: text/html; charset=UTF-8
+date: Sun, 26 Apr 2020 09:02:09 GMT
+etag: "3147526947"
+expires: Sun, 03 May 2020 09:02:09 GMT
+last-modified: Thu, 17 Oct 2019 07:18:26 GMT
+server: ECS (sjc/4E76)
+x-cache: HIT
+content-length: 1256
+```
+
+### Fail quickly
+
+A 200 response is the usual HTTP indicator of success, so it's what you usually expect when you contact a server. The famous 404 response indicates that a page can't be found, and 500 means there was a server error.
+
+To see what errors are happening during negotiation, add the **\--show-error** flag:
+
+
+```
+`$ curl --head --show-error "http://opensource.ga"`
+```
+
+These can be difficult for you to fix unless you have access to the server you're contacting, but curl generally tries its best to resolve the location you point it to. Sometimes when testing things over a network, seemingly endless retries just waste time, so you can force curl to exit upon failure quickly with the **\--fail-early** option:
+
+
+```
+`curl --fail-early "http://opensource.ga"`
+```
+
+### Redirect query as specified by a 3xx response
+
+The 300 series of responses, however, are more flexible. Specifically, the 301 response means that a URL has been moved permanently to a different location. It's a common way for a website admin to relocate content while leaving a "trail" so people visiting the old location can still find it. Curl doesn't follow a 301 redirect by default, but you can make it continue on to a 301 destination by using the **\--location** option:
+
+
+```
+$ curl "" | grep title
+<title>301 Moved Permanently</title>
+$ curl --location ""
+<title>Internet Assigned Numbers Authority</title>
+```
+
+### Expand a shortened URL
+
+The **\--location** option is useful when you want to look at shortened URLs before visiting them. Shortened URLs can be useful for social networks with character limits (of course, this may not be an issue if you use a [modern and open source social network][4]) or for print media in which users can't just copy and paste a long URL. However, they can also be a little dangerous because their destination is, by nature, concealed. By combining the **\--head** option to view just the HTTP headers and the **\--location** option to unravel the final destination of a URL, you can peek into a shortened URL without loading the full resource:
+
+
+```
+$ curl --head --location \
+""
+```
+
+### [Download our curl cheat sheet][2]
+
+Once you practice thinking about the process of exploring the web as a single command, curl becomes a fast and efficient way to pull the information you need from the internet without bothering with a graphical interface. To help you build it into your usual workflow, we've created a [curl cheat sheet][2] with common curl uses and syntax, including an overview of using it to query an API.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/curl-cheat-sheet
+
+作者：[Seth Kenlon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/seth
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/coverimage_cheat_sheet.png?itok=lYkNKieP (Cheat Sheet cover image)
+[2]: https://opensource.com/downloads/curl-command-cheat-sheet
+[3]: https://www.iana.org/domains/example"\>More
+[4]: https://opensource.com/article/17/4/guide-to-mastodon
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200522 A beginner-s guide to web scraping with Python.md b/sources/tech/20200522 A beginner-s guide to web scraping with Python.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..010744161b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200522 A beginner-s guide to web scraping with Python.md
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (A beginner's guide to web scraping with Python)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/web-scraping-python)
+[#]: author: (Julia Piaskowski https://opensource.com/users/julia-piaskowski)
+
+A beginner's guide to web scraping with Python
+======
+Get some hands-on experience with essential Python tools to scrape
+complete HTML sites.
+![HTML code][1]
+
+There are plenty of great books to help you learn Python, but who actually reads these A to Z? (Spoiler: not me).
+
+Many people find instructional books useful, but I do not typically learn by reading a book front to back. I learn by doing a project, struggling, figuring some things out, and then reading another book. So, throw away your book (for now), and let's learn some Python.
+
+What follows is a guide to my first scraping project in Python. It is very low on assumed knowledge in Python and HTML. This is intended to illustrate how to access web page content with Python library [requests][2] and parse the content using [BeatifulSoup4][3], as well as JSON and [pandas][4]. I will briefly introduce [Selenium][5], but I will not delve deeply into how to use that library—that topic deserves its own tutorial. Ultimately I hope to show you some tricks and tips to make web scraping less overwhelming.
+
+### Installing our dependencies
+
+All the resources from this guide are available at my [GitHub repo][6]. If you need help installing Python 3, check out the tutorials for [Linux][7], [Windows][8], and [Mac][9].
+
+
+```
+$ python3 -m venv
+$ source venv/bin/activate
+$ pip install requests bs4 pandas
+```
+
+If you like using JupyterLab, you can run all the code using this [notebook][10]. There are a lot of ways to [install JupyterLab][11], and this is one of them:
+
+
+```
+# from the same virtual environment as above, run:
+$ pip install jupyterlab
+```
+
+### Setting a goal for our web scraping project
+
+Now we have our dependencies installed, but what does it take to scrape a webpage?
+
+Let's take a step back and be sure to clarify our goal. Here is my list of requirements for a successful web scraping project.
+
+ * We are gathering information that is worth the effort it takes to build a working web scraper.
+ * We are downloading information that can be legally and ethically gathered by a web scraper.
+ * We have some knowledge of how to find the target information in HTML code.
+ * We have the right tools: in this case, it's the libraries **BeautifulSoup** and **requests**.
+ * We know (or are willing to learn) how to parse JSON objects.
+ * We have enough data skills to use **pandas**.
+
+
+
+A comment on HTML: While HTML is the beast that runs the Internet, what we mostly need to understand is how tags work. A tag is a collection of information sandwiched between angle-bracket enclosed labels. For example, here is a pretend tag, called "pro-tip":
+
+
+```
+<pro-tip> All you need to know about html is how tags work </pro-tip>
+```
+
+We can access the information in there ("All you need to know…") by calling its tag "pro-tip." How to find and access a tag will be addressed further in this tutorial. For more of a look at HTML basics, check out [this article][12].
+
+### What to look for in a web scraping project
+
+Some goals for gathering data are more suited for web scraping than others. My guidelines for what qualifies as a good project are as follows.
+
+There is no public API available for the data. It would be much easier to capture structured data through an API, and it would help clarify both the legality and ethics of gathering the data. There needs to be a sizable amount of structured data with a regular, repeatable format to justify this effort. Web scraping can be a pain. BeautifulSoup (bs4) makes this easier, but there is no avoiding the individual idiosyncrasies of websites that will require customization. Identical formatting of the data is not required, but it does make things easier. The more "edge cases" (departures from the norm) present, the more complicated the scraping will be.
+
+Disclaimer: I have zero legal training; the following is not intended to be formal legal advice.
+
+On the note of legality, accessing vast troves of information can be intoxicating, but just because it's possible doesn't mean it should be done.
+
+There is, thankfully, public information that can guide our morals and our web scrapers. Most websites have a [robots.txt][13] file associated with the site, indicating which scraping activities are permitted and which are not. It's largely there for interacting with search engines (the ultimate web scrapers). However, much of the information on websites is considered public information. As such, some consider the robots.txt file as a set of recommendations rather than a legally binding document. The robots.txt file does not address topics such as ethical gathering and usage of the data.
+
+Questions I ask myself before beginning a scraping project:
+
+ * Am I scraping copyrighted material?
+ * Will my scraping activity compromise individual privacy?
+ * Am I making a large number of requests that may overload or damage a server?
+ * Is it possible the scraping will expose intellectual property I do not own?
+ * Are there terms of service governing use of the website, and am I following those?
+ * Will my scraping activities diminish the value of the original data? (for example, do I plan to repackage the data as-is and perhaps siphon off website traffic from the original source)?
+
+
+
+When I scrape a site, I make sure I can answer "no" to all of those questions.
+
+For a deeper look at the legal concerns, see the 2018 publications [Legality and Ethics of Web Scraping by Krotov and Silva][14] and [Twenty Years of Web Scraping and the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act by Sellars][15].
+
+### Now it's time to scrape!
+
+After assessing the above, I came up with a project. My goal was to extract addresses for all Family Dollar stores in Idaho. These stores have an outsized presence in rural areas, so I wanted to understand how many there are in a rather rural state.
+
+The starting point is the [location page for Family Dollar][16].
+
+![Family Dollar Idaho locations page][17]
+
+To begin, let's load up our prerequisites in our Python virtual environment. The code from here is meant to be added to a Python file (_scraper.py_ if you're looking for a name) or be run in a cell in JupyterLab.
+
+
+```
+import requests # for making standard html requests
+from bs4 import BeautifulSoup # magical tool for parsing html data
+import json # for parsing data
+from pandas import DataFrame as df # premier library for data organization
+```
+
+Next, we request data from our target URL.
+
+
+```
+page = requests.get("")
+soup = BeautifulSoup(page.text, 'html.parser')
+```
+
+BeautifulSoup will take HTML or XML content and transform it into a complex tree of objects. Here are several common object types that we will use.
+
+ * **BeautifulSoup**—the parsed content
+ * **Tag**—a standard HTML tag, the main type of bs4 element you will encounter
+ * **NavigableString**—a string of text within a tag
+ * **Comment**—a special type of NavigableString
+
+
+
+There is more to consider when we look at **requests.get()** output. I've only used **page.text()** to translate the requested page into something readable, but there are other output types:
+
+ * **page.text()** for text (most common)
+ * **page.content()** for byte-by-byte output
+ * **page.json()** for JSON objects
+ * **page.raw()** for the raw socket response (no thank you)
+
+
+
+I have only worked on English-only sites using the Latin alphabet. The default encoding settings in **requests** have worked fine for that. However, there is a rich internet world beyond English-only sites. To ensure that **requests** correctly parses the content, you can set the encoding for the text:
+
+
+```
+page = requests.get(URL)
+page.encoding = 'ISO-885901'
+soup = BeautifulSoup(page.text, 'html.parser')
+```
+
+Taking a closer look at BeautifulSoup tags, we see:
+
+ * The bs4 element **tag** is capturing an HTML tag
+ * It has both a name and attributes that can be accessed like a dictionary: **tag['someAttribute']**
+ * If a tag has multiple attributes with the same name, only the first instance is accessed.
+ * A tag's children are accessed via **tag.contents**.
+ * All tag descendants can be accessed with **tag.contents**.
+ * You can always access the full contents as a string with: **re.compile("your_string")** instead of navigating the HTML tree.
+
+
+
+### Determine how to extract relevant content
+
+Warning: this process can be frustrating.
+
+Extraction during web scraping can be a daunting process filled with missteps. I think the best way to approach this is to start with one representative example and then scale up (this principle is true for any programming task). Viewing the page's HTML source code is essential. There are a number of ways to do this.
+
+You can view the entire source code of a page using Python in your terminal (not recommended). Run this code at your own risk:
+
+
+```
+print(soup.prettify())
+```
+
+While printing out the entire source code for a page might work for a toy example shown in some tutorials, most modern websites have a massive amount of content on any one of their pages. Even the 404 page is likely to be filled with code for headers, footers, and so on.
+
+It is usually easiest to browse the source code via **View Page Source** in your favorite browser (right-click, then select "view page source"). That is the most reliable way to find your target content (I will explain why in a moment).
+
+![Family Dollar page source code][18]
+
+
+
+In this instance, I need to find my target content—an address, city, state, and zip code—in this vast HTML ocean. Often, a simple search of the page source (**ctrl + F**) will yield the section where my target location is located. Once I can actually see an example of my target content (the address for at least one store), I look for an attribute or tag that sets this content apart from the rest.
+
+It would appear that first, I need to collect web addresses for different cities in Idaho with Family Dollar stores and visit those websites to get the address information. These web addresses all appear to be enclosed in a **href** tag. Great! I will try searching for that using the **find_all** command:
+
+
+```
+dollar_tree_list = soup.find_all('href')
+dollar_tree_list
+```
+
+Searching for **href** did not yield anything, darn. This might have failed because **href** is nested inside the class **itemlist**. For the next attempt, search on **item_list**. Because "class" is a reserved word in Python, **class_** is used instead. The bs4 function **soup.find_all()** turned out to be the Swiss army knife of bs4 functions.
+
+
+```
+dollar_tree_list = soup.find_all(class_ = 'itemlist')
+for i in dollar_tree_list[:2]:
+ print(i)
+```
+
+Anecdotally, I found that searching for a specific class was often a successful approach. We can learn more about the object by finding out its type and length.
+
+
+```
+type(dollar_tree_list)
+len(dollar_tree_list)
+```
+
+The content from this BeautifulSoup "ResultSet" can be extracted using **.contents**. This is also a good time to create a single representative example.
+
+
+```
+example = dollar_tree_list[2] # a representative example
+example_content = example.contents
+print(example_content)
+```
+
+Use **.attr** to find what attributes are present in the contents of this object. Note: **.contents** usually returns a list of exactly one item, so the first step is to index that item using the bracket notation.
+
+
+```
+example_content = example.contents[0]
+example_content.attrs
+```
+
+Now that I can see that **href** is an attribute, that can be extracted like a dictionary item:
+
+
+```
+example_href = example_content['href']
+print(example_href)
+```
+
+### Putting together our web scraper
+
+All that exploration has given us a path forward. Here's the cleaned-up version of the logic we figured out above.
+
+
+```
+city_hrefs = [] # initialise empty list
+
+for i in dollar_tree_list:
+ cont = i.contents[0]
+ href = cont['href']
+ city_hrefs.append(href)
+
+# check to be sure all went well
+for i in city_hrefs[:2]:
+ print(i)
+```
+
+The output is a list of URLs of Family Dollar stores in Idaho to scrape.
+
+That said, I still don't have address information! Now, each city URL needs to be scraped to get this information. So we restart the process, using a single, representative example.
+
+
+```
+page2 = requests.get(city_hrefs[2]) # again establish a representative example
+soup2 = BeautifulSoup(page2.text, 'html.parser')
+```
+
+![Family Dollar map and code][19]
+
+The address information is nested within **type= "application/ld+json"**. After doing a lot of geolocation scraping, I've come to recognize this as a common structure for storing address information. Fortunately, **soup.find_all()** also enables searching on **type**.
+
+
+```
+arco = soup2.find_all(type="application/ld+json")
+print(arco[1])
+```
+
+The address information is in the second list member! Finally!
+
+I extracted the contents (from the second list item) using **.contents** (this is a good default action after filtering the soup). Again, since the output of contents is a list of one, I indexed that list item:
+
+
+```
+arco_contents = arco[1].contents[0]
+arco_contents
+```
+
+Wow, looking good. The format presented here is consistent with the JSON format (also, the type did have "**json**" in its name). A JSON object can act like a dictionary with nested dictionaries inside. It's actually a nice format to work with once you become familiar with it (and it's certainly much easier to program than a long series of RegEx commands). Although this structurally looks like a JSON object, it is still a bs4 object and needs a formal programmatic conversion to JSON to be accessed as a JSON object:
+
+
+```
+arco_json = json.loads(arco_contents)
+
+[/code] [code]
+
+type(arco_json)
+print(arco_json)
+```
+
+In that content is a key called **address** that has the desired address information in the smaller nested dictionary. This can be retrieved thusly:
+
+
+```
+arco_address = arco_json['address']
+arco_address
+```
+
+Okay, we're serious this time. Now I can iterate over the list store URLs in Idaho:
+
+
+```
+locs_dict = [] # initialise empty list
+
+for link in city_hrefs:
+ locpage = requests.get(link) # request page info
+ locsoup = BeautifulSoup(locpage.text, 'html.parser')
+ # parse the page's content
+ locinfo = locsoup.find_all(type="application/ld+json")
+ # extract specific element
+ loccont = locinfo[1].contents[0]
+ # get contents from the bs4 element set
+ locjson = json.loads(loccont) # convert to json
+ locaddr = locjson['address'] # get address
+ locs_dict.append(locaddr) # add address to list
+```
+
+### Cleaning our web scraping results with pandas
+
+We have loads of data in a dictionary, but we have some additional crud that will make reusing our data more complex than it needs to be. To do some final data organization steps, we convert to a pandas data frame, drop the unneeded columns "**@type**" and "**country**"), and check the top five rows to ensure that everything looks alright.
+
+
+```
+locs_df = df.from_records(locs_dict)
+locs_df.drop(['@type', 'addressCountry'], axis = 1, inplace = True)
+locs_df.head(n = 5)
+```
+
+Make sure to save results!!
+
+
+```
+df.to_csv(locs_df, "family_dollar_ID_locations.csv", sep = ",", index = False)
+```
+
+We did it! There is a comma-separated list of all the Idaho Family Dollar stores. What a wild ride.
+
+### A few words on Selenium and data scraping
+
+[Selenium][5] is a common utility for automatic interaction with a webpage. To explain why it's essential to use at times, let's go through an example using Walgreens' website. **Inspect Element** provides the code for what is displayed in a browser:
+
+![Walgreens location page and code][20]
+
+
+
+While **View Page Source** provides the code for what **requests** will obtain:
+
+![Walgreens source code][21]
+
+When these two don't agree, there are plugins modifying the source code—so, it should be accessed after the page has loaded in a browser. **requests** cannot do that, but **Selenium** can.
+
+Selenium requires a web driver to retrieve the content. It actually opens a web browser, and this page content is collected. Selenium is powerful—it can interact with loaded content in many ways (read the documentation). After getting data with **Selenium**, continue to use **BeautifulSoup** as before:
+
+
+```
+url = "[https://www.walgreens.com/storelistings/storesbycity.jsp?requestType=locator\&state=ID][22]"
+driver = webdriver.Firefox(executable_path = 'mypath/geckodriver.exe')
+driver.get(url)
+soup_ID = BeautifulSoup(driver.page_source, 'html.parser')
+store_link_soup = soup_ID.find_all(class_ = 'col-xl-4 col-lg-4 col-md-4')
+```
+
+I didn't need Selenium in the case of Family Dollar, but I do keep it on hand for those times when rendered content differs from source code.
+
+### Wrapping up
+
+In conclusion, when using web scraping to accomplish a meaningful task:
+
+ * Be patient
+ * Consult the manuals (these are very helpful)
+
+
+
+If you are curious about the answer:
+
+![Family Dollar locations map][23]
+
+There are many many Family Dollar stores in America.
+
+The complete source code is:
+
+
+```
+import requests
+from bs4 import BeautifulSoup
+import json
+from pandas import DataFrame as df
+
+page = requests.get("")
+soup = BeautifulSoup(page.text, 'html.parser')
+
+# find all state links
+state_list = soup.find_all(class_ = 'itemlist')
+
+state_links = []
+
+for i in state_list:
+ cont = i.contents[0]
+ attr = cont.attrs
+ hrefs = attr['href']
+ state_links.append(hrefs)
+
+# find all city links
+city_links = []
+
+for link in state_links:
+ page = requests.get(link)
+ soup = BeautifulSoup(page.text, 'html.parser')
+ familydollar_list = soup.find_all(class_ = 'itemlist')
+ for store in familydollar_list:
+ cont = store.contents[0]
+ attr = cont.attrs
+ city_hrefs = attr['href']
+ city_links.append(city_hrefs)
+# to get individual store links
+store_links = []
+
+for link in city_links:
+ locpage = requests.get(link)
+ locsoup = BeautifulSoup(locpage.text, 'html.parser')
+ locinfo = locsoup.find_all(type="application/ld+json")
+ for i in locinfo:
+ loccont = i.contents[0]
+ locjson = json.loads(loccont)
+ try:
+ store_url = locjson['url']
+ store_links.append(store_url)
+ except:
+ pass
+
+# get address and geolocation information
+stores = []
+
+for store in store_links:
+ storepage = requests.get(store)
+ storesoup = BeautifulSoup(storepage.text, 'html.parser')
+ storeinfo = storesoup.find_all(type="application/ld+json")
+ for i in storeinfo:
+ storecont = i.contents[0]
+ storejson = json.loads(storecont)
+ try:
+ store_addr = storejson['address']
+ store_addr.update(storejson['geo'])
+ stores.append(store_addr)
+ except:
+ pass
+
+# final data parsing
+stores_df = df.from_records(stores)
+stores_df.drop(['@type', 'addressCountry'], axis = 1, inplace = True)
+stores_df['Store'] = "Family Dollar"
+
+df.to_csv(stores_df, "family_dollar_locations.csv", sep = ",", index = False)
+```
+
+\--
+_Author's note: This article is an adaptation of a [talk I gave at PyCascades][24] in Portland, Oregon on February 9, 2020._
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/web-scraping-python
+
+作者：[Julia Piaskowski][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/julia-piaskowski
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus_html_code.png?itok=VjUmGsnl (HTML code)
+[2]: https://requests.readthedocs.io/en/master/
+[3]: https://beautiful-soup-4.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
+[4]: https://pandas.pydata.org/
+[5]: https://www.selenium.dev/
+[6]: https://github.com/jpiaskowski/pycas2020_web_scraping
+[7]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/install-python-linux
+[8]: https://opensource.com/article/19/8/how-install-python-windows
+[9]: https://opensource.com/article/19/5/python-3-default-mac
+[10]: https://github.com/jpiaskowski/pycas2020_web_scraping/blob/master/example/Familydollar_location_scrape-all-states.ipynb
+[11]: https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/getting_started/installation.html
+[12]: https://opensource.com/article/20/4/build-websites
+[13]: https://www.contentkingapp.com/academy/robotstxt/
+[14]: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324907302_Legality_and_Ethics_of_Web_Scraping
+[15]: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3221625
+[16]: https://locations.familydollar.com/id/
+[17]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/familydollar1.png (Family Dollar Idaho locations page)
+[18]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/familydollar2.png (Family Dollar page source code)
+[19]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/familydollar3.png (Family Dollar map and code)
+[20]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/walgreens1.png (Walgreens location page and code)
+[21]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/walgreens2.png (Walgreens source code)
+[22]: https://www.walgreens.com/storelistings/storesbycity.jsp?requestType=locator\&state=ID
+[23]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/family_dollar_locations.png (Family Dollar locations map)
+[24]: https://2020.pycascades.com/talks/adventures-in-babysitting-webscraping-for-python-and-html-novices/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200522 Fast data modeling with JavaScript.md b/sources/tech/20200522 Fast data modeling with JavaScript.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c565d6e90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200522 Fast data modeling with JavaScript.md
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Fast data modeling with JavaScript)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/data-modeling-javascript)
+[#]: author: (Szymon https://opensource.com/users/schodevio)
+
+Fast data modeling with JavaScript
+======
+This tutorial showcases a method to model data in just a few minutes.
+![Analytics: Charts and Graphs][1]
+
+As a backend developer at the [Railwaymen][2], a software house in Kraków, Poland, some of my tasks rely on models that manipulate and customize data retrieved from a database. When I wanted to improve my skills in frontend frameworks, I [chose Vue][3], and I thought it would be good to have a similar way to model data in a store. I started with some libraries that I found through [NPM][4], but they offered many more features than I needed.
+
+So I decided to build my own solution, and I was very surprised that the base took less than 15 lines of code and is very flexible. I implemented this solution in an open source application which I developed and called [Evally][5] - a web app that helps businesses keep track of their employees' performance reviews and professional development. It reminds managers or HR representatives about employees' upcoming evaluations and gathers all of the data needed to assess their performance in the fairest way.
+
+### Model and list
+
+The only things you need to do are to create a class and use the defaultsDeep function in the [Lodash][6] JavaScript library:
+
+
+```
+`_.defaultsDeep(object, [sources])`
+```
+
+Arguments:
+
+ * `object (Object)`: The destination object
+ * `[sources] (...Object)`: The source objects
+
+
+
+Returns:
+
+ * `(Object)`: Returns object
+
+
+
+This helper function: [Lodash Docs][7]
+
+> "Assigns recursively own and inherited enumerable string keyed properties of source objects to the destination object for all destination properties that resolve to undefined. Source objects are applied from left to right. Once a property is set, additional values of the same property are ignored."
+
+For example:
+
+
+```
+_.defaultsDeep({ 'a': { 'b': 2 } }, { 'a': { 'b': 1, 'c': 3 } })
+ // => { 'a': { 'b': 2, 'c': 3 } }
+```
+
+That's all! To try it out, create a file called **base.js** and import the defaultsDeep function from the Lodash package:
+
+
+```
+ // base.js
+ import defaultsDeep from "lodash/defaultsDeep";
+```
+
+Next, create and export the Model class, where constructor will use the Lodash helper function to assign values to all passed attributes and initialize the attributes that were not received with default values:
+
+
+```
+ // base.js
+ // ...
+
+ export class Model {
+ constructor(attributes = {}) {
+ defaultsDeep(this, attributes, this.defaults);
+ }
+ }
+```
+
+Now, create your first real model, Employee, with attributes for firstName, lastName, position and hiredAt where "position" defines "Programmer" as the default value:
+
+
+```
+ // employee.js
+ import { Model } from "./base.js";
+
+ export class Employee extends Model {
+ get defaults() {
+ return {
+ firstName: "",
+ lastName: "",
+ position: "Programmer",
+ hiredAt: ""
+ };
+ }
+ }
+```
+
+Next, begin creating employees:
+
+
+```
+// app.js
+ import { Employee } from "./employee.js";
+
+ const programmer = new Employee({
+ firstName: "Will",
+ lastName: "Smith"
+ });
+
+ // => Employee {
+ // firstName: "Will",
+ // lastName: "Smith",
+ // position: "Programmer",
+ // hiredAt: "",
+ // constructor: Object
+ // }
+
+ const techLeader = new Employee({
+ firstName: "Charles",
+ lastName: "Bartowski",
+ position: "Tech Leader"
+ });
+
+ // => Employee {
+ // firstName: "Charles",
+ // lastName: "Bartowski",
+ // position: "Tech Leader",
+ // hiredAt: "",
+ // constructor: Object
+ // }
+```
+
+You have two employees, and the first one's position is assigned from the defaults. Here's how multiple employees can be defined:
+
+
+```
+ // base.js
+
+ // ...
+
+ export class List {
+ constructor(items = []) {
+ this.models = items.map(item => new this.model(item));
+ }
+ }
+
+[/code] [code]
+
+ // employee.js
+ import { Model, List } from "./base.js";
+
+ // …
+
+ export class EmployeesList extends List {
+ get model() {
+ return Employee;
+ }
+ }
+```
+
+The List class constructor maps an array of received items into an array of desired models. The only requirement is to provide a correct model class name:
+
+
+```
+ // app.js
+ import { Employee, EmployeesList } from "./employee.js";
+
+ // …
+
+ const employees = new EmployeesList([
+ {
+ firstName: "Will",
+ lastName: "Smith"
+ },
+ {
+ firstName: "Charles",
+ lastName: "Bartowski",
+ position: "Tech Leader"
+ }
+ ]);
+
+ // => EmployeesList {models: Array[2], constructor: Object}
+ // models: Array[2]
+ // 0: Employee
+ // firstName: "Will"
+ // lastName: "Smith"
+ // position: "Programmer"
+ // hiredAt: ""
+ // <constructor>: "Employee"
+ // 1: Employee
+ // firstName: "Charles"
+ // lastName: "Bartowski"
+ // position: "Tech Leader"
+ // hiredAt: ""
+ // <constructor>: "Employee"
+ // <constructor>: "EmployeesList"
+```
+
+### Ways to use this approach
+
+This simple solution allows you to keep your data structure in one place and avoid code repetition. The [DRY][8] principle rocks! You can also customize your models as needed, such as in the following examples.
+
+#### Custom getters
+
+Do you need one attribute to be dependent on the others? No problem; you can do this by improving your Employee model:
+
+
+```
+// employee.js
+ import { Model } from "./base.js";
+
+ export class Employee extends Model {
+ get defaults() {
+ return {
+ firstName: "",
+ lastName: "",
+ position: "Programmer",
+ hiredAt: ""
+ };
+ }
+
+ get fullName() {
+ return [this.firstName, this.lastName].join(' ')
+ }
+
+ }
+
+[/code] [code]
+
+// app.js
+ import { Employee, EmployeesList } from "./employee.js";
+
+ // …
+
+ console.log(techLeader.fullName);
+ // => Charles Bartowski
+```
+
+Now you don't have to repeat the code to do something as simple as displaying the employee's full name.
+
+#### Date formatting
+
+Model is a good place to define other formats for given attributes. The best examples are dates:
+
+
+```
+// employee.js
+ import { Model } from "./base.js";
+ import moment from 'moment';
+
+ export class Employee extends Model {
+ get defaults() {
+ return {
+ firstName: "",
+ lastName: "",
+ position: "Programmer",
+ hiredAt: ""
+ };
+ }
+
+ get formattedHiredDate() {
+ if (!this.hiredAt) return "---";
+
+ return moment(this.hiredAt).format('MMMM DD, YYYY');
+ }
+ }
+
+[/code] [code]
+
+// app.js
+ import { Employee, EmployeesList } from "./employee.js";
+
+ // …
+
+ techLeader.hiredAt = "2020-05-01";
+
+ console.log(techLeader.formattedHiredDate);
+ // => May 01, 2020
+```
+
+Another case related to dates (which I discovered developing the Evally app) is the ability to operate with different date formats. Here's an example that uses datepicker:
+
+ 1. All employees fetched from the database have the hiredAt date in the format:
+YEAR-MONTH-DAY, e.g., 2020-05-01
+ 2. You need to display the hiredAt date in a more friendly format:
+MONTH DAY, YEAR, e.g., May 01, 2020
+ 3. A datepicker uses the format:
+DAY-MONTH-YEAR, e.g., 01-05-2020
+
+
+
+Resolve this issue with:
+
+
+```
+// employee.js
+ import { Model } from "./base.js";
+ import moment from 'moment';
+
+ export class Employee extends Model {
+
+ // …
+
+ get formattedHiredDate() {
+ if (!this.hiredAt) return "---";
+
+ return moment(this.hiredAt).format('MMMM DD, YYYY');
+ }
+
+ get hiredDate() {
+ return (
+ this.hiredAt
+ ? moment(this.hiredAt).format('DD-MM-YYYY')
+ : ''
+ );
+ }
+
+ set hiredDate(date) {
+ const mDate = moment(date, 'DD-MM-YYYY');
+
+ this.hiredAt = (
+ mDate.isValid()
+ ? mDate.format('YYYY-MM-DD')
+ : ''
+ );
+ }
+ }
+```
+
+This adds getter and setter functions to handle datepicker's functionality.
+
+
+```
+ // Get date from server
+ techLeader.hiredAt = '2020-05-01';
+ console.log(techLeader.formattedHiredDate);
+ // => May 01, 2020
+
+ // Datepicker gets date
+ console.log(techLeader.hiredDate);
+ // => 01-05-2020
+
+ // Datepicker sets new date
+ techLeader.hiredDate = '15-06-2020';
+
+ // Display new date
+ console.log(techLeader.formattedHiredDate);
+ // => June 15, 2020
+```
+
+This makes it very simple to manage multiple date formats.
+
+#### Storage for model-related information
+
+Another use for a model class is storing general information related to the model, like paths for routing:
+
+
+```
+// employee.js
+ import { Model } from "./base.js";
+ import moment from 'moment';
+
+ export class Employee extends Model {
+
+ // …
+
+ static get routes() {
+ return {
+ employeesPath: '/api/v1/employees',
+ employeePath: id => `/api/v1/employees/${id}`
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+[/code] [code]
+
+ // Path for POST requests
+ console.log(Employee.routes.employeesPath)
+
+ // Path for GET request
+ console.log(Employee.routes.employeePath(1))
+```
+
+### Customize the list of models
+
+Don't forget about the List class, which you can customize as needed:
+
+
+```
+// employee.js
+ import { Model, List } from "./base.js";
+
+ // …
+
+ export class EmployeesList extends List {
+ get model() {
+ return Employee;
+ }
+
+ findByFirstName(val) {
+ return this.models.find(item => item.firstName === val);
+ }
+
+ filterByPosition(val) {
+ return this.models.filter(item => item.position === val);
+ }
+ }
+
+[/code] [code]
+
+ console.log(employees.findByFirstName('Will'))
+ // => Employee {
+ // firstName: "Will",
+ // lastName: "Smith",
+ // position: "Programmer",
+ // hiredAt: "",
+ // constructor: Object
+ // }
+
+ console.log(employees.filterByPosition('Tech Leader'))
+ // => [Employee]
+ // 0: Employee
+ // firstName: "Charles"
+ // lastName: "Bartowski"
+ // position: "Tech Leader"
+ // hiredAt: ""
+ // <constructor>: "Employee"
+```
+
+### Summary
+
+This simple structure for data modeling in JavaScript should save you some development time. You can add new functions whenever you need them to keep your code cleaner and easier to maintain. All of this code is available in my [CodeSandbox][9], so try it out and let me know how it goes by leaving a comment below.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/data-modeling-javascript
+
+作者：[Szymon][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/schodevio
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/analytics-graphs-charts.png?itok=sersoqbV (Analytics: Charts and Graphs)
+[2]: https://railwaymen.org/
+[3]: https://blog.railwaymen.org/vue-vs-react-which-one-is-better-for-your-app-similarities-differences
+[4]: https://www.npmjs.com/
+[5]: https://github.com/railwaymen/evally
+[6]: https://lodash.com/
+[7]: https://lodash.com/docs/4.17.15
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Don%27t_repeat_yourself
+[9]: https://codesandbox.io/s/02jsdatamodels-1mhtb
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200524 Diamond interface composition in Go 1.14.md b/sources/tech/20200524 Diamond interface composition in Go 1.14.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..611bb2c39e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200524 Diamond interface composition in Go 1.14.md
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Diamond interface composition in Go 1.14)
+[#]: via: (https://dave.cheney.net/2020/05/24/diamond-interface-composition-in-go-1-14)
+[#]: author: (Dave Cheney https://dave.cheney.net/author/davecheney)
+
+Diamond interface composition in Go 1.14
+======
+
+Per the [overlapping interfaces proposal][1], Go 1.14 now permits embedding of interfaces with overlapping method sets. This is a brief post explain what this change means:
+
+Let’s start with the definition of the three key interfaces from the `io` package; `io.Reader`, `io.Writer`, and `io.Closer`:
+
+```
+package io
+
+type Reader interface {
+ Read([]byte) (int, error)
+}
+
+type Writer interface {
+ Write([]byte) (int, error)
+}
+
+type Closer interface {
+ Close() error
+}
+```
+
+Just as embedding a type inside a struct allows the embedded type’s fields and methods to be accessed as if it were declared on the embedding type[1][2], the process is true for interfaces. Thus there is no difference between explicitly declaring
+
+```
+type ReadCloser interface {
+ Read([]byte) (int, error)
+ Close() error
+}
+```
+
+and using embedding to compose the interface
+
+```
+type ReadCloser interface {
+ Reader
+ Closer
+}
+```
+
+You can even mix and match
+
+```
+type WriteCloser interface {
+ Write([]byte) (int, error)
+ Closer
+}
+```
+
+However, prior to Go 1.14, if you continued to compose interface declarations in this manner you would likely find that something like this,
+
+```
+type ReadWriteCloser interface {
+ ReadCloser
+ WriterCloser
+}
+```
+
+would fail to compile
+
+```
+% go build interfaces.go
+command-line-arguments
+./interfaces.go:27:2: duplicate method Close
+```
+
+Fortunately, with Go 1.14 this is no longer a limitation, thus solving problems that typically occur with diamond-shaped embedding graphs.
+
+However, there is a catch that I ran into attempting to demonstrate this feature to the local user group–this feature is only enabled when the Go compiler uses the 1.14 (or later) spec.
+
+As near as I can make out the rules for which version of the Go spec is used during compilation appear to be:
+
+ 1. If your source code is stored inside `GOPATH` (or you have _disabled_ modules with `GO111MODULE=off`) then the version of the Go spec used to compile with matches the version of the compiler you are using. Said another way, if you have Go 1.13 installed, your Go version is 1.13. If you have Go 1.14 installed, your version is 1.14. No surprises here.
+ 2. If your source code is stored outside `GOPATH` (or you have forced modules on with `GO111MODULE=on`) then the `go` tool will take the Go version from the `go.mod` file.
+ 3. If there is no Go version listed in `go.mod` then the version of the spec will be the version of Go installed. This is identical to point 1.
+ 4. If you are in module mode, either by being outside `GOPATH` or with `GO111MODULE=on`, but there is no `go.mod` file in the current, or any parent, directory then the version of the Go spec used to compile your code defaults to Go 1.13.
+
+
+
+The last point caught me out.
+
+ 1. It is said that embedding promotes the type’s fields and methods.[][3]
+
+
+
+### Related posts:
+
+ 1. [Struct composition with Go][4]
+ 2. [term: low level serial with a high level interface][5]
+ 3. [Accidental method value][6]
+ 4. [How does the go build command work ?][7]
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://dave.cheney.net/2020/05/24/diamond-interface-composition-in-go-1-14
+
+作者：[Dave Cheney][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://dave.cheney.net/author/davecheney
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://github.com/golang/proposal/blob/master/design/6977-overlapping-interfaces.md
+[2]: tmp.nUQHg5BP9T#easy-footnote-bottom-1-4179 (It is said that embedding promotes the type’s fields and methods.)
+[3]: tmp.nUQHg5BP9T#easy-footnote-1-4179
+[4]: https://dave.cheney.net/2015/05/22/struct-composition-with-go (Struct composition with Go)
+[5]: https://dave.cheney.net/2014/05/08/term-low-level-serial-with-a-high-level-interface (term: low level serial with a high level interface)
+[6]: https://dave.cheney.net/2014/05/19/accidental-method-value (Accidental method value)
+[7]: https://dave.cheney.net/2013/10/15/how-does-the-go-build-command-work (How does the go build command work ?)
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 CopyQ Clipboard Manager for Keeping a Track of Clipboard History.md b/sources/tech/20200525 CopyQ Clipboard Manager for Keeping a Track of Clipboard History.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..616ee5971a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 CopyQ Clipboard Manager for Keeping a Track of Clipboard History.md
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (CopyQ Clipboard Manager for Keeping a Track of Clipboard History)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/copyq-clipboard-manager/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+CopyQ Clipboard Manager for Keeping a Track of Clipboard History
+======
+
+How do you copy-paste text? Let me guess. You either use the right click menu to copy-paste or use Ctrl+C to copy a text and Ctrl+V to paste the text. The text copied this way is saved to ‘clipboard’. The [clipboard][1] is a special location in the memory of your system that stores cut or copied text (and in some cases images).
+
+But have you ever been in a situation where you had a text copied and then you copy another text and then realize you needed the text you copied earlier? Trust me, it happens a lot.
+
+Instead of wondering about finding the previous text to copy again, you can use a clipboard manager.
+
+A clipboard manager is a handy little tool that keeps a history of the text you had copied. If you need to use the earlier copied text, you can use the clipboard manager to copy it again.
+
+![Clipboard][2]
+
+There are several clipboard managers available for Linux. In this article, I’ll cover one such tool that goes by the name CopyQ.
+
+### CopyQ Clipboard Manager
+
+[CopyQ][3] is nifty clipboard manager that has plenty of features to manage your system’s clipboard. It is an open source software available for free for major Linux distributions.
+
+Like any other clipboard manager, CopyQ monitors the system clipboard and saves its content. It can save both text and images from the clipboard.
+
+CopyQ sits in the system tray and you can easily access it from there. From the system tray, just click on the text that you want. It will automatically copy this text and you would notice that the copied text moves on to the top of the saved clipboards.
+
+![][4]
+
+In the system tray, it shows only the five recent clips. You can open the main window using the “Show/hide main window” option in the system tray. CopyQ saves up to 200 clips. You may edit the clipboard items here.
+
+![][5]
+
+You may also set a keyboard shortcut to bring the clipboard with a few key combination. This option is available in Preferences->Shortcuts.
+
+![][6]
+
+If you decide to use it, I advise enabling the autostart so that CopyQ runs automatically when you start your system. By default, it saves 200 items in the history and that’s a lot in my opinion. You may want to change that as well.
+
+![][7]
+
+CopyQ is an advanced clipboard manager with plenty of additional features. You can search for text in the saved clipboard items. You can sort, create, edit or change the order of the clipboard items.
+
+You can ignore clipboard copied from some windows or containing some text. You can also temporarily disable clipboard saving. CopyQ also supports [Vim][8]-like editor and shortcut for Vim fans.
+
+There are many more features that you may explore on your own. For me, the most notable feature is that it gives me easy access to older copied text, and I am happy with that.
+
+### Installing CopyQ on Linux
+
+CopyQ is available for Linux, Windows and macOS. You can get the executable file for Windows and macOS [from its website][3].
+
+For Linux, CopyQ is available in the repositories of all major Linux distributions. Which means that you can find it in your software center or install it using your distribution’s package manager.
+
+Ubuntu users may find it in the software center if [universe repository is enabled][9].
+
+![CopyQ in Ubuntu Software Center][10]
+
+Alternatively, you can use the apt command to install it:
+
+```
+sudo apt install copyq
+```
+
+Ubuntu users also have the option to [use the official PPA][11] and always get the latest stable CopyQ version. For example, at the time of writing this article, CopyQ version in Ubuntu 20.04 is 3.10 while [PPA has newer version][12] 3.11. It’s your choice really.
+
+```
+sudo add-apt-repository ppa:hluk/copyq
+sudo apt update
+sudo apt install copyq
+```
+
+You may also want to know [how to remove PPA][13] later.
+
+### Do you use a clipboard manager?
+
+I find it surprising that many people are not even aware of an essential utility like clipboard manager. For me, it’s one of the [essential productivity tools on Linux][14].
+
+As I mentioned at the beginning of the article, there are several clipboard managers available for Linux. CopyQ is one of such tools. Do you use or know of some other similar clipboard tool? Why not let us know in the comments?
+
+If you started using CopyQ after reading this article, do share your experience with it. What you liked and what you didn’t like? The comment section is all yours.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/copyq-clipboard-manager/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/c/clipboar.htm
+[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/clipboard.png?ssl=1
+[3]: https://hluk.github.io/CopyQ/
+[4]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/copyq-system-tray.png?ssl=1
+[5]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/copyq-main-window.png?ssl=1
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/copyq-shortcuts.png?ssl=1
+[7]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/copyq-auto-start.png?ssl=1
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/vim-8-release-install/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-repositories/
+[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/copyq-software-center.png?resize=800%2C474&ssl=1
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/ppa-guide/
+[12]: https://launchpad.net/~hluk/+archive/ubuntu/copyq
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/productivity-tips-ubuntu/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 Debian-s Decision to Drop Old Drivers has Upset Vintage Hardware Users.md b/sources/tech/20200525 Debian-s Decision to Drop Old Drivers has Upset Vintage Hardware Users.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb2b9005ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 Debian-s Decision to Drop Old Drivers has Upset Vintage Hardware Users.md
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Debian’s Decision to Drop Old Drivers has Upset Vintage Hardware Users)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/debian-dropping-old-drivers/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Debian’s Decision to Drop Old Drivers has Upset Vintage Hardware Users
+======
+
+It is always a tough decision to drop support for older hardware for the latest Linux distribution releases. Just like [Ubuntu decided to drop support for 32-bit systems][1], Debian’s X Strike Force (XFS) team decided to drop a list of input and video drivers.
+
+### Debian is considering to drop support for really old hardware
+
+![][2]
+
+In case you didn’t know, the XFS team is responsible for maintaining packages the [X Window System][3] in [Debian][4]. And, the list of drivers that [they want to remove][5] are:
+
+ * xserver-xorg-input-aiptek
+ * xserver-xorg-input-elographics
+ * xserver-xorg-input-mtrack
+ * xserver-xorg-input-mutouch
+ * xserver-xorg-input-void
+ * server-xorg-video-ast
+ * xserver-xorg-video-mach64
+
+
+ * xserver-xorg-video-neomagic
+ * xserver-xorg-video-r128
+ * xserver-xorg-video-savage
+ * xserver-xorg-video-siliconmotion
+ * xserver-xorg-video-sisusb
+ * xserver-xorg-video-tdfx
+ * xserver-xorg-video-trident
+
+
+
+So, Mach 64, [ATI Rage R128][6], Savage, Silicon Motion, SiS, Trident, and NeoMagic are some of the graphics chipsets that would be affected. The reason (as stated by them) to drop these drivers is:
+
+> They are either unmaintained upstream or provide no value to the distribution.
+
+Now, that could make sense, if the packages are no longer maintained. But, upstream some of these X.org drivers are still **maintained** even if there are no frequent updates to them. For instance, in 2018, a [new display driver update was released for the ATI RAGE 128][7], as reported by Phoronix.
+
+### Vintage hardware owners are going to be upset
+
+Obviously, the vintage hardware users aren’t quite happy with the decision because a handful of people still own (or actively use) old hardware i.e. around 20 years older.
+
+From the original list of drivers mentioned in the [bug report][5], **Geode display driver** was initially decided to be removed but wasn’t dropped.
+
+It was also reported that the “**xserver-xorg-video-r128**” driver is required for older Apple hardware (iMac). And, a user reported about the missing video driver on his iMac.
+
+For most of the users, this decision may not actually affect any “production” systems because I don’t think anyone is probably going to utilize 20-year old hardware for commercial purposes.
+
+The hobbyists and collectors who like to preserve older tech are surely going to be impacted by this decision.
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+In my opinion, dropping the support for incredibly dated hardware is not entirely a bad move.
+
+But, if there is a demand for the support of vintage hardware, the fair share of users who want the drivers to be added in Debian should help maintain those packages. If not, I don’t think it won’t be a wise choice to have an unmaintained piece of code in Debian.
+
+What do you think about this? Feel free to share your thoughts in the comments below!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/debian-dropping-old-drivers/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-drops-32-bit-desktop/
+[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/debian-bug-report-driver-drop.jpg?ssl=1
+[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X_Window_System
+[4]: https://www.debian.org/
+[5]: https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=955603
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ATI_Rage_series
+[7]: https://www.phoronix.com/scan.php?page=news_item&px=ATI-RAGE-128-DDX-6.11.0
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 EU Parliament Strongly Recommends Developing and Using Open Source Software.md b/sources/tech/20200525 EU Parliament Strongly Recommends Developing and Using Open Source Software.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bfeb5635ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 EU Parliament Strongly Recommends Developing and Using Open Source Software.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (EU Parliament Strongly Recommends Developing and Using Open Source Software)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/eu-parliament-recommends-open-source/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+EU Parliament Strongly Recommends Developing and Using Open Source Software
+======
+
+Europe is choosing open source more than ever. Not just limited to [EU Commissions’ decision to use Signal messaging app][1] but also [open science][2] and the [adoption of open source software by European universities][3].
+
+Now, in a recent [press release][4] by the [European Pirate Party][5], it looks like the EU Parliament is urging EU institutions to use open-source software. All thanks to the Pirate amendments for encouraging the use of open-source software.
+
+The EU Parliament not just encourages the use of open-source software, but they have also advised to prioritize development of open-source software by the EU institutions.
+
+So, not just aiming to adopt using open-source software but to develop open-source software. And, that’s definitely good news!
+
+More use of open-source software, why not? To give you some more details, here’s what they mentioned in the press release:
+
+> **In practice, from now on, all IT solutions developed by and for the EU institutions will first need to be assessed against the possibility of using Open Source solutions. Assessments will then have to be reported back to the Budgetary Control Committee of the Parliament on an annual basis, during the discharge procedure. This is a strong call for enhancing our important citizens right to transparent and trustworthy information.**
+
+### Important decision to remove vendor lock-ins
+
+![Public Money Public Code Campaign][6]
+
+No matter who made this happen — this decision of preferring open-source software over proprietary will not just help the open-source community but also helps the EU institutions in a variety of ways.
+
+Especially, relying on open-source software removes the overhead of vendor lock-ins. In other words, an EU institution does not have to rely on vendor to manage/maintain the software.
+
+The press release also addressed this by mentioning:
+
+> It is essential for the European institutions to retain control over its own technical systems, especially in a context of disinformation and foreign interference. Open Source promotes local technical support, leads to rapid development of software and helps to avoid dependency on specific suppliers or vendor lock-in effects, which exist when only one company is in charge of software or even the entire IT infrastructure supply.
+
+Any responsible local organization can take up the task while the community can still help in any way it can. This could also reduce the cost of maintaining the software among other things like improving the security of a software in a collaborative manner.
+
+### Is this a big win for open-source community?
+
+![][7]
+
+Yes, and no. We’ve seen a lot of recommendations made by the governments (or the EU government in general) to choose open-source software to keep things more secure yet transparent.
+
+Pirate’s Vice-President of EU Parliament, **Marcel Kolaja**, mentions some advantages of this decision as well:
+
+_It’s a milestone for transparent and open digitization of the European institutions. From now on, the Open Source ecosystem has a stepping ground for offering Open Source solutions and the Pirates will gladly play the role of the guardians and will try to solve and highlight any attempt to bypass this strong recommendation. It’s a really important step to remove vendor lock-ins in the Parliament“_
+
+So, this will definitely help them earn trust of their citizens by providing digital transparency while also encouraging public participation to improve the software as well. Of course, this will also help introduce the concept of open-source software to many who were unaware of it in some way.
+
+Also, ensuring open-source software for publicly financed software will enhance the meaning of freedom of speech/privacy/press.
+
+In a nutshell, these decisions do have a positive impact in one way or the other.
+
+But, the implementations of these decisions will decide how effective it’s going to be to put the words in action.
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+I’m happy with the decision by EU Parliament here — even though I’m not a European. I guess, this should encourage other government bodies to take similar decisions or steps to ensure digital transparency while earning the trust of their citizens.
+
+To get more details on the decision, you can refer to the [official press release by the European Pirate Party][4].
+
+What do you think about it? Let me know your thoughts in the comments below!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/eu-parliament-recommends-open-source/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/eu-commission-switches-to-signal/
+[2]: https://ec.europa.eu/research/openscience/index.cfm?pg=openaccess
+[3]: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/open-source-higher-education
+[4]: https://european-pirateparty.eu/european-parliament-strongly-recommends-any-software-developed-by-and-for-the-eu-institutions-to-be-made-publicly-available-under-free-and-open-source-software-licence/
+[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/European_Pirate_Party
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/public-money-public-code.png?resize=800%2C420&ssl=1
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/eu-parliament-open-source.jpg?ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 Encrypt Your Files Before Uploading it to Cloud With Cryptomator.md b/sources/tech/20200525 Encrypt Your Files Before Uploading it to Cloud With Cryptomator.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eda3a2990e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 Encrypt Your Files Before Uploading it to Cloud With Cryptomator.md
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Encrypt Your Files Before Uploading it to Cloud With Cryptomator)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/cryptomator/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+Encrypt Your Files Before Uploading it to Cloud With Cryptomator
+======
+
+_**Open source software highlight of this week is Cryptomator. It is a unique free and open-source encryption software that lets you encrypt your data before uploading it to the cloud.**_
+
+There are several [cloud services available for Linux][1] and almost all of them do not offer [end to end encryption][2], at least not by default.
+
+Usually, the connection between your device and the server is secure. But your data stored on the server is not encrypted. Employees with direct access to the infrastructure at your cloud service providers may access this data.
+
+Of course, these companies have strict policies against such intrusion but a rogue employee can do a lot of damage. Remember the incident when a [departing Twitter employee deactivated the account of US President Donald Trump][3].
+
+If you are one of the privacy cautious people, you would want the ease of cloud storage but with the added security layer of encrypted storage.
+
+Now some [services like pCloud do provide end to end encryption][4] but that comes at an additional cost. If you could afford that, well and good. If not, you can use a free and open source tool like [Cryptomator][5].
+
+Cryptomator helps you secure your data by encrypting it before uploading it to any cloud storage services. In this article, I’m going to highlight the key features of Cryptomator along with instructions to use it.
+
+### Cryptomator: Add an encryption layer to your cloud data
+
+![][6]
+
+Cryptomator is a solution to encrypt your data locally before uploading it to the cloud.
+
+With this, you can create vaults locally and sync them to the cloud storage services you use.
+
+It’s very easy to use and you don’t need to have any specific technical knowledge to encrypt your data – that’s what Cryptomator is tailored for.
+
+### Features of Cryptomator
+
+Cryptomator is a simple encryption tool with the essential features. Here’s what it offers:
+
+ * [AES][7] and 256-bit Encryption for files.
+ * Ability to create a vault and sync it with the cloud storage service
+ * Optional recovery key for your master password of the vault
+ * Cross-platform support (Linux, Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS)
+ * Supports the dark theme for a one-time license fee.
+ * Supports [WebDAV][8], [FUSE][9], and [Dokany][10] for easy integration with your operating system.
+
+
+
+Do note that the [Android][11] and [iOS][12] apps are paid apps that you have to purchase separately while the desktop program is completely free to use. Also, you need to purchase a one-time license to unlock the dark mode. Don’t blame them please. They need to make some money in order to develop this open source software.
+
+### Installing Cryptomator on Linux
+
+Cryptomater provides an AppImage file that you can download to get started on any Linux distribution.
+
+You can get it from its [official download page][13]. In case you don’t know, please read [how to use an AppImage file][14] to get started.
+
+[Download Cryptomator][5]
+
+### How To Use Cryptomator?
+
+Attention!
+
+Encryption is a double-edged sword. It can protect you and it can hurt you as well.
+If you are encrypting your data and you forgot your encryption key, you’ll lose access to that data forever.
+Cryptomator provides a recovery key option so please be careful with both password and the recovery key. Don’t forget it or lose the recovery key.
+
+Once you have installed Cryptomator, it’s really easy to use it following the user interface or the [official documentation][15].
+
+But, to save you some time, I’ll highlight a few important things that you should know:
+
+#### Setup Your Vault
+
+![][16]
+
+After launching Cryptomator, you need to create the vault where you want to have your encrypted data.
+
+This can be an existing location or a new custom directory as per your requirements.
+
+Now that you proceed creating a new vault, you will also observe that you can open an existing vault as well (if you had one already). So, always have a backup of your vault, just in case.
+
+![][17]
+
+Here, I am assuming that you are a new user. So, obviously, proceed to create a new vault and give it a name:
+
+![][18]
+
+Next, you need to specify a storage location. If you already use OneDrive, Dropbox, Google Drive, or something similar, it might detect it automatically.
+
+![][19]
+
+However, if it doesn’t, like in my case (I use [pCloud][20]), you can select the cloud-synced directory or any other custom location manually.
+
+Once you select the location, you just need to create a password for it. It’s best to create a strong password that you can remember.
+
+![][21]
+
+Also, I’d suggest you to opt for the recovery key and store it in a separate USB drive or just print it on a paper.
+
+![][22]
+
+And, that’s it. You’re done creating your secure vault that you can sync with the cloud.
+
+![][23]
+
+Now, how do you add files to it? Let’s take a look:
+
+#### Adding Files To A Vault
+
+_**Note:** You can’t just go into the folder that you created from the file manager and files there. Follow the steps below to add files properly in your encrypted vault._
+
+Once you’ve created your vault, you just need to unlock it by typing the password as shown in the image below. If you’re on your personal computer, you can choose to save the password without needing to enter it every time you access the vault. However, I advise not to do that. Manually entering the password help in remembering it.
+
+![][24]
+
+Next, after unlocking the vault, you just need to click on “**Reveal Vault**” or reveal drive to open it using **File Manager** where you can access/modify or add files to it.
+
+#### Backup / Recover Your Vault
+
+You should simply copy-paste the folder you create to another USB drive or somewhere else other than your cloud storage folder to ensure that you have a backup of your vault.
+
+![][25]
+
+It’s important to have the **masterkey.cryptomator** file of the vault in order to open it.
+
+#### Upgrades, Preferences & Settings
+
+Note
+
+You should enable the auto-updates feature to ensure that you will have the most stable and error-free version automatically.
+
+Apart from the most important functions of the Cryptomator app, you will get a couple of other features to tweak, such as:
+
+ * Change the type of your virtual drive
+ * Tweak the vault to read-only mode
+
+
+
+You can explore the **Vault options** and the settings on Cryptomator to know about what else you can do.
+
+**Wrapping Up**
+
+Now that you know about Cryptomator, you can easily encrypt your important data locally before uploading them to the cloud.
+
+What do you think about Cryptomator? Let us know your thoughts in the comments down below!
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/cryptomator/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/cloud-services-linux/
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/End-to-end_encryption
+[3]: https://www.theverge.com/2017/11/2/16600732/donald-trump-twitter-account-gone-realdonaldtrump
+[4]: https://partner.pcloud.com/r/22317
+[5]: https://cryptomator.org/
+[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-ft.jpg?ssl=1
+[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Encryption_Standard
+[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV
+[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_in_Userspace
+[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dokan_Library
+[11]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.cryptomator&hl=en_US
+[12]: https://apps.apple.com/us/app/cryptomator/id953086535
+[13]: https://cryptomator.org/downloads/
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/use-appimage-linux/
+[15]: https://docs.cryptomator.org
+[16]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-add-vault.jpg?ssl=1
+[17]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-create-open-vault.jpg?ssl=1
+[18]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-add-vault-name.jpg?ssl=1
+[19]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-vault-location.jpg?ssl=1
+[20]: https://itsfoss.com/recommends/pcloud/
+[21]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-pass.jpg?ssl=1
+[22]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-recovery.jpg?ssl=1
+[23]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-vault-success.jpg?ssl=1
+[24]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-unlock.jpg?ssl=1
+[25]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/cryptomator-master.jpg?ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 How to Assign Static IP Address on Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20200525 How to Assign Static IP Address on Ubuntu Linux.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87ddb6b839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 How to Assign Static IP Address on Ubuntu Linux.md
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to Assign Static IP Address on Ubuntu Linux)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/static-ip-ubuntu/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+How to Assign Static IP Address on Ubuntu Linux
+======
+
+_**Brief: In this tutorial, you’ll learn how to assign static IP address on Ubuntu and other Linux distributions. Both command line and GUI methods have been discussed.**_
+
+IP addresses on Linux Systems in most cases are assigned by [Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol][1] (DHCP) servers. IP addresses assigned this way are dynamic which means that the IP address might change when you [restart your Ubuntu system][2]. It’s not necessary but it may happen.
+
+_**Dynamic IP is not an issue for normal desktop Linux users in most cases**_. It could become an issue if you have employed some special kind of networking between your computers.
+
+For example, you can [share your keyboard and mouse between Ubuntu and Raspberry Pi][3]. The configuration uses IP addresses of both system. If the IP address changes dynamically, then your setup won’t work.
+
+Another use case is with servers or remotely administered desktops. It is easier to set static addresses on those systems for connection stability and consistency between the users and applications.
+
+In this tutorial, I’ll show you how to set up static IP address on Ubuntu based Linux distributions. Let me show you the command line way first and then I’ll show the graphical way of doing it on desktop.
+
+### Method 1: Assign static IP in Ubuntu using command line
+
+![][4]
+
+**Note for desktop users**: Use static IP only when you need it. Automatic IP saves you a lot of headache in handling network configuration.
+
+#### Step 1: Get the name of network interface and the default gateway
+
+The first thing you need to know is the name of the network interface for which you have to set up the static IP.
+
+You can either use ip command or the network manager CLI like this:
+
+```
+nmcli d
+```
+
+In my case, it shows my Ethernet (wired) network is called enp0s25:
+
+```
+Ubuntu> nmcli d
+DEVICE TYPE STATE CONNECTION
+enp0s25 ethernet unmanaged --
+lo loopback unmanaged --
+```
+
+Next, you should note the [default gateway IP using the Linux command][5] **ip route**:
+
+```
+ip route
+default via 192.168.31.1 dev enp0s25 proto dhcp metric 600
+169.254.0.0/16 dev enp0s25 scope link metric 1000
+192.168.31.0/24 dev enp0s25 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.31.36 metric 600
+```
+
+As you can guess, the default gateway is 192.168.31.1 for me.
+
+#### Step 2: Locate Netplan configuration
+
+Ubuntu 18.04 LTS and later versions use [Netplan][6] for managing the network configuration. Netplan configuration are driven by .yaml files located in **/etc/netplan** directory.
+
+By default, you should see a .yaml file named something like 01-network-manager-all.yaml, 50-cloud-init.yaml, 01-netcfg.yaml.
+
+Whatever maybe the name, its content should look like this:
+
+```
+# Let NetworkManager manage all devices on this system
+network:
+ version: 2
+ renderer: NetworkManager
+```
+
+You need to edit this file for using static IP.
+
+#### Step 3: Edit Netplan configuration for assigning static IP
+
+_**Just for the sake of it, make a backup of your yaml file.**_
+
+Please make sure to use the correct yaml file name in the commands from here onward.
+
+Use nano editor with sudo to open the yaml file like this:
+
+```
+sudo nano /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml
+```
+
+Please note that _**yaml files use spaces for indentation**_. If you use tab or incorrect indention, your changes won’t be saved.
+
+You should edit the file and make it look like this by providing the actual details of your IP address, gateway, interface name etc.
+
+```
+network:
+ version: 2
+ renderer: networkd
+ ethernets:
+ enp0s25:
+ dhcp4: no
+ addresses:
+ - 192.168.31.16/24
+ gateway4: 192.168.31.1
+ nameservers:
+ addresses: [8.8.8.8, 1.1.1.1]
+```
+
+In the above file, I have set the static IP to 192.168.31.16.
+
+Save the file and apply the changes with this command:
+
+```
+sudo netplan apply
+```
+
+You can verify it by [displaying your ip address in the terminal][7] with ‘ip a’ command.
+
+Revert the changes and go back to dynamic IP
+
+If you don’t want to use the static IP address anymore, you can revert easily.
+
+If you have backed up the original yaml file, you can delete the new one and use the backup one.
+
+Otherwise, you can change the yaml file again and make it look like this:
+
+```
+network:
+ version: 2
+ renderer: networkd
+ ethernets:
+ enp0s25:
+ dhcp4: yes
+```
+
+### Method 2: Switch to static IP address in Ubuntu graphically
+
+If you are on desktop, using the graphical method is easier and faster.
+
+Go to the settings and look for network settings. Click the gear symbol adjacent to your network connection.
+
+![][8]
+
+Next, you should go to the IPv4 tab. Under the IPv4 Method section, click on Manual.
+
+In the Addresses section, enter the IP static IP address you want, netmask is usually 24 and you already know your gateway IP with the ip route command.
+
+You may also change the DNS server if you want. You can keep Routes section to Automatic.
+
+![][9]
+
+Once everything is done, click on Apply button. See, how easy it is to set a static IP address graphically.
+
+If you haven’t read my previous article on [how to change MAC Address][10], you may want to read in conjunction with this one.
+
+More networking related articles will be rolling out, let me know your thoughts at the comments below and stay connected to our social media.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/static-ip-ubuntu/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dynamic_Host_Configuration_Protocol
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/schedule-shutdown-ubuntu/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/keyboard-mouse-sharing-between-computers/
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/static-ip-ubuntu.jpg?ssl=1
+[5]: https://linuxhandbook.com/find-gateway-linux/
+[6]: https://netplan.io/
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/check-ip-address-ubuntu/
+[8]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/assign-static-ip-1.jpg?ssl=1
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/assign-static-ip-2.jpg?ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/change-mac-address-linux/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 How to Compress PDF in Linux -GUI - Terminal.md b/sources/tech/20200525 How to Compress PDF in Linux -GUI - Terminal.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eba596bcb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 How to Compress PDF in Linux -GUI - Terminal.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to Compress PDF in Linux [GUI & Terminal])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/compress-pdf-linux/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+How to Compress PDF in Linux [GUI & Terminal]
+======
+
+_**Brief: Learn how to reduce the size of a PDF file in Linux. Both command line and GUI methods have been discussed.**_
+
+I was filling some application form and it asked to upload the necessary documents in PDF format. Not a big issue. I gathered all the [scanned images and combined them in one PDF using gscan2pdf tool][1].
+
+The problem came when I tried to upload this PDF file. The upload failed because it exceeded the maximum file size limit. This only meant that I needed to somehow reduce the size of the PDF file.
+
+Now, you may use an online PDF compressing website but I don’t trust them. A file with important documents uploading to an unknown server is not a good idea. You could never be sure that they don’t keep a copy your uploaded PDF document.
+
+This is the reason why I prefer compressing PDF files on my system rather than uploading it to some random server.
+
+In this quick tutorial, I’ll show you how to reduce the size of PDF files in Linux. I’ll show both command line and GUI methods.
+
+### Method 1: Reduce PDF file size in Linux command line
+
+![][2]
+
+You can use [Ghostscript][3] command line tool for compressing a PDF file. Most Linux distributions include the open source version of Ghostscript already. However, you can still try to install it just to make sure.
+
+On Debian/Ubuntu based distributions, use the following command to install Ghostscript:
+
+```
+sudo apt install ghostscript
+```
+
+Now that you have made sure that Ghostscript is installed, you can use the following command to reduce the size of your PDF file:
+
+```
+gs -sDEVICE=pdfwrite -dCompatibilityLevel=1.4 -dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress -dNOPAUSE -dQUIET -dBATCH -sOutputFile=compressed_PDF_file.pdf input_PDF_file.pdf
+```
+
+In the above command, you should add the correct path of the input and out PDF file.
+
+The command looks scary and confusing. I advise copying and pasting most of it. What you need to know is the dPDFSETTINGS parameter. This is what determines the compression level and thus the quality of your compressed PDF file.
+
+dPDFSETTINGS | Description
+---|---
+/prepress (default) | Higher quality output (300 dpi) but bigger size
+/ebook | Medium quality output (150 dpi) with moderate output file size
+/screen | Lower quality output (72 dpi) but smallest possible output file size
+
+Do keep in mind that some PDF files may not be compressed a lot or at all. Applying compression on some PDF files may even produce a file bigger than the original. There is not much you can do in such cases.
+
+### Method 2: Compress PDF files in Linux using GUI tool
+
+I understand that not everyone is comfortable with command line tool. The [PDF editors in Linux][4] doesn’t help much with compression. This is why we at It’s FOSS worked on creating a GUI version of the Ghostscript command that you saw above.
+
+[Panos][5] from It’s FOSS team [worked on creating a Python-Qt based GUI wrapper for the Ghostscript][6]. The tool gives you a simple UI where you can select your input file, select a compression level and click on the compress button to compress the PDF file.
+
+![][7]
+
+The compressed PDF file is saved in the same folder as the original PDF file. Your original PDF file remains untouched. The compressed file is renamed by appending -compressed to the original file name.
+
+If you are not satisfied with the compression, you can choose another compression level and compress the file again.
+
+You may find the source code of the PDF Compressor on our GitHub repository. To let you easily use the tool, we have packaged it in AppImage format. Please [refer to this guide to know how to use AppImage][8].
+
+[Download PDF Compressor (AppImage)][9]
+
+Please keep in mind that the tool is in early stages of developments. You may experience some issues. If you do, please let us know in the comments or even better, [file a bug here][10].
+
+We’ll try to add more packages (Snap, Deb, PPAs etc) in the future releases. If you have experience with the development and packaging, please feel free to give us a hand.
+
+Would you like It’s FOSS team to work on creating more such small desktop tools in future? Your feedback and suggestions are welcome.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/compress-pdf-linux/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/convert-multiple-images-pdf-ubuntu-1304/
+[2]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/compress-pdf-linux.jpg?ssl=1
+[3]: https://www.ghostscript.com/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/pdf-editors-linux/
+[5]: https://github.com/libreazer
+[6]: https://github.com/itsfoss/compress-pdf
+[7]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/compress-PDF.jpg?fit=800%2C448&ssl=1
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/use-appimage-linux/
+[9]: https://github.com/itsfoss/compress-pdf/releases/download/0.1/compress-pdf-v0.1-x86_64.AppImage
+[10]: https://github.com/itsfoss/compress-pdf/issues
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 How to Install Linux Mint in VirtualBox -Screenshot Tutorial.md b/sources/tech/20200525 How to Install Linux Mint in VirtualBox -Screenshot Tutorial.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1fc324e817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 How to Install Linux Mint in VirtualBox -Screenshot Tutorial.md
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (How to Install Linux Mint in VirtualBox [Screenshot Tutorial])
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-linux-mint-in-virtualbox/)
+[#]: author: (Dimitrios Savvopoulos https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/)
+
+How to Install Linux Mint in VirtualBox [Screenshot Tutorial]
+======
+
+_**Brief: One of safest and easiest ways to try Linux Mint is inside a virtual machine. Your real system doesn’t change at all. Learn how to install Linux Mint in VirtualBox in this tutorial.**_
+
+[Linux Mint][1] is considered one of the [best distributions for new Linux users][2]. Its flagship Cinnamon DE is one of the most popular desktop environment giving your system a look and feel of classic Window-styled desktop.
+
+If you want to try Linux Mint and see if it fits your need, you could try installing it in a virtual machine. This way, you run Linux Mint inside your current system without changing your system’s partition or boot order. One of the safest way out there as you get to run Linux like a regular desktop application inside your current operating system.
+
+![][3]
+
+Oracle’s open source virtualization tool [VirtualBox][4] is available for free on all major desktop operating systems i.e. Windows, Linux and macOS.
+
+In this beginner’s tutorial, I’ll show you the steps for installing Linux Mint in VirtualBox. I am including the screenshots for each step so that you can easily follow the tutorial.
+
+### Installing Linux Mint in VirtualBox
+
+You can follow the steps on any operating system be it Windows, Linux or macOS. You just need to install VirtualBox on your operating system and rest of the steps remain the same.
+
+**Step 1:** [Download VirtualBox from its website][4] and install it by double-clicking on the downloaded file.
+
+![][5]
+
+Next, install the latest version of Linux Mint’s ISO file from its website.
+
+[Download Linux Mint ISO][6]
+
+**Step 2:** Once your virtual Box is up & running we are ready to get started. Click the New button, click Next on the virtual machine wizard.
+
+![Create a new Virtual Machine][7]
+
+Initially you need to specify the following:
+
+ * Name: Any preferred name for your VM like Linux Mint
+ * Type: Linux
+ * Version: Ubuntu (64 bit) as Linux Mint is an Ubuntu-based distribution
+
+
+
+Before configuring any hardware resource value, please make sure that are aware of the [system requirements][8].
+
+2 GB RAM would be okay but won’t give you a good experience. 3 GB is a comfortable amount if your system has 8 GB of RAM. I choose to set my Virtual Machine to 4096 MB (4 GB) because my system has plenty of RAM.
+
+RAM consumption
+
+One of the common confusion is regarding the RAM consumption. Let’s say your Windows system has 8 GB of RAM and you assign 3 GB of RAM to Linux Mint in VirtualBox.
+
+If you are running Linux Mint inside VirtualBox, your real system (called host system) will have 5 GB of RAM available for consumption.
+
+If you are not running Linux Mint inside VirtualBox, at that moment, the entire 8 GB will be available to the host system.
+
+**Step 3:** Next, choose a Virtual Hard disk now option and click create.
+
+Choose the virtual storage allocation method (Recommended Dynamically allocated). Set your storage location for virtual hard disk by browsing drive and then specify the size of virtual hard disk (it could be anything from 12-20 GB).
+
+![Dynamic allocation can save you space if you don’t need the maximum allowance][9]
+
+**Step (4 (optional advanced settings):** Once Virtual machine has been created, click on the settings button in menu:
+
+![][10]
+
+Now, go to the Display section. Specify the Video memory (128 MB) and check “Enable 3D Acceleration”.
+
+![Don’t forget to enable the 3D Acceleration][11]
+
+Then click on System Tab → Processor and choose how many threads would you like to allocate.
+
+My system is a 4 core/4 thread system and I choose to assign half of the CPU capability i.e. 2 threads.
+
+![Select CPU cores as per the distribution requirements][12]
+
+Once you have configured everything click ok.
+
+**Step 5:** In the System settings, go to Storage (from the left sidebar). Click on the [Optical Drive] Empty as shown in the image below.
+
+You’ll be asked to browse to the Linux Mint ISO file you had downloaded earlier.
+
+![][13]
+
+Once you select your ISO, click on the start button and that’s it! Now the ISO will start running as if you are booting from a live USB.
+
+Next, you need to press enter whilst your option is start Linux Mint as per the picture below.
+
+![][14]
+
+**Step 6:** Let’s start the installation procedure.
+
+Choose the language you want for your Linux Mint virtual machine.
+
+![Choose your native language][15]
+
+I’m based in the UK, so I have a UK keyboard layout. You can choose the one you want.
+
+![Choose your keyboard layout according to your hardware configuration][16]
+
+You may check the box to download and install any third-party software during the installation.
+
+![You may install media codecs while installing Linux Mint][17]
+
+You can proceed to erase the disk and install Linux Mint.
+
+Erase disk? Really?
+
+This step may seem scary because you may think that it will harm your real system.
+
+Let me assure you that it won’t do any damage to your actual disk. Remember you created 10-20 GB of virtual disk in step 3? Now you are inside that disk.
+
+When it asks for erasing the disk, it is erasing the virtual disk created for it. It doesn’t impact your real system disk and its data.
+
+![It is safe to erase your disk only at a Virtual Machine level][18]
+
+Next, select your time zone and click continue. You may [change time zone in Linux][19] later as well.
+
+![][20]
+
+You will be prompted to create your user account, your host name (computer’s name) and to choose a password. Once done, click continue to finalize the installation.
+
+![][21]
+
+Please wait a few minutes for the process to complete.
+
+![Wait a few minutes for the process to finish][22]
+
+The installation has now finished. Click on “Restart now”.
+
+![Well done! You have successfully installed Linux Mint][23]
+
+When you reach this step, Linux Mint will be installed and ready to use!
+
+![][24]
+
+You don’t have an installation medium so just power off the virtual machine.
+
+![][25]
+
+Now to use your virtual machine, click on the start button.
+
+![][26]
+
+You can explore a fully functional system, and at this time if you shut down Linux Mint like it was physically installed, it will automatically power off the virtual machine.
+
+![][27]
+
+Enjoy Linux Mint in VirtualBox. I hope you were able to install Linux Mint in VirtualBox. If you face any issues, please let me know in the comment section. I’ll try to help you out.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/install-linux-mint-in-virtualbox/
+
+作者：[Dimitrios Savvopoulos][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/dimitrios/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://www.linuxmint.com/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-beginners/
+[3]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/install-linux-mint-in-virtualbox.png?ssl=1
+[4]: https://www.virtualbox.org/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/download-virtulabox.jpg?ssl=1
+[6]: https://www.linuxmint.com/download.php
+[7]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/1.-Create-new.jpg?ssl=1
+[8]: https://blog.linuxmint.com/?p=3832
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/2.-Create-virtual-hard-disk.jpg?resize=800%2C472&ssl=1
+[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/3.-settings.jpg?resize=800%2C470&ssl=1
+[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/4.-display.jpg?resize=800%2C472&ssl=1
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/5.-cpu.jpg?resize=800%2C468&ssl=1
+[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/6.-choose-iso.jpg?resize=800%2C472&ssl=1
+[14]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/7.-boot.jpg?resize=800%2C459&ssl=1
+[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/8.-choose-language.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[16]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/9.-English-UK.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[17]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/10.-install-third-party-software.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[18]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/11.-installation-type.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[19]: https://itsfoss.com/change-timezone-ubuntu/
+[20]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/12.-timezone.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[21]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/13.-user-account.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[22]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/14.-installation-screen.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[23]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/15.-installation-finish.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[24]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/16.-remove-the-media.png?resize=800%2C679&ssl=1
+[25]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/17.-power-off.png?resize=800%2C678&ssl=1
+[26]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/18.-init-the-fresh-installed-mint.png?resize=800%2C476&ssl=1
+[27]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/19.-Linux-mint-19.3-final.png?resize=800%2C469&ssl=1
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 LanguageTool Review- Free and Open Source Grammar Checker.md b/sources/tech/20200525 LanguageTool Review- Free and Open Source Grammar Checker.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..afd1a08e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 LanguageTool Review- Free and Open Source Grammar Checker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (LanguageTool Review: Free and Open Source Grammar Checker)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/languagetool-review/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+LanguageTool Review: Free and Open Source Grammar Checker
+======
+
+This week’s open source software highlight is [LanguageTool][1]. It is a proofreading software that checks the grammar, style and spelling in more than 20 languages.
+
+I have been using it for past several days and I feel confident enough to review it and share my experience with it. I have used the popular proofreading tool [Grammarly][2] in the past and I’ll make some comparison between these two tools.
+
+### LanguageTool: Open source proofreading software
+
+![][3]
+
+[LanguageTool][1] grammar checker is available in [multiple formats][4]:
+
+ * You can copy-paste your text on its website.
+ * You can install browser extension that will check for errors as you type anything, anywhere in the web browser.
+ * You can install a Java-based desktop application for offline usage.
+ * You can install add-on for LibreOffice and MS Office.
+ * Add-ons are also [available for a number of other software][5] like Sublime Text, Thunderbird, Vim, Visual Studio Code etc.
+ * [Android app][6] is also available.
+ * API is also available if you want to use LanguageTool in your software or service. API offering comes under premium services.
+
+
+
+You can find source code of LanguageTool and its related assets on [their GitHub repository][7].
+
+[LanguageTool also has a premium version][8] that you can purchase. The premium version offers additional error checks.
+
+I am using LanguageTool premium version as a browser extension. Almost all the writing I do is online and thus the browser extension is perfect for me.
+
+The most convenient way to try LanguageTool is by using its browser extension. Install the browser add-on and next time you type anything in the browser, LanguageTool will start checking your text for grammatical and spelling errors. It will also check for styling errors.
+
+### Experience with LanguageTool: How good is it?
+
+LanguageTool leaves a good first impression. It starts checking for errors as you start typing.
+
+Different types of errors have different color codes. Spelling mistakes are highlighted in red color, grammatical mistakes are in yellow colors and styling errors have a blueish shade.
+
+Clicking on the error suggestion replaces your text with the suggested one. You may also ignore the suggestion. You’ll also see number of issues identified by LanguageTool in the current text check.
+
+![Spelling mistake identified by LanguageTool][9]
+
+#### Personal dictionary
+
+You can also create your personal directory and add words in it. This is helpful because no proofreading tool can give a green light to technical terms like systemd, iptables and brand names like [WireGuard][10]. To avoid these words labeled as spelling mistakes, add them to your personal dictionary.
+
+You may edit your personal dictionary from your LanguageTool account.
+
+![LanguageTool Personal Dictionary][11]
+
+#### Details on the error suggestion
+
+If it finds grammatical errors, it also gives a quick explanation of the error. You can get more details by clicking the tool tip which takes you to a reputable external source.
+
+![You can get additional details on the errors][12]
+
+#### Synonym suggestion (in beta)
+
+If you double-click on a word, it will also suggest synonyms.
+
+![][13]
+
+#### Are there any privacy issues?
+
+If you use the online services of LanguageTool, your text is sent to their servers over an **encrypted** connection. All their servers are hosted at Hetzner Online GmbH in Germany.
+
+LanguageTool states that it doesn’t store any text that you check using its services. You can read their privacy policy [here][14].
+
+The free to use languagetool.org website shows ads (there are no third-party ads in the browser add-on). To test their claim of “sending text over an encrypted server”, I typed sample text containing words like vacuum cleaner, laptop etc.
+
+Thankfully, the displayed ad on their website was nothing related to the text I typed. I haven’t noticed any vacuum cleaner ads on the websites I visit or on Facebook. That’s a good thing.
+
+#### It doesn’t work flawlessly all the time
+
+No software is perfect and LanguageTool is not an exception. While it is helpful in finding obvious spelling and grammatical mistakes, it struggles in some simple scenario.
+
+For example, if a sentence contains several blank spaces together, LanguageTool failed to find an issue with that.
+
+![Too many whitespaces and yet it went undetected][15]
+
+This is weird because if I look at their ‘error rules’, I can see a [whitespace repetition rule][16]. I think this rule is applicable only for the Java-based LanguageTool apps, not the browser add-on I am using.
+
+I also found some other cases where LanguageTool should have identified errors but it didn’t. For example, it didn’t alert for the missing ‘to’ in the text below:
+
+![LanguageTool fails to find the missing “to”][17]
+
+When I checked it against the [Grammarly free version][2], it was able to point it out.
+
+![Grammarly was quick to identify it][18]
+
+I also found an infinite loop of suggestion. It first suggests using syntaxes as plural of syntax.
+
+![Suggestion for using ‘syntaxes’][19]
+
+And then it doesn’t accept ‘syntaxes’ as a valid word.
+
+![And then it doesn’t accept ‘syntaxes’][20]
+
+I have seen such “infinite error loop” with Grammarly as well in the past, so I won’t be too hard on LanguageTool for such issues.
+
+### Conclusion
+
+Despite some hiccups, I am satisfied with LanguageTool proofreading tool. Both free and premium version are good enough for finding obvious spelling mistakes and grammatical errors.
+
+The premium version offers over 2500 additional error checks and it costs around $15-$70 per year depending on your geographical region. This is a lot cheaper than [Grammarly][2] which costs $140 per year.
+
+I opted for the premium version because it will help this open-source project. Premium users also get email support.
+
+You are not forced to go premium, of course. You can use the free version and if you have some questions or need support, there is a [community forum][21] that you can join for free.
+
+LanguageTool can certainly be considered one of the [essential open-source tools for writers][22]. I am going to continue using LanguageTool. If you find grammatical or spelling mistakes in It’s FOSS articles in the future, blame LanguageTool, not me. Just kidding :)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/languagetool-review/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://languagetool.org/
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/recommends/grammarly/
+[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool.png?fit=800%2C593&ssl=1
+[4]: https://languagetool.org/compare
+[5]: http://wiki.languagetool.org/software-that-supports-languagetool-as-a-plug-in-or-add-on
+[6]: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.softcatala.corrector
+[7]: https://github.com/languagetool-org/
+[8]: https://languagetoolplus.com/
+[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/langaugetool-error-detection.png?ssl=1
+[10]: https://itsfoss.com/wireguard/
+[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-personal-dictionary.png?ssl=1
+[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-error-explanation.png?ssl=1
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-synonym-suggestion.png?ssl=1
+[14]: https://languagetoolplus.com/legal/privacy
+[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-whitespaces.png?ssl=1
+[16]: https://community.languagetool.org/rule/show/WHITESPACE_RULE?lang=en
+[17]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-suggestion-3.jpg?fit=800%2C219&ssl=1
+[18]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-suggestion-grammarly.jpg?fit=800%2C272&ssl=1
+[19]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-suggestion.png?ssl=1
+[20]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/languagetool-suggestion-1.png?ssl=1
+[21]: https://forum.languagetool.org/
+[22]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-tools-writers/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 Using ‘apt search- and ‘apt show- Commands to Search and Find Details of Packages in Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20200525 Using ‘apt search- and ‘apt show- Commands to Search and Find Details of Packages in Ubuntu.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d1d80bcb5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 Using ‘apt search- and ‘apt show- Commands to Search and Find Details of Packages in Ubuntu.md
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Using ‘apt search’ and ‘apt show’ Commands to Search and Find Details of Packages in Ubuntu)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/apt-search-command/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+Using ‘apt search’ and ‘apt show’ Commands to Search and Find Details of Packages in Ubuntu
+======
+
+_**This is a detailed beginners guide to apt search command. Using apt search and apt show commands, you can get details of the available versions, dependencies, repositories and other important information about packages in Ubuntu.**_
+
+Have you ever wondered if a certain package is available to install via [apt package manager][1]?
+
+Have you wondered if the package offered by [Ubuntu repositories][2] are the latest one or not?
+
+The apt package manager in [Ubuntu][3] and many other distribution provides two handy [apt command options][4] for this purpose.
+
+The apt search command looks for the provided string in the name and description of the packages.
+
+```
+apt search package_name
+```
+
+The apt show command provides detailed information on a package:
+
+```
+apt show package_name
+```
+
+The commands don’t require you to [be root in Ubuntu][5]. Here’s an example of these commands:
+
+![][6]
+
+### Why would you want to use apt search or apt show command?
+
+Let’s say you want to [install Gambas programming language in Ubuntu][7]. You are happy with your knowledge of the apt command so you decided to use the command line for installing application.
+
+You open a terminal and use the apt command to install gambas but it results in [unable to locate package error][8].
+
+```
+sudo apt install gambas
+Reading package lists... Done
+Building dependency tree
+Reading state information... Done
+E: Unable to locate package gambas
+```
+
+Why did Ubuntu not find the gambas package? Because there is no such package called gambas. Instead, it is available as gambas3. This is a situation where you could take the advantage of the apt search command.
+
+Let’s move to apt show command. This command provides detailed information about a package, its repository, dependencies and a lot more.
+
+Knowing what version of a package is available from the official repository could help you in deciding whether you should install it from some other sources.
+
+Quick recall
+
+The apt package manager works on a local database/cache of available packages from various repositories. This database contains the information about the available package version, dependencies etc. It doesn’t contain the entire package itself. The packages are downloaded from the remote repositories.
+
+When you run the sudo apt update command, this cache is created/updated in the /var/lib/apt/lists/ directory. The apt search and apt show commands utilize this cache.
+
+The term package is used for an application, program, software.
+
+### Search for available packages using apt search command
+
+![][9]
+
+Let me continue the gambas example. Say, you search for
+
+```
+apt search gambas
+```
+
+It will give you a huge list of packages that have “gambas” in its name or description. This output list is in alphabetical order.
+
+Now, you’ll of course have to make some intelligent prediction about the package you want. In this example, the first result says “Complete visual development environment for Gambas”. This gives you a good hint that this is the main package you are looking for.
+
+![][10]
+
+Why so many packages associated with gambas? Because a number of these gambas packages are probably dependencies that will installed automatically if you install the gambas3 package. If you use the _‘apt show gambas3_‘ command, it will show all the dependencies that will be installed with gambas3 package.
+
+Some of these listed packages could be libraries that a developer may need in some special cases while developing her/his software.
+
+#### Use apt search for package name only
+
+By default, apt search command looks for the searched term in both the name of the package and its description.
+
+You may narrow down the search by instructing the apt command to search for package names only.
+
+```
+apt search --names-only search_term
+```
+
+If you are following this as a tutorial, give it a try. Check the output with search term ‘transitional’ with and without –names-only option and you’ll see how the output changes.
+
+```
+apt search transitional
+apt search --names-only transitional
+```
+
+**Bonus Tip**: You can use ‘apt list –installed’ command to [look for installed packages in Ubuntu][11].
+
+### Get detailed information on a package using apt show command
+
+The output of the apt search commands a brief introduction of the packages. If you want more details, use the apt show command.
+
+```
+apt show exact_package_name
+```
+
+The apt show command works on the exact package name and it gives you a lot more information on the package. You get:
+
+ * Version information
+ * Repository information
+ * Origin and maintainer of the package information
+ * Where to file a bug
+ * Download and installation size
+ * Dependencies
+ * Detailed description of the package
+ * And a lot more
+
+
+
+Here’s an example:
+
+![][12]
+
+You need to give the exact package name otherwise the apt show won’t work. The good thing is that tab completion works apt show command.
+
+As you can see in the previous image, you have plenty of information that you may found helpful.
+
+The apt show command also works on installed packages. In that case, you can see which source the package was installed from. Was it a PPA or some third-party repository or universe or the main repository itself?
+
+Personally, I use apt show a lot. This helps me know if the package version provided by Ubuntu is the latest or not. Pretty handy tool!
+
+### Conclusion
+
+If you read my detailed [guide on the difference between apt and apt-get commands][13], you would know that this ‘apt search’ command works similar to ‘apt-cache search’. There is no such command as “apt-get search”.
+
+The purpose of creating apt command is to give you one tool with only enough option to manage the packages in your Debian/Ubuntu system. The apt-get, apt-cache and other apt tools still exist, and they can be used in scripting for more complex scenarios.
+
+I hope you found this introduction to **apt search** and **apt show** commands useful. I welcome your questions and suggestions on this topic.
+
+If you liked it, please share it on various Linux forums and communities you frequent. That helps us a lot. Thank you.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/apt-search-command/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://wiki.debian.org/Apt
+[2]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-repositories/
+[3]: https://ubuntu.com/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-command-guide/
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/root-user-ubuntu/
+[6]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/apt-search-apt-show-example-800x493.png?resize=800%2C493&ssl=1
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/install-gambas-ubuntu/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/unable-to-locate-package-error-ubuntu/
+[9]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/apt-search-command.png?ssl=1
+[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/apt-search-command-example.png?fit=800%2C297&ssl=1
+[11]: https://itsfoss.com/list-installed-packages-ubuntu/
+[12]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/apt-show-command-example-800x474.png?resize=800%2C474&ssl=1
+[13]: https://itsfoss.com/apt-vs-apt-get-difference/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200525 What to do When You See -Repository does not have a release file- Error in Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20200525 What to do When You See -Repository does not have a release file- Error in Ubuntu.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6cfd9f34de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200525 What to do When You See -Repository does not have a release file- Error in Ubuntu.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (What to do When You See “Repository does not have a release file” Error in Ubuntu)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/repository-does-not-have-release-file-error-ubuntu/)
+[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
+
+What to do When You See “Repository does not have a release file” Error in Ubuntu
+======
+
+One of the [several ways of installing software in Ubuntu][1] is by using PPA or adding third-party repositories. A few magical lines give you easy access to a software or its newer version that is not available by default in [Ubuntu][2].
+
+All thing looks well and good until you get habitual of adding additional third-party repositories and one day, you see an error like this while [updating Ubuntu][3]:
+
+**E: The repository ‘ focal Release’ does not have a Release file.
+N: Updating from such a repository can’t be done securely, and is therefore disabled by default.
+N: See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration details.**
+
+In this tutorial for Ubuntu beginners, I’ll explain what does this error mean, why do you see it and what can you do to handle this error?
+
+### Understanding “Repository does not have a release file” error
+
+![][4]
+
+Let’s go step by step here. The error message is:
+
+**E: The repository ‘ focal release’ does not have a release file**
+
+The important part of this error message is “focal release”.
+
+You probably already know that [each Ubuntu release has a codename][5]. For Ubuntu 20.04, the codename is Focal Fossa. The “focal” in the error message indicates Focal Fossa which is Ubuntu 20.04.
+
+The error is basically telling you that though you have added a third-party repository to your system’s sources list, this new repository is not available for your current Ubuntu version.
+
+_**Why so? Because probably you are using a new version of Ubuntu and the developer has not made the software available for this new version.**_
+
+At this point, I highly recommend reading my detailed guides on [PPA][6] and [Ubuntu repositories][7]. These two articles will give you a better, in-depth knowledge of the topic. Trust me, you won’t be disappointed.
+
+### How to know if the PPA/third party is available for your Ubuntu version [Optional]
+
+First you should [check your Ubuntu version and its codename][8] using ‘lsb_release -a’ command:
+
+```
+[email protected]:~$ lsb_release -a
+No LSB modules are available.
+Distributor ID: Ubuntu
+Description: Ubuntu 20.04 LTS
+Release: 20.04
+Codename: focal
+```
+
+As you can see, the codename it shows is focal. Now the next thing you can do is to go to the website of the software in question.
+
+This could be the tricky part but you can figure it out with some patience and effort.
+
+In the example here, the error complained about ****. It is a PPA repository and you may easily find its webpage. How, you may ask.
+
+Use Google or a [Google alternative search engine][9] like Duck Duck Go and search for “ppa numix”. This should give you the first result from [launchpad.net][10] which is the website used for hosting PPA related code.
+
+On the webpage of the PPA, you can go to the “Overview of published packages” and filter it by the codename of your Ubuntu version:
+
+![][11]
+
+For non-PPA third-party repository, you’ll have to check of the official website of the software and see if the repository is available for your Ubuntu version or not.
+
+### What to do if the repository is not available for your Ubuntu version
+
+In case when the repository in question is not available for your Ubuntu version, here’s what you can do:
+
+ * Delete the troublesome repository from your list of repository so that you don’t see the error every time you run the update.
+ * Get the software from another source (if it is possible).
+
+
+
+To delete the troublesome repository, start Software & Updates tool:
+
+![][12]
+
+Go to the Other Software tab and look for the repository in question. Highlight it and then click on Remove button to delete it from your system.
+
+![Remove Ppa][13]
+
+This will [delete the PPA][14] or the repository in question.
+
+Next step is to get the software from some other source and that’s totally subjective. In some cases, you can still download the DEB file from the PPA website and use the software (I have explained the steps in the [PPA guide][6]). Alternatively, you can check the project’s website if there is a Snap/Flatpak or Python version of the software available.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/repository-does-not-have-release-file-error-ubuntu/
+
+作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://itsfoss.com/install-remove-software-manjaro/
+[2]: https://ubuntu.com/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/update-ubuntu/
+[4]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Repository-does-not-have-a-release-file.png?ssl=1
+[5]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-code-names/
+[6]: https://itsfoss.com/ppa-guide/
+[7]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-repositories/
+[8]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-know-ubuntu-unity-version/
+[9]: https://itsfoss.com/privacy-search-engines/
+[10]: https://launchpad.net/
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/check-repo-version.png?ssl=1
+[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/software-updates-settings-ubuntu-20-04.jpg?ssl=1
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/remove-ppa.jpg?ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200526 Create interactive content in WordPress with the H5P plugin.md b/sources/tech/20200526 Create interactive content in WordPress with the H5P plugin.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..871439e73a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200526 Create interactive content in WordPress with the H5P plugin.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Create interactive content in WordPress with the H5P plugin)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/h5p-wordpress)
+[#]: author: (Don Watkins https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins)
+
+Create interactive content in WordPress with the H5P plugin
+======
+Turn your WordPress site into an interactive learning management system
+with this open source plugin.
+![Family learning and reading together at night in a room][1]
+
+WordPress is best known as a website content management system, but it also a great [learning management system][2] (LMS) for delivering online courses. If that is what you are looking for out of WordPress, then [H5P][3] should be the top plugin on your list.
+
+H5P is a way to create and share interactive HTML5 content, including presentations, games, quizzes, forms, and more, in a browser. You can download a wide variety of content types from H5P's [Examples and Downloads][4] page, or you can create unique content to embed in your WordPress site.
+
+H5P provides plugins and integrations for WordPress, Moodle, Drupal, Canvas, Brightspace, Blackboard, and more. In this article, I will show how to use H5P in WordPress to create a reading comprehension quiz for students.
+
+### Install the H5P plugin
+
+The first step is to install the plugin. Log into your WordPress admin panel, go to **Plugins**, select **Add New**, and search for **H5P** in the Plugins field. When you find it, select **Install Now**.
+
+![Adding the H5P plugin][5]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+H5P should now appear in the list of installed plugins. Be sure to **Activate** the plugin by going to the H5P menu at the bottom of your WordPress admin panel and clicking the button. You will see the following display—be sure to consent so you can connect to the H5P Hub.
+
+![H5P consent option][7]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+Now you can begin adding H5P content to your WordPress installation.
+
+### Create a quiz
+
+One of my favorite poems is Robert Frost's "The Road Not Taken." Suppose you are teaching a class that is studying this poem, and one of your objectives is for your students to remember the poem's author. First, create a new WordPress post on your site that contains the poem's text and its author.
+
+![Creating a WordPress post][8]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+Now you want to test your students' comprehension with an HTML5 interactive content embedded below the poem.
+
+In the WordPress admin panel, look near the bottom for the **H5P Content** menu and select it. In the menu that appears, click **Add New**.
+
+![H5P Content menu][9]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+You will see an array of content options that are available. Since you want to create a multiple-choice quiz, look for the **Multiple Choice** option and click **Get** to its right.
+
+![H5P content types][10]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+A form will open for you to start creating the quiz. Fill in the required fields (marked with a red asterisk)—give your quiz a title (e.g., "Road Not Taken Quiz"), enter a question (e.g., "Who wrote, 'The Road Not Taken'?") and correct and incorrect answers, and select the correct answer in the dialog box. When you finish creating the quiz, save the content.
+
+![H5P quiz][11]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+### Embed the quiz in a post
+
+Now you're ready to insert the quiz exactly where you want it to appear in your post. Open the post where you want to put the quiz (e.g., "The Road Not Taken" post) in your WordPress editor, and you should see an **Add H5P** button near the top of the interface. Place your cursor wherever you want the quiz to appear in the post, and click **Add H5P**. Your H5P content will appear in a dialog box like this:
+
+![H5P list of interactive content][12]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+Select the content you want, and H5P will insert an embed code (e.g., `[h5p id="1"]`) in the post, like this:
+
+![H5P embed code in a post][13]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+Save your post, then open it in your browser. The quiz is exactly where you wanted it to appear in the post:
+
+![H5P quiz shown in the post][14]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+When a student answers this question correctly, they get pleasant visual feedback:
+
+![Correct answer selection][15]
+
+(Don Watkins, [CC BY-SA 4.0][6])
+
+### The possibilities are endless
+
+H5P offers a wide range of options to add interactivity to WordPress posts. In this example, you could have created a more complex set of multiple-choice questions. H5P also has lots of other content types, including interactive video, arithmetic quizzes, an audio recorder, image hotspots, fill-in-the-blank quizzes, and [many more][4].
+
+H5P also provides [excellent documentation][16] and [great tutorials][17] to help anyone who wants to use the plugin on their WordPress site. H5P software is open source under the [MIT License][18] with the code available on [GitHub][19]. H5P also welcomes contributions to the community; check out the [developer guide][20] for more information.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://opensource.com/article/20/5/h5p-wordpress
+
+作者：[Don Watkins][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://opensource.com/users/don-watkins
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/family_learning_kids_night_reading.png?itok=6K7sJVb1 (Family learning and reading together at night in a room)
+[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_management_system
+[3]: https://h5p.org/
+[4]: https://h5p.org/content-types-and-applications
+[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/addplugins-h5p.png (Adding the H5P plugin)
+[6]: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
+[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-consent.png (H5P consent option)
+[8]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wordpress-post.png (WordPress post)
+[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-content-menu.png (H5P Content menu)
+[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-content-types.png (H5P content types)
+[11]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-multiple-choice-quiz.png (H5P quiz)
+[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-insert-interactive-content.png (H5P list of interactive content)
+[13]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-embedded-content.png (H5P embed code in a post)
+[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-quiz.png (H5P quiz shown in the post)
+[15]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/h5p-correct-answer.png (Correct answer selection)
+[16]: https://h5p.org/documentation/setup/wordpress
+[17]: https://h5p.org/documentation/for-authors/tutorials
+[18]: https://h5p.org/MIT-licensed
+[19]: https://github.com/h5p
+[20]: https://h5p.org/developers
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200526 FreeFileSync- Open Source File Synchronization Tool.md b/sources/tech/20200526 FreeFileSync- Open Source File Synchronization Tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..549751e002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200526 FreeFileSync- Open Source File Synchronization Tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (FreeFileSync: Open Source File Synchronization Tool)
+[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/freefilesync/)
+[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
+
+FreeFileSync: Open Source File Synchronization Tool
+======
+
+_**Brief: FreeFileSync is an open-source folder comparison and sync tool with which you can back up your data to an external disk, a cloud service like Google Drive or any other storage path.**_
+
+### FreeFileSync: A Free & Open-Source Tool To Sync Files
+
+![][1]
+
+[FreeFileSync][2] is an impressive open-source tool that can help you back up your data to a different location.
+
+This different location can be an external USB disk, Google Drive or to any of your cloud storage locations using **SFTP or FTP** connections.
+
+You might have read our tutorial on [how to use Google Drive on Linux][3] before. Unfortunately, there’s no proper FOSS solution to use Google Drive natively on Linux. There is [Insync][4] but it is a premium, non open source software.
+
+FreeFileSync can be used to sync files with your Google Drive account. In fact, I’m using it to sync my files to Google Drive and to a separate hard drive.
+
+### Features of FreeFileSync
+
+![][5]
+
+Even though the UI of FreeFileSync might look old school — it offers a ton of useful features for average users and advanced users as well.
+
+I’ll highlight all the features I can here:
+
+ * Cross-platform support (Windows, macOS & Linux)
+ * Compare folders before synchronizing
+ * Supports Google Drive, [SFTP][6], and FTP connections
+ * Offers the ability to sync your files on a different storage path (or an external storage device)
+ * Multiple synchronization options available (Update files to the target from source or Mirror the files between target and source)
+ * Two-way synchronization supported (changes will be synced if there’s any modification on the target folder or the source folder)
+ * Version control available for advanced users
+ * Real-Time Sync option available
+ * Ability to schedule batch jobs
+ * Get notified via email when sync completes (paid)
+ * Portable edition (paid)
+ * Parallel file copy (paid)
+
+
+
+So, if you take a look at the features it offers, it’s not just any ordinary sync tool but offers so much more for free.
+
+Also, to give you an idea, you can also tweak how to compare the files before syncing them. For instance, you can compare the file content / file time or simply compare the file size of both source and target folder.
+
+![][7]
+
+You also get numerous synchronization options to mirror or update your data. Here’s how it looks like:
+
+![][8]
+
+However, it does give you the option to opt for a donation key which unlocks some special features like the ability to notify you via email when the sync completes and so on.
+
+Here’s what different between the free and paid version:
+
+![][9]
+
+So, most of the essential features is available for free. The premium features are mostly for advanced users and of course, if you want to support them (please do if you find it useful).
+
+Also, do note that the donation edition can be used by a single user on up to 3 devices. So, that is definitely not bad!
+
+### Installing FreeFileSync on Linux
+
+You can simply head on to its [official download page][10] and grab the **tar.gz** file for Linux. If you like you can download the source as well.
+
+![][11]
+
+Next, you just need to extract the archive and run the executable file to get started (as shown in the image above)
+
+[Download FreeFileSync][2]
+
+### How To Get Started With FreeFileSync?
+
+While I haven’t tried successfully creating an automatic sync job, it is pretty easy to use.
+
+The [official documentation][12] should be more than enough to get what you want using the software.
+
+But, just to give you a head start, here are a few things that you should keep in mind.
+
+![][13]
+
+As you can see in the screenshot above, you just have to select a source folder and the target folder to sync. You can choose a local folder or a cloud storage location.
+
+Once you do that, you need to tweak the type of folder comparison you want to do (usually the file time & size) for the synchronization process and on the right-side, you get to tweak the type of sync that you want to perform.
+
+#### Types of synchronization in FreeFileSync
+
+When you select **“Update” method for sync**, it simply copies your new data from the source folder to the target folder. So, even if you delete something from your source folder, it won’t get deleted on your target folder.
+
+In case you want the target folder to have the same file copies of your same folder, you can choose the **“Mirror”** **synchronization method**. So, here, if you delete something from your source, it gets deleted from your target folder as well.
+
+There’s also a **“Two-way” sync method** which detects changes on both source and target folder (instead of monitoring just the source folder). So, if you make any changes on the source/target folder, the modification will be synchronized.
+
+For more advanced usage, I suggest you to refer the [documentation][12] available.
+
+### Wrapping Up
+
+Another [open source file synchronization tool is Syncthing][14] that you might want to look at.
+
+FreeFileSync is a pretty underrated folder comparison and sync tool available for Linux users who utilize Google Drive, SFTP, or FTP connections along with separate storage locations for backup.
+
+And, all of that — with cross-platform support for Windows, macOS, and Linux available for free.
+
+Isn’t that exciting? Let me know your thoughts on FreeFileSync in the comments down below.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+via: https://itsfoss.com/freefilesync/
+
+作者：[Ankush Das][a]
+选题：[lujun9972][b]
+译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
+校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
+
+本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
+
+[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
+[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
+[1]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/free-file-sync.jpg?ssl=1
+[2]: https://freefilesync.org/
+[3]: https://itsfoss.com/use-google-drive-linux/
+[4]: https://itsfoss.com/recommends/insync/
+[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/FreeFileSync.jpg?ssl=1
+[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol
+[7]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/freefilesync-comparison.png?ssl=1
+[8]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/freefilesync-synchronization.png?ssl=1
+[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/free-file-sync-donation-edition.jpg?ssl=1
+[10]: https://freefilesync.org/download.php
+[11]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/freefilesync-run.jpg?ssl=1
+[12]: https://freefilesync.org/manual.php
+[13]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/freefilesync-tips.jpg?ssl=1
+[14]: https://itsfoss.com/syncthing/
diff --git a/sources/tech/20200527 Manage startup using systemd.md b/sources/tech/20200527 Manage startup using systemd.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0ff18a13d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sources/tech/20200527 Manage startup using systemd.md
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
+[#]: translator: ( )
+[#]: reviewer: ( )
+[#]: publisher: ( )
+[#]: url: ( )
+[#]: subject: (Manage startup using systemd)
+[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/20/5/manage-startup-systemd)
+[#]: author: (David Both https://opensource.com/users/dboth)
+
+Manage startup using systemd
+======
+Learn how systemd determines the order services start, even though it is
+essentially a parallel system.
+![Penguin with green background][1]
+
+While setting up a Linux system recently, I wanted to know how to ensure that dependencies for services and other units were up and running before those dependent services and units start. Specifically, I needed more knowledge of how systemd manages the startup sequence, especially in determining the order services are started in what is essentially a parallel system.
+
+You may know that SystemV (systemd's predecessor, as I explained in the [first article][2] in this series) orders the startup sequence by naming the startup scripts with an SXX prefix, where XX is a number from 00 to 99. SystemV then uses the sort order by name and runs each start script in sequence for the desired runlevel.
+
+But systemd uses unit files, which can be created or modified by a sysadmin, to define subroutines for not only initialization but also for regular operation. In the [third article][3] in this series, I explained how to create a mount unit file. In this fifth article, I demonstrate how to create a different type of unit file—a service unit file that runs a program at startup. You can also change certain configuration settings in the unit file and use the systemd journal to view the location of your changes in the startup sequence.
+
+### Preparation
+
+Make sure you have removed `rhgb` and `quiet` from the `GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=` line in the `/etc/default/grub` file, as I showed in the [second article][4] in this series. This enables you to observe the Linux startup message stream, which you'll need for some of the experiments in this article.
+
+### The program
+
+In this tutorial, you will create a simple program that enables you to observe a message during startup on the console and later in the systemd journal.
+
+Create the shell program `/usr/local/bin/hello.sh` and add the following content. You want to ensure that the result is visible during startup and that you can easily find it when looking through the systemd journal. You will use a version of the "Hello world" program with some bars around it, so it stands out. Make sure the file is executable and has user and group ownership by root with [700 permissions][5] for security:
+
+
+```
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+# Simple program to use for testing startup configurations
+# with systemd.
+# By David Both
+# Licensed under GPL V2
+#
+echo "###############################"
+echo "######### Hello World! ########"
+echo "###############################"
+```
+
+Run this program from the command line to verify that it works correctly:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# hello.sh
+###############################
+######### Hello World! ########
+###############################
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+This program could be created in any scripting or compiled language. The `hello.sh` program could also be located in other places based on the [Linux filesystem hierarchical structure][6] (FHS). I place it in the `/usr/local/bin` directory so that it can be easily run from the command line without having to prepend a path when I type the command. I find that many of the shell programs I create need to be run from the command line and by other tools such as systemd.
+
+### The service unit file
+
+Create the service unit file `/etc/systemd/system/hello.service` with the following content. This file does not need to be executable, but for security, it does need user and group ownership by root and [644][7] or [640][8] permissions:
+
+
+```
+# Simple service unit file to use for testing
+# startup configurations with systemd.
+# By David Both
+# Licensed under GPL V2
+#
+
+[Unit]
+Description=My hello shell script
+
+[Service]
+Type=oneshot
+ExecStart=/usr/local/bin/hello.sh
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target
+```
+
+Verify that the service unit file performs as expected by viewing the service status. Any syntactical errors will show up here:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status hello.service
+● hello.service - My hello shell script
+ Loaded: loaded (/etc/systemd/system/hello.service; disabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: inactive (dead)
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+You can run this "oneshot" service type multiple times without problems. The oneshot type is intended for services where the program launched by the service unit file is the main process and must complete before systemd starts any dependent process.
+
+There are seven service types, and you can find an explanation of each (along with the other parts of a service unit file) in the [systemd.service(5)][9] man page. (You can also find more information in the [resources][10] at the end of this article.)
+
+As curious as I am, I wanted to see what an error might look like. So, I deleted the "o" from the `Type=oneshot` line, so it looked like `Type=neshot`, and ran the command again:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status hello.service
+● hello.service - My hello shell script
+ Loaded: loaded (/etc/systemd/system/hello.service; disabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: inactive (dead)
+
+May 06 08:50:09 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: /etc/systemd/system/hello.service:12: Failed to parse service type, ignoring: neshot
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+These results told me precisely where the error was and made it very easy to resolve the problem.
+
+Just be aware that even after you restore the `hello.service` file to its original form, the error will persist. Although a reboot will clear the error, you should not have to do that, so I went looking for a method to clear out persistent errors like this. I have encountered service errors that require the command `systemctl daemon-reload` to reset an error condition, but that did not work in this case. The error messages that can be fixed with this command always seem to have a statement to that effect, so you know to run it.
+
+It is, however, recommended that you run `systemctl daemon-reload` after changing a unit file or creating a new one. This notifies systemd that the changes have been made, and it can prevent certain types of issues with managing altered services or units. Go ahead and run this command.
+
+After correcting the misspelling in the service unit file, a simple `systemctl restart hello.service` cleared the error. Experiment a bit by introducing some other errors into the `hello.service` file to see what kinds of results you get.
+
+### Start the service
+
+Now you are ready to start the new service and check the status to see the result. Although you probably did a restart in the previous section, you can start or restart a oneshot service as many times as you want since it runs once and then exits.
+
+Go ahead and start the service (as shown below), and then check the status. Depending upon how much you experimented with errors, your results may differ from mine:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl start hello.service
+[root@testvm1 ~]# systemctl status hello.service
+● hello.service - My hello shell script
+ Loaded: loaded (/etc/systemd/system/hello.service; disabled; vendor preset: disabled)
+ Active: inactive (dead)
+
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[842]: ######### Hello World! ########
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[842]: ###############################
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: hello.service: Succeeded.
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Finished My hello shell script.
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Starting My hello shell script...
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[1380]: ###############################
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[1380]: ######### Hello World! ########
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[1380]: ###############################
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: hello.service: Succeeded.
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Finished My hello shell script.
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+Notice in the status command's output that the systemd messages indicate that the `hello.sh` script started and the service completed. You can also see the output from the script. This display is generated from the journal entries of the most recent invocations of the service. Try starting the service several times, and then run the status command again to see what I mean.
+
+You should also look at the journal contents directly; there are multiple ways to do this. One way is to specify the record type identifier, in this case, the name of the shell script. This shows the journal entries for previous reboots as well as the current session. As you can see, I have been researching and testing for this article for some time now:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# journalctl -t hello.sh
+<snip>
+\-- Reboot --
+May 08 15:55:47 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[840]: ###############################
+May 08 15:55:47 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[840]: ######### Hello World! ########
+May 08 15:55:47 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[840]: ###############################
+\-- Reboot --
+May 08 16:01:51 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[840]: ###############################
+May 08 16:01:51 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[840]: ######### Hello World! ########
+May 08 16:01:51 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[840]: ###############################
+\-- Reboot --
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[842]: ###############################
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[842]: ######### Hello World! ########
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[842]: ###############################
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[1380]: ###############################
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[1380]: ######### Hello World! ########
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org hello.sh[1380]: ###############################
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+To locate the systemd records for the `hello.service` unit, you can search on systemd. You can use **G+Enter** to page to the end of the journal entries and then scroll back to locate the ones you are interested in. Use the `-b` option to show only the entries for the most recent startup:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# journalctl -b -t systemd
+<snip>
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Starting SYSV: Late init script for live image....
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Started SYSV: Late init script for live image..
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: hello.service: Succeeded.
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Finished My hello shell script.
+May 10 10:37:50 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Starting D-Bus System Message Bus...
+May 10 10:37:50 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Started D-Bus System Message Bus.
+```
+
+I copied a few other journal entries to give you an idea of what you might find. This command spews all of the journal lines pertaining to systemd—109,183 lines when I wrote this. That is a lot of data to sort through. You can use the pager's search facility, which is usually `less`, or you can use the built-in `grep` feature. The `-g` (or `--grep=`) option uses Perl-compatible regular expressions:
+
+
+```
+[root@testvm1 ~]# journalctl -b -t systemd -g "hello"
+[root@testvm1 ~]# journalctl -b -t systemd -g "hello"
+\-- Logs begin at Tue 2020-05-05 18:11:49 EDT, end at Sun 2020-05-10 11:01:01 EDT. --
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Starting My hello shell script...
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: hello.service: Succeeded.
+May 10 10:37:49 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Finished My hello shell script.
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Starting My hello shell script...
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: hello.service: Succeeded.
+May 10 10:54:45 testvm1.both.org systemd[1]: Finished My hello shell script.
+[root@testvm1 ~]#
+```
+
+You could use the standard GNU `grep` command, but that would not show the log metadata in the first line.
+
+If you do not want to see just the journal entries pertaining to your `hello` service, you can narrow things down a bit by specifying a time range. For example, I will start with the beginning time of `10:54:00` on my test VM, which was the start of the minute the entries above are from. ****Note that the `--since=` option must be enclosed in quotes and that this option can also be expressed as `-S "